10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Oct 2025
    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Donofrio et al. report a new observation that in normal aging mice, anti-calbindin whole-mount staining and coronal immunohistochemistry in the cerebellum often show a sagittally patterned loss of Purkinje cells with age. The authors address a central concern that calbindin antibody staining alone is not sufficient to definitively assess Purkinje cell loss, and corroborate their antibody staining data with transgenic Pcp2-CRE x flox-GFP reporter mice and Neutral Red staining. The authors then investigate whether this patterned Purkinje loss correlates with the known parasagittal expression of zebrin-II, finding a strong but imperfect correlation with zebrin-II antibody staining. They next draw a connection between this age-related Purkinje loss to the age-related decline in motor function in mice, with trending but non-significant statistical association between the severity/patterning of Purkinje loss and motor phenotypes within cohorts of aged mice. Finally, the authors look at post-mortem human cerebellar tissues from deceased healthy donors between 21 and 74 years of age, finding a positive correlation between Purkinje degeneration and age, but with unknown spatial patterning.

      The conclusions drawn from this study are well supported by the data provided, with image quantification corroborating visual observations. The authors highlight several examples of parasagittal patterning of Purkinje cell degeneration in disease, and they show that proper methodologies must be used to account for these patterns to avoid highly variable data in the sagittal plane. The authors aptly point out that additional work is needed to investigate the spatial patterns of Purkinje cell loss in the human cerebellum.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      While the authors have largely ruled out zebrin II as the key protein underlying PC vulnerability or resistance to age-related loss, the molecular basis of this phenomenon remains unidentified. This reviewer acknowledges the complexity of this investigation and considers it a minor issue, as the manuscript thoughtfully discusses the gap and highlights it as a future direction.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s acknowledgement of the complexity of determining the molecular basis of differential Purkinje cell vulnerability. Moreover, we acknowledge that zebrin II expression/identity is not the only factor in determining vulnerability; rather, the compartmentalized map as a whole may dictate these differences. We are eager to shed light on this issue through future study.

      In cases where no PC loss is observed in aged mice (Figure 1F), it is unclear whether these PCs undergo morphological degeneration, such as thickened axons and shrunken dendrites. Further characterization of these resilient PCs would help understand why the aged mice without PC loss still exhibit motor deficits (Figure 7).

      Thank you for the excellent idea of examining Purkinje cell morphology in aged mice without Purkinje cell loss. Upon looking for hallmarks of neurodegeneration, such as shrunken dendrites and axonal swellings, in aged mice without Purkinje cell loss, we observed minimal axonal pathology and no shrinkage of the molecular layer.  However, we note that while the features we examined are wellstudied hallmarks of degeneration, they are specific rather than exhaustive, and subtle morphological characteristics that are beyond our methods’ detection may change. We have added these new results to Figure 2C and added these notes to the manuscript.

      The histologic analysis is based on mice with different genetic backgrounds. For example, the PC-specific reporter mice include two strains: Pcp2-Cre; Ai32 and Pcp2-Cre; Ai40D. These genetic variations may contribute to the heterogeneity of PC loss (Figure 1). To improve clarity, please add the genetic background details to Table 1.

      We have added the genetic backgrounds of all mice used in the study to Table 1.

      Please indicate from which lobule in the anterior or posterior human cerebellum the images in Figure 8 were taken.

      Unfortunately, because of the limitations of human postmortem tissue collection (in some cases, we are provided with a very small block that was collected after the pathologist completed their primary duty for that individual), we cannot with full certainty distinguish the lobules from which the images were taken. However, we are grateful that, upon our request, the pathologists were able to collect tissue mainly from the vermis, which is where we wished to begin, knowing that the vermis in rodents and non-human primates typically has the clearest and most well-studied pattern. That said, this is an important issue that we are addressing for future studies.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      (1) Limited strain diversity: The study exclusively uses C57BL/6J mice despite known genetic and motor differences even the closely related strains like C57BL/6N.

      Thank you for pointing out this limitation of our study. We chose to limit this initial study to C57BL/6J mice based on their widespread use as a background strain on many currently maintained lines. That said, our study intentionally included several different crosses to provide genetic variability, even though C57BL/6J is still the predominant genetic background. In addition to the motor differences in genetic strains, we are also particularly interested in the differences in cerebellar morphology across strains (Inouye and Oda, 1980; Sillitoe and Joyner, 2007). Our use of mice maintained on the C57BL/6J background leaves open an exciting future direction: investigating age-related Purkinje cell loss in mice of different inbred and outbred strains. Given the importance of the topic, we have included new text in the discussion to alert the reader to this limitation of our study and to highlight interesting differences across strains that will be important to disentangle in our future work.

      (2) No correlation quantified between the degree of PC loss, aging, and motor performance.

      We sought to conduct a broad overview of motor problems that might be caused by age-related Purkinje cell loss, rather than a comprehensive investigation of how motor behavior changes with advancing Purkinje cell loss. Therefore, we agree with the reviewer’s comment, and we have added text to indicate that stronger correlations between these domains would be best tackled with deeper behavioral phenotyping conducted over time to match the potentially cooccurring progressive changes in cerebellar morphology, with a focus on Purkinje cell degeneration and eventual loss.

      (3) It has not been demonstrated whether the neurodegenerative changes are indeed observed in zebrin-negative PCs.

      We have added Supplementary Figure 4, which includes an example of reduced dendritic density and loss of Purkinje cell somata in zebrin II-negative stripes in lobules II and III. Please also see Figure 4B for an example of reduced dendritic density in zebrin II-negative Purkinje cells in lobules III and IV.

      (4) The mechanisms of why only a subset of mice show PC loss remain unexplored and not discussed.

      We agree that our manuscript would benefit from discussion of why some aged mice are resistant to age-related Purkinje cell loss. We have elaborated upon possible reasons for this differential vulnerability in the discussion.

      (5) Linkages with normal human aging and cerebellar function are not well supported. While motor behavioral assays captured phenotypes that mimic aged people, correlation with PC loss is demonstrated to be absent in mice. It remains unclear whether this PC loss phenomenon is universal or specific to a particular individual; and whether specific to a human PC subtype.

      In our study, we sought to show that patterned age-related Purkinje cell loss presents a promising area for future research in humans. We agree that further study is needed to solidify a link between age-related Purkinje cell loss in mice and humans and the implications for motor function. The reviewer raises a fair criticism that reflects the current state of knowledge: studies that link cerebellar aging to  motor function and cognitive decline in humans are few, as are studies of the cellular-level morphological changes of cerebellar aging –there is a pressing need for deeper study of human tissue. To address the issue raised by the reviewer, we have included new text to the discussion of our manuscript indicating these gaps in knowledge. 

      (6) Analyses in the paraflocculus are currently not easy to understand. This lobule has heterogeneous PC subtypes, developmentally or molecularly. Zebrin-weak and Zebrinintense PCs are known to be arranged in stripes, which resembles the pattern of developmentally defined PC subsets (Fujita et al., 2014, Plos one; Fujita et al., 2012, J Neurosci). In the data presented, it is hard to appreciate whether the viewing angle is consistent relative to the angle of the paraflocculus. This may be a limitation of the analysis of the paraflocculus in general, that the orientation of this lobule is so susceptible to fixation and dissection. Discrepancy between PC loss stripe and zebrin pattern may be an overstatement, because appropriate analyses on the paraflocculus would require a rigorously standardized analytic method.

      Thank you for your valuable insights on the complexity of analyzing the paraflocculus. We have altered our language to more accurately reflect the nuanced zebrin II expression pattern of this region. We also agree with and very much appreciate your advice that “analyses on the paraflocculus would require a rigorously standardized analytic method.” We have added these arguments to the revised manuscript text.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      (1) In Figure 3, the authors use Pcp2-CRE mice to drive GFP expression in Purkinje cells in order to avoid the confounding variable of loss of calbindin expression in aging Purkinje cells. The authors go on to say, "we argue that calbindin expression alone is not a reliable, sufficient indicator of Purkinje cell loss". However, in Figure 4, the authors return to calbindin staining alone to assess the correlation of Purkinje cell loss with zebrin-II expression. Could the authors comment on why zebrin-II co-staining experiments were not performed in GFP reporter mice to avoid potential confounds of calbindin expression? Without this experiment, should readers accept the data presented in Figure 4 as a "reliable, sufficient indicator of Purkinje cell loss", given the author's prior claim?

      This is a very good point, thank you. We agree that the data presented in Figure 4 alone would not be a sufficient indicator of Purkinje cell loss. However, we prefaced our calbindin and zebrin II co-staining with calbindin and GFP costaining (Figure 3), which showed that Purkinje cell-specific reporter expression revealed the same pattern of Purkinje cell loss as calbindin expression, and Neutral Red staining (Figure 2 and Supplementary Figure 3B), which confirmed the loss of Purkinje cells independent of immunofluorescence. For this reason, we feel confident that the data in Figure 4 is representative of the striped pattern of age-related Purkinje cell loss. Still, we see and agree with the reviewer’s comment, and therefore, to further show the correlation of Purkinje cell loss with zebrin II expression, we have added a new Supplementary Fig. 4, which shows co-staining of calbindin, GFP, and zebrin II.

      (2) Throughout the manuscript, there is a considerable reliance on the authors' interpretation of imaging data with no accompanying quantification (categorization of "striped" or "non-striped" PC loss, correlation of GFP/calbindin/zebrin-II staining, etc.). While this may be difficult to obtain, the results would be much stronger with a quantitative approach to support the stated categorizations/observations.

      Thank you for your suggestion. Quantifying stripe properties has been a challenging task for the field, given the regionalized features of stripe compartmentalization that make its complex architecture tricky to measure in its typical organization within the 3D anatomy of lobules and fissures and even harder to interpret when there are abnormalities. However, to quantitatively support our categorization of “striped” and “non-striped” Purkinje loss and the observed correlation between calbindin and GFP expression in aged mice, we have quantified the mediolateral pixel intensity across lobules II-IV, in which Purkinje cell loss reliably occurs in zebrin II-negative stripes. The results can be found in Supplementary Figure 1B and Supplementary Figure 3.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) In Figure 1, both staining artifacts and PC degeneration appear in light color. Please clarify how these two were differentiated.

      Thank you for your comment, which raises an important point about distinguishing staining artifacts from Purkinje cell degeneration. Cerebellar patterning is symmetrical across the midline, so asymmetrical abnormalities are one clue that differentiates staining artifacts from the degenerative pattern. Another indicator of a staining artifact seen in wholemount preparations is the gradual fading of the stain (seen in some hemispheres in Figure 1), which is caused by continuous rubbing of the cerebellum against the tube during the staining process. In some cases, such as in Figure 1F, the cerebellum was damaged during the dissection of the meninges after staining, and in such cases the accidental removal of cerebellar tissue (molecular layer) reveals unstained tissue beneath the surface of the cerebellum. This type of staining artifact can be identified by a missing chunk of tissue surrounded by stained Purkinje cells, compared to the smooth, unmarred tissue where PCs have degenerated. We have added new text to the results (the legends) to clarify these critical points for the reader.

      (2) In Figure 7C, please consider changing "Aged without stripes" to "Aged without PC loss" to be consistent with the labeling used in other panels.

      Thank you for pointing out this discrepancy. We have made the suggested changes.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Could the authors comment on why zebrin-II co-staining experiments were not performed in GFP reporter mice to avoid potential confounds of calbindin expression? Without this experiment, should readers accept the data presented in Figure 4 as a "reliable, sufficient indicator of Purkinje cell loss", given the author's prior claim?

      Thank you for this recommendation; we appreciate this advice. As we described above, our response to this suggestion reads:

      This is a very good point, thank you. We agree that the data presented in Figure 4 alone would not be a sufficient indicator of Purkinje cell loss. However, we prefaced our calbindin and zebrin II co-staining with calbindin and GFP costaining (Figure 3), which showed that Purkinje cell-specific reporter expression revealed the same pattern of Purkinje cell loss as calbindin expression, and Neutral Red staining (Figure 2 and Supplementary Figure 3B), which confirmed the loss of Purkinje cells independent of immunofluorescence. For this reason, we feel confident that the data in Figure 4 is representative of the striped pattern of age-related Purkinje cell loss. Still, we see and agree with the reviewer’s comment, and therefore to further show the correlation of Purkinje cell loss with zebrin II expression, we have added a new Supplementary Fig. 4, which shows co-staining of calbindin, GFP, and zebrin II.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Edwards et al. describe hamFISH, a customizable and cost-efficient method for performing targeted spatial transcriptomics. hamFISH utilizes highly amplified multiplexed branched DNA amplification, and the authors extensively describe hamFISH development and its advantages over prior variants of this approach.

      The authors then used hamFISH to investigate an important circuit in the mouse brain for social behavior, the medial amygdala (MeA). To develop a hamFISH probe set capable of distinguishing MeA neurons, the authors mined published single cell RNA-sequencing datasets of the MeA, ultimately creating a panel of 32 hamFISH probes that mostly cover the identified MeA cell types. They evaluated over 600,000 MeA cells and classified neurons into 16 inhibitory and 10 excitatory types, many of which are spatially clustered.

      The authors combined hamFISH with viral and other circuit tracer injections to determine whether the identified MeA cell populations sent and/or received unique inputs from connected brain regions, finding evidence that several cell types had unique patterns of input and output. Finally, the authors performed hamFISH on the brains of male mice that were placed in behavioral conditions that elicit aggressive, infanticidal, or mating behaviors, finding that some cell populations are selectively activated (as assessed by c-fos mRNA expression) in specific social contexts.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors developed an optimized tissue preparation protocol for hamFISH and implemented oligopools instead of individually synthesized oligonucleotides to reduce costs. The branched DNA amplification scheme improved smFISH signal compared to previous methods, and multiple variants provide additional improvements in signal intensity and specificity. Compared to other spatial transcriptomics methods, the pipeline for imaging and analysis is streamlined, and is compatible with other techniques like fluorescence-based circuit tracing. This approach is cost-effective and has several advantages that make it a valuable addition to the list of spatial transcriptomics toolkits.

      (2) Using 31 probes, hamFISH was able to detect 16 inhibitory and 10 excitatory neuron types in the MeA subregions, including the vast majority of cell types identified by other transcriptomics approaches. The authors quantified the distributions of these cell types along the anterior-posterior, dorsal-ventral, and medial-lateral axes, finding spatial segregation among some, but not all, MeA excitatory and inhibitory cell types. The authors additionally identified a class of inhibitory neurons expressing Ndnf (and a subset of these that express Chrna7) that project to multiple social chemosensory circuits.

      (3) The authors combined hamFISH with MeA input and output mapping, finding cell-type biases in the projections to the MPOA, BNST, and VMHvl, and inputs from multiple regions.

      (4) The authors identified excitatory and inhibitory cell types, and patterns of activity across cell types, that were selectively activated during various social behaviors, including aggression, mating, and infanticide, providing new insights and avenues for future research into MeA circuit function.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Gene selection for hamFISH is likely to still be a limiting factor, even with the expanded (32-probe) capacity. This may have contributed to the lack of ability to identify sexually dimorphic cell types (Fig. S2B). This is an expected tradeoff for a method that has major advantages in terms of cost and adaptability.

      (2) Adaptation of hamFISH, for example, to adapt it to other brain regions or tissues, may require extensive optimization. This does not preclude it from being highly useful for other brain regions with extra effort.

      (3) Pairing this method with behavioral experiments is likely to require further optimization, as c-fos mRNA expression is an indirect and incomplete survey of neuronal activity (e.g. not all cell types upregulate c-fos when electrically active). As such, there is a risk of false negative results that limit its utility for understanding circuit function.

      (4) The incompatibility of hamFISH with thicker tissue samples and minimal optical sectioning introduce additional technical limitations. For example, it would be difficult to densely sample larger neural circuits using serial 20 micron sections.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewing Editor Comments:

      Recommendations for improvement:

      (1) Address data presentation, editing, and other issues of lack of clarity as pointed out by the reviewers.

      We have now addressed all comments from reviewers that identify editing errors and lack of clarity issues. Regarding data presentation we have made some changes, for example including a combined heatmap to show consistency between row names (Figure 2 - figure supplement 2), but also kept some stylistic features such as the balance between main and supplemental figures that we think fits more naturally with the story of the paper.

      (2) Inclusion of requested and critical details in the methodology section, an important component for broad applicability of a new methodology by other investigators.

      We have added the requested details to the methods section, specifically the RCA protocol.

      (3) More in-depth discussion of the limitations of the methodology and approach to capture important but more complex components of tissues of interest, for example, sexual dimorphism.

      We have now edited the ‘pitfalls of study’ section in the discussion to include further detail of the limitations of the number of genes that can be used to deeply profile transcriptomic types, including sexual dimorphism. Regarding its use in other tissues of interest, we have now included a reference in the discussion (Bintu et al., 2025) where a similar strategy has been used to profile cells in the olfactory epithelium and olfactory bulb. We have also used hamFISH in other brain areas (as commented in our public reviews responses) but as this is unpublished work we will refrain from mentioning it in the main text.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The manuscript by Edwards et al. would benefit from minor revisions. Here, we outline several points that could / should be addressed:

      (1) General balance of data presentation between main and supplementary figures

      (a) quantifications were often missing from main figures and only presented in the supplements

      Thank you for raising this point. We believe that the balance of panels between the main and supplemental figures matches our story and results section well with quantifications included in the main figures where appropriate.

      (b) more informative figure legends in supplements (e.g.: Supplementary Figure I - Figure 3)

      We have now revised the figure legends and added more description where appropriate.

      (c) missing subpanel in Figure 3; figure legend describes 3H, which is missing in the figure

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and have now amended the subpanel.

      stand-alone figure on inhibitory neuron cluster i3 cells

      We agree that this is an important characterisation of i3 cells but decided to place this figure in the supplement as it does not fall within the main storyline (defining transcriptomic characterisation of cell types in a multimodal fashion), but rather acts as accessory information for those specifically interested in these inhibitory cell types.

      statistical tests used (e.g.: Figure 1 C -, Supplementary Figure 3 - Figure 2)/ graphs shown (Supplementary Figure 1 - 1 D)

      The statistical tests used are described in the figure legends.

      t-SNE dimensionality reduction of positional parameters

      Explanations of the t-SNE dimensionality reduction of positional parameters can be found in the materials and methods.

      (d) heatmaps similarly informative and more convincing

      We have included an extra heatmap (Figure 2 - figure supplement 2) in response to Reviewer 3’s comment (see below) in order to more easily follow genes across all the different clusters. We hope this helps to make the heatmaps more convincing and informative.

      code availability

      Code availability is described in the methods section of the manuscript.

      page 6, 3rd paragraph wrong description of PMCo abbreviation

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the mistake and we have now amended it.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The pre-existing scRNA-seq dataset on which the manuscript is based is an older Drop-seq dataset for which minimal QC information is provided. The authors should include QC information (genes/cells and UMIs/cells) in the Methods. Moreover, the Seurat clustering of these cells and depiction of marker genes in feature plots are not shown.

      It is therefore difficult to determine how the authors selected their 31 genes for their hamFISH panel, or how selective they are to the original Drop-seq clusters.

      The QC information of this dataset can be found in the original publication (Chen et al., 2019) with our clustering methods described in the materials and methods section. We have not included individual gene names in our heatmap plots for presentation purposes (there are over 200 rows), but the data and cluster descriptions can be found in supplemental tables.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) The imaging modality is not entirely clear in the methods. The microscopy technique is referenced to prior work and involves taking z-stacks, but analysis appears to be done on maximum z-projections, which seems like it would introduce the risk of false attribution of gene expression to cells that are overlapping in "z".

      Thank you for pointing out the technical limitation of the microscopy. For imaging we used epifluorescence microscopy with 14x 500 nm z-steps to collect our raw data and generate a maximum intensity projection for further analysis. Because of the thin sections (10 um) used for the imaging, the overlap between cells in z is expected to be minimal. However, we cannot completely rule out misattribution raised in the comment. The method section contains this information.

      (2) Supplemental Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 2B: RCA looks significantly different when compared to v2 smFISH from the representative image, although it is written as comparable. Additionally, there is no information about RCA mentioned in the Materials and Methods section. Supplemental Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 2B: The figure label for RCA is missing.

      By comparable we are referring to the intensity rather than pattern as mentioned in the results section. We did not analyze the number of spots. It is true that the pattern of RCA signal is much sparser due to its inherent insensitivity compared with hamFISH. We thank the reviewer for identifying the lack of a methodological RCA description and have amended the manuscript to include this. We have also now amended the missing RCA label in the figure.

      (3) Figure 2C and associated supplement: The rows (each gene) are not consistent across the subpanels (i.e. they do not line up left-to-right), this makes it difficult for the reader to follow the patterns that distinguish the cell types in each subset.

      We have done this as we believe it makes for an easier interpretation of inhibitory vs excitatory clusters for the reader. However, we agree with the reviewer that one may wish to look at the dataset as a whole with a consistent gene order, and we have now provided this in the corresponding supplemental figure.  

      (4) "Consistent with previous work, most inhibitory classes are localized in the dorsal and ventral subdivisions of the MeA, whereas excitatory neurons occupy primarily the ventral MeA (Figure 2D, Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 2C, Figure 1D)". - The reference to Figure 1D seems to be an error.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the mistake, and we have now amended it.

      (5) Supplemental Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1, "published by Chen et al." - should have a proper reference number to be compatible with the rest of the manuscript. Also, the lack of gene info makes it difficult to understand Panel A. Finally, the text on Panel B refers to "hamMERFISH" which seems an error.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the mistake on Panel B, it has now been amended. We have also changed the reference format. Regarding the lack of gene information in panel A, it is difficult to present all row names due to the large number of rows (>200), but this information can be found in supplemental table 2.

      (6) Supplemental Figure 2 - Figure Supplement 1: there are thin dividing lines drawn on each section, but these are not described or defined, making it difficult to understand what is being delineated.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying this omission and have now edited to figure legend to contain a description.

      (7) Page 4, "...we found 26 clusters in cells that are positive for Slc32a1 (inhibitory) or Slc17a6 (encoding Vglut2 and therefore excitatory) positive (Figure 2 - figure supplement 1A, Table S2)."

      This seems to be an error as Figure 2 - figure supplement 1A does not show this.

      We double-checked that this description describes the panel accurately.

      (8) "The clustering revealed that inhibitory and excitatory classes generally have different spatial properties (Figure 1E, left), although the salt-and-pepper, sparse nature of e10 (Nts+) cells is more similar to inhibitory cells than other excitatory classes".

      The references to Figure 1E's should be to Figure 2E.

      We thank the reviewer for identifying the mistake, and we have now amended it.

      (9) "Comparison of the proportion of all cells that are cluster X vs projection neurons labelled by CTB that are cluster X". Please explain cluster X in this context.

      We have now rephrased this sentence in the figure legend for clarity.

      (10) Figure 3 - figure supplement 3: There appears to be quite a bit of heterogeneity in the patterns of activity across clusters even within behavioral contexts (e.g. the bottom 2 animals paired with females). It might be worth commenting on (or quantifying) whether there were any evident differences in the social behaviors observed (e.g. mating or not?) in individuals demonstrating these patterns.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We unfortunately did not quantify the behaviors, but we agree that more work is needed to link the pattern of c-fos activity with incrementally measured behavioral variables. At least, we did not include animals that did not display the anticipated social behaviours (as described in the materials and methods) in the in situ transcriptomic profiling work.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In the current article, Octavia Soegyono and colleagues study "The influence of nucleus accumbens shell D1 and D2 neurons on outcome-specific Pavlovian instrumental transfer", building on extensive findings from the same lab. While there is a consensus about the specific involvement of the Shell part of the Nucleus Accumbens (NAc) in specific stimulus-based actions in choice settings (and not in General Pavlovian instrumental transfer - gPIT, as opposed to the Core part of the NAc), mechanisms at the cellular and circuitry levels remain to be explored. In the present work, using sophisticated methods (rat Cre-transgenic lines from both sexes, optogenetics, and the well-established behavioral paradigm outcome-specific PIT-sPIT), Octavia Soegyono and colleagues decipher the diNerential contribution of dopamine receptors D1 and D2 expressing spiny projection neurons (SPNs). 

      After validating the viral strategy and the specificity of the targeting (immunochemistry and electrophysiology), the authors demonstrate that while both NAc Shell D1- and D2SPNs participate in mediating sPIT, NAc Shell D1-SPNs projections to the Ventral Pallidum (VP, previously demonstrated as crucial for sPIT), but not D2-SPNs, mediates sPIT. They also show that these eNects were specific to stimulus-based actions, as valuebased choices were left intact in all manipulations. 

      This is a well-designed study, and the results are well supported by the experimental evidence. The paper is extremely pleasant to read and adds to the current literature.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment. 

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      This manuscript by Soegyono et al. describes a series of experiments designed to probe the involvement of dopamine D1 and D2 neurons within the nucleus accumbens shell in outcome-specific Pavlovian-instrumental transfer (osPIT), a well-controlled assay of cueguided action selection based on congruent outcome associations. They used an optogenetic approach to phasically silence NAc shell D1 (D1-Cre mice) or D2 (A2a-Cre mice) neurons during a subset of osPIT trials. Both manipulations disrupted cue-guided action selection but had no eNects on negative control measures/tasks (concomitant approach behavior, separate valued guided choice task), nor were any osPIT impairments found in reporter-only control groups. Separate experiments revealed that selective inhibition of NAc shell D1 but not D2 inputs to ventral pallidum was required for osPIT expression, thereby advancing understanding of the basal ganglia circuitry underpinning this important aspect of decision making.

      Strengths: 

      The combinatorial viral and optogenetic approaches used here were convincingly validated through anatomical tract-tracing and ex vivo electrophysiology. The behavioral assays are sophisticated and well-controlled to parse cue and value-guided action selection. The inclusion of reporter-only control groups is rigorous and rules out nonspecific eNects of the light manipulation. The findings are novel and address a critical question in the literature. Prior work using less decisive methods had implicated NAc shell D1 neurons in osPIT but suggested that D2 neurons may not be involved. The optogenetic manipulations used in the current study provide a more direct test of their involvement and convincingly demonstrate that both populations play an important role. Prior work had also implicated NAc shell connections to ventral pallidum in osPIT, but the current study reveals the selective involvement of D1 but not D2 neurons in this circuit. The authors do a good job of discussing their findings, including their nuanced interpretation that NAc shell D2 neurons may contribute to osPIT through their local regulation of NAc shell microcircuitry. 

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The current study exclusively used an optogenetic approach to probe the function of D1 and D2 NAc shell neurons. Providing a complementary assessment with chemogenetics or other appropriate methods would strengthen conclusions, particularly the novel demonstration of D2 NAc shell involvement. Likewise, the null result of optically inhibiting D2 inputs to the ventral pallidum leaves open the possibility that a more complete or sustained disruption of this pathway may have impaired osPIT.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's valuable suggestion that demonstrating NAc-S D1- and D2-SPNs engagement in outcome-specific PIT through another technique would strengthen our optogenetic findings. Several approaches could provide this validation. Chemogenetic manipulation, as the reviewer suggested, represents one compelling option. Alternatively, immunohistochemical assessment of phosphorylated histone H3 at serine 10 (P-H3) oMers another promising avenue, given its established utility in reporting striatal SPNs plasticity in the dorsal striatum (Matamales et al., 2020). We hope to complete such an assessment in future work since it would address the limitations of previous work that relied solely on ERK1/2 phosphorylation measures in NAc-S SPNs (Laurent et al., 2014). The manuscript was modified to report these future avenues of research (page 12). 

      Regarding the null result from optical silencing of D2 terminals in the ventral pallidum, we agree with the reviewer's assessment. While we acknowledge this limitation in the current manuscript (page 13), we aim to address this gap in future studies to provide a more complete mechanistic understanding of the circuit.

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors present data demonstrating that optogenetic inhibition of either D1- or D2MSNs in the NAc Shell attenuates expression of sensory-specific PIT while largely sparing value-based decision on an instrumental task. They also provide evidence that SS-PIT depends on D1-MSN projections from the NAc-Shell to the VP, whereas projections from D2-MSNs to the VP do not contribute to SS-PIT.

      Strengths:

      This is clearly written. The evidence largely supports the authors' interpretations, and these eNects are somewhat novel, so they help advance our understanding of PIT and NAc-Shell function.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment. 

      Weaknesses:

      I think the interpretation of some of the eNects (specifically the claim that D1-MSNs do not contribute to value-based decision making) is not fully supported by the data presented.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment regarding the marginal attenuation of valuebased choice observed following NAc-S D1-SPN silencing. While this manipulation did produce a slight reduction in choice performance, the behavior remained largely intact. We are hesitant to interpret this marginal eMect as evidence for a direct role of NAc-S D1SPNs in value-based decision-making, particularly given the substantial literature demonstrating that NAc-S manipulations typically preserve such choice behavior (Corbit et al., 2001; Corbit & Balleine, 2011; Laurent et al., 2012). Furthermore, previous work has shown that NAc-S D1 receptor blockade impairs outcome-specific PIT while leaving value-based choice unaMected (Laurent et al., 2014). We favor an alternative explanation for our observed marginal reduction. As documented in Supplemental Figure 1, viral transduction extended slightly into the nucleus accumbens core (NAc-C), a region established as critical for value-based decision-making (Corbit et al., 2001; Corbit & Balleine, 2011; Laurent et al., 2012; Parkes et al., 2015). The marginal impairment may therefore reflect inadvertent silencing of a small number of  NAc-C D1-SPNs rather than a functional contribution from NAc-S D1-SPNs. Future studies specifically targeting larger NAc-C D1-SPN populations would help clarify this possibility and provide definitive resolution of this question.

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the Author):

      My main concerns and comments are listed below.

      (1) Could the authors provide the "raw" data of the PIT tests, such as PreSame vs Same vs PreDiNerent vs DiNerent? Could the authors clarify how the Net responding was calculated? Was it Same minus PreSame & DiNerent minus PreDiNerent, or was the average of PreSame and PreDiNerent used in this calculation?

      The raw data for PIT testing across all experiments are now included in the Supplemental Figures (Supplemental Figures S1E, S2E, S3E, and S4E). Baseline responding was quantified as the average number of lever presses per minute for both actions during the two-minute period (i.e., average of PreSame and PreDiMerent) preceding each stimulus presentation. This methodology has been clarified in the revised manuscript (page 7).

      (2) While both sexes are utilized in the current study, no statistical analysis is provided. Can the authors please comment on this point and provide these analyses (for both training and tests)?

      As noted in the original manuscript, the final sample sizes for female and male rats were insuMicient to provide adequate statistical power for sex-based analyses (page 15). To address this limitation, we have now cited a previous study from our laboratory (Burton et al., 2014) that conducted such analyses with suMicient power in identical behavioural tasks. That study identified only marginal sex diMerences in performance, with female rats exhibiting slightly higher magazine entry rates during Pavlovian conditioning. Importantly, no diMerences were observed in outcome-specific PIT or value-based choice performance between sexes.

      (3) Regarding Figure 1 - Anterograde tracing in D1-Cre and A2a-Cre rats (from line 976), I have one major and one minor question:

      (3.1) I do not understand the rationale of showing anterograde tracing from the Dorsal Striatum (DS) as this region is not studied in the current work. Moreover, sagittal micrographs of D1-Cre and A2a-Cre would be relevant here. Could the authors please provide these micrographs and explain the rationale for doing tracing in DS?

      We included dorsal striatum (DS) tracing data as a reference because the projection patterns of D1 and D2 SPNs in this region are well-established and extensively characterized, in contrast to the more limited literature on these cell types in the NAc-S. Regarding the comment about sagittal micrographs, we are uncertain of the specific concern as these images are presented in Figure 1B.

      If the reviewer is requesting sagittal micrographs for NAc-S anterograde tracing, we did not employ this approach because: (1) the NAc-S and ventral pallidum are anatomically adjacent regions and (2) the medial-lateral coordinates of the ventral pallidum and lateral hypothalamus do not align optimally with those of the NAc-S, limiting the utility of sagittal analysis for these projections.

      (3.2) There is no description about how the quantifications were done: manually? Automatically? What script or plugin was used? If automated, what were the thresholding conditions? How many brain sections along the anteroposterior axis? What was the density of these subpopulations? Can the authors include a methodological section to address this point?

      We apologize for the omission of quantification methods used to assess viral transduction specificity. This methodological description has now been added to the revised manuscript (page 22). Briefly, we employed a manual procedure in two sections per rat, and cell counts were completed in a defined region of interest located around the viral infusion site.

      (4) Lex A & Hauber (2008) Dopamine D1 and D2 receptors in the nucleus accumbens core and shell mediate Pavlovian-instrumental transfer. Learning & memory 15:483- 491, should be cited and discussed. It also seems that the contribution of the main dopaminergic source of the brain, the ventral tegmental area, is not cited, while it has been investigated in PIT in at least 3 studies regarding sPIT only, notably the VP-VTA pathway (Leung & Balleine 2015, accurately cited already).

      We did not include the Lex & Hauber (2008) study because its experimental design (single lever and single outcome) prevents diMerentiation between the eMects of Pavlovian stimuli on action performance (general PIT) versus action selection (outcome-specific PIT, as examined in the present study). Drawing connections between their findings and our results would require speculative interpretations regarding whether their observed eMects reflect general or outcome-specific PIT mechanisms, which could distract from the core findings reported in the article.

      Several studies examining the role of the VTA in outcome-specific PIT were referenced in the manuscript's introduction. Following the reviewer's recommendation, these references have also been incorporated into the discussion section (page 13). 

      (5) While not directly the focus of this study, it would be interesting to highlight the accumbens dissociation between General vs Specific PIT, and how the dopaminergic system (diNerentially?) influences both forms of PIT.

      We agree with the reviewer that the double dissociation between nucleus accumbens core/shell function and general/specific PIT is an interesting topic. However, the present manuscript does not examine this dissociation, the nucleus accumbens core, or general PIT. Similarly, our study does not directly investigate the dopaminergic system per se. We believe that discussing these topics would distract from our core findings and substantially increase manuscript length without contributing novel data directly relevant to these areas. 

      (6) While authors indicate that conditioned response to auditory stimuli (magazine visits) are persevered in all groups, suggesting intact sensitivity to the general motivational properties of reward-predictive stimuli (lines 344, 360), authors can't conclude about the specificity of this behavior i.e. does the subject use a mental representation of O1 when experiencing S1, leading to a magazine visits to retrieve O1 (and same for S2-O2), or not? Two food ports would be needed to address this question; also, authors should comment on the fact that competition between instrumental & pavlovian responses does not explain the deficits observed.

      We agree with the Reviewer that magazine entry data cannot be used to draw conclusions about specificity, and we do not make such claims in our manuscript. We are therefore unclear about the specific concern being raised. Following the Reviewer’s recommendation, we have commented on the fact that response competition could not explain the results obtained (page 11, see also supplemental discussion). 

      The minor comments are listed below.

      (7) A high number of rats were excluded (> 32 total), and the number of rats excluded for NAc-S D1-SPNs-VP is not indicated.

      We apologize for omitting the number of rats excluded from the experiment examining NAc-S D1-SPN projections to the ventral pallidum. This information has been added to the revised manuscript (page 22).

      (7.1) Can authors please comment on the elevated number of exclusions?

      A total of 133 rats were used across the reported experiments, with 40 rats excluded based on post-mortem analyses. This represents an attrition rate of approximately 30%, which we consider reasonable given that most animals received two separate viral infusions and two separate fiber-optic cannula implantations, and that the inclusion of both female and male rats contributed to some variability in coordinates and so targeting. 

      (7.2) Can authors please present the performance of these animals during the tasks (OFF conditions, and for control ones, both ON & OFF conditions)?

      Rats were excluded after assessing the spread of viral infusions, placement of fibre-optic cannulas and potential damage due to the surgical procedures (page 21). The requested data are presented below and plotted in the same manner as in Figures 3-6. The pattern of performance in excluded animals was highly variable. 

      Author response image 1.

       

      (8) For tracing, only males were used, and for electrophysiology, only females were used.

      (8.1) Can authors please comment on not using both sexes in these experiments? 

      We agree that equal allocation of female and male rats in the experiments presented in Figures 1-2 would have been preferable. Animal availability was the sole factor determining these allocations. Importantly, both female and male D1-Cre and A2A-Cre rats were used for the NAc-S tracing studies, and no sex diMerences were observed in the projection patterns. The article describing the two transgenic lines of rats did not report any sex diMerence (Pettibone et al., 2019). 

      (8.2) Is there evidence in the literature that the electrophysiological properties of female versus male SPNs could diNer?

      The literature indicates that there is no sex diMerence in the electrophysiological properties of NAc-S SPNs (Cao et al., 2018; Willett et al., 2016).  

      (8.3) It seems like there is a discrepancy between the number of animals used as presented in the Figure 2 legend versus what is described in the main text. In the Figure legend, I understand that 5 animals were used for D1-Cre/DIO-eNpHR3.0 validation, and 7 animals for A2a-Cre/DIO-eNpHR3.0; however, the main text indicates the use of a total of 8 animals instead of the 12 presented in the Figure legend. Can authors please address this mismatch or clarify?

      The number of rats reported in the main text and Figure 2 legend was correct. However, recordings sometimes involved multiple cells from the same animal, and this aspect of the data was incorrectly reported and generated confusion. We have clarified the numbers in both the main text and Figure 2 legend to distinguish between animal counts and cell counts. 

      (9) Overall, in the study, have the authors checked for outliers?

      Performance across all training and testing stages was inspected to identify potential behavioral outliers in each experiment. Abnormal performance during a single session within a multi-session stage was not considered suMicient grounds for outlier designation. Based on these criteria, no subjects remaining after post-mortem analyses exhibited performance patterns warranting exclusion through statistical outlier analysis. However, we have conducted the specific analyses requested by the Reviewer, as described below. 

      (9.1) In Figure 3, it seems that one female in the eYFP group, in the OFF situation, for the diNerent condition, has a higher level of responding than the others. Can authors please confirm or refute this visual observation with the appropriate statistical analysis?

      Statistical analysis (z-score) confirmed the reviewer's observation regarding responding of the diMerent action in the OFF condition for this subject (|z| = 2.58). Similar extreme responding was observed in the ON condition (|z| = 2.03). Analyzing responding on the diMerent action in isolation is not informative in the context of outcome-specific PIT. Additional analyses revealed |z| < 2 when examining the magnitude of choice discrimination in outcome-specific PIT (i.e., net same versus net diMerent responding) in both ON and OFF conditions. Furthermore, this subject showed |z| < 2 across all other experimental stages. Based on these analyses, we conclude that the subject should be kept in all analyses. 

      (9.2) In Figure 5, it seems that one male, in the ON situation, in the diNerent condition, has a quite higher level of responding - is this subject an outlier? If so, how does it aNect the statistical analysis after being removed? And who is this subject in the OFF condition?

      The reviewer has identified two diMerent male rats infused with the eNpHR3.0 virus and has asked closer examination of their performance.

      The first rat showed outlier-level responding on the diMerent action in the ON condition (|z| = 2.89) but normal responding for all other measures across LED conditions (|z| < 2). Additional analyses revealed |z| = 2.55 when examining choice discrimination magnitude in outcome-specific PIT during the ON condition but not during the OFF condition (|z| = 0.62). This subject exhibited |z| < 2 across all other experimental stages.

      The second rat showed outlier-level responding on the same action in the OFF condition (|z| = 2.02) but normal responding for all other measures across LED conditions (|z| < 2). Additional analyses revealed |z| = 2.12 when examining choice discrimination magnitude in outcome-specific PIT during the OFF condition but not during the ON condition (|z| = 0.67). This subject also exhibited |z| < 2 across all other experimental stages.

      We excluded these two subjects and conducted the same analyses as described in the original manuscript. Baseline responding did not diMer between groups (p = 0.14), allowing to look at the net eMect of the stimuli. Overall lever presses were greater in the eYFP rats (Group: F(1,16) = 6.08, p < 0.05; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.28) and were reduced by LED activation (LED: F(1,16) = 9.52, p < 0.01; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.44) and this reduction depended on the group considered (Group x LED: F(1,16) = 12.125, p < 0.001; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.43). Lever press rates were higher on the action earning the same outcome as the stimuli compared to the action earning the diMerent outcome (Lever: F(1,16)= 49.32; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.76; p < 0.001), regardless of group (Group x Lever: p = 0.14). There was a Lever by LED light condition interaction (Lever x LED: F(1,16)= 5.25; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.24; p < 0.05) but no an interaction between group, LED light condition, and Lever during the presentation of the predictive stimuli (p = 0.10). Given the significant Group x LED and Lever x LED interactions, additional analyses were conducted to determine the source of these interactions. In eYFP rats, LED activation had no eMect (LED: p = 0.70) and lever presses were greater on the same action (Lever: (F(1,9) = 23.94, p < 0.001; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.79) regardless of LED condition (LED x Lever: p = 0.72). By contrast, in eNpHR3.0 rats, lever presses were reduced by LED activation (LED: F(1,9) = 23.97, p < 0.001; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.73), were greater on the same action (Lever: F(1,9) = 16.920, p < 0.001; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.65) and the two factors interacted (LED x Lever: F(1,9) = 9.12, p < 0.01; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.50). These rats demonstrated outcome-specific PIT in the OFF condition (F(1,9) = 27.26, p < 0.001; η<sup>2</sup> = 0.75) but not in the ON condition (p = 0.08).

      Overall, excluding these two rats altered the statistical analyses, but both the original and revised analyses yielded the same outcome: silencing the NAc-S D1-SPN to VP pathway disrupted PIT. More importantly, we do not believe there are suMicient grounds to exclude the two rats identified by the reviewer. These animals did not display outlier-level responding across training stages or during the choice test. Their potential classification as outliers would be based on responding during only one LED condition and not the other, with notably opposite patterns between the two rats despite belonging to the same experimental group. 

      (10) I think it would be appreciable if in the cartoons from Figure 5.A and 6.A, the SPNs neurons were color-coded as in the results (test plots) and the supplementary figures (histological color-coding), such as D1- in blue & D2-SPNs in red.

      Our current color-coding system uses blue for D1-SPNs transduced with eNpHR3.0 and red for D2-SPNs transduced with eNpHR3.0. The D1-SPNs and D2-SPNs shown in Figures 5A and 6A represent cells transduced with either eYFP (control) or eNpHR3.0 virus and therefore cannot be assigned the blue or red color, which is reserved for eNpHR3.0transduced cells specifically. The micrographs in the Supplemental Figures maintain consistency with the color-coding established in the main figures.

      (11) As there are (relatively small) variations in the control performance in term of Net responding (from ~3 to ~7 responses per min), I wonder what would be the result of pooling eYFP groups from the two first experiments (Figures 3 & 4) and from the two last ones (Figures 5 & 6) - would the same statically results stand or vary (as eYFP vs D1-Cre vs A2a-Cre rats)? In particular for Figures 3 & 4, with and without the potential outlier, if it's indeed an outlier.

      We considered the Reviewer’s recommendation but do not believe the requested analysis is appropriate. The Reviewer is requesting the pooling of data from subjects of distinct transgenic strains (D1-Cre and A2A-Cre rats) that underwent surgical and behavioral procedures at diMerent time points, sometimes months apart. Each experiment was designed with necessary controls to enable adequate statistical analyses for testing our specific hypotheses. 

      (12) Presence of cameras in operant cages is mentioned in methods, but no data is presented regarding recordings, though authors mention that they allow for real-time observations of behavior. I suggest removing "to record" or adding a statement about the fact that no videos were recorded or used in the present study.

      We have removed “to record” from the manuscript (page 18). 

      (13) In all supplementary Figures, "F" is wrongly indicated as "E".

      We thank the Reviewer for reporting these errors, which have been corrected. 

      (14) While the authors acknowledge that the eNicacy of optogenetic inhibition of terminals is questionable, I think that more details are required to address this point in the discussion (existing literature?). Maybe, the combination of an anterograde tracer from SPNs to VP, to label VP neurons (to facilitate patching these neurons), and the Credependent inhibitory opsin in the NAc Shell, with optogenetic illumination at the level of the VP, along with electrophysiological recordings of VP neurons, could help address this question but may, reasonably, seem challenging technically.

      Our manuscript does not state that optogenetic inhibition of terminals is questionable. It acknowledges that we do not provide any evidence about the eMicacy of the approach. Regardless, we have provided additional details and suggestions to address this lack of evidence (page 13). 

      (15) A nice addition could be an illustration of the proposed model (from line 374), but it may be unnecessary.

      We have carefully considered the reviewer's recommendation. The proposed model is detailed in three published articles, including one that is freely accessible, which we have cited when presenting the model in our manuscript (page 14). This reference should provide interested readers with easy access to a comprehensive illustration of the model.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for the Author):

      As noted in my public comments, this is a truly excellent and compelling study. I have only a few minor comments.

      (1) I could not find the coordinates/parameters for the dorsal striatal AAV injections for that component of the tract tracing experiment.

      We apologize for this omission, which has now been corrected (page 16). 

      (2) Please add the final group sizes to the figure captions.

      We followed the Reviewer’s recommendation and added group sizes in the main figure captions. 

      (3) The discussion of group exclusions (p 21 line 637) seems to accidentally omit (n = X) the number of NAc-S D1-SPNs-VP mice excluded.

      We apologize for this omission, which has now been corrected (page 22). 

      (4) There were some labeling issues in the supplementary figures (perhaps elsewhere, too). Specifically, panel E was listed twice (once for F) in captions.

      We apologize for this error, which has now been corrected.  

      (5) Inspection of the magazine entry data from PIT tests suggests that the optogenetic manipulations may have had some eNects on this behavior and would encourage the authors to probe further. There was a significant group diNerence for D1-SPN inhibition and a marginal group eNect for D2-SPNs. The fact that these eNects were in opposite directions is intriguing, although not easily interpreted based on the canonical D1/D2 model. Of course, the eNects are not specific to the light-on trials, but this could be due to carryover into light-oN trials. An analysis of trial-order eNects seems crucial for interpreting these eNects. One might also consider normalizing for pre-test baseline performance. Response rates during Pavlovian conditioning seem to suggest that D2eNpHR mice showed slightly higher conditioned responding during training, which contrasts with their low entry rates at test. I don't see any of this as problematic -- but more should be done to interpret these findings.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this interesting point regarding magazine entry rates. Since these data are presented in the Supplemental Figures, we have added a section in the Supplemental Material file that elaborates on these findings. This section does not address trial order eMects, as trial order was fully counterbalanced in our experiments and the relevant statistical analyses would lack adequate power. Baseline normalization was not conducted because the reviewer's suggestion was based on their assumption that eNpHR3.0 rats in the D2-SPNs experiment showed slightly higher magazine entries during Pavlovian training. However, this was not the case. In fact, like the eNpHR3.0 rats in the D1-SPNs experiment, they tended to display lower magazine entries during training. The added section therefore focuses on the potential role of response competition during outcome-specific PIT tests. Although we concluded that response competition cannot explain our findings, we believe it may complicate interpretation of magazine entry behavior. Thus, we recommend that future studies examine the role of NAc-S SPNs using purely Pavlovian tasks. It is worth nothing that we have recently completed experiments (unpublished) examining NAc-S D1- and D2-SPN silencing during stimulus presentation in a Pavlovian task identical to the one used here. Silencing of either SPN population had no eMect on magazine entry behavior.

      Reviewer 3 (Recommendations for the Author):

      Broad comments:

      Throughout the manuscript, the authors draw parallels between the eNect established via pharmacological manipulations and those shown here with optogenetic manipulation. I understand using the pharmacological data to launch this investigation, but these two procedures address very diNerent physiological questions. In the case of a pharmacological manipulation, the targets are receptors, wherever they are expressed, and in the case of D2 receptors, this means altering function in both pre-synaptically expressed autoreceptors and post-synaptically expressed D2 MSN receptors. In the case of an optogenetic approach, the target is a specific cell population with a high degree of temporal control. So I would just caution against comparing results from these types of studies too closely.

      Related to this point is the consideration of the physiological relevance of the manipulation. Under normal conditions, dopamine acts at D1-like receptors to increase the probability of cell firing via Ga signaling. In contrast, dopamine binding of D2-like receptors decreases the cell's firing probability (signaling via Gi/o). Thus, shunting D1MSN activation provides a clear impression of the role of these cells and, putatively, the role of dopamine acting on these cells. However, inhibiting D2-MSNs more closely mimics these cells' response to dopamine (though optogenetic manipulations are likely far more impactful than Gi signaling). All this is to say that when we consider the results presented here in Experiment 2, it might suggest that during PIT testing, normal performance may require a halting of DA release onto D2-MSNs. This is highly speculative, of course, just a thought worth considering.

      We agree with the comments made by the Reviewer, and the original manuscript included statements acknowledging that pharmacological approaches are limited in the capacity to inform about the function of NAc-S SPNs (pages 4 and 9). As noted by the Reviewer, these limitations are especially salient when considering NAc-S D2-SPNs. Based on the Reviewer’s comment, we have modified our discussion to further underscore these limitations (page 12). Finally, we agree with the suggestion that PIT may require a halting of DA release onto D2-SPNs. This is consistent with the model presented, whereby D2-SPNs function is required to trigger enkephalin release (page 13).     

      Section-Specific Comments and Questions:

      Results:

      Anterograde tracing and ex vivo cell recordings in D1 Cre and A2a Cre rats: Why are there no statistics reported for the e-phys data in this section? Was this merely a qualitative demonstration? I realize that the A2a-Cre condition only shows 3 recordings, so I appreciate the limitations in analyzing the data presented.

      The reviewer is correct that we initially intended to provide a qualitative demonstration. However, we have now included statistical analyses for the ex vivo recordings. It is important to note that there were at least 5 recordings per condition, though overlapping data points may give the impression of fewer recordings in certain conditions. We have provided the exact number of recordings in both the main text (page 5) and figure legend. 

      What does trial by trial analysis look like, because in addition to the eNects of extinction, do you know if the responsiveness of the opsin to light stimulation is altered after repeated exposures, or whether the cells themselves become compromised in any way with repeated light-inhibition, particularly given the relatively long 2m duration of the trial.

      The Reviewer raises an interesting point, and we provide complete trial-by-trial data for each experiment below. As identified by the Reviewer, there is some evidence for extinction, although it remained modest. Importantly, the data suggest that light stimulation did not aMect the physiology of the targeted cells. In eNpHR3.0 rats, performance across OFF trials remained stable (both for Same and DiMerent) even though they were preceded by ON trials, indicating no carryover eMects from optical stimulation.

      Author response image 2.

       

      The statistics for the choice test are not reported for eNpHR-D1-Cre rats, but do show a weakening of the instrumental devaluation eNect "Group x Lever x LED: F1,18 = 10.04, p < 0.01, = 0.36". The post hoc comparisons showed that all groups showed devaluation, but it is evident that there is a weakening of this eNect when the LED was on (η<sup>2</sup> = 0.41) vs oN (η<sup>2</sup> = 0.78), so I think the authors should soften the claim that NAcS-D1s are not involved in value-based decision-making. (Also, there is a typo in the legend in Figure S1, where the caption for panel "F" is listed as "E".) I also think that this could be potentially interesting in light of the fact that with circuit manipulation, this same weakening of the instrumental devaluation eNect was not observed. To me, this suggests that D1-NAcS that project to a diNerent region (not VP) contribute to value-based decision making.

      This comment overlaps with one made in the Public Review, for which we have already provided a response. Given its importance, we have added a section addressing this point in the supplemental discussion of the Supplementary Material file, which aligns with the location of the relevant data. The caption labelling error has been corrected.

      Materials and Methods:

      Subjects:

      Were these heterozygous or homozygous rats? If hetero, what rats were used for crossbreeding (sex, strain, and vendor)? Was genotyping done by the lab or outsourced to commercial services? If genotyping was done within the lab, please provide a brief description of the protocol used. How was food restriction established and maintained (i.e., how many days to bring weights down, and was maintenance achieved by rationing or by limiting ad lib access to food for some period in the day)?

      The information requested by the Reviewer have been added to the subjects section (pages 15-16).  

      Were rats pair/group housed after implantation of optic fibers?

      We have clarified that rats were group houses throughout (see subjects section; pages 15-16). 

      Behavioral Procedures:

      How long did each 0.2ml sucrose infusion take? For pellets, for each US delivery, was it a single pellet or two in quick succession?

      We have modified the method section to indicate that the sucrose was delivered across 2 seconds and that a single pellet was provided (page 17). 

      The CS to ITI duration ratio is quite low. Is there a reason such a short ratio was used in training?

      These parameters are those used in all our previous experiments on outcome-specific PIT. There is no specific reason for using such a ratio, except that it shortens the length of the training session. 

      Relative to the end of training, when were the optical implantation surgeries conducted, and how much recovery time was given before initiating reminder training and testing?

      Fibre-optic implantation was conducted 3-4 days after training and another 3-4 days were given for recovery. This has been clarified in the Materials and methods section (pages 15-16).

      I think a diagram or schematic showing the timeline for surgeries, training, and testing would be helpful to the audience.

      We opted for a text-based experimental timeline rather than a diagram due to slight temporal variations across experiments (page 15).

      On trials, when the LED was on, was light delivered continuously or pulsed? Do these opto-receptors 'bleach' within such a long window?

      We apologize for the lack of clarity; the light was delivered continuously. We have modified the manuscript (pages 6 and 19) and figure legend accordingly. The postmortem analysis did not provide evidence for photobleaching (Supplemental Figures) and as noted above, the behavioural results do not indicate any negative physiological impact on cell function.  

      Immunofluorescence: The blocking solution used during IHC is described as "NHS"; is this normal horse serum?

      The Reviewer is correct; NHS stands for normal horse serum. This has been added (page 21). 

      Microscopy and imaging:

      For the description of rats excluded due to placement or viral spread problems, an n=X is listed for the NAc S D1 SPNs --> VP silencing group. Is this a typo, or was that meant to read as n=0? Also, was there a major sex diNerence in the attrition rate? If so, I think reporting the sex of the lost subjects might be beneficial to the scientific community, as it might reflect a need for better guidance on sex-specific coordinates for targeting small nuclei.

      We apologize for the error regarding the number of excluded animals. This error has been corrected (page 23). There were no major sex diMerences in the attrition rate. The manuscript has been updated to provide information about the sex of excluded animals (page 23). 

      References

      Cao, J., Willett, J. A., Dorris, D. M., & Meitzen, J. (2018). Sex DiMerences in Medium Spiny Neuron Excitability and Glutamatergic Synaptic Input: Heterogeneity Across Striatal Regions and Evidence for Estradiol-Dependent Sexual DiMerentiation. Front Endocrinol (Lausanne), 9, 173. https://doi.org/10.3389/fendo.2018.00173

      Corbit, L. H., Muir, J. L., Balleine, B. W., & Balleine, B. W. (2001). The role of the nucleus accumbens in instrumental conditioning: Evidence of a functional dissociation between accumbens core and shell. J Neurosci, 21(9), 3251-3260. http://eutils.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/entrez/eutils/elink.fcgi?dbfrom=pubmed&id=11312 310&retmode=ref&cmd=prlinks

      Corbit, L. H., & Balleine, B. W. (2011). The general and outcome-specific forms of Pavlovian-instrumental transfer are diMerentially mediated by the nucleus accumbens core and shell. J Neurosci, 31(33), 11786-11794. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2711-11.2011

      Laurent, V., Bertran-Gonzalez, J., Chieng, B. C., & Balleine, B. W. (2014). δ-Opioid and Dopaminergic Processes in Accumbens Shell Modulate the Cholinergic Control of Predictive Learning and Choice. J Neurosci, 34(4), 1358-1369. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4592-13.2014

      Laurent, V., Leung, B., Maidment, N., & Balleine, B. W. (2012). μ- and δ-opioid-related processes in the accumbens core and shell diMerentially mediate the influence of reward-guided and stimulus-guided decisions on choice. J Neurosci, 32(5), 1875-1883. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4688-11.2012

      Matamales, M., McGovern, A. E., Mi, J. D., Mazzone, S. B., Balleine, B. W., & BertranGonzalez, J. (2020). Local D2- to D1-neuron transmodulation updates goal-directed learning in the striatum. Science, 367(6477), 549-555. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.aaz5751

      Parkes, S. L., Bradfield, L. A., & Balleine, B. W. (2015). Interaction of insular cortex and ventral striatum mediates the eMect of incentive memory on choice between goaldirected actions. J Neurosci, 35(16), 6464-6471. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.4153-14.2015

      Pettibone, J. R., Yu, J. Y., Derman, R. C., Faust, T. W., Hughes, E. D., Filipiak, W. E., Saunders, T. L., Ferrario, C. R., & Berke, J. D. (2019). Knock-In Rat Lines with Cre Recombinase at the Dopamine D1 and Adenosine 2a Receptor Loci. eNeuro, 6(5). https://doi.org/10.1523/ENEURO.0163-19.2019

      Willett, J. A., Will, T., Hauser, C. A., Dorris, D. M., Cao, J., & Meitzen, J. (2016). No Evidence for Sex DiMerences in the Electrophysiological Properties and Excitatory Synaptic Input onto Nucleus Accumbens Shell Medium Spiny Neurons. eNeuro, 3(1), ENEURO.0147-15.2016. https://doi.org/10.1523/ENEURO.0147-15.2016

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present data demonstrating that optogenetic inhibition of either D1- or D2-MSNs in the NAc Shell attenuates expression of sensory-specific PIT while largely sparing value-based decision on an instrumental task. They also provide evidence that SS-PIT depends on D1-MSN projections from the NAc-Shell to the VP, whereas projections from D2-MSNs to the VP do not contribute to SS-PIT.

      Strengths:

      This is clearly written. The evidence largely supports the authors' interpretations, and these effects are somewhat novel, so they help advance our understanding of PIT and NAc-Shell function.

      Weaknesses:

      I think the interpretation of some of the effects (specifically the claim that D1-MSNs do not contribute to value-based decision making) is not fully supported by the data presented.

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In the current article, Octavia Soegyono and colleagues study "The influence of nucleus accumbens shell D1 and D2 neurons on outcome-specific Pavlovian instrumental transfer", building on extensive findings from the same lab. While there is a consensus about the specific involvement of the Shell part of the Nucleus Accumbens (NAc) in specific stimulus-based actions in choice settings (and not in General Pavlovian instrumental transfer - gPIT, as opposed to the Core part of the NAc), mechanisms at the cellular and circuitry levels remain to be explored. In the present work, using sophisticated methods (rat Cre-transgenic lines from both sexes, optogenetics, and the well-established behavioral paradigm outcome-specific PIT-sPIT), Octavia Soegyono and colleagues decipher the differential contribution of dopamine receptors D1 and D2 expressing spiny projection neurons (SPNs).

      After validating the viral strategy and the specificity of the targeting (immunochemistry and electrophysiology), the authors demonstrate that while both NAc Shell D1- and D2-SPNs participate in mediating sPIT, NAc Shell D1-SPNs projections to the Ventral Pallidum (VP, previously demonstrated as crucial for sPIT), but not D2-SPNs, mediates sPIT. They also show that these effects were specific to stimulus-based actions, as value-based choices were left intact in all manipulations.

      This is a well-designed study, and the results are well supported by the experimental evidence. The paper is extremely pleasant to read and adds to the current literature.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Soegyono et al. describes a series of experiments designed to probe the involvement of dopamine D1 and D2 neurons within the nucleus accumbens shell in outcome-specific Pavlovian-instrumental transfer (osPIT), a well-controlled assay of cue-guided action selection based on congruent outcome associations. They used an optogenetic approach to phasically silence NAc shell D1 (D1-Cre mice) or D2 (A2a-Cre mice) neurons during a subset of osPIT trials. Both manipulations disrupted cue-guided action selection but had no effects on negative control measures/tasks (concomitant approach behavior, separate valued guided choice task), nor were any osPIT impairments found in reporter-only control groups. Separate experiments revealed that selective inhibition of NAc shell D1 but not D2 inputs to ventral pallidum was required for osPIT expression, thereby advancing understanding of the basal ganglia circuitry underpinning this important aspect of decision making.

      Strengths:

      The combinatorial viral and optogenetic approaches used here were convincingly validated through anatomical tract-tracing and ex vivo electrophysiology. The behavioral assays are sophisticated and well-controlled to parse cue and value-guided action selection. The inclusion of reporter-only control groups is rigorous and rules out nonspecific effects of the light manipulation. The findings are novel and address a critical question in the literature. Prior work using less decisive methods had implicated NAc shell D1 neurons in osPIT but suggested that D2 neurons may not be involved. The optogenetic manipulations used in the current study provide a more direct test of their involvement and convincingly demonstrate that both populations play an important role. Prior work had also implicated NAc shell connections to ventral pallidum in osPIT, but the current study reveals the selective involvement of D1 but not D2 neurons in this circuit. The authors do a good job of discussing their findings, including their nuanced interpretation that NAc shell D2 neurons may contribute to osPIT through their local regulation of NAc shell microcircuitry.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      The current study exclusively used an optogenetic approach to probe the function of D1 and D2 NAc shell neurons. Providing a complementary assessment with chemogenetics or other appropriate methods would strengthen conclusions, particularly the novel demonstration of D2 NAc shell involvement. Likewise, the null result of optically inhibiting D2 inputs to the ventral pallidum leaves open the possibility that a more complete or sustained disruption of this pathway may have impaired osPIT.

      We acknowledge the reviewer's valuable suggestion that demonstrating NAc-S D1- and D2-SPN engagement in outcome-specific PIT through another technique would strengthen our optogenetic findings. Several approaches could provide this validation. Chemogenetic manipulation, as the reviewer suggested, represents one compelling option. Alternatively, immunohistochemical assessment of phosphorylated histone H3 at serine 10 (P-H3) offers another promising avenue, given its established utility in reporting striatal SPN plasticity in the dorsal striatum (Matamales et al., 2020). We hope to complete such an assessment in future work since it would address the limitations of previous work that relied solely on ERK1/2 phosphorylation measures in NAc-S SPNs (Laurent et al., 2014).

      Regarding the null result from optical silencing of D2 terminals in the ventral pallidum, we agree with the reviewer's assessment. While we acknowledge this limitation in the current manuscript (see discussion), we aim to address this gap in future studies to provide a more complete mechanistic understanding of the circuit.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present data demonstrating that optogenetic inhibition of either D1- or D2-MSNs in the NAc Shell attenuates expression of sensory-specific PIT while largely sparing value-based decision on an instrumental task. They also provide evidence that SS-PIT depends on D1-MSN projections from the NAc-Shell to the VP, whereas projections from D2-MSNs to the VP do not contribute to SS-PIT.

      Strengths:

      This is clearly written. The evidence largely supports the authors' interpretations, and these effects are somewhat novel, so they help advance our understanding of PIT and NAc-Shell function.

      We thank the Reviewer for their positive assessment.

      Weaknesses:

      I think the interpretation of some of the effects (specifically the claim that D1-MSNs do not contribute to value-based decision making) is not fully supported by the data presented.

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment regarding the marginal attenuation of value-based choice observed following NAc-S D1-SPN silencing. While this manipulation did produce a slight reduction in choice performance, the behavior remained largely intact. We are hesitant to interpret this marginal effect as evidence for a direct role of NAc-S D1-SPNs in value-based decision-making, particularly given the substantial literature demonstrating that NAc-S manipulations typically preserve such choice behavior (Corbit & Balleine, 2011; Corbit et al., 2001; Laurent et al., 2012). Notably, previous work has shown that NAc-S D1 receptor blockade impairs outcome-specific PIT while leaving value-based choice unaffected (Laurent et al., 2014). We favor an alternative explanation for our observed marginal reduction. As documented in Supplemental Figure 1, viral transduction extended slightly into the nucleus accumbens core (NAc-C), a region established as critical for value-based decision-making (Corbit & Balleine, 2011; Corbit et al., 2001; Laurent et al., 2012). The marginal impairment may therefore reflect inadvertent silencing of a small NAc-C D1-SPN population rather than a functional contribution from NAc-S D1-SPNs. Future studies specifically targeting larger NAc-C D1-SPN populations would help clarify this possibility and provide definitive resolution of this question.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used high-density probe recordings in the medial prefrontal cortex (PFC) and hippocampus during a rodent spatial memory task to examine functional sub-populations of PFC neurons that are modulated vs. unmodulated by hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (SWRs), an important physiological biomarker that is thought to have role in mediating information transfer across hippocampal-cortical networks for memory processes. SWRs are associated with reactivation of representations of previous experiences, and associated reactivation in hippocampal and cortical regions have been proposed to have a role in memory formation, retrieval, planning, and memory-guided behavior. This study focuses of awake SWRs that are prevalent during immobility periods during pauses in behavior. Previous studies have reported strong modulation of a subset of prefrontal neurons during hippocampal SWRs, with some studies reporting prefrontal reactivation during SWRs that have a role in spatial memory processes. The study seeks to extend these findings by examining activity of SWR-modulated vs. unmodulated neurons across PFC sub-regions, and whether there is a functional distinction between these two kinds of neuronal populations with respect to representing spatial information and supporting memory-guided decision making.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of the study is the use of Neuropixels 1.0 probes to monitor activity throughput the dorsal-ventral extent of the rodent medial prefrontal cortex, permitting an investigation of functional distinction in neuronal populations across PFC sub-regions. They are able to show that SWR-unmodulated neurons, in addition to having stronger spatial tuning than SWR-modulated neurons as previously reported, also show stronger directional selectivity, and theta-cycle skipping properties.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The title and abstract have been updated to reflect the updated interpretation that prefrontal neurons are involved in spatial tuning and signaling upcoming choice independently from hippocampal SWRs, implying the negative that these functions do not happen during SWRs. The evidence presented, however, is lacking and the analyses has key limitations that preclude such a conclusion. First, the fact that prefrontal neurons decode past and future choices independently of the hippocampus, not just hippocampal SWRs, is well-established (for e.g., Baeg et al., 2003, 10.1016/s0896-6273(03)00597-x). Second, the statement that prefrontal neurons are involved in spatial tuning independently from SWRs is inconsistent, since spatial tuning is assessed during exploratory behaviors that are not associated with SWRs. Apart from showing that non-local decoding occurs in prefrontal cortex outside SWR time periods, which is already established, the conclusion needs evidence this does not occur during SWR time periods, which is not presented.

      (2) The results show that SWR-modulated prefrontal neurons are more linked to hippocampal non-local representations, whereas SWR-unmodulated neurons encode upcoming choice independently of SWRs. This is logical, and implies that SWR-modulated prefrontal neurons are involved in non-local decoding during hippocampal non-local representations. This hints at potentially multiple mechanisms, one involving independent prefrontal non-local decoding, and another involving prefrontal and hippocampal non-local decoding.

      (3) The analyses have key limitations. The Methods section notes that decoding was performed in 50ms bins, periods with running speed less than 15cm/s were excluded, then decoded probabilities summed for each maze segment, followed by grouping probabilities together for local and non-local decoding. This implies that decoding segments can span entire maze segments or long time periods - this needs to be clarified and quantified. When examining time-locking of decoding segments to hippocampal SWRs, only non-local segments that occurred within 2 secs of SWRs were used. This raises several concerns. First, prefrontal modulation by hippocampal SWRs lasts primarily <500ms, so a 2sec temporal proximity will lead to non-SWR modulation periods being included in the analyses. In addition, even for decoding segments that may be in close temporal proximity, these can be very long, based on the analyses description. This can lead to spurious results. Second, if only running speeds >15cm/s were included, immobility periods are necessarily being excluded, which is when SWRs occur. So, this analysis cannot be used to investigate decoding during SWRs; rather, a direct approach of extracting prefrontal activity during SWRs and then decoding this activity is required.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by den Bakker and Kloosterman contributes to the vast body of research exploring the dynamics governing the communication between the hippocampus (HPC) and the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) during spatial learning and navigation. Previous research showed that population activity of mPFC neurons is replayed during HPC sharp-wave ripple events (SWRs), which may therefore correspond to privileged windows for the transfer of learned navigation information from the HPC, where initial learning occurs, to the mPFC, which is thought to store this information long term. Indeed, it was also previously shown that the activity of mPFC neurons contains task-related information that can inform about the location of an animal in a maze, which can predict the animals' navigational choices. Here, the authors aim to show that the mPFC neurons that are modulated by HPC activity (SWRs and theta rhythms) are distinct from those "encoding" spatial information. This result could suggest that the integration of spatial information originating from the HPC within the mPFC may require the cooperation of separate sets of neurons.

      This observation may be useful to further extend our understanding of the dynamics regulating the exchange of information between the HPC and mPFC during learning. However, my understanding is that this finding is mainly based upon a negative result, which cannot be statistically proven by the failure to reject the null hypothesis. Moreover, in my reading, the rest of the paper mainly replicates phenomena that have already been described, with the original reports not correctly cited. My opinion is that the novel elements should be precisely identified and discussed, while the current phrasing in the manuscript, in most cases, leads readers to think that these results are new. Detailed comments are provided below.

      Major concerns:

      ORIGINAL COMMENT: (1) The main claim of the manuscript is that the neurons involved in predicting upcoming choices are not the neurons modulated by the HPC. This is based upon the evidence provided in Figure 5, which is a negative result that the authors employ to claim that predictive non-local representations in the mPFC are not linked to hippocampal SWRs and theta phase. However, it is important to remember that in a statistical test, the failure to reject the null hypothesis does not prove that the null hypothesis is true. Since this claim is so central in this work, the authors should use appropriate statistics to demonstrate that the null hypothesis is true. This can be accomplished by showing that there is no effect above some size that is so small that it would make the effect meaningless (see https://doi.org/10.1177/070674370304801108).

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: We would like to highlight a few important points here. (1) We indeed do not intend to claim that the SWR-modulated neurons are not at all involved in predicting upcoming choice, just that the SWR-unmodulated neurons may play a larger role. We have rephrased the title and abstract to make this clearer.

      REVIEWER COMMENT: The title has been rephrased but still conveys the same substantive claim. The abstract sentence also does not clearly state what was found. Using "independently" in the new title continues to imply that SWR modulation and prediction of upcoming choices are separate phenomena. By contrast, in your response here in the rebuttall you state only that "SWR-unmodulated neurons may play a larger role," which is a much more tempered claim than what the manuscript currently argues. Why is this clarification not adopted in the article? Moreover, the main text continues to use the same arguments as before; beyond the cosmetic changes of title and abstract, the claim itself has not materially changed.

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: (2) The hypothesis that we put forward is based not only on a negative effect, but on the findings that: the SWR-unmodulated neurons show higher spatial tuning (Fig 3b), more directional selectivity (Fig 3d), more frequent encoding of the upcoming choice at the choice point (new analysis, added in Fig 4d), and higher spike rates during the representations of the upcoming choice (Fig 5b). This is further highlighted by the fact that the representations of upcoming choice in the PFC are not time locked to SWRs (whereas the hippocampal representations of upcoming choice are; see Fig 5a and Fig 6a), and not time-locked to hippocampal theta phase (whereas the hippocampal representations are; see Fig 5c and Fig 6c). Finally, the representations of upcoming and alternative choices in the PFC do not show a large overlap in time with the representations in the hippocampus (see updated Fig 4e were we added a statistical test to show the likelihood of the overlap of decoded timepoints). All these results together lead us to hypothesize that SWR-modulation is not the driving factor behind non-local decoding in the PFC.

      REVIEWER COMMENT: I do not see how these precisions address my remark. The main claim in the title used to be "Neurons in the medial prefrontal cortex that are not modulated by hippocampal sharp-wave ripples are involved in spatial tuning and signaling upcoming choice." It is now "Neurons in the medial prefrontal cortex are involved in spatial tuning and signaling upcoming choice independently from hippocampal sharp-wave ripples." The substance has not changed. This specific claim is supported solely by Figure 5.

      The other analyses cited describe functional characteristics of SWR-unmodulated neurons but, unless linked by explicit new analyses, do not substantiate independence/orthogonality between SWR modulation and non-local decoding in PFC. If there is an analysis that makes this link explicit, it should be clearly presented; as it stands, I cannot find an explanation in the manuscript for why "all these results together" justify the conclusion that "All these results together lead us to hypothesize that SWR-modulation is not the driving factor behind non-local decoding in the PFC". Also: is the main result of this work a "hypothesis"? If so, this should be clearly differentiated from a conclusion supported by results and analyses.

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: (3) Based on the reviewers suggestion, we have added a statistical test to compare the phase-locking based of the non-local decoding to hippocampal SWRs and theta phase to shuffled posterior probabilities. Instead of looking at all SWRs in a -2 to 2 second window, we have now only selected the closest SWR in time within that window, and did the statistical comparison in the bin of 0-20 ms from SWR onset. With this new analysis we are looking more directly at the time-locking of the decoded segments to SWR onset (see updated Fig 5a and 6a).

      REVIEWER COMMENT: I appreciate the added analysis focusing on the closest SWR and a 0-20 ms bin. My understanding is that you consider the revised analyses in Figures 5a and 6a sufficient to show that predictive non-local representations in mPFC are not linked to hippocampal SWRs and theta phase.

      First, the manuscript should explicitly explain the rationale for this analysis and why it is sufficient to support the claim. From the main text it is not possible to understand what was done; the Methods are hard to follow, and the figure legends are not clearly described (e.g. the shuffle is not even defined there).

      Specific points I could not reconcile:

      i) The gray histograms in the revised Figures 5a and 6a now show a peak at zero lag, whereas in the previous version they were flat, although they are said to plot the same data. What changed?

      ii) Why choose a 20 ms bin? A single narrow bin invites false negatives. Please justify this choice.

      iii) Comparing to a shuffle is a useful control, but when the p-value is non-significant we only learn that no difference was detected under that shuffle-not that there is no difference or that the processes are independent.

      ORIGINAL COMMENT: (2) The main claim of the work is also based on Figure 3, where the authors show that SWRs-unmodulated mPFC neurons have higher spatial tuning, and higher directional selectivity scores, and a higher percentage of these neurons show theta skipping. This is used to support the claim that SWRs-unmodulated cells encode spatial information. However, it must be noted that in this kind of task, it is not possible to disentangle space and specific task variables involving separate cognitive processes from processing spatial information such as decision-making, attention, motor control, etc., which always happen at specific locations of the maze. Therefore, the results shown in Figure 3 may relate to other specific processes rather than encoding of space and it cannot be unequivocally claimed that mPFC neurons "encode spatial information". This limitation is presented by Mashoori et al (2018), an article that appears to be a major inspiration for this work. Can the authors provide a control analysis/experiment that supports their claim? Otherwise, this claim should be tempered. Also, the authors say that Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that mPFC neurons unmodulated by SWRs are less tuned to space. How do they reconcile it with their results?

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: The reviewer is right to assert caution when talking about claims such as spatial tuning where other factors may also be involved. Although we agree that there may be some other factors influencing what we are seeing as spatial tuning, it is very important to note that the behavioral task is executed on a symmetrical 4-armed maze, where two of the arms are always used for the start of the trajectory, and the other two arms (North and South) function as the goal (reward) arms. Therefore, if the PFC is encoding cognitive processes such as task phases related to decision-making and reward, we would not be able to differentiate between the two start arms and the two goal arms, as these represent the same task phases. Note also that the North and South arm are illuminated in a pseudo-random order between trials and during cue-based rule learning this is a direct indication of where the reward will be found. Even in this phase of the task, the PFC encodes where the animal will turn on a trial-to-trial basis (meaning the North and South arm are still differentiated correctly on each trial even though the illumination and associated reward are changing).

      REVIEWER COMMENT: I appreciate that the departure location was pseudorandomized. However, this control does not rule out that PFC activity reflects motor preparation (left vs right turns) and associated perceptual decision-making/attentional processes that are inherently tied to a specific action. As such, it cannot by itself support the claim that PFC neurons "encode spatial information." Moreover, the authors acknowledge here that "other factors may also be involved," yet this caveat is not reflected in the manuscript. Why?

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: Secondly, importantly, the reviewer mentions that we claimed that Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that mPFC neurons unmodulated by SWRs are less tuned to space, but this is incorrect. Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that SWR-unmodulated neurons had lower spatial coverage, meaning that they are more spatially selective (congruent with our results). We have rephrased this in the text to be clearer.

      REVIEWER COMMENT: Thanks for clarifying this.

      ORIGINAL COMMENT: (3) My reading is that the rest of the paper mainly consists of replications or incremental observations of already known phenomena with some not necessarily surprising new observations:<br /> a) Figure 2 shows that a subset of mPFC neurons is modulated by HPC SWRs and theta (already known), that vmPFC neurons are more strongly modulated by SWRs (not surprising given anatomy), and that theta phase preference is different between vmPFC and dmPFC (not surprising given the fact that theta is a travelling wave).

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: The finding that vmPFC neurons are more strongly modulated by SWRs than dmPFC indeed matches what we know from anatomy, but that does not make it a trivial finding. A lot remains unknown about the mPFC subregions and their interactions with the hippocampus, and not every finding will be directly linked to the anatomy. Therefore, in our view this is a significant finding which has not been studied before due to the technical complexity of large-scale recordings along the dorsal-ventral axis of the mPFC.

      REVIEWER COMMENT: This finding is indeed non-trivial; however, it seems completely irrelevant to the paper's main claim unless the Authors can argue otherwise.

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: Similarly, theta being a traveling wave (which in itself is still under debate), does not mean we should assume that the dorsal and ventral mPFC should follow this signature and be modulated by different phases of the theta cycle. Again, in our view this is not at all trivial, but an important finding which brings us closer to understanding the intricate interactions between the hippocampus and PFC in spatial learning and decision-making.

      REVIEWER COMMENT: Yes, but in what way does this support the manuscript's primary claim? This is unclear to me.

      ORIGINAL COMMENT: b) Figure 4 shows that non-local representations in mPFC are predictive of the animal's choice. This is mostly an increment to the work of Mashoori et al (2018). My understanding is that in addition to what had already been shown by Mashoori et al here it is shown how the upcoming choice can be predicted. The author may want to emphasize this novel aspect.

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: In our view our manuscript focuses on a completely different aspect of learning and memory than the paper the reviewer is referring to (Mashoori et al. 2018). Importantly, the Mashoori et al. paper looked at choice evaluation at reward sites and shows that disappointing reinforcements are associated with reactivations in the ACC of the unselected target. This points to the role of the ACC in error detection and evaluation. Although this is an interesting result, it is in essence unrelated to what we are focusing on here, which is decision making and prediction of upcoming choices. The fact that the turning direction of the animal can be predicted on a trial-to-trial basis, and even precedes the behavioral change over the course of learning, sheds light on the role of the PFC in these important predictive cognitive processes (as opposed to post-choice reflective processes).

      REVIEWER COMMENT: Indeed, as I said, the new element here is that the upcoming choice can be predicted. This appears only incremental and could belong to another story; as the manuscript is currently written, it does not support the article's main claim. I would like to specify that, regarding this and the other points above, my inability to see how these minor results support the Authors' claim may reflect my misunderstanding; nevertheless, this suggests that the manuscript should be extensively rewritten and reorganized to make the Authors' meaning clear.

      ORIGINAL COMMENT: c) Figure 6 shows that prospective activity in the HPC is linked to SWRs and theta oscillations. This has been described in various forms since at least the works of Johnson and Redish in 2007, Pastalkova et al 2008, and Dragoi and Tonegawa (2011 and 2013), as well as in earlier literature on splitter cells. These foundational papers on this topic are not even cited in the current manuscript.

      AUTHOR RESPONSE: We have added these citations to the introduction (line 37).

      REVIEWER COMMENT: This is an example of how the Authors fail to acknowledge the underlying problem with how the manuscript is written; the issue has not been addressed except with a cosmetic change like the one described above. The Results section contains a series of findings that are well-known phenomena described previously (see below). Prior results should be acknowledged at the beginning of each relevant paragraph, followed by an explicit statement of what is new, so that readers can distinguish replication from novelty. Here, I pointed specifically to the results of Figure 6, and the Authors deemed it sufficient simply to add the citations I indicated to an existing sentence in the Introduction, while keeping the Results description unchanged. As written, this reads as if these phenomena are being described for the first time. This is incorrect. It is hard to avoid the impression that the Authors did not take this concern seriously; the same issue appears elsewhere in the manuscript, and I fail to see how the Authors "have improved clarity of the text throughout to highlight the novelty of our results better."

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used high-density probe recordings in the medial prefrontal cortex (PFC) and hippocampus during a rodent spatial memory task to examine functional sub-populations of PFC neurons that are modulated vs. unmodulated by hippocampal sharp-wave ripples (SWRs), an important physiological biomarker that is thought to have a role in mediating information transfer across hippocampal-cortical networks for memory processes. SWRs are associated with the reactivation of representations of previous experiences, and associated reactivation in hippocampal and cortical regions has been proposed to have a role in memory formation, retrieval, planning, and memory-guided behavior. This study focuses on awake SWRs that are prevalent during immobility periods during pauses in behavior. Previous studies have reported strong modulation of a subset of prefrontal neurons during hippocampal SWRs, with some studies reporting prefrontal reactivation during SWRs that have a role in spatial memory processes. The study seeks to extend these findings by examining the activity of SWR-modulated vs. unmodulated neurons across PFC sub-regions, and whether there is a functional distinction between these two kinds of neuronal populations with respect to representing spatial information and supporting memory-guided decision-making.

      Strengths:

      The major strength of the study is the use of Neuropixels 1.0 probes to monitor activity throughout the dorsal-ventral extent of the rodent medial prefrontal cortex, permitting an investigation of functional distinction in neuronal populations across PFC sub-regions. They are able to show that SWR-unmodulated neurons, in addition to having stronger spatial tuning than SWR-modulated neurons as previously reported, also show stronger directional selectivity and theta-cycle skipping properties.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) While the study is able to extend previous findings that SWR-modulated PFC neurons have significantly lower spatial tuning that SWR-unmodulated neurons, the evidence presented does not support the main conclusion of the paper that only the unmodulated neurons are involved in spatial tuning and signaling upcoming choice, implying that SWR-modulated neurons are not involved in predicting upcoming choice, as stated in the abstract. This conclusion makes a categorical distinction between two neuronal populations, that SWR-modulated neurons are involved and SWR-unmodulated are not involved in predicting upcoming choice, which requires evidence that clearly shows this absolute distinction. However, in the analyses showing non-local population decoding in PFC for predicting upcoming choice, the results show that SWR-unmodulated neurons have higher firing rates than SWR-modulated neurons, which is not a categorical distinction. Higher firing rates do not imply that only SWR-unmodulated neurons are contributing to the non-local decoding. They may contribute more than SWR-modulated neurons, but there are no follow-up analyses to assess the contribution of the two sub-populations to non-local decoding.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is indeed not a categorical distinction, and do not wish to claim that the SWR-modulated neurons have absolutely no role in non-local decoding and signaling upcoming choice. We have adjusted this in the title, abstract and text to clarify this for the reader. Furthermore, we have performed additional analyses to elucidate the role of SWR-modulated neurons in non-local decoding by creating separate decoding models for SWR-modulated and unmodulated PFC neurons respectively. These analyses show that the SWR-unmodulated neurons are indeed encoding representations of the upcoming choice more often than the alternative choice, whereas the SWR-modulated neurons do not reliably differentiate the upcoming and alternative choices in non-local decoding at the choice point (see new Fig 4d).

      (2) Further, the results show that during non-local representations of the hippocampus of the upcoming options, SWR-excited PFC neurons were more active during hippocampal representations of the upcoming choice, and SWR-inhibited PFC neurons were less active during hippocampal representations of the alternative choice. This clearly suggests that SWR-modulated neurons are involved in signaling upcoming choice, at least during hippocampal non-local representations, which contradicts the main conclusion of the paper.

      This does not contradict the main conclusion of the paper, but in fact strengthens the hypothesis we are putting forward: that the SWR-modulated neurons are more linked to the hippocampal non-local representations, whereas the SWR-unmodulated neurons seem to have their own encoding of upcoming choice which is not linked to the signatures in the hippocampus (almost no time overlap with hippocampal representations, no phase locking to hippocampal theta, no time locking to hippocampal SWRs, no increased firing during hippocampal representations of upcoming choice).

      (3) Similarly, one of the analyses shows that PFC nonlocal representations show no preference for hippocampal SWRs or hippocampal theta phase. However, the examples shown for non-local representations clearly show that these decodes occur prior to the start of the trajectory, or during running on the central zone or start arm. The time period of immobility prior to the start arm running will have a higher prevalence of SWRs and that during running will have a higher prevalence of theta oscillations and theta sequences, so non-local decoded representations have to sub-divided according to these known local-field potential phenomena for this analysis, which is not followed.

      These analyses are in fact separated based on proximity to SWRs (only segments that occurred within 2 seconds of SWR onset were included, see Methods) and theta periods respectively (selected based on a running speed of more than 5 cm/s and the absence of SWRs in the hippocampus, see Methods). We have clarified this in the main text.

      (4) The primary phenomenon that the manuscript relies on is the modulation of PFC neurons by hippocampal SWRs, so it is necessary to perform the PFC population decoding analyses during SWRs (or examine non-local decoding that occurs specifically during SWRs), as reported in previous studies of PFC reactivation during SWRs, to see if there is any distinction between modulated and unmodulated neurons in this reactivation. Even in the case of independent PFC reactivation as reported by one study, this PFC reactivation was still reported to occur during hippocampal SWRs, therefore decoding during SWRs has to be examined. Similarly, the phenomenon of theta cycle skipping is related to theta sequence representations, so decoding during PFC and hippocampal theta sequences has to be examined before coming to any conclusions.

      The histograms shown in Figure 5a (see updated Fig 5a where we look at the closest SWR in time and compare the occurrence with shuffled data) show that there is no increased prevalence of decoding upcoming and alternative choices in the PFC during hippocampal SWRs. The lack of overlap of non-local decoding between the hippocampus and PFC further shows that these non-local representations occur at different timepoints in the PFC and hippocampus (see updated Fig 4e where we added a statistical test to show the likeliness of the overlap between the decoded segments in the PFC and hippocampus). Based on the reviewer's suggestion, we have additionally decoded the information in the PFC during hippocampal SWRs exclusively, and found that the direction on the maze could not be predicted based on the decoding of SWR time points in the PFC. See figure below. Similarly, we can see from the histograms in Figure 5c that there is no phase locking to the hippocampal theta phase for non-local representations in the PFC, and in contrast there is phase locking of the hippocampal encoding of upcoming choice to the rising phase of the theta cycle (Fig 6c), further highlighting the separation between these two regions in the non-local decoding.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work by den Bakker and Kloosterman contributes to the vast body of research exploring the dynamics governing the communication between the hippocampus (HPC) and the medial prefrontal cortex (mPFC) during spatial learning and navigation. Previous research showed that population activity of mPFC neurons is replayed during HPC sharp-wave ripple events (SWRs), which may therefore correspond to privileged windows for the transfer of learned navigation information from the HPC, where initial learning occurs, to the mPFC, which is thought to store this information long term. Indeed, it was also previously shown that the activity of mPFC neurons contains task-related information that can inform about the location of an animal in a maze, which can predict the animals' navigational choices. Here, the authors aim to show that the mPFC neurons that are modulated by HPC activity (SWRs and theta rhythms) are distinct from those "encoding" spatial information. This result could suggest that the integration of spatial information originating from the HPC within the mPFC may require the cooperation of separate sets of neurons.

      This observation may be useful to further extend our understanding of the dynamics regulating the exchange of information between the HPC and mPFC during learning. However, my understanding is that this finding is mainly based upon a negative result, which cannot be statistically proven by the failure to reject the null hypothesis. Moreover, in my reading, the rest of the paper mainly replicates phenomena that have already been described, with the original reports not correctly cited. My opinion is that the novel elements should be precisely identified and discussed, while the current phrasing in the manuscript, in most cases, leads readers to think that these results are new. Detailed comments are provided below.

      Major concerns:

      (1) The main claim of the manuscript is that the neurons involved in predicting upcoming choices are not the neurons modulated by the HPC. This is based upon the evidence provided in Figure 5, which is a negative result that the authors employ to claim that predictive non-local representations in the mPFC are not linked to hippocampal SWRs and theta phase. However, it is important to remember that in a statistical test, the failure to reject the null hypothesis does not prove that the null hypothesis is true. Since this claim is so central in this work, the authors should use appropriate statistics to demonstrate that the null hypothesis is true. This can be accomplished by showing that there is no effect above some size that is so small that it would make the effect meaningless (see https://doi.org/10.1177/070674370304801108).

      We would like to highlight a few important points here. (1) We indeed do not intend to claim that the SWR-modulated neurons are not at all involved in predicting upcoming choice, just that the SWR-unmodulated neurons may play a larger role. We have rephrased the title and abstract to make this clearer. (2) The hypothesis that we put forward is based not only on a negative effect, but on the findings that: the SWR-unmodulated neurons show higher spatial tuning (Fig 3b), more directional selectivity (Fig 3d), more frequent encoding of the upcoming choice at the choice point (new analysis, added in Fig 4d), and higher spike rates during the representations of the upcoming choice (Fig 5b). This is further highlighted by the fact that the representations of upcoming choice in the PFC are not time locked to SWRs (whereas the hippocampal representations of upcoming choice are;  see Fig 5a and Fig 6a), and not time-locked to hippocampal theta phase (whereas the hippocampal representations are; see Fig 5c and Fig 6c). Finally, the representations of upcoming and alternative choices in the PFC do not show a large overlap in time with the representations in the hippocampus (see updated Fig 4e were we added a statistical test to show the likelihood of the overlap of decoded timepoints). All these results together lead us to hypothesize that SWR-modulation is not the driving factor behind non-local decoding in the PFC. (3) Based on the reviewers suggestion, we have added a statistical test to compare the phase-locking based of the non-local decoding to hippocampal SWRs and theta phase to shuffled posterior probabilities. Instead of looking at all SWRs in a -2 to 2 second window, we have now only selected the closest SWR in time within that window, and did the statistical comparison in the bin of 0-20 ms from SWR onset. With this new analysis we are looking more directly at the time-locking of the decoded segments to SWR onset (see updated Fig 5a and 6a).

      (2) The main claim of the work is also based on Figure 3, where the authors show that SWRs-unmodulated mPFC neurons have higher spatial tuning, and higher directional selectivity scores, and a higher percentage of these neurons show theta skipping. This is used to support the claim that SWRs-unmodulated cells encode spatial information. However, it must be noted that in this kind of task, it is not possible to disentangle space and specific task variables involving separate cognitive processes from processing spatial information such as decision-making, attention, motor control, etc., which always happen at specific locations of the maze. Therefore, the results shown in Figure 3 may relate to other specific processes rather than encoding of space and it cannot be unequivocally claimed that mPFC neurons "encode spatial information". This limitation is presented by Mashoori et al (2018), an article that appears to be a major inspiration for this work. Can the authors provide a control analysis/experiment that supports their claim? Otherwise, this claim should be tempered. Also, the authors say that Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that mPFC neurons unmodulated by SWRs are less tuned to space. How do they reconcile it with their results?

      The reviewer is right to assert caution when talking about claims such as spatial tuning where other factors may also be involved. Although we agree that there may be some other factors influencing what we are seeing as spatial tuning, it is very important to note that the behavioral task is executed on a symmetrical 4-armed maze, where two of the arms are always used for the start of the trajectory, and the other two arms (North and South) function as the goal (reward) arms. Therefore, if the PFC is encoding cognitive processes such as task phases related to decision-making and reward, we would not be able to differentiate between the two start arms and the two goal arms, as these represent the same task phases. Note also that the North and South arm are illuminated in a pseudo-random order between trials and during cue-based rule learning this is a direct indication of where the reward will be found. Even in this phase of the task, the PFC encodes where the animal will turn on a trial-to-trial basis (meaning the North and South arm are still differentiated correctly on each trial even though the illumination and associated reward are changing).

      Secondly, importantly, the reviewer mentions that we claimed that Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that mPFC neurons unmodulated by SWRs are less tuned to space, but this is incorrect. Jadhav et al. (2016) showed that SWR-unmodulated neurons had lower spatial coverage, meaning that they are more spatially selective (congruent with our results). We have rephrased this in the text to be clearer.

      (3) My reading is that the rest of the paper mainly consists of replications or incremental observations of already known phenomena with some not necessarily surprising new observations:

      (a) Figure 2 shows that a subset of mPFC neurons is modulated by HPC SWRs and theta (already known), that vmPFC neurons are more strongly modulated by SWRs (not surprising given anatomy), and that theta phase preference is different between vmPFC and dmPFC (not surprising given the fact that theta is a travelling wave).

      The finding that vmPFC neurons are more strongly modulated by SWRs than dmPFC indeed matches what we know from anatomy, but that does not make it a trivial finding. A lot remains unknown about the mPFC subregions and their interactions with the hippocampus, and not every finding will be directly linked to the anatomy. Therefore, in our view this is a significant finding which has not been studied before due to the technical complexity of large-scale recordings along the dorsal-ventral axis of the mPFC.

      Similarly, theta being a traveling wave (which in itself is still under debate), does not mean we should assume that the dorsal and ventral mPFC should follow this signature and be modulated by different phases of the theta cycle. Again, in our view this is not at all trivial, but an important finding which brings us closer to understanding the intricate interactions between the hippocampus and PFC in spatial learning and decision-making.

      (b) Figure 4 shows that non-local representations in mPFC are predictive of the animal's choice. This is mostly an increment to the work of Mashoori et al (2018). My understanding is that in addition to what had already been shown by Mashoori et al here it is shown how the upcoming choice can be predicted. The author may want to emphasize this novel aspect.

      In our view our manuscript focuses on a completely different aspect of learning and memory than the paper the reviewer is referring to (Mashoori et al. 2018). Importantly, the Mashoori et al. paper looked at choice evaluation at reward sites and shows that disappointing reinforcements are associated with reactivations in the ACC of the unselected target. This points to the role of the ACC in error detection and evaluation. Although this is an interesting result, it is in essence unrelated to what we are focusing on here, which is decision making and prediction of upcoming choices. The fact that the turning direction of the animal can be predicted on a trial-to-trial basis, and even precedes the behavioral change over the course of learning, sheds light on the role of the PFC in these important predictive cognitive processes (as opposed to post-choice reflective processes).

      (c) Figure 6 shows that prospective activity in the HPC is linked to SWRs and theta oscillations. This has been described in various forms since at least the works of Johnson and Redish in 2007, Pastalkova et al 2008, and Dragoi and Tonegawa (2011 and 2013), as well as in earlier literature on splitter cells. These foundational papers on this topic are not even cited in the current manuscript.

      We have added these citations to the introduction (line 37).

      Although some previous work is cited, the current narrative of the results section may lead the reader to think that these results are new, which I think is unfair. Previous evidence of the same phenomena should be cited all along the results and what is new and/or different from previous results should be clearly stated and discussed. Pure replications of previous works may actually just be supplementary figures. It is not fair that the titles of paragraphs and main figures correspond to notions that are well established in the literature (e.g., Figure 2, 2nd paragraph of results, etc.).

      We have changed the title of paragraph 2 and Figure 2 to highlight more clearly the novel result (the difference between the dorsal and ventral mPFC), and have improved clarity of the text throughout to highlight the novelty of our results better.

      (d) My opinion is that, overall, the paper gives the impression of being somewhat rushed and lacking attention to detail. Many figure panels are difficult to understand due to incomplete legends and visualizations with tiny, indistinguishable details. Moreover, some previous works are not correctly cited. I tried to make a list of everything I spotted below.

      We have addressed all the comments in the Recommendations for Authors.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Expanding on the points above, one of the strengths of the study is expanding the previous result that SWR-unmodulated neurons are more spatially selective (Jadhav et al., 2016), across prefrontal sub-regions, and showing that these neurons are more directionally selective and show more theta cycle skipping. Theta cycle skipping is related to theta sequence representations and previous studies have established PFC theta sequences in parallel to hippocampal theta sequences (Tang et al., 2021; Hasz and Redish, 2020; Wang et al., 2024), and the theta cycle skipping result suggests that SWR-unmodulated neurons should show stronger participation than SWR-modulated neurons in PFC theta sequences that decode to upcoming or alternative location, which can be tested in this high-density PFC physiology data. This is still unlikely to make a categorical distinction that only SWR-unmodulated neurons participate in theta sequence decoding, but will be useful to examine.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion and have now included results based on separate decoding models that only use SWR-modulated or SWR-unmodulated mPFC neurons. From this analysis we see that indeed SWR-unmodulated neurons are not the only group contributing to theta sequence decoding, but they do distinguish more strongly between the upcoming and alternative arms at the choice point (see new Fig 4d).

      (2) Non-local decoding in 50ms windows on a theta timescale is a valid analysis, but ignoring potential variability in the internal state during running vs. immobility, and as indicated by LFPs by the presence of SWRs or theta oscillations, is incorrect especially when conclusions are being made about decoding during SWRs and theta oscillation phase, and in light of previous evidence that these are distinct states during behavior. There are multiple papers on PFC theta sequences (Tang et al., 2021; Hasz and Redish, 2020; Wang et al., 2024), and on PFC reactivation during SWRs (Shin et al., 2019; Kaefer et al., 2020; Jarovi et al., 2023), and this dataset of high-density prefrontal recordings using Neuropixels 1.0 provides an opportunity to investigate these phenomena in detail. Here, it should be noted that although Kaefer et al. reported independent prefrontal reactivation from hippocampal reactivation, these PFC reactivation events still occurred during hippocampal SWRs in their data, and were linked to memory performance.

      From our data we see that the time segments that represent upcoming or alternative choice in the prefrontal cortex are in fact not time-locked to hippocampal SWRs (updated Fig 5a where we look only at the closest SWR in time and compare this to shuffled data). In addition, these segments do not overlap much with the decoded segments in the hippocampus (see updated Fig 4e where we added a shuffling procedure to assess the likelihood of the overlap with hippocampal decoded segments). Importantly, we are not ignoring the variability during running and immobility, as theta segments were selected based on a running speed of more than 5 cm/s and the absence of SWRs in the hippocampus (see Methods), ensuring that the theta and SWR analyses were done on the two different behavioral states respectively. We have  clarified this in the main text.

      (3) The majority of rodent studies make the distinction between ACC, PrL, and IL, although as the authors noted, there are arguments that rodent mPFC is a continuum (Howland et al., 2022), or even that rodent mPFC is a unitary cingulate cortical region (van Heukelum et al., 2020). The authors choose to present the results as dorsal (ACC + dorsal PrL) vs. ventral mPFC (ventral PrL + IL), however, in my opinion, it will be more useful to the field to see results separately for ACC, PrL, and IL, given the vast literature on connectivity and functional differences in these regions.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s suggestion. Initially, we did perform all analyses separately for the ACC, PLC and ILC subregions. However, we observed that the differences between subregions (strength of SWR-modulation and the phase locking to theta) varied uniformly along the dorsal-ventral axis, i.e., the PLC showed a profile of SWR-modulation and theta phase locking that fell in between that of the ACC and the ILC. This is also highlighted in paragraph 3 of the introduction (lines 52-56). For that reason, and for the sake of reducing the number of variables, increasing statistical power, and improving readability, we focused on the dorsal-ventral distinction instead, as this is where the main differences were seen.

      (4) I suggest that the authors refrain from making categorical distinctions as in their title and abstract, such as "neurons that are involved in predicting upcoming choice are not the neurons that are modulated by hippocampal sharp-wave ripples" when the evidence presented can only support gradation of participation of the two neuronal sub-populations, not an absolute distinction. The division of SWR-modulated and SWR-unmodulated neurons itself is determined by the statistic chosen to divide the neurons into one or two sub-classes and will vary with the statistical threshold employed. Further, previous studies have suggested that SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited neurons comprise distinct functional sub-populations based on their activity properties (Jadhav et al., 2016; Tang et al., 2017), but it is not clear to what degree is SWR-modulated neurons a distinct and singular functional sub-population. In the absence of connectivity information and cross-correlation measures within and across sub-populations, it is prudent to be conservative about this interpretation of SWR-unmodulated neurons.

      We agree with the reviewer that the distinction is not categorical and have changed the wording in the title and abstract. We also do not intend to claim that the SWR-modulated neurons are a distinct and singular functional sub-population, and for that reason the firing rates from the SWR-excited and SWR-inhibited groups are reported separately throughout the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor detailed remarks:

      (1) The authors should provide a statistical test, perhaps against shuffled data, for Figures 5a,c and 6a,c.

      We thank the reviewer for their suggestion and have added statistical tests in Figures 5a, 5c, 6a and 6c.

      (2) The behavioral task is explained only in the legend of Figure 1c, and the explanation is quite vague. In this type of article format, readers need to have a clear understanding of the task without having to refer to the methods section. A clear understanding of the task is crucial for interpreting all subsequent analyses. In my opinion, the word 'trial' in the figure is misleading, as these are sessions composed of many trials.

      We have added a more thorough description of the behavioral task, both in the main text and the Figure legend.

      (3) Figure 1d, legend of markers missing.

      We have added a legend for the markers.

      (4) When there are multiple bars and a single p-value is presented, it is unclear which group comparisons the p-value pertains to. For instance, Figures 2c-f and 3b, d, f (right parts), and 5b...

      For all p-values we have added lines to the figures that indicate the groups that were compared and have added descriptions of the statistical test to the figure legends to indicate what each p-value represents.

      (5) In Figure 3c, the legend does not explain what the colored lines represent, and the lines themselves are very small and almost indistinguishable.

      We have changed the colored lines to quadrants on the maze to clarify what each direction represents.

      (6) Figure 4a is too small, and the elements are so tiny that it is impossible to distinguish them and their respective colors. The term 'segment' has not been unequivocally explained in the text. All the different elements of the panel should be explicitly explained in the legend to make it easily understandable. What do the pictograms of the maze on the left represent? What does the dashed vertical line indicate?

      We have added the definition of a segment in the text (lines 283-286) and have improved the clarity and readability of Figure 4a.

      (7) In Figure 5, what do the red dots on the right part relate to? The legend should explicitly explain what is shown in the left and right parts, respectively. What comparisons do the p-values relate to?

      We have adjusted the legend to explain the left and right parts of the figure and we have added the statistical test that was used to get to the p-value (in addition to the text which already explained this).

      (8) Panels b of Figures 5 and 6 should have the same y-axis scale for comparison. The position of the p-values should also be consistent. With the current arrangement in Figure 6, it is unclear what the p-values relate to.

      We have adjusted the y-scale to be the same for Figures 5 and 6, and we have added a description of the statistical test to the legend.

      (9) Multiple studies have previously shown that mPFC activity contains spatial information (e.g., refs 24-27). It is important that, throughout the paper, the authors frame their results in relation to previous findings, highlighting what is novel in this work.

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion. In the revised manuscript, we have indicated more clearly which results replicate previous findings and highlighted novel results.

      (10) Please note that Peyrache et al. (2009) do not show trajectory replay, nor do they decode location. I am not familiar with all the cited literature, but this makes me think that the authors may want to double-check their citations to ensure they assign the correct claims to each past work.

      We have adjusted the reference to the work to exclude the word ‘trajectory’ and doublechecked our other citations.

      (11) The authors perform theta-skipping analysis, first described by Kay et al., but do not cite the original paper until the discussion.

      Thank you pointing out this oversight. We have now included this citation earlier in the paper (line 231).

      (12) Additionally, some parts of the text are difficult to grasp, and there are English vocabulary and syntax errors. I am happy to provide comments on the next version of the text, but please include page and line numbers in the PDF. The authors may also consider using AI to correct English mistakes and improve the fluency and readability of their text.

      We have carefully gone through the text to correct any errors.  We have now also included page and line numbers and we will be happy to address any specific issues the reviewer may spot in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      This study presents evidence that remote memory in the APP/PS1 mouse model of Alzheimer's disease (AD) is associated with PV interneuron hyperexcitability and increased inhibition of cortical engram cells. Its strength lies in the fact that it explores a neglected aspect of memory research - remote memory impairments related to AD (for which the primary research focus is usually on recent memory impairments) -which has received minimal attention to date. While the findings are intriguing, the weakness of the paper hovers around purely correlational types of evidence and superficial data analyses, which require substantial revisions as outlined below. 

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback, and we appreciate the recognition of the study’s novelty in addressing remote memory impairments in AD. We acknowledge the reviewer’s concerns and have implemented revisions to strengthen the manuscript.

      Major concerns: 

      (1) In light of previous work, including that by the authors themselves, the data in Figure 1 should be implemented by measurements of recent memory recall in order to assess whether remote memories are exclusively impaired or whether remote memory recall merely represents a continuation of recent memory impairments.

      We agree with the reviewer that is an important point. In line with their suggestion in minor comment 1, we now omitted the statement on recent memory in the results (previously on lines 109-111 and 117). Nonetheless, previous independent experiments from our group have repeatedly shown recent memory deficits in APP/PS1 mice at 12 weeks of age, including a recent article published in 2023. We refer the reviewer to figure 2c in Végh et al. (2014) and figure 2i in Kater et al. (2023). We have added a reference of the latter paper to our discussion section (line 458-459). Therefore, we are confident that the recent memory deficit at 12 weeks of age is a stable phenotype in our APP/PS1 mice.

      With these data in mind, we argue that the remote memory recall impairment is not a continuation of recent memory impairments. Recent memory deficits emerge already at 12 weeks of age, and when remote memory is assessed at 16 weeks (4 weeks after training at 12 weeks of age), APP/PS1 mice are still capable of forming and retrieving a remote memory. This suggests that remote memory retrieval can occur even when recent memory is compromised, arguing against the idea that the remote memory deficit observed at 20 weeks is a continuation of earlier recent memory impairments. We have clarified this point in the revised manuscript by adding the following sentence to the discussion section (line 462-465): 

      ‘This suggests that a remote memory can be formed even when recent memory expression is already compromised, indicating that the remote memory deficit in 20-week-old APP/PS1 mice is not a continuation of earlier recent memory impairments.’

      (2) Figure 2 shows electrophysiological properties of PV cells in the mPFC that correlate with the behavior shown in Figure 1. However, the mice used in Figure 2 are different than the mice used in Figure 1. Thus, the data are correlative at best, and the authors need to confirm that behavioral impairments in the APP/PS1 mice crossed to PV-Cre (and SST-Cre mice) used in Figure 2 are similar to those of the APP/PS1 mice used in Figure 1. Without that, no conclusions between behavioral impairments and electrophysiological as well as engram reactivation properties can be made, and the central claims of the paper cannot be upheld. 

      We thank the reviewer for raising this concern. Indeed, the remote memory impairment and PV hyperexcitability are correlative data, and therefore we do not make causal claims based on these data. However, please note that most of our key findings, including behavioural impairments, characterization of the engram ensemble and reactivation thereof, as well as inhibitory input measurements, were acquired using the same mouse line (APP/PS1), strengthening the coherence of our conclusions. Also, our electrophysiological findings in APP/PS1 (enhanced sIPSC frequency) and APP/PS1-PV-Cre-tdTomato (enhanced PV cell excitability) mice align well. Direct comparisons between the transgenic mouse lines APP/PS1 and APP/PS1 Parv-Cre were performed in our previous studies, confirming that these lines are similar in terms of behaviour and pathology. Specifically, we demonstrated that APP/PS1 mice display spatial memory impairments at 16 weeks of age, Fig 4a-d, consistent with the deficits observed in APP/PS1 Parv-Cre mice at 16 weeks of age, Fig 5a-c (Hijazi et al., 2020a). Additionally, Hijazi et al. (2020a) showed that soluble and insoluble Aβ levels do not differ between APP/PS1 Parv-Cre and APP/PS1 mice (sFig. 1), indicating comparable levels of pathology between these lines. While we do not have a similar characterization of the APP/PS1 SST-Cre line, we should mention that we also did not observe excitability differences in SST cells. We now acknowledge the limitation in the revised discussion section (line 480-487), and stress that our electrophysiology and behavioural findings are correlative in nature:

      ‘Although the excitability measurements were performed in APP/PS1-PV-Cre-tdTomato mice, and not in the APP/PS1 parental line, we previously found that these transgenic mouse lines exhibit comparable amyloid pathology (both soluble and insoluble amyloid beta levels) as well as similar spatial memory deficits (Hijazi et al., 2020a; Kater et al., 2023). Thus, our observations indicate that the APP/PS1 PV-Cre-tdTomato and APP/PS1 lines are similar in terms of pathology and behaviour. Nonetheless, further work is needed to identify a causal link between PV cell hyperexcitability and remote memory impairment.’ 

      (3) The reactivation data starting in Figure 3 should be analysed in much more depth: 

      a) The authors restrict their analysis to intra-animal comparisons, but additional ones should be performed, such as inter-animal (WT vs APP/PS1) as well as inter-age (12-16w vs 16-20w). In doing so, reactivation data should be normalized to chance levels per animal, to account for differences in labelling efficiency - this is standard in the field (see original Tonegawa papers and for a reference). This could highlight differences in total reactivation that are already apparent, such as for instance in WT vs APP/PS1 at 20w (Figure 3o) and highlight a decrease in reactivation in AD mice at this age, contrary to what is stated in lines 213-214. 

      We would like to thank the reviewer for the valuable input on the reactivation data in Figure 3. 

      We agree with the reviewer and now depict the data as normalized to chance levels (Figure 3). The original figures are now supplemental (sFig. 5). The reactivation data normalized to chance are similar to the original results, i.e. no difference was observed in the reactivation of the mPFC engram ensemble between genotypes. The reviewer may have overlooked that we did perform inter-animal (WT vs. APP/PS1) comparisons, however these were not significantly different. We have made this clearer in the main text, lines 277, 288-289, 294-295 and 303-304. Moreover, the reviewer recommended including inter-age group comparisons, which have now been added to the supplemental figures (sFig. 6). No genotype-dependent differences were observed. While a main effect of age group did emerge, indicating that there is a potential increased overlap between Fos+ and mCherry+ in animals aged 16-20 weeks, we caution against overinterpreting this finding. These experimental groups were processed in separate cohorts, with viral injection and 4TM-induced tagging performed at different moments in time, which may have contributed to the observed differences in overlap. We have addressed this point in the revised discussion (line 612-617):

      ‘Furthermore, we also observed an increase in the amount overlap between Fos+ and mCherry+ engram cells when comparing the 12-16w and 16-20w age groups. This finding should be interpreted with caution, as the experimental groups were processed in separate cohorts, with viral injections and 4TM-induced tagging performed at different moments in time. This may have contributed to the observed differences between ages.’

      b) Comparing the proportion of mcherry+ cells in PV- and PV+ is problematic, considering that the PV- population is not "pure" like the PV+, but rather likely to represent a mix of different pyramidal neurons (probably from several layers), other inhibitory neurons like SST and maybe even glial cells. Considering this, the statement on line 218 is misleading in saying that PVs are overrepresented. If anything, the same populations should be compared across ages or groups.  

      We thank the reviewer for their insightful comment and agree that the PV- population of cells is likely more heterogenous than the PV+ population. However, we would like to clarify that all quantified cells were selected based on Nissl immunoreactivity, and to exclude non-neuronal cells, stringent thresholding was applied in the script that was used to identify Nissl+ cells. The threshold information has now been added to the methods section (line 758-760). Thus, although heterogenous, the analysed PV- population reflects a neuronal subset. In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now included overlap measurements relative to chance levels (Figure 3). These analyses did not reveal differences with the original analyses, i.e., there are no genotype specific differences. We have also incorporated the suggested inter-age group comparisons (sFig. 6) and found no differences between age groups. In light of the raised concerns, we have removed the statement that PV cells were overrepresented in the engram ensemble.

      c) A similar concern applies to the mcherry- population in Figure 4, which could represent different types of neurons that were never active, compared to the relatively homogeneous engram mcherry+ population. This could be elegantly fixed by restricting the comparison to mCherry+Fos+ vs mCherry+Fos- ensembles and could indicate engram reactivation-specific differences in perisomatic inhibition by PV cells. 

      The comparison the reviewer suggests, comparing mCherry+Fos+ to mCherry+Fos- is indeed conceptually interesting and could provide more insight into engram reactivation and PV input. However, there are practical limitations to performing this analysis, as neurons in close proximity need to be compared in a pairwise manner to account for local variability in staining intensity. As shown in Figure 3c+k and Figure 4a+b, d+e, PV immunostaining intensity varies to a certain extend within a given image. While pairwise comparisons of neighbouring neurons were feasible when analysing mCherry+ and mCherry- cells, they are unfortunately not feasible for the mCherry+Fos+ vs. mCherry+Fos- comparison. The occurrence of spatially adjacent mCherry+Fos+ and mCherry+Fos- neurons is too sparse for a pairwise comparison. This analysis would therefore result in substantial under-sampling and limit the reliability of the analysis. Nonetheless, we agree with the reviewer that the mCherry- population may be more heterogenous than the mCherry+ population, despite the fact that PV+ neurons and that non-neuronal cells were excluded from both populations in the analyses. We therefore added a statement to the discussion to acknowledge this limitation (line 536-539): 

      ‘Although PV+ cells were not included in this analysis and we excluded non-neuronal cells based on the area of the Nissl stain, the mCherry- population was potentially more heterogenous than the mCherry+ population, which may have contributed to the differences we observed.’

      (4) At several instances, there are some doubts about the statistical measures having been employed: 

      a) In Figure 4f, it is unclear why a repeated measurement ANOVA was used as opposed to a regular ANOVA. 

      b) In Supplementary Figure 2b, a Mann-Whitney test was used, supposedly because the data were not normally distributed. However, when looking at the individual data points, the data does seem to be normally distributed. Thus, the authors need to provide the test details as to how they measured the normalcy of distribution. 

      a) Based on the pairwise comparison of neighbouring neurons within animals, the data in Figure 4f was analysed with a repeated measure ANOVA. 

      b) We thank the author for their comment on Supplementary Figure 2b. The data is indeed normally distributed, and we have analysed it using a D’Agostino & Pearson test. We have corrected this in the supplemental figure. 

      Minor concerns: 

      (1) Line 117: The authors cite a recent memory impairment here, as shown by another paper. However, given the notorious difficulty in replicating behavioral findings, in particular in APP/PS1 mice (number of backcrossings, housing conditions, etc., might differ between laboratories), such a statement cannot be made. The authors should either show in their own hands that recent memory is indeed affected at 12 weeks of age, or they should omit this statement. 

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful comment. As noted in our response to major concern (1), we have addressed this concern by providing additional information and clarification in the discussion (line 462-465) regarding the possibility that remote memory impairments are a continuation of recent memory impairments. As mentioned in our response, we have added a reference to a more recent study from our lab (Kater et al. (2023). These findings are consistent with the earlier report from our lab (Végh et al. (2014), underscoring the reproducibility of this phenotype across independent cohorts and time. Notably, the experiments in the 2023 and present study were performed using the same housing and experimental conditions. Nevertheless, in light of the reviewer’s suggestion, and to avoid overstatement or speculation, we have now omitted the sentence referring to recent memory impairments at 12 weeks of age from the results section.

      (2) Pertaining to Figure 3, low-resolution images of the mPFC should be provided to assess the spread of injection and the overall degree of double-positive cells.  

      We agree with the reviewer and have added images of the mPFC as a supplemental figure (sFig. 3) that show the spread of the injection. Unfortunately, it is not possible to visualize the overall degree of double-positive cells at a lower magnification (or low-resolution). Representative examples of colocalization are presented in Figure 3.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      This study presents a comprehensive investigation of remote memory deficits in the APP/PS1 mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. The authors convincingly show that these deficits emerge progressively and are paralleled by selective hyperexcitability of PV interneurons in the mPFC. Using viral-TRAP labeling and patch-clamp electrophysiology, they demonstrate that inhibitory input onto labeled engram cells is selectively increased in APP/PS1 mice, despite unaltered engram size or reactivation. These findings support the idea that alterations in inhibitory microcircuits may contribute to cognitive decline in AD. 

      However, several aspects of the study merit further clarification. Most critically, the central paradox, i.e., increased inhibitory input without an apparent change in engram reactivation, remains unresolved. The authors propose possible mechanisms involving altered synchrony or impaired output of engram cells, but these hypotheses require further empirical support. Additionally, the study employs multiple crossed transgenic lines without reporting the progression of amyloid pathology in the mPFC, which is important for interpreting the relationship between circuit dysfunction and disease stage. Finally, the potential contribution of broader network dysfunction, such as spontaneous epileptiform activity reported in APP/PS1 mice, is also not addressed. 

      We thank the reviewer for their evaluation and appreciate the positive assessment of our study’s contributing to understanding remote memory deficits and the dysfunction of inhibitory microcircuits in AD. We also acknowledge the relevant points raised and have revised the manuscript to clarify our interpretations. 

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) Line 68: What are "APP23xPS45" mice? This is most likely a typo.

      This line is a previously reported double transgenic amyloid beta mouse model that was obtained by crossing APP23 (overexpressing human amyloid precursor protein with the Swedish double mutation at position 670/671) with PS45 (carrying a transgene for mutant Presenilin 1, G384A mutation) (Busche et al., 2008; Grienberger et al., 2012). 

      (2) Line 148: The authors should also briefly describe in the main text that APP/PS1 x SST-Cre mice were generated and used here.  

      We thank the reviewer for their comment and have added their suggestion to the main text (line 166-168):

      ‘To do this, APP/PS1 mice were crossed with SST-Cre mice to generate APP/PS1 SST-Cre mice. Following microinjection of AAV-hSyn::DIO-mCherry into the mPFC, recordings were obtained from SST neurons.’

      (3) The discussion should be condensed because of redundancies on several occasions. For example, memory allocation is discussed starting on line 371, then again on line 392. This should be combined. Likewise, how the correlative nature of the findings about PV interneurons could be further functionally addressed is discussed on lines 413 and 454, and should be condensed into one paragraph. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion and have revised the discussion to remove the redundancies as proposed.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      To strengthen the manuscript, the following points should be addressed: 

      (1) Quantify amyloid pathology: It is essential to assess amyloid-β levels (soluble and insoluble) in the mPFC of APP/PS1-PV-Cre-tdTomato mice at the studied ages. This would help determine whether the observed circuitlevel changes track with disease progression as seen in canonical APP/PS1 models. 

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable suggestion and agree that assessing Aβ levels in the mPFC is important to determine whether the observed circuit level alterations in APP/PS1 mice coincide with the progression of amyloid pathology. Therefore, we assessed the amyloid plaque load in the mPFC of APP/PS1 mice at 16 and 20 weeks of age (new supplemental figure sFig. 1) and observed no difference in plaque load between these two time points. This suggests that the increased excitability in the mPFC cannot be attributed to differences in plaque load (insoluble amyloid beta).

      In line with this, we previously studied both soluble and insoluble Aβ levels in the CA1 and reported that there are no differences between 12 and 16 weeks of age (Kater et al., 2023), while PV cell hyperexcitability is present at 16 weeks of age (Hijazi et al., 2020a). From 24 weeks onwards, the level of amyloid beta increases. Similarly, Végh et al. (2014) showed using immunoblotting that monomeric and low molecular weight oligomeric forms of soluble Aβ are already present as early as 6 weeks of age and become more prominent at 24 weeks of age. Although the soluble Aβ measurements were performed in the hippocampus, we think these findings can be extrapolated to cortical regions, as the APP and PS1 mutations in APP/PS1 mice are driven by a prion promotor, which should induce consistent expression across brain regions. Data from other research groups support this hypothesis (Kim et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2011). Thus, large regional differences in soluble Aβ are not expected. The temporal progression suggests that increasing levels of soluble amyloid beta might contribute to the emergence of PV cell hyperexcitability. We have added this point to the manuscript (line 585-591):

      ‘Since amyloid beta plaque load in the mPFC remains comparable between 16- and 20-week-old APP/PS1 mice, the observed increased excitability is unlikely the result of changes in insoluble amyloid beta levels. Previous data from our lab show that soluble amyloid beta is already present as early as 6 weeks of age and becomes more prominent at 24 weeks of age (Kater et al., 2023; Végh et al., 2014). The progressive increase in soluble amyloid beta levels may contribute to the emergence of PV cell hyperexcitability.’

      Finally, we previously compared soluble and insoluble amyloid beta levels in APP/PS1 and APP/PS1 Parv Cre mice and show that these are similar (Hijazi et al., 2020a). While our current study shows the progression of amyloid beta accumulation in APP/PS1 mice, these mice also exhibit altered microcircuitry (enhanced sIPSC frequency on engram cells) at 20 weeks of age, the same age at which we observed PV cell hyperexcitability in APP/PS1 Parv Cre tdTomato mice. This further supports the generalizability of our findings across genotypes, between APP/PS1 and APP/PS1 Parv Cre tdTomato mice. 

      (2) Examine later disease stages: Since the current effects are modest, assessing memory performance, PV cell excitability, and engram inhibition at more advanced stages could clarify whether these alterations become more pronounced with disease progression. 

      We thank the reviewer for this thoughtful suggestion. Investigating advanced disease stages could indeed provide valuable insights into whether the observed alterations in memory performance, PV cell hyperexcitability and engram inhibition become more pronounced over time. Our previous work has shown that changes in pyramidal cell excitability emerge at a later stage than in PV cells, supporting the idea of progressive circuit dysfunction (Hijazi et al., 2020a). However, at these more advanced stages, additional pathological processes, such as an increased gliosis (Janota, Brites, Lemere, & Brito, 2015; Kater et al., 2023) and synaptic loss (Alonso-Nanclares, MerinoSerrais, Gonzalez, & DeFelipe, 2013; Bittner et al., 2012), will likely contribute to both electrophysiological and behavioural measurements. Furthermore, we would like to point out that the current changes observed in memory performance, PV hyperexcitability and increased inhibitory input on engram cells at 16-20 weeks of age are not modest, but already quite substantial. Our focus on these early time points in APP/PS1 mice were intentional, as it helps us understand the initial changes in Alzheimer’s disease at a circuit level and to identify therapeutic targets early intervention. What happens at later stages is certainly of interest, but beyond the scope of this study and should therefore be addressed in future studies. We have incorporated a discussion related to this point into the revised manuscript (line 602-606):

      ‘Moreover, it is relevant to investigate whether changes in PV and PYR cell excitability, as well as input onto engram cells in the mPFC, become more pronounced at later disease stages. Nonetheless, by focussing on early disease timepoints in the present study, we aimed to understand the initial circuit-level changes in AD and identify targets for early therapeutic intervention.’

      (3) Address network hyperexcitability: Spontaneous epileptiform activity has been reported in APP/PS1 mice from 4 months of age (Reyes-Marin & Nuñez, 2017). Including EEG data or discussing this point in relation to your findings would help contextualize the observed inhibitory remodeling within broader network dysfunction. 

      We thank the reviewer for this valuable input and for highlighting the study by Reyes-Marin and Nuñez (2017). In line with this, we recently reported longitudinal local field potential (LFP) recordings in freely behaving APP/PS1 Parv-Cre mice and wild type control animals between the ages of 3 to 12 months (van Heusden et al., 2023). Weekly recordings were performed in the home cage under awake mobile conditions. These data showed no indications of epileptiform activity during wakefulness, consistent with previous findings that epileptic discharges in APP/PS1 mice predominantly occur during sleep (Gureviciene et al., 2019). Recordings were obtained from the prefrontal cortex (PFC), parietal cortex and the hippocampus. In contrast, the study by Reyes-Marin and Nuñez (2017) recorded from the somatosensory cortex in anesthetized animals. Here, during spontaneous recordings, no differences were observed in delta, theta or alpha frequency bands between APP/PS1 and WT mice. Interestingly, we observed an early increase in absolute power, particularly in the hippocampus and parietal cortex from 12 to 24 weeks of age in APP/PS1 mice. In the PFC we found a shift in relative power from lower to higher frequencies and a reduction in theta power. Connectivity analyses revealed a progressive, age-dependent decline in theta/alpha coherence between the PFC and both the parietal cortex and hippocampus. Given the well-established role of PV interneurons network synchrony and coordinating theta and gamma oscillations critical for cognitive function (Sohal, Zhang, Yizhar, & Deisseroth, 2009; Xia et al., 2017), these findings support the idea of early circuit dysfunction in APP/PS1 mice. Our findings, i.e. hyperexcitability of PV cells, align with these LFP based networklevel observations. These data suggest an early shift in the E/I balance, contributing to altered oscillatory dynamics and impaired inter-regional connectivity, possibly leading to alterations in memory. However, whether the observed PV hyperexcitability in our study directly contributes to alterations in power and synchrony remains to be elucidated. Furthermore, it would be interesting to determine the individual contribution of PV cell hyperexcitability in the hippocampus versus the mPFC to network changes and concurrent memory deficits. We have added a statement on network hyperexcitability to the discussion (line 561-565). 

      ‘Interestingly, we recently found a progressive disruption of oscillatory network synchrony between the mPFC and hippocampus in APP/PS1 Parv-Cre mice (van Heusden et al., 2023). However, whether the observed PV cell hyperexcitability directly contributes to changes in inter-regional synchrony, and whether this leads to alterations at a network level, i.e. increased inhibitory input on engram cells, and consequently to memory deficits, remains to be elucidated in future studies.’ 

      (4) Mechanisms responsible for PV hyperexcitability: Related to the previous point, a discussion of the possible underlying mechanisms, e.g., direct effects of amyloid-β, inflammatory processes, or compensatory mechanisms, would strengthen the discussion. 

      We agree with the reviewer that this will strengthen the discussion. We have now added a comprehensive discussion in the revised manuscript to address potential mechanisms responsible for PV cell hyperexcitability (line 579-594).:

      ‘Prior studies have shown that neurons in the vicinity of amyloid beta plaques show increased excitability (Busche et al., 2008). We demonstrated that PV neurons in the CA1 are hyperexcitable and that treatment with a BACE1 inhibitors, i.e. reducing amyloid beta levels, rescues PV excitability (Hijazi et al., 2020a). In line with this, we also reported that addition of amyloid beta to hippocampal slices increases PV excitability, without altering pyramidal cell excitability (Hijazi et al., 2020a). Finally, applying amyloid beta to an induced mouse model of PV hyperexcitability further impairs PV function (Hijazi et al., 2020b). Since amyloid beta plaque load in the mPFC remains comparable between 16- and 20-week-old APP/PS1 mice, the observed increased excitability is unlikely the result of changes in insoluble amyloid beta levels. Previous data from our lab show that soluble amyloid beta is already present as early as 6 weeks of age and becomes more prominent at 24 weeks of age (Kater et al., 2023; Végh et al., 2014). The progressive increase in soluble amyloid beta levels may contribute to the emergence of PV cell hyperexcitability. We hypothesize that the hyperexcitability induced by amyloid beta may result from disrupted ion channel function, as PV neuron dysfunction can result from altered potassium (Olah et al., 2022) and sodium channel activity (Verret et al., 2012).’

      (5) Excitatory-inhibitory balance: While the main focus is on increased inhibition onto engram cells, the reported increase in sEPSC frequency (Figure 5g) across genotypes suggests the presence of excitatory remodelling as well. A brief discussion of how this may interact with increased inhibition would be valuable.  

      We thank the reviewer for this comment regarding the interaction between excitatory and inhibitory remodelling. We have now incorporated this discussion point into the revised manuscript (line 528-534):

      ‘Interestingly, both WT and APP/PS1 mice showed an increase in sEPSC frequency onto engram cells, suggesting that increased excitatory input is a consequence of memory retrieval and not affected by genotype. However, only in APP/PS1 mice, the augmented excitatory input coincided with an elevation of inhibitory input onto engram cells. The resulting imbalance between excitation and inhibition could therefore potentially disrupt the precise control of engram reactivation and contribute to the observed remote memory impairment.’

      References

      Alonso-Nanclares, L., Merino-Serrais, P., Gonzalez, S., & DeFelipe, J. (2013). Synaptic changes in the dentate gyrus of APP/PS1 transgenic mice revealed by electron microscopy. J Neuropathol Exp Neurol, 72(5), 386-395. doi:10.1097/NEN.0b013e31828d41ec

      Bittner, T., Burgold, S., Dorostkar, M. M., Fuhrmann, M., Wegenast-Braun, B. M., Schmidt, B., . . . Herms, J. (2012). Amyloid plaque formation precedes dendritic spine loss. Acta Neuropathologica, 124(6), 797807. doi:10.1007/s00401-012-1047-8

      Busche, M. A., Eichhoff, G., Adelsberger, H., Abramowski, D., Wiederhold, K. H., Haass, C., . . . Garaschuk, O. (2008). Clusters of hyperactive neurons near amyloid plaques in a mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Science, 321(5896), 1686-1689. doi:10.1126/science.1162844

      Grienberger, C., Rochefort, N. L., Adelsberger, H., Henning, H. A., Hill, D. N., Reichwald, J., . . . Konnerth, A. (2012). Staged decline of neuronal function in vivo in an animal model of Alzheimer's disease. Nat Commun, 3, 774. doi:10.1038/ncomms1783

      Gureviciene, I., Ishchenko, I., Ziyatdinova, S., Jin, N., Lipponen, A., Gurevicius, K., & Tanila, H. (2019). Characterization of Epileptic Spiking Associated With Brain Amyloidosis in APP/PS1 Mice. Front Neurol, 10, 1151. doi:10.3389/fneur.2019.01151

      Hijazi, S., Heistek, T. S., Scheltens, P., Neumann, U., Shimshek, D. R., Mansvelder, H. D., . . . van Kesteren, R. E. (2020a). Early restoration of parvalbumin interneuron activity prevents memory loss and network hyperexcitability in a mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Mol Psychiatry, 25(12), 3380-3398. doi:10.1038/s41380-019-0483-4

      Hijazi, S., Heistek, T. S., van der Loo, R., Mansvelder, H. D., Smit, A. B., & van Kesteren, R. E. (2020b). Hyperexcitable Parvalbumin Interneurons Render Hippocampal Circuitry Vulnerable to Amyloid Beta. iScience, 23(7), 101271. doi:10.1016/j.isci.2020.101271

      Janota, C. S., Brites, D., Lemere, C. A., & Brito, M. A. (2015). Glio-vascular changes during ageing in wild-type and Alzheimer's disease-like APP/PS1 mice. Brain Res, 1620, 153-168. doi:10.1016/j.brainres.2015.04.056

      Kater, M. S. J., Huffels, C. F. M., Oshima, T., Renckens, N. S., Middeldorp, J., Boddeke, E., . . . Verheijen, M. H. G. (2023). Prevention of microgliosis halts early memory loss in a mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Brain Behav Immun, 107, 225-241. doi:10.1016/j.bbi.2022.10.009

      Kim, H. Y., Kim, H. V., Jo, S., Lee, C. J., Choi, S. Y., Kim, D. J., & Kim, Y. (2015). EPPS rescues hippocampus-dependent cognitive deficits in APP/PS1 mice by disaggregation of amyloid-β oligomers and plaques. ature Communications, 6(1), 8997. doi:10.1038/ncomms9997

      Olah, V. J., Goettemoeller, A. M., Rayaprolu, S., Dammer, E. B., Seyfried, N. T., Rangaraju, S., . . . Rowan, M. J. M. (2022). Biophysical Kv3 channel alterations dampen excitability of cortical PV interneurons and contribute to network hyperexcitability in early Alzheimer’s. Elife, 11, e75316. doi:10.7554/eLife.75316

      Reyes-Marin, K. E., & Nuñez, A. (2017). Seizure susceptibility in the APP/PS1 mouse model of Alzheimer's disease and relationship with amyloid β plaques. Brain Res, 1677, 93-100. doi:10.1016/j.brainres.2017.09.026

      Sohal, V. S., Zhang, F., Yizhar, O., & Deisseroth, K. (2009). Parvalbumin neurons and gamma rhythms enhance cortical circuit performance. Nature, 459(7247), 698-702. doi:10.1038/nature07991

      van Heusden, F. C., van Nifterick, A. M., Souza, B. C., França, A. S. C., Nauta, I. M., Stam, C. J., . . . van Kesteren, R. E. (2023). Neurophysiological alterations in mice and humans carrying mutations in APP and PSEN1 genes. Alzheimers Res Ther, 15(1), 142. doi:10.1186/s13195-023-01287-6

      Végh, M. J., Heldring, C. M., Kamphuis, W., Hijazi, S., Timmerman, A. J., Li, K. W., . . . van Kesteren, R. E. (2014). Reducing hippocampal extracellular matrix reverses early memory deficits in a mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Acta Neuropathol Commun, 2, 76. doi:10.1186/s40478-014-0076-z

      Verret, L., Mann, E. O., Hang, G. B., Barth, A. M., Cobos, I., Ho, K., . . . Palop, J. J. (2012). Inhibitory interneuron deficit links altered network activity and cognitive dysfunction in Alzheimer model. Cell, 149(3), 708-721. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2012.02.046

      Xia, F., Richards, B. A., Tran, M. M., Josselyn, S. A., Takehara-Nishiuchi, K., & Frankland, P. W. (2017). Parvalbumin-positive interneurons mediate neocortical-hippocampal interactions that are necessary for memory consolidation. Elife, 6. doi:10.7554/eLife.27868

      Zhang, W., Hao, J., Liu, R., Zhang, Z., Lei, G., Su, C., . . . Li, Z. (2011). Soluble Aβ levels correlate with cognitive deficits in the 12-month-old APPswe/PS1dE9 mouse model of Alzheimer's disease. Behavioural Brain Research, 222(2), 342-350. doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bbr.2011.03.072

    1. KrF与ArF基本覆盖主流芯片制程和应用需求,且在单芯片制作过程中用量相对更多。ArF光刻胶是集成电路制造需求金额最大的光刻胶产品,ArF湿法光刻胶(ArFi)则主要应用于先进制程中的多重曝光过程,需求比ArF干法更多。KrF光刻胶主要应用于3D NAND堆叠架构中,随着堆叠层数的增加,用量将大幅提升。此外,EUV光刻胶的应用范围也正在从逻辑芯片扩展到存储芯片中。

      http://image109.360doc.com/DownloadImg/2023/10/1521/273859998_2_20231015094433273.jpg

    1. designers increase emotional content by 9.81% and com-plexity by 17.1% after the AI launch.9Additionally, we find that the unsuccessful designersin all three categories do not change emotions in theirdesigns (Table 11) and do not change complexity of theirdesigns (Table 12) after the AI launch.The granular model with five emotions also showsthat the unsuccessful designers in all three categories donot change emotional content of their design submis-sions (see Online Appendix F, Table F12).To confirm all the results, we use DiD models withpropensity score matching (PSM-DID1 and PSM-DID2Table 4. Number of Contests Before and After AI for the Three Groups of Successful DesignersDependent variableis number of contests(Ycdt) Lower-tier Cross-tierCross-categoryLower-tier(PSM –DID1)Cross-tier(PSM –DID1)Cross-category(PSM –DID1)Lower-tier(PSM –DID2)Cross-tier(PSM –DID2)Cross-category(PSM –DID2)Aftert (or Aftert ×Treatmentdm for DID)�0.21*** �0.041ns 0.22ns �0.0858ns 0.4ns 0.142ns 0.043ns 0.063*** �0.17***(0.03) (0.043) (0.401) (0.203) (0.258) (0.186) (0.051) (0.0182) (0.012)Constant 2.86*** 3.05*** 2.649*** 2.4*** 2.3*** 2.14*** 3.112*** 3.21*** 3.15***(0.22) (0.305) (0.266) (0.36) (0.047) (0.15) (0.0075) (0.0065) (0.007)Designer fixed effects Yes Yes Yes No No No No No NoNo. of designers 119 103 63 — — — — — —Sample size 18,450 20,730 15,915 27,920 26,852 22,540 15,036 14,468 14,602Note. Subscript t denotes time, subscript d denotes designers, subscript c denotes contests, subscript dm denotes matched designers in treatmentand control groups, and subscript cdt denotes number of contests per designer per day.***p < 0.01; **p < 0.05; *p < 0.1; ns, not significant.Table 5. Number of Contests Before and After AI for the Three Groups of Unsuccessful DesignersDependentvariable isnumber ofcontests (Ycdt) Lower-tier Cross-tierCross-categoryLower-tier(PSM –DID1)Cross-tier(PSM –DID1)Cross-category(PSM –DID1)Lower-tier(PSM –DID2)Cross-tier(PSM –DID2)Cross-category(PSM –DID2)Aftert (or Aftert ×Treatmentdm forDID)0.55*** 0.524*** 0.56*** 0.329** 0.222* 0.4* 0.48*** 0.196*** 0.7445***(0.016) (0.0213) (0.06) (0.167) (0.121) (0.22) (0.025) (0.0272) (0.0292)Constant 3.99*** 3.37*** 3.71*** 2.99*** 2.32*** 3.27*** 3.495 3.62*** 3.63***(0.32) (0.3) (0.399) (0.02) (0.083) (0.065) (0.007) (0.0073) (0.0075)Designer fixedeffectsYes Yes Yes No No No No No NoNo. of designers 477 450 263 — — — — — —Sample size 44,618 29,365 27,158 61,185 58,498 34,937 31,888 18,405 18,033Note. Subscript t denotes time, subscript d denotes designers, subscript c denotes contests, subscript dm denotes matched designers in treatmentand control groups, and subscript cdt denotes number of contests per designer per day.***p < 0.01; **p < 0.05; *p < 0.1; ns, not significant.Lysyakov and Viswanathan: User Responses to the Threat of AIInformation Systems Research, 2023, vol. 34, no. 3, pp. 1191–1210, © 2022 INFORMS 1203Downloaded from informs.org by [47.197.133.180] on 28 October 2025, at 18:19 . For personal use only, all rights reserved.

      This shows how in these studies the AI is pushing designers to make better content. If the same concept applies to other forms of business this could actually improve the quality of products and work. Overall this would be beneficial for the market. This provides a framework for AI coexisting with humans. It can lead us to a better future in industry and production of goods.

    1. La ceguera de género en las encuestas mexicanas sobre discriminación hacia a las personas inmigrantes
      1. “al no incorporar una perspectiva de género en los cuestionarios, retratan una realidad equivocada.” pág. 181 Si bien la autora señala que la falta de incorporación de la perspectiva de género en los instrumentos de medición conduce a que los cuestionarios de las encuestas sobre migración y discriminación produzcan datos incompletos. Esto quiere decir, que, los resultados no reflejan diferencias sistemáticas entre hombres y mujeres migrantes, lo que a su vez limita la capacidad de conocer plenamente las dinámicas de discriminación basada en género dentro del fenómeno migratorio. En pocas palabras, si las encuestas no preguntan ¿Eres hombre o mujer migrante? o ¿Cómo afecta tu género tu experiencia migratoria?, entonces pasan por alto que las mujeres migrantes podrían estar viviendo discriminaciones distintas o adicionales. Es como si miráramos sólo la parte visible del iceberg y creyéramos que todo lo que importa está ahí arriba.

      2. “no se considera la manera en que el género interseca con otras formas de desigualdad, como la nacionalidad o la clase social.” pág. 180 El texto resalta que la ceguera de género no sólo ignora las diferencias entre hombres y mujeres, sino que también desconoce la interseccionalidad. Es decir, el género se cruza con otros factores estructurales (como clase, etnicidad o estatus migratorio) que agravan las condiciones de vulnerabilidad. Su omisión impide comprender cómo las mujeres migrantes enfrentan formas múltiples y simultáneas de discriminación. Esto me parece clave, porque no todas las mujeres migrantes viven lo mismo, pues no es igual una mujer centroamericana pobre que una extranjera con más recursos. Ignorar esas diferencias es como decir que la discriminación afecta a todos igual, y eso borra las desigualdades que más pesan en la vida real.

      3. “la de un país al que sólo llegan y por el que sólo transita una migración masculina.” pág. 180 Ahora bien, al describir el efecto de la “ceguera de género”, la autora observa que las encuestas reproducen un imaginario migratorio masculinizado, ya que, se asume implícitamente que la migración es mayoritariamente masculina. Esta visión sesgada impide reconocer la presencia, la situación y las necesidades específicas de las mujeres migrantes, reproduciendo una invisibilidad de género en los datos y, por ende, en las políticas públicas que podrían derivar de esos datos. Me hace pensar que muchas veces cuando escuchamos la palabra “los migrantes”, quizás pensamos automáticamente en hombres jóvenes. Pero, ¿Qué pasa con las mujeres que migran solas o en contexto familiar? Si los instrumentos no lo captan, es como si ni siquiera estuvieran consideradas. Y eso tiene consecuencias porque si no se mide, no se visibiliza, y si no se visibiliza, difícilmente se atiende.

    1. Art. 735

      REsp 1747637 / SP

      DIREITO CIVIL. RECURSO ESPECIAL. AÇÃO DE INDENIZAÇÃO POR DANOS MORAIS. ATO LIBIDINOSO PRATICADO CONTRA PASSAGEIRA NO INTERIOR DE UMA COMPOSIÇÃO DE METRÔ NA CIDADE DE SÃO PAULO/SP ("ASSÉDIO SEXUAL"). RESPONSABILIDADE DA TRANSPORTADORA. NEXO CAUSAL. ROMPIMENTO. FATO EXCLUSIVO DE TERCEIRO. CONEXIDADE COM A ATIVIDADE DE TRANSPORTE. RESPONSABILIDADE DA CPTM. 1. Ação ajuizada em 02/07/2014. Recurso especial interposto em 28/10/2015 e distribuído ao Gabinete em 31/03/2017. 2. O propósito recursal consiste em definir se a concessionária do metrô da cidade de São Paulo/SP deve responder pelos danos morais sofridos por passageira que foi vítima de ato libidinoso ou assédio sexual praticado por outro usuário, no interior de um vagão. 3. A cláusula de incolumidade é ínsita ao contrato de transporte, implicando <u>obrigação de resultado</u> do transportador, consistente em levar o passageiro com conforto e segurança ao seu destino, salvo se demonstrada causa de exclusão do nexo de causalidade, notadamente o caso fortuito, a força maior ou a culpa exclusiva da vítima ou de terceiro. 4. O fato de terceiro, conforme se apresente, pode ou não romper o nexo de causalidade. Exclui-se a responsabilidade do transportador quando a conduta praticada por terceiro, sendo causa única do evento danoso, não guarda relação com a organização do negócio e os riscos da atividade de transporte, equiparando-se a fortuito externo. De outro turno, a culpa de terceiro não é apta a romper o nexo causal quando se mostra conexa à atividade econômica e aos riscos inerentes à sua exploração, caracterizando fortuito interno. 5. Na hipótese, conforme consta no acórdão recorrido, a recorrente foi vítima de ato libidinoso praticado por outro passageiro do trem durante a viagem, isto é, um conjunto de atos referidos como assédio sexual. 6. É evidente que ser exposta a assédio sexual viola a cláusula de incolumidade física e psíquica daquele que é passageiro de um serviço de transporte de pessoas. 7. Na hipótese em julgamento, a ocorrência do assédio sexual guarda conexidade com os serviços prestados pela recorrida CPTM e, por se tratar de fortuito interno, a transportadora de passageiros permanece objetivamente responsável pelos danos causados à recorrente. Precedente. 8. Recurso especial não provido.


      AgInt no AgInt no AREsp 2152026 / CE

      CIVIL. AGRAVO INTERNO NO AGRAVO INTERNO NO AGRAVO EM RECURSO ESPECIAL. AUSÊNCIA DE VIOLAÇÃO DOS ARTS. 489 E 1.022 DO CPC. OMISSÕES INEXISTENTES. INDENIZAÇÃO POR DANOS MORAIS E ESTÉTICOS. ACIDENTE DE TRÂNSITO. TRANSPORTE COLETIVO. RESPONSABILIDADE CONTRATUAL OBJETIVA. CLÁUSULA DE INCOLUMIDADE DOS PASSAGEIROS. EXCLUDENTE DE RESPONSABILIDADE INEXISTENTE NO CASO CONCRETO. CULPA DE TERCEIRO. FORTUITO INTERNO. RISCO DA ATIVIDADE. VALOR DA INDENIZAÇÃO. EXCESSO NÃO CARACTERIZADO. REEXAME DE FATOS E PROVAS. IMPOSSIBILIDADE. SÚMULA N. 7/STJ. 1. Não se reconhecem a omissão e negativa de prestação jurisdicional quando há o exame, de forma fundamentada, de todas as questões submetidas à apreciação judicial na medida necessária para o deslinde da controvérsia, ainda que em sentido contrário à pretensão da parte. Ausência de violação dos arts. 489 e 1.022 do CPC. 2. Nos termos da jurisprudência desta Corte, a responsabilidade do transportador em relação aos passageiros é contratual e objetiva, somente podendo ser elidida por fortuito externo, força maior, fato exclusivo da vítima ou por fato doloso e exclusivo de terceiro - quando este não guardar conexão com a atividade de transporte. Precedentes. 3. O ato culposo de terceiro, conexo com a atividade do transportador e relacionado com os riscos próprios do negócio, caracteriza o fortuito interno, inapto a excluir a responsabilidade do transportador. 4. Hipótese em que o acidente de trânsito é risco inerente à exploração da atividade econômica de modo que, mesmo que causados exclusivamente por ato culposo de terceiro, são considerados fortuitos internos, incapazes de excluir a responsabilidade civil do transportador quanto à incolumidade dos passageiros. 5. O valor arbitrado a título de reparação civil observou os critérios de proporcionalidade e de razoabilidade, além de estar compatível com as circunstâncias narradas no acórdão e sua eventual redução demandaria, por consequência, o reexame de fatos e provas, o que é vedado em recurso especial ante o óbice da Súmua n. 7/STJ. Agravo interno improvido.


      1. "Na linha dos precedentes desta Corte, acidentes ocorridos em auto-estradas, mesmo por culpa exclusiva de terceiros, são considerados fortuitos internos, incapazes, por isso, de afastar a responsabilidade Civil do transportador." (AgRg nos EDcl no REsp 1318095/MG, Rel. Ministro SIDNEI BENETI, TERCEIRA TURMA, julgado em 19/06/2012, DJe 27/06/2012).
    2. imprevisíveis

      PROCESSUAL CIVIL. RECURSO ESPECIAL. AÇÃO REVISIONAL DE CONTRATO DE ALUGUEL ENTRE SHOPPING CENTER E LOJISTA. SUPERVENIÊNCIA DA PANDEMIA DECORRENTE DA COVID-19. CONTRATOS PARITÁRIOS. REGRA GERAL. PRINCÍPIO DO PACTA SUNT SERVANDA. POSSIBILIDADE DE REVISÃO. HIPÓTESES EXCEPCIONAIS. PREVISÃO DO ART. 317 DO CÓDIGO CIVIL. TEORIA DA IMPREVISÃO. ART. 478 DO CÓDIGO CIVIL. TEORIA DA ONEROSIDADE EXCESSIVA. RESOLUÇÃO. INTERPRETAÇÃO SISTEMÁTICA E TELEOLÓGICA DO DISPOSITIVO QUE AUTORIZA TAMBÉM A REVISÃO. PANDEMIA DA COVID-19 QUE CONFIGURA, EM TESE, EVENTO IMPREVISÍVEL E EXTRAORDINÁRIO APTO A POSSIBILITAR A REVISÃO DO CONTRATO DE ALUGUEL, DESDE QUE PREENCHIDOS OS DEMAIS REQUISITOS LEGAIS. HIPÓTESE DOS AUTOS. AUSÊNCIA DE COMPROVAÇÃO. MANUTENÇÃO DA DECISÃO RECORRIDA.

      • 1. Ação revisional de contrato de aluguel entre shopping center e lojista, ajuizada em 20/4/2020, da qual foi extraído o presente recurso especial, interposto em 30/8/2022 e concluso ao gabinete em 20/10/2022.

      • 2. O propósito recursal consiste em decidir se é cabível a revisão de contrato de aluguel firmado entre shopping center e lojista, com fundamento nas teorias da imprevisão (art. 317 do CC) e onerosidade excessiva (art. 478 do CC), em razão da superveniência da pandemia do coronavírus.

      • 3. Nos contratos empresariais deve ser conferido especial prestígio aos princípios da liberdade contratual e do pacta sunt servanda, diretrizes positivadas no art. 421, caput, e 421-A do Código Civil, incluídas pela Lei nº 13.874/2019.

      • 4. Nada obstante, o próprio diploma legal consolidou hipóteses de revisão e resolução dos contratos (317, 478, 479 e 480 do CC). Com amparo doutrinário, verifica-se que o art. 317 configura cláusula geral de <u>revisão</u> da prestação contratual e que a interpretação sistêmica e teleológica dos arts. 478, 479 e 480 autorizam também a revisão judicial do pactuado.

      • 5. A <u>Teoria da Imprevisão</u> (art. 317 do CC), de matriz francesa, exige a comprovação dos seguintes requisitos: (I) obrigação a ser adimplida em momento posterior ao de sua origem; (II) superveniência de evento imprevisível; (III) que acarrete desproporção manifesta entre o valor da prestação devida e o do momento de sua execução. A pedido da parte, o juiz poderá corrigir o valor da prestação, de modo a assegurar, quanto possível, o seu valor real.

      • 6. A <u>Teoria da Onerosidade Excessiva</u> (art. 478 do CC), de origem italiana, pressupõe (I) contratos de execução continuada ou diferida; (II) superveniência de acontecimento extraordinário e imprevisível; (III) que acarrete prestação excessivamente onerosa para uma das partes; (IV) extrema vantagem para a outra; e (V) inimputabilidade da excessiva onerosidade da prestação ao lesado.

      Possibilidade de flexibilização da "extrema vantagem".

      • 7. A pandemia da Covid-19 configura crise sanitária sem precedentes, que não apenas colocou em risco, mas também resultou, lamentavelmente, na perda de incontáveis vidas. Diante do cenário emergencial, garantiu-se às autoridades públicas, no âmbito de suas competências, a adoção de medidas necessárias para tentar preservar, ao máximo, a saúde e a vida das pessoas (Lei nº 13.979/2020). Nesse contexto, entes da Federação decretaram a suspensão de atividades e do funcionamento de estabelecimentos comerciais e industriais (lockdown), entre os quais se destacam, por exemplo, o atendimento ao público em shopping centers - excepcionados, muitas vezes, os supermercados, laboratórios, clínicas de saúde e farmácias neles existentes.

      • 8. A situação de pandemia não constitui, por si só, justificativa para o inadimplemento da obrigação, mas é circunstância que, por sua imprevisibilidade, extraordinariedade e por seu grave impacto na situação socioeconômica mundial, não pode ser desprezada pelos contratantes, tampouco pelo Poder Judiciário. Desse modo, a revisão de contratos paritários com fulcro nos eventos decorrentes da pandemia não pode ser concebida de maneira abstrata, mas depende, sempre, da análise da relação contratual estabelecida entre as partes, sendo imprescindível que a pandemia tenha interferido de forma substancial e prejudicial na relação negocial.

      • 9. A superveniência de doença disseminada mundialmente, que, na tentativa de sua contenção, ocasionou verdadeiro lockdown econômico e isolamento social, qualifica-se como evento imprevisível, porquanto não foi prevista, conhecida ou examinada pelos contratantes quando da celebração do negócio jurídico, e extraordinário, pois distante da álea e das consequências ínsitas e objetivamente vinculadas ao contrato.

      • 10. Conclui-se que a pandemia ocasionada pela Covid-19 pode ser qualificada como evento imprevisível e extraordinário apto a autorizar a revisão dos aluguéis em contratos estabelecidos pelo shopping center e seus lojistas, desde que verificados os demais requisitos legais estabelecidos pelo art. 317 ou 478 do Código Civil.

      • 11. Na mesma linha de raciocínio, esta Corte permitiu a revisão proporcional de aluguel em razão das consequências particulares da pandemia da Covid-19 em relação à empresa de coworking, cujo faturamento foi drasticamente reduzido no período pandêmico (REsp 1.984.277/DF, Quarta Turma, DJe 9/9/2022).

      • 12. Hipótese em que o contexto fático delineado pelo Tribunal de origem, soberano no exame do acervo fático-probatório, demostra não estar caracterizado o desequilíbrio na relação locatícia no contrato estabelecido entre o shopping center (recorrido) e o lojista (recorrente), pois não verificada a desproporção (art. 317) ou a excessiva onerosidade (art. 478) na prestação in concreto. Ao contrário, o acórdão estadual afirma que o recorrido concedeu desconto substancial no valor do aluguel em razão do cenário pandêmico de suspensão das atividades econômicas. Ausentes os requisitos legais, não há possibilidade de revisão do contrato. Necessidade de manutenção da decisão.

      • 13. Recurso especial conhecido e desprovido.

      (REsp n. 2.032.878/GO, relatora Ministra Nancy Andrighi, Terceira Turma, julgado em 18/4/2023, DJe de 20/4/2023.)

    1. Most complex software ships with a few bugs. Obviously, we want to avoid them, but the more complex a feature is, the harder it is to cover all the use-cases. As we get closer to our RC date, do we feel confident that what we're shipping has as few blocking bugs as possible? I would like to say we're close, but the truth is I have no idea. It feels like we'll have to keep trying the features for a bit until we don't run into anything - but we have less than 3 weeks before the RC ships. Here's a few surprising bugs that need to get fixed before I would feel comfortable shipping node12 in stable.
    1. . If there are more than three, each one shall pay five shillings. 3. Those who shall have been present with boats shall be sentenced to three shillings

      This law may have encouraged kidnappers or rapist to work in groups since the penalty would be less if they worked together. but they also had a law enforcing guilty by association. Would this this added onto the original charge of kidnapping.

    1. I

      ADMINISTRATIVO. ENUNCIADO ADMINISTRATIVO N. 2/STJ. SERVIDOR PÚBLICO ESTADUAL. APOSENTADORIA POR INVALIDEZ. REVERSÃO. INSUBSISTÊNCIA DOS MOTIVOS GERADORES DA INCAPACIDADE LABORAL. POSSIBILIDADE. DECADÊNCIA. INOCORRÊNCIA. TEORIA DA ACTIO NATA. - 1. Não há óbices ao conhecimento dos recursos especiais submetidos a esta Corte Superior pelo Estado e pela Assembleia recorrente. - 2. A aposentadoria por invalidez é de ordem <u>temporária</u>. - 3. Verificada a insubsistência dos motivos geradores da incapacidade laboral, deve a Administração Pública proceder à reversão ao serviço público de servidor aposentado por invalidez. - 4. "O servidor aposentado por invalidez poderá ser convocado a qualquer momento para reavaliação das condições que ensejaram a aposentadoria, procedendo-se à reversão, com o seu retorno à atividade, quando a junta médica oficial declarar insubsistentes os motivos da aposentadoria (...)" (MS 15.141/DF, Rel. Ministro HAMILTON CARVALHIDO, CORTE ESPECIAL, DJe 24/05/2011), - 5. A pretensão somente se inicia com a <u>ciência da insubsistência dos motivos</u> que ensejaram a aposentadoria, uma vez que, aqui, não se está diante de anulação ou revogação do ato originário concessivo. - 6. "O curso do prazo prescricional do direito de reclamar inicia-se somente quando o titular do direito subjetivo violado passa a conhecer o fato e a extensão de suas conseqüências, conforme o princípio da 'actio nata'" (REsp 1257387/RS, Rel. Ministra ELIANA CALMON, SEGUNDA TURMA, DJe 17/09/2013). - 7. Embargos de declaração acolhidos como agravos regimentais, agravos regimentais não providos.

      (EDcl no REsp n. 1.443.365/SC, relator Ministro Mauro Campbell Marques, Segunda Turma, julgado em 10/5/2016, DJe de 16/5/2016.)

    1. But it can also mark the signature style of a particular genre or type of cinema. Take film noir

      I have never seen a noir film. I always thought they were interesting, but I still have been reluctant.

    2. omposition refers to the arrangement of people, objects and setting within the frame of an image. And because we are talking about moving pictures, there are really two important components of composition: framing, which even still photographers must master, and movement. In the case of cinematic composition, movement refers to movement within the frame as well as movement of the frame as the cinematographer moves the camera through the scene. All of which are critical aspects of how we experience mise-en-scène.

      Composition is like the choreography of a film, where things are placed and how they move both inside and outside the frame. Those choices shape how we feel the scene, turning simple shots into something dynamic and alive.

    3. As should be obvious, you can’t have cinema without light. Light exposes the image and, of course, allows us to see it. But it’s the creative use of light, or lighting, is what makes it an element design. A cinematographer can illuminate a given scene with practical light, that is, light from lamps and other fixtures that are part of the set design, set lights, light fixtures that are off camera and specifically designed to light a film set, or even available light, light from the sun or whatever permanent fixtures are at a given location. But in each case, the cinematographer is not simply throwing a light switch, they are shaping that light, making it work for the scene and the story as a whole. They do this by emphasizing different aspects of lighting direction and intensity. A key light, for example, is the main light that illuminates a subject. A fill light fills out the shadows a strong key light might create. And a back light helps separate the subject from the background. And it’s the consistent use of a particular lighting design that makes it a powerful part of mise-en-scène.

      Lighting is more than just turning things on; it’s an art form that shapes the mood and meaning of a scene. Every choice with key, fill, or back light changes how we see characters and space, making light itself part of the story.

    4. Putting on the wardrobe, seeing themselves in another era, a different hair style, looking older or younger, helps the actor literally and metaphorical step into the life of someone else, and do so believably enough that we no longer see the actor, only the character in the story

      I have always liked this perspective for actors. A time where you get to immerse yourself in a whole new person and time.

    5. Those objects could be in the background providing context – framed photos, a trophy, an antique clock – or they could be picked up and handled by characters in a scene – a glass of whisky, a pack of cigarettes, a loaded gun. We even have a name for those objects, props, short for “property” and also borrowed from theater, and a name for the person in charge of keeping track of them all, a prop master.

      Whether in the background or directly in a character’s hands, each object adds layers of meaning and helps shape how we read the scene.

    6. In that case, the setting must be augmented with computer generated imagery (CGI). The most common way this is implemented is through the use of green screen technology.

      The use of CGI has grown throughout the years, but so has its quality. Still giving us something to real as possible.

    7. soundstage. A soundstage provides the control over the environment production designers need to give the director exactly the look and feel she wants from a particular scene. On a big enough soundstage, a production designer can fabricate interiors and exteriors, sections of buildings, even small villages. And since it is all shielded from the outside, the production has complete control over lighting and sound. It can be dawn or twilight for 12 hours a day. And a shot will never be interrupted by an airplane flying loudly overhead

      It’s not just about building sets, but about locking down light, sound, and even time of day so the director’s vision can play out without outside interruptions.

    8. production designer. The production designer is the point person for the overall aesthetic design of a film or series. Working closely with the director, they help translate the aesthetic vision for the project – its mise-en-scène – to the various design departments, including set design, art department, costume, hair and make-up. But arguably their most important job is to make sure the setting matches that aesthetic vision, specifically through set design and set decoration.

      The architect of the film’s look. They’re the ones making sure every detail in the environment lines up with the director’s vision, so the world on screen actually feels intentional and consistent.

    9. Nothing we see on the screen in cinema is there by accident. Everything is carefully planned, arranged and even fabricated – sometimes using computer generated imagery (CGI) – to serve the story and create a unified aesthetic. That goes double for the setting. If mise-en-scène is the overall aesthetic context for a film or series, setting is the literal context, the space actors and objects inhabit for every scene. And this is much more than simply the location. It’s how that location, whether it’s an existing space occupied for filming or one purpose-built on a soundstage, is designed to serve the vision of the director.

      It’s part of the story itself. The way a space is built or chosen shapes how we feel about the scene, almost like another character working under the director’s vision.

    10. But if there’s any hope of that final product having a unified aesthetic, and a coherent, underlying theme that ties it all together, it needs a singular vision to give it direction. That, really, is the job of a director. To make sure everyone is moving in the same direction, making the same work of art. And they do that not so much by managing people

      The director feels more like a glue role than a boss role. They’re less about controlling every move and more about making sure all the parts flow into the same bigger picture.

    11. And this is probably as good a time as any to discuss the role of a director in cinema. There’s a school of thought out there, known as the auteur theory, that claims the director is the “author” of a work of cinema, not unlike the author of a novel, and that they alone are ultimately responsible for what we see on the screen.

      I agree, because a director really does leave their fingerprints all over a film. Their vision ties every piece together, so it makes sense to see them as the true author of the story on screen.

    12. But the idea is simple. Borrowed from theater, it refers to every element in the frame that contributes to the overall look of a film. And I mean everything: set design, costume, hair, make-up, color scheme, framing, composition, lighting… Basically, if you can see it, it contributes to the mise-en-scène.

      mise-en-scène is really just the full package, every single detail we see on screen, shaping the vibe. Nothing is random; everything adds to the story being told.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Chang and colleagues provides compelling evidence that glia-derived Shriveled (Shv) modulates activity-dependent synaptic plasticity at the Drosophila neuromuscular junction (NMJ). This mechanism differs from the previously reported function of neuronally released Shv, which activates integrin signaling. They further show that this requirement of Shv is acute and that glial Shv supports synaptic plasticity by modulating neuronal Shv release and the ambient glutamate levels. However, there are a number of conceptual and technical issues that need to be addressed.

      Major comments

      (1) From the images provided for Fig 2B +RU486, the bouton size appears to be bigger in shv RNAi + stimulation, especially judging from the outline of GluR clusters.

      (2) The shv result needs to be replicated with a separate RNAi.

      (3) The phenotype of shv mutant resembles that of neuronal shv RNAi - no increased GluR baseline. Any insights why that is the case?

      (4) In Fig 3B, SPG shv RNAi has elevated GluR baseline, while PG shv RNAi has a lower baseline. In both cases, there is no activity induced GluR increase. What could explain the different phenotypes?

      (5) In Fig 4C, the rescue of PTP is only partial. Does that suggest neuronal shv is also needed to fully rescue the deficit of PTP in shv mutants?

      (6) The observation in Fig 5D is interesting. While there is a reduction in Shv release from glia after stimulation, it is unclear what the mechanism could be. Is there a change in glial shv transcription, translation or the releasing machinery? It will be helpful to look at the full shv pool vs the released ones.

      (7) In Fig 5E, what will happen after stimulation? Will the elevated glial Shv after neuronal shv RNAi be retained in the glia?

      (8) It would be interesting to see if the localization of shv differs based on if it is released by neuron or glia, which might be able to explain the difference in GluR baseline. For example, by using glia-Gal4>UAS-shv-HA and neuronal-QF>QUAS-shv-FLAG. It seems important to determine if they mix together after release? It is unclear if the two shv pools are processed differently.

      (9) Alternatively, do neurons and glia express and release different Shv isoforms, which would bind different receptors?

      (10) It is claimed that Sup Fig 2 shows no observable change in gross glial morphology, further bolstering support that glial Shv does not activate integrin. This seems quite an overinterpretation. There is only one image for each condition without quantification. It is hard to judge if glia, which is labeled by GFP (presumably by UAS-eGFP?), is altered or not.

      (11) The hypothesis that glutamate regulates GluR level as a homeostatic mechanism makes sense. What is the explanation of the increased bouton size in the control after glutamate application in Fig 6?

      (12) What could be a mechanism that prevents elevated glial released Shv to activate integrin signaling after neuronal shv RNAi, as seen in Fig 5E?

      (13) Any speculation on how the released Shv pool is sensed?

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed most of my previous comments and questions in their revision.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Chang et al. investigated the cell type-specific role of the integrin activator Shv in activity-dependent synaptic remodeling. Using the Drosophila larval neuromuscular junction as a model, they show that glial-secreted Shv modulates synaptic plasticity by maintaining the extracellular balance of neuronal Shv proteins and regulating ambient extracellular glutamate concentrations, which in turn affects postsynaptic glutamate receptor abundance. Furthermore, they report that genetic perturbation of glial morphogenesis phenocopies the defects observed with the loss of glial Shv. Altogether, their findings propose a role for glia in activity-induced synaptic remodeling through Shv secretion. While the conclusions are intriguing, several issues related to experimental design and data interpretation merit further discussion.

      We appreciate the insightful and constructive comments. We have added new data and modified the text to address your concerns.  In doing so, the manuscript has been substantially strengthened.  Please see our detailed point-by-point response below. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this paper Chang et al follow up on their lab's previous findings about the secreted protein Shv and its role in activity-induced synaptic remodeling at the fly NMJ. Previously they reported that shv mutants have impaired synaptic plasticity. Normally a high stimulation paradigm should increase bouton size and GluR expression at synapses but this does not happen in shv mutants. The phenotypes relating to activity dependent plasticity were completely recapitulated when Shv was knocked down only in neurons and could be completely rescued by incubation in exogenously applied Shv protein. The authors also showed that Shv activation of integrin signaling on both the pre- and post- synapse was the molecular mechanism underlying its function. Here they extend their study to consider the role of Shv derived from glia in modulating synaptic features at baseline and remodeling conditions. This study is important to understand if and how glia contribute to these processes. Using cell-type specific knockdown of Shv only in glia causes abnormally high baseline GluR expression and prevents activity-dependent increases in bouton size or GluR expression post-stimulation. This does not appear to be a developmental defect as the authors show that knocking down Shv in glia after basic development has the same effects as lifelong knockdown, so Shv is acting in real time. Restoring Shv in ONLY glia in mutant animals is sufficient to completely rescue the plasticity phenotypes and baseline GluR expression, but glial-Shv does not appear to activate integrin signaling which was shown to be the mechanism for neuronally derived Shv to control plasticity. This led the authors to hypothesize that glial Shv works by controlling the levels of neuronal Shv and extracellular glutamate. They provide evidence that in the absence of glial Shv, synaptic levels of Shv go up overall, presumably indicating that neurons secrete more Shv. In this context which could then work via integrin signaling as described to control plasticity. They use a glutamate sensor and observe decreased signal (extracellular glutamate) from the sensor in glial Shv KD animals, however, this background has extremely high GluR levels at the synapse which may account for some or all of the decreases in sensor signal in this background. Additional controls to test if increased GluR density alone affects sensor readouts and/or independently modulating GluR levels in the glial KD background would help strengthen this data. In fact, glialspecific shv KD animals have baseline levels of GluR that are potentially high enough to have hit a ceiling of expression or detection that accounts for the inability for these levels to modulate any higher after strong stimulation and such a ceiling effect should be considered when interpreting the data and conclusions of this paper. Several outstanding questions remain-why can't glial derived Shv activate integrin pathways but exogenously applied recombinant Shv protein can? The effects of neuronal specific rescue of shv in a shv mutant are not provided vis-à-vis GluR levels and bouton size to compare to the glial only rescue. Inclusion of this data might provide more insight to outstanding questions of how and why the source of Shv seems to matter for some aspects of the phenotypes but not others despite the fact that exogenous Shv can rescue and in some experimental paradigms but not others.

      We appreciate your insightful comments. We have added new data and modified the text to address your concerns.  In doing so, the manuscript has been substantially strengthened.  Please also see the enclosed point-by-point response.

      To address the question of whether altered GluR density alone affects sensor readouts, we expressed GluR using a mhc promoter-driven GluRIIA fusion line, which increases total GluRIIA expression in muscle independently of the Gal4/UAS system. As shown in Figure 6 – figure supplement 1, mhc-GluRIIA animals exhibited elevated levels of not only GluRIIA but also the obligatory GluRIIC subunit. Despite this increase in GluR expression, we did not observe any change in extracellular glutamate levels, as measured by live imaging using the neuronal iGluSnFR sensor (updated Figure 6A). These results suggest that elevated GluR density alone does not alter iGluSnFR sensors dynamics and further support our conclusions.

      In regard to the question about ceiling effect, we do not think that the lack of GluR enhancement in repo>shv-RNAi is due to a saturated postsynaptic state. This is based on results in Figure 6, which shows that GluR levels can increase up to fourfold upon stimulation in the presence of glutamate, whereas repo>shv-RNAi results in only a ~2-fold increase in baseline GluR concentration. These results suggest that the synapse retains the capacity for further upregulation. 

      To address the question of why exogenously applied Shv activates integrin while glial derived Shv does not, we tested whether glia and neurons could differentially modify Shv. Based on Western blot analyses of adult heads and larval brains showing that Shv is present as a single band (Fig. 1A and Figure 2 – figure supplement 1B), the functional differences in neuronal or glial Shv is not likely due to the presence of different isoforms. Consistent with this, FlyBase also suggests that shv encodes a single isoform. However, while we did not detect obvious posttranslational modifications when Shv protein was expressed in neurons or glia (Figure 5 – figure supplement 1A), we cannot exclude the possibility that different cell types process Shv differently through post-transcriptional or post-translational mechanisms. Notably, shv is predicted to undergo A-to-I RNA editing, including an editing site in the coding region, which will result in a single amino acid change (St Laurent et al., 2013). Given that ADAR, the editing enzyme, is enriched in neurons and absent from glia (Jepson et al., 2011), such cell-specific editing could contribute to functional differences. It will be interesting to investigate this in the future. We have now included this in the Discussion section.

      Additionally, we have now included new data on neuronal Shv rescue of shv<sup>1</sup> mutants as suggested in the updated Figure 4. Consistent with previous findings that neuronal Shv rescues integrin signaling and electrophysiological phenotypes (Lee et al., 2017), we found that it also restores bouton size, GluR levels, and activity-induced synaptic remodeling. These results support the functional contribution of neuronal Shv. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Chang and colleagues provides compelling evidence that glia-derived Shriveled (Shv) modulates activity-dependent synaptic plasticity at the Drosophila neuromuscular junction (NMJ). This mechanism differs from the previously reported function of neuronally released Shv, which activates integrin signaling. They further show that this requirement of Shv is acute and that glial Shv supports synaptic plasticity by modulating neuronal Shv release and the ambient glutamate levels. However, there are a number of conceptual and technical issues that need to be addressed.

      We appreciate the insightful and constructive comments. We have added new data and modified the text to address your concerns.  In doing so, the manuscript has been substantially strengthened.  Please see our detailed point-by-point response below.

      Major comments:

      (1) From the images provided for Fig 2B +RU486, the bouton size appears to be bigger in shv RNAi + stimulation, especially judging from the outline of GluR clusters.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have selected another image to better represent the data.

      (2) The shv result needs to be replicated with a separate RNAi.

      We have used another independent RNAi line targeting shv to confirm our findings (BDSC 37507). This shv-RNAi<sup>37507</sup> line also showed the same phenotype, including increased GluR levels and impaired activity-induced synaptic remodeling line (new Figure 2 – figure supplement 1A).

      (3) The phenotype of shv mutant resembles that of neuronal shv RNAi - no increased GluR baseline. Any insights why that is the case?

      This is an interesting question. We speculate that neuronal Shv normally has a dominant role in maintaining GluR levels during development, mainly through its ability to activate integrin signaling. Consistent with this, we have shown that mutations in integrin leads to a drastic reduction in GluR levels at the NMJ (Lee et al., 2017). While we have shown that neuronal knockdown of shv elevates Shv from glia (Fig. 5E), glial Shv cannot activate integrin signaling (Fig. 5B, 5C). Additionally, high levels of glial Shv will elevate ambient glutamate concentrations (Figure 6A), which will likely reduce GluR abundance and impair synaptic remodeling (Augustin et al.  2007, Chen et al., 2009, and Figure 6B). Therefore, neuronal knockdown of Shv resulted in the same phenotype as shv<sup>1</sup> mutant. 

      (4) In Fig 3B, SPG shv RNAi has elevated GluR baseline, while PG shv RNAi has a lower baseline. In both cases, there is no activity induced GluR increase. What could explain the different phenotypes?

      SPG is the middle glial cell layer in the fly peripheral nervous system and may also influence the PG layer through signaling mechanisms (Lavery et al., 2007), therefore having a stronger effect. We have now mentioned this in the text. 

      (5) In Fig 4C, the rescue of PTP is only partial. Does that suggest neuronal shv is also needed to fully rescue the deficit of PTP in shv mutants?

      This is indeed a possibility. We have shown that neuronal and glial Shv each contribute to activity-induced synaptic remodeling through different mechanisms. It will be interesting test this in the future.

      (6) The observation in Fig 5D is interesting. While there is a reduction in Shv release from glia after stimulation, it is unclear what the mechanism could be. Is there a change in glial shv transcription, translation or the releasing machinery? It will be helpful to look at the full shv pool vs the released ones. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. To address this, we monitored the levels of intracellular Shv using a permeabilized preparation (we found that the addition of detergent to permeabilize the sample strips away extracellular Shv). Combined with the extracellular staining results, we can get an idea about the total amount of Shv. As shown in the updated Figure 5D, intracellular Shv levels (permeabilized) remained unchanged following stimulation, indicating that there is no intracellular accumulation and that the observed decrease in extracellular Shv is unlikely due to impaired release machinery.

      (7) In Fig 5E, what will happen after stimulation? Will the elevated glial Shv after neuronal shv RNAi be retained in the glia? 

      Thank you for the interesting question. We agree that examining Shv distribution following neuronal activity would be highly informative. While we plan to perform time-lapse experiments in future studies to address this, we feel that such analyses are beyond the scope of the current manuscript.

      (8) It would be interesting to see if the localization of shv differs based on if it is released by neuron or glia, which might be able to explain the difference in GluR baseline. For example, by using glia-Gal4>UAS-shv-HA and neuronal-QF>QUAS-shv-FLAG. It seems important to determine if they mix together after release? It is unclear if the two shv pools are processed differently.

      We agree that investigating whether neuronal and glial shv pools colocalize or are differentially processed is an important future direction. We hope to examine how each pool responds to stimulation in the shv<sup>1</sup> mutant background using LexA and Gal4 systems in the future

      (9) Alternatively, do neurons and glia express and release different Shv isoforms, which would bind different receptors?

      Thank you for the questions. We have now addressed this in the discussion and also enclosed below:

      Based on Western blot analyses of adult heads and larval brains showing that Shv is present as a single band (Fig. 1A and Figure 2 – figure supplement 1B), the functional differences in neuronal or glial Shv is not likely due to the presence of different isoforms. Consistent with this, FlyBase also suggests that shv encodes a single isoform (Ozturk-Colak et al., 2024). However, while we did not detect obvious post-translational modifications when Shv protein was expressed in neurons or glia (Figure 5 – figure supplement 1A), we cannot exclude the possibility that different cell types process Shv differently through posttranscriptional or post-translational mechanisms. Notably, shv is predicted to undergo A-to-I RNA editing, including an editing site in the coding region, which could result in a single amino acid change (St Laurent et al., 2013). Given that ADAR, the editing enzyme, is enriched in neurons and absent from glia (Jepson et al., 2011), such cell-specific editing could contribute to functional differences. It will be interesting to investigate this in the future.

      (10) It is claimed that Sup Fig 2 shows no observable change in gross glial morphology, further bolstering support that glial Shv does not activate integrin. This seems quite an overinterpretation. There is only one image for each condition without quantification. It is hard to judge if glia, which is labeled by GFP (presumably by UAS-eGFP?), is altered or not.

      Thank you for raising this concern. To strengthen our claim, we now include additional images (Figure 5, figure supplement 2). No obvious change in overall glial morphology was observed, with glia continuing to wrap the segmental nerves and extend processes that closely associate with proximal synaptic boutons (Figure 5, figure supplement 2). These observations suggest that glial  Shv is not essential for maintaining normal glial structure or survival, and is consistent with the idea that glial Shv does not activate integrin, as integrin signaling is required to maintain the integrity of peripheral glial layers. 

      (11) The hypothesis that glutamate regulates GluR level as a homeostatic mechanism makes sense. What is the explanation of the increased bouton size in the control after glutamate application in Fig 6?

      We speculate that it could be due to a retrograde signaling mechanism activated by elevated extracellular glutamate, allowing neurons to modulate bouton morphology in response to synaptic demand. It will be interesting to investigate this possibility in the future.  

      (12) What could be a mechanism that prevents elevated glial released Shv to activate integrin signaling after neuronal shv RNAi, as seen in Fig 5E?

      One potential mechanism is post-translational or post-transcriptional processing of Shv. Although our Western blots did not reveal differences in the molecular weight of glial vs. neuronal Shv, we cannot exclude the possibility that modifications not readily detectable by this method are responsible. Additionally, as mentioned in the Discussion section, post-transcriptional processing such as A-to-I RNA editing could introduce changes in the Shv protein, potentially altering its ability to interact with or activate integrin. 

      (13) Any speculation on how the released Shv pool is sensed?

      The same RNA editing modification mentioned earlier or post-translational modifications in Shv may also influence how it is sensed by target cells. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Issues Regarding Cell Type-Specific Secretion and the Role of Shv:

      Extracellular Secretion of Shv:

      (1) The data in Figure 1 suggest that Shv is not secreted under resting conditions, challenging the proposed extracellular role of Shv. It remains unclear whether Shv secretion can be confirmed using Shv-eGFP (knock-in) following high K+ stimulation.

      We apologize for not being clear. In Figure 1, Shv signals we’ve shown are from permeabilized preparation, which preferentially labels intracellular Shv. We do observe secreted Shv-eGFP following stimulation (Figure 5E), consistent with our hypothesis. However, endogenous extracellular Shv-eGFP signal is very weak, and was therefore detected using the GFP antibody and amplified with a  fluorescent secondary antibody. We have now also included additional controls in Figure 5E to demonstrate the specificity of the staining.

      (2) In Figure 5D, total Shv staining should be included to evaluate potential presynaptic accumulation of intracellular Shv, which may lead to extracellular secretion upon stimulation. Additionally, the representative images of glial rescue do not seem to align with the quantification data; more extracellular Shv signals were observed after stimulation.

      Thank you for the comments. We monitored the levels of intracellular Shv using a permeabilized preparation (detergent treatment stripped away extracellular Shv signal). When combined with non-permeabilized extracellular staining, this approach provides insights into total Shv levels. We found no intracellular accumulation of Shv and the intracellular levels remained unchanged following stimulation (updated Figure 5D), suggesting that reduced extracellular Shv is not likely due to impaired release. Additionally, we have selected another image for glial rescue by avoiding the trachea region, which better represent the quantification data.

      (3) In Figure 5E, "extracellular" Shv staining in repo>shv-RNAi samples appears localized within synaptic boutons. This raises concerns about the staining protocol potentially labeling intracellular proteins. Control experiments using presynaptic cytosolic markers are needed to confirm staining specificity.

      Thank you for the thoughtful suggestion. To validate that our staining protocol is selective for extracellular proteins, we also stained for cysteine string protein (CSP), an intracellular synaptic vesicle protein predominantly located in the presynaptic terminals (Zinsmaier et al., 1990; Umbach et al., 1994), under the same conditions. CSP was detected only in the permeabilized condition (updated Figure 5E), suggesting that the non-permeabilizing protocol is selective for extracellular proteins. 

      (4) The study does not clarify why Shv knockdown in either perineurial glia or subperineurial glia abolishes stimulus-dependent synaptic remodeling. Does Shv secretion occur from PG, SPG, or both toward the synaptic bouton?

      Thank you for raising this point. SPG is the middle glial cell layer in the fly peripheral nervous system and may also influence the PG layer through signaling mechanisms (Lavery et al., 2007). Consistent with this, we observed a stronger effect on GluR levels when SPG was disrupted compared to PG. It will be interesting to distinguish whether Shv is released by PG or SPG in the future.

      (5) The possibility of an inter-glial role for Shv via integrin signaling in regulating glial morphogenesis is underexplored. The rough morphological characterization in Supplemental Figure 2 requires more detailed quantification and the use of sub-glial typespecific GAL4 drivers.

      We now include additional images (Figure 5, figure supplement 2) to examine the overall glial morphology. There was no obvious change in gross glial morphology, with glia continuing to wrap the segmental nerves and extend processes that closely associate with proximal synaptic boutons when shv is knocked down in glia (Figure 5, figure supplement 2). These observations suggest that glial  Shv is not essential for maintaining normal glial structure or survival, and is consistent with the idea that glial Shv does not activate integrin, as integrin signaling is required to maintain the integrity of peripheral glial layers (Xie and Auld, 2011; Hunter et al., 2020).

      (6) While repo>shv rescues stimulus-dependent bouton size and GluR increases in the shv mutant (Figure 5), the interaction between neuronal and glial Shv remains unclear. Does neuronal Shv influence the expression or distribution of glial Shv?

      We agree that investigating whether neuronal and glial shv pools influence each other’s expression or distribution is an important future direction. We hope to investigate this in more detail in the future using LexA-LexOp and GAL4/UAS dual expression systems.

      Issues Regarding the Regulation of GluR and Perisynaptic Glutamate by Glial Shv:

      (7) The methodology for iGluSnFR measurement (Figure 6A) is inadequately described. If anti-HRP staining was used to normalize signals, it suggests the experiment may have involved fixed tissue. However, iGluSnFR typically measures glutamate levels in live cells, raising concerns about the validity of this approach in fixed samples.

      We apologize for not being clear about the method used to measure iGluSnFR. The original figure was generated from imaging iGluSnFR signals immediately following fixation. To address the reviewer’s concern and validate these results, we have now performed live imaging experiments using a water dipping objective to measure iGluSnFR intensity in unfixed preparations (new Figure 6A). To label synaptic boutons, we co-expressed mtdTomato using the neuronal driver, nSybGAL4. The results from the live imaging experiments confirmed our original observations that glial Shv required to control ambient extracellular glutamate levels (see updated Fig. 6A and text). Additionally, to ascertain that the decrease in iGluSnFR signal reflects a decrease in ambient extracellular glutamate levels rather than glutamate depletion caused by high levels of GluR, we upregulated GluR levels using mhc-GluRIIA, which drives GluRIIA expression in muscles (Petersen et al., 1997). We found mhc-GluRIIA animals exhibited elevated levels of not only GluRIIA but also the obligatory GluRIIC subunit. However, iGluSnFR signals at the synapse remained unchanged (Figure 6A), suggesting that elevated GluR density alone does not reduce signals. Taken together, these results suggest that glial Shv plays a critical role in controlling ambient extracellular glutamate levels. 

      (8) As shown in Figure 2, repo>shv-RNAi increases GluR levels before high K+ stimulation, potentially saturating postsynaptic GluR expression and precluding further increases upon stimulation.

      Our data in Figure 6 show that GluR levels can increase up to four-fold upon stimulation in the presence of glutamate, whereas repo>shv-RNAi results in only a ~2-fold increase in baseline GluR concentration. These results suggest that the synapse retains the capacity for further upregulation. Thus, we do not think that the lack of GluR enhancement in repo>shv-RNAi is due to a saturated postsynaptic state, but rather reflects a requirement for glial Shv in activity-dependent modulation.

      (9) Despite glial shv knockdown lowering extracellular glutamate levels, GluR levels unexpectedly increase (Figure 6B). This contradicts the known requirement for high ambient glutamate concentrations to promote GluR clustering and membrane expression (Chen et al., 2009). Furthermore, adding 2 mM glutamate reverses these increases, suggesting additional complexity in the regulation of Shv synaptic remodeling.

      Thank you for the comment and the opportunity to clarify this point. While it may seem counterintuitive at first glance, our observations are in line with previous reports that showed low ambient glutamate levels significantly elevated GluR intensity at the Drosophila NMJ (Chen et al., 2009), but such increase can be reversed by glutamate supplementation (Augustin et al., 2007; Chen et al., 2009). We have revised the text to more clearly reflect this connection.

      (10) If glial Shv promotes GluR expression, why does the increased extracellular Shv from neuronal shv knockdown (elav>shv-RNAi, Figure 5E) fail to elicit stimulus-dependent GluR elevation?

      We speculate that this is because glial Shv does not activate integrin signaling (Figure 5B, C), and elevated glial Shv increases ambient glutamate concentration (Figure 6A), thereby reducing GluR expression (Augustin et al., 2007; Chen et al., 2009). This is indeed what we observed when shv is knocked down in neurons. 

      Additional Issues:

      (11) The type of bouton used for quantification (e.g., Ib or Is boutons) is not specified, which is critical for interpreting the results.

      We apologize for not being clear. We analyzed type Ib boutons as done previously (Lee et al., 2017 and Chang et al., 2024), and have now included this information in the Methods section.  

      (12) The extent of Shv protein depletion in the repo-GeneSwitch system needs validation to confirm the efficacy of the knockdown.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We confirmed the efficiency of acute shv knockdown by the repo-GeneSwitch system by performing Western blot analysis of dissected larval brains (Figure 2 – figure supplement 1B). Acute glial knockdown using the repo-GeneSwitch driver resulted in a 30% reduction in Shv levels, similar to the decrease observed with the repo-GAL4 driver, suggesting that the GeneSwitch driver is functional. Furthermore, knockdown of shv by the ubiquitous tubulin-GAL4 driver completely eliminated Shv protein, indicating that the RNAi construct is effective.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) General comment on statistics/data presentation: The authors employ an unusual method of using both one-way ANOVA and multiple t-test stats for the same data. Would a 2-way ANOVA be the more appropriate solution to this problem (to analyze across genotype and stimulation condition)? Also a chart in the supplementals showing all comparisons rather than just the fraction explicitly reported in the graphs would be helpful (it is not clear if no indication on significance indicates no difference or just not reported between some of the baseline levels, especially since everything is presented as ratios and in some cases this could help with data interpretation of which baseline levels are different and how they compare to other baselines and other post-stim levels). Further, there are no sample sizes given for any experiment, nor are any values of means, SD, etc ever explicitly given.

      We appreciate the thoughtful suggestion. While a two-way ANOVA could be used to examine interaction effects between genotype and stimulation condition, our analysis was designed to address a specific biological question: whether each genotype, independent of baseline levels, is capable of undergoing activitydependent synaptic remodeling. To this end, we used t-tests to directly compare unstimulated vs. stimulated conditions within each genotype, allowing us to determine whether stimulation produces a significant effect in an all-or-none manner. In parallel, we applied one-way ANOVA with post hoc tests to analyze differences among baseline (unstimulated) conditions across genotypes. This approach is justified by the fact that stimulation was applied acutely and separately, and therefore the baseline values should not be influenced by the stimulated condition. Because we were not aiming to compare the extent of synaptic remodeling between genotypes, we did not use a two-way ANOVA to analyze interaction effects across all conditions.

      In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have now added the sample number in the graphs. Additionally, in the Methods section, we include information that each sample represents biological repeats, and that data are presented as fold-change relative to unstimulated controls from the same experimental batch. This normalization is necessary, as absolute GluR intensities can vary depending on microscope settings and staining conditions.

      (2) To clarify distinct roles of Shv coming from neurons vs glia it would help if the authors could include more data on the rescue of shv mutants with UAS-Shv in neurons alone. This data is never shown in the manuscript and data on what effect this rescue has on the pertinent phenotypes in this paper (bouton size and GluR staining) is not reported in the referred to 2017 paper. What this does and does not do for these phenotypes has important implications for how to interpret the glia-only rescue findings.

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have now included new data on neuronal Shv rescue in shv<sup>1</sup> mutants as suggested (updated Figure 4A). Consistent with previous findings that neuronal Shv rescues integrin signaling and electrophysiological phenotypes (Lee et al., 2017), we found that it also restores bouton size, GluR levels, and activity-induced synaptic remodeling. These results support the functional contribution of neuronal Shv. 

      (3) Figure 1C: Where are the images in the periphery taken? The morphology of the glia is odd in that "blobs" of glial membrane seemingly unattached to anything else are floating about? Perhaps these are a thin stack projection and so the connection to the main glia "stalks" are just cut off? Could a specific individual synapse be shown? Also consider HRP shown on its own so that where the actual boutons are could be more clear. It seems like both the Tomato and HRP channels are really overexposed making visualizing the morphology quite confusing. Also why not use the antibody against Shv to directly visualize expression which is more direct than a knock-in tagged version?

      Figure 1C shows a single optical slice of the NMJ at muscle segment 2, selected to clearly highlight Shv-eGFP localization at a branch in close contact with the glial membrane. The glial stalk is not visible in this image because it lies in a different focal plane from the branch of interest. We have now specified this information in the figure legend. In the original figure, the HRP signal (405 channel) was oversaturated, which interfered with visual clarity. In the updated Figure 1C, we reduced the intensity of overexposed channels to better reveal the weak ShveGFP signal and fine glial processes. While we have generated an antibody against Shv, the amount is extremely limited, and hence the Shv-eGFP fusion serves as a valuable tool for visualizing subcellular localization.

      (4) Do glutamate levels really rise in glia Shv KD? Although iGluSnFR signal changes could it be the high level of GluR at the synapse acting as sponges to sequester glutamate so that it can't stimulate the sensor as well? One way to test this would be to overexpress or KD GluRs in muscle in wildtype (or in the repo>Shv RNAi background) to see if that alone can modulate iGluSnfR signals?

      Thank you for suggesting this important control. To address the question of whether high level GluR density alone could influence neuronal iGluSnFR sensor readouts, we expressed GluR using a mhc promoter-driven GluRIIA fusion line, which increases total GluRIIA expression in muscle independently of the Gal4/UAS system. As shown in Figure 6 – figure supplement 1, mhc-GluRIIA animals exhibited elevated levels of not only GluRIIA but also the obligatory GluRIIC subunit. Despite this increase in GluR expression, we did not observe any change in extracellular glutamate levels, as measured by live imaging using the neuronal iGluSnFR sensor (updated Figure 6A). These results suggest that elevated GluR density alone does not alter iGluSnFR sensors  dynamics and further support our conclusions.

      (5) The authors have some Shv constructs that can't be secreted or can't bind to integrins. Performing cell type specific rescues with these constructs might also help distinguish how source matters for each proposed sub-function of Shv though this may be outside the scope of this study. 

      Thank you for noticing the Shv constructs we have. We hope to further test subfunctions of Shv in the future.

      (6) At one point the authors discuss experiments that measure how much Shv is released by glia during neuronal stimulation. Then state that "These data indicate that glial Shv does not directly inhibit integrin signaling." But how this experiment relates to integrin signaling is not explained and unclear.

      We apologize for the confusion. We have now updated the text to better explain our logic: “This activity-induced decrease in glial Shv levels, along with reduced integrin activation (Fig. 5B), suggest that glial Shv does not act by directly inhibiting integrin signaling.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Minor comments

      (1) Readers are left wondering what causes the increased baseline of GluR after glial shv RNAi at Fig 1, which is addressed much later. It would be helpful to preemptively mention this.

      Thank you for the suggestion. To maintain a logical flow, we chose to first present the phenotypic data in Figures 1 and 2 and then return to the mechanistic explanation once we introduced ambient glutamate measurements. 

      (2) Be consistent with eGFP vs EGFP.

      Thank you, we have corrected the inconsistencies.  

      (3) Scale bar for Fig 1B is missing in the low-magnification panel.

      Thank you for pointing out. We’ve put in the scale bar for Figure 1B.   

      (4) Fig 1C, it would be helpful to elaborate on the anatomy. For example, what NMJ/abdominal segment is this? Why only some axons are surrounded by glia?

      Figure 1C presents a single optical slice of the NMJ at muscle segment 2, chosen to highlight Shv-eGFP localization at a branch closely juxtaposed to the glial membrane. The glial stalk is not shown in this image because it resides in a different focal plane than the branch being visualized. We have now included this information in the figure legend.

      (5) For Fig 3B, while it is stated that "we observed normal synaptic remodeling using alrmGAL4," the effect size is smaller. There seems to be a decrease in the amount of synaptic remodeling occurring?

      Thank you for pointing this out. Our primary goal was to determine whether each genotype, regardless of baseline GluR levels, is capable of undergoing activitydependent synaptic remodeling in response to stimulation. For this reason, we focused on detecting the presence or absence of remodeling rather than comparing the extent of remodeling across genotypes. While a smaller effect on activity-induced bouton size was observed with alrm-GAL4, the change was still statistically significant, indicating that remodeling does occur in this genotype. Currently, we do not have a clear biological interpretation for differences in the magnitude of remodeling, and therefore chose not to emphasize cross-genotype comparisons.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, Rishiq et al. investigate whether natural killer (NK) cells can interact with Fusobacterium nucleatum and identify the molecular mediators involved in this interaction. The authors propose that the bacterial adhesin RadD may bind to the activating NK cell receptor NKp46 (NCR1 in mice), leading to NK cell activation and tumor control. While the topic is of significant interest and the hypothesis intriguing, the manuscript lacks critical experimental evidence, contains several technical concerns, and requires substantial revisions.

      Major Concerns:

      (1) Lack of Direct Evidence for RadD-NKp46 Interaction

      The central claim that RadD interacts with NKp46 is not formally demonstrated. A direct binding assay (e.g., Biacore, ELISA, or pull-down with purified proteins) is essential to support this assertion. The absence of this fundamental experiment weakens the mechanistic conclusions of the study.

      (2) Figure 2: Binding Specificity and Bacterial Strains

      A CEACAM1-Ig control should be included in all binding experiments to distinguish between specific and non-specific Ig interactions. There is differential Ig binding between strains ATCC 23726 and 10953. The authors should quantify RadD expression in each strain to determine if the difference in binding is due to variation in RadD levels.

      (3) Figure 3: Flow Cytometry Inconsistencies and Missing Controls

      What do the FITC-negative, Ig-negative events represent? The authors should clarify whether these are background signals, bacterial aggregates, or debris.

      Panel B, CEACAM1-Ig binding appears markedly increased compared to WT bacteria. The reason for this enhancement should be discussed-does it reflect upregulation of the bacterial ligand or an artifact of overexpression? Fluorescence compensation should be carefully reviewed for the NKp46/NCR1-Ig binding assays to ensure that the signals are not due to spectral overlap or nonspecific binding. Importantly, binding experiments using the FadI/RadD double knockout strain are missing and should be included. This control is essential.

      In Panel E, the basis for calculating fold-change in MFI is unclear. Please indicate the reference condition to which the change is normalized.

      (4) Figure 4: Binding Inhibition and Receptor Sensitivity

      Panel A lacks representative FACS plots and is currently difficult to interpret. Differences in the sensitivity of human vs. mouse NKp46 to arginine inhibition should be discussed, given species differences in receptor-ligand interactions. What are the inhibition results using F. nucleatum strains deficient in FadI?

      In Panel B, CEACAM1-Ig and RadD-deficient bacteria must be included as negative controls for binding specificity upon anti-NKp46 blocking.

      (5) Figure 5: Functional NK Activation and Tumor Killing

      In Panels B and C, the key control condition (NK cells + anti-NKp46, without bacteria) is missing. This is needed to evaluate if NKp46 recognition is involved in tumor killing. The authors should explicitly test whether pre-incubation of NK cells with bacteria enhances their anti-tumor activity. Alternatively, could bacteria induce stress signals in tumor cells that sensitize them to NK killing? This distinction is critical.

      (6) Figure 5D: Mechanism of Peripheral Activation

      It is suggested that contact between bacteria and NK cells in the periphery leads to their activation. Can the authors confirm whether this pre-activation leads to enhanced killing of tumor targets, or if bacteria-tumor co-localization is required? The literature indicates that F. nucleatum localizes intracellularly within tumor cells. If so, how is RadD accessible to NKp46 on infiltrating NK cells?

      (8) Figure 5E and In Vivo Relevance

      Surprisingly, F. nucleatum infection is associated with increased tumor burden. Does this reflect an immunosuppressive effect? Are NK cells inhibited or exhausted in infected mice (TGIT, SIGLEC7...)? If NK cell activation leads to reduced tumor control in the infected context, the role of RadD-induced activation needs further explanation. RadD-deficient bacteria, which do not activate NK cells, result in even poorer tumor control. This paradox needs to be addressed: how can NK activation impair tumor control while its absence also reduces tumor control?

      (9) NKp46-Deficient Mice: Inconsistencies

      In Ncr1⁻/⁻ mice, infection with WT or RadD-deficient F. nucleatum has no impact on tumor burden. This suggests that NKp46 is dispensable in this context and casts doubt on the physiological relevance of the proposed mechanism. This contradiction should be discussed more thoroughly.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present study, Rishiq et al. investigated whether the RadD protein expressed by Fusobacterium nucleatum subsp. Nucleatum serves as a natural ligand for the NK-activating receptor NKp46, and whether RadD-NKp46 interaction enhances NK cell cytotoxicity against tumor cells. To address this, the authors first performed an association analysis of F. nucleatum abundance and NKp46 expression in head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSC) and colorectal cancer (CRC) using the TCMA and TCGA databases, respectively. While a positive association between NKp46⁺ and F. nucleatum⁺ status with improved overall survival was observed in HNSC patients, no such correlation was found in CRC.

      Next, they examined the binding of NKp46-Ig to various F. nucleatum strains. To confirm that this interaction was mediated specifically by RadD, they employed a RadD-deficient mutant strain. Finally, to establish the functional relevance of the RadD-NKp46 interaction in promoting NK cell cytotoxicity and anti-tumor responses, they utilized a syngeneic mouse breast cancer model. In this setup, AT3 cells were orthotopically implanted into the mammary fat pad of C57BL/6 wild-type (WT) or Ncr1-deficient (NCR1⁻/⁻; murine orthologue of human NKp46) mice, followed by intravenous inoculation with either WT F. nucleatum or the ∆RadD mutant strain.

      Strengths:

      A notable strength of the work is that it identifies a previously unrecognized activating interaction between F. nucleatum RadD and the NK cell receptor NKp46, demonstrating that the same bacterial protein can engage distinct NK cell receptors (activating or inhibitory) to exert context-dependent effects on anti-tumor immunity. This dual-receptor insight adds depth to our understanding of F. nucleatum-immune interactions and highlights the complexity of microbial modulation of the tumor microenvironment.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A previous study by this group (PMID: 38952680) demonstrated that RadD of F. nucleatum binds to NK cells via Siglec-7, thereby diminishing their cytotoxic potential. They further proposed that the RadD-Siglec-7 interaction could act as an immune evasion mechanism exploited by tumor cells. In contrast, the present study reports that RadD of F. nucleatum can also bind to the activating receptor NKp46 on NK cells, thereby enhancing their cytotoxic function.

      While F. nucleatum-mediated tumor progression has been documented in breast and colon cancers, the current study proposes an NK-activating role for F. nucleatum in HNSC. However, it remains unclear whether tumor-infiltrating NK cells in HNSC exhibit differential expression of NKp46 compared to Siglec-7. Furthermore, heterogeneity within the NK cell compartment, particularly in the relative abundance of NKp46⁺ versus Siglec-7⁺ subsets, may differ substantially among breast, colon, and HNSC tumors. Such differences could have been readily investigated using publicly available single-cell datasets. A deeper understanding of this subset heterogeneity in NK cells would better explain why F. nucleatum is passively associated with a favorable prognosis in HNSC but correlates with poor outcomes in breast and colon cancers.

      (2) The in vivo tumor data (Figure 5D-F) appear to contradict the authors' claims. Specifically, Figure 5E suggests that WT mice engrafted with AT3 breast tumors and inoculated with WT F. nucleatum exhibited an even greater tumor burden compared to mice not inoculated with F. nucleatum, indicating a tumor-promoting effect. This finding conflicts with the interpretation presented in both the results and discussion sections.

      (3) Although the authors acknowledge that F. nucleatum may have tumor context-specific roles in regulating NK cell responses, it is unclear why they chose a breast cancer model in which F. nucleatum has been reported to promote tumor growth. A more appropriate choice would have been the well-established preclinical oral cancer model, such as the 4-nitroquinoline 1-oxide (4NQO)-induced oral cancer model in C57BL/6 mice, which would more directly relate to HNSC biology.

      (4) Since RadD of F. nucleatum can bind to both Siglec-7 and NKp46 on NK cells, exerting opposing functional effects, the expression profiles of both receptors on intratumoral NK cells should be evaluated. This would clarify the balance between activating and inhibitory signals in the tumor microenvironment and provide a more mechanistic explanation for the observed tumor context-dependent outcomes.

    3. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Major Concerns:

      (1) Lack of Direct Evidence for RadD-NKp46 Interaction

      The central claim that RadD interacts with NKp46 is not formally demonstrated. A direct binding assay (e.g., Biacore, ELISA, or pull-down with purified proteins) is essential to support this assertion. The absence of this fundamental experiment weakens the mechanistic conclusions of the study.

      The reviewer is correct. Direct assays are currently quite impossible because RadD is huge protein and it will take years to purify it. Instead, we used immunoprecipitation assays using NKp46-Ig (Author response images 1 and 2). Fusobacteria were lysed using RIPA buffer, and the lysates were centrifuged twice to separate the supernatant from the pellet (which contains the bacterial membranes). The resulting lysates were incubated overnight with 2.5 µg of purified NKp46 and protein G-beads. After thorough washing, the bound proteins were placed in sample buffer and heated at 95 °C for 8 minutes. The eluates were run on a 10% acrylamide gel and visualized by Coomassie blue staining. As can be seen the NKp46-Ig was able to precipitate protein band around 350Kd in both F. polymorphum ATCC10953 (Author response image 1) and in F. nucleatum ATCC23726 (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 1. NKp46 immunoprecipitation with Fusobacterium polymorphum (ATCC 10953) lysates. The resulting lysates of supernatant and pellet of Fusobacterium were immunoprecipitated (IP) with 2.5 μg of control fusion protein (RBD-Ig) or with NKp46-Ig. A 2.5 μg of purified fusion proteins were also run on gel.

      Author response image 2. NKp46 immunoprecipitation with Fusobacterium nucleatum (ATCC 23726) lysates. The resulting lysates of supernatant and pellet of Fusobacterium were immunoprecipitated (IP) with 2.5 μg of Control fusion protein (RBD-Ig) or with NKp46-Ig. 2.5 μg of purified fusion proteins were also run on gel.

      (2) Figure 2: Binding Specificity and Bacterial Strains

      A CEACAM1-Ig control should be included in all binding experiments to distinguish between specific and non-specific Ig interactions. There is differential Ig binding between strains ATCC 23726 and 10953. The authors should quantify RadD expression in each strain to determine if the difference in binding is due to variation in RadD levels.

      No significant difference in mCEACAM-1-Ig binding was observed across multiple independent experiments. Author response image 3 shows a representative histogram showing mCEACAM-1-Ig binding to F. nucleatum ATCC 23726 and F. polymorphum ATCC 10953. Comparable binding levels were detected in both bacterial species (upper histogram). Similarly, NKp46-Ig and Ncr1-Ig fusion proteins exhibited comparable binding patterns (lower histogram). It is currently not possible to quantify RadD expression directly, as no anti-RadD antibody is available.

      Author response image 3. CEACAM-1 Ig binding to Fusobacterium ATCC 23726 and ATCC 10953. Upper histograms show staining with secondary antibody alone (gray) compared to CEACAM-1 Ig (black line). Lower histograms show binding of NKp46 and Ncr1 fusion proteins to the two Fusobacterium strains. Gray represent secondary antibody controls.

      (3) Figure 3: Flow Cytometry Inconsistencies and Missing Controls

      What do the FITC-negative, Ig-negative events represent? The authors should clarify whether these are background signals, bacterial aggregates, or debris.

      We now present the gating strategy used in these experiments (Author response image 4). Fusion negative Ig samples were the bacterial samples stained only with the secondary antibody APC (anti-human AF647). The TITC-negative represent unlabeled bacteria.

      Author response image 4. Gating strategy for FITC-labeled Fusobacterium stained with fusion proteins. Bacteria were first gated as shown in the left panel. The gated population was then further analyzed in the right plot: the lower-left quadrant represents bacterial debris, the upper-left quadrant corresponds to FITC-stained bacteria only, and the upper-right quadrant shows bacteria double-positive for FITC and APC, indicating binding of the fusion proteins.

      Panel B, CEACAM1-Ig binding appears markedly increased compared to WT bacteria. The reason for this enhancement should be discussed-does it reflect upregulation of the bacterial ligand or an artifact of overexpression? Fluorescence compensation should be carefully reviewed for the NKp46/NCR1-Ig binding assays to ensure that the signals are not due to spectral overlap or nonspecific binding. Importantly, binding experiments using the FadI/RadD double knockout strain are missing and should be included. This control is essential.

      We don’t know why expression of CEACAM1-Ig binding is increased. Indeed, it will be nice to have the FadI/RadD double knockout strain which we currently don’t have.

      In Panel E, the basis for calculating fold-change in MFI is unclear. Please indicate the reference condition to which the change is normalized.

      The mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) fold change was calculated by dividing the MFI obtained from staining with the fusion proteins by the MFI of the corresponding secondary antibody control (bacteria incubated without fusion proteins).

      (4) Figure 4: Binding Inhibition and Receptor Sensitivity

      Panel A lacks representative FACS plots and is currently difficult to interpret.

      Fusobacteria binding to CEACAM-1, NKp46, and NCR1 fusion proteins was tested in the presence of 5 and 10 mM L-arginine (Author response image 5). L-arginine inhibited the binding of NKp46-Ig and NCR1-Ig, whereas no effect was observed on CEACAM-1-Ig binding.

      Author response image 5. Fusobacterium binding inhibition by L-Arginine. The figure shows the binding of CEACAM1-Ig (left panel), NKp46-Ig (middle panel), and Ncr1-Ig (right panel) in the presence of 0 mM (black), 5 mM (red), and 10 mM (blue) L-arginine.

      Differences in the sensitivity of human vs. mouse NKp46 to arginine inhibition should be discussed, given species differences in receptor-ligand interactions.

      Ncr1, the murine orthologue of human NKp46, shares approximately 58% sequence identity with its human counterpart (1). The observed differences in arginine-mediated inhibition of bacterial binding between mouse and human NKp46 might stem from structural differences or distinct posttranslational modifications, such as glycosylation. Indeed, prediction algorithms combined with high-performance liquid chromatography analysis revealed that Ncr1 possesses two putative novel O-glycosylation sites, of which only one is conserved in humans (2).

      References

      (1) Biassoni R., Pessino A., Bottino C., Pende D., Moretta L., Moretta A. The murine homologue of the human NKp46, a triggering receptor involved in the induction of natural cytotoxicity. Eur J Immunol. 1999 Mar; 29(3).

      (2) Glasner A., Roth Z., Varvak A., Miletic A., Isaacson B., Bar-On Y., Jonjić S., Khalaila I., Mandelboim O. Identification of putative novel O-glycosylations in the NK killer receptor Ncr1 essential for its activity. Cell Discov. 2015 Dec 22; 1:15036.

      What are the inhibition results using F. nucleatum strains deficient in FadI?

      The inhibition pattern observed in the F. nucleatum ΔFadI mutant was comparable to that of the wild-type strain (Author response image 6). When cultured under identical conditions and exposed to increasing concentrations of arginine (0, 5, and 10 mM), the F. nucleatum ΔFadI strain also demonstrated a dose-dependent reduction in binding to NKp46 and Ncr1.

      Author response image 6. Arginine inhibition of NKp46-Ig and Ncr1-Ig binding in F. nucleatum ΔFadI. Histograms show NKp46-Ig (A, C) and Ncr1-Ig (B, D) binding to F. nucleatum ATCC10953 ΔFadI (A and B) and to F. nucleatum ATCC23726 ΔFadI (A and B) following exposure to 5 mM and 10 mM L-Arginine. Panels (E) and (F) display the mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) quantification corresponding to (A and B) and (C and D), respectively.

      In Panel B, CEACAM1-Ig and RadD-deficient bacteria must be included as negative controls for binding specificity upon anti-NKp46 blocking.

      We appreciate the request to include CEACAM1-Ig and RadD-deficient bacteria as negative controls for specificity under anti-NKp46 blocking. We don’t not think it is necessary since the 02 antibody is specific for NKp46, we used other anti0NKp46 antibodies that did not block the interaction and an irrelevant antibofy, we showed that arginine produced a dose-dependent reduction in NKp46/Ncr1 binding, consistent with an arginine-inhibitable RadD interaction already shown in our manuscript (Fig. 4A). The ΔRadD strains we used already demonstrate loss of NKp46/Ncr1 binding and loss of NK-boosting activity (Figs. 3, 5). Collectively, these data establish that NKp46/Ncr1 recognition of a high-molecular-weight ligand consistent with RadD is specific and functionally relevant.

      Figure 5: Functional NK Activation and Tumor Killing

      In Panels B and C, the key control condition (NK cells + anti-NKp46, without bacteria) is missing. This is needed to evaluate if NKp46 recognition is involved in tumor killing. The authors should explicitly test whether pre-incubation of NK cells with bacteria enhances their anti-tumor activity.

      No significant difference in NK cell cytotoxicity was observed between untreated NK cells and NK cells incubated with anti-NKp46 antibody in the absence of bacteria. Therefore, the NK + anti-NKp46 (O2) group was included as an additional control alongside the other experimental conditions shown in Figures 5b and 5c, and is presented in Author response image 7 below.

      Author response image 7. NK cytotoxicity against breast cancer cell lines. NK cell cytotoxicity against T47D (left) and MCF7 (right) breast cancer cell lines. This experiment follows the format of Figure 5b and 5c, with the addition of the NK cells + O2 antibody group. No significant differences were observed when values were normalized to NK cells alone.

      Could bacteria induce stress signals in tumor cells that sensitize them to NK killing? This distinction is critical.

      It remains unclear whether the bacteria induce stress-related signals in tumor cells that render them more susceptible to NK cell–mediated cytotoxicity.

      (6) Figure 5D: Mechanism of Peripheral Activation

      It is suggested that contact between bacteria and NK cells in the periphery leads to their activation. Can the authors confirm whether this pre-activation leads to enhanced killing of tumor targets, or if bacteria-tumor co-localization is required? The literature indicates that F. nucleatum localizes intracellularly within tumor cells. If so, how is RadD accessible to NKp46 on infiltrating NK cells?

      We do not expect that pre-activation of NK cells with bacteria would enhance their tumor-killing capacity. In fact, when NK cells were co-incubated with bacteria, we occasionally observed NK cell death. Although F. nucleatum can reside intracellularly, bacterial entry requires prior adhesion to tumor cells. At this stage—before internalization—the bacteria are accessible for recognition and binding by NK cells.

      (8) Figure 5E and In Vivo Relevance

      Surprisingly, F. nucleatum infection is associated with increased tumor burden. Does this reflect an immunosuppressive effect? Are NK cells inhibited or exhausted in infected mice (TGIT, SIGLEC7...)? If NK cell activation leads to reduced tumor control in the infected context, the role of RadD-induced activation needs further explanation. RadD-deficient bacteria, which do not activate NK cells, result in even poorer tumor control. This paradox needs to be addressed: how can NK activation impair tumor control while its absence also reduces tumor control?

      Siglec-7 lacks a direct orthologue in mice, and neither mouse TIGIT nor CEACAM1 bind F. nucleatum. The increased tumor burden observed in infected mice may therefore result from bacterial interference with immune cell infiltration and accumulation within the tumor microenvironment (Parhi, L., Alon-Maimon, T., Sol, A. et al. Breast cancer colonization by Fusobacterium nucleatum accelerates tumor growth and metastatic progression. Nat Commun 11, 3259 (2020)). Consequently, the NK cells that do reach the tumor site can recognize and kill F. nucleatum–bearing tumor cells through RadD–NKp46 interactions. In the absence of RadD, this recognition is impaired, leading to reduced NK-mediated cytotoxicity and increased tumor growth.

      (9) NKp46-Deficient Mice: Inconsistencies

      In Ncr1⁻/⁻ mice, infection with WT or RadD-deficient F. nucleatum has no impact on tumor burden. This suggests that NKp46 is dispensable in this context and casts doubt on the physiological relevance of the proposed mechanism. This contradiction should be discussed more thoroughly.

      Ncr1 is also directly involved in mediating NK cell–dependent killing of tumor cells, even in the absence of bacterial infection. Therefore, in Ncr1-deficient mice, F. nucleatum has no additional effect on tumor progression (Glasner, A., Ghadially, H., Gur, C., Stanietsky, N., Tsukerman, P., Enk, J., Mandelboim, O. Recognition and prevention of tumor metastasis by the NK receptor NKp46/NCR1. J Immunol. 2012).

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A previous study by this group (PMID: 38952680) demonstrated that RadD of F. nucleatum binds to NK cells via Siglec-7, thereby diminishing their cytotoxic potential. They further proposed that the RadD-Siglec-7 interaction could act as an immune evasion mechanism exploited by tumor cells. In contrast, the present study reports that RadD of F. nucleatum can also bind to the activating receptor NKp46 on NK cells, thereby enhancing their cytotoxic function.

      Siglec-7 lacks a direct orthologue in mice, and neither mouse TIGIT nor CEACAM1 bind F. nucleatum. In contrast, NKp46 and its murine homologue, Ncr1, both recognize and bind the bacterium.

      While F. nucleatum-mediated tumor progression has been documented in breast and colon cancers, the current study proposes an NK-activating role for F. nucleatum in HNSC. However, it remains unclear whether tumor-infiltrating NK cells in HNSC exhibit differential expression of NKp46 compared to Siglec-7. Furthermore, heterogeneity within the NK cell compartment, particularly in the relative abundance of NKp46⁺ versus Siglec-7⁺ subsets, may differ substantially among breast, colon, and HNSC tumors. Such differences could have been readily investigated using publicly available single-cell datasets. A deeper understanding of this subset heterogeneity in NK cells would better explain why F. nucleatum is passively associated with a favorable prognosis in HNSC but correlates with poor outcomes in breast and colon cancers.

      Currently, there are no publicly available single-cell datasets suitable for characterizing NK cell heterogeneity in the context of F. nucleatum infection—particularly regarding the expression of Siglec-7, NKp46, or CEACAM1 and their potential association with poor clinical outcomes in breast, head and neck squamous cell carcinoma (HNSC), or colorectal cancer (CRC). Furthermore, no RNA-seq datasets are available for breast cancer cases specifically associated with F. nucleatum infection and poor prognosis. Therefore, we analyzed bulk RNA expression datasets for Siglec-7 and CEACAM1 and evaluated their associations with HNSC and CRC using the same patient databases utilized in our manuscript (Author response image 8). No significant differences in Siglec-7 expression were detected between HNSC and CRC samples (Author response image 8A). Although CEACAM1 mRNA levels did not differ between F. nucleatum–positive and –negative cases within either cancer type, its overall expression was higher in CRC compared to HNSC (Author response image 8B).

      Author response image 8. Siglec7 and Ceacam1 expression and the prognostic effect of F. nucleatum in a tumor-type-specific manner. Comparison of Siglec7 (A) and Ceacam1 (B) expression across HNSC and CRC tumors. Log₂ expression levels of NKp46 mRNA were compared across HNSC and CRC cohorts, stratified by F. nucleatum positive and negative. Results were analyzed by one-way ANOVA with Bonferroni post hoc correction.

      (2) The in vivo tumor data (Figure 5D-F) appear to contradict the authors' claims. Specifically, Figure 5E suggests that WT mice engrafted with AT3 breast tumors and inoculated with WT F. nucleatum exhibited an even greater tumor burden compared to mice not inoculated with F. nucleatum, indicating a tumor-promoting effect. This finding conflicts with the interpretation presented in both the results and discussion sections.

      Siglec-7 lacks a direct orthologue in mice, and neither mouse TIGIT nor CEACAM1 bind F. nucleatum. The increased tumor burden observed in infected mice may therefore result from bacterial interference with immune cell infiltration and accumulation within the tumor microenvironment (Parhi, L., Alon-Maimon, T., Sol, A. et al. Breast cancer colonization by Fusobacterium nucleatum accelerates tumor growth and metastatic progression. Nat Commun 11, 3259 (2020)). Consequently, the NK cells that do reach the tumor site can recognize and kill F. nucleatum–bearing tumor cells through RadD–NKp46 interactions. In the absence of RadD, this recognition is impaired, leading to reduced NK-mediated cytotoxicity and increased tumor growth.

      (3) Although the authors acknowledge that F. nucleatum may have tumor context-specific roles in regulating NK cell responses, it is unclear why they chose a breast cancer model in which F. nucleatum has been reported to promote tumor growth. A more appropriate choice would have been the well-established preclinical oral cancer model, such as the 4-nitroquinoline 1-oxide (4NQO)-induced oral cancer model in C57BL/6 mice, which would more directly relate to HNSC biology.

      The tumor model we employed is, to date, the only model in which F. nucleatum has been shown to exert a measurable effect, which is why we selected it for our study (Parhi, L., Alon-Maimon, T., Sol, A. et al. Breast cancer colonization by Fusobacterium nucleatum accelerates tumor growth and metastatic progression. Nat Commun. 2020; 11: 3259). We have not tested the 4-nitroquinoline-1-oxide (4NQO)–induced oral cancer model, and we are uncertain whether its use would be ethically justified.

      (4) Since RadD of F. nucleatum can bind to both Siglec-7 and NKp46 on NK cells, exerting opposing functional effects, the expression profiles of both receptors on intratumoral NK cells should be evaluated. This would clarify the balance between activating and inhibitory signals in the tumor microenvironment and provide a more mechanistic explanation for the observed tumor context-dependent outcomes.

      This question was answered in Author response image 8 above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study on the role of FGF signaling in the induction of primitive streak like-cells (PS-LC) in human 2D-gastruloids. The authors use a previously characterized standard culture that generates a ring of PS-LCs (TBXT+) and correlate this with pERK staining. A requirement for FGF signaling in TBXT induction is demonstrated via pharmacological inhibition of MEK and FGFR activity. A second set of culture conditions (with no exogenous FGFs) suggests that endogenous FGFs are required for pERK and TBXT induction. The authors then characterize, via scRNA-seq, various components of the FGF pathway (genes for ligand, receptors, ERK regulators, HSPG regulation). They go on to characterize the pFGFR1, receptor isoforms and polarized localization of this receptor. Finally, they perform FGF4 inhibition and use a cell line with a limited FGF17 inactivation (heterozygous null) and show that loss of these FGFs reduce PS-LC and derivative cell types.

      Strengths:

      (1) As the authors point out, the role of FGF signaling in gastrulation is less well understood than other signaling pathways. Hence this is a valuable contribution to that field.

      (2) The FGF4 and FGF17 loss-of-function experiments in Figure 5 are very intriguing. This is especially so given the intriguing observation that these FGFs appear to be dominating in this model of human gastrulation, in contrast to what FGFs dominate in mice, chick and frogs.

      (3) In general this paper is valuable as a further development of the Human gastruloid system and the role of FGF signaling in the induction of PS-CLs. The wide net that the authors cast in characterizing FGF ligand gene, receptor isoforms, and downstream components provides a foundation for future work. As the authors write near the beginning of the Discussion "Many questions remain."

      Weaknesses:

      (1) FGFs are cell survival factors in various aspects of development. The authors fail to address cell death due to loss of FGF signaling in any of their experiments. For example, in Figure 1E (which requires statistical analysis) and 1G (the bottom FGFRi row), there appears to be a significant amount of cell loss. Is this due to cell death? The authors should address the question of whether the role of FGF/ERK signaling is to keep the cells alive.

      (2) Regarding the sparse cells in 1G, is there a reduction in cell number only with FGFRi and not MEKi? Is this reproducible? Gattiglio et al (Development, 2023, PMID: 37530863) present data supporting a "community effect" in the FGF-induced mesoderm differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells. Could a community effect be at play in this human system (especially given the images in the bottom row of 1G). If the authors don't address this experimentally they should at least address the ideas in Gattoglio et al.

      (3) Do the FGF4 and FGF17 LOF experiments in Figure 5 affect cell number like FGFRi in Figure 1? Why examine PS-LC induction only in FGF17 heterozygous cells and not homozygous FGF17 nulls?

      (4) The idea that FGF8 plays a dominant role during gastrulation of other species but not humans is so intriguing it warrants deeper testing. The authors dismiss FGF8 because its mRNA "...levels always remained low." (line 363) as well as the data published in Zhai et al (PMID: 36517595) and Tyser et al (PMID: 34789876). But there are cases in mouse development where a gene was expressed at levels so low, it might be dismissed, and yet LOF experiments revealed it played a role or even was required in a developmental process. The authors should consider FGF8 inhibition or inactivation to explore its potential role, despite its low levels of expression.

      (5) Redundancy is a common feature in FGF genetics. What is the effect of inhibiting FGF4 in FGF17 LOF cells?

      (6) I suggest stating that the authors take more caution describing FGF gradients. For example, in one Results heading they write "Endogenous FGF4 and FGF17 gradients underly the ERK activity pattern.", implying an FGF protein gradient. However, they only present data for FGF mRNA , not protein. This issue would be clarified if they used proper nomenclature for gene, mRNA (italics) and protein (no italics) throughout the paper.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have addressed my concerns.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Jo and colleagues set out to investigate the origins and functions of localized FGF/ERK signaling for the differentiation and spatial patterning of primitive streak fates of human embryonic stem cells in a well-established micropattern system. They demonstrate that endogenous FGF signaling is required for ERK activation in a ring-domain in the micropatterns, and that this localized signaling is directly required for differentiation and spatial patterning of specific cell types. Through high-resolution microscopy and transwell assays, they show that cells receive FGF signals through basally localized receptors. Finally, the authors find that there is a requirement for exogenous FGF2 to initiate primitive streak-like differentiation, but endogenous FGFs, especially FGF4 and FGF17, fully take over at later stages.

      Even though some of the authors' findings - such as the localized expression of FGF ligands during gastrulation and the importance of FGF/ERK signaling for cell differentiation in the primitive streak - have been reported in model organisms before, this is one of the first studies to investigate the role of FGF signaling during primitive streak-like differentiation of human cells. In doing so, the paper reports a number of interesting and valuable observations, namely the basal localization of FGF receptors which mirrors that of BMP and Nodal receptors, as well as the existence of a positive feedback loop centered on FGF signaling that drives primitive-streak differentiation. In the revised version of their work, the authors have furthermore dissected the role of different FGFs through knockdown approaches. These experiments reveal discrete functions for different FGF genes in their system, as well as interesting differences between the role of specific FGFs in human compared to model systems.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors have appropriately addressed all comments and suggestions from the previous round of review. The only textual change that I would still like to suggest is to write explicitly in the main text corresponding to Fig. 1 that the mTESR1 medium used for these initial experiments already contains FGF. This is something that is probably known to experts in the field, but not necessarily to a broader readership.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      This is an interesting study on the role of FGF signaling in the induction of primitive streak-like cells (PS-LC) in human 2D-gastruloids. The authors use a previously characterized standard culture that generates a ring of PSLCs (TBXT+) and correlate this with pERK staining. A requirement for FGF signaling in TBXT induction is demonstrated via pharmacological inhibition of MEK and FGFR activity. A second set of culture conditions (with no exogenous FGFs) suggests that endogenous FGFs are required for pERK and TBXT induction. The authors then characterize, via scRNA-seq, various components of the FGF pathway (genes for ligands, receptors, ERK regulators, and HSPG regulation). They go on to characterize the pFGFR1, receptor isoforms, and polarized localization of this receptor. Finally, they perform FGF4 inhibition and use a cell line with a limited FGF17 inactivation (heterozygous null) and show that loss of these FGFs reduces PS-LC and derivative cell types. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) As the authors point out, the role of FGF signaling in gastrulation is less well understood than other signaling pathways. Hence this is a valuable contribution to that field. 

      (2) The FGF4 and FGF17 loss-of-function experiments in Figure 5 are very intriguing. This is especially so given the intriguing observation that these FGFs appear to be dominating in this model of human gastrulation, in contrast to what FGFs dominate in mice, chicks, and frogs. 

      (3) In general this paper is valuable as a further development of the Human gastruloid system and the role of FGF signaling in the induction of PS-CLs. The wide net that the authors cast in characterizing the FGF ligand gene, receptor isoforms, and downstream components provides a foundation for future work. As the authors write near the beginning of the Discussion "Many questions remain." 

      We thank the reviewer for these positive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) FGFs are cell survival factors in various aspects of development. The authors fail to address cell death due to loss of FGF signaling in their experiments. For example, in Figure 1E (which requires statistical analysis) and 1G (the bottom FGFRi row), there appears to be a significant amount of cell loss. Is this due to cell death? The authors should address the question of whether the role of FGF/ERK signaling is to keep the cells alive. 

      Indeed, FGF also strongly affects cell survival and it is an interesting question to what extent this depends on ERK. Our manuscript focuses instead on the role of FGF/ERK signaling in cell fate patterning. As mentioned in our discussion, figure 1de show that doxycycline induced pERK leads to more TBXT+ cells than the control without restoring cell number, suggesting the role of FGF in controlling cell number is independent of the requirement for FGF/ERK in PS-LC differrentiation. To further support this, we have added data showing low doses of MEKi are sufficient to inhibit differentiation without affecting cell number (Supp. Fig. 1i).

      To address the reviewers question regarding the cause of cell loss, we now stained for BrdU and cleaved Cas3 to assess proliferation and apoptosis in the presence and absence of MEK and FGFR inhibition (new Supp. Fig.

      1ef). This shows that the effect of these inhibitors on cell number is primarily due to a reduction in proliferation. We have also included statistical analysis in Fig.1e. 

      (2) Regarding the sparse cells in 1G, is there a reduction in cell number only with FGFRi and not MEKi? Is this reproducible? Gattiglio et al (Development, 2023, PMID: 37530863) present data supporting a "community effect" in the FGF-induced mesoderm differentiation of mouse embryonic stem cells. Could a community effect be at play in this human system (especially given the images in the bottom row of 1G)? If the authors don't address this experimentally they should at least address the ideas in Gattoglio et al. 

      Indeed, FGFRi reproducibly affects cell number more than MEKi, in line with the fact that pathways other than MAPK/ERK downstream of FGF (e.g. PI3K) play important roles in cell survival and growth. However, we think the lack of differentiation in MEKi and FGFRi in Fig.1g cannot be attributed to a loss of cells combined with a community effect. This is because without FGFRi or MEKi cells efficiently differentiate to primitive streak at much lower densities than those originally shown, consistent with the data we discuss in response to (1) arguing against a primarily indirect effect of FGF on PS-LC differentiation through cell density. In the context of directed differentiation (rather than 2D gastruloids), we have now shown in a controlled manner that the effect of MEKi and FGFRi does not depend on a community effect by repeating the experiment in Fig.1g while adjusting cell seeding densities to obtain similar final cell densities in all three conditions (new Fig.1g, new Supp Fig.1g). Furthermore we have included new data showing extremely sparse cells without MEKi or FGFRi still differentiate without problems (new Supp Fig 1h). We have also include Gattoglio et al in our revised discussion.

      (3) Do the FGF4 and FGF17 LOF experiments in Figure 5 affect cell numbers like FGFRi in Figure 1? 

      We did not observe major changes in cell number in the FGF4 and FGF17 loss of function experiments. This is in line with our observation that low levels of ERK signaling are sufficient to maintain proliferation (new Supp. Fig. 1i), and the fact that low levels of ERK signaling are maintained in the absence of FGF4 and FGF17 (Fig.5), likely by FGF2 (Fig. 2). In contrast, FGFRi treatment in Fig.1 leads to a nearly complete loss of FGF signaling (ERK and other pathways) that has a dramatic effect on cell number.

      Why examine PS-LC induction only in FGF17 heterozygous cells and not homozygous FGF17 nulls? 

      We were unable to obtain homozygous FGF17 nulls, it is not clear if there is a reason for this. In the absence of homozygous nulls, we have now further corroborated our findings with additional knockdown data (described in response to other comments below).

      (4) The idea that FGF8 plays a dominant role during gastrulation of other species but not humans is so intriguing it warrants deeper testing. The authors dismiss FGF8 because its mRNA "...levels always remained low." (line 363) as well as the data published in Zhai et al (PMID: 36517595) and Tyser et al (PMID: 34789876). But there are cases in mouse development where a gene was expressed at levels so low, that it might be dismissed, and yet LOF experiments revealed it played a role or even was required in a developmental process. The authors should consider FGF8 inhibition or inactivation to explore its potential role, despite its low levels of expression. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have now analyzed the role of FGF8 using FISH to visualize its expression and siRNA to understand its function (Fig.5d,f,h; Supp.Fig.5e,g,6e). We found that FGF8 expression is higher earlier in differentiation, preceding most expression of TBXT. Our scRNA-seq only analyzed samples at 42h so did not capture this. Furthermore, FGF8 expression localized inside the PS-like ring rather than coinciding with it like FGF4. Surprisingly, FGF8 knockdown led to an increase in primitive streak-like differentiation, suggesting it may counteract FGF4. The results are shown in the revised Fig. 5 and Supplemental Fig. 5. While this certainly merits further investigation, understanding the role of FGF8 in more detail is beyond the scope of the current work. 

      (5) Redundancy is a common feature in FGF genetics. What is the effect of inhibiting FGF4 in FGF17 LOF cells? 

      Further siRNA and shRNA experiments showed that FGF17 knockdown had a much smaller effect than FGF4 knockdown on expression of primitive streak markers (Fig.5i, Supp.Fig.6f-i) but that FGF17 knockdown did lead to a complete loss of the mesoderm marker TBX6 (Fig.5j, Supp.Fig.6j). A double knockdown of FGF4+FGF17 looked similar to FGF4 alone (Supp.Fig.6k). Thus, we now think the more likely scenario is that FGF17 is downstream of FGF4-dependent PS-differentiation and although this may have a positive feedback effect whereby this FGF17 can then enhance further PS-differentiation, which we previously interpreted as partial redundancy, the primary role of FGF17 may be later, in mesoderm differentiation.

      (6) I suggest stating that the authors take more caution in describing FGF gradients. For example, in one Results heading they write "Endogenous FGF4 and FGF17 gradients underly the ERK activity pattern.", implying an FGF protein gradient. However, they only present data for FGF mRNA , not protein. This issue would be clarified if they used proper nomenclature for gene, mRNA (italics), and protein (no italics) throughout the paper. 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have edited the paper to more clearly distinguish protein and mRNA. We do think our data provide substantial indirect evidence for a protein gradient which is what the results heading is meant to convey. Receptor activation is high where ERK activity is high (Fig.3), and receptor activation is limited by ligands, since creating a scratch to let exogenous FGF reach the basal side of cells in the center leads to receptor activation (Fig.4). This strongly suggests ERK activity reflects an FGF protein gradient. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The role of FGFs in embryonic development and stem cell differentiation has remained unclear due to its complexity. In this study, the authors utilized a 2D human stem cell-based gastrulation model to investigate the functions of FGFs. They discovered that FGF-dependent ERK activity is closely linked to the emergence of primitive streak cells. Importantly, this 2D model effectively illustrates the spatial distribution of key signaling effectors and receptors by correlating these markers with cell fate markers, such as T and ISL1. Through inhibition and loss-of-function studies, they further corroborated the needs of FGF ligands. Their data shows that FGFR1 is the primary receptor, and FGF2/4/17 are the key ligands for primitive streak development, which aligns with observations in primate embryos. Additional experiments revealed that the reduction of FGF4 and FGF17 decreases ERK activity. 

      Strengths: 

      This study provides comprehensive data and improves our understanding of the role of FGF signaling in primate

      primitive streak formation. The authors provide new insights related to the spatial localization of the key components of FGF signaling and attempt to reveal the temporal dynamics of the signal propagation and cell fate decision, which has been challenging. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Given the solid data, the work only partially clarifies the complex picture of FGF signaling, so details remain somewhat elusive. The findings lack a strong punchline, which may limit their broader impact. 

      We thank this reviewer for their valuable feedback and compliment on the solidity of our data. The punchline of our work is that FGF4 and FGF17-dependent ERK signaling plays a key role in differentiation of human PS-like cells and mesoderm, and that these are different FGFs than those thought to drive mouse gastrulation. A second key point is that like BMP and TGFβ signaling, FGF signaling is restricted to the basolateral sides of pluripotent stem cell colonies due to polarized receptor expression, which is crucial for understanding the response to exogenous ligands added to the cell medium. Indeed, many facets of FGF signaling remain to be investigated in the future, such as how FGF regulates and is regulated by other signals, which we will dedicate a different manuscript to. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Jo and colleagues set out to investigate the origins and functions of localized FGF/ERK signaling for the differentiation and spatial patterning of primitive streak fates of human embryonic stem cells in a well-established micropattern system. They demonstrate that endogenous FGF signaling is required for ERK activation in a ringdomain in the micropatterns, and that this localized signaling is directly required for differentiation and spatial patterning of specific cell types. Through high-resolution microscopy and transwell assays, they show that cells receive FGF signals through basally localized receptors. Finally, the authors find that there is a requirement for exogenous FGF2 to initiate primitive streak-like differentiation, but endogenous FGFs, especially FGF4 and FGF17, fully take over at later stages. 

      Even though some of the authors' findings - such as the localized expression of FGF ligands during gastrulation and the importance of FGF/ERK signaling for cell differentiation in the primitive streak - have been reported in model organisms before, this is one of the first studies to investigate the role of FGF signaling during primitive streak-like differentiation of human cells. In doing so, the paper reports a number of interesting and valuable observations, namely the basal localization of FGF receptors which mirrors that of BMP and Nodal receptors, as well as the existence of a positive feedback loop centered on FGF signaling that drives primitive-streak differentiation. The authors also perform a comparison of the role of different FGFs across species and try to assign specific functions to individual FGFs. In the absence of clean genetic loss-of-function cell lines, this part of the work remains less strong. 

      We thank the reviewer for emphasizing the value of our findings in a human model for gastrulation. We agree more loss-of-function experiments would provide further insight into the role of different FGFs. While we did not manage to create knockout cell lines, we have now performed both siRNA and shRNA knock-down of all FGF4, and FGF17 in two different hPSC lines, performed siRNA knockdown of FGF8, and also made a FGF4+FGF17 shRNA double knockdown cell lines to more completely test the functions of the individual FGFs (Fig.5, Supp.Fig.5,6). Our data suggest FGF17 may be downstream of FGF4 and primarily required for mesoderm differentiation while FGF8 appears to counteract FGF4. In doing this we have added a large amount of new data to the manuscript and we have removed the heterozygous knockout data in the first version of the manuscript which we felt added little to the new data. Further experiments are still needed to solidify our interpretation but those are beyond the scope of the current work.   

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) FGF2 is added to culture experiments (e.g. Figure 4), but the commercial source is not mentioned in Methods. For example, it could be added to "Supplementary Table 1: Cell signaling reagents." 

      We apologize for this oversight and have now added the information to Supplementary Table 1.

      (2) Line 117-118: "For example, by controlling the expression of Wnt or Nodal which are both required for PS-like differentiation". It is clear what the authors mean, but this is not a complete sentence. 

      We edited this for clarity, it now reads: “First, is FGF/ERK signaling required directly for PS-like differentiation, or does it act indirectly? These possibilities are not mutually exclusive. For example, FGF/ERK could be required directly but also act indirectly by controlling Wnt or Nodal expression, as both Wnt and Nodal signaling are required for PS-like differentiation.”

      (3) Line 246 "...found its spatial pattern to strongly resembles that of pERK..." either remove "to" or change "resembles" to "resemble" 

      Thank you for catching this. We removed “to”.

      (4) Lines 391- 393 seem to be missing a word in the last phrase: "...with FGF17 more important continued differentiation to mesoderm and endoderm." Maybe "during" after the word "important"? 

      Thank you for catching this, indeed the word “during” was missing and we have now added it.

      (5) Please define acronyms in Figure 3D (PS-LC was defined previously, but not others). 

      We apologize for the oversight, we have now defined the acronyms.

      (6) The three blue lines in Figure 5B (right) are hard to discern (and I'm not colorblind). I suggest also using a variety of dotted lines in a subset of these FGFs. 

      Thanks you for the suggestion. We have now given all the FGFs colors that are more clearly distinct and made the TBXT and TBX6 lines dashed.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) The reviewer acknowledges that FGF signaling is complex, particularly when dynamics and its correlation with cell fates are considered. To improve the clarity of the findings, the authors are encouraged to provide an additional schematic figure that clearly delineates the main findings of this study.  

      Thank you for the suggestion. We have now added a summary figure (Fig.6) to our discussion, which we hope helps present our findings more clearly.

      (2) The data suggest that FGF signaling may function differently in mice compared to primates, and their stem cell model aligns more closely with the latter. While the authors discuss this in the contents only based on sequencing data, it would be valuable to conduct some experiments with mouse embryos to validate the key differences. 

      It is unclear to us which experiments the reviewer has in mind. There is ample data on FGF expression in the mouse literature, as are many knockout phenotypes. Furthermore, verifying loss of function phenotypes (e.g. FGF17 knockout) in mouse is beyond our expertise.

      (3) Heparan sulfate proteoglycan (HSPG) is mentioned as an important component of FGF signaling; however, the only data related to HSPG is single-cell sequencing results. The authors should consider performing immunostaining or other assays to validate HSPG expression and spatial distribution, similar to the approach they used for other signaling components. 

      Our scratch experiments in Fig. 4 strongly argue against HSPGs as being responsible for the spatial pattern of FGF receptor activation: after a scratch across the colony the response is strong all along the scratch as expected if presence of FGF (an FGF gradient) controls the level of activity. If HSPGs were limiting, FGF flowing in from the media show not be able to uniformly activate receptors around the scratch.

      In addtion, we have now included an immunostain for HS in a newly added Supp. Fig. 4 which does not explain the observed pattern of ERK signaling.

      (4) In the scratch experiment, particularly high PERK expression is observed at the edge of the scratch. The authors should provide an explanation for why this expression is significantly higher compared to the edges of the colony. Additionally, it would be interesting to investigate the fate of the cells with super high PERK expression.  

      We have now determined that adaptive response to FGF is the reason that the response around the scratch is initially much higher than in the ERK activity ring that overlaps with the primitive streak-like cells. We have added figures showing that although the intial response to FGF exposure after scratching is very high, the response around the scratch adapts to levels similar in those in the ERK ring over the course of 6 hours (Fig.4ij). 

      (5) For some of the key experiments, multiple cell lines should be used to ensure that the findings are reproducible and applicable across different human stem cell lines.

      We have now checked FISH stainings and knockdown phenotypes for different FGFs in two different cell lines: ESI17 (hESC, XX) and PGP1 (hiPSC, XY). These results are shown in Supplementary Figures 6. We found all results to be consistent.

      (6) Where applicable, the meaning of error bars needs to be more clearly presented, including details on the number of independent experiments or samples used. 

      Thank you for pointing this out. Where error bar definitions were missing we have now added them to the figure captions.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      (1) The authors only analyze the ppERK ring in micropatterns of a single size. What was the motivation for the choice of this size? Can the authors how the ppERK ring is expected to depend on colony size? 

      Much smaller patterns lose the interior pluripotent regions while much larger patters have a much larger pluripotent region, which requires larger tilings to image without providing additional insight. The colony sizedependence of cell fate patterning was described in the paper that established the 2D gastruloids model (Warmflash Nat Methods 2014) and we later showed this due to a fixed length scale of the BMP and Nodal signaling gradients from the colony edge (Jo et al Elife 2022). We have now included data showing that the ERK patterns behaves similarly, with a fixed length scale of the pattern implying that in smaller colonies the ERK ring becomes a disc and the entire center of the colony has high ERK signaling (Supp Fig 1a).

      (2) The scRNAseq is somewhat confusing - why do the two datasets not overlap in the PHATE representation? This is unexpected, because the two samples have been treated similarly, and the authors have integrated their data to iron out possible batch effects. This discrepancy should be discussed. The authors should also specify from which reference exactly the first dataset comes from.  

      The two datasets do overlap nicely, the same fates are well mixed in the same place and the gene expresison profiles for the integrated data (e.g., Fig.2e) look smooth, so we believe the integration is good, but different cell fates are represented to different degrees. In particular, sample 2 shows much more mesoderm differentiation making the mesoderm branch mostly orange. Occassionally samples differentiate faster or slower than average which we see here, and these samples were collected far apart in time. We do not believe this affects our conclusions, if anything, we think performing the analysis on two samples that differ this much should make the conclusions more robust.  

      (3) If find it intriguing that exogenous FGF2 is important early on for primitive streak-like differentiation, although the authors show that it does not reach the center of the colony. The authors may want to discuss this conundrum. Does the FGF2 effect propagate from the outside to the inside, or does it act at an early stage when the cells have not yet formed a tight epithelium on the micropattern? 

      The cells in the experiment in Fig. 5a were given 24h to epithelialize, so we we do believe it acts from the edge. We believe this may be due to FGF2 modulating the early BMP response on the edge and are working on a manuscript that further explores this pathway crosstalk.

      (4) The authors' statement that FGF4 and FGF17 have partially redundant functions is not very strong, mainly because the study lacks a full FGF17 loss-of-function cell line. If the authors wanted to improve on this point, they could knock down FGF4 in the FGF17 heterozygous line, or produce a homozygous FGF17 KO line. If there are specific reasons why FGF17 homozygous lines cannot be produced, this could be interesting to discuss, too. Finally, I noticed that the methods list experiments with an FGF17 siRNA, but these are not shown in the manuscript. 

      We agree our evidence was previously not as strong as it could be. While there is no reason we know of why homozygous knockout lines cannot be produced, we failed to produce on. To strengthen our evidence we have therefore included substantial new knockdown data.  We have now performed both siRNA and shRNA knockdown of all FGF4, and FGF17 in two different hPSC lines, performed siRNA knockdown of FGF8, and also made a FGF4+FGF17 shRNA double knockdown cell lines to more completely test the functions of the individual FGFs (Fig.5, Supp.Fig.5,6). These experiments showed that FGF17 knockdown had a much smaller effect than FGF4 knockdown on expression of primitive streak markers (Fig.5i, Supp.Fig.6f-i) but that FGF17 knockdown did lead to a complete loss of the mesoderm marker TBX6 (Fig.5j, Supp.Fig.6j). A double knockdown of FGF4+FGF17 looked similar to FGF4 alone (Supp.Fig.6k). Thus, we now think the more likely scenario is that FGF17 is downstream of FGF4-dependent PS-differentiation and although this may have a positive feedback effect whereby this FGF17 can then enhance further PS-differentiation, which we previously interpreted as partial redundancy, the primary role of FGF17 may be later, in mesoderm differentiation. Furthermore, our new data suggests FGF8 may counteract FGF4 and limit PS-like differentiation. 

      Minor 

      (5) Line 63: Reference(s) appear to be missing. 

      This whole paragraph summarizes the results of the references given on line 55, we have now repeated the relevant references where the reviewer indicated.

      (6) Supplementary Figure 1a,b does not show ppERK, unlike stated in lines 102 - 104. 

      Indeed, the data described in lines 102-104 is shown in Fig.1a and we have removed the original Supplementary Figure 1ab since it did not provide relevant information.

      (7) Line 201: It is not clear whether this is a new sequencing dataset, or if existing datasets have been reanalyzed. 

      We agree our description was unclear. We have edited the text, which now explicitly states that our analysis is based on one dataset we collected previously and a replicate that was newly collected and deposited on GEO for this manuscript.

      (8) Figure 2f; Supplementary Figure 2b, c: The colors need to be explained in scale bars. How has this data been normalized to allow for comparison between very different sample types? 

      We have now added color bars indicating the scale for each of these figure panels. As the caption stated, the interspecies comparison was normalized within each species, so the highest FGF level for any FGF at any time within each species is normalized to one. We are thus comparing between species the relative expression of different FGFs within each species. Indeed there is no good way to compare absolute expression between species. For extra clarity we have expanded our description of the interspecies comparison analysis and normalization in the methods section.

      (9) Line 232: Where is the expression of SEF shown? 

      It is shown in Fig. 2i, under the official gene name IL17RD.

      (10) Supplementary Figure 4 seems to be missing. 

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have now added a supplementary Fig.4.

      (11) Line 437: Citation needed. 

      We have included citations now.

      (12) Line 439: A similar feedback loop has been proposed to operate during mesoderm differentiation in mouse ESC (pmid: 37530863 ). The authors may consider citing this work. 

      Thank you for the suggestion, we have now included this work in the discussion. The feedback loop proposed in that work involves FGF8, while we were trying to explain why FGF4 and not FGF8 appears to be conserved across species by invoking an FGF4 feedback loop. Thus, it becomes even harder to explain differences in FGF4 and FGF8 expression between human and mouse gastrulation.

      (13) Supplementary Figure 6 is not described in the main text. 

      We have removed the original Supplementary Figure 6 and corresponding heterozygous knockout data in the main figure which we felt added little to the extensive knockdown data we now present. We did create a new Supplementary Figure 6 showing additional knockdown data which is described in the main tekst.

      (14) Submission of sequencing data to GEO needs to be updated. 

      We have now made the GEO data public.

    1. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mason DE et al. have extended their previous study on continuous migration of cells regulated by a feedback loop that controls gene expression by YAP and TAZ. Time scale of the negative feedback loop is derived from the authors' adhesion-spreading-polarization-migration (ASPM) assay. Involvement of transcription-translation in the negative feedback loop is evidenced by the experiments using Actinomycin D. The time scale of mechanotransduction-dependent feedback demonstrated by cytoskeletal alteration in the actinomycin D-treated endothelial colony forming cells (ECFCs) and that shown in the ECFCs depleted of YAP/TAZ by siRNA. The authors examine the time scale when ECFCs are attached to MeHA matrics (soft, moderate, and stiff substrate) and show the conserved time scale among the conditions they use, although instantaneous migration, cell area, and circularity vary. Finally, they tried to confirm that the time scale of the feedback loop-dependent endothelial migration by the effect of washout of Actinomycin D (inhibition of gene transcription), Puromycin (translational inhibition), and Verteporfin (YAP/TAZ inhibitor) on ISV extension during sprouting angiogenesis. They conclude that endothelial motility required for vascular morphogenesis is regulated by a mechanotransduction-mediated feedback loop that is dependent on YAP/TAZ-dependent transcriptional regulation.

      Strengths:

      The authors conduct ASPM assay to find the time scale of feedback when ECFCs attach to three different matrics. They observe the common time scale of feedback. Thus, under very specific conditions they use, the reproducibility is validated by their ASPM assay. The feedback loop mediated by inhibition of gene expression by Actinomycin D is similar to that obtained from YAP/TAZ-depleted cells, suggesting the mechanotranduction might be involved in the feedback loop. The time scale representing infection point might be interesting when considering the continuous motility in cultured endothelial cells, although it might not account for the migration of endothelial cells that is controlled by a wide variety of extracellular cues. In vivo, stiffness of extracellular matrix is merely one of the cues.

      Weaknesses:

      ASPM assay is based on attachment-dependent phenomenon. The time scale, including the inflection point determined by ASPM experiments using cultured cells and the mechanotransduction-based theory, do not seem to fit in vivo ISV elongation. Although it is challenging to find the conserved theory of continuous cell motility of endothelial cells, the data is preliminary and does not support the authors' claim. There is no evidence that mechanotransduction solely determines the feedback loop during elongation of ISVs.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors' methods using ASPM assay might suggest the feedback loop by their in vitro culture assay. They still need to confirm the loop in vivo using zebrafish intersegmental vessels. The time course of the feedback loop is supported by the ASPM assay. However, the feedback loop is not confirmed in vivo, although it might be suggested by the phenotypes of the ISV treated with drugs. Thus, in the abstract and in the results section, they had better rewrite the interpretation. They have not yet confirmed the feedback loop in vivo.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      All experiments are convincing, clearly visualized and quantified. 

      The strength of the paper is that it clearly indicates that there are temporal controlled feedback systems which is important for endothelial collective cell behavior. 

      A limitation of the study is that the inhibitory studies in vivo may include off-target effects as well. Future endeavors, including specific knockout models, optogenetics and/or transgenic zebrafish lines that visualize endothelial cell properties (proliferation and migration) will be informative to track individual endothelial cell responses upon feedback signals.

      We agree with the reviewer and are currently conducting experiments with optogenetic tools, knockout models, and transgenic zebrafish lines to dissect the feedback loop dynamics at the cellular scale.    

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Major strengths: The combination of in vitro and in vivo assessment provides evidence for timing in physiologically relevant contexts, and rigorous quantification of outputs is provided. The idea of defining temporal aspects of the system is quite interesting. New RNA profiling supports the model. 

      Weaknesses: Actinomycin D blocks most transcription so exposure for hours likely leads to secondary and tertiary effects and perhaps effects on viability.

      We agree with the reviewer that “off-target” effects are a limitation of the pharmacologic approach. We have also previously shown that long-term treatment with actinomycin D reduces ECFC survival (Mason et al., 2019). 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Strengths: The authors conduct ASPM assay to find the time scale of feedback when ECFCs attach to three different matrics. They observe the common time scale of feedback. Thus, under very specific conditions they use, the reproducibility is validated by their ASPM assay. The feedback loop mediated by inhibition of gene expression by Actinomycin D is similar to that obtained from YAP/TAZ-depleted cells, suggesting the mechanotranduction might be involved in the feedback loop. The time scale representing infection point might be interesting when considering the continuous motility in cultured endothelial cells, although it might not account for the migration of endothelial cells that is controlled by a wide variety of extracellular cues. In vivo, stiffness of extracellular matrix is merely one of the cues. 

      Weaknesses: ASPM assay is based on attachment-dependent phenomenon. The time scale including the inflection point determined by ASPM experiments using cultured cells and the mechanotransduction-based theory do not seem to fit in vivo ISV elongation. Although it is challenging to find the conserved theory of continuous cell motility of endothelial cells, the data is preliminary and does not support the authors' claim. There is no evidence that mechanotransduction solely determines the feedback loop during elongation of ISVs. The points to be addressed are listed in recommendations for the authors.

      The ASPM assay enabled us to define temporal dynamics of YAP/TAZ mechanotransduction. We then used those insights to design ISV washout experiments that tested if the characteristic time scales were conserved in vivo. However, we agree with the limitations identified by the reviewer. Cells behave and respond to mechanical cues differently in 2D vs 3D environments, and the microenvironment in vivo is much more complex. Future work with optogenetic tools will be useful to dissect the temporal kinetics in vivo during ISV elongation.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript explores behavioral responses of C. elegans to hydrogen sulfide, which is known to exert remarkable effects on animal physiology in a range of contexts. The possibility of genetic and precise neuronal dissection of responses to H2S motivates the study of responses in C. elegans.

      The authors have followed up observations in the initial version of the manuscript, and their data do not support the direct sensing of H2S by the ASJ neurons or other sensory neurons. Genetic and parallel analysis of O2 and CO2 responsive pathways do not reveal further insights regarding potential mechanisms underlying H2S sensing. Gene expression analysis extends prior work. Finally, the authors have examined how H2S-evoked locomotory behavioral responses are affected in mutants with altered stress and detoxification response to H2S, most notably hif-1 and egl-9. These data, while examining locomotion, are more suggestive that observed effects on animal locomotion are secondary to altered organismal toxicity as opposed to specific behavioral responedse

      Overall, the manuscript provides a wide range of preliminary observations of genetic interactions that may influence locomotory responses to H2S, but mechanistic insight or a synthesis of disparate data is lacking.

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript explores behavioral responses of C. elegans to hydrogen sulfide, which is known to exert remarkable effects on animal physiology in a range of contexts. The possibility of genetic and precise neuronal dissection of responses to H2S motivates the study of responses in C. elegans. The revised manuscript does not seem to have significantly addressed what was lacking in the initial version. 

      The authors have added further characterization of possible ASJ sensing of H2S by calcium imaging but ASJ does not appear to be directly involved. Genetic and parallel analysis of O2 and CO2 responsive pathways do not reveal further insights regarding potential mechanisms underlying H2S sensing. Gene expression analysis extends prior work. Finally, the authors have examined how H2S-evoked locomotory behavioral responses are affected in mutants with altered stress and detoxification response to H2S, most notably hif-1 and egl-9. These data, while examining locomotion, are more suggestive that observed effects on animal locomotion are secondary to altered organismal toxicity as opposed to specific behavioral responedse 

      Overall, the manuscript provides a wide range of intriguing observations, but mechanistic insight or a synthesis of disparate data is lacking. 

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable feedback. We agree that while our investigation provides broad coverage, it does not fully resolve the mechanisms of H<sub>2</sub>S perception. As both reviewers noted, the avoidance response to high levels of H<sub>2</sub>S is most likely driven by its toxicity, particularly at the level of mitochondria, rather than by direct perception of H<sub>2</sub>S. We also favor this model and have revised the results and discussion to highlight this interpretation, while acknowledging that other mechanisms cannot be excluded (main changes lines 387-402 and 535-547).

      Building on this view, our observations point toward mitochondrial ROS transients as the trigger for H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance. First, toxic levels of H<sub>2</sub>S are known to promote ROS production (1). Second, similar to acute H<sub>2</sub>S, brief exposure to rotenone, an ETC complex I inhibitor that rapidly generates mitochondrial ROS, triggers locomotory responses (Figure 7E) (Lines 393-396). Third, regardless of duration, rotenone exposure inhibits H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked avoidance (Figure 7E) (Lines 389-391), likely by preventing or dampening H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked mitochondrial ROS bursts when ETC function is impaired and ROS is already high. Notably, animals subjected to prolonged rotenone exposure, ETC mutants, and quintuple sod mutants, each experiencing chronically high ROS levels, fail to respond to H<sub>2</sub>S and display reduced locomotory activity, presumably due to ROS toxicity and/or activation of stress-adaptive mechanisms (Figure 7).

      Consistent with the activation of stress-responsive pathways, H<sub>2</sub>S exposure alters expression of genes controlled by SKN-1 and HIF-1 signaling. Both pathways are ROS-sensitive and promote adaptation to chronic ROS production (2-4). Their activation, as in egl-9, render these animals insensitive to H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked ROS transients (Figure 5B) (Lines 303-305). Conversely, mutants defective in these adaptive pathways, such as hif-1, still show initial locomotory responses to H<sub>2</sub>S, but rapidly lose activity during prolonged H<sub>2</sub>S exposure (Figure 5D) (Lines 318-319). These observations suggest that HIF-1 pathway is dispensable for initiating the response to H<sub>2</sub>S evoked ROS transients, but essential for protecting against ROS toxicity.

      In this context, the neural circuit we examined, such as ASJ neurons, is not directly involved in H<sub>2</sub>S perception (Line 165-169 and 448-457). Instead, it likely modulates a circuit that is responsive to ROS toxicity. This circuit is also influenced by ambient O<sub>2</sub> levels, the state of O<sub>2</sub> sensing circuit, and nutrient status, in a manner reminiscent of the CO<sub>2</sub> responses (5, 6).

      Reviewer #4 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors establish a behavioral paradigm for avoidance of H2S and conduct a large candidate screen to identify genetic requirements. They follow up by genetically dissecting a large number of implicated pathways - insulin, TGF-beta, oxygen/HIF-1, and mitochondrial ROS, which have varied effects on H2S avoidance. They additionally assay whole-animal gene expression changes induced by varying concentrations and durations of H2S exposure. 

      Strengths: 

      The implicated pathways are tested extensively through mutants of multiple pathway molecules. The authors address previous reviewer concerns by directly testing the ability of ASJ to respond to H2S via calcium imaging. This allows the authors to revise their previous conclusion and determine that ASJ does not directly respond to H2S and likely does not initiate the behavioral response. 

      We thank the reviewer for the supportive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      Despite the authors focus on acute perception of H2S, I don't think the experiments tell us much about perception. I think they indicate pathways that modulate the behavior when disrupted, especially because most manipulations used broadly affect physiology on long timescales. For instance, genetic manipulation of ASJ signaling, oxygen sensing, HIF-1 signaling, mitochondrial function, as well as starvation are all expected to constitutively alter animal physiology, which could indirectly modulate responses to H2S. The authors rule out effects on general locomotion in some cases, but other physiological changes could relatively specifically modulate the H2S response without being involved in its perception. 

      I am actually not convinced that H2S is directly perceived by the C. elegans nervous system at all. As far as I can tell, the avoidance behavior could be a response to H2S-induced tissue damage rather than the gas itself. 

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable insights, and fully agree that the H<sub>2</sub>S may not be directly perceived by C. elegans. Please see detailed responses below.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      The clarity of the paper is improved in this version. My main issue has to do with "perception" of H2S. At times the authors suggest that hydrogen sulfide should be perceived by a neural circuit ("we did not specifically identify the neural circuit mediating H2S signaling"), while at other times they discuss the possibility that it is not directly perceived neuronally ("Supporting the idea that acute mitochondrial ROS generation initiates avoidance of high H2S levels,"). The authors should clearly state their model for H2S perception. Do they think there is a receptor and sensory neuron for H2S (not identified in this paper)? If not, what does it mean for there to be a neural circuit mediating the response? To me, it looks more like what is being "perceived" by a neural circuit is ROS-induced toxicity, not H2S itself. 

      To drill down on direct modulation of acute perception, are any of the pathway manipulations used in this paper performed on the timescale of perception? Rotenone for 10 mins is close to that timescale, and in fact it increases speed independently of H2S, consistent with ROSinduced toxicity, not H2S being the signal that induces the behavior. Optogenetic activation of RMG could also be on the acute timescale. Can the authors clarify for how long blue light was on the worms before the start of the assay? Or was it turned on at the same time as video acquisition commenced? This could be evidence that RMG acutely modulates this behavioral response. 

      I feel that the ASJ calcium imaging data should be in the main figure given its importance in revising the original model. 

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable advice.

      As suggested, ASJ calcium imaging data are displayed in the main figure (Figure 2I) (Line 167).

      As both reviewers noted, our initial presentation was not sufficiently clear regarding the mechanism underlying H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance. We agree with the reviewer that H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance is unlikely mediated by direct perception via a H<sub>2</sub>S-specific receptor, but likely arises from acute mitochondrial dysfunction and ROS generation. 

      ROS

      In line with the reviewer’s perspective, our observations point toward mitochondrial ROS transients as the trigger for H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance. First, toxic levels of H<sub>2</sub>S are known to promote ROS production (1). Second, similar to acute H<sub>2</sub>S, brief exposure to rotenone, an ETC complex I inhibitor that rapidly generates mitochondrial ROS, triggers locomotory responses (Figure 7E) (Lines 393-396). Third, regardless of duration, rotenone exposure inhibits H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked avoidance (Figure 7E) (Lines 389-391), likely by preventing or dampening H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked mitochondrial ROS bursts when ETC function is impaired and ROS is already high. Notably, animals subjected to prolonged rotenone exposure, ETC mutants, and quintuple sod mutants, each experiencing chronically high ROS levels, fail to respond to H<sub>2</sub>S and display reduced locomotory activity, presumably due to ROS toxicity and/or activation of stress-adaptive mechanisms (Figure 7). We revised the Results and Discussion to present the model more consistently (main changes lines 387-402 and 535-547).

      Consistent with the activation of stress-responsive pathways, H<sub>2</sub>S exposure alters expression of genes controlled by SKN-1 and HIF-1 signaling. Both pathways are ROS-sensitive and promote adaptation to chronic ROS production (2-4). Their activation, as in egl-9, render these animals insensitive to H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked ROS transients (Figure 5B) (Lines 303-305). Conversely, mutants defective in these adaptive pathways, such as hif-1, still show initial locomotory responses to H<sub>2</sub>S, but rapidly lose activity during prolonged H<sub>2</sub>S exposure (Figure 5D) (Lines 318-319). These observations suggest that HIF-1 pathway is dispensable for initiating the response to H<sub>2</sub> Sevoked ROS transients, but essential for protecting against ROS toxicity.

      ASJ neurons

      ASJ neurons and DAF-11 signaling are required for H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked behavioral responses. However, ASJ does not exhibit an H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked calcium transient. It suggests that ASJ neurons do not directly detect H<sub>2</sub>S (Line 165-169 and 448-457), but likely modulate the circuit responsive to ROS toxicity. This circuit can also be modulated by ambient O<sub>2</sub> levels, the state of O<sub>2</sub> sensing circuit, and nutrient status, in a manner reminiscent of the CO<sub>2</sub> responses (5, 6). 

      O<sub>2</sub> sensing circuit

      Consistent with the reviewer’s view, we favor the model that H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance is likely induced by ROS transients. We believe that the state of O<sub>2</sub> sensing circuit, similar to ASJ neurons, modulates the neural circuit that is responsive to H<sub>2</sub>S-evoked ROS toxicity. This circuit is inhibited as long as O<sub>2</sub> sensing circuit is active. In the RMG optogenetic experiment, channelrhodopsin was photo-stimulated as soon as the assay was initiated at 7% O<sub>2</sub> (Methods Lines 633-634 and Figure legend Lines 1177-1178), therefore RMG remained active throughout the assay including at 7% O<sub>2</sub>. Our interpretation is that RMG activation inhibits this ROSresponsive circuit and H<sub>2</sub>S avoidance. However, these observations do not resolve if H<sub>2</sub>S is acutely and directly perceived. The modulation of H<sub>2</sub>S response by O<sub>2</sub> circuit was discussed between Lines 437-447.

      References

      (1) J. Jia et al., SQR mediates therapeutic effects of H(2)S by targeting mitochondrial electron transport to induce mitochondrial uncoupling. Sci Adv 6, eaaz5752 (2020).

      (2) S. J. Lee, A. B. Hwang, C. Kenyon, Inhibition of Respiration Extends C. elegans Life Span via Reactive Oxygen Species that Increase HIF-1 Activity. Current Biology 20, 2131-2136 (2010).

      (3) C. Lennicke, H. M. Cocheme, Redox metabolism: ROS as specific molecular regulators of cell signaling and function. Mol Cell 81, 3691-3707 (2021).

      (4) D. A. Patten, M. Germain, M. A. Kelly, R. S. Slack, Reactive oxygen species: stuck in the middle of neurodegeneration. J Alzheimers Dis 20 Suppl 2, S357-367 (2010).

      (5) A. J. Bretscher, K. E. Busch, M. de Bono, A carbon dioxide avoidance behavior is integrated with responses to ambient oxygen and food in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 105, 8044-8049 (2008).

      (6) E. A. Hallem, P. W. Sternberg, Acute carbon dioxide avoidance in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A 105, 8038-8043 (2008).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Okazaki et al. showed flickering stimuli to patients with unilateral spatial neglect (USN) and measured EEG responses. They compared this with another patient group (post-stroke, but no USN) and healthy controls. The author's rationale was to entrain intrinsic brain rhythms using the flicker of different frequencies (3-30 Hz). Effects found unique to the 9-Hz stimulation condition differentiate USN patients from the other groups, leading them to conclude that USN can be characterized by increased hemispheric alpha asymmetry, driven by a relatively increased response in the intact hemisphere.

      Strengths:

      This study is principled empirical work that benefits from access to special patient groups of considerable size (about 60 stroke patients in total, and 20 USN). The authors use state-of-the-art established methods to (1) deliver and (2) quantify the responses to the flicker stimulation in the EEG recordings. In addition, they use phase-coupling measures to investigate cross-frequency coupling (here: alpha-gamma) and a measure of directed connectivity between brain areas, transfer entropy. The results are supported by means of simulations using a coupled-oscillators model.

      Weaknesses:

      In my eyes, the major conceptual weakness of the study is that the authors make the a priori assumption that the flicker stimulation entrains intrinsic brain rhythms, especially alpha (9 Hz). To date, there is no direct (and only equivocal indirect) evidence that alpha rhythms can be entrained with periodic visual stimulation. In the present study, the assumption of alpha entrainment permeates some analytical decisions - where it would be possible to separate stimulus-driven from intrinsic rhythms more strongly than is currently the case, potentially yielding deeper insights into the oscillopathy of USN - and, ultimately, the interpretation of the results. Another potential issue to consider here is the analysis of gamma rhythms in EEG data, absent a control of miniature eye movements, a known problem (Yuval-Greenberg et al., 2008, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2008.03.027) that may be exacerbated here, given that USN patients could show different auxiliary gaze behaviour.

    2. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Okazaki et al. showed flickering stimuli to patients with unilateral spatial neglect (USN) and measured EEG responses. They compared this with another patient group (post-stroke, but no USN) and healthy controls. The author's rationale was to entrain intrinsic brain rhythms using the flicker of different frequencies (3-30 Hz). Effects found unique to the 9-Hz stimulation condition differentiate USN patients from the other groups, leading them to conclude that USN can be characterized by increased hemispheric alpha asymmetry, driven by a relatively increased response in the intact hemisphere.

      Strengths:

      This study is principled empirical work that benefits from access to special patient groups of considerable size (about 60 stroke patients in total, and 20 USN). The authors use state-of-the-art established methods to (1) deliver and (2) quantify the responses to the flicker stimulation in the EEG recordings. In addition, they use phase-coupling measures to investigate cross-frequency coupling (here: alpha-gamma) and a measure of directed connectivity between brain areas, transfer entropy. The results are supported by means of simulations using a coupled-oscillators model.

      Weaknesses:

      In my eyes, the major conceptual weakness of the study is that the authors make the a priori assumption that the flicker stimulation entrains intrinsic brain rhythms, especially alpha (9 Hz). To date, there is no direct (and only equivocal indirect) evidence that alpha rhythms can be entrained with periodic visual stimulation. In the present study, the assumption of alpha entrainment permeates some analytical decisions - where it would be possible to separate stimulus-driven from intrinsic rhythms more strongly than is currently the case, potentially yielding deeper insights into the oscillopathy of USN - and, ultimately, the interpretation of the results. Another potential issue to consider here is the analysis of gamma rhythms in EEG data, absent a control of miniature eye movements, a known problem (Yuval-Greenberg et al., 2008, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2008.03.027) that may be exacerbated here, given that USN patients could show different auxiliary gaze behaviour.

      Reviewer #1 expressed concern that alpha entrainment is assumed a priori; however, our interpretation is based on the empirical observation of frequency-specific (9 Hz) hemispheric asymmetry, not on a prior assumption. This 9 Hz specificity is difficult to explain by a simple summation of stimulus-evoked responses and is more appropriately interpreted as a resonance phenomenon in the alpha band, which is close to the intrinsic resonance frequency of the visual system [1, 2]. In the revision, we will strengthen the conceptual distinction between stimulus-driven and intrinsic components and clarify that entrainment is a conclusion supported by our data and modeling.

      Gamma contamination by eye movements is a valid theoretical concern. However, it is unlikely that saccadic spike potentials explain our α-γ coupling findings, due to several factors including timing constraints and spectral properties. In the revision, we will add explicit discussion of this limitation while explaining why our coupling patterns are more consistent with physiological neural coupling than with artifacts.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study investigates how altered neural oscillations may contribute to unilateral spatial neglect (USN) following right-hemisphere stroke. By combining steady-state visual evoked potentials (SSVEPs), phase-amplitude coupling (PAC), transfer entropy (TE), and computational modeling, the authors aim to show that USN arises from disrupted hemispheric synchronization dynamics rather than simply from lesion extent. The integration of empirical EEG data with a mechanistic model is a major strength and offers a valuable new perspective on how frequency-specific neural dynamics relate to clinical symptoms.

      The work has several notable strengths. The combination of experimental and modeling approaches is innovative and powerful, and the findings provide a coherent mechanistic framework linking abnormal neural entrainment to attentional deficits. The study also provides concrete evidence to support the potential for frequency-specific neuromodulatory interventions, which could have translational relevance At the same time, there are areas where the evidence could be clarified or contextualized further. The manuscript would benefit from more detailed characterization of lesions, since differences in lesion topography (white vs. gray matter, occipital vs. parietal areas) could greatly improve our understanding of the physiopathology causing unilateral spatial neglect and the altered neural oscillations reported. Methodological choices, such as focusing analyses on occipital electrodes rather than parietal sites, and the potential influence of volume conduction in transfer entropy analyses, also need clearer justification/elaboration. In addition, while the authors report several neural metrics, it is not always clear why SSVEP power was chosen as the primary correlate of clinical severity over other measures. More broadly, the manuscript would be strengthened by clearer definitions of dependent variables and reporting of software and toolboxes used.

      Overall, the study makes a significant contribution by demonstrating that USN can be conceptualized as a disorder of disrupted oscillatory dynamics. With some clarifications and expansions, the paper will provide readers with a clearer understanding of both the strengths and the limitations of the evidence, and it will stand as a valuable reference for future work on oscillatory mechanisms in stroke and attention.

      We agree that further lesion characterization would be generally useful. However, as shown in Supplementary Figure 1, lesions in our USN cohort involved both cortical and subcortical regions, and cortical damage often extended into adjacent white matter. Therefore, a strict gray-versus-white-matter classification was not feasible. This anatomical diversity suggests that the frequency-specific hemispheric asymmetry observed here cannot be fully explained by lesion location or size alone, but rather may reflect altered network dynamics following right-hemisphere damage. We will clarify this point in the revised Discussion.

      Regarding transfer entropy (TE) and volume conduction, TE is theoretically insensitive to zero-lag correlations and quantifies temporally directed information transfer. Furthermore, we used amplitude envelopes rather than raw oscillations as input, which should greatly reduce the risk of spurious causal estimation due to sinusoidal autocorrelation structure. Moreover, if such spurious connectivity due to autocorrelation had occurred, it would have been expected to appear equally in both feedforward and feedback directions. Therefore, the feedforward-limited (visual→frontal) asymmetry observed in our study cannot be explained by volume conduction or autocorrelation effects. We will maintain this position clearly in the revision.

      Regarding other methodological points: we focused on occipital electrodes (O1/O2) because visual stimuli primarily drive the visual system (we also analyzed parietal sites but found no significant hemispheric differences; Figure 4). We chose SSVEP power for clinical correlation because it was the primary phenomenon distinguishing USN from non-USN patients. In the revision, we will clarify these points and include software and toolbox information.

      We believe these revisions will substantially strengthen the manuscript and clarify the conceptual and methodological contributions of our study.

      References

      (1) Rosanova, M., Casali, A., Bellina, V., Resta, F., Mariotti, M., and Massimini, M. (2009). Natural frequencies of human corticothalamic circuits. J Neurosci 29, 7679-7685.

      (2) Okazaki, Y.O., Nakagawa, Y., Mizuno, Y., Hanakawa, T., and Kitajo, K. (2021). Frequency- and Area-Specific Phase Entrainment of Intrinsic Cortical Oscillations by Repetitive Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation. Front Hum Neurosci 15, 608947.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cuentas-Condori et al. generate cell-specific tools for visualizing the endogenous expression of, as well as knocking out, four different classes of neurotransmitter vesicular transporters (glutamatergic, cholinergic, GABAergic, and monoaminergic) in C. elegans. They then use these tools in an intersectional strategy to provide evidence for the co-expression of these transporters in individual neurons, suggesting co-transmission of the associated neurotransmitters.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the work is the generation of several endogenous tools that will be of use to the community. Additionally, this adds to accumulating evidence of co-transmission of different classes of neurotransmitters in the nervous system.

      Weaknesses:

      A weakness of the study is a lack of comparison to previously published single-cell sequencing data. These tools are alternatively described in the manuscript as superior to the sequencing data and as validation of the sequencing data, but neither claim can be assessed without knowing how they compare and contrast to that data. It is thus not clear to what extent the conclusions of this paper are an advance over what could be determined from the sequencing data on its own. Finally, some technical considerations should be discussed as potential caveats to the robustness of their intersectional strategy for concluding that certain genes are indeed co-expressed. Overall, claims about co-transmission should be tempered by the caveats presented in the discussion, suggesting that co-expression of these transporters is not in and of itself sufficient for neurotransmitter release.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors introduce Megabouts, a software package designed to standardize the analysis of larval zebrafish locomotion, through clustering the 2D posture time series into canonical behavioral categories. Beyond a first, straightforward segmentation that separates glides from powered movements, Megabouts uses a Transformer neural network to classify the powered movements (bouts). This Transformer network is trained with supervised examples. The authors apply their approach to improve the quantification of sensorimotor transformations and enhance the sensitivity of drug-induced phenotype screening. Megabouts also includes a separate pipeline that employs convolutional sparse coding to analyze the less predictable tail movements in head-restrained fish.

      I presume that the software works as the authors intend, and I appreciate the focus on quantitative behavior. My primary concerns reflect an implicit oversimplification of animal behavior. Megabouts is ultimately a clustering technique, categorizing powered locomotion into distinct, labelled states which, while effective for analysis, may confuse the continuous and fluid nature of animal behavior. Certainly, Megabouts could potentially miss or misclassify complex, non-stereotypical movements that do not fit the defined categories. In fact, it appears that exactly this situation led the authors to design a new clustering for head-restrained fish. Can we anticipate even more designs for other behavioral conditions?

      Ultimately, I am not yet convinced that Megabouts provides a justifiable picture of behavioral control. And if there was a continuous "control knob", which seems very likely, wouldn't that confuse the clustering process, as many distinct clusters would correspond to, say, different amplitudes of the same control knob?

      There has been tremendous recent progress in the measurement and analysis of animal behavior, including both continuous and discrete perspectives. However, the supervised clustering approach described here feels like a throwback to an earlier era. Yes, it's more automatic and quantifiable, and the amount of data is fantastic. But ultimately, the method is conceptually bound to the human eye in conditions where we are already familiar.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the interplay between spontaneous attention and melody formation during polyphonic music listening. The authors use EEG recordings during uninstructed listening to examine how attention bias influences melody processing, employing both behavioural measures and computational modelling with music transformers. The study introduces a very clever pitch-inversion manipulation design to dissociate high-voice superiority from melodic salience, and proposes a "weighted integration" model where attention dynamically modulates how multiple voices are combined into perceived melody.

      Strengths:

      (1) The attention bias findings (Figure 2) are compelling and methodologically sound, with convergent evidence from both behavioral and neural measures.

      (2) The pitch-inversion manipulation appears to super elegantly dissociate two competing factors (high-voice superiority vs melodic salience), moreover, the authors claim that the chosen music lends itself perfectly to his PolyInv condition. A claim I cannot really evaluate, but which would make it even more neat.

      (3) Nice bridge between hypotheses and operationalisations.

      Weaknesses:



      The results in Figure 3 are very striking, but I have a number of questions before I can consider myself convinced. 


      (1) Conceptual questions about surprisal analysis:


      The pattern of results seems backwards to me. Since the music is inherently polyphonic in PolyOrig, I'd expect the polyphonic model to fit the brain data better - after all, that's what the music actually is. These voices were composed to interact harmonically, so modeling them as independent monophonic streams seems like a misspecification. Why would the brain match this misspecified model better?
<br /> Conversely, it would seem to me the pitch inversion in PolyInv disrupts (at least to some extent) the harmonic coherence, so if anywhere, I'd a priori expect that in this condition, listeners would rather be processing streams separately - making the monophonic model fit better there (or less bad), not in PolyOrig. The current pattern is exactly opposite to what seems logical to me.


      (2) Missing computational analyses:


      If the transformer is properly trained, it should "understand" (i.e., predict/compress) the polyphonic music better, right? Can the authors demonstrate this via perplexity scores, bits-per-byte, or other prediction metrics, comparing how well each model (polyphonic vs monophonic) handles the music in both conditions? Similarly, if PolyInv truly maintains musical integrity as claimed, the polyphonic model should handle it as well as PolyOrig. But if the inversion does disrupt the music, we should see this reflected in degraded prediction scores. These metrics would validate whether the experimental manipulation works as intended. Also, how strongly are the surprisal streams correlated? There are many non-trivial modelling steps that should be reported in more detail.


      (3) Methodological inconsistencies:

      Why are the two main questions (Figures 2 and 3) answered with completely different analytical approaches? The switch from TRF to CCA with match-vs-mismatch classification seems unmotivated. I think it's very important to provide a simpler model comparison - just TRF with acoustic features plus either polyphonic or monophonic surprisal - evaluated on relevant electrodes or the full scalp. This would make the results more comparable and interpretable.

      (4) Presentation and methods:

      a) Coming from outside music/music theory, I found the paper somewhat abstract and hard to parse initially. The experimental logic becomes clearer with reflection, but you're doing yourselves a disservice with the jargon-heavy presentation. It would be useful to include example stimuli.

      b) The methods section is extremely brief - no details whatsoever are provided regarding the modelling: What specific music transformer architecture? Which implementation of this "anticipatory music transformer"? Pre-trained on what corpus - monophonic, polyphonic, Western classical only? What constituted "technical issues" for the 9 excluded participants? What were the channel rejection criteria?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to understand the drivers of spontaneous attentional bias and melodic expectation generation during listening to short two-part classical pieces. They measured scalp EEG data in a monophonic condition and trained a model to reconstruct the audio envelope from the EEG. They then used this model to probe which of the two voices was best reflected in the neural signal during two polyphonic conditions. In one condition, the original piece was presented, in the other, the voices were switched in an attempt to distinguish between effects of (a) the pitch range of one voice compared to the other and (b) intrinsic melodic features. They also collected a behavioural measure of attentional bias for a subset of the stimuli in a separate study. Further modelling assessed whether expectations of how the melody would unfold were formed based on an integrated percept of melody across the two voices, or based on a single voice. The authors sought to relate the findings to different theories of how musical/auditory scene analysis occurs, based on divided attention, figure-ground perception, and stream integration.

      Strengths:

      (1) A clever but simple manipulation - transposing the voices such that the higher one became the lower one - allowed an assessment of different factors that might affect the allocation of attention.

      (2) State-of-the-art analytic techniques were applied to (a) build a music attention decoder (these are more commonly encountered for speech) and (b) relate the neural data to features of the stimulus at the level of acoustics and expectation.

      (3) The effects appeared robust across the group, not driven by a handful of participants.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A key goal of the work is to establish the relative importance for the listener's attention of a voice's (a) mean pitch in the context of the two voices (high-voice superiority) and (b) intrinsic melodic statistics/motif attractiveness. The rationale of the experimental manipulation is that switching the relative height of the lines allows these to be dissociated by imparting the same high-voice benefit to the new high-voice and the same preferred intrinsic melodic statistics to the new low voice. However, previous work suggests that the high-voice superiority effect is not all-or-nothing. Electrophysiology supported by auditory nerve modelling found it to depend on the degree of voice separation in a non-monotonic way (see https://doi.org/10.1016/j.heares.2013.07.014 at p. 68). Although the authors keep the overall pitch of the lower (and upper) line fixed across conditions, systematically different contour patterns across the voices could give rise to a sub-optimal distribution of separations in the PolyInv versus PolyOrig condition. This could weaken the high-voice superiority effect in PolyInv and explain the pattern of results. One could argue that such contour differences are examples of the "intrinsic melodic statistics" put forward as the effect working in opposition to high-voice superiority, but it is their interaction across voices that matters here.

      (2) Although melody statistics are mentioned throughout, none have been calculated. It would be helpful to see the features that presumably lead to "motif attractiveness" quantified, as well as how they differ across lines. The work of David Huron, such as at https://dl.acm.org/doi/abs/10.1145/3469013.3469016, provides examples that could be calculated with ease and compared across the two lines: "the tendency for small over large pitch movements, for large leaps to ascend, for musical phrases to fall in pitch, and for phrases to begin with an initial pitch rise". The authors also mention differences in ornamentation. Such comparisons would make it more tangible for the reader as to what differs across the original "melody" and "support" line. In particular, as the authors themselves note, lines in double-counterpoint pieces can, to a degree, operate interchangeably. Bach's inventions in particular use a lot of direct repetition (up to octave invariance), which one would expect to minimise differences in the statistics mentioned. The references purporting to relate to melodic statistics (11-14 in original numbering) seem rather to relate to high-voice superiority.

      (3) The exact nature of the transposition manipulation is obscured by a confusing Figure 1B, which shows an example in which the transposed line does not keep the same note-to-note interval structure as the original line.

      (4) The transformer model is barely described in the main text. Even readers who are familiar with the Hidden Markov Models (e.g., in IDyOM) previously used by some of the authors to model melodic surprise and entropy would benefit from a brief description in the main text at least of how transformer models are different. The Methods section goes a little further but does not mention what the training set was, nor the relative weight given to long- and short-term memory models.

      (5) The match-mismatch procedure should be explained in enough detail for readers to at least understand what value represents chance performance and why performance would be measured as an average over participants. Relatedly, there is no description at all of CCA or the match-mismatch procedure in the Methods.

      (6) Details of how the integration model was implemented will be critical to interpreting the results relating to melodic expectations. It is not clear how "a single melody combining the two streams" was modelled, given that at least some notes presumably overlapped in time.

      (7) The authors propose a weighted integration model, referring in the Discussion to dynamics and an integration rate. They do show that in the PolyOrig case, the top stream bias is highest and the monophonic model gives the best prediction, while in the PolyInv case, the top stream bias is weaker and the polyphonic model provides the best prediction. However, that doesn't seem to say anything about the temporal rate of integration, just the degree, which could be fixed over the whole stimulus. Relatedly, the terms "strong attention bias" and "weak attention bias" in Highlight 4 might give the impression of different attention modes for a given listener, or perhaps different types of listeners, but this seems to be shorthand for how attention is allocated for different types of stimuli (namely those that have or have not had their voices reversed).

      (8) Another aspect of the presentation relating to temporal dynamics is that in places (e.g., Highlight 1), the authors suggest they are tracking attention dynamically. However, as acknowledged in the Discussion, neither the behavioural nor neural measure of attentional bias are temporally resolved. The measures indicate that on average participants attend more to the higher line (less so when it formed the lower line in the original composition).

      (9) It is not clear whether the sung-back data were analysed (and if not why participants were asked to sing the melody back rather than just listen to the two components and report which they thought was the melody). It is also not stated whether the order in which the high and low voices were played back was randomised. If not, response biases or memory capacity might have affected the behavioural attention data.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Winchester and colleagues investigated melodic perception in natural music listening. They highlight the central role of attentional processes in identifying one particular stream in polyphonic material, and propose to compare several theoretical accounts, namely (1) divided attention, (2) figure-ground separation, and (3) stream integration. In parallel, the authors compare the relative strength of exogenous attentional effects (i.e., salience) produced by two common traits of melodies: high-pitch (compared to other voices), and attractive statistics. To ensure the generalisability of their results to real-life listening contexts, they developed a new uninstructed listening paradigm in which participants can freely attend to any part of a musical stimulus.

      Major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      (1) Winchester and colleagues capitalized on previous attention decoding techniques and proposed an uninstructed listening paradigm. This is an important innovation for the study of music perception in ecological settings, and it is used here to investigate the spontaneous attentional focus during listening. The EEG decoding results obtained are coherent with the behavioral data, suggesting that the paradigm is robust and relevant.

      (2) The authors first evaluate the relative importance of high-pitch and statistics in producing an attentional bias (Figure 2). Behavioral results show a clear pattern, in which both effects are present, with a dominance of the high-pitch one. The only weakness inherent to this protocol is that behavioral responses are measured based on a second presentation of short samples, which may induce a different attentional focus than in the first uninstructed listening.

      (3) Then, the analyses of EEG data compare the decoding results of each melody (the high or low voice, and with "richer" or "poorer" statistics), and show a similar pattern of results. However, this report leaves open the possibility of a confounding factor. In this analysis, a TRF decoding model is first trained based on the presentation of monophonic samples, and it is later used to decode the envelope of the corresponding melodies in the polyphonic scenario. The fitting scores of the training phase are not reported. If the high-pitch or richer melodies were to produce higher decoding scores during monophonic listening (due to properties of the physiological response, or to perceptual processes), a similar difference could be expected during polyphonic listening. To capture attentional biases specifically, the decoding scores in the polyphonic conditions should be compared to the scores in the monophonic conditions, and attention could be expected to increase the decoding of the attended stream or decrease the unattended one.

      (4) Then, Winchester and colleagues investigate the processing of melodic information by evaluating the encoding of melodic surprise and uncertainty (Figure 3). They compare the surprise and uncertainty estimated from a monophonic or a polyphonic model (Anticipatory Music Transformer), and analyse the data with a CCA analysis. The results show a double dissociation, where the processing of melodies with a strong attentional bias (high-pitch, rich statistics) is better approximated with a monophonic model, while a polyphonic model better classifies the other melodies. While this global result is compelling, it remains a preliminary and intriguing finding, and the manuscript does not further investigate it. As it stands, the result appears more like a starting point for further exploration than a definitive finding that can support strong theoretical claims. First, it could be complemented by a comparison of the encoding of individual melodies (e.g., AMmono high-voice vs AMmono low-voice, in PolyOrig and PolyInv conditions) to highlight a more direct correspondence with the previous results (Figure 2) and allow a more precise interpretation. Second, additional analyses or experiments would be needed to unpack this result and provide greater explanatory power. Additionally, the CCA analysis is not described in the method. The statistical testing conducted on this analysis seems to be performed across the 250 repetitions of the evaluation rather than across the 40 participants, which may bias the resulting p-values. Moreover, the choice and working principle of the Anticipatory Music Transformer are not described in the method. Overall, these results seem at first glance solid, but the missing parts of the method do not allow for full evaluation or replication of them.

      An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions:

      (1) Winchester and colleagues aimed at identifying the melodic stream that attracts attention during the listening of natural polyphonic music, and the underlying attentional processes. Their behavioral results confirm that high-pitched and attractive statistics increase melodic salience with a greater effect size of the former, as stated in the discussion. The TRF analyses of EEG data seem to show a similar pattern, but could also be explained by confounding factors. Next, the authors interpret the CCA results as the results of stream segregation when there is a high melodic salience, and stream integration when there are weaker attentional biases. These interpretations seem to be supported by the data, but unfortunately, no additional analyses or experiments have been conducted to further evaluate this hypothesis. The authors also acknowledge that their results do not show whether stream segregation occurs via divided attention or figure-ground separation. However, the lack of information about the music model used (Anticipatory Music Model) and the way it was set up raises some questions about its relevance and limits as a model of cognition (e.g. Is this transformer a "better" model of the listeners' expectations than the well-established IDyOM model, and why ?), and about the validity of those results.

      (2) Overall, the authors achieved most of the aims presented in the introduction, although they couldn't give a more precise account of the attentional processes at stake. The interpretations are sound and not overstated, with the exception of potential confounding factors that could compromise the conclusions on the neural tracking of salient melodies (EEG results, Figure 2).

      Impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      The new uninstructed listening paradigm introduced in this paper will likely have an important impact on psychologists and neuroscientists working on music perception and auditory attention, enabling them to conduct experiments in more ecological settings. While the attentional biases towards melodies with high-pitch and attractive statistics are already known, showing their relative effect is an important step in building precise models of auditory attention, and allows future paradigms to explore more fine-grained effects. Finally, the stream segregation and integration shown with this paradigm could be important for researchers working on music perception. Future work may be necessary to identify the models (Markov chains, deep learning) and setup (data analysis, stimuli, control variables) that do or do not replicate these results.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a well-structured and interesting manuscript that investigates how herbivorous insects, specifically whiteflies and planthoppers, utilize salivary effectors to overcome plant immunity by targeting the RLP4 receptor.

      Strengths:

      The authors present a strong case for the independent evolution of these effectors and provide compelling evidence for their functional roles.

      Weaknesses:

      Western blot evidence for effector secretion is weak. The possibility of contamination from insect tissues during the sample preparation should be avoided.

      Below are some specific comments and suggestions to strengthen the manuscript.

      (1) Western blot evidence for effector secretion:

      The western blot evidence in Figure 1, which aims to show that the insect protein is secreted into plants, is not fully convincing. The band of the expected size (~30 kDa) in the infested tissues is very weak. Furthermore, the high and low molecular weight bands that appear in the infested tissues do not match the size of the protein in the insects themselves, and a high molecular weight band also appears in the uninfested control tissues. It is difficult to draw a definitive conclusion that this protein is secreted into the plants based on this evidence. The authors should also address the possibility of contamination from insect tissues during the sample preparation and explain how they have excluded this possibility.

      (2) Inconsistent conclusion (Line 156 and Figure 3c): T

      The statement in line 156 is inconsistent with the data presented in Figure 3c. The figure clearly shows that the LRR domain of the protein is the one responsible for the interaction with BtRDP, not the region mentioned in the text. This is a critical misrepresentation of the experimental findings and must be corrected. The conclusion in the text should accurately reflect the data from the figure.

      (3) Role of SOBIR1 in the RLP4/SOBIR1 Complex:

      The authors demonstrate that the salivary effectors destabilize the RLP4 receptor, leading to a decrease in its protein levels and a reduction in the RLP4/SOBIR1 complex. A key question remains regarding the fate of SOBIR1 within this complex. The authors should clarify what happens to the SOBIR1 protein after the destabilization of RLP4. Does SOBIR1 become unbound, targeted for degradation itself, or does it simply lose its function without RLP4? This would provide further insight into the mechanism of action of the effectors.

      (4) Clarification on specificity and evolutionary claims:

      The paper's most significant claim is that the effectors from both whiteflies and planthoppers "independently evolved" to target RLP4. While the functional data is compelling, this evolutionary claim would be more convincing with stronger evidence. Showing that two different effector proteins target the same host protein is a fascinating finding but without a robust phylogenetic analysis, the claim of independent evolution is not fully supported. It would be valuable to provide a more detailed evolutionary analysis, such as a phylogenetic tree of the effector proteins, showing their relationship to other known insect proteins, to definitively rule out a shared, but highly divergent, common ancestor.

      (5) Role of SOBIR1 in the interaction:

      The results suggest that the effectors disrupt the RLP4/SOBIR1 complex. It is not entirely clear if the effectors are specifically targeting RLP4, SOBIR1, or both. Further experiments, such as a co-immunoprecipitation assay with just RLP4 and the effector, could clarify if the effector can bind to RLP4 in the absence of SOBIR1. This would help to definitively place RLP4 as the primary target.

      (6) Transcriptome analysis (Lines 130-143):

      The transcriptome analysis section feels disconnected from the rest of the manuscript. The findings, or lack thereof, from this analysis do not seem to be directly linked to the other major conclusions of the paper. This section could be removed to improve the manuscript's overall focus and flow. If the authors believe this data is critical, they should more clearly and explicitly connect the conclusions of the transcriptome analysis to the core findings about the effector-RLP4 interaction.

      (7) Signal peptide experiments (Lines 145 and beyond):

      The experiments conducted with the signal peptide (SP) are questionable. The SP is typically cleaved before the protein reaches its final destination. As such, conducting experiments with the SP attached to the protein may have produced biased observations and could lead to unjustified conclusions about the protein's function within the plant cell. We suggest the authors remove the experiments that include the signal peptide.

      (8) Overly strong conclusion and unclear evidence (Line 176):

      The use of the word "must" on line 176 is very strong and presents a definitive conclusion without sufficient evidence. The authors state that the proteins must interact with SOBIR1, but they do not provide a clear justification for this claim. Is SOBIR1 the only interaction partner for NtRLP4? The authors should provide a specific reason for focusing on SOBIR1 instead of demonstrating an interaction with NtRLP4 first. Additionally, do BtRDP or NlSP694 also interact with SOBIR1 directly? The authors should either tone down their language to reflect the evidence or provide a clearer justification for this strong claim.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors tested an interesting hypothesis that white flies and planthoppers independently evolved salivary proteins to dampen plant immunity by targeting a receptor-like protein.

      Strengths:

      The authors used a wide range of methods to dissect the function of the white fly protein BtRDP and identify its host target NtRLP4.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Serious concerns about protein work.

      I did not find the indicated protein bands for anti-BtRDP in Figures 1a and 1b in the original blot pictures shown in Figure S30. In Figure 1a, I can't get the point of showing an unspecific protein band with a size of ~190 kD as a loading control for a protein of ~ 30 kD.

      The data discrepancy led me to check other Western blot pictures. Similarly, Figures 2d, 3b, 3d, and S15b (anti-Myc) do not correspond to the original blots shown. In addition, the anti-Myc blot in Figure 4i, all blot pictures in Figures 5b, 5h, and S19a appeared to be compressed vertically. These data raised concerns about the quality of the manuscript.

      Blots shown in Figure 3d, 4f, 4g, and 4h appeared to be done at a different exposure rate compared to the complete blot shown in Figure S30. The undesirable connection between Western blot pictures shown in the figures and the original data might be due to the reduced quality of compressed figures during submission. Nevertheless, clarification will be necessary to support the strength of the data provided.

      (2) Misinterpretation of data.

      I am afraid the authors misunderstood pattern-triggered immunity through receptor-like proteins. It is true that several LRR-type RLPs constitutively associate with SOBIR1, and further recruit BAK1 or other SERKs upon ligand binding. One should not take it for granted that every RLP works this way. To test the hypothesis that NtRLP4 confers resistance to B.tabaci infestation, the author compared transcriptional profiles between an EV plant line and an RLP4 overexpression line. If I understood the methods and figure legends correctly, this was done without B. tabaci treatment. This experimental design is seriously flawed. To provide convincing genetic evidence, independent mutant lines (optionally independent overexpression lines) in combination with different treatments will be necessary. Otherwise, one can only conclude that overexpressing the RLP4 protein generated a nervous plant. In addition, ROS burst, but not H2O2 accumulation, is a common immune response in pattern-triggered immunity.

      (3) Lack of logic coherence.

      The written language needs substantial improvement. This impeded the readability of the work. More importantly, the logic throughout the manuscript appeared scattered. The choice of testing protein domains for protein-protein interactions, using plants overexpressing an insect protein to study its subcellular localization, switching back and forth between using proteins with signal peptides and without signal peptides, among others, lacks a clear explanation.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Wang et al. investigate how herbivorous insects overcome plant receptor-mediated immunity by targeting plant receptor-like proteins. The authors identify two independently evolved salivary effectors, BtRDP in whiteflies and NlSP694 in brown planthoppers, that promote the degradation of plant RLP4 through the ubiquitin-dependent proteasome pathway. NtRLP4 from tobacco and OsRLP4 from rice are shown to confer resistance against herbivores by activating defense signaling, while BtRDP and NlSP694 suppress these defenses by destabilizing RLP4 proteins.

      Strengths:

      This work highlights a convergent evolutionary strategy in distinct insect lineages and advances our understanding of insect-plant coevolution at the molecular level.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) I found the naming of BtRDP and NlSP694 somewhat confusing. The authors defined BtRDP as "B. tabaci RLP-degrading protein," whereas NlSP694 appears to have been named after the last three digits of its GenBank accession number (MF278694, presumably). Is there a standard convention for naming newly identified proteins, for example, based on functional motifs or sequence characteristics? As it stands, the inconsistency makes it difficult for readers to clearly distinguish these proteins from those reported in other studies.

      (2) Figure 2 and other figures. Transgenic experiments require at least two independent lines, because results from a single line may be confounded by position effects or unintended genomic alterations, and multiple lines provide stronger evidence for reproducibility and reliability.

      (3) Figure 3e. Quantitative analysis of NtRLP4 was required. Additionally, since only one band was observed in oeRLP, were any tags included in the construct?

      (4) Figure 4a. The RNAi effect appears to be well rescued in Line 1 but poorly in Line 2. Could the authors clarify the reason for this difference?

      (5) ROS accumulation is shown for only a single leaf. A quantitative analysis of ROS accumulation across multiple samples would be necessary to support the conclusion. The same applies to Figure 16f.

      (6) Figure 4f: NtRLP4 abundance was significantly reduced in oeBtRDP plants but not in oeBtRDP-SP. Although coexpression analysis suggests that BtRDP promotes NtRLP4 degradation in an ubiquitin-dependent manner, the reduced NtRLP4 levels may not result from a direct interaction between BtRDP and NtRLP4. It is possible that BtRDP influences other factors that indirectly affect NtRLP4 abundance. The authors should discuss this possibility.

      (7) The statement in lines 335-336 that 'Overexpression of NtRLP4 or NtSOBIR1 enhances insect feeding, while silencing of either gene exerts the opposite effect' is not supported by the results shown in Figures S16-S19. The authors should revise this description to accurately reflect the data.

      (8) BtRDP is reported to attach to the salivary sheath. Does the planthopper NlSP694 exhibit a similar secretion localization (e.g., attachment to the salivary sheath)? The authors should supplement this information or discuss the potential implications of any differences in secretion localization between BtRDP and NlSP694 for their respective modes of action.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      A summary of what the authors were trying to achieve:

      Zhang et al. examine connections between supramammillary (SuM) neurons and the subiculum in the context of stress-induced anxiety-like behaviors. They identify stress-activated neurons (SANs) in the SuM using Fos2A-iCreERT2 TRAP mice and show that reactivation of SANs increases anxiety-like behavior and corticosterone levels. Circuit mapping reveals inputs from glutamatergic neurons in both ventral and dorsal subiculum (Sub) to SANs. vSub neurons showing calcium dynamics correlated with open-arm exploration in the elevated zero maze (EZM), which is interpreted to indicate a link to e. Finally, chronic inhibition of vSub→SuM neurons during chronic social defeat stress (CSDS) reduces anxiety-like behaviors.

      An account of the major strengths and weaknesses of the methods and results:

      Strengths:

      The manuscript provides compelling evidence for monosynaptic connections from the subiculum to SuM neurons activated by stress. Demonstrating that SuM neuronal activity is altered after CSDS is of particular interest, potentially linking SuM circuits to stress-related psychiatric disorders. The TRAP approach highlights a stress-responsive population of neurons, and reactivation studies suggest behavioral relevance. Together, these data contribute to an emerging literature implicating SuM in stress and anxiety regulation.

      Weaknesses

      As presented, the manuscript has limitations that weaken support for the central conclusions drawn by the authors. Many of the findings align with prior work on this topic, but do not extend those findings substantially.<br /> An overarching limitation is the lack of temporal resolution in the manipulations relative to the behavioral assays. This is particularly important for anxiety-like behaviors, as antecedent exposures can alter performance. In the open field and elevated zero maze assays, testing occurred 30 minutes after CNO injection. During much of this interval, the targeted neurons were likely active, making it difficult to determine whether observed behavioral changes were primary - resulting directly from SuM neuronal activity - or secondary, reflecting a stress-like state induced by prolonged activation of SuM and related circuits. This concern also applies to the chronic inhibition of ventral subiculum (vSub) neurons during 10 days of CSDS.

      The combination of stressors (foot shock and CSDS) and behavioral assays further complicates interpretation. The precise role of SuM neurons, including SANs, remains unclear. Both vSub and dSub neurons responded to foot shock, but only vSub neurons showed activity differences associated with open-arm transitions in the EZM.

      In light of prior studies linking SuM to locomotion (Farrell et al., Science 2021; Escobedo et al., eLife 2024), the absence of analyses connecting subpopulations to locomotor changes weakens the claim that vSub neurons selectively encode anxiety. Because open- and closed-arm transitions are inherently tied to locomotor activity, locomotion must be carefully controlled to avoid confounding interpretations.

      Another limitation is the narrow behavioral scope. Beyond open field and EZM, no additional assays were used to assess how SAN reactivation affects other behaviors. Without richer behavioral analyses, interpretations about fear engrams, freezing, or broader stress-related functions of SuM remain incomplete.

      In addition, small n values across several datasets reduce confidence in the strength of the conclusions.

      Figure level concerns:

      (1) Figure 1: In Figure 1, the acute recruitment of SuM neurons by for shock is paired with changes in neural activity induced by social defeat stress. Although interesting, the connections of changes induced by a chronic stressor to Fos induction following acute foot shock are unclear and do not establish a baseline for the studies in Figure 3 on activation of SANs by social stressors.

      (2) Figure 2: The chemogenetic experiments using AAV-hSyn-Gq-DREADDs lack data or images, or hit maps showing viral spread across animals. This omission is critical given the small size of SuM, where viral spread directly determines which neurons are manipulated. Without this, it is difficult to interpret findings in the context of prior studies on SuM circuits involved in threats and rewards.

      (3) Figure 3: The TRAP experiments show that the number of labeled neurons following foot shock (Figure 3F) is approximately double that of baseline home-cage animals, though y-axis scaling complicates interpretation. It is unclear whether this reflects true Fos induction, low TRAP efficiency, or baseline recombination. Overlap analyses are also limited. For example, it is not shown what proportion of foot shock SANs are reactivated by subsequent foot shock. Comparisons of Fos induction after sucrose reward are also weakened by the very low Fos signal observed. If sucrose reward does not robustly induce Fos in SuM, its utility in distinguishing reward- versus stress-activated neurons is questionable. Thus, conclusions about overlap between SANs and socially stressed neurons remain uncertain due to the missing quantification of Fos+ populations.

      (4) Supplemental Figure 3: The claim that "SANs in the SuM encode anxiety but not fear memory" is not well supported. Inhibition of SANs (Gi-DREADDs) did not alter freezing behavior, but the absence of change could reflect technical issues (e.g., insufficient TRAP efficiency, low expression of Gi-DREADDs). Moreover, the manuscript does not provide a positive control showing that SuM SANs inhibition alters anxiety-like behavior, making it difficult to interpret the negative result. Prior work (Escobedo et al., eLife 2024) suggests SuM neurons drive active responses, not freezing, raising further interpretive questions.

      (5) Figure 4: The statement that corticosterone concentration is "usually used to estimate whether an individual is anxious" (line 236) is an overstatement. Corticosterone fluctuates dynamically across the day and responds to a broad range of stimuli beyond anxiety.

      (6) Figures 5-6: The conclusion that vSub neurons encode anxiety-like behavior is not firmly supported. Data from photo-activating terminals in SuM is shown for ex vivo recording, but not in vivo behavior, which would strengthen support for this conclusion. Both vSub and dSub neurons responded to foot shock. The key evidence comes from apparent differential recruitment during open-arm exploration. However, the timing appears to lag arm entry, no data are provided for closed-arm entry, and there is heterogeneity across animals. These limitations reduce confidence in the authors' central claim regarding vSub-specific encoding of anxiety.

      An appraisal of whether the authors achieved their aims, and whether the results support their conclusions:

      (1) From the data presented, the authors conclude that "the SuM is the critical brain region that regulates anxiety" (line 190). This interpretation appears overstated, as it downplays well-established contributions of other brain regions and does not place SuM's role within a broader network context. The data support that SuM neurons are recruited by foot shock and, to a lesser extent, by acute social stress. However, the alterations in activity of SuM subpopulations following chronic stress reported in Figure 1 remain largely unexplored, limiting insight into their functional relevance.

      (2) The limited temporal resolution of DREADD-based manipulations leaves alternative explanations untested. For example, if SANs encode signals of threat, generalized stress, or nociception, then prolonged activation could indirectly alter behavior in the open field and EZM assays, rather than reflecting direct anxiety regulation.

      (3) The conclusion that "SuM store information about stress but not memory" (line 240) is not fully supported, particularly with respect to possible roles in memory. The lack of a role in memory of events, as opposed to the output of threat or stress memory, may be true, but is functionally untested in presented experiments. The data do indicate activation of the SuM neuron by foot shock, which has been previously reported(Escobedo et al eLife 2024). The changes in SuM activity following chronic stress (Figure 1) are intriguing, but their relationship to "stress information storage" is not clearly established.

      A discussion of the likely impact of the work on the field, and the utility of the methods and data to the community:

      The reported results align with prior studies on SuM and Sub areas' roles in stress in anxiety. There are limitations due to narrowly focused behavioral assays and the limited temporal resolution of the tools used. Overall, the study further supports a role for SuM in threat and stress responses. The reported changes in SuM neuron activity following chronic stress may offer new insights into stress-induced disorders and behavioral changes.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to investigate the mechanisms of anxiety. The paper focuses on the supramammillary nucleus (SuM) based on a fos screen and recordings showing that footshock and social defeat stress increase activity in this region. Using activity-dependent tagging, they show that reactivation of stress-activated neurons in SuM has an anxiety-like effect, reducing open-arm exploration in the elevated zero task. They then investigate the ventral subiculum as a potential source of anxiety-related information for SuM. They show that ventral subiculum (vSub) inputs to SuM are more strongly activated than dSub when mice explore the open arms of the elevated zero. Finally, they show that DREADD-mediated inhibition of vSub-SuM projections alleviates stress-enhanced anxiety. Overall, the results provide good evidence that SuM contains a stress-activated neuronal population whose later activity increases anxiety-like behavior. It further provides evidence that vSub projects to SuM are activated by stress, and their inhibition alleviates some effects of stress.

      Strengths:

      Strengths of this paper include the use of convergent methods (e.g., fos plus electrode recordings, footshock, and social defeat) to demonstrate that the SuM is activated by different forms of stress. The activity-dependent tagging experiment shows that footshock-activated SuM neurons are reactivated by social defeat but not by sucrose is also compelling because it provides evidence that SuM neurons are driven by some integrative aspect of stress rather than by a simple sensory stimulus.

      Weaknesses:

      The strength of some of the evidence is judged to be incomplete. The paper provides good evidence that SuM contains stress-responsive neurons, and the activity of these neurons increases some measure of anxiety-like behavior. However, the evidence that the vSub-SuM projection "encodes anxiety" and that the SuM is a key regulator of anxiety is judged to be incomplete. The claim that SuM generates an "anxiety engram" is also judged to be incompletely supported by the evidence. Namely, what is unclear is whether these cells/regions encode anxiety per se versus modulate behaviors (like exploration) that tend to correlate with anxiety. Since many brain regions respond to footshock and other stressors, the response of SuM to these stimuli is not strong evidence for a role in anxiety. I am not convinced that the identified SuM cells have a specific anxiety function. As the authors mention in the introduction, SuM regulates exploration and theta activity. Since theta potently regulates hippocampal function, there is the concern that SuM manipulations could have broad effects. As shown in Supplementary Figure 2, stimulating stress-responsive cells in SuM potently reduces general locomotor exploration. This raises concerns that the manipulation could have broader effects that go beyond just changes in anxiety-like behavior. Furthermore, the meaning of an "anxiety engram" is unclear. Would this engram encode stress, the sense of a potential threat, or the behavioral response? A more developed analysis of the behavioral correlates of SuM activity and the behavioral effects of SuM manipulations could give insight into these questions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript characterizes a functional peptidergic system in the echinoderm Apostichopus japonicus that is related to the widely conserved family of calcitonin/diuretic hormone 31 (CT/DH31) peptides in bilaterian animals. In vitro analysis of receptor-ligand interactions, using multiple receptor activation assays, identifies three cognate receptors for two CT-like peptides in the sea cucumber, which stimulate cAMP, calcium, and ERK signaling. Only one of these receptors clusters within the family of calcitonin and calcitonin-like receptors (CTR/CLR) in bilaterian animals, whereas two other receptors cluster with invertebrate pigment dispersing factor receptors (PDFRs). In addition, this study sheds light on the expression and in vivo functions of CT-like peptides in A. japonicus, by quantitative real-time PCR, immunohistochemistry, pharmacological experiments on body wall muscle and intestine preparations, and peptide injection and RNAi knockdown experiments. This reveals a conserved function of CT-like peptides as muscle relaxants and growth regulators in A. japonicus.

      Strengths:

      This work combines both in vitro and in vivo functional assays to identify a CT-like peptidergic system in an economically relevant echinoderm species, the sea cucumber A. japonicus. A major strength of the study is that it identifies three G protein-coupled receptors for AjCT-like peptides, one related to the CTR/CLR family and two related to the PDFR family. A similar finding was previously reported for the CT-related peptide DH31 in Drosophila melanogaster that activates both CT-type and PDF-type receptors. Here, the authors expand this observation to a deuterostomian animal, which suggests that receptor promiscuity is a more general feature of the CT/DH31 peptide family and that CT/DH31-like peptides may activate both CT-type and PDF-type receptors in other animals as well.

      Besides the identification of receptor-ligand pairs, the downstream signaling pathways of AjCT receptors have been characterized, revealing broad and in some cases receptor-specific effects on cAMP, calcium, and ERK signaling.

      Functional characterization of the CT-related peptide system in heterologous cells is complemented with ex vivo and in vivo experiments. First, peptide injection and RNAi knockdown experiments establish transcriptional regulation of all three identified receptors in response to changing AjCT peptide levels. Second, ex vivo experiments reveal a conserved role for the two CT-like peptides as muscle relaxants, which have differential effects on body wall muscle and intestine preparations. Finally, peptide injection and knockdown experiments uncover a growth-promoting role for one CT-like peptide (AjCT2). Injection of AjCT2 at high concentration, or long-term knockdown of the AjCT precursor, affects diverse growth-related parameters including weight gain rate, specific growth rate, and transcript levels of growth-regulating transcription factors. The authors also reveal a growth-promoting function for the PDFR-like receptor AjPDFR2, suggesting that this receptor mediates the effects of AjCT2 on growth.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors present a more detailed phylogenetic analysis in the revised version, including a larger number of species. But some clusters in the analysis are not well supported because they have only low bootstrap values. This makes it difficult to interpret the clustering in some parts of the tree.

      Thank you for the reviewer’s comments. In response, we have produced a new phylogenetic analysis using the maximum likelihood method. This was done by Nayeli Escudero Castelán and Kite Jones in the Elphick group at QMUL and therefore they have been added as co-authors of this paper. The new phylogenetic tree (Figure 2, line 206) includes broad taxonomic sampling of CT-type receptors and PDF-type receptors. CRH-type receptors, which are also members of the secretin-type GPCR sub-family, have been included as an outgroup to root the tree. In the previous version the much more distantly related vasopressin/oxytocin-type receptors, which are rhodopsin-type GPCRs, were included as an outgroup. Furthermore, VIP-type receptors were also included in the previous tree but these have been omitted from the new tree because VIP receptor orthologs only occur in vertebrates and therefore they are not representative of a bilaterian GPCR family. The new tree shows high bootstrap support for key clades, notably achieving a bootstrap value of 100 for a clade comprising both deuterostomian and protostomian PDF receptors. This provides important evidence that the A. japonicus PDF-type receptors characterised in this study (AjPDFR1, AjPDFR2) are co-orthologs of the PDF-type receptor that has been characterised previously in Drosophila. Similarly, there is strong bootstrap support (100) for a clade comprising CT/DH31-type receptors and, importantly, the CT-type receptor characterised in this study (AjCTR) is positioned in a branch of this clade that comprises deuterostomian CT-type receptors (with bootstrap support of 100). Details of methods employed to produce the new receptor tree are included in lines 727-739. The new phylogenetic tree is shown below and has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Figure 2, line 206). The description of new phylogenetic tree has also been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript (line 169-183).

      References:

      Bauknecht P, Jékely G. Large-Scale Combinatorial Deorphanization of Platynereis Neuropeptide GPCRs. Cell reports, 2015, 12(4), 684–693. doi:  10.1016/j.celrep.2015.06.052.

      Beets I, Zels S, Vandewyer E, Demeulemeester J, et al. System-wide mapping of peptide-GPCR interactions in C. elegans. Cell reports, 2023, 42(9), 113058. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113058.

      Cardoso J C, Mc Shane J C, Li Z, et al. Revisiting the evolution of Family B1 GPCRs and ligands: Insights from mollusca. Molecular and cellular endocrinology, 2024, 586, 112192. doi: 10.1016/j.mce.2024.112192.

      Gorn A H, Lin H Y, Yamin M, et al. Cloning, characterization, and expression of a human calcitonin receptor from an ovarian carcinoma cell line. The Journal of clinical investigation, 1992, 90(5), 1726–1735. doi: 10.1172/JCI116046.

      Huang T, Su J, Wang X, et al. Functional Analysis and Tissue-Specific Expression of Calcitonin and CGRP with RAMP-Modulated Receptors CTR and CLR in Chickens. Animals: an open access journal from MDPI, 2024, 14(7), 1058. doi: 10.3390/ani14071058.

      Johnson E C, Shafer O T, Trigg J S, et al. A novel diuretic hormone receptor in Drosophila: evidence for conservation of CGRP signaling. Journal of Experimental Biology, 2005, 208(7): 1239-1246. doi: 10.1242/jeb.01529.

      McLatchie L M, Fraser N J, Main M J, et al. RAMPs regulate the transport and ligand specificity of the calcitonin-receptor-like receptor. Nature, 1998, 393(6683): 333-339. doi: 10.1038/30666.

      Schwartz J, Réalis-Doyelle E, Dubos M P, et al. Characterization of an evolutionarily conserved calcitonin signaling system in a lophotrochozoan, the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas). Journal of Experimental Biology, 2019, 222(13): jeb201319. doi: 10.1242/jeb.201319.

      Sekiguchi T, Kuwasako K, Ogasawara M, et al. Evidence for conservation of the calcitonin superfamily and activity-regulating mechanisms in the basal chordate Branchiostoma floridae: insights into the molecular and functional evolution in chordates. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 2016, 291(5): 2345-2356. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M115.664003.

      Expression of CT-like peptides was investigated both at transcript and protein level, but insight into the expression of the three peptide receptors is limited. This makes it difficult to understand the mechanism underlying the (different) functions of the two CT-like peptides in vivo. The authors identify differences in signal transduction cascades activated by each peptide, which might underpin distinct functions, but these differences were established only in heterologous cells.

      We appreciate the reviewer's insightful comments. Regarding expression of CT-like peptide receptors, we have quantitatively analyzed the mRNA expression levels of the three receptors in key tissues using qRT-PCR (Figure 6, line 319) and receptor expression exhibits significant tissue-specific differences. Combined with the heterologous expression assays and In vivo functional validation, we believe our findings have provided clear mechanistic insights into the functional divergence of the two CT-like peptides. Investigation of the expression of the three receptor proteins in A. japonicus would require generation of specific antibodies, which was beyond the scope of this study. Furthermore, immunohistochemical visualization of neuropeptide receptor expression in other invertebrates has not been reported widely, which likely reflects technical difficulties in generation of antibodies that can be used to specifically detect receptor proteins that are typically expressed a low level in comparison to the neuropeptides that act as their ligands. 

      We acknowledge that investigating signal transduction cascades in heterologous cells (rather than native A. japonicus cells) is a limitation. However, as a non-model organism, A. japonicus currently lacks established cell lines for such research. Therefore, using heterologous cells was the most feasible approach to examine the differential signaling cascades activated by the peptides through the three receptors. Importantly, our in vivo experiments demonstrated that long-term knockdown of either the AjCT precursor or AjPDFR2 resulted in similar and significant growth defects. The phenotypic consistency strongly suggests that AjCT2 and AjPDFR2 function within the same signaling pathway, with AjPDFR2 serving as the key receptor functionally activated by AjCT2.

      The authors show overlapping phenotypes for a long-term knockdown of the AjCT precursor and the AjPDFR2 receptor, suggesting that the growth-regulating functions of AjCT2 are mediated by this receptor pathway. However, it remains unclear whether this mechanism underpins the growth-regulating function of AjCT2, until further in vivo evidence for this ligand-receptor interaction is presented. For example, the authors could investigate whether knockdown of AjPDFR2 attenuates the effects of AjCT2 peptide injection. In addition, a functional PDF system in this species remains uncharacterized, and a potential role of PDF-like peptides in growth regulation has not yet been investigated in A. japonicus. Therefore, it also remains unclear whether the ability of CT-like peptides to activate PDFRs is an evolutionary ancient property of this peptide family or whether this is an example of convergent evolution in some protostomian (Drosophila) and deuterostomian (sea cucumber) species.

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comments and constructive questions. We acknowledge the request for more direct evidence to demonstrate how AjCT2 functions in vivo through AjPDFR2. However, long-term knockdown of the AjCT precursor and AjPDFR2 both resulted in identical and significant growth defect phenotypes. The high phenotypic consistency, combined with the activation effect of AjCT2 on AjPDFR2 in heterologous cells, strongly suggests that they function within the same signaling pathway, with AjPDFR2 serving as the key receptor functionally activated by AjCT2. While exogenous peptide injection combined with receptor knockdown is a classic method for verifying receptor activation, phenotypic overlap itself is widely accepted in genetic research as robust evidence for pathway association (Shafer and Taghert, 2009; Van Sinay et al., 2017). A. japonicus is a non-model organism with a 3-month aestivation period in summer followed shortly by winter hibernation. During these periods, we are unable to conduct in vivo experiments. Any single experimental suggestion from reviewers could potentially require one more year of research and we have already conducted an additional year of research, in response to reviewer feedback, since submitting the original manuscript. We hope therefore that these challenges associated with working with aquatic invertebrate non-model organisms is recognized by the reviewers.

      We fully agree that the functional PDF/PDFR system in A. japonicus and its potential role in growth regulation remain uncharacterized. Currently, the precursors of the PDF-type neuropeptide in echinoderms remain unidentified, which precludes clear pharmacological characterization of the two receptors. While further exploration of echinoderm PDF-type neuropeptides is still needed, our phylogenetic analysis-conducted using the maximum likelihood method with optimized parameters and rigorous sequence curation-demonstrates that the deuterostomian PDFRs (including AjPDFR1 and AjPDFR2) are positioned in a clade with the well-characterized protostomian PDFR clades with extremely high bootstrap support (value=100). Therefore, these two receptors in A. japonicus clearly belong to the PDF receptor family and our findings clearly indicate that the ability of CT-like peptides to activate PDFRs is either an evolutionarily ancient and conserved property or has arisen independently in different lineages. Details of methods employed to produce the new receptor tree are included in line 727-739. The new phylogenetic tree is shown below and has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Figure 2, line 206). The description of new phylogenetic tree has also been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript (line 169-183).

      References:

      Bauknecht P, Jékely G. Large-Scale Combinatorial Deorphanization of Platynereis Neuropeptide GPCRs. Cell reports, 2015, 12(4), 684–693. doi:  10.1016/j.celrep.2015.06.052.

      Beets I, Zels S, Vandewyer E, Demeulemeester J, et al. System-wide mapping of peptide-GPCR interactions in C. elegans. Cell reports, 2023, 42(9), 113058. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113058.

      Cardoso J C, Mc Shane J C, Li Z, et al. Revisiting the evolution of Family B1 GPCRs and ligands: Insights from mollusca. Molecular and cellular endocrinology, 2024, 586, 112192. doi: 10.1016/j.mce.2024.112192.

      Gorn A H, Lin H Y, Yamin M, et al. Cloning, characterization, and expression of a human calcitonin receptor from an ovarian carcinoma cell line. The Journal of clinical investigation, 1992, 90(5), 1726–1735. doi: 10.1172/JCI116046.

      Huang T, Su J, Wang X, et al. Functional Analysis and Tissue-Specific Expression of Calcitonin and CGRP with RAMP-Modulated Receptors CTR and CLR in Chickens. Animals: an open access journal from MDPI, 2024, 14(7), 1058. doi: 10.3390/ani14071058.

      Johnson E C, Shafer O T, Trigg J S, et al. A novel diuretic hormone receptor in Drosophila: evidence for conservation of CGRP signaling. Journal of Experimental Biology, 2005, 208(7): 1239-1246. doi: 10.1242/jeb.01529.

      McLatchie L M, Fraser N J, Main M J, et al. RAMPs regulate the transport and ligand specificity of the calcitonin-receptor-like receptor. Nature, 1998, 393(6683): 333-339. doi: 10.1038/30666.

      Schwartz J, Réalis-Doyelle E, Dubos M P, et al. Characterization of an evolutionarily conserved calcitonin signaling system in a lophotrochozoan, the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas). Journal of Experimental Biology, 2019, 222(13): jeb201319. doi: 10.1242/jeb.201319.

      Sekiguchi T, Kuwasako K, Ogasawara M, et al. Evidence for conservation of the calcitonin superfamily and activity-regulating mechanisms in the basal chordate Branchiostoma floridae: insights into the molecular and functional evolution in chordates. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 2016, 291(5): 2345-2356. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M115.664003.

      Shafer, O. T., & Taghert, P. H. (2009). RNA-interference knockdown of Drosophila pigment dispersing factor in neuronal subsets: the anatomical basis of a neuropeptide's circadian functions. PloS one, 4(12), e8298. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0008298.

      Van Sinay, E., Mirabeau, O., Depuydt, G., Van Hiel, M. B., Peymen, K., Watteyne, J., Zels, S., Schoofs, L., & Beets, I. (2017). Evolutionarily conserved TRH neuropeptide pathway regulates growth in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 114(20), E4065–E4074. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1617392114.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors show that A. japonicus calcitonins (AjCT1 and AjCT2) activate not only the calcitonin/calcitonin-like receptor, but they also activate the two "PDF receptors", ex vivo. They also explore secondary messenger pathways that are recruited following receptor activation. They determine the source of CT1 and CT2 using qPCR and in situ hybridization and finally test the effects of these peptides on tissue contractions, feeding and growth. This study provides solid evidence that CT1 and CT2 act as ligands for calcitonin receptors; however, evidence supporting cross-talk between CT peptides and "PDF receptors" is weak.

      Strengths:

      This is the first study to report pharmacological characterization of CT receptors in an echinoderm. Multiple lines of evidence in cell culture (receptor internalization and secondary messenger pathways) support this conclusion.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors claim that A. japonicus CTs activate "PDF" receptors and suggest that this cross-talk is evolutionary ancient since similar phenomenon also exists in the fly Drosophila melanogaster. These conclusions are not fully supported. The authors perform phylogenetic analysis to show that the two "PDF" receptors form an independent clade. The bootstrap support is quite low in a lot of instances, especially for the deuterostomian and protostomian PDFR clades which is below 30. With such low support, it is unclear if the clade comprising deuterostomian "PDFR" is in fact PDFRs and not another receptor type whose endogenous ligand (besides CT) remains to be discovered.

      Thank you for the reviewer’s comments. In response, we have produced a new phylogenetic analysis using the maximum likelihood method. This was done by Nayeli Escudero Castelán and Kite Jones in the Elphick group at QMUL and therefore they have been added as co-authors of this paper. The new phylogenetic tree (Figure 2, line 206) includes broad taxonomic sampling of CT-type receptors and PDF-type receptors. CRH-type receptors, which are also members of the secretin-type GPCR sub-family, have been included as an outgroup to root the tree. In the previous version the much more distantly related vasopressin/oxytocin-type receptors, which are rhodopsin-type GPCRs, were included as an outgroup. Furthermore, VIP-type receptors were also included in the previous tree but these have been omitted from the new tree because VIP receptor orthologs only occur in vertebrates and therefore they are not representative of a bilaterian GPCR family. The new tree shows high bootstrap support for key clades, notably achieving a bootstrap value of 100 for a clade comprising both deuterostomian and protostomian PDF receptors. This provides important evidence that the A. japonicus PDF-type receptors characterized in this study (AjPDFR1, AjPDFR2) are co-orthologs of the PDF-type receptor that has been characterized previously in Drosophila. Similarly, there is strong bootstrap support (100) for a clade comprising CT/DH31-type receptors and, importantly, the CT-type receptor characterized in this study (AjCTR) is positioned in a branch of this clade that comprises deuterostomian CT-type receptors (with bootstrap support of 100). Details of methods employed to produce the new receptor tree are included in lines 727-739. The new phylogenetic tree is shown below and has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Figure 2, line 206). The description of new phylogenetic tree has also been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript (line 169-183).

      References:

      Bauknecht P, Jékely G. Large-Scale Combinatorial Deorphanization of Platynereis Neuropeptide GPCRs. Cell reports, 2015, 12(4), 684–693. doi:  10.1016/j.celrep.2015.06.052.

      Beets I, Zels S, Vandewyer E, Demeulemeester J, et al. System-wide mapping of peptide-GPCR interactions in C. elegans. Cell reports, 2023, 42(9), 113058. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113058.

      Cardoso J C, Mc Shane J C, Li Z, et al. Revisiting the evolution of Family B1 GPCRs and ligands: Insights from mollusca. Molecular and cellular endocrinology, 2024, 586, 112192. doi: 10.1016/j.mce.2024.112192.

      Gorn A H, Lin H Y, Yamin M, et al. Cloning, characterization, and expression of a human calcitonin receptor from an ovarian carcinoma cell line. The Journal of clinical investigation, 1992, 90(5), 1726–1735. doi: 10.1172/JCI116046.

      Huang T, Su J, Wang X, et al. Functional Analysis and Tissue-Specific Expression of Calcitonin and CGRP with RAMP-Modulated Receptors CTR and CLR in Chickens. Animals: an open access journal from MDPI, 2024, 14(7), 1058. doi: 10.3390/ani14071058.

      Johnson E C, Shafer O T, Trigg J S, et al. A novel diuretic hormone receptor in Drosophila: evidence for conservation of CGRP signaling. Journal of Experimental Biology, 2005, 208(7): 1239-1246. doi: 10.1242/jeb.01529.

      McLatchie L M, Fraser N J, Main M J, et al. RAMPs regulate the transport and ligand specificity of the calcitonin-receptor-like receptor. Nature, 1998, 393(6683): 333-339. doi: 10.1038/30666.

      Schwartz J, Réalis-Doyelle E, Dubos M P, et al. Characterization of an evolutionarily conserved calcitonin signaling system in a lophotrochozoan, the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas). Journal of Experimental Biology, 2019, 222(13): jeb201319. doi: 10.1242/jeb.201319.

      Sekiguchi T, Kuwasako K, Ogasawara M, et al. Evidence for conservation of the calcitonin superfamily and activity-regulating mechanisms in the basal chordate Branchiostoma floridae: insights into the molecular and functional evolution in chordates. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 2016, 291(5): 2345-2356. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M115.664003.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Figure 1C: The bootstrap support is quite low in a lot of instances, especially for the deuterostomian and protostomian PDFR clades which is below 30. With such support, I would be hesitant to label the blue clade as deuterostomian PDFR for two reasons: 1) no members of this clade have been shown to be activated by a PDF-like substance and 2) the current study shows that these receptors are activated by CT-type peptides. Therefore, the phylogenetic analyses do not support the conclusions of this paper. What is the basis for calling these receptors PDFR and not CTR in light of weak phylogenetic support?

      Thank you for the reviewer’s comments. In response, we have produced a new phylogenetic analysis using the maximum likelihood method. This was done by Nayeli Escudero Castelán and Kite Jones in the Elphick group at QMUL and therefore they have been added as co-authors of this paper. The new phylogenetic tree (Figure 2, line 206) includes broad taxonomic sampling of CT-type receptors and PDF-type receptors. CRH-type receptors, which are also members of the secretin-type GPCR sub-family, have been included as an outgroup to root the tree. In the previous version the much more distantly related vasopressin/oxytocin-type receptors, which are rhodopsin-type GPCRs, were included as an outgroup. Furthermore, VIP-type receptors were also included in the previous tree but these have been omitted from the new tree because VIP receptor orthologs only occur in vertebrates and therefore they are not representative of a bilaterian GPCR family. The new tree shows high bootstrap support for key clades, notably achieving a bootstrap value of 100 for a clade comprising both deuterostomian and protostomian PDF receptors. This provides important evidence that the A. japonicus PDF-type receptors characterized in this study (AjPDFR1, AjPDFR2) are co-orthologs of the PDF-type receptor that has been characterized previously in Drosophila. Similarly, there is strong bootstrap support (100) for a clade comprising CT/DH31-type receptors and, importantly, the CT-type receptor characterized in this study (AjCTR) is positioned in a branch of this clade that comprises deuterostomian CT-type receptors (with bootstrap support of 100). Details of methods employed to produce the new receptor tree are included in lines 727-739 The new phylogenetic tree is shown below and has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Figure 2, line 206). The description of new phylogenetic tree has also been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript (line 169-183).

      We agree with the reviewer that no members of the PDF-type receptor clade in deuterostomes have yet been shown to be activated by a PDF-like substance. That is because the precursors of the PDF-type neuropeptides in echinoderms remain unidentified so far, which precludes clear pharmacological characterization of these receptors within the deuterostomian PDFR clade. However, the new phylogenetic tree now provides strong support (bootstrap value = 100) for the clade comprising deuterostomian and protostomian PDFRs, confirming the classification of AjPDFR1 and AjPDFR2 as PDF-type receptors. 

      References:

      Bauknecht P, Jékely G. Large-Scale Combinatorial Deorphanization of Platynereis Neuropeptide GPCRs. Cell reports, 2015, 12(4), 684–693. doi:  10.1016/j.celrep.2015.06.052.

      Beets I, Zels S, Vandewyer E, Demeulemeester J, et al. System-wide mapping of peptide-GPCR interactions in C. elegans. Cell reports, 2023, 42(9), 113058. doi: 10.1016/j.celrep.2023.113058.

      Cardoso J C, Mc Shane J C, Li Z, et al. Revisiting the evolution of Family B1 GPCRs and ligands: Insights from mollusca. Molecular and cellular endocrinology, 2024, 586, 112192. doi: 10.1016/j.mce.2024.112192.

      Gorn A H, Lin H Y, Yamin M, et al. Cloning, characterization, and expression of a human calcitonin receptor from an ovarian carcinoma cell line. The Journal of clinical investigation, 1992, 90(5), 1726–1735. doi: 10.1172/JCI116046.

      Huang T, Su J, Wang X, et al. Functional Analysis and Tissue-Specific Expression of Calcitonin and CGRP with RAMP-Modulated Receptors CTR and CLR in Chickens. Animals: an open access journal from MDPI, 2024, 14(7), 1058. doi: 10.3390/ani14071058.

      Johnson E C, Shafer O T, Trigg J S, et al. A novel diuretic hormone receptor in Drosophila: evidence for conservation of CGRP signaling. Journal of Experimental Biology, 2005, 208(7): 1239-1246. doi: 10.1242/jeb.01529.

      McLatchie L M, Fraser N J, Main M J, et al. RAMPs regulate the transport and ligand specificity of the calcitonin-receptor-like receptor. Nature, 1998, 393(6683): 333-339. doi: 10.1038/30666.

      Schwartz J, Réalis-Doyelle E, Dubos M P, et al. Characterization of an evolutionarily conserved calcitonin signaling system in a lophotrochozoan, the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas). Journal of Experimental Biology, 2019, 222(13): jeb201319. doi: 10.1242/jeb.201319.

      Sekiguchi T, Kuwasako K, Ogasawara M, et al. Evidence for conservation of the calcitonin superfamily and activity-regulating mechanisms in the basal chordate Branchiostoma floridae: insights into the molecular and functional evolution in chordates. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 2016, 291(5): 2345-2356. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M115.664003.

      The new results following AjCT and AjPDFR2 knockdown are a welcome addition. While this additional evidence supports the claim that AjCT could mediate its effects via AjPDFR2, this evidence does not show that AjCT acts as an endogenous ligand for PDFR in vivo. In combination with the weak phylogenetic analyses, I would recommend the authors to key down their claims that they have functionally characterized a PDFR (in the title and text).

      Thank you for your insightful comments and we do understand the reviewer’s concern. 

      Regarding “the weak phylogenetic analyses”, as highlighted above, we have produced a new phylogenetic tree (Fig 2, line 206) that provides strong bootstrap support for the clade comprising deuterostome and protostome PDF-type receptors. For this reason, it is our opinion that inclusion of “pigment-dispersing factor-type receptors” in the title of the paper is appropriate. The details of phylogenetic analysis method were added in line 727-739, and the updated phylogenetic tree has been incorporated into the revised manuscript (Figure 2, line 206). The description of new phylogenetic tree has also been modified accordingly in the revised manuscript (line 169-183). Besides, long-term knockdown of the AjCT precursor and AjPDFR2 both resulted in identical and significant growth defect phenotypes. And the observation of phenotypic overlap is widely accepted in genetic research as strong evidence for pathway association (Shafer and Taghert, 2009; Van Sinay et al., 2017). This high degree of phenotypic consistency, coupled with our in vitro finding that AjCT2 specifically activates AjPDFR2, strongly supports the conclusion that AjCT2 and AjPDFR2 function within the same signaling pathway in vivo, with AjPDFR2 serving as the key receptor functionally activated by AjCT2.

      References:

      Shafer, O. T., & Taghert, P. H. (2009). RNA-interference knockdown of Drosophila pigment dispersing factor in neuronal subsets: the anatomical basis of a neuropeptide's circadian functions. PloS one, 4(12), e8298. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0008298.

      Van Sinay, E., Mirabeau, O., Depuydt, G., Van Hiel, M. B., Peymen, K., Watteyne, J., Zels, S., Schoofs, L., & Beets, I. (2017). Evolutionarily conserved TRH neuropeptide pathway regulates growth in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 114(20), E4065–E4074. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1617392114.

      Since there is no formal logic defining the use of "type" vs "like" vs "related", I would encourage the authors to use one term (of their choice) to avoid unnecessary confusion. Or another possibility is that these relationships are defined at some point in the manuscript so that it becomes clear to the reader.

      Thank you for the reviewer’s comments. The “CT-related peptides” has defined in the Introduction (line 54-58). As per your suggestion, we have now defined both “CT-type peptides” and “CT-like peptides” in the Introduction (line 76-79). “CT-type peptides” are characterized by an N-terminal disulphide bridge, whereas “CT-like peptides” (diuretic hormone 31 (DH31)-type peptides) lack this feature. Additionally, in accordance with the definitions, we have corrected these three descriptions in the revised manuscript (line 80, 83, 88 for “CT-type peptides”) to ensure consistent and accurate usage of these terms.

      "To provide in vivo evidence supporting CT-mediated activation of "PDF" receptors, we conducted the following experiments: Firstly, we confirmed that AjPDFR1 and AjPDFR2were the functional receptors of AjCT1and AjCT2 (Figure 2, 3 and 4). Secondly, injection of AjCT2 and siAjCTP1/2-1 in vivo induced corresponding changes in AjPDFR1and AjPDFR2expression levels in the intestine (Figure 8C, 9A, 9B and 9C)."

      None of these experiments provide direct evidence that CT activates PDFR in vivo. The functional studies are indeed a welcome addition but they cannot discriminate between correlation and causation.

      Thank you for the reviewer’s insightful comments. We agree that the functional studies do not constitute direct proof that CT’s activation of PDFR in vivo. However, we observed identical and significant growth defect phenotypes following long-term knockdown of the AjCT precursor and the AjPDFR2. This high degree of phenotypic congruence, combined with the established in vitro activation of AjPDFR2 by AjCT2, provides strong support for the conclusion that AjCT2 acts as the key endogenous ligand activating the AjPDFR2 signaling pathway in vivo. Importantly, such phenotypic overlap has been widely accepted in genetic research as strong evidence for functional pathway association (Shafer and Taghert, 2009; Van Sinay et al., 2017).

      References:

      Shafer, O. T., & Taghert, P. H. (2009). RNA-interference knockdown of Drosophila pigment dispersing factor in neuronal subsets: the anatomical basis of a neuropeptide's circadian functions. PloS one, 4(12), e8298. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0008298.

      Van Sinay, E., Mirabeau, O., Depuydt, G., Van Hiel, M. B., Peymen, K., Watteyne, J., Zels, S., Schoofs, L., & Beets, I. (2017). Evolutionarily conserved TRH neuropeptide pathway regulates growth in Caenorhabditis elegans. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America, 114(20), E4065–E4074. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1617392114.

    1. ptional 3-Month Follow-On SupportAfter the two-week sprint, you may opt for extended support at $200/hr:Advanced Optimization Team ExpansionEntirely OptionalThis option is entirely optional and will be scoped separately based on your specificneeds and priorities discovered during the initial sprint.FlexibilityThe post-sprint support can be structured as needed—whether it's ongoing advisory,intensive implementation weeks, or targeted training sessions.2025Advanced optimization of AI workflows●Extend automation/testing capabilities●Implement advanced tooling like CodeMode●Train additional developers●Full team certification process●Custom agent development●11

      AI did some hallucinating on this page.

      Any ongoing support beyond that would be on a separate, fixed hourly consultancy basis as needed at your discretion. Paul's hourly rate is $200/USD. We are happy to discuss during or after the 2-week sprint has been completed to your satisfaction.

      Let's keep the part about flexibility at the end of the page.

    Annotators

    1. Professors don’t assign writing lightly. Grading student writing is generally the hardest, most intensive work instructors do.[3] With every assignment they give you, professors assign themselves many, many hours of demanding and tedious work that has to be completed while they are also preparing for each class meeting, advancing their scholarly and creative work, advising students, and serving on committees.

      The professor does not have to assign the writing lightly, and grading the student's writing is the hardest. It is the most intensive work for the instructor with every assignment, even though they give you and the professor, and try to demonstrate that it can be completed while they are also preparing for the class meeting, advancing their scholarly and creative work, advising students, and serving on the student body.

    1. Las semillas secas se trataron con 100 ppm de GA₃ , 2 % de CaCl₂ , 1 % de KH₂PO₃ y 40 ppm de Na₂SeO₃ a una temperatura de 16 a 18 °C durante 20 h. Las semillas tratadas se lavaron 2 o 3 veces con agua destilada y se sembraron directamente en las bandejas de plántula para el siguiente ciclo de SpeedyPaddy.

      Las semillas inmaduras fueron tratadas con una mezcla de hormonas y sales para romper la dormancia, estimular la germinación y fortalecer el embrión, permitiendo sembrar la siguiente generación en menos de un día.

    1. Each Works Cited entry has 9 components. You may not use each component in the reference; however, they all form a function to help the reader find the source you have cited.  Note the punctuation after each element: Author. Title of Source. Title of Container, Other Contributors, Version, Number, Publisher, Publication date, Location.

      these are many ways you can site your source

    2. Hyperlinks are very useful for linking to information that will be read immediately. We all use hyperlinks in emails to link to videos, articles, and recipes. These are good uses of hyperlinks because, most likely, the information will still be there. And, you are probably linking to information that is free and available to the public. However, hyperlinks are not very useful for academic papers. Here are some reasons: Links change: The internet changes every day. Websites add and remove articles, on-line magazines and newspapers change their links. If there is only a link to a source and if that link changes, then the reader cannot find the source. Inaccessible Databases: Some of the information you will use will be from CNM databases. The readers of your article may not have access to the same database; therefore, a link is not sufficient. The reader needs to know pertinent information, such as the author’s name, title, etc., to be able to find the source.

      hyperlinks are useful for emails to link videos or other things but they are very useful for paper work

    3. Each entry (i.e, each source) follows a specific format. Formatting Works Cited entries can sometimes be confusing and possibly irritating. It can also seem like a lot of work for something so small and seemingly unimportant. However, following the form for each entry is important. Remember that each Works Cited entry is the key for your reader to find the exact source that you used for information. Following MLA style exactly means that you will include all of the information necessary for your reader to find your original source.

      its important to follow the specific format of MLA fo reworks cited because it would make it easy for readers to find the original source

    4. List each source that you have cited in your paper with an in-text citation in the Works Cited page. Only list sources you have cited in the paper. Do not list sources that you have consulted but not cited.

      list sources that you cited on your text

    5. Start the Works Cited page on a separate page. This should be the last page of your paper. Margins and pagination (last name and page number on the top right) remain the same as the rest of the paper. Title the page Works Cited. Center the title Do not italicize the title Only the title is centered; the rest of the page is left justified The entire Works Cited should be double-spaced. Do not add a space between citations (i.e., do not add an extra double space between citations). Citations should be in alphabetical order.

      format on how to form the works cited page

    6. However, hyperlinks are not very useful for academic papers. Here are some reasons: Links change: The internet changes every day. Websites add and remove articles, on-line magazines and newspapers change their links. If there is only a link to a source and if that link changes, then the reader cannot find the source. Inaccessible Databases: Some of the information you will use will be from CNM databases. The readers of your article may not have access to the same database; therefore, a link is not sufficient. The reader needs to know pertinent information, such as the author’s name, title, etc., to be able to find the source.

      don't use hyperlinks since the links change daily

    7. List each source that you have cited in your paper with an in-text citation in the Works Cited page. Only list sources you have cited in the paper. Do not list sources that you have consulted but not cited.

      on work cited page ONLY add sources you cited from

    8. Sometimes, making the entries for electronic sources feels like you are putting a square peg in a round hole. And, in some ways, you are.

      It is important to acknowledge the shortcomings of MLA formatting in order to better understand its uses.

    9. However, hyperlinks are not very useful for academic papers. Here are some reasons: Links change: The internet changes every day. Websites add and remove articles, on-line magazines and newspapers change their links. If there is only a link to a source and if that link changes, then the reader cannot find the source. Inaccessible Databases: Some of the information you will use will be from CNM databases. The readers of your article may not have access to the same database; therefore, a link is not sufficient. The reader needs to know pertinent information, such as the author’s name, title, etc., to be able to find the source.

      a link to the source is not the same as a citation or work cited page

    10. List each source that you have cited in your paper with an in-text citation in the Works Cited page. Only list sources you have cited in the paper. Do not list sources that you have consulted but not cited.

      every in-text-citation should have a corresponding work citied entry.

    11. Title the page Works Cited. Center the title Do not italicize the title Only the title is centered; the rest of the page is left justified

      This is how to structure your works cited page

    12. Giving credit where credit is due enhances your own credibility.

      It shows that the external research was done in order to portray the most effective and reliable information

    13. Each entry (i.e, each source) follows a specific format. Formatting Works Cited entries can sometimes be confusing and possibly irritating. It can also seem like a lot of work for something so small and seemingly unimportant. However, following the form for each entry is important.

      Following the correct format is best to avoid confusion and irritation.

    14. When citing electronic sources (such as articles from websites and databases), keep in mind that MLA, like all other style guides, was designed for books and journals (the paper versions!) Sometimes, making the entries for electronic sources feels like you are putting a square peg in a round hole

      is means MLA was made for book and print sources, so sometimes its hard to fit online sources into the same format

    1. Most college classes meet only 1-3 times a week for a total of about 3 hours. Consequently, college instructors think of class meetings as an opportunity to prepare you for the heavy-lifting that you’ll be doing on your own. Sometimes that involves direct instruction (how to solve a particular kind of problem or analyze a particular kind of text).

      Most of the class meets only 3-4 times a week, for a total of 3 hours. Moreover, most instructors use that time to prepare before the class starts, when the professor gives instructions. Most of the time students are struggling with heavy-lifting homework and that you will be doing on your own. Some of the professors would give the student instruction and not be clear on the direction and they students can’t understand or are confused about.

    1. 1.5.2 Dissertation Structure Pre-pandemic “normal” was already crisis (this chapter) Computational patterns reveal systematic inequality (Chapter 2) Lived experiences show survival strategies (Chapter 3) Reddit-participating students create supplementary education networks alongside formal structures 1.5.3 Contributions to Scholarship For platform studies: Architecture shapes crisis response capability For digital humanities: New methods for capturing marginalized voices For higher education: Vernacular infrastructure as functional educational infrastructure: peer tutoring networks (comment_fhdvsyc), resource sharing systems (submission_1my4vi6, score: 585), and 24/7 support mechanisms For public policy: The implications of reduced institutional support patterns

      Turn these into paragraphs with stylistically consistent sentence and paragraph structures to them.

    1. LIMITATIONS OF THE STUDY

      The study’s main limitations include: 1.Motivation changes over time, making cross-sectional data limited. 2.Self-report questionnaires may contain bias or socially desirable answers. 3.L2 motivation research requires interdisciplinary expertise in linguistics, psychology, and education.

    2. Research Question 3: Do the adolescent students investigated feel motivated or not in their EFLclasses?

      About 61% feel motivated, while 30% fluctuate due to tiredness, sadness, or difficulty with content.

    3. Research Question 3: Do the adolescent students investigated feel motivated or not in their EFLclasses?

      Around 70% feel motivated, but 9th graders report lower motivation due to discipline issues and repetitive lessons.

  2. social-media-ethics-automation.github.io social-media-ethics-automation.github.io
    1. 10.6. Bibliography# [j1] Social model of disability. November 2023. Page Version ID: 1184222120. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Social_model_of_disability&oldid=1184222120#Social_construction_of_disability (visited on 2023-12-07). [j2] Color blindness. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188749829. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Color_blindness&oldid=1188749829 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j3] David Robson. The women with superhuman vision. BBC, February 2022. URL: https://www.bbc.com/future/article/20140905-the-women-with-super-human-vision (visited on 2023-12-07). [j4] Mayo Clinic Staff. Myalgic encephalomyelitis/chronic fatigue syndrome (ME/CFS) - Symptoms and causes. 2023. URL: https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/chronic-fatigue-syndrome/symptoms-causes/syc-20360490 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j5] Ableism. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188412565. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Ableism&oldid=1188412565 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j6] Ash. Autism is NOT A Disability. July 2022. URL: https://www.autism360.com/autism-is-not-a-disability/ (visited on 2023-12-07). [j7] Neurodiversity. November 2023. Page Version ID: 1187185735. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Neurodiversity&oldid=1187185735#Neurotypical (visited on 2023-12-07). [j8] Mayo Clinic Staff. Generalized anxiety disorder - Symptoms and causes. 2017. URL: https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/generalized-anxiety-disorder/symptoms-causes/syc-20360803 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j9] Mayo Clinic Staff. Depression (major depressive disorder) - Symptoms and causes. 2022. URL: https://www.mayoclinic.org/diseases-conditions/depression/symptoms-causes/syc-20356007 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j10] Myopia. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188263181. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Myopia&oldid=1188263181 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j11] How to ADHD. What is ADHD? July 2020. URL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xMWtGozn5jU (visited on 2023-12-07). [j12] How to ADHD. What is Executive Function and Why Do We Need it? March 2021. URL: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H4YIHrEu-TU (visited on 2023-12-07). [j13] Assistive technology. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188353371. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Assistive_technology&oldid=1188353371 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j14] Liftware - Eat with confidence. URL: https://www.liftware.com/ (visited on 2023-12-07). [j15] C. L. Lynch. Invisible Abuse: ABA and the things only autistic people can see. NeuroClastic, March 2019. URL: https://neuroclastic.com/invisible-abuse-aba-and-the-things-only-autistic-people-can-see/ (visited on 2023-12-07). [j16] The Lies and Dangers of "Conversion Therapy". URL: https://www.hrc.org/resources/the-lies-and-dangers-of-reparative-therapy (visited on 2023-12-07). [j17] Universal design. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188054790. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Universal_design&oldid=1188054790 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j18] Jacob O. Wobbrock, Shaun K. Kane, Krzysztof Z. Gajos, Susumu Harada, and Jon Froehlich. Ability-Based Design: Concept, Principles and Examples. ACM Trans. Access. Comput., 3(3):9:1–9:27, April 2011. URL: https://doi.org/10.1145/1952383.1952384 (visited on 2023-12-07), doi:10.1145/1952383.1952384. [j19] Inclusive design. December 2023. Page Version ID: 1188074097. URL: https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Inclusive_design&oldid=1188074097 (visited on 2023-12-07). [j20] Rumman Chowdhury. Sharing learnings about our image cropping algorithm. May 2021. URL: https://blog.twitter.com/engineering/en_us/topics/insights/2021/sharing-learnings-about-our-image-cropping-algorithm (visited on 2023-12-07). [j21] Cynthia Bennett. Cynthia Bennett – Human-Computer Interaction Researcher. 2022. URL: https://www.bennettc.com/ (visited on 2023-12-07). [j22] Sasha Costanza-Chock. Design Justice : Community-Led Practices to Build the Worlds We Need. The MIT Press, 2020. ISBN 978-0-262-35686-2 978-0-262-04345-8. URL: https://directory.doabooks.org/handle/20.500.12854/78577 (visited on 2023-12-15), doi:10.7551/mitpress/12255.001.0001. [j23] Meg Miller and Ilaria Parogni. The Hidden Image Descriptions Making the Internet Accessible. The New York Times, February 2022. URL: https://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2022/02/18/arts/alt-text-images-descriptions.html (visited on 2023-12-07). [j24] Alannah Oleson. Beyond “Average” Users: Building Inclusive Design Skills with the CIDER Technique. Bits and Behavior, October 2022. URL: https://medium.com/bits-and-behavior/beyond-average-users-building-inclusive-design-skills-with-the-cider-technique-413969544e6d (visited on 2023-12-07).

      I looked at Sasha Costanza-Chock’s Design Justice book [j22], and I really liked how it focuses on who actually gets to be part of the design process. The author talks about how design should be led by the people who are most affected by it, instead of just big companies or tech experts. That connects really well to what the chapter said about “who gets to be designers.” It made me think that if more people from different backgrounds helped design technology, things like the soap dispenser problem probably wouldn’t happen.

    1. In that role he had overseen trade, border negotiations, and had coordinated mutual defense against threats such as the Vandals in North Africa.

      As Justin’s advisor, justinian managed trade and diplomacy. The vandals were a Germanic people who had taken control of parts of North Africa and were seen as enemies of the empire.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This preprint from Shaowei Zhao and colleagues presents results that suggest tumorous germline stem cells (GSCs) in the Drosophila ovary mimic the ovarian stem cell niche and inhibit the differentiation of neighboring non-mutant GSC-like cells. The authors use FRT-mediated clonal analysis driven by a germline-specific gene (nos-Gal4, UASp-flp) to induce GSC-like cells mutant for bam or bam's co-factor bgcn. Bam-mutant or bgcn-mutant germ cells produce tumors in the stem cell compartment (the germarium) of the ovary (Figure 1). These tumors contain non-mutant cells - termed SGC for single-germ cells. 75% of SGCs do not exhibit signs of differentiation (as assessed by bamP-GFP) (Figure 2). The authors demonstrate that block in differentiation in SGC is a result of suppression of bam expression (Figure 2). They present data suggesting that in 73% of SGCs, BMP signaling is low (assessed by dad-lacZ) (Figure 3) and proliferation is less in SGCs vs GSCs. They present genetic evidence that mutations in BMP pathway receptors and transcription factors suppress some of the non-autonomous effects exhibited by SGCs within bam-mutant tumors (Figure 4). They show data that bam-mutant cells secrete Dpp, but this data is not compelling (see below) (Figure 5). They provide genetic data that loss of BMP ligands (dpp and gbb) suppresses the appearance of SGCs in bam-mutant tumors (Figure 6). Taken together, their data support a model in which bam-mutant GSC-like cells produce BMPs that act on non-mutant cells (i.e., SGCs) to prevent their differentiation, similar to what is seen in the ovarian stem cell niche. This preprint from Shaowei Zhao and colleagues presents results that suggest tumorous germline stem cells (GSCs) in the Drosophila ovary mimic the ovarian stem cell niche and inhibit the differentiation of neighboring non-mutant GSC-like cells. The authors use FRT-mediated clonal analysis driven by a germline-specific gene (nos-Gal4, UASp-flp) to induce GSC-like cells mutant for bam or bam's co-factor bgcn. Bam-mutant or bgcn-mutant germ cells produce tumors in the stem cell compartment (the germarium) of the ovary (Figure 1). These tumors contain non-mutant cells - termed SGC for single-germ cells. 75% of SGCs do not exhibit signs of differentiation (as assessed by bamP-GFP) (Figure 2). The authors demonstrate that block in differentiation in SGC is a result of suppression of bam expression (Figure 2). They present data suggesting that in 73% of SGCs, BMP signaling is low (assessed by dad-lacZ) (Figure 3) and proliferation is less in SGCs vs GSCs. They present genetic evidence that mutations in BMP pathway receptors and transcription factors suppress some of the non-autonomous effects exhibited by SGCs within bam-mutant tumors (Figure 4). They show data that bam-mutant cells secrete Dpp, but this data is not compelling (see below) (Figure 5). They provide genetic data that loss of BMP ligands (dpp and gbb) suppresses the appearance of SGCs in bam-mutant tumors (Figure 6). Taken together, their data support a model in which bam-mutant GSC-like cells produce BMPs that act on non-mutant cells (i.e., SGCs) to prevent their differentiation, similar to what in seen in the ovarian stem cell niche.

      Strengths:

      (1) Use of an excellent and established model for tumorous cells in a stem cell microenvironment.

      (2) Powerful genetics allow them to test various factors in the tumorous vs non-tumorous cells.

      (3) Appropriate use of quantification and statistics.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) What is the frequency of SGCs in nos>flp; bam-mutant tumors? For example, are they seen in every germarium, or in some germaria, etc, or in a few germaria?

      (2) Does the breakdown in clonality vary when they induce hs-flp clones in adults as opposed to in larvae/pupae?

      (3) Approximately 20-25% of SGCs are bam+, dad-LacZ+. Firstly, how do the authors explain this? Secondly, of the 70-75% of SGCs that have no/low BMP signaling, the authors should perform additional characterization using markers that are expressed in GSCs (i.e., Sex lethal and nanos).

      (4) All experiments except Figure 1I (where a single germarium with no quantification) were performed with nos-Gal4, UASp-flp. Have the authors performed any of the phenotypic characterizations (i.e., figures other than Figure 1) with hs-flp?

      (5) Does the number of SGCs change with the age of the female? The experiments were all performed in 14-day-old adult females. What happens when they look at a young female (like 2-day-old). I assume that the nos>flp is working in larval and pupal stages, and so the phenotype should be present in young females. Why did the authors choose this later age? For example, is the phenotype more robust in older females? Or do you see more SGCs at later time points?

      (6) Can the authors distinguish one copy of GFP versus 2 copies of GFP in germ cells of the ovary? This is not possible in the Drosophila testis. I ask because this could impact the clonal analyses diagrammed in Figure 4A and 4G and in 6A and B. Additionally, in most of the figures, the GFP is saturated, so it is not possible to discern one vs two copies of GFP.

      (7) More evidence is needed to support the claim of elevated Dpp levels in bam or bgcn mutant tumors. The current results with the dpp-lacZ enhancer trap in Figure 5A, B are not convincing. First, why is the dpp-lacZ so much brighter in the mosaic analysis (A) than in the no-clone analysis (B)? It is expected that the level of dpp-lacZ in cap cells should be invariant between ovaries, and yet LacZ is very faint in Figure 5B. I think that if the settings in A matched those in B, the apparent expression of dpp-lacZ in the tumor would be much lower and likely not statistically significant. Second, they should use RNA in situ hybridization with a sensitive technique like hybridization chain reactions (HCR) - an approach that has worked well in numerous Drosophila tissues, including the ovary.

      (8) In Figure 6, the authors report results obtained with the bamBG allele. Do they obtain similar data with another bam allele (i.e., bamdelta86)?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      While the study by Zhang et al. provides valuable insights into how germline tumors can non-autonomously suppress the differentiation of neighboring wild-type germline stem cells (GSCs), several conceptual and technical issues limit the strength of the conclusions.

      Major points:

      (1) Naming of SGCs is confusing. In line 68, the authors state that "many wild-type germ cells located outside the niche retained a GSC-like single-germ-cell (SGC) morphology." However, bam or bgcn mutant GSCs are also referred to as "SGCs," which creates confusion when reading the text and interpreting the figures. The authors should clarify the terminology used to distinguish between wild-type SGCs and tumor (bam/bgcn mutant) SGCs, and apply consistent naming throughout the manuscript and figure legends.

      a) The same confusion appears in Figure 2. It is unclear whether the analyzed SGCs are wild-type or bam mutant cells. If the SGCs analyzed are Bam mutants, then the lack of Bam expression and failure to differentiate would be expected and not informative. However, if the SGCs are wild-type GSCs located outside the niche, then the observation would suggest that Bam expression is silenced in these wild-type cells, which is a significant finding. The authors should clarify the genotype of the SGCs analyzed in Figure 2C, as this information is not currently provided.

      b) In Figures 4B and 4E, the analysis of SGC composition is confusing. In the control germaria (bam mutant mosaic), the authors label GFP⁺ SGCs as "wild-type," which makes interpretation unclear. Note, this is completely different from their earlier definition shown in line 68.

      c) Additionally, bam⁺/⁻ GSCs (the first bar in Figure 4E) should appear GFP⁺ and Red⁺ (i.e., yellow). It would be helpful if the authors could indicate these bam⁺/⁻ germ cells directly in the image and clarify the corresponding color representation in the main text. In Figure 2A, although a color code is shown, the legend does not explain it clearly, nor does it specify the identity of bam⁺/⁻ cells alone. Figure 4F has the same issue, and in this graph, the color does not match Figure 4A.

      (2) The frequencies of bam or bgcn mutant mosaic germaria carrying [wild-type] SGCs or wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, as well as the average number of wild-type SGCs per germarium and the number of days after heat shock for the representative images, are not provided when Figure 1 is first introduced. Since this is the first time the authors describe these phenotypes, including these details is essential. Without this information, it is difficult for readers to follow and evaluate the presented observations.

      (3) Without the information mentioned in point 2, it causes problems when reading through the section regarding [wild-type] SGCs induced by impairment of differentiation or dedifferentiation. In lines 90-97, the authors use the presence of midbodies between cystocytes as a criterion to determine whether the wild-type GSCs surrounded by tumor GSCs arise through dedifferentiation. However, the cited study (Mathieu et al., 2022) reports that midbodies can be detected between two germ cells within a cyst carrying a branched fusome upon USP8 loss.

      a) Are wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes present in the bam mutant mosaic germaria? What is the proportion of germaria containing wild-type SGCs versus those containing wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes?

      b) If all bam mutant mosaic germaria carry only wild-type GSCs outside the niche and no germaria contain wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, then examining midbodies as an indicator of dedifferentiation may not be appropriate.

      c) If, however, some germaria do contain wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, the authors should provide representative images and quantify their proportion.

      d) In line 95, although the authors state that 50 germ cell cysts were analyzed for the presence of midbodies, it would be more informative to specify how many germaria these cysts were derived from and how many biological replicates were examined.

      (4) Note that both bam mutant GSCs and wild-type SGCs can undergo division to generate midbodies (double cells), as shown in Figure 4H. Therefore, the current description of the midbody analysis is confusing. The authors should clarify which cell types were examined and explain how midbodies were interpreted in distinguishing between cell division and differentiation.

      (5) The data in Figure 5 showing Dpp expression in bam mutant tumorous GSCs are not convincing. The Dpp-lacZ signal appears broadly distributed throughout the germarium, including in escort cells. To support the claim more clearly, the authors should present corresponding images for Figures 5D and 5E, in which dpp expression was knocked down in the germ cells of bam or bgcn mutant mosaic germaria. Showing these images would help clarify the localization and specificity of Dpp-lacZ expression relative to the tumorous GSCs.

      (6) While Figure 6 provides genetic evidence that bam mutant tumorous GSCs produce Dpp to inhibit the differentiation of wild-type SGCs, it should be noted that these analyses were performed in a dpp⁺/⁻ background. To strengthen the conclusion, the authors should include appropriate controls showing [dpp⁺/⁻; bam⁺/⁻] SGCs and [dpp⁺/⁻; bam⁺/⁻] germ cell cysts without heat shock (as referenced in Figures 6F and 6I).

      (7) Previous studies have reported that bam mutant germ cells cause blunted escort cell protrusions (e.g., Kirilly et al., Development, 2011), which are known to contribute to germ cell differentiation (e.g., Chen et al., Frontiers in Cell and Developmental Biology, 2022). The authors should include these findings in the Discussion to provide a broader context and to acknowledge how alterations in escort cell morphology may further influence differentiation defects in their model.

      (8) Since fusome morphology is an important readout of SGCs vs differentiation. All the clonal analysis should have fusome staining.

      (9) Figure arrangement. It is somewhat difficult to identify the figure panels cited in the text due to the current panel arrangement.

      (10) The number of biological replicates and germaria analyzed should be clearly stated somewhere in the manuscript-ideally in the Methods section or figure legends. Providing this information is essential for assessing data reliability and reproducibility.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. investigated how germline tumors influence the development of neighboring wild-type (WT) germline stem cells (GSC) in the Drosophila ovary. They report that germline tumors inhibit the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs by arresting them in an undifferentiated state, resulting from reduced expression of the differentiation-promoting factor Bam. They find that these tumor cells produce low levels of the niche-associated signaling molecules Dpp and Gbb, which suppress bam expression and consequently inhibit the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs non-cell-autonomously. Based on these findings, the authors propose that germline tumors mimic the niche to suppress the differentiation of the neighboring stem cells.

      Strengths:

      This study addresses an important biological question concerning the interaction between germline tumor cells and WT germline stem cells in the Drosophila ovary. If the findings are substantiated, they could provide valuable insights applicable to other stem cell systems.

      Weaknesses:

      Previous work from Xie's lab demonstrated that bam and bgcn mutant GSCs can outcompete WT GSCs for niche occupancy. Furthermore, a large body of literature has established that the interactions between escort cells (ECs) and GSC daughters are essential for proper and timely germline differentiation (the differentiation niche). Disruption of these interactions leads to arrest of germline cell differentiation in a status with weak BMP signaling activation and low bam expression, a phenotype virtually identical to what is reported here.

      Thus, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype reflects "direct inhibition by tumor cells" or "arrested differentiation due to the loss of the differentiation niche". Because most data were collected at a very late stage (more than 10 days after clonal induction), when tumor cells already dominate the germarium, this question cannot be solved. To distinguish between these two possibilities, the authors could conduct a time-course analysis to examine the onset of the WT GSC-like single-germ-cell (SGC) phenotype and determine whether early-stage tumor clones with a few tumor cells can suppress the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs with only a few tumor cells present. If tumor cells indeed produce Dpp and Gbb (as proposed here) to inhibit the differentiation of neighboring germline cells, a small cluster or probably even a single tumor cell generated at an early stage might prevent the differentiation of their neighboring germ cells.

      The key evidence supporting the claim that tumor cells produce Gpp and Gbb comes from Figures 5 and 6, which suggest that tumor-derived dpp and gbb are required for this inhibition. However, interpretation of these data requires caution.

      In Figure 5, the authors use dpp-lacZ to support the claim that dpp is upregulated in tumor cells (Figure 5A and 5B). However, the background expression in somatic cells (ECs and pre-follicular cells) differs noticeably between these panels. In Figure 5A, dpp-lacZ expression in somatic cells in 5A is clearly higher than in 5B, and the expression level in tumor cells appears comparable to that in somatic cells (dpp-lacZ single channel). Similarly, in Figure 5B, dpp-lacZ expression in germline cells is also comparable to that in somatic cells. Providing clear evidence of upregulated dpp and gbb expression in tumor cells (for example, through single-molecular RNA in situ) would be essential.

      Most tumor data present in this study were collected from the bam[86] null allele, whereas the data in Figure 6 were derived from a weaker bam[BG] allele. This bam[BG] allele is not molecularly defined and shows some genetic interaction with dpp mutants. As shown in Figure 6E, removal of dpp from homozygous bam[BG] mutant leads to germline differentiation (evidenced by a branched fusome connecting several cystocytes, located at the right side of the white arrowhead). In Figure 6D, fusome is likely present in some GFP-negative bam[BG]/bam[BG] cells. To strengthen their claim that the tumor produces Dpp and Gbb to inhibit WT germline cell differentiation, the authors should repeat these experiments using the bam[86] null allele.

      It is well established that the stem niche provides multiple functional supports for maintaining resident stem cells, including physical anchorage and signaling regulation. In Drosophila, several signaling molecules produced by the niche have been identified, each with a distinct function - some promoting stemness, while others regulate differentiation. Expression of Dpp and Gbb alone does not substantiate the claim that these tumor cells have acquired the niche-like property. To support their assertion that these tumors mimic the niche, the authors should provide additional evidence showing that these tumor cells also express other niche-associated markers. Alternatively, they could revise the manuscript title to more accurately reflect their findings.

      In the Method section, the authors need to provide details on how dpp-lacZ expression levels were quantified and normalized.

    4. Author response:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This preprint from Shaowei Zhao and colleagues presents results that suggest tumorous germline stem cells (GSCs) in the Drosophila ovary mimic the ovarian stem cell niche and inhibit the differentiation of neighboring non-mutant GSC-like cells. The authors use FRT-mediated clonal analysis driven by a germline-specific gene (nos-Gal4, UASp-flp) to induce GSC-like cells mutant for bam or bam's cofactor bgcn. Bam-mutant or bgcn-mutant germ cells produce tumors in the stem cell compartment (the germarium) of the ovary (Figure 1). These tumors contain non-mutant cells - termed SGC for single-germ cells. 75% of SGCs do not exhibit signs of differentiation (as assessed by bamP-GFP) (Figure 2). The authors demonstrate that block in differentiation in SGC is a result of suppression of bam expression (Figure 2). They present data suggesting that in 73% of SGCs, BMP signaling is low (assessed by dad-lacZ) (Figure 3) and proliferation is less in SGCs vs GSCs. They present genetic evidence that mutations in BMP pathway receptors and transcription factors suppress some of the non-autonomous effects exhibited by SGCs within bam-mutant tumors (Figure 4). They show data that bam-mutant cells secrete Dpp, but this data is not compelling (see below) (Figure 5). They provide genetic data that loss of BMP ligands (dpp and gbb) suppresses the appearance of SGCs in bam-mutant tumors (Figure 6). Taken together, their data support a model in which bam-mutant GSC-like cells produce BMPs that act on nonmutant cells (i.e., SGCs) to prevent their differentiation, similar to what is seen in the ovarian stem cell niche. 

      Strengths:

      (1) Use of an excellent and established model for tumorous cells in a stem cell microenvironment.

      (2) Powerful genetics allow them to test various factors in the tumorous vs nontumorous cells.

      (3) Appropriate use of quantification and statistics.

      We greatly appreciate these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) What is the frequency of SGCs in nos>flp; bam-mutant tumors? For example, are they seen in every germarium, or in some germaria, etc, or in a few germaria?

      This is a great question. Because the SGC phenotype depends on the presence of germline tumor clones, our quantification was restricted to germaria that contained them.These quantification data ("SGCs and/or germline cysts per germarium with germline clones") will be presented in the revised Figure 1.

      (2) Does the breakdown in clonality vary when they induce hs-flp clones in adults as opposed to in larvae/pupae?

      Our initial attempts to induce ovarian hs-flp germline clones by heat-shocking adult flies were unsuccessful, with very few clones being observed. Therefore, we shifted our approach to an earlier developmental stage. Successful induction was achieved by subjecting late-L3/early-pupal animals to a twice-daily heatshock at 37°C for 6 consecutive days (2 hours per session with a 6-hour interval, see Lines 325-329) (Zhao et al., 2018).

      (3) Approximately 20-25% of SGCs are bam+, dad-LacZ+. Firstly, how do the authors explain this? Secondly, of the 70-75% of SGCs that have no/low BMP signaling, the authors should perform additional characterization using markers that are expressed in GSCs (i.e., Sex lethal and nanos).

      These 20-25% of SGCs are bamP-GFP<sup>+</sup> dad-lacZ-, not bam<sup>+</sup> dad-lacZ<sup>+</sup> (see Figure 2C and 3D). They would be cystoblast-like cells that may have initiated a differentiation program toward forming germline cysts (see Lines 109-117). The 70-75% of SGCs that have low BMP signaling exhibit GSC-like properties, including: 1) dot-like spectrosomes; 2) dad-lacZ positivity; 3) absence of bamP-GFP expression. While additional markers would be beneficial, we think that this combination of properties is sufficient to classify these cells as GSC-like. 

      (4) All experiments except Figure 1I (where a single germarium with no quantification) were performed with nos-Gal4, UASp-flp. Have the authors performed any of the phenotypic characterizations (i.e., figures other than Figure 1) with hs-flp?

      Yes, we initially identified the SGC phenotype through hs-flp-mediated mosaic analysis of bam or bgcn mutant in ovaries. However, as noted in our response to Weakness (2), this approach was very labor-intensive. Therefore, we switched to using the more convenient nos::flp system for subsequent experiments. To our observation, there was no difference in the SGC phenotype between these two approaches, confirming that the nos::flp system is a valid and more practical alternative for its study. 

      (5) Does the number of SGCs change with the age of the female? The experiments were all performed in 14-day-old adult females. What happens when they look at a young female (like 2-day-old). I assume that the nos>flp is working in larval and pupal stages, and so the phenotype should be present in young females. Why did the authors choose this later age? For example, is the phenotype more robust in older females? Or do you see more SGCs at later time points?

      These are very good questions. Such time-course analysis data will be provided in revised Figure 1. The SGC phenotype depends on the presence of bam or bgcn mutant germline clones. Germaria from 14-day-old flies contained bigger and more such clones than those from younger flies. This age-dependent increase in clone size and frequency significantly enhanced the efficiency of our quantification (see Lines 129-131). 

      (6) Can the authors distinguish one copy of GFP versus 2 copies of GFP in germ cells of the ovary? This is not possible in the Drosophila testis. I ask because this could impact the clonal analyses diagrammed in Figure 4A and 4G and in 6A and B. Additionally, in most of the figures, the GFP is saturated, so it is not possible to discern one vs two copies of GFP.

      We greatly appreciate this comment. It was also difficult for us to distinguish 1 and 2 copies of GFP in the Drosophila ovary. In Figure 4A-F, to resolve this problem, we used a triplecolor system, in which red germ cells (RFP<sup>+/+</sup> GFP<sup>-/-</sup>) are bam mutant, yellow germ cells (RFP<sup>+/-</sup> GFP<sup>+/-</sup>) are wild-type, and green germ cells (RFP<sup>-/-</sup> GFP<sup>+/+</sup>) are punt or med mutant. In Figure 4G-J, we quantified the SGC phenotype only in black germ cells (GFP<sup>-/-</sup>), which are wild-type (control) or mad mutant.  In Figure 6, we quantified the SGC phenotype only in green germ cells (both GFP<sup>+/+</sup> and GFP<sup>+/-</sup>), all of which are wild-type.

      (7) More evidence is needed to support the claim of elevated Dpp levels in bam or bgcn mutant tumors. The current results with the dpp-lacZ enhancer trap in Figure 5A, B are not convincing. First, why is the dpp-lacZ so much brighter in the mosaic analysis (A) than in the no-clone analysis (B)? It is expected that the level of dpplacZ in cap cells should be invariant between ovaries, and yet LacZ is very faint in Figure 5B. I think that if the settings in A matched those in B, the apparent expression of dpp-lacZ in the tumor would be much lower and likely not statistically significant. Second, they should use RNA in situ hybridization with a sensitive technique like hybridization chain reactions (HCR) - an approach that has worked well in numerous Drosophila tissues, including the ovary.

      We appreciate this critical comment. The settings of immunofluorescent staining and confocal parameters in Figure 5A were the same as those in 5B. To our observation, the level of dpp-lacZ in cap cells was variable across germaria, even within the same ovary, as quantified in Figure 5C. We will provide RNA in situ hybridization data to further strengthen the conclusion that bam or bgcn mutant germline tumors secret BMP ligands.  

      (8) In Figure 6, the authors report results obtained with the bamBG allele. Do they obtain similar data with another bam allele (i.e., bamdelta86)?

      No. Given that bam<sup>BG</sup> was functionally indistinguishable from bam<sup>Δ86</sup> in inducing the SGC phenotype (compare Figure 6F, I with Figure 6-figure supplement 3C), we believe that repeating these experiments with bam<sup>Δ86</sup> would be redundant and would not alter the key conclusion of our study. Thanks for the understanding!

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      While the study by Zhang et al. provides valuable insights into how germline tumors can non-autonomously suppress the differentiation of neighboring wild-type germline stem cells (GSCs), several conceptual and technical issues limit the strength of the conclusions.

      Major points:

      (1) Naming of SGCs is confusing. In line 68, the authors state that "many wild-type germ cells located outside the niche retained a GSC-like single-germ-cell (SGC) morphology." However, bam or bgcn mutant GSCs are also referred to as "SGCs," which creates confusion when reading the text and interpreting the figures. The authors should clarify the terminology used to distinguish between wild-type SGCs and tumor (bam/bgcn mutant) SGCs, and apply consistent naming throughout the manuscript and figure legends.

      We apologize for any confusion. In our manuscript, the term "SGC" is reserved specifically for wild-type germ cells that maintain a GSC-like morphology outside the niche. bam or bgcn mutant germ cells are referred to as GSC-like tumor cells (Lines 87-88), not SGCs.

      (a) The same confusion appears in Figure 2. It is unclear whether the analyzed SGCs are wild-type or bam mutant cells. If the SGCs analyzed are Bam mutants, then the lack of Bam expression and failure to differentiate would be expected and not informative. However, if the SGCs are wild-type GSCs located outside the niche, then the observation would suggest that Bam expression is silenced in these wildtype cells, which is a significant finding. The authors should clarify the genotype of the SGCs analyzed in Figure 2C, as this information is not currently provided.

      The SGCs analyzed in Figure 2A-C are wild-type, GSC-like cells located outside the niche. They were generated using the same genetic strategy depicted in Figures 1C and 1E (with the schematic in Figure 1B). The complete genotypes for all experiments are available in Source data 1. 

      (b) In Figures 4B and 4E, the analysis of SGC composition is confusing. In the control germaria (bam mutant mosaic), the authors label GFP⁺ SGCs as "wild-type," which makes interpretation unclear. Note, this is completely different from their earlier definition shown in line 68.

      The strategy to generate SGCs in Figure 4B-F (with the schematic in Figure 4A) is completely different from that in Figure 1C-F, H, and I (with the schematic in Figure 1B). In Figure 4B-F, we needed to distinguish punt<sup>-/-</sup> (or med<sup>-/-</sup>) with punt<sup>+/-</sup> (or med<sup>+/-</sup>) germ cells. As noted in our response to Reviewer #1’s Weakness (6), it was difficult for us to distinguish 1 and 2 copies of GFP in the Drosophila ovary. Therefore, we chose to use the triple-color system to distinguish these germ cells in Figure 4B-F (see genotypes in Source data 1). 

      (c) Additionally, bam⁺/⁻ GSCs (the first bar in Figure 4E) should appear GFP⁺ and Red⁺ (i.e., yellow). It would be helpful if the authors could indicate these bam⁺/⁻ germ cells directly in the image and clarify the corresponding color representation in the main text. In Figure 2A, although a color code is shown, the legend does not explain it clearly, nor does it specify the identity of bam⁺/⁻ cells alone. Figure 4F has the same issue, and in this graph, the color does not match Figure 4A.

      The color-to-genotype relationships for the schematics in Figures 2A and 4E are provided in Figures 1B and 4A, respectively. Due to the high density of germ cells, it is impractical to label each genotype directly in the images. In contrast to Figure 4E, the colors in Figure 4F do not represent genotypes; instead, blue denotes the percentage of SGCs, and red denotes the percentage of germline cysts, as indicated below the bar chart. 

      (2) The frequencies of bam or bgcn mutant mosaic germaria carrying [wild-type] SGCs or wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, as well as the average number of wild-type SGCs per germarium and the number of days after heat shock for the representative images, are not provided when Figure 1 is first introduced. Since this is the first time the authors describe these phenotypes, including these details is essential. Without this information, it is difficult for readers to follow and evaluate the presented observations.

      Thanks for this constructive suggestion. We will include such quantification data in the revised manuscript.

      (3) Without the information mentioned in point 2, it causes problems when reading through the section regarding [wild-type] SGCs induced by impairment of differentiation or dedifferentiation. In lines 90-97, the authors use the presence of midbodies between cystocytes as a criterion to determine whether the wild-type GSCs surrounded by tumor GSCs arise through dedifferentiation. However, the cited study (Mathieu et al., 2022) reports that midbodies can be detected between two germ cells within a cyst carrying a branched fusome upon USP8 loss.

      Unlike wild-type cystocytes, which undergo incomplete cytokinesis and lack midbodies, those with USP8 loss undergo complete cell division, with the presence of midbodies (white arrow, Figure 1F’ from Mathieu et al., 2022) as a marker of the late cytokinesis stage (Mathieu et al., 2022). 

      (a) Are wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes present in the bam mutant mosaic germaria? What is the proportion of germaria containing wild-type SGCs versus those containing wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes?

      (b) If all bam mutant mosaic germaria carry only wild-type GSCs outside the niche and no germaria contain wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, then examining midbodies as an indicator of dedifferentiation may not be appropriate.

      We greatly appreciate this critical comment. bam mutant mosaic germaria indeed contained wild-type germline cysts, as evidenced by an SGC frequency of ~70%, rather than 100% (see Figures 2H, 4F, 4J, 6F, 6I, and Figure 6-figure supplement 3C). Since the SGC phenotype depends on the presence of bam or bgcn mutant germline tumors, we quantified it as “the percentage of SGCs relative to the total number of SGCs and germline cysts that are surrounded by germline tumors” (see Lines 124-129). Quantifying the SGC phenotype as "the percentage of germaria with SGCs" would be imprecise. This is because the presence and number of SGCs were highly variable among germaria with bam mutant germline clones, and a small number of germaria entirely lacked these clones. We will provide the data of "SGCs and/or germline cysts per germarium with germline clones" in revised Figure 1.

      (c) If, however, some germaria do contain wild-type germ cell cysts with branched fusomes, the authors should provide representative images and quantify their proportion.

      Such representative germaria are shown in Figure 2G, 3B, 3C, 6D, 6E, and 6H. The percentage of germline cysts can be calculated by “100% - SGC%”.

      (d) In line 95, although the authors state that 50 germ cell cysts were analyzed for the presence of midbodies, it would be more informative to specify how many germaria these cysts were derived from and how many biological replicates were examined.

      As noted in our response to points a) and b) above, the germ cells surrounded by germline tumors, rather than germarial numbers, are more precise for analyzing the phenotype. For this experiment, we examined >50 such germline cysts via confocal microscopy. As the analysis was performed on a defined cellular population, this sample size should be sufficient to support our conclusion. 

      (4) Note that both bam mutant GSCs and wild-type SGCs can undergo division to generate midbodies (double cells), as shown in Figure 4H. Therefore, the current description of the midbody analysis is confusing. The authors should clarify which cell types were examined and explain how midbodies were interpreted in distinguishing between cell division and differentiation.

      We assayed for the presence of midbodies or not specifically within the germline cysts surrounded by bam mutant tumors, not within the tumors themselves (Lines 94-95). As detailed in Lines 88-97, the absence of midbodies was used as a key criterion to exclude the possibility of dedifferentiation.  

      (5) The data in Figure 5 showing Dpp expression in bam mutant tumorous GSCs are not convincing. The Dpp-lacZ signal appears broadly distributed throughout the germarium, including in escort cells. To support the claim more clearly, the authors should present corresponding images for Figures 5D and 5E, in which dpp expression was knocked down in the germ cells of bam or bgcn mutant mosaic germaria. Showing these images would help clarify the localization and specificity of Dpp-lacZ expression relative to the tumorous GSCs.

      We greatly appreciate this comment. RNA in situ hybridization data will be provided to further strengthen the conclusion that bam or bgcn mutant germline tumors secret BMP ligands.

      (6) While Figure 6 provides genetic evidence that bam mutant tumorous GSCs produce Dpp to inhibit the differentiation of wild-type SGCs, it should be noted that these analyses were performed in a dpp⁺/⁻ background. To strengthen the conclusion, the authors should include appropriate controls showing [dpp⁺/⁻; bam⁺/⁻] SGCs and [dpp⁺/⁻; bam⁺/⁻] germ cell cysts without heat shock (as referenced in Figures 6F and 6I).

      Schematic cartoons in Figure 6A and 6B demonstrate that these analyses were performed in a dpp<sup>+/-</sup> background. Figure 6-figure supplement 1 indicates that dpp<sup>+/-</sup> or gbb<sup>+/-</sup> does not affect GSC maintenance, germ cell differentiation, and female fly fertility. Figure 6C is the control for 6D and 6E, and 6G is the control for 6H, with quantification in 6F and 6I.  We used nos::flp, not the heat shock method, to induce germline clones in these experiments (see genotypes in Source data 1).

      (7) Previous studies have reported that bam mutant germ cells cause blunted escort cell protrusions (e.g., Kirilly et al., Development, 2011), which are known to contribute to germ cell differentiation (e.g., Chen et al., Frontiers in Cell and Developmental Biology, 2022). The authors should include these findings in the Discussion to provide a broader context and to acknowledge how alterations in escort cell morphology may further influence differentiation defects in their model.

      Thanks for teaching us! Such discussion will be included in the revised manuscript.

      (8) Since fusome morphology is an important readout of SGCs vs differentiation. All the clonal analysis should have fusome staining.

      SGC is readily distinguishable from multi-cellular germline cyst based on morphology. In some clonal analysis experiments, fusome staining was not feasible due to technical limitations such as channel saturation or antibody incompatibility. Thanks for the understanding! 

      (9) Figure arrangement. It is somewhat difficult to identify the figure panels cited in the text due to the current panel arrangement.

      The figure panels were arranged to optimize space while ensuring that related panels are grouped in close proximity for logical comparison. We would be happy to consider any specific suggestions for an alternative layout that could improve clarity. Thanks!

      (10) The number of biological replicates and germaria analyzed should be clearly stated somewhere in the manuscript-ideally in the Methods section or figure legends. Providing this information is essential for assessing data reliability and reproducibility.

      Thanks for this constructive suggestion. Such information will be included in figure legends in the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. investigated how germline tumors influence the development of neighboring wild-type (WT) germline stem cells (GSC) in the Drosophila ovary. They report that germline tumors inhibit the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs by arresting them in an undifferentiated state, resulting from reduced expression of the differentiation-promoting factor Bam. They find that these tumor cells produce low levels of the niche-associated signaling molecules Dpp and Gbb, which suppress bam expression and consequently inhibit the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs non-cell-autonomously. Based on these findings, the authors propose that germline tumors mimic the niche to suppress the differentiation of the neighboring stem cells.

      Strengths:

      This study addresses an important biological question concerning the interaction between germline tumor cells and WT germline stem cells in the Drosophila ovary. If the findings are substantiated, they could provide valuable insights applicable to other stem cell systems.

      We greatly appreciate these comments.

      Weaknesses:

      Previous work from Xie's lab demonstrated that bam and bgcn mutant GSCs can outcompete WT GSCs for niche occupancy. Furthermore, a large body of literature has established that the interactions between escort cells (ECs) and GSC daughters are essential for proper and timely germline differentiation (the differentiation niche). Disruption of these interactions leads to arrest of germline cell differentiation in a status with weak BMP signaling activation and low bam expression, a phenotype virtually identical to what is reported here. Thus, it remains unclear whether the observed phenotype reflects "direct inhibition by tumor cells" or "arrested differentiation due to the loss of the differentiation niche". Because most data were collected at a very late stage (more than 10 days after clonal induction), when tumor cells already dominate the germarium, this question cannot be solved. To distinguish between these two possibilities, the authors could conduct a time-course analysis to examine the onset of the WT GSC-like singlegerm-cell (SGC) phenotype and determine whether early-stage tumor clones with a few tumor cells can suppress the differentiation of neighboring WT GSCs with only a few tumor cells present. If tumor cells indeed produce Dpp and Gbb (as proposed here) to inhibit the differentiation of neighboring germline cells, a small cluster or probably even a single tumor cell generated at an early stage might prevent the differentiation of their neighboring germ cells.

      Thanks for this critical comment. Such time-course analysis data will be provided in revised Figure 1.

      The key evidence supporting the claim that tumor cells produce Gpp and Gbb comes from Figures 5 and 6, which suggest that tumor-derived dpp and gbb are required for this inhibition. However, interpretation of these data requires caution. In Figure 5, the authors use dpp-lacZ to support the claim that dpp is upregulated in tumor cells (Figure 5A and 5B). However, the background expression in somatic cells (ECs and pre-follicular cells) differs noticeably between these panels. In Figure 5A, dpp-lacZ expression in somatic cells in 5A is clearly higher than in 5B, and the expression level in tumor cells appears comparable to that in somatic cells (dpplacZ single channel). Similarly, in Figure 5B, dpp-lacZ expression in germline cells is also comparable to that in somatic cells. Providing clear evidence of upregulated dpp and gbb expression in tumor cells (for example, through single-molecular RNA in situ) would be essential.

      We greatly appreciate this critical comment. In our data, the expression of dpp-lacZ in cap cells was variable across germaria, even within the same ovary, as quantified in Figure 5C. The images in Figures 5A and 5B were selected as representative examples of positive signaling. To directly address the reviewer's point and strengthen our conclusion, we will perform RNA in situ hybridization data in the revised manuscript to visualize the expression of BMP ligands within the bam or bgcn mutant germline tumor cells.

      Most tumor data present in this study were collected from the bam[86] null allele, whereas the data in Figure 6 were derived from a weaker bam[BG] allele. This bam[BG] allele is not molecularly defined and shows some genetic interaction with dpp mutants. As shown in Figure 6E, removal of dpp from homozygous bam[BG] mutant leads to germline differentiation (evidenced by a branched fusome connecting several cystocytes, located at the right side of the white arrowhead). In Figure 6D, fusome is likely present in some GFP-negative bam[BG]/bam[BG] cells. To strengthen their claim that the tumor produces Dpp and Gbb to inhibit WT germline cell differentiation, the authors should repeat these experiments using the bam[86] null allele.

      Although a structure resembling a "branched fusome" is visible in Figure 6E (right of the white arrowhead), it is an artifact resulting from the cytoplasm of GFP-positive follicle cells, which also stain for α-Spectrin, projecting between germ cells of different clones (see the merged image). In both our previous (Zhang et al., 2023) and current studies, bam<sup>BG</sup> was functionally indistinguishable from bam<sup>Δ86</sup> in its ability to block GSC differentiation and induce the SGC phenotype (compare Figure 6F, I with Figure 6-figure supplement 3C). Given this, we believe that repeating the extensive experiments in Figure 6 with the bam<sup>Δ86</sup> allele would be scientifically redundant and would not change the key conclusion of our study. We thank the reviewer for their consideration.

      It is well established that the stem niche provides multiple functional supports for maintaining resident stem cells, including physical anchorage and signaling regulation. In Drosophila, several signaling molecules produced by the niche have been identified, each with a distinct function - some promoting stemness, while others regulate differentiation. Expression of Dpp and Gbb alone does not substantiate the claim that these tumor cells have acquired the niche-like property. To support their assertion that these tumors mimic the niche, the authors should provide additional evidence showing that these tumor cells also express other niche-associated markers. Alternatively, they could revise the manuscript title to more accurately reflect their findings.

      Dpp and Gbb are the key niche signals from cap cells for maintaining GSC stemness. Our work demonstrates that germline tumors can specifically mimic this signaling function, not the full suite of cap cell properties, to create a non-cell-autonomous differentiation block. The current title “Tumors mimic the niche to inhibit neighboring stem cell differentiation” reflects this precise concept: a partial, functional mimicry of the niche's most relevant activity in this context. We feel it is an appropriate and compelling summary of our main conclusion.

      In the Method section, the authors need to provide details on how dpp-lacZ expression levels were quantified and normalized.

      Thanks for this suggestion. Such information will be included in the revised manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the effects of transcriptional activation on chromatin dynamics and mobility. Using a breast cancer model, the authors examine the effects of estrogen receptor-a (ERa) stimulation and the resulting transcriptional activation on chromatin behavior at ERa-dependent loci during three distinct phases: unstimulated, acute stimulation, and chronic stimulation. Through live DNA and RNA imaging, the authors claim that ERa-dependent target genes display distinct bursting dynamics during periods of acute versus chronic simulation, accompanied by an overall increase in chromatin mobility. Notably, they claim that ERa-dependent loci display increased mobility during the non-bursting phase compared to the bursting phase. The study also attempts to explore the role of condensates in mediating these transcriptional and chromatin mobility changes using a single-molecule tracking assay to identify a unique population of low diffusion-coefficient molecules that appears upon E2 stimulation and is sensitive to 1,6-hexanediol.

      Strengths:

      While the study develops interesting tools that have the potential to provide useful insights into the relationship between transcriptional state, genomic locus mobility, and condensate formation, several major claims lack key supportive evidence, and the methods are inadequately established and described.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The use of 1,6 hexanediol experiments is not suitable for drawing conclusions in live cell experiments, as this assay is now widely recognized to be plagued with artifacts and inadequate as a test for condensate formation. 1,6 hexanediol perturbs all hydrophobic interactions and has effects ranging from perturbing kinase and phosphatase activities (Düster et al, J. Biol. Chem., 2021), immobilizing and condensing chromatin in living cells (Itoh et al., Life Sci. Alliance 2021), disrupting nuclear pore complexes (Ribbeck et al., EMBO 2002), nuclear transport (Barrientos et al., Nucleus, 2023), and does not disrupt charge-mediated phase separation (Zheng et al., EMBO, 2025). There is also a discussion on these effects in a recent article: Current practices in the study of biomolecular condensates: a community comment, Alberti, Nat. Comm., 2025.

      (2) The chromatin mobility is analyzed using displacement, and the differences are typically less than 50 nm. There is no discussion on the precision of this measurement and what these small differences may mean. No control loci are assessed to see if this effect is specific to the genes of interest or global.

      (3) The SMT analysis is performed using Mean Square Displacement fitting of short single trajectories, which is error-prone, and no analysis is performed on the localization precision or error in estimation of the key parameters. Potential artifacts from this analysis are reflected in the distribution of alpha and diffusion coefficients that are presented in this paper, which include physically impossible values on which major claims rest.

      (4) No experiment is performed to directly connect foci/cluster/condensation formation of ER at the genes of interest. Given these points alone, it is impossible to assess whether any of the claims made in the current manuscript are correct.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors explore dynamic chromosomal mobility and transcriptional bursting events in mammalian cells, particularly focusing on ERα-dependent gene activation. The authors investigate how the physical movement of DNA loci changes during different phases of gene transcription (bursting vs. non-bursting, acute vs. chronic stimulation). Using advanced live-cell imaging techniques, including SMT of ERα and dual DNA/RNA visualization, the study reveals a multi-state model of DNA mobility linked to the formation of transcription factor condensates. The authors conclude that differential DNA kinetics serve as a reliable indicator for detecting condensate formation during gene activation, offering new insights into the mechanisms regulating gene expression within the nucleus.

      Strengths:

      The authors have done substantial work, and a major strength of the manuscript is being able to image both DNA and RNA from the same gene, as well as the TF that acts on that gene. This multi-pronged approach leads to complementary insights into transcription bursting mechanisms.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness of the manuscript is the lack of appropriate controls that support the specificity of the effects observed. The exclusive focus on condensates as the underlying mechanism to explain their data is also a bit limiting.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      We thank all the reviewers for their comments and suggestions, which has helped in revising the manuscript for a broader audience. Some of the experiments that was suggested by the reviewers has been performed and included in the revised manuscript. The response to reviewers is provided below their comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      MprF proteins exist in many bacteria to synthesize aminoacyl phospholipids that have diverse biological functions, e.g. in the defense against small cationic peptides. They integrate two functions, the aminoacylation of lipids, i.e. the transfer of Lys, Arg or Ala from tRNAs to the head group, and the flipping of these modified lipids to the membrane outer leaflet. The authors present structures of MprF from Pseudomonas aeruginosa and describe these structures in great detail. As MprF enzymes confer antibiotic resistance and are therefore highly important, studying them is significant and interesting. Consequently, their structures have been substantially characterized in recent years, including the publication of the dimeric full-length MpfR from Rhizobium (Song et al., 2021).

      While the structural work appears to be solid and carried out well on the technical part, one big criticism is how the data are presented in the manuscript, how they are analyzed and how they are put into relation to previous work. As structures of Mpfr from Rhizobium have been published, it is not required and rather distracting to explain the methodological details and the structure of Pseudomonas MprF in such great detail. Instead, the manuscript would benefit very strongly from reaching the interesting and novel parts, the comparison with the previous structures, as early as possible. Overall, the manuscript should be substantially shortened to not divert the reader's attention away from the novel parts by drowning them in miniscule description of the structural features such as secondary structure elements or lipid molecule positions where it remains completely unclear what their relevance is to the story and the message of the paper. Finally, during this revision, care should be taken to improve the language and maybe involve a native speaker in doing so.

      It is true that we have described the experimental details of PaMprF in detail including the constructs. We had reconstructed the map of dimeric PaMprF in 2020 but with the publication of the homologues structures (Song et al 2021 and the unpublished Rhizobium etli structure), we had to make sure the PaMprF dimer is not an artefact. Hence, our attempts to rule out this with different constructs and extensive testing with various detergents. Thus, we would like to keep this in the manuscript. We realise the importance of focusing on novel/interesting parts and have reshuffled sections (comparing structures and validating the dimer interface) followed by description of modelling of lipid molecules.

      Even more importantly, since the authors observe a dimer interface which strongly deviates from the previously presented arrangement of another species, the most important thing would be to properly characterize this interface and experimentally validate it, both of which has not been done sufficiently. When also taking into account that there were significant differences in the arrangement of the dimer between their structures in GDN and nanodisc, and that in the GDN structure, the cholesterol backbone of GDN appears to be involved in the interface (there should not be any cholesterol in native bacterial membranes!), there is a realistic chance that the observed dimer is an artefact. If the authors cannot convincingly rule out this possibility, all their conclusions are meaningless.

      The trials with cholesterol hemisuccinate stems more of out of curiosity (we are aware that no cholesterol is present in bacterial membranes). We had started the initial analysis of PaMprF with DDM and by itself it was largely monomeric (unpublished observation and supported by recent publication of PaMprF in DDM – Hankins et al 2025). When we observed that GDN was essential for the stability of the dimer (and not even LMNG), we asked if a combination of CHS with DDM will keep the dimer intact, which didn’t work and GDN was found to be important. The use of CHS for prokaryotic membrane protein studies has now been reported in few different systems and a recent one includes – Caliseki et al., 2025. We would like to keep the observation with CHS in the manuscript, and we have moved this figure to Appendix Fig. S3C.

      In addition, in a recent report on MgtA, a magnesium transporter (Zeinert et al., 2025), it was observed that DDM/LMNG resulted in monomeric enzyme, while GDN resulted in dimeric enzyme albeit, the dimer interface was in the soluble domain. We have added this reference and observation of MgtA in the discussion (page 13, lines 407-411).

      We like to think that the milder GDN tends to keep the membrane proteins or oligomers of membrane proteins more stable but further studies on multiple labile membrane protein systems will be required to substantiate this.

      Hence, while I think that the data presented here would be worth publishing. However, a major drawback is that the authors do not sufficiently analyse, characterise and validate the dimer interface and fail to show that the dimer is biologically relevant.

      Further major points: - The authors always jump between their structures in detergent and nanodisc during all the descriptions, which makes following the story even more difficult. Please first describe one of the structures and then (briefly) discuss relevant similarities and differences afterwards.

      The flow and description of the structures is now modified and the figures have now been rearranged to make it easier to follow. The panel in figure 2 describing the overlay of the GDN and nanodisc is now moved to Appendix Fig. S2B. Thus, figure 2 has only description of salient features of the structures (the interacting residues between the membrane and soluble domain) and the terminal helix.

      • The difference in dimerization between Pseudomonas and Rhizobium is the most interesting and surprising feature (if true) of the new structures. However, it is not really presented as such. The authors should put more emphasis on making clear that this is a complete rotation of the monomers with respect to each other (by how many degrees?) and they should visualize it even more clearly in Figure 4 (and label the figure so that it is possible to understand it without having to read the text or the legend first).

      We thought the colouring of the TM helices should make the difference in interface more obvious (the N and C-terminal TM helices in different colours). Now, we have also labelled the TM helices, so that it is easier to follow (this was also shown in panel E). The rotation is ~180° and this is now mentioned in the figure legend.

      • P. 10: The authors insinuate that only one of the dimer interfaces, either Pseudomonas or Rhizobium could be real, but disregard the possibility that both might be the biologically relevant interfaces of the respective species and that there might have been a switch of interfaces during evolution. They should also mention and discuss this possibility.

      We didn’t imply that one of the interfaces is real but clearly mentioned that it could also be different conformational state (page 7, lines 226-228). In the revised version, we have included a multiple sequence alignment (we had not included in the initial draft as it had been presented in several previous publications). The MSA (Appendix Fig. S6) reveals that neither of the interfaces are highly conserved.

      • Fig. 5G: The authors claim that the higher molecular band that appears in the mutant is a "dimer with aberrant migration" of >250 kDa as opposed to the expected 150 kDa. They should explain how they came to this conclusion and how they can be sure that the band does not correspond to a higher oligomer (trimer or tetramer). They could show, by extraction and purification scheme similar to the wildtype using first LMNG and then GDN, followed by at least a preliminary EM analysis, that the crosslinked mutant MprF is indeed a dimer, or use other biophysical methods to do the same, otherwise this experiment does not show much. Furthermore, they should also include a cysteine mutant in the part of Pseudomonas MprF that would be involved in a Rhizobium-like interface in their crosslinking experiments to check whether they could also stabilize dimers in this case.

      The band of the double mutant after crosslinking (or even without crosslinking) migrates at higher molecular weight than that expected for a dimer, and could potentially be a higher molecular band that a dimer. We also note that in the previous publication by Song et al 2021, the crosslinking of RtMprF also resulted in a higher molecular weight band (shown also by Western blot).

      We now substantiate the dimer of PaMprF with different approaches. We employed blue-native gel and also SDS-PAGE of the purified protein. This clearly shows that the higher molecular band after crosslinking is a dimer (Figure 4B and Fig. EV4D). In particular, in the BN-PAGE, the treatment of mutants with crosslinkers revealed a dimeric band even in the presence of SDS. Further, we have performed cryoEM analysis of the mutants - H386C/F389C and H566C. The images, classes and reconstruction show that the enzyme forms a dimer similar to the WT. Interestingly, we also observe in H566C mutant in nanodisc, a small population that has similar architecture to the Rhizobium-like interface (classes shown in Fig. EV7 and Appendix Fig. S5). This prompted us to look closely at other datasets and it is clear that during the process of reconstitution in nanodisc, we observe both kinds of dimer interface but the PaMprF dimer is predominant. We also observe higher order oligomers (tetramer) in GDN but as only few views are visible, a reconstruction could not be obtained (Appendix Fig. S5). In addition, we also introduced two cysteines on the Rhizobium-like interface and no crosslinking on the membranes were observed (Figure 4B). But it is possible that these chosen mutants are not accessible to the crosslinker. Thus, we conclude that the oligomers of PaMprF is sensitive to nature of detergents and labile.

      • As the question whether the observed interface is real or an artefact is very central to the value of the structural data and the drawn conclusions from it, the authors should make more effort to analyze and try to validate the interface. First, an analysis of interface properties (buried surface area, nature of the interactions, conservation) should be performed for the interface as observed in the Pseudomonas structure but also for a (hypothetical) Rhizobium-like interface of two Pseudomonas monomers (such a model of a dimer should be easily obtainable by AlphaFold using the available Rhizobium structures as models). Then, experimental methods such as FRET or crosslinking-MS would allow to draw more solid conclusions on the distances between potential interface residues. While these experiments are a certain effort, the question whether the dimer interface is real is so central to the paper that it would be worthwhile to make this effort.

      We have included the interface area and nature of interactions in the revised manuscript (page 7, lines 221-223).

      We attempted AlphaFold for predicting the dimeric structure of PaMprF (and included RtMprF also). Some of the attempts from the predictions is summarised in figure 1.

      The prediction of monomer is of high confidence but the oligomer (here dimer) is of low confidence (from ipTM values). Even the prediction for Rhizobium enzyme has low confidence, and gives a complete different architecture (and in some trials with lipids, it gives an inverted or non-physiological dimer). Only when the monomer of PaMprF with lipids and tRNA was given as input (requested by reviewer 2 and described below), it predicts oligomeric structure with some confidence but rest were not informative.

      • As it seems that detergents might disrupt or modify the dimer interface, it might be an alternative to solubilize the protein in a more native environment by polymer-stabilized nanodiscs using DIBMA or similar molecules.

      We have tried to use SMALPs for extraction of PaMprF. We were able to solubilise but unable to enrich the enzyme sufficient for structural studies currently and will require further optimisation.

      • Since parts of the Discussion are mostly repetitions of the Results part and other parts of the Discussion also contain a large extend of structure analysis one would usually rather expect in the Results part instead of the Discussion, the authors should consider condensing both to a combined (and overall much shorter) Results & Discussion section.

      We have rewritten much of the discussion section and removed any repetition from the results sections. We would prefer to keep the results and discussion separate.

      Minor points: - Explain abbreviations the first time they appear in the text, e.g. TTH

      This is now expanded in the first instance

      • Figure labels are very minimalistic. This should be improved, e.g. by putting labels to important structural features that appear in the text, otherwise the figures are not an adequate support for the text.

      The font size for the labels have been increased.

      • Figure 5: Label where the different oligomers run on the gels

      Labelled.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      While the structural work appears to be solid and carried out well on the technical part, one big criticism is how the data are presented in the manuscript, how they are analyzed and how they are put into relation to previous work. As structures of Mpfr from Rhizobium have been published, it is not required and rather distracting to explain the methodological details and the structure of Pseudomonas MprF in such great detail. Instead, the manuscript would benefit very strongly from reaching the interesting and novel parts, the comparison with the previous structures, as early as possible. Overall, the manuscript should be substantially shortened to not divert the reader's attention away from the novel parts by drowning them in miniscule description of the structural features such as secondary structure elements or lipid molecule positions where it remains completely unclear what their relevance is to the story and the message of the paper. Finally, during this revision, care should be taken to improve the language and maybe involve a native speaker in doing so.

      Even more importantly, since the authors observe a dimer interface which strongly deviates from the previously presented arrangement of another species, the most important thing would be to properly characterize this interface and experimentally validate it, both of which has not been done sufficiently. When also taking into account that there were significant differences in the arrangement of the dimer between their structures in GDN and nanodisc, and that in the GDN structure, the cholesterol backbone of GDN appears to be involved in the interface (there should not be any cholesterol in native bacterial membranes!), there is a realistic chance that the observed dimer is an artefact. If the authors cannot convincingly rule out this possibility, all their conclusions are meaningless.

      Hence, while I think that the data presented here would be worth publishing. However, a major drawback is that the authors do not sufficiently analyse, characterise and validate the dimer interface and fail to show that the dimer is biologically relevant.

      Reviewer #2 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Shaileshanand J. et al., reported the structures of Multiple Peptide Resistance Factor, MprF, which is a bi-functional enzyme in bacteria responsible for aminoacylation of lipid head groups. The authors purified MprF from Pseudomonas aeruginosa in GDN micelles and nanodiscs, and by applying cryo-EM single particle method, they successfully reached near-atomic resolution, and built corresponding atomic models. By applying structural analysis as well as biochemistry methods, the authors demonstrated dimeric formation of MprF, exhibited the dynamic nature of the catalytic domain of this enzyme, and proposed a possible model on tRNA binding and aminoacylation.

      Major comments 1. In abstract, the authors stated 'Several lipid-like densities are observed in the cryoEM maps, which might indicate the path taken by the lipids and the coupling function of the two functional domains. Thus, the structure of a well characterised PaMprF lays a platform for understanding the mechanism of amino acid transfer to a lipid head group and subsequent flipping across the leaflet that changes the property of the membrane.' Firstly, those lipid-like densities were demonstrated in Fig 3A, since densities of lipids of purified membrane proteins often exist within regions of relatively low local resolution, or low quality, I think more detailed description on how the authors defined which part of the density belongs to lipid and how they acquired the modeling of some of the lipids is required. And the authors modeled phosphatidylglycerol into the GDN MprF, I would require additional experiment, for instance, mass spectrometry over the purified sample, to demonstrate the existence of this specific lipid with the sample. Secondly, regarding the last sentence in the abstract, how these structures lay a platform for further understanding was poorly discussed in both result section and discussion section, since the authors clearly stated 'This cavity perhaps provides a path for holding lipids...', then the statement in the next sentence 'Taken together... the vicinity to the cavities described above indicates the possible path taken by the lipids to enter and exit the enzyme' does not have a reliable evidence to support this conclusion, I would suggest the authors move these statements into discussion section, and elaborate more over this issue since it is an important part in the abstract, or make a more solid proof using other approaches, such as molecular dynamics simulation, to make these statements solid in the result section.

      The membranes of E. coli have predominantly phosphatidyl ethanolamine (PE) and phosphatidyl glycerol (PG) as the next abundant lipid with cardiolipin though smaller in number, plays an important role in functioning of many membrane proteins. In our map, the non-protein density are unambiguous and they can be observed as long density reflective of acyl chains (note that GDN used in purification has no acyl chain) and hence attributed these densities to lipids (Fig. EV4E/F and Figure 5A). Only in few of these densities, head group could be modelled and the identity of the lipid as PG at the dimer interface is based on the requirement of negatively charged lipids for oligomerisation of membrane proteins in general (for example – KcsA tetramer formation requires PG, Marius et al., 2005; Valiyaveetil et al., 2002;2004). It is true that the lipid densities are at the peripheral regions of the map but here only acyl chains have been modelled. Within the membrane domain, one reasonably ordered lipid is observed and by analogy with R. tropici structure, it is possible to build a modified-PG (in PaMprF here ala-PG). However, the density of the head group is not unambiguous (unlike lysine in the R. tropici, whose density stands out) and hence we have modelled it as PG alone. In the methods (page 20, lines 649-650), the identification and modelling of lipid densities is described.

      We agree that mass spectrometry analysis of purified lipids will be useful but it will not be able to tell the position of the lipid in the map (model) and for this we still require a map at higher resolution with better ordered lipids. We have recently built/developed the workflow for native MS and we plan to initiate analysis of PaMprF in the near future, which will provide details for the lipid purified with the enzyme.

      We had initiated molecular dynamics simulation during the review process, and we had included tRNA molecules (shorter version) as we felt the connection between tRNA binding and lipid modification was important. This would have also explained the path taken by lipids (performed by Hankins et al., 2025 in their publication). However, this is likely to require more work (and computing resources) and both mass spectrometry and molecular dynamics will be part of the future work.

      We have rewritten the discussion and changed the last line of the abstract to the following

      “From the structures, the binding modes of tRNA and lipid transport can be postulated and the mobile secondary structural elements in the synthase domain might play a mechanistic role”.

      (in the abstract, lines 24-26).

      Fig 2B, it seems the H566 sidechains were overlapping in the zoom-in figure of distance measurement between H566 residues, to clarify this, authors should either present another figure with rotation, to better demonstrate their relative locations, or swap this zoom-in figure with another figure with rotations. Also, could the authors briefly commenting on why they chose H566 for distance measurement specifically?

      The side chain of residue H566 in the nanodisc model face towards each other at the interface, hence this residue was chosen to shown the proximity.

      Related to previous comment, I see one additional green square in Fig. 2A and an additional green square in Fig. 2B, without any zoom-in images provided on these regions. Besides, they're focusing on two different domains with same color, any particular reason why they're there? If so, please provide the information in figure legends.

      The green squares in panels 2A and 2B are the regions that have been zoomed in panels 2D and 2E showing the interactions of the TTH. This is now made clear in the legend as well as in the figure.

      Related to previous comment, authors should also provide distance measurement over electrostatic interaction sites in Fig. 2A, since distance plays as an important factor in these forces.

      The electrostatic interactions have been included.

      For Fig. 2C, since in Fig. 1, the authors have already indicated the differences between reconstruction of the GDN and nanodisc datasets, this information provided here seems to be a bit abundant, I suggest either move this panel to Fig. 1, to make a visualization on both electron densities as well as atomic models, or move this panel to supplementary figures.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. The panel, figure 2C is moved to Appendix Fig. S2B.

      Fig. 3B, some of the spheres of the lipids were also marked as red, any particular reason why they're red? Do they indicate they're phosphate heads? If so, could the authors provide evidences how they define these orientations of the lipid heads? If not, any particular reason why they're red?

      Although, there are non-protein densities (i.e., density beyond noise that remain after modelling of protein residues and found individually) have been modelled as lipids (In Fig. EV4E, these additional densities are shown). Except for few, all these densities have been modelled only as acyl chain. The lipids modelled with head group and phosphate (that have oxygen) and the fit of the density are shown in both figure 3A and EV4F. Hence, the red (oxygen) is seen in the space filling model of lipids (the density for few lipids are shown, also in the response to the comment below).

      Fig. 3C, the fitted model of lipid and its corresponding density should be added to Fig. S4, to give more detailed view on the quality of the fitting.

      The figure 3 has now been reorganised and the new figure (fig. 5) has only 3 panels. We have provided an enlarged view of the lipids in the membrane domain along with unmodelled densities in 3A. In addition, in fig. EV4F, fit of the lipid to density (select lipids) are shown.

      Fig. 4D and 4E, could the authors also indicate the RMSD values when comparing the differences of RtMprF, PaMprF, ReMprF, this information would be helpful to understand how big of a difference within these three models.

      The RMSD values of the structural comparison is given in the text.

      Fig. 6E, the coloring used for CCA-Ala were similar to the blue part of soluble domain, could the authors change the coloring a bit? Also, for Fig. 6F, I would suggest the authors provide a prediction model, such as using AlphaFold3, of this tRNA interaction site, to further validate this proposed model.

      The colour of the CCA part is changed in the revised figure. Following the suggestion of the reviewer, we used AlphaFold3 to predict the complex formation of PaMprF with tRNA (or shorter version) (Figure 2). As mentioned above in response to reviewer 1, the prediction of dimeric enzyme was of low confidence and this is also reflected when a combination of tRNA, lipids and enzyme sequence are given. Instead of full-length tRNA, if only the CCA end is provided, then the prediction program does position this in the postulated cavity. Only with the monomeric enzyme and tRNA does one get a reasonable model. With respect to the proposed model in 6F, currently we don’t have any evidence and this remains a postulate. In the revised manuscript, we have replaced this with conservation figure, which we thought is more relevant.

      In Supplementary Figures S1 and S3, the angular distribution of maps exhibited preferred orientation to certain extent, 3D FSC estimation should also be supplied for these maps, as an indication of whether the reconstructed densities were affected or not.

      We have included the 3DFSC plots for all the data sets (including the new ones in figures EV1, 2, 5, 6, 7). It is evident that the nanodisc datasets in general are slightly anisotropic.

      For Fig S3B, could the authors switch to another image with better contrast?

      This is now replaced with an image to show the particles.

      Minor comments 1. Fig. 2E and 2F, distance measurement should also be supplied to these two panels.

      We have now included the distance measurement in both the panels, which are now Fig. 2D and 2E.

      Fig. 5D, since in Fig. 4F and 4G already mentioned the skeleton of GDN, this modeling part should be presented before exhibit it in dimer interface, the authors should rearrange the sequence over these three panels.

      The figures in the revised manuscript has been rearranged. Figure 5 (now figure 4) has been modified to include the biochemical analysis (crosslinking studies) and the panel 5D has been removed.

      In Supplementary Figure S3, which density was shown for the PaMprF local resolution estimation result? Authors should provide this information as two maps were shown in this figure.

      The local resolution is for C2 symmetrised map and this is now mentioned in the panel.

      CROSS-REFEREE COMMENTS Both Reviewer #1 and #3 made comments over technical issue, their evaluation over functional aspects of this protein is what I was lacking over my comments, also, their evaluation of the biological narrative, relevance toward previous research is also more insightful. Finally, they offer valuable suggestions on how to adjust the article to make it more readable, and better describing the biological story which I would suggest the authors to pay attention to.

      Reviewer #2 (Significance (Required)):

      Significance The authors mainly focused on the structure of MprF in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, this protein is essential for the resistance to cationic antimicrobial peptides. A combination of structural and biochemical analysis provided evidences to the dimeric formation to this enzyme, and the analysis over differences of purified proteins using GDN and nanodisc was particular interesting, which provide new insight regarding the flexible nature of this enzyme, and potentially could be beneficial to the membrane protein community, as it demonstrates the differences in detergent/nanodisc of choice could affect the assembly of the protein of interest. Still, some of the statements in the manuscript, for instance, the assignment of lipids was over-claimed and could be benefited from additional approaches to support the issue. I would suggest some refinement in the discussion section as well as some of the figures.

      My expertise: cryo-EM single particle analysis; cryo-ET; sub-tomo averaging; cryo-FIB;

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Jha and Vinothkumar characterize the cryoEM structure of the alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing multiple peptide resistance factor (MprF) of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. MprF proteins mediate the transfer of amino acids from aminoacyl-tRNAs to negatively charged phospholipids resulting in reduced membrane interactions with cationic antimicrobial peptides (produced by the host and competing microorganisms). The phospholipid modifications involve in most cases the transfer of lysine or alanine to phosphatidylglycerol. MprF proteins are membrane proteins consisting of a soluble and hydrophobic domain. Multiple functional studies have shown that the soluble domain of MprF mediates the aminoacylation of phosphatidylglycerol, while the hydrophobic domain mediates the "flipping" of aminoacylated phospholipids across the membrane, a process that is crucial to repulse or prevent the interaction of antimicrobial peptides encountered at the outer leaflet of bacterial membranes. Aside from its role in conferring antimicrobial peptide resistance, other roles of MprF have been described including more physiological roles such as improving growth under acidic conditions. Interestingly, MprF proteins are also found in Gram-negative bacteria which are already protected by an additional membrane that includes LPS. However, in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, MprF confers phenotypes that are similar to those observed in Gram-positive bacteria. Importantly, crystal structures of the soluble domain have led to important insights into aminoacyl phospholipid synthesis and recent studies on the cryoEM structure of Rhizobium tropici have confirmed functional and preliminary structural studies with other MprF proteins. The cryoEM structure from R. tropici confirmed the dimeric structure of MprF and supported a role of the hydrophobic domain in flipping lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol across the membrane. A comparison of the structures of lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol with alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprFs could reveal new insights into the mechanism of transferring aminoacyl-phospholipids from the soluble domain to the hydrophobic domain and translocation of alanyl- vs lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol across the membrane.

      Major concerns

      1. The study by Jha and Vinothkumar provides the cryoEM structure of an alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprF protein which is in principle an important milestone in gaining a better understanding of the mechanism of aminoacyl-phospholipid synthesis and flipping, including the potentially different requirements of accommodating different aminoacyl -tRNAs and aminoacyl-phospholipid species. However, this is not addressed. The authors present a "distinct architecture" compared to the structure of R. tropici- MprF, without providing functional insights and the focus of the study shifts to the role of detergents in determining MprF structures via cryoEM. Thus, after fundamental discoveries have been made with crystal structures of the soluble domain and cryoEM structure of R. tropici, this study -while valuable as a resource- seems to offer only an incremental advance in understanding the mode of action of MprF and the potential different requirements for transferring alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol to the hydrophobic domain and flipping across the membrane. The reader is left with the finding of a distinct architecture with no further explanation or hypothesis.

      We thank the reviewer for his/her comments. It is true that the crystal structures of soluble domains of MprF (from 3 species) and the cryoEM structures are now available (two Rhizobium species). However, the cryoEM maps that we have obtained has several salient features including the distinct dimeric interface and the position of the C-terminal helix of the soluble domain. This in particular is important. In the previous study, Hebecker et al 2011 had reported that the terminal helix of PaMprF was important for the activity and the construct without the TM domain can also function in modifying the lipids. The full-length cryoEM map of PaMprF in GDN now provides an idea how this occurs, with the terminal helix buried at the interface. Further, the proposed tRNA binding site (from Hebecker et al 2015, lysine amide bound structure) face other in the dimeric architecture of R. tropici and it is not clear how the full-length tRNA will bind without disrupting the dimer. In contrast, the dimer architecture observed for PaMprF has the tRNA binding site facing away and they can bind to the enzyme without any constraints. We think the mobile/dynamic elements (or secondary structure) of the synthase domain play a major role in interaction with substrates and mechanism. The current structures provide some evidence for this and form the basis of future studies. Instead of cartoon description, we have now included a conservation plot of the molecule in explaining the possible mechanism along with the surface representation in figure 6.

      Differences to R.tropici MprF and other studies are difficult to follow as only a topological map of the Pseudomonas MprF is provided and conserved amino acids that have been shown to be crucial in mediating synthesis and flipping are not highlighted in the text or in the figures, specifically addressed, or discussed. Conserved amino acids in the presented cryoEM structure could provide important mechanistic insights and could address substrate specificity/requirements for aminoacyl phospholipid synthesis, transfer to the hydrophobic domain and flipping.

      The conservation of residues across MprF homologues have been presented in previous published articles and hence, initially we had not included in the manuscript. We have now included multiple sequence alignment of select homologues of MprF highlighting conserved residues (Appendix Fig. S6) as well a figure (Fig. 6F) colouring the molecule with conservation scores with CONSURF. In figure 6F, zoomed in version, we highlight the many of the conserved residues in the synthase domain as they play a role in substrate selectivity.

      Authors characterize an alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprF but do not detect the lipid in the cryoEM structure. Thus, the potential path taken by alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol remains unclear. Authors model the detected lipids as phosphatidylglycerol, which may be an interesting finding as it would indicate that MprF is generally capable of flipping phospholipids (this is however not discussed). While it is plausible that MprF flippases may be able to flip phosphatidyglycerol it could have a different path and structural requirements. It is also difficult to follow what the suggested pathway of flipping is in the Pseudomonas-MprF flippase (compared to R.tropici). Authors could provide a similar overview figure as in Song et al. and indicate what the potential differences are.

      We modelled phosphatidylglycerol as the lipid as the current density doesn’t allow to model ala-PG ambiguously though it is found in the same position as the lys-PG in the R. tropici maps. The recent in-vitro assay by Hankins et al 2025 shows that PaMprF is able to flip wide range of lipids and we would also like to point out that PG from outer leaflet can be flipped, whose headgroup can be modified at the inner leaflet and flipped back. As shown by Song et al 2021 and Hebecker et al 2011, the specificity for the substrates is in the synthase domain (by mutagenesis and swapping). We don’t think there will be any difference between the lys-PG and Ala-PG path but in our opinion the positional relation between the soluble and membrane domain is the most important and has remained the focus of the manuscript along with the dimeric architecture. The figure 6 in the manuscript is descriptive of this and provides a summary of the structural observation from the presented structures.

      Minor concerns

      • Page 13: the following sentence should be rephrased: "Among the missing links in the current cryoEM maps is the lack of well-ordered density for lipid molecules on the inner leaflet closer to the re-entrant helices but it is reasonable to assume from the cluster of positive charge that there will be lipid molecules and are dynamic. "

      This is has been rephrased.

      • Page 4: Klein et al do not show that the Pseudomonas aeruginosa MprF mediates flipping

      Corrected to reflect only the modification of lipid and not flipping.

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      General assessment: see review

      Advance: Minor

      Audience: Specialized

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Jha and Vinothkumar characterize the cryoEM structure of the alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing multiple peptide resistance factor (MprF) of Pseudomonas aeruginosa. MprF proteins mediate the transfer of amino acids from aminoacyl-tRNAs to negatively charged phospholipids resulting in reduced membrane interactions with cationic antimicrobial peptides (produced by the host and competing microorganisms). The phospholipid modifications involve in most cases the transfer of lysine or alanine to phosphatidylglycerol. MprF proteins are membrane proteins consisting of a soluble and hydrophobic domain. Multiple functional studies have shown that the soluble domain of MprF mediates the aminoacylation of phosphatidylglycerol, while the hydrophobic domain mediates the "flipping" of aminoacylated phospholipids across the membrane, a process that is crucial to repulse or prevent the interaction of antimicrobial peptides encountered at the outer leaflet of bacterial membranes. Aside from its role in conferring antimicrobial peptide resistance, other roles of MprF have been described including more physiological roles such as improving growth under acidic conditions. Interestingly, MprF proteins are also found in Gram-negative bacteria which are already protected by an additional membrane that includes LPS. However, in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, MprF confers phenotypes that are similar to those observed in Gram-positive bacteria. Importantly, crystal structures of the soluble domain have led to important insights into aminoacyl phospholipid synthesis and recent studies on the cryoEM structure of Rhizobium tropici have confirmed functional and preliminary structural studies with other MprF proteins. The cryoEM structure from R. tropici confirmed the dimeric structure of MprF and supported a role of the hydrophobic domain in flipping lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol across the membrane. A comparison of the structures of lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol with alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprFs could reveal new insights into the mechanism of transferring aminoacyl-phospholipids from the soluble domain to the hydrophobic domain and translocation of alanyl- vs lysyl-phosphatidylglycerol across the membrane.

      Major concerns:

      1. The study by Jha and Vinothkumar provides the cryoEM structure of an alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprF protein which is in principle an important milestone in gaining a better understanding of the mechanism of aminoacyl-phospholipid synthesis and flipping, including the potentially different requirements of accommodating different aminoacyl -tRNAs and aminoacyl-phospholipid species. However, this is not addressed. The authors present a "distinct architecture" compared to the structure of R. tropici- MprF, without providing functional insights and the focus of the study shifts to the role of detergents in determining MprF structures via cryoEM. Thus, after fundamental discoveries have been made with crystal structures of the soluble domain and cryoEM structure of R. tropici, this study -while valuable as a resource- seems to offer only an incremental advance in understanding the mode of action of MprF and the potential different requirements for transferring alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol to the hydrophobic domain and flipping across the membrane. The reader is left with the finding of a distinct architecture with no further explanation or hypothesis.

      2. Differences to R.tropici MprF and other studies are difficult to follow as only a topological map of the Pseudomonas MprF is provided and conserved amino acids that have been shown to be crucial in mediating synthesis and flipping are not highlighted in the text or in the figures, specifically addressed, or discussed. Conserved amino acids in the presented cryoEM structure could provide important mechanistic insights and could address substrate specificity/requirements for aminoacyl phospholipid synthesis, transfer to the hydrophobic domain and flipping.

      3. Authors characterize an alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprF but do not detect the lipid in the cryoEM structure. Thus, the potential path taken by alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol remains unclear. Authors model the detected lipids as phosphatidylglycerol, which may be an interesting finding as it would indicate that MprF is generally capable of flipping phospholipids (this is however not discussed). While it is plausible that MprF flippases may be able to flip phosphatidyglycerol it could have a different path and structural requirements. It is also difficult to follow what the suggested pathway of flipping is in the Pseudomonas-MprF flippase (compared to R.tropici). Authors could provide a similar overview figure as in Song et al. and indicate what the potential differences are.

      Minor concerns:

      1. Page 13: the following sentence should be rephrased: "Among the missing links in the current cryoEM maps is the lack of well-ordered density for lipid molecules on the inner leaflet closer to the re-entrant helices but it is reasonable to assume from the cluster of positive charge that there will be lipid molecules and are dynamic. "

      2. Page 4: Klein et al do not show that the Pseudomonas aeruginosa MprF mediates flipping

      Significance

      General assessment:

      The study by Jha and Vinothkumar provides the cryoEM structure of an alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol producing MprF protein which is in principle an important milestone in gaining a better understanding of the mechanism of aminoacyl-phospholipid synthesis and flipping, including the potentially different requirements of accommodating different aminoacyl -tRNAs and aminoacyl-phospholipid species. However, this is not addressed. The authors present a "distinct architecture" compared to the structure of R. tropici- MprF, without providing functional insights and the focus of the study shifts to the role of detergents in determining MprF structures via cryoEM. Thus, after fundamental discoveries have been made with crystal structures of the soluble domain and cryoEM structure of R. tropici, this study -while valuable as a resource- seems to offer only an incremental advance in understanding the mode of action of MprF and the potential different requirements for transferring alanyl-phosphatidylglycerol to the hydrophobic domain and flipping across the membrane

      Advance: Minor

      Audience: Specialized

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Shaileshanand J. et al., reported the structures of Multiple Peptide Resistance Factor, MprF, which is a bi-functional enzyme in bacteria responsible for aminoacylation of lipid head groups. The authors purified MprF from Pseudomonas aeruginosa in GDN micelles and nanodiscs, and by applying cryo-EM single particle method, they successfully reached near-atomic resolution, and built corresponding atomic models. By applying structural analysis as well as biochemistry methods, the authors demonstrated dimeric formation of MprF, exhibited the dynamic nature of the catalytic domain of this enzyme, and proposed a possible model on tRNA binding and aminoacylation.

      Major comments:

      1. In abstract, the authors stated 'Several lipid-like densities are observed in the cryoEM maps, which might indicate the path taken by the lipids and the coupling function of the two functional domains. Thus, the structure of a well characterised PaMprF lays a platform for understanding the mechanism of amino acid transfer to a lipid head group and subsequent flipping across the leaflet that changes the property of the membrane.' Firstly, those lipid-like densities were demonstrated in Fig 3A, since densities of lipids of purified membrane proteins often exist within regions of relatively low local resolution, or low quality, I think more detailed description on how the authors defined which part of the density belongs to lipid and how they acquired the modeling of some of the lipids is required. And the authors modeled phosphatidylglycerol into the GDN MprF, I would require additional experiment, for instance, mass spectrometry over the purified sample, to demonstrate the existence of this specific lipid with the sample. Secondly, regarding the last sentence in the abstract, how these structures lay a platform for further understanding was poorly discussed in both result section and discussion section, since the authors clearly stated 'This cavity perhaps provides a path for holding lipids...', then the statement in the next sentence 'Taken together... the vicinity to the cavities described above indicates the possible path taken by the lipids to enter and exit the enzyme' does not have a reliable evidence to support this conclusion, I would suggest the authors move these statements into discussion section, and elaborate more over this issue since it is an important part in the abstract, or make a more solid proof using other approaches, such as molecular dynamics simulation, to make these statements solid in the result section.

      2. Fig 2B, it seems the H566 sidechains were overlapping in the zoom-in figure of distance measurement between H566 residues, to clarify this, authors should either present another figure with rotation, to better demonstrate their relative locations, or swap this zoom-in figure with another figure with rotations. Also, could the authors briefly commenting on why they chose H566 for distance measurement specifically?

      3. Related to previous comment, I see one additional green square in Fig. 2A and an additional green square in Fig. 2B, without any zoom-in images provided on these regions. Besides, they're focusing on two different domains with same color, any particular reason why they're there? If so, please provide the information in figure legends.

      4. Related to previous comment, authors should also provide distance measurement over electrostatic interaction sites in Fig. 2A, since distance plays as an important factor in these forces.

      5. For Fig. 2C, since in Fig. 1, the authors have already indicated the differences between reconstruction of the GDN and nanodisc datasets, this information provided here seems to be a bit abundant, I suggest either move this panel to Fig. 1, to make a visualization on both electron densities as well as atomic models, or move this panel to supplementary figures.

      6. Fig. 3B, some of the spheres of the lipids were also marked as red, any particular reason why they're red? Do they indicate they're phosphate heads? If so, could the authors provide evidences how they define these orientations of the lipid heads? If not, any particular reason why they're red?

      7. Fig. 3C, the fitted model of lipid and its corresponding density should be added to Fig. S4, to give more detailed view on the quality of the fitting.

      8. Fig. 4D and 4E, could the authors also indicate the RMSD values when comparing the differences of RtMprF, PaMprF, ReMprF, this information would be helpful to understand how big of a difference within these three models.

      9. Fig. 6E, the coloring used for CCA-Ala were similar to the blue part of soluble domain, could the authors change the coloring a bit? Also, for Fig. 6F, I would suggest the authors provide a prediction model, such as using AlphaFold3, of this tRNA interaction site, to further validate this proposed model.

      10. In Supplementary Figures S1 and S3, the angular distribution of maps exhibited preferred orientation to certain extent, 3D FSC estimation should also be supplied for these maps, as an indication of whether the reconstructed densities were affected or not.

      11. For Fig S3B, could the authors switch to another image with better contrast?

      Minor comments:

      1. Fig. 2E and 2F, distance measurement should also be supplied to these two panels.

      2. Fig. 5D, since in Fig. 4F and 4G already mentioned the skeleton of GDN, this modeling part should be presented before exhibit it in dimer interface, the authors should rearrange the sequence over these three panels.

      3. In Supplementary Figure S3, which density was shown for the PaMprF local resolution estimation result? Authors should provide this information as two maps were shown in this figure.

      CROSS-REFEREE COMMENTS

      Both Reviewer #1 and #3 made comments over technical issue, their evaluation over functional aspects of this protein is what I was lacking over my comments, also, their evaluation of the biological narrative, relevance toward previous research is also more insightful. Finally, they offer valuable suggestions on how to adjust the article to make it more readable, and better describing the biological story which I would suggest the authors to pay attention to.

      Significance

      Significance

      The authors mainly focused on the structure of MprF in Pseudomonas aeruginosa, this protein is essential for the resistance to cationic antimicrobial peptides. A combination of structural and biochemical analysis provided evidences to the dimeric formation to this enzyme, and the analysis over differences of purified proteins using GDN and nanodisc was particular interesting, which provide new insight regarding the flexible nature of this enzyme, and potentially could be beneficial to the membrane protein community, as it demonstrates the differences in detergent/nanodisc of choice could affect the assembly of the protein of interest. Still, some of the statements in the manuscript, for instance, the assignment of lipids was over-claimed and could be benefited from additional approaches to support the issue. I would suggest some refinement in the discussion section as well as some of the figures.

      My expertise: cryo-EM single particle analysis; cryo-ET; sub-tomo averaging; cryo-FIB;

  3. academic-oup-com.proxy.lib.umich.edu academic-oup-com.proxy.lib.umich.edu
    1. nt.

      Summary: recent critics of capatalism argue abt the economic inequality of it and "violating basic precepts of rational justification." This is connected to surplus extraction under capitalism. It's marketed as a system of freedom and equality, but remains neither of those things though the following points:

      1.) Unjust Abuse of power. 2.)Exploitation is a dividend of servitude, specifically "having to respond to the extractive ends and dispositions of the powerful." Money for example 3.) Structural Domination is a useful and coherent notion. 4.) The Capitalist has global variety. Like Colonial Imperialism, and liberal imperialism (what's happening nowadays.

    1. Whenever you interact with online content your activities are not entirely private. You leave a digital footprint when you access websites, search Google, or download and interact with apps. What kind of impact can this have on your life? Why should you care? This section will help you become more aware of issues around digital privacy and will identify areas that might be of particular concern to you.

      This highlights how every online action leaves a trace, even if we think it's private. It's a good reminder to be aware of what we share and how our digital footprint can affect our privacy and future opportunities.

    2. An increasing number of employers are using social media to screen job applicants. While some content on public social media can harm your chances of being hired, other content may make you stand out as a potential asset for a company.

      This shows how social media can impact future opportunities. It's important to post responsibly and use it to show positive qualities that could help in a career.

    3. Poorly thought out, inappropriate, or offensive messages on social media can have serious consequences. The article “How One Stupid Tweet Blew Up Justine Sacco’s Life” focuses on the story of a public relations professional who sent out, on her personal account, a tweet that was interpreted as being racist and insensitive (Ronson, 2015). Despite having only 170 Twitter followers, within hours her tweet became the number one worldwide trend on Twitter and received tens of thousands of angry responses. Sacco lost her job, had employees of a hotel threaten to strike if she stayed there, and received criticism from her family. Months after the incident, after being limited in where she could find employment, she was still under scrutiny for her career choices. She even found it challenging to date as people would look her up online and see the negative and controversial things that had been written about her.

      This passage shows how one post can have a serious real-life consequences and why thinking before posting is an importsnt part of digital citizenship.

    1. multa
      • Informativo 1143
      • ADPF 1011 / PE
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. GILMAR MENDES
      • Julgamento: 28/06/2024 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Processual Civil, Constitucional
      • Matéria: Execução; Multa Simples; Tribunal De Contas; Legitimidade Ad Causam/Fiscalização Contábil, Financeira e Orçamentária; Controle Externo; Tribunal de Contas

      Multas aplicadas pelo Tribunal de Contas estadual: legitimidade dos entes públicos para executá-las

      Tese fixada - 1. O Município prejudicado é o legitimado para a execução de crédito decorrente de multa aplicada por Tribunal de Contas estadual a agente público municipal, em razão de danos causados ao erário municipal.

      • 2. Compete ao Estado-membro a execução de crédito decorrente de multas simples, aplicadas por Tribunais de Contas estaduais a agentes públicos municipais, em razão da inobservância das normas de Direito Financeiro ou, ainda, do descumprimento dos deveres de colaboração impostos, pela legislação, aos agentes públicos fiscalizados.

      Resumo - Os estados possuem legitimidade ativa para executar multas meramente sancionatórias aplicadas por seus Tribunais de Contas em face de agentes públicos municipais que, por seus atos, infrinjam as normas de Direito Financeiro ou violem os deveres de colaboração com o órgão de controle, impostos pela legislação.

      • A Constituição Federal de 1988 confere aos Tribunais de Contas em todo o País a competência para aplicar as sanções previstas em lei aos responsáveis por ilegalidades de despesas ou irregularidades nas contas (1).

      • Consoante o julgamento que originou a fixação da tese do Tema 642 da repercussão geral, o que determina o ente competente para executar a multa aplicada pelas Cortes de Contas estaduais é a natureza jurídica dessa sanção. A multa simples imposta ao agente público municipal — que diz respeito à modalidade sancionatória de responsabilidade financeira — em razão da grave inobservância de normas financeiras, contábeis e orçamentárias, ou como consequência direta da violação de deveres de colaboração que os agentes fiscalizados devem guardar com o órgão de controle (obrigações acessórias), configura ferramenta de desincentivo à prática de futuras transgressões dessas normas e, em certos casos, de reafirmação da autoridade das decisões ou diligências determinadas pelos Tribunais de Contas.

      • Por outro lado, as penalidades de imputação de débito e de multa proporcional ao dano abrangem a modalidade reintegratória de responsabilidade financeira, eis que visam recompor o erário em virtude de desvio, pagamento indevido ou falta de cobrança ou liquidação, nos termos da lei.

      • Nesse contexto, quando as sanções aplicadas pelo Tribunal de Contas estadual a agente público municipal referirem-se ao ressarcimento ao erário, a legitimidade para executá-las é do município cujo patrimônio público foi atingido (2), ao passo que é o próprio estado o legitimado ativo para executar as multas que decorrem do poder sancionador da Corte de Contas (sanção pecuniária e que não possui qualquer relação com a existência de dano ao erário) (3).

      • Com base nesses e em outros entendimentos, o Plenário, por unanimidade, julgou procedente a ação, bem como (i) assentou que a presente decisão não afeta automaticamente a coisa julgada formada em momento anterior à publicação da ata deste julgamento; e (ii) determinou o acréscimo de uma nova proposição (item 2) à tese do Tema 642 da repercussão geral, a fim de abranger o novo entendimento do Tribunal.


      • Informativo 1029
      • RE 1003433 / RJ - Tema 642
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. MARCO AURÉLIO
      • Redator(a) do acórdão: Min. ALEXANDRE DE MORAES
      • Julgamento: 14/09/2021 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Processual Civil, Administrativo
      • Matéria: Execução; Controle externo

      Legitimidade para executar multa por danos causados a erário municipal

      Tese fixada - O Município prejudicado é o legitimado para a execução de crédito decorrente de multa aplicada por Tribunal de Contas estadual a agente público municipal, em razão de danos causados ao erário municipal.

      Resumo - Os estados não têm legitimidade ativa para a execução de multas aplicadas, por Tribunais de Contas estaduais, em face de agentes públicos municipais, que, por seus atos, tenham causado prejuízos a municípios.

      • Se a multa aplicada pelo Tribunal de Contas decorre da prática de atos que causaram prejuízo ao erário municipal, o legitimado ativo para a execução do crédito fiscal é o município lesado, e não o estado (1). Entendimento diverso caracterizaria hipótese de enriquecimento sem causa.

      • Com base nesse entendimento, o Plenário, por maioria, ao julgar o Tema 642 da RG, negou provimento a recurso extraordinário. Vencidos os ministros Marco Aurélio (relator) e Edson Fachin.

      Precedentes: RE 525.663 AgR e RE 223.037

    2. regulador
      • Informativo 1007
      • ADI 1668 / DF
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. EDSON FACHIN
      • Julgamento: 27/02/2021 (Virtual)
      • Ramo do Direito: Administrativo
      • Matéria: AGÊNCIAS REGULADORAS

      Serviços de telecomunicações: criação da ANATEL e competências do órgão regulador

      Resumo - A competência atribuída ao chefe do Poder Executivo para expedir decreto em ordem a instituir ou eliminar a prestação do serviço em regime público, em concomitância ou não com a prestação no regime privado, aprovar o plano geral de outorgas do serviço em regime público e o plano de metas de universalização do serviço prestado em regime público está em perfeita consonância com o poder regulamentar previsto no art. 84, IV, parte final, e VI, da Constituição Federal (CF). O art. 18, I, II e III da Lei 9.472/1997 é compatível com os arts. 21, XI, e 48, XII, da Constituição Federal (CF).

      • A competência da Agência Nacional de Telecomunicações (ANATEL) para expedir normas subordina-se aos preceitos legais e regulamentares que regem a outorga, prestação e fruição dos serviços de telecomunicações no regime público e no regime privado. O art. 19, IV e X, da Lei 9.472/1997, desse modo, é constitucional.

      • A busca e posterior apreensão efetuada sem ordem judicial, com base apenas no poder de polícia de que é investida a ANATEL, mostra-se <u>inconstitucional</u> diante da violação ao disposto no princípio da inviolabilidade de domicílio, à luz do art. 5º, XI, da Constituição Federal. Logo, o art. 19, XV, da Lei 9.472/1997 é inconstitucional. A competência atribuída ao Conselho Diretor da ANATEL para editar normas próprias de licitação e contratação (Lei 9.472/1997, art. 22, II) deve observar o arcabouço normativo atinente às licitações e aos contratos, em respeito ao princípio da legalidade.

      • Diante da especificidade dos serviços de telecomunicações, é válida a criação de novas modalidades licitatórias por <u>lei de mesma hierarquia</u> da Lei Geral de Licitações (Lei 8.666/1993). Portanto, sua disciplina deve ser feita por meio de lei, e não de atos infralegais, em obediência aos artigos 21, XI, e 22, XXVII, do texto constitucional. Em razão disso, é inconstitucional a expressão “serão disciplinados pela Agência” contida no art. 55 da Lei 9.472/1997.

      • A contratação, a que se refere o art. 59 da Lei 9.472/1997, de técnicos ou empresas especializadas, inclusive consultores independentes e auditores externos, para executar atividades de competência da ANATEL, deve observar o regular procedimento licitatório previsto pelas leis de regência.

      • A possibilidade de concomitância de regimes público e privado de prestação do serviço, assim como a definição das modalidades do serviço são questões estritamente técnicas, da alçada da agência, a quem cabe o estabelecimento das bases normativas de cada matéria relacionada à execução, à definição e ao estabelecimento das regras peculiares a cada serviço.

      • A ANATEL não pode disciplinar procedimento licitatório simplificado por meio de norma de hierarquia inferior à Lei Geral de Licitações, sob pena de ofensa ao princípio da reserva legal. Por isso, são inconstitucionais as expressões “simplificado” e “nos termos por ela regulados” do art. 119, da Lei 9.472/1997.

      • A competência atribuída ao chefe do Poder Executivo para expedir decreto em ordem a instituir ou eliminar a prestação do serviço em regime público, em concomitância ou não com a prestação no regime privado, aprovar o plano geral de outorgas do serviço em regime público e o plano de metas de universalização do serviço prestado em regime público está em perfeita consonância com o poder regulamentar previsto no art. 84, IV, parte final, e VI, da Constituição Federal (CF). O art. 18, I, II e III da Lei 9.472/1997 (1) é compatível com os arts. 21, XI, e 48, XII, da Constituição Federal (CF) (2).

      • De fato, as medidas previstas no art. 18 são atinentes à execução da política de telecomunicações definidas no corpo da Lei 9.472/1997 e estão condicionadas por várias normas desse diploma.

      • O caput do art. 18 da Lei 9.472/1997 observa, portanto, esses dispositivos constitucionais, que atribuem ao Presidente da República a competência para expedir decretos e regulamentos destinados à fiel execução de lei, e a ele outorgam o poder de dispor, mediante decreto, sobre a organização e funcionamento da administração federal.

      • É ínsito ao poder regulamentar atuar secundum legem e intra legem. Assim, atendidos os limites da legislação que rege a matéria, a Lei 9.472/1997, ao tempo em que confere tal poder ao Presidente da República, também fixa parâmetros para o seu exercício.

      • A competência da Agência Nacional de Telecomunicações (ANATEL) para expedir normas subordina-se aos preceitos legais e regulamentares que regem a outorga, prestação e fruição dos serviços de telecomunicações no regime público e no regime privado. O art. 19, IV e X, da Lei 9.472/1997 (3), desse modo, é constitucional.

      • Na esteira da jurisprudência do Supremo Tribunal Federal (STF) (4), cabe às agências reguladoras, como a ANATEL, desempenhar a tarefa ordenadora e fiscalizatórias dos setores a elas submetidos. E, para a adequada execução dessa função, exsurge o poder de expedir normas como imanente à atividade regulatória das agências, a quem compete, no âmbito de sua atuação e nos limites do arcabouço normativo sobre o tema, disciplinar a prestação dos serviços.

      • Não se trata, portanto, de delegação de poderes legislativos, pois a expedição de normas regulatórias é sempre exercida com fundamento na lei, que também lhe serve de limite, mas que não esgota as possibilidades de mediação dos interesses diversos colocados para composição pelos órgãos reguladores.

      • A busca e posterior apreensão efetuada sem ordem judicial, com base apenas no poder de polícia de que é investida a ANATEL, mostra-se inconstitucional diante da violação ao disposto no princípio da inviolabilidade de domicílio, à luz do art. 5º, XI, da Constituição Federal (5). Logo, o art. 19, XV, da Lei 9.472/1997 (6) é inconstitucional.

      • A possibilidade de promoção de interdição de estabelecimentos, instalações ou equipamentos, e apreensão de bens ou produtos, nos termos do art. 3º, parágrafo único, da Lei 10.871/2004 (que dispõe sobre a criação de carreiras e organização de cargos efetivos das autarquias especiais, denominadas agências reguladoras), constitui exercício do poder de polícia da Administração Pública, dotado de autoexecutoriedade, inerente ao exercício dessa função (7).

      • Ocorre que o art. 19, XV, da Lei 9.472/1997, que estabelece a busca e apreensão de bens, tem uma dimensão distinta. Frise-se que, segundo orientação do STF, o conceito de domicílio não está limitado à residência domiciliar, mas abarca também qualquer compartimento privado onde alguém exerce profissão ou atividade (8).

      • A competência atribuída ao Conselho Diretor da ANATEL para editar normas próprias de licitação e contratação (Lei 9.472/1997, art. 22, II) (9) deve observar o arcabouço normativo atinente às licitações e aos contratos, em respeito ao princípio da legalidade.

      • Com efeito, as agências reguladoras não possuem a prerrogativa de legislar em matéria de licitação. Primeiro, porque isso viola a competência legislativa privativa da União (CF, art. 22, XXVII). Segundo, porque inovar no ordenamento jurídico não se encontra dentre os atributos que a função regulatória desses órgãos detêm, uma vez que eles colmatam lacunas propositais de natureza técnica na legislação, mas não podem estabelecer, de forma originária e primária, deveres e obrigações aos particulares, menos ainda exercer atividade criativa no que concerne a modalidades licitatórias e contratuais.

      • Diante da especificidade dos serviços de telecomunicações, é válida a criação de novas modalidades licitatórias por lei de mesma hierarquia da Lei Geral de Licitações (Lei 8.666/1993). Portanto, sua disciplina deve ser feita por meio de lei, e não de atos infralegais, em obediência aos artigos 21, XI, e 22, XXVII, do texto constitucional. Em razão disso, é inconstitucional a expressão “serão disciplinados pela Agência” contida no art. 55 da Lei 9.472/1997 (10).

      • A inserção, no ordenamento jurídico, de novas modalidades licitatórias, por lei que tem o mesmo status que a Lei Geral de Licitações não viola a Carta Magna. Todavia, para que seja respeitado o princípio da reserva legal e, ainda, tendo em vista que a consulta é instituto que não está restrito à ANATEL, mas cuja aplicação foi estendida, por meio do art. 37 da Lei 9.986/2000, a todas as agências reguladoras, a disciplina deve dar-se mediante lei.

      • A contratação, a que se refere o art. 59 da Lei 9.472/1997 (11), de técnicos ou empresas especializadas, inclusive consultores independentes e auditores externos, para executar atividades de competência da ANATEL, deve observar o regular procedimento licitatório previsto pelas leis de regência.

      • Efetivamente, a contratação sem o procedimento licitatório previsto pelas leis de regência fere o art. 22, XXVII, da CF.

      • A possibilidade de concomitância de regimes público e privado de prestação do serviço, assim como a definição das modalidades do serviço são questões estritamente técnicas, da alçada da agência, a quem cabe o estabelecimento das bases normativas de cada matéria relacionada à execução, à definição e ao estabelecimento das regras peculiares a cada serviço.

      • Diante da existência de parâmetros definidores na legislação, e da permissão constitucional para a prestação do serviço de telecomunicações pelo regime privado, por meio de autorização, não se vislumbra inconstitucionalidade nos artigos 65, III, §§ 1º e 2º, 66 e 69 da Lei 9.472/1997 (12).

      • A atribuição à agência da competência para definir os serviços não desborda dos limites de seu poder regulatório.

      • A previsão constitucional do art. 21, XI, permite a exploração “diretamente ou mediante autorização, concessão ou permissão, os serviços de telecomunicações, nos termos da lei ”.

      • Portanto, a despeito da previsão mais genérica do art. 175 da CF (13), no caso dos serviços de telecomunicações, é o texto constitucional que permite a exploração por meio de autorização, o que significa conferir à Administração a faculdade de instituir um regime privado, submetido à livre concorrência, ainda que derrogado parcialmente pela regulação estabelecida pela ANATEL (14).

      • A ANATEL não pode disciplinar procedimento licitatório simplificado por meio de norma de hierarquia inferior à Lei Geral de Licitações, sob pena de ofensa ao princípio da reserva legal. Por isso, são inconstitucionais as expressões “simplificado” e “nos termos por ela regulados” do art. 119, da Lei 9.472/1997 (15).

      • As normas licitatórias são cogentes, não viabilizando atuação livre deste ou daquele administrador, por maior que lhe seja a envergadura.

      • Com base nesse entendimento, o Plenário, por maioria, julgou parcialmente procedente pedido formulado em ação direta ajuizada contra dispositivos da Lei 9.472/1997, que dispõe sobre a organização dos serviços de telecomunicações, a criação e o funcionamento de um órgão regulador e outros aspectos institucionais, nos termos da Emenda Constitucional 8/1995. Vencido o ministro Roberto Barroso.

    3. ato cooperativo
      • ADI 429
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. LUIZ FUX
      • Julgamento: 20/08/2014
      • Publicação: 30/10/2014

      AÇÃO DIRETA DE INCONSTITUCIONALIDADE. TRIBUTÁRIO. NORMAS GERAIS DE DIREITO TRIBUTÁRIO. ICMS. CONSTITUIÇÃO DO ESTADO DO CEARÁ. IMPUGNAÇÃO AOS ARTIGOS 192, §§ 1º E 2º; 193 E SEU PARÁGRAFO ÚNICO; 201 E SEU PARÁGRAFO ÚNICO; 273, PARÁGRAFO ÚNICO; E 283, III, DA CONSTITUIÇÃO ESTADUAL. ADEQUADO TRATAMENTO TRIBUTÁRIO AO ATO COOPERATIVO E ISENÇÃO DE TRIBUTOS ESTADUAIS ÀS PEQUENAS E MICROEMPRESAS; PEQUENOS E MICROPRODUTORES RURAIS; BEM COMO PARA AS EMPRESAS QUE ABSORVAM CONTINGENTES DE DEFICIENTES NO SEU QUADRO FUNCIONAL OU CONFECCIONE E COMERCIALIZE APARELHOS DE FABRICAÇÃO ALTERNATIVA PARA PORTADORES DE DEFICIÊNCIA. DISPOSIÇÕES PREVISTAS NA CONSTITUIÇÃO ESTADUAL. VIOLAÇÃO AO DISPOSTO NO ARTIGO 146, INCISO III, ALÍNEA “C”, DA CRFB/88. COMPETÊNCIA CONCORRENTE DA UNIÃO, ESTADOS E DISTRITO FEDERAL PARA LEGISLAR SOBRE DIREITO TRIBUTÁRIO. ARTIGO 24, INCISO I, DA CRFB/88. AUSÊNCIA DE INCONSTITUCIONALIDADE. DEMAIS DISPOSITIVOS OBJURGADOS. CONCESSÃO UNILATERAL DE BENEFÍCIOS E INCENTIVOS FISCAIS. ICMS. AUSÊNCIA DE CONVÊNIO INTERESTADUAL. AFRONTA AO DISPOSTO NO ARTIGO 155, § 2º, INCISO XII, “G”, DA CRFB/88. CAPUT DO ART. 193 DA CONSTITUIÇÃO ESTADUAL. INTERPRETAÇÃO CONFORME À CONSTITUIÇÃO SEM DECLARAÇÃO DE NULIDADE. EXCLUSÃO DO ICMS DO SEU CAMPO DE INCIDÊNCIA. - 1. O Federalismo brasileiro exterioriza-se, dentre outros campos, no segmento tributário pela previsão de competências legislativo-fiscais privativas dos entes políticos, reservada à Lei Complementar estabelecer normas gerais.

      • 2. A concessão de benefícios fiscais não é matéria relativa à inciativa legislativa privativa do Chefe do Poder Executivo, nos termos do estabelecido no artigo 61, § 1º, inciso II, alínea b, da CRFB/88.

      • 3. O poder de exonerar corresponde a uma derivação do poder de tributar, assim, presente este, não há impedimentos para que as entidades investidas de competência tributária, como o são os Estados-membros, definam hipóteses de isenção ou de não-incidência das espécies tributárias em geral, à luz das regras de competência tributária, o que não interdita a Constituição estadual de dispor sobre o tema.

      • 4. O art. 146, III, “c”, da CRFB/88 determina que lei complementar estabeleça normas gerais sobre matéria tributária e, em especial, quanto ao adequado tratamento tributário a ser conferido ao ato cooperativo praticado pelas sociedades cooperativas.

      • 5. Não há a alegada inconstitucionalidade da Constituição estadual, porquanto a competência para legislar sobre direito tributário é concorrente, cabendo à União estabelecer normas gerais, aos Estados-membros e o Distrito Federal suplementar as lacunas da lei federal sobre normas gerais, afim de afeiçoá-las às particularidades locais, por isso que inexistindo lei federal de normas gerais, acerca das matérias enunciadas no citado artigo constitucional, os Estados podem exercer a competência <u>legislativa plena</u> (§ 3º, do art. 24 da CRFB/88).

      • 6. Consectariamente, o § 1º do artigo 192 da Constituição cearense que estabelece que “o ato cooperativo, praticado entre o associado e sua cooperativa, não implica em operação de mercado”, não é inconstitucional.

      • 7. É que a Suprema Corte, ao apreciar situação análoga, assentou que, enquanto não promulgada a lei complementar a que se refere o art. 146, III, “c”, da CRFB/88, não se pode pretender que, com base na legislação local, não possa o Estado-membro, que tem competência concorrente em se tratando de direito tributário (artigo 24, I e § 3º, da Carta Magna), dê às cooperativas o tratamento que julgar adequado, até porque tratamento adequado <u>não significa necessariamente tratamento privilegiado</u>, verbis: “Inexiste, no caso, ofensa ao artigo 146, III, ‘c’, da Constituição, porquanto esse dispositivo constitucional não concedeu às cooperativas imunidade tributária, razão por que, enquanto não for promulgada a lei complementar a que ele alude, não se pode pretender que, com base na legislação local mencionada no aresto recorrido, não possa o Estado-membro, que tem competência concorrente em se tratando de direito tributário (artigo 24, I e § 3º, da Carta Magna), dar às Cooperativas o tratamento que julgar adequado, até porque tratamento adequado não significa necessariamente tratamento privilegiado.”(RE 141.800, Rel. Min. MOREIRA ALVES, DJ de 30.10.97).

      • 8. A concessão unilateral de benefícios fiscais relativos ao ICMS, sem a prévia celebração de convênio intergovernamental, nos termos do que dispõe a LC nº 24/75, recepcionada inequivocamente consoante jurisprudência da Corte, afronta ao disposto no artigo 155, § 2º, XII, “g”, da CRFB/88.

      • 9. O comando constitucional contido no art. 155, § 2º, inciso “g”, que reserva à lei complementar federal “regular a forma como, mediante deliberação dos Estados e do Distrito Federal, isenções, incentivos e benefícios fiscais serão concedidos e revogados” aplicado, in casu, revela manifesta a inconstitucionalidade material dos dispositivos da Constituição cearense que outorga incentivo fiscal incompatível com a CRFB/88. Precedentes: ADI 84, Rel. Min. ILMAR GALVÃO, Tribunal Pleno, julgado em 15/02/1996, DJ 19-04-1996).

      • 10. A outorga de benefícios fiscais relativos ao ICMS, sem a prévia e necessária celebração de convênio entre os Estados e o Distrito Federal é manifestamente inconstitucional. Precedentes: ADI 2906/RJ, rel. Min. Marco Aurélio, 1º.6.2011; ADI 2376/RJ, rel. Min. Marco Aurélio, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3674/RJ, rel. Min. Marco Aurélio, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3413/RJ, rel. Min. Marco Aurélio, 1º.6.2011; ADI 4457/PR, rel. Min. Marco Aurélio, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3794/PR, rel. Min. Joaquim Barbosa, 1º.6.2011; ADI 2688/PR, rel. Min. Joaquim Barbosa, 1º.6.2011; ADI 1247/PA, rel. Min. Dias Toffolli, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3702/ES, rel. Min. Dias Toffoli, 1º.6.2011; ADI 4152/SP, rel. Min. Cezar Peluso, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3664/RJ, rel. Min. Cezar Peluso, 1º.6.2011; ADI 3803/PR, rel. Min. Cezar Peluso, 1º.6.2011; ADI 2549/DF, rel. Min. Ricardo Lewandowski, 1º.6.2011.

      • 11. Calcado nessas premissas, forçoso concluir que: a) O § 2º do art. 192 da Constituição cearense concede isenção tributária de ICMS aos implementos e equipamentos destinados aos deficientes físicos auditivos, visuais, mentais e múltiplos, bem como aos veículos automotores de fabricação nacional com até 90 HP de potência adaptados para o uso de pessoas portadoras de deficiência, o que acarreta a declaração de sua inconstitucionalidade, sem a pronúncia de nulidade, por um prazo de doze meses. b) O caput do artigo 193 da Constituição cearense isenta as microempresas de tributos estaduais, ao passo que seu parágrafo único estende a isenção, de forma expressa, ao ICMS, o que acarreta a declaração de inconstitucionalidade do parágrafo único e do caput, este por interpretação conforme para excluir de seu âmbito de incidência o ICMS. c) A Inconstitucionalidade do artigo 201 e seu parágrafo único, da Constituição cearense é manifesta, porquanto pela simples leitura dos dispositivos verifica-se que o imposto estadual com tal campo de incidência é o ICMS, verbis: “Art. 201. Não incidirá imposto, conforme a lei dispuser, sobre todo e qualquer produto agrícola pertencente à cesta básica , produzido por pequenos e microprodutores rurais que utilizam apenas a mão-de-obra familiar, vendido diretamente aos consumidores finais. Parágrafo único. A não-incidência abrange produtos oriundos de associações e cooperativas de produção e de produtores, cujos quadros sociais sejam compostos exclusivamente por pequenos e microprodutores e trabalhadores rurais sem terra. d) O parágrafo único do art. 273 e o inciso III do art. 283, da Constituição cearense incidem na mesma inconstitucionalidade, verbis: “Art. 273. Toda entidade pública ou privada que inclua o atendimento à criança e ao adolescente, inclusive os órgãos de segurança, tem por finalidade prioritária assegurar-lhes os direitos fundamentais. Parágrafo único. As empresas privadas que absorvam contingentes de até cinco por cento de deficientes no seu quadro funcional gozarão de incentivos fiscais de redução de um por cento no ICMS. (…) Art. 283. Para estimular a confecção e comercialização de aparelhos de fabricação alternativa para as pessoas portadoras de deficiência, o Estado concederá: (…) III - isenção de cem por cento do ICMS.

      • 12. Pedido de inconstitucionalidade julgado parcialmente procedente para declarar: (i) inconstitucional o parágrafo 2º do art. 192, sem a pronúncia de nulidade, por um prazo de doze meses (ii) parcialmente inconstitucional o caput do art. 193, dando-lhe interpretação conforme para excluir de seu âmbito de incidência o ICMS; (iii) inconstitucional o parágrafo único do artigo 193; (iv) inconstitucional o artigo 201, caput, e seu parágrafo único; (v) inconstitucional o parágrafo único do artigo 273; (vi) inconstitucional o inciso III do artigo 283; julgar improcedente o pedido quanto ao caput e §1º do artigo 192, todos os artigos da Constituição cearense.

      Observação - Acórdão(s) citado(s): (COMPETÊNCIA, LEI COMPLEMENTAR FEDERAL, REGULAÇÃO, BENEFÍCIO FISCAL, ICMS) ADI 84 (TP). (INCONSTITUCIONALIDADE, ESTADO-MEMBRO, CONCESSÃO UNILATERAL, BENEFÍCIO FISCAL, ICMS) ADI 1247 (TP), ADI 2376 (TP), ADI 2549 (TP), ADI 2688 (TP), ADI 2906 (TP), ADI 3413 (TP), ADI 3664 (TP), ADI 3674 (TP), ADI 3702 (TP), ADI 3794 (TP), ADI 3803 (TP), ADI 3809 (TP), ADI 4152 (TP), ADI 4457 (TP). (COMPETÊNCIA, ESTADO-MEMBRO, REGULAÇÃO, TRATAMENTO TRIBUTÁRIO, COOPERATIVA) RE 141800 (2ªT). (ISENÇÃO TRIBUTÁRIA, ICMS, TEMPLO RELIGIOSO) ADI 3421 (TP). Número de páginas: 44. Análise: 12/12/2014, RAF.

      Doutrina Ferreira. BRANCO, Paulo Gustavo Gonet. Curso de Direito Constitucional. 8. ed. São Paulo: Saraiva, 2013. p. 803/804. PYRRHO, Sérgio. Soberania, ICMS e isenções os convênios e os tratados internacionais. Rio de Janeiro: Lumen Juris, 2008. p. 32. TORRES, Ricardo Lobo. Tratado de direito constitucional financeiro

      Obs.: Muito embora a CF preveja lei complementar federal para conferir qual será o tratamento adequado ao ato cooperativo, isso não significa que os Estados-Membros estarão impedidos de legislar plenamente quanto à matéria enquanto não houve a necessária lei complementar federal. Isso é, segue-se a regra geral do art. 24, § 3º, CF que estabelece competência legislativa plena aos Estados acaso União não edite regras gerais.

    1. which holds for some

      Why does it hold for this interval? Is it the error in approximation because the function may require more than 3 Taylor terms? If so, why did they not use Big O notation as above?

    1. Art. 394-A
      • Informativo 942
      • ADI 5938 / DF
      • Órgão julgador: Tribunal Pleno
      • Relator(a): Min. ALEXANDRE DE MORAES
      • Julgamento: 29/05/2019 (Presencial)
      • Ramo do Direito: Trabalho
      • Matéria: PROTEÇÃO À MATERNIDADE

      CLT, art. 394-A: atividade insalubre e afastamento de gestante e de lactante

      Resumo - O Plenário, por maioria, confirmou medida cautelar deferida pelo ministro Alexandre de Moraes (relator) em decisão monocrática e julgou parcialmente procedente pedido formulado em ação direta para declarar a inconstitucionalidade da expressão “quando apresentar atestado de saúde, emitido por médico de confiança da mulher, que recomende o afastamento”, contida nos incisos II e III do art. 394-A da Consolidação das Leis do Trabalho (CLT) (1), inseridos pelo art. 1º da Lei 13.467/2017.

      • O colegiado registrou que, na redação anterior, o preceito estabelecia que a empregada gestante ou lactante seria afastada, enquanto durasse a gestação e a lactação, de quaisquer atividades, operações ou locais insalubres e deveria exercer suas atividades em local salubre.

      • Com a alteração implementada pela Lei 13.467/2017, que promoveu a “Reforma Trabalhista” de 2017, o art. 394-A passou a permitir que a mulher gestante continuasse a realizar suas atividades mesmo em condições insalubres em grau mínimo ou médio. Ainda mais grave, no caso da lactação, que ela permanecesse a desempenhá-las inclusive em grau máximo de insalubridade. Ademais, criou o ônus à gestante ou à lactante da apresentação de atestado de saúde, emitido por médico de sua confiança, que certificasse a necessidade do afastamento. Essa mudança trouxe a exposição dessas trabalhadoras a atividades insalubres.

      • A Corte assinalou que a Constituição Federal (CF) proclama, no caput do art. 6º, a proteção à maternidade como direito social, ligado à dignidade da pessoa humana. Essa proteção é a ratio para inúmeros outros direitos sociais instrumentais, como a licença-gestante, o direito à segurança no emprego, que compreende a tutela da relação de emprego contra dispensa arbitrária sem justa causa da gestante, e, nos termos do art. 7º, a proteção do mercado de trabalho da mulher, mediante incentivos específicos (inciso XX), e a redução dos riscos inerentes ao trabalho, por meio de normas de saúde, higiene e segurança (inciso XXII).

      • Sob essa ótica, a proteção da mulher grávida ou lactante contra o trabalho insalubre caracteriza-se como importante direito social instrumental protetivo tanto da mulher quanto da criança. Trata-se de normas de salvaguarda dos direitos sociais da mulher e de efetivação de integral proteção ao recém-nascido, possibilitando sua convivência com a mãe, nos primeiros meses de vida, de maneira harmônica e segura, sem os perigos de um ambiente insalubre. A imprescindibilidade da máxima eficácia desse direito social também decorre da absoluta prioridade que o art. 227 do texto constitucional (2) estabelece à integral proteção à criança, inclusive ao nascituro e ao recém-nascido lactente.

      • Há, na hipótese, direito de dupla titularidade. A proteção à maternidade e a integral proteção à criança são direitos irrenunciáveis e não podem ser afastados pelo desconhecimento, pela impossibilidade decorrente da distância de centros médicos ou pela própria negligência da gestante ou lactante em apresentar atestado médico, sob pena de prejudicá-la e de prejudicar o recém-nascido. Outras razões poderiam levar a mulher a não apresentar o documento, como, por exemplo, o medo de vir a ser demitida posteriormente ou a pressão para não entregar o atestado.

      • Dessa forma, as expressões impugnadas não estão em consonância com os dispositivos constitucionais. A previsão do <u>afastamento automático</u> da mulher gestante ou lactante do ambiente insalubre está de acordo com a jurisprudência do Supremo Tribunal Federal (STF) em relação à integral proteção à maternidade e à saúde da criança.

      • Na espécie, a mudança trazida pela lei pretendeu a inversão do ônus da demonstração probatória e documental da circunstância insalubre, a inversão da proteção à maternidade e ao nascituro ou recém-nascido. Partiu-se erroneamente da lógica de que, em regra, a insalubridade mínima e a média, durante a gestação, e mesmo a máxima, durante a lactação, não causam riscos. Isso desfavorece a plena proteção do interesse constitucionalmente protegido, na medida em que sujeita a empregada a maior embaraço para o exercício de seus direitos. O caso guarda relação com julgado recente em que apreciado o Tema 497 da repercussão geral (RE 629.053) sobre a estabilidade de empregada gestante.

      • Naquele julgamento, o STF consignou que o conjunto dos direitos sociais foi consagrado constitucionalmente como uma das espécies de direitos fundamentais, caracterizando-se como verdadeiras liberdades positivas, de observância obrigatória em um Estado Social de Direito, visando à melhoria das condições de vida dos hipossuficientes e à concretização da igualdade social.

      • O ministro Edson Fachin frisou que não se trata de reconhecer às mulheres qualquer benesse do ponto de vista constitucional. Por sua vez, o ministro Roberto Barroso acrescentou que a exigência viola o princípio da precaução, que vale também para o ambiente do trabalho, pelo qual, sempre que houver risco ou incerteza, deve ser favorecida a posição mais conservadora e protetiva.

      • A ministra Rosa Weber expôs o histórico do direito e os principais instrumentos internacionais a respeito. Aduziu que a alteração implica inegável retrocesso social, uma vez que revoga anterior norma proibitória desse trabalho da gestante e lactante, além do menoscabo ao direito fundamental à saúde da mãe trabalhadora, pois transfere ao próprio sujeito tutelado a responsabilidade pela conveniência de atestado indicando a necessidade de afastamento do trabalho. Por seu turno, o ministro Luiz Fux também apontou a inconstitucionalidade por violação à igualdade de gênero, acompanhando o que destacado pelo ministro Alexandre de Moraes (relator) e pela ministra Rosa Weber.

      • Já o ministro Celso de Mello reforçou os fundamentos trazidos e registrou que a cláusula que proíbe o retrocesso em matéria social traduz, no processo de sua concretização, verdadeira dimensão negativa pertinente aos direitos sociais, a impedir que os níveis de concretização dessas prerrogativas, uma vez atingidos, venham a ser reduzidos, degradados ou suprimidos.

      • Vencido o ministro Marco Aurélio, que reputou improcedente o pleito formulado na ação. A seu ver, os preceitos encerram tão somente liberdade da mulher prestadora dos serviços, no que prevista a possibilidade de afastamento do ambiente insalubre, e visam atender às exigências do mercado de trabalho para não se criarem óbices à contratação da mão de obra feminina. O ministro afirmou não ser desarrazoada a imposição do atestado médico.

      (1) CLT: “Art. 394-A. Sem prejuízo de sua remuneração, nesta incluído o valor do adicional de insalubridade, a empregada deverá ser afastada de: (...) II – atividades consideradas insalubres em grau médio ou mínimo, quando apresentar atestado de saúde, emitido por médico de confiança da mulher, que recomende o afastamento durante a gestação; III – atividades consideradas insalubres em qualquer grau, quando apresentar atestado de saúde, emitido por médico de confiança da mulher, que recomende o afastamento durante a lactação.” (2) CF/1988: “Art. 227. É dever da família, da sociedade e do Estado assegurar à criança, ao adolescente e ao jovem, com absoluta prioridade, o direito à vida, à saúde, à alimentação, à educação, ao lazer, à profissionalização, à cultura, à dignidade, ao respeito, à liberdade e à convivência familiar e comunitária, além de colocá-los a salvo de toda forma de negligência, discriminação, exploração, violência, crueldade e opressão.” (3) CF/1988: “Art. 1º A República Federativa do Brasil, formada pela união indissolúvel dos Estados e Municípios e do Distrito Federal, constitui-se em Estado Democrático de Direito e tem como fundamentos: (...) IV – os valores sociais do trabalho e da livre iniciativa;”

      Legislação: CF, arts. 1º, IV e 227. CLT, art. 394-A, II e III.

      Precedentes: RE 629.053

    1. parameters and train with a wider range of multimodal data for more comprehensive learning

      3 phase training 1) First stage train only vision encoder and audio encoder 2) Second stage , unfreeze alll the parameters and train on multimodal dataset 3) Improve model understanding to understand complex long sequence data

    1. cláusula de vigência

      STF Súmula 442 A inscrição do contrato de locação no Registro de Imóveis, para a validade da cláusula de vigência contra o adquirente do imóvel, ou perante terceiros, dispensa a transcrição no Registro de Títulos e Documentos.


      Observe que o direito de vigência da locação, na hipótese de alienação do imóvel a terceiros, tem 3 requisitos: - Existir no contrato de locação a cláusula de vigência; - Haver averbação do contrato de locação na matrícula do imóvel. - Locação por prazo determinado.

      Com isso, inexistindo algum dos requisitos acima, não haverá direito à vigência.

  4. bafybeibje2lf6mvlla6qirggc5kwjnk2cpcfki43qw2i2x3vbyidopdxbe.ipfs.inbrowser.link bafybeibje2lf6mvlla6qirggc5kwjnk2cpcfki43qw2i2x3vbyidopdxbe.ipfs.inbrowser.link
    1. 2 per-centage point greater likelihood of treated students working as employees in bothfollow-up surveys (columns 3 and 4). Additionally, columns 5 and 6 show a 4–5 per-centage point higher likelihood of earning an income among treated students.

      bro firstly how much does this matter, secondly they were not there to teach entrepreneurship - it was clearly financial discipline, saving, budgeting - so why is this a factor to measure improvement? is there some possible correlation between earning an income and taking on expensive credit and being unable to pay sometimes lol

    2. Over 95 percent of treatment school principals report that they received the text-books for the first semester, and 93 percent report receiving them for semesters 2and/or 3.

      less 5 + 7 %? Also 2 and/or 3 means diff textbooks required for sem 2 and sem 3 so dk how many got in sem 3 and no dropped from sem 1 to sem 2

    1. tudents who are taught about how memory works and how the brain can grow show increased effort and motivation compared with students who do not receive the same training.3

      What I usually do during morning work is advise my students that learning from mistakes helps our brains process more ideas and grow. And I always have students to avoid saying, "I can't do this. "Try to ask for help. In the future, I will show my students a short video about how neurons make connections in the brain that they can learn instantly and learn on time.

    1. partitioning

      quick takeaway

      Partitioning = performance tuning (single node)

      Sharding = scaling out (multiple nodes)

      Replication = redundancy or read scaling (same data copied)

      so, 3 separate ideas:

      partition = split table

      shard = split dataset across DBs

      replica = copy dataset across DBs

    2. read uncommitted: can read dirty data• read committed: only committed data, no dirty reads• repeatable read: same reads during txn, may allow phantom rows• serializable: strictest, prevents all anomalies, lowest concurrency
      1. read uncommitted

        dirty reads, non repeatable reads, phantom reads

      2. read committed

        non repeatable reads, phantom reads and no dirty reads

      3. repeatable reads

        phantom reads and not nonrepeatable reads, no dirty reads

      4. serializable :

        no phantom, nonrepeatable, dirty reads

    3. indexing
      1. primary - data stored in index order - 1step lookup - main access key

      2. secondary - points to primary index fields - 2 step lookup - extra filters / sorts

      3. covered - stores full needed cols - 1 step lookup - readheavy endpoints

    Annotators

    1. Bieganie częściowo naprawia to, co psują fast foody
      • Running can counteract some negative effects of an unhealthy, Western-style diet, according to researchers from University College Cork.
      • The study found that exercise restores key metabolites linked to mental well-being and balances crucial hormones disrupted by a diet high in sugar, fat, and processed foods.
      • Rats fed high-calorie “cafeteria diet” foods showed major disturbances in gut metabolism, with 100 out of 175 metabolites significantly altered; running partially restored balance, especially for anserine, indole-3-carboxylate, and deoxyinosine.
      • Physically active rats on the same poor diet had normalized levels of insulin and leptin compared to sedentary ones, showing exercise helps regulate hormonal balance.
      • The body activated compensatory hormonal mechanisms, such as changes in GLP-1 and PYY levels, to stabilize metabolism under poor dietary conditions.
      • The study also linked exercise to improved neurogenesis (formation of new neurons) in the hippocampus, but only when paired with a healthy diet—junk food appeared to suppress this regenerative effect.
      • Despite running’s benefits, researchers emphasized that good nutrition remains essential for full brain health and mental performance.
      • The findings offer insight into how exercise may protect mental well-being even amid widespread consumption of processed foods.
    1. connection in music, even when integrating advanced technologieslike AI. Students should understand that while AI can enhance effi-ciency, the authenticity and originality of content are crucial for audi-ence engagement (Wei et al., 2022).2. Strategic Use of AI: Diana’s selective use of AI tools for specific tasks,such as data management and analytics, illustrates the importance ofstrategically adopting technology to enhance workflow without com-promising creative integrity. This teaches students to critically evaluatethe tools they use and ensure they align with their creative goals(Hampe & Schwabe 2001).3. Adaptability and Continuous Learning: Diana’s approach high-lights the need for continuous learning and adaptability in therapidly evolving field of music publishing. Students should beprepared to stay updated with the latest technological advancementsand be willing to experiment and learn from their experiences

      While AI tools are being widely integrated in industries such as music, it is very important not to overuse them, otherwise the human element and critical thinking skills required for these complex tasks are completely lost.

    1. Note: This response was posted by the corresponding author to Review Commons. The content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Reply to the reviewers

      Manuscript number: RC-2025-03130

      Corresponding author(s): Ellie S. Heckscher

      [The "revision plan" should delineate the revisions that authors intend to carry out in response to the points raised by the referees. It also provides the authors with the opportunity to explain their view of the paper and of the referee reports.

      • *

      The document is important for the editors of affiliate journals when they make a first decision on the transferred manuscript. It will also be useful to readers of the reprint and help them to obtain a balanced view of the paper.

      • *

      If you wish to submit a full revision, please use our "Full Revision" template. It is important to use the appropriate template to clearly inform the editors of your intentions.]

      1. General Statements [optional]

      We thank all three reviewers for their feedback on the paper. Reviewers stated that the paper was of broad interest to developmental biologists and neurobiologists. However, we want to ensure that our two key conceptual contributions are clear. We clarify in the following paragraph and include a revised abstract. We will update the introduction and paper to better reflect these advances. We also attach a supplemental table 1, which was inadvertently omitted from the previous submission due to our error.

      The first advance is that serially homologous neuroblasts follow a multimodal production model: In principle, stem cells can divide any number of times, from once to throughout the entire lifetime of the animal. And, on each division, a stem cell can generate either a proliferative daughter cell or a post-mitotic neuron. Together, therefore, there is a vast potential number of neurons any given stem cell could produce. From the literature on the vertebrate neocortex, we had the following models: (1) "random production" model, in which any number of neurons could be made by a stem cell; or (2) "unitary production" model, in which the same number of neurons (~eight) is produced by a stem cell regardless of context. Our data revealed an entirely new "multi-modal production" model, which could not have been predicted by prior literature. In the context of serially homologous neuroblasts arrayed along the Drosophila larval body axis, sets of five to seven neurons are produced in increments of one, two, or four. These increments correspond to units called temporal cohorts. Temporal cohorts are lineage fragments, or small set of neurons that share synaptic partners, making them lineage-based units of circuit assembly. Thus, in a multimodal production model, serially homologous stem cells produce different numbers of temporal cohorts depending on location. Our data advance the field by showing that stem cells produce circuit-relevant sets of neurons by adding or omitting temporal cohorts from a region, to meet regional needs.

      Key to understanding the second advance is that there are multiple types of temporal cohorts: early-born Notch OFF, early-born Notch ON, late-born Notch OFF, and late-born Notch ON. One temporal cohort type, the early-born Notch OFF, is found in every segment, which we term the "ubiquitous" temporal cohort. The other temporal cohort types can be produced in various combinations depending on the stem cell division pattern and segmental location. In a result that could not have been predicted, we found that the ubiquitous temporal cohorts are refined both in terms of the number of neurons and their connectivity, depending on body region. In contrast, when other temporal cohort types are produced, they are not refined to the same degree.

      The impact of this work is to advance how we think about stem cell-based circuit assembly.

      2. Description of the planned revisions

      Reviewer #1 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      *Summary: The study by Vasudevan et al intends to address how serially homologous neural progenitors generate different numbers and types of neurons depending on their location along the body axis. *

      Investigation of full repertoire of neurogenesis for these progenitors necessitates a precise ability to track the fates of both progenitors and their neuronal progeny making it extremely difficult in vertebrate paradigm. The authors used NB3-3 in the developing fly embryo as a model to investigate the full extent of the flexibility in neurogenesis from a single type of serially homologous stem cell. Previous work showed NB3-3 generates neurons including lateral interneurons that can be positively labeled by Even-skipped, but detailed characterization of the NB3-3 lineage mainly focused on 3 segments during embryogenesis. The authors defined the number of EL neurons in all segments of the central nervous system in early larvae after the completion of circuit formation and carried out clonal analyses to determine the proliferation pattern of NB3-3. They described the failure to express Eve in Notch OFF/B neurons as a new mechanism for controlling the number of EL neurons and PCD limits EL neurons in terminal segments.

      • *Thank you! In addition to the contributions highlighted by the reviewer, we also showed that all segments have ELs with early-born molecular identities, but only a subset have ELs with late-born identities (Figure 5). And we showed that early-born temporal cohorts can be mapped into different circuits depending on the axial region (Figure 6).

      *Major comments: The authors performed careful analyses of the NB3-3 lineage using EL neurons. My main concerns are limited applicability of their findings and lack of mechanisms as how NB3-3 generate various numbers of EL neurons. Their findings are exclusively relevant to the NB3-3 lineage despite their effort in highlighting that other NB lineages also generate temporal cohorts of EL neurons. *

        Thank you for raising these points. First, to clarify, as Reviewer 4 also mentioned, NB3-3 is the only lineage to produce EL neurons. We will ensure that this is clearly stated in the revised text.
      

      We agree that our findings might not apply beyond the NB3-3 lineage. However, as this is the first study of its kind, it is impossible to know a priori to what extent the concepts surfaced here are generalizable. In our opinion, this speaks to the novelty and impact of the study. A contribution is to motivate a need for future studies. We will make this explicit in our updated manuscript in the Discussion section.

        Our manuscript provides cell biological mechanisms that explain how stem cells give rise to different numbers of EL neurons in different regions, including stem cell division duration and type, neural cell death, identity gene expression, and differentiation state. If the reviewer is interested in genetic or molecular mechanisms, this is an interesting point. Several prior studies using NB3-3 as a model (e.g., Tsuji et al., 2008, Birkholz et al., 2013, Baumgardt et al., 2014) have elucidated the genetic regulation of specific cell biological processes. However, these studies provided fragmentary insight with regard to serially homologous stem cell development along the body axis. A comprehensive understanding of how the NB3-3 lineage, or any other serially homologous lineage, develops was missing. This is what makes our study both novel and needed. Without an analysis that both examines every segment and assays multiple cell biological processes, we would have missed key insights: that there is a ubiquitous type of temporal cohort, and that neurons within the ubiquitous temporal cohort are selectively refined post-mitotically (See General Statements for more details).
      

      *I disagreed with their conclusion that failure to express Eve as a mechanism for controlling EL neuron numbers when Eve serves as the marker for these neurons. Are there any other strategy to assess the fates and functions of these cells beside relying solely on Eve expression? I am not familiar with the significance of Eve expression on the functions of these neurons. Is it possible to perform clonal analyses of NB3-3 mutant for Eve and see if these neurons adopt different functionalities/identities? *

      • We agree that if Eve were only a marker, our logic would be circular. The Eve homolog, Evx1/2 is crucial for vertebrate interneuron cell fate (Moran-Rivard et al., 2001). Eve is essential for motor neuron morphology in Drosophila *(Fujioka et al., 2003). Eve is critical in Even-skipped for both the morphology and function of Even-skipped interneurons (Marshall et al., 2022). Hence, ELs cannot fully differentiate or incorporate into circuits without Eve. Thus, we use the failure to express Eve as a mechanism for controlling EL number. Furthermore, our prior study (Wang et al., 2022) showed that NB3-3 Notch OFF neurons in A1 that fail to express Eve have small soma and "stick-like" neurite projections that are typical of undifferentiated neurons. We will be sure to add this context to the revised manuscript.

      *If NB3-3 in the SEZ continually generate GMCs based on the interpretation of clonal analyses and depicted in Fig. 2A, why is the percent of clones that are 1:0 virtually at or near 100% from division 6-11 shown in 2G? *

      Admittedly, the ts-MARCM heat-shock-based lineage tracing experiments are inherently messy. This is part of the reason why we included the G-TRACE lineage tracing experiments in Figure 3. In Figure 3E, one can see that the number of Notch ON/A neurons in SEZ3 is equal to the number of ELs in that segment (Figure 1E). This is a second independent method that supports the assertion that in SEZ, NB3-3 stem cells continually generate GMCs. Given this independent observation, it leads us to believe that this question is most likely explained by technical issues inherent in ts-MARCM. These issues include but are not limited to: cell-type specific accessibility/success of heat-shock induced recombination; variably effective RNAi; and idiosyncrasies of the EL-GAL4 line used to detect recombination events. If the question is why the data is only reported for division 6-11, the answer is that the ts-MARCM dataset, which included SEZ clones only used later heat-shock time points (line from the paper "for the SEZ-containing dataset, inductions started at NB3-3's 5th division"). Along with this revision plan, we will include Supplemental Table 1, which was inadvertently omitted from the previous submission due to our error. This table shows all of the clonal data. We will include a section in the discussion to describe limitations in ts-MARCM.

      The authors also indicate that NB3-3 in the abdomen directly generate Notch OFF/B cells that assume EL neuronal identity. In this scenario, shouldn't the percent of 1:0 clones be 100% in later divisions in Fig. 2G? Based on the number of clones in abdomen shown in Fig. 2E, I cannot seem to understand how the authors come to the percent of 1:0 clones shown in Fig. 2G

        We agree that one might expect the 12th division to be 100% 1:0 clones in the abdomen. Unfortunately, we didn't sample that late in our dataset, and even when we sampled the inferred 11th division, we had a small sample size (Figure 2E). Other studies suggest that NB3-3 in the abdomen directly generates Notch OFF/B neurons (Baumgardt et al., 2014), which served as our starting point. We will revise the text to make this clearer. As you can see from Figure 3E, there is only one NB3-3 Notch ON/ A neuron produced in each abdominal segment in comparison to the number of NB3-3 Notch OFF/B/EL neurons (Figure 1E). According to two independent assessments, Figure 3 and Baumgardt et al., 2014, the data support the conclusion that NB3-3 in the abdomen directly generates Notch OFF/B cells that assume EL identity for all but one of their divisions. Again, we believe technical issues make the ts-MARCM dataset messy. We will include a section in the discussion to describe limitations in ts-MARCM.
      

      *There are many potentially interesting questions related to this study that can significantly broaden the impact of this study. For example, are other NB lineages that also generate distinct temporal cohorts of EL neurons display similar proliferation patterns (type 1 division in SEZ, early termination of cell division in thoracic segments and type 0 division in abdomen)? *

      • *NB3-3 is the only lineage that makes ELs; Many lineages switch proliferation fates along the body axis. Previous studies have described how this switch in division patterns produces the wedge-shaped CNS: Cobeta et al., 2017. In the revision, we will be sure to clarify both points.

      *Why does NB3-3 in the thoracic segment become quiescence so much sooner than SEZ and abdominal segments? *

      • *NB3-3 in the thorax enters quiescence due to Hox genes and temporal transcription factors (Tsuji et al., 2008). In the revision, we will be sure to clarify this point.

      The authors' observations suggest that NB3-3 in SEZ and abdomen generate a similar number of EL neurons despite the difference in their division patterns (type 1 vs type 0). Are the mechanisms that promote EL neuron generate in NB3-3 in SEZ and abdomen the same? Anything else is known beside Notch OFF?

      • We agree this is an interesting point. Previous work has detailed NB3-3 division patterns, showing Type 1 divisions in the thorax, and Type 1 to Type 0 switch in the abdomen (Baumgardt et al., 2014). However, the proliferation pattern of NB3-3 in the SEZ had not been addressed until our study. Figures 2 and 3 suggest the following (1) SEZ proliferates for the duration of embryonic neurogenesis; (2) It produces a GMC on each division; (3) the GMC divides to produce one EL Notch OFF neuron and one Notch ON neuron. In our revision, we will manipulate the Notch pathway using two mutants, sanpodo, which produces two Notch OFF cells, and numb*, which produces two Notch ON cells (Skeath et al., 1998), to specifically test how ELs in the SEZ are regulated by Notch signaling. The other difference we know of between the SEZ, and abdomen is Hox gene expression. In Figure S2, we show that a subset of ELs in the SEZ express the anterior Hox genes, Sex combs reduced (Scr). The role of Hox genes in this lineage is an interesting question, as addressed in the discussion. This is an important future direction that merits in-depth study and is beyond the scope of what of this study is trying to accomplish.

      Minor commentsThe authors' writing style is highly unusual especially in the result section. There is an overwhelming large amount of background information in the result section but very thin description on their observations. The background information portion also includes previously published observations. Since the nature of this study is not hypothesis-driven, it is very confusing to read in many places and difficult to distinguish their original observations from previously published results and making. One easily achievable improvement is to insert relevant figure numbers into the text more often.

      Thank you for this comment. It is invaluable. In the revision, we will expand the background into a more comprehensive introduction and present the results more clearly. We will certainly insert relevant figure numbers. In responding to the reviewer's comments above, we can see where our writing lacked clarity and will improve these areas. Thank you again.

      Reviewer #1 (Significance (Required)):

      The study by Vasudevan et al intends to address how serially homologous neural progenitors generate different numbers and types of neurons depending on their location along the body axis. Investigation of full repertoire of neurogenesis for these progenitors necessitates a precise ability to track the fates of both progenitors and their neuronal progeny making it extremely difficult in vertebrate paradigm. The authors used NB3-3 in the developing fly embryo as a model to investigate the full extent of the flexibility in neurogenesis from a single type of serially homologous stem cell. Previous work showed NB3-3 generates neurons including lateral interneurons that can be positively labeled by Even-skipped, but detailed characterization of the NB3-3 lineage mainly focused on 3 segments during embryogenesis. The authors defined the number of EL neurons in all segments of the central nervous system in early larvae after the completion of circuit formation and carried out clonal analyses to determine the proliferation pattern of NB3-3. They described the failure to express Eve in Notch OFF/B neurons as a new mechanism for controlling the number of EL neurons and PCD limits EL neurons in terminal segments.

      Because this text is the same as the summary, please see our response to that section.

      Reviewer #3 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      In this manuscript, Vasudevan et al provide a detailed characterisation of the different numbers and temporal birthdates of Even-skipped Lateral (EL) neurons produced at in different segments from the same neuroblast, NB3-3. The work highlights the differences in EL neuronal generation across segments is achieved through a combination of different division patterns, failure to upregulate EL marker Eve and segment-specific program cell death. For neurons born within the same window and segment, the authors describe additional heterogeneity in their circuit formation. The work underscores the large diversity that the same neuroblast can generate across segments.

      Thank you!

      Major comments:

      - Based on the ts-MARCM 1:0 clones representing 100% of the SEZ clones at any given inferred cell division, the authors conclude "NB3-3 neuroblasts generate proliferative daughter GMCs in the SEZ and thorax on most divisions". Figure 2G does not have any data for SEZ before inferred division 5, whereas there is data in other regions. The authors also state "In the SEZ and abdomen, ELs were labelled regardless of induction time." In reference to Fig 2F, which seems inaccurate given there are no SEZ clones before inferred division 5. There is no comment on this fact, which is surprising give their focus on temporal cohorts. The authors should explain this discrepancy, if known, or modify their statements to reflect the data.

      • *Thank you for raising this point. The reason is because we produced two ts-MARCM datasets. One had SEZ clones, the other did not. The dataset with SEZ clones used heat shock protocols only for later time points, because those were most informative. The text from the paper is "We combined a published ts-MARCM (Wang et al., 2022) dataset with a new one (Table S1). The differences between the datasets are (1) CNSs were imaged either at low resolution for all regions (SEZ to terminus) or higher resolution for nerve cords (thorax to terminus); (2) for the SEZ-containing dataset, inductions started at NB3-3's 5th division. The combined data includes ~12 different heat shock protocols, 80 CNS, and 234 clones (Table S2)". In response to this comment, however, we will further clarify this point. In addition, we are submitting Supplemental table 1, which contains all the clonal data, as you can see experiments a-h lack SEZ data and experiments i-k contain SEZ data.

      - The temporal cohort (early-born vs late-born) identity is exclusively examined based on markers. Given the absence of SEZ clones from early NB3-3 divisions, a time course showing that the SEZ generate early-born Els or some other complementary method would be desirable.

      Thank you for raising this point. We show early-born versus late-born identity using markers in Figure 5. We conducted the time-course experiment as suggested and can confirm that there are early-born ELs in the SEZ at stage 13. We will include a new Supplemental Figure that includes a time course of EL number at stages 11, 13, 15, and 17 for segments SEZ3 to Te2 in the revision. See figure below.

      - The authors repeatedly refer to their work as showing how a stem cell type can have "flexibility". Flexibility would imply that NB3-3 from one segment could adopt a different behaviour (different division pattern, or cell death or connectivity) if it were placed in a different segment. This is not what is being shown. In my opinion, "heterogeneity" of the same neuroblast across different segments would be more appropriate.

      • *Thank you for this comment. We will change the wording to heterogeneity in the revision.

      Minor comments:

      - Figure 2A depicts a combination of known data and conclusions from their own (mainly SEZ). The authors might consider editing the figure to highlight what is new. A possibility would be for figure A to be a diagram of the experimental design and their summary division pattern to be shown after the new data instead of being panel A.

      Thank you for this suggestion. We will make the suggested change.

      - The authors state that they combined published ts-MARCM with their new one, which differed in a number ways that they list, but they don't specify which limitations are associated with the published vs new dataset. Could the authors please clarify?

        We now include Supplemental Table 1, which shows the complete combined datasets. In the first dataset, experiments a-h, the CNS was imaged at high resolution, but in a smaller region. The limitation is that the SEZ is missing. In the second dataset, i-k, inductions started at NB3-3's 5th division. The limitation is that we fail to sample early time points. This was a strategic decision. There were two possible scenarios: (1) in the SEZ, NB3-3 divided early, made GMCs, but both daughters expressed Eve. (2) in the SEZ, NB3-3 divided for the entirety of the embryonic neurogenesis, making GMCs, with only the Notch OFF daughters expressing Eve-our data support (2). Only late heat shocks were needed to distinguish between these possibilities. As these experiments are labor-intensive, we focused our efforts on the later time points. We will make this clearer in our revised text.
      

      - The title refers exclusively to "temporal cohorts", which in the manuscript are defined quite narrowly and do not seem to apply to all segments.

      • *Thank you! This, in our opinion, is a central, not a minor point to raise, because the impact of this study involves temporal cohort biology. We outlined the essential concepts in Part 1 "general statements" section of this revision plan. We did not mean to use "temporal cohort" in a limited sense, and we can see how the writing of our results section led to this comment. We will revise to make this clear.

      - Several cited references are missing from the Reference list at the end. Could the authors please double check this? (e.g. Matsushita, 1997; Sweeney et al., 2018)

      • *Thank you, we will remedy this!

      - Legend for figure 2 is a bit confusing, there is a "(A)" within the legend for (D), which indicates that segments A1-A7 are shown (this seems inaccurate, as it only goes to A6).

      Thank you, we will remedy this!

      Reviewer #3 (Significance (Required)):

      This study provides a comprehensive analysis of different cell biological scenarios for a neuroblast to generate distinct progeny across repeating axial units. The strength is the detailed and systematic approach across segments and possible scenarios: different division patterns, cell death, molecular marker expression. While it focuses on one specific neuroblast of the ventral nerve cord of Drosophila, the authors have done extensive work to place their findings and interpretation in the context of other cell types and across model organisms both in the introduction and discussion. This makes the work of interest for developmental biologists in general, neurodevelopment research in particular and those interested in circuit assembly, beyond their specialised community. This point of view comes from someone working in vertebrate CNS development.

      Thank you!

      Reviewer #4 (Evidence, reproducibility and clarity (Required)):

      Summary

      This manuscript addresses the question of how the number of neurons produced by each progenitor in the nervous system is determined. To address this question the authors use the Drosophila embryo model. They focus on a single type of neural stem cell (neuroblast), with homologues in each hemisegment along the anterior-posterior axis.

      Using a combination of clonal labelling, antibody stainings, and blockade of programmed cell death, they provide a detailed description of segment-specific differences in the proliferation patterns of these neuroblasts, as well as in the fate and survival of their neuronal progeny.

      Furthermore, by employing trans-synaptic labelling, they demonstrate that neurons derived from the same progenitor type receive distinct patterns of synaptic input depending on their segmental origin, in part due to their temporal window origin.

      Overall this work shows that different mechanisms contribute to the final number and identity of the neuronal progeny arising from a single progenitor, even within homologous progenitors along the anterior posterior body axis.

      Thank you!

      Major Comments

      I would suggest adding line numbers to the text for future submissions, this massively helps providing comments.

        Thank you for this comment. We will definitely add line numbers to the revised manuscript. We also thank you for providing comments despite this oversight on our part. We appreciate your time, and did not mean to make extra work.
      

      *The authors propose that all neuroblasts produce the same type of temporal cohort (early born) and that, by changing the pattern of cell division, different temporal cohorts can be added. The way this this presented in the abstract sounds like an obvious thing, what would be the alternative scenario/s? *

        Thank you for raising the point that the abstract should be updated. We have included a revised abstract. The things that are obvious are: (1) changing a neuroblast's division pattern will change the number of neurons produced, and (2) if you have late-born neurons, the stem cell must at some point, have made early-born neurons. However, within those bounds is an extremely large parameter space. Each stem cell can choose to divide or not, and it can also choose to produce a proliferative daughter or not. The stem cell must navigate these choices at every division. The field had two models for what a stem cell might do - a "random production" model and a "unitary production" model. Our data support a third "multimodal production" model, which could not have been predicted based on prior literature or data.
      

      We had raised these points in the discussion as follows-

      "Under a null model, the durations and types of proliferation would vary stochastically across segments, resulting in a continuous and unstructured distribution of neuron numbers (Llorca et al., 2019). In a unitary production model, based on the vertebrate neocortex, there is a fixed neurogenic output of ~8-9 neurons per progenitor (Gao et al., 2014). However, our data support a third model, a multimodal production model. In a multimodal model, serially homologous neuroblasts generate different numbers of neurons depending on the segment."

      We will now update the text to address this concern.

      Here it's the late born neurons that lack in thoracic segments because of early NB quiescence, but it cannot be excluded that different neuroblast types adopt a different strategy.

      • *True. Neural development is complex. Other lineages could easily employ alternative strategies. Our study presents a new conceptual framework that should inspire future research.

      I found the ts-MARCM results confusing for 2 reasons:

      1- It's not clear to me why there are so many single cell clones in div 3 and 4 in abdominal segments. This is not compatible with the division model depicted for abdominal segments, unless GMCs are produced in those division window and the MARCM hits the GMC, as also mentioned in the legend for G. This aspect is important because, either the previous model by Baumgardt et al. - please correct cit. currently Gunnar et al. 2026 - is wrong, or something strange happens in this experiment, or the relative temporal order is incorrect.

      Thank you for raising this point. Having multiple single-cell (i.e., 1:0) clones in divisions 3 and 4 is not precisely what would be predicted by the model in Figure 2C. In part because heat-shock-based recombination methods in fly are stochastic and inherently "messy", we also conducted a second set of lineage tracing experiments, as shown in Figure 3, using G-TRACE. Figure 3E shows one Notch ON/A neuron in each abdominal segment, suggesting there is only one GMC present during lineage progression. But Figure 3E's result does not localize the GMC to any particular division. One possibility is that the GMC is generated once, but randomly throughout lineage progression. This possibility is consistent with the idea that the relative temporal order is incorrect and suggests that Baumgardt is erroneous. However, the Baumgardt data are strong, so we do not favor this idea. A second possibility, which we favor, is that something strange happened in this experiment. Here is how we envision the strange occurrence: heterogeneity in the EL driver. Ts-MARCM's recombination timing dictates the upper limit for the number of cells within a clone. However, recombination is detected by GAL4. So, if the GAL4 driver for some reason detects fewer cells than one expects, then one would see unusually small clones as is the case in question. To detect Ts-MARCM recombination in Figure 2, we used the EL-GAL4 driver. The EL-GAL4 driver is an enhancer fragment, ~400KB, meaning that it does not capture the full regulatory context of the eve locus. In our experience (e.g., Manning et al., 2012), drivers using small enhancers tend to give highly-specific, but somewhat variable expression, and this is the case for EL-GAL4 in our experience. We will update the discussion to discuss the ts-MARCM dataset and its limitations. And, we will correct the citation to Baumgardt et al., 2014, not Gunnar. Thank you!

      2- In segments other than abdomen, it is quite rare to hit proper clones, it appears that only GMCs are hit by recombination, with very few exceptions. Could the author please provide an explanation for this or at least mention this aspect?

      • *This is true. We cannot explain it. It could have something to do with the RNAi cassettes that are used in ts-MARCM, because in the original paper they mention that RNAi can be differently regulated in GMCs versus neuroblasts (Yu et al., 2009). We will mention it in the revised discussion about ts-MARCM limitations.

      It is also unclear whether in F the graph includes all types of clones (including 1:0 clones). This is important, because the timing of division for NBs and GMCs is different, and inclusion of 1:0 might lead to a wrong estimate of the NB proliferation window (longer than it actually is because GMCs divide for longer). This is particularly important for the SEZ, where most clones in normalised division 10 and 11 are with ratio 1:0, thus compatible with both terminal division as well as GMC division.

      • *The graph in F does include all types of clones. We provide Supplemental Table 1, which shows the full dataset. Unfortunately, we do not have enough data to analyze only NB clones. We agree that the estimate of the NB proliferation window is coarse using this analysis method and could overrepresent the division time by one cell division. We will mention this in the discussion and make sure that our results text is free from any overreaching claims about the precision of these measurements.

      To obtain an estimate of the timing of division, the authors normalise clone size to the size of the bigger clone in the abdomen. What happened to those samples where no abdominal clones were hit? Were they simply excluded from the analysis?

        From the analysis in Figure 2, we excluded the clones that were SEZ, thorax, or terminus only. They were rare. They are shown in Supplemental Table 1, which will now be added in our revision plan.
      

      It is proposed that in the thorax late temporal cohort neurons are not produced, yet the ts-MARCM experiment detects some 1:0 clones. What is the fate of these cells? Are they all derived from GMC division and therefore decoupled from the temporal identity window? Or is this a re-activation of division?

      Figure 2F shows at the inferred 11th NB3-3 division, 100% of thoracic clones are of the 1:0 type. This is an n=1 observation (Supplemental Table 1, row f-Jan20-2). When we look at the morphology of this thoracic EL, we can see that it is a fully differentiated neuron that crosses the midline and ascends to the CNS, which is similar to EL morphologies in A1, so we don't think it's a whole new cell type. We have no way of determining whether this neuron was derived from a GMC division. It is also possible that this is an infrequent event or a technical anomaly. To address the question of reactivation of the thoracic NB3-3 division, we plan to include a Supplemental Figure of EL number over developmental time (stages 11, 13, 15, 17) for segments SEZ3 to Te2. This is the same data that we mentioned to Reviewer 3. This will reveal the extent to which the thorax produces late-born ELs.

      *"in A1, a majority of segments had one Notch OFF/B neuron that failed to label with Eve" does "the majority" in this sentence mean that there were cases where all B neurons were labelled with Eve? If yes, where would this stochasticity come from? *

        • Yes, "the majority" in this sentence means that there were cases where all B neurons were labeled by Eve. In Figure 3F, for segment A1, that number is four. In contrast, there are 6 cases where B neurons failed to label with Eve. We can only speculate about the origin of the stochasticity. It could be biological (e.g., low level of Eve expression) or technical (e.g., poor antibody penetration). We plan to mention this in the discussion.

      Additionally, there is no evidence that it's the first born NotchOFF neuron in A1 that does not express Eve. The authors should clarify where this speculation comes from.

      • *The evidence that the first-born Notch OFF neuron in A1 does not express Eve comes from our ts-MARCM data: "So far, our ts-MARCM analyses grouped segments into regions (Figure 2A-C), however, EL number varies on a segment-by-segment basis (Figure 1). Therefore, we looked for segment-by-segment differences in ts-MARCM data (Table S1). The only detectable difference was between A1 and the other abdominal segments: When both A1 and another abdominal segment were labeled in a single CNS, a majority had smaller A1 clones. These data suggest that the production of ELs by NB3-3 neuroblasts lags in A1 compared to A2-A7." We will add a representation of these data to the ts-MARCM figure. As we stated above, we will add a Supplemental Figure of EL number over developmental time (stages 11, 13, 15, 17) for segments SEZ3 to Te2, which could strengthen this point.

      When discussing trends shared with other phyla:

      A- "In the mammalian spinal cord, more neurons are present in regions that control limbs (Francius et al., 2013). Analogously, EL numbers do not smoothly taper from anterior to posterior; instead, the largest number of ELs is found in two non-adjacent regions, SEZ and the abdomen." It's unclear what is the link between the figure in the mammalian spinal cord and the Drosophila embryo. The embryo doesn't even have limbs and the number of neurons measured here refer only to a single lineage, while there could be (and in fact there are) lineage-to-lineage differences that could depict a different scenario.

      Thank you for this comment. We will rewrite this sentence, "in the mammalian spinal cord, more neurons are present in regions that control limbs (Francius et al., 2013)" to more accurately reflect the data in the Francius paper, and make the parallel more explicit. We will say "the size of columns of V3, V1, V2a, V2b, and V0v neurons differ at brachial compared to lumbar levels in the developing spinal cord." This removes the confusion about limbs and somewhat mitigates the concern about lineage-to-lineage differences, at least from the perspective of the spinal cord.

      B- The parallelism between V1 mouse neurons and EL Drosophila neurons is also unclear to me. The similarity in fold change across segments could be a pure coincidence and, from what I understand, the two cell types are not functionally linked.

        Thank you for this comment. We believe this is the sentence in question (sorry about no line numbers). "(3) In the mouse spinal cord, ~10-fold differences in molecular subtypes for V1 neurons (Sweeney et al., 2018). In *Drosophila*, NB3-3 neuroblasts show differences in EL number, depending on region, with similar fold changes, suggesting this trait is shared across phyla."  The emphasis was intended to be on the fold-changes, not cell types. Coincidence or not, it is parallel. We will update the sentence to say "(3) In the mouse spinal cord, ~10-fold differences in molecular subtypes for V1 neurons (Sweeney et al., 2018). Although V1 neurons are not direct homologs of EL neurons, the number also varies ~10-fold depending on the region. One possibility is that this trait is shared across phyla." And, we will remove the final part of the paragraph, which distracts from the point "Thus, for this study and future research, NB3-3 development now offers a uniquely tractable, detailed, and comprehensive model for studying how stem cells flexibly produce neurons."
      

      Minor comments:

      I found the manuscript somewhat difficult to follow, even though I am familiar with both the model and the topic. For non-specialist readers, I expect it will be even more challenging. The presentation of the results often feels fragmented, at times resembling a sequence of brief statements rather than a continuous narrative. I would encourage the authors to provide more synthesis and interpretation, for example by summarising key findings, rather than listing in detail the number of neurons labelled in each segment for every experiment. This would make the results more accessible and easier to digest.

      • *Thank you for this comment. We will provide more synthesis and interpretation in results by summarizing key findings.

      From the way the MS is written it's not clear from the beginning that the work focuses exclusively on embryonic-born neurons. Since in Drosophila neuronal stem cells undergo two rounds of neurogenesis, one in the embryo and one in the larva, this omission could lead to confusion.

        Thank you for this comment. We will mention this in the abstract, introduction and discussion.
      

      In the abstract, what would be the other temporal cohorts generated in specific regions? (ref to: "In specific regions, NB3-3 neuroblasts produce additional types of temporal cohorts, including but not limited to the late-born EL temporal cohort.")

        In this manuscript, we use lineage tracing to identify four types of temporal cohorts- early-born Notch ON, early-born Notch OFF, late-born Notch ON, and late-born Notch OFF. This is now reflected in the revised abstract. ELs are early-born Notch OFF and/or late-born Notch OFF.
      

      This sentence in the introduction is inaccurate: "The Drosophila CNS is

      organized into an anterior hindbrain-like subesophageal zone (SEZ) and a posterior spinal cord-like nerve cord". The anterior hindbrain-like portion of the CNS is in fact the supraesophageal ganglion (or cerebrum), while the SEZ is a posterior-like region.

        Thank you. We will change this sentence to: "The *Drosophila* CNS is
      

      organized into a hindbrain-like subesophageal zone (SEZ) and a spinal cord-like nerve cord".

      Fig 1E: the encoding of the significance is not immediately clear. In the legend the 4 stars could also be arranged in the same way for clarity.

      • *Thank you. We will change it for clarity.

      Fig 2E legend: it is mentioned that B corresponds to a 1:4 clone, however the MARCM example is shown for C and it's a 1:5.

      Thank you. We will fix this.

      The occurrence of "undifferentiated" neurons in Th segments is in less than 10% of the clones, I wonder if this a stochastic or deterministic event and to what extent small cell bodies could just be the consequence of local differences in tissue architecture.

      • Because we are using a stochastic technique, it is difficult for us to determine whether the occurrence of neurons with small somas is a stochastic or deterministic event. Several papers suggest neurons with small axons are found across insect species (Pearson and Fourtner, 1975; Burrows, 1996). Neurons with a small soma and short axons/ axonless are found in the Drosophila embryonic abdominal nerve cord (Lacin et al., 2009). In our unpublished work from the Drosophila* nerve cord at a first instar larval stage, we found small somas with short axons in segment A1 (see Figure 4.6 below). This leads us to believe it is not a consequence of local tissue architecture.

      Fig 2I: it's unclear what the purple means (I suppose it might be Eve expression) and why in J there should be one purple cell not labelled by the ts-MARCM when this is not present in H and I.

      Purple is Eve. We will add labels for stains used in H and I, and remove the extra purple cell from the illustration in J.

      "When synapses do occur, they are numerically similar from segment to segment". It's unclear where the evidence for this statement comes from, please clarify or remove the sentence.

      We calibrated our trans-Tango data against available connectomic data using segment A1 as a reference. We learned that the trans-tango method only identifies strongly (>15 synapses) connected neurons.

      "First, we calibrated trans-Tango for use in larval Drosophila, focusing on segment A1, where connectome data are available (Wang et al., 2022). In the connectome, of the five early-born ELs in A1, three are strongly connected to CHOs (>15 synapses), two are weakly connected (15 synapses) connected to somatosensory neurons."

        We will modify this sentence to say "when synapses do occur they are of similar strengths from segment to segment"
      

      "In SEZ2, NB3-3 divides 10 times (Figure 2F)". Figure 2F does not support this statement and Figure 7 shows 12 divisions. Possibly SEZ2 and 3 have been inverted in this statement, please clarify.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We will correct it!

      **Referees cross-commenting**

      I agree with most of the comments/suggestions provided by the other two reviewers.

      In particular:

      I agree with reviewer #1's comment about failure to express Eve being a mechanism for controlling neurons number, as this is a circular argument.

      • *We address this earlier and direct you to that text. Briefly, Eve is not just a marker, but a key differentiation gene for ELs.

      I agree with reviewer #2's concern about the use of the word "flexibility"; "heterogeneity" would be a more appropriate term, as I would associate the word "flexibility" to the ability of a single neuroblast in a single segment to produce neurons with different fates under, for example, unusual growth conditions. Here no genetic/epigenetic manipulations were performed to address flexibility and the observed (stereotypical) differences result from axial patterning.

      • *We will change this, thank you.

      *As a note, Reviewer #1 asks about other temporal cohorts of EL neurons produced by other lineages, but these neurons are specifically generated from NB3-3. *

      • *Thank you for adding this clarification.

      To generalise the observations reported in this study, the authors would need to focus on other molecularly defined temporal cohorts or, more generally, on other lineages, which, however, are likely to adopt different combinations of mecahnisms to tune progeny number across segments.

      • *We agree that further studies are needed to assess the generalizability of our findings.

      Reviewer #4 (Significance (Required)):

      In Drosophila melanogaster, the relationship between neural progenitors and their neuronal progeny has been studied in great detail. This work has provided a comprehensive description of the number of progenitors present in each embryonic segment, their molecular identities, the number of neurons they produce, and the temporal transcriptional cascades that couple progenitor temporal identity to neuronal fate.

      This work adds to the existing knowledge a detailed characterisation of intersegmental differences in the pattern of proliferation of a single type of neuronal progenitor as well as in post-divisional fate depending on anterior-posterior position in the body axis (i.e. programmed cell death and Notch signalling activation). This is a first step towards understanding the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying such differences, but it's not disclosing them.

      We have disclosed the cellular mechanisms- stem cell division duration and type, neural cell death, identity gene expression, and differentiation state -unless something else is envisaged by this comment. The molecular mechanisms are beyond the scope of this paper.

      That homologous neuroblasts can generate variable numbers of progeny neurons depending on their segmental position has been established previously. What this manuscript adds is the demonstration that these differences arise through a combination of altered division patterns and differential programmed cell death, thereby revealing a more complex and less predictable scenario than could have been anticipated from existing knowledge in other contexts. The advance provided by this study is therefore incremental, refining rather than overturning our understanding of how segmental diversity in neuroblast lineages is achieved.

      The key conceptual advances provided by this study are described in the General Statements section above. We don't overturn, but we advance the field.

      By touching on the general question of how progenitors generate diversity, this work could be of broad interest to developmental neuroscientists beyond the fly field. However, the way it is currently written does not make it very accessible to non-specialists.

      Thank you for this comment. We will endeavor to make it more accessible in the revised manuscript. Reviewer 3, an expert in vertebrate neurobiology, agreed that our work was of broad interest.

      My expertise: Drosophila neurodevelopment, nerve cord, cell types specification

      3. Description of the revisions that have already been incorporated in the transferred manuscript

      Please insert a point-by-point reply describing the revisions that were already carried out and included in the transferred manuscript. If no revisions have been carried out yet, please leave this section empty.

      With this Revision Plan, we submit a revised abstract, and a supplemental table 1. We plan to address every point raised by the reviewers.

      4. Description of analyses that authors prefer not to carry out

      Please include a point-by-point response explaining why some of the requested data or additional analyses might not be necessary or cannot be provided within the scope of a revision. This can be due to time or resource limitations or in case of disagreement about the necessity of such additional data given the scope of the study. Please leave empty if not applicable.

    2. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #3

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary

      This manuscript addresses the question of how the number of neurons produced by each progenitor in the nervous system is determined. To address this question the authors use the Drosophila embryo model. They focus on a single type of neural stem cell (neuroblast), with homologues in each hemisegment along the anterior-posterior axis.

      Using a combination of clonal labelling, antibody stainings, and blockade of programmed cell death, they provide a detailed description of segment-specific differences in the proliferation patterns of these neuroblasts, as well as in the fate and survival of their neuronal progeny. Furthermore, by employing trans-synaptic labelling, they demonstrate that neurons derived from the same progenitor type receive distinct patterns of synaptic input depending on their segmental origin, in part due to their temporal window origin. Overall this work shows that different mechanisms contribute to the final number and identity of the neuronal progeny arising from a single progenitor, even within homologous progenitors along the anterior posterior body axis.

      Major Comments

      I would suggest adding line numbers to the text for future submissions, this massively helps providing comments.

      The authors propose that all neuroblasts produce the same type of temporal cohort (early born) and that, by changing the pattern of cell division, different temporal cohorts can be added. The way this this presented in the abstract sounds like an obvious thing, what would be the alternative scenario/s? Here it's the late born neurons that lack in thoracic segments because of early NB quiescence, but it cannot be excluded that different neuroblast types adopt a different strategy.

      I found the ts-MARCM results confusing for 2 reasons:

      1. It's not clear to me why there are so many single cell clones in div 3 and 4 in abdominal segments. This is not compatible with the division model depicted for abdominal segments, unless GMCs are produced in those division window and the MARCM hits the GMC, as also mentioned in the legend for G. This aspect is important because, either the previous model by Baumgardt et al. - please correct cit. currently Gunnar et al. 2026 - is wrong, or something strange happens in this experiment, or the relative temporal order is incorrect.
      2. In segments other than abdomen, it is quite rare to hit proper clones, it appears that only GMCs are hit by recombination, with very few exceptions. Could the author please provide an explanation for this or at least mention this aspect? It is also unclear whether in F the graph includes all types of clones (including 1:0 clones). This is important, because the timing of division for NBs and GMCs is different, and inclusion of 1:0 might lead to a wrong estimate of the NB proliferation window (longer than it actually is because GMCs divide for longer). This is particularly important for the SEZ, where most clones in normalised division 10 and 11 are with ratio 1:0, thus compatible with both terminal division as well as GMC division.

      To obtain an estimate of the timing of division, the authors normalise clone size to the size of the bigger clone in the abdomen. What happened to those samples where no abdominal clones were hit? Were they simply excluded from the analysis?

      It is proposed that in the thorax late temporal cohort neurons are not produced, yet the ts-MARCM experiment detects some 1:0 clones. What is the fate of these cells? Are they all derived from GMC division and therefore decoupled from the temporal identity window? Or is this a re-activation of division?

      "in A1, a majority of segments had one Notch OFF/B neuron that failed to label with Eve" does "the majority" in this sentence mean that there were cases where all B neurons were labelled with Eve? If yes, where would this stochasticity come from? Additionally, there is no evidence that it's the first born NotchOFF neuron in A1 that does not express Eve. The authors should clarify where this speculation comes from. When discussing trends shared with other phyla:

      A- "In the mammalian spinal cord, more neurons are present in regions that control limbs (Francius et al., 2013). Analogously, EL numbers do not smoothly taper from anterior to posterior; instead, the largest number of ELs is found in two non-adjacent regions, SEZ and the abdomen." It's unclear what is the link between the figure in the mammalian spinal cord and the Drosophila embryo. The embryo doesn't even have limbs and the number of neurons measured here refer only to a single lineage, while there could be (and in fact there are) lineage-to-lineage differences that could depict a different scenario.

      B- The parallelism between V1 mouse neurons and EL Drosophila neurons is also unclear to me. The similarity in fold change across segments could be a pure coincidence and, from what I understand, the two cell types are not functionally linked.

      Minor comments:

      I found the manuscript somewhat difficult to follow, even though I am familiar with both the model and the topic. For non-specialist readers, I expect it will be even more challenging. The presentation of the results often feels fragmented, at times resembling a sequence of brief statements rather than a continuous narrative. I would encourage the authors to provide more synthesis and interpretation, for example by summarising key findings, rather than listing in detail the number of neurons labelled in each segment for every experiment. This would make the results more accessible and easier to digest.

      From the way the MS is written it's not clear from the beginning that the work focuses exclusively on embryonic-born neurons. Since in Drosophila neuronal stem cells undergo two rounds of neurogenesis, one in the embryo and one in the larva, this omission could lead to confusion.

      In the abstract, what would be the other temporal cohorts generated in specific regions? (ref to: "In specific regions, NB3-3 neuroblasts produce additional types of temporal cohorts, including but not limited to the late-born EL temporal cohort.")

      This sentence in the introduction is inaccurate: "The Drosophila CNS is organized into an anterior hindbrain-like subesophageal zone (SEZ) and a posterior spinal cord-like nerve cord". The anterior hindbrain-like portion of the CNS is in fact the supraesophageal ganglion (or cerebrum), while the SEZ is a posterior-like region.

      Fig 1E: the encoding of the significance is not immediately clear. In the legend the 4 stars could also be arranged in the same way for clarity.

      Fig 2E legend: it is mentioned that B corresponds to a 1:4 clone, however the MARCM example is shown for C and it's a 1:5.

      The occurrence of "undifferentiated" neurons in Th segments is in less than 10% of the clones, I wonder if this a stochastic or deterministic event and to what extent small cell bodies could just be the consequence of local differences in tissue architecture.

      Fig 2I: it's unclear what the purple means (I suppose it might be Eve expression) and why in J there should be one purple cell not labelled by the ts-MARCM when this is not present in H and I.

      "When synapses do occur, they are numerically similar from segment to segment". It's unclear where the evidence for this statement comes from, please clarify or remove the sentence.

      "In SEZ2, NB3-3 divides 10 times (Figure 2F)". Figure 2F does not support this statement and Figure 7 shows 12 divisions. Possibly SEZ2 and 3 have been inverted in this statement, please clarify.

      Referees cross-commenting

      I agree with most of the comments/suggestions provided by the other two reviewers. In particular: I agree with reviewer #1's comment about failure to express Eve being a mechanism for controlling neurons number, as this is a circular argument. I agree with reviewer #2's concern about the use of the word "flexibility"; "heterogeneity" would be a more appropriate term, as I would associate the word "flexibility" to the ability of a single neuroblast in a single segment to produce neurons with different fates under, for example, unusual growth conditions. Here no genetic/epigenetic manipulations were performed to address flexibility and the observed (stereotypical) differences result from axial patterning. As a note, Reviewer #1 asks about other temporal cohorts of EL neurons produced by other lineages, but these neurons are specifically generated from NB3-3. To generalise the observations reported in this study, the authors would need to focus on other molecularly defined temporal cohorts or, more generally, on other lineages, which, however, are likely to adopt different combinations of mecahnisms to tune progeny number across segments.

      Significance

      In Drosophila melanogaster, the relationship between neural progenitors and their neuronal progeny has been studied in great detail. This work has provided a comprehensive description of the number of progenitors present in each embryonic segment, their molecular identities, the number of neurons they produce, and the temporal transcriptional cascades that couple progenitor temporal identity to neuronal fate. This work adds to the existing knowledge a detailed characterisation of intersegmental differences in the pattern of proliferation of a single type of neuronal progenitor as well as in post-divisional fate depending on anterior-posterior position in the body axis (i.e. programmed cell death and Notch signalling activation). This is a first step towards understanding the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying such differences, but it's not disclosing them.

      That homologous neuroblasts can generate variable numbers of progeny neurons depending on their segmental position has been established previously. What this manuscript adds is the demonstration that these differences arise through a combination of altered division patterns and differential programmed cell death, thereby revealing a more complex and less predictable scenario than could have been anticipated from existing knowledge in other contexts. The advance provided by this study is therefore incremental, refining rather than overturning our understanding of how segmental diversity in neuroblast lineages is achieved. By touching on the general question of how progenitors generate diversity, this work could be of broad interest to developmental neuroscientists beyond the fly field. However, the way it is currently written does not make it very accessible to non-specialists.

      My expertise: Drosophila neurodevelopment, nerve cord, cell types specification

    3. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #2

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      In this manuscript, Vasudevan et al provide a detailed characterisation of the different numbers and temporal birthdates of Even-skipped Lateral (EL) neurons produced at in different segments from the same neuroblast, NB3-3. The work highlights the differences in EL neuronal generation across segments is achieved through a combination of different division patterns, failure to upregulate EL marker Eve and segment-specific program cell death. For neurons born within the same window and segment, the authors describe additional heterogeneity in their circuit formation. The work underscores the large diversity that the same neuroblast can generate across segments.

      Major comments:

      • Based on the ts-MARCM 1:0 clones representing 100% of the SEZ clones at any given inferred cell division, the authors conclude "NB3-3 neuroblasts generate proliferative daughter GMCs in the SEZ and thorax on most divisions". Figure 2G does not have any data for SEZ before inferred division 5, whereas there is data in other regions. The authors also state "In the SEZ and abdomen, ELs were labelled regardless of induction time." In reference to Fig 2F, which seems inaccurate given there are no SEZ clones before inferred division 5. There is no comment on this fact, which is surprising give their focus on temporal cohorts. The authors should explain this discrepancy, if known, or modify their statements to reflect the data.
      • The temporal cohort (early-born vs late-born) identity is exclusively examined based on markers. Given the absence of SEZ clones from early NB3-3 divisions, a time course showing that the SEZ generate early-born Els or some other complementary method would be desirable.
      • The authors repeatedly refer to their work as showing how a stem cell type can have "flexibility". Flexibility would imply that NB3-3 from one segment could adopt a different behaviour (different division pattern, or cell death or connectivity) if it were placed in a different segment. This is not what is being shown. In my opinion, "heterogeneity" of the same neuroblast across different segments would be more appropriate.

      Minor comments:

      • Figure 2A depicts a combination of known data and conclusions from their own (mainly SEZ). The authors might consider editing the figure to highlight what is new. A possibility would be for figure A to be a diagram of the experimental design and their summary division pattern to be shown after the new data instead of being panel A.
      • The authors state that they combined published ts-MARCM with their new one, which differed in a number ways that they list, but they don't specify which limitations are associated with the published vs new dataset. Could the authors please clarify?
      • The title refers exclusively to "temporal cohorts", which in the manuscript are defined quite narrowly and do not seem to apply to all segments.
      • Several cited references are missing from the Reference list at the end. Could the authors please double check this? (e.g. Matsushita, 1997; Sweeney et al., 2018)
      • Legend for figure 2 is a bit confusing, there is a "(A)" within the legend for (D), which indicates that segments A1-A7 are shown (this seems inaccurate, as it only goes to A6).

      Significance

      This study provides a comprehensive analysis of different cell biological scenarios for a neuroblast to generate distinct progeny across repeating axial units. The strength is the detailed and systematic approach across segments and possible scenarios: different division patterns, cell death, molecular marker expression. While it focuses on one specific neuroblast of the ventral nerve cord of Drosophila, the authors have done extensive work to place their findings and interpretation in the context of other cell types and across model organisms both in the introduction and discussion. This makes the work of interest for developmental biologists in general, neurodevelopment research in particular and those interested in circuit assembly, beyond their specialised community. This point of view comes from someone working in vertebrate CNS development.

    4. Note: This preprint has been reviewed by subject experts for Review Commons. Content has not been altered except for formatting.

      Learn more at Review Commons


      Referee #1

      Evidence, reproducibility and clarity

      Summary: The study by Vasudevan et al intends to address how serially homologous neural progenitors generate different numbers and types of neurons depending on their location along the body axis. Investigation of full repertoire of neurogenesis for these progenitors necessitates a precise ability to track the fates of both progenitors and their neuronal progeny making it extremely difficult in vertebrate paradigm. The authors used NB3-3 in the developing fly embryo as a model to investigate the full extent of the flexibility in neurogenesis from a single type of serially homologous stem cell. Previous work showed NB3-3 generates neurons including lateral interneurons that can be positively labeled by Even-skipped, but detailed characterization of the NB3-3 lineage mainly focused on 3 segments during embryogenesis. The authors defined the number of EL neurons in all segments of the central nervous system in early larvae after the completion of circuit formation and carried out clonal analyses to determine the proliferation pattern of NB3-3. They described the failure to express Eve in Notch OFF/B neurons as a new mechanism for controlling the number of EL neurons and PCD limits EL neurons in terminal segments.

      Major comments: The authors performed careful analyses of the NB3-3 lineage using EL neurons. My main concerns are limited applicability of their findings and lack of mechanisms as how NB3-3 generate various numbers of EL neurons. Their findings are exclusively relevant to the NB3-3 lineage despite their effort in highlighting that other NB lineages also generate temporal cohorts of EL neurons. I disagreed with their conclusion that failure to express Eve as a mechanism for controlling EL neuron numbers when Eve serves as the marker for these neurons. Are there any other strategy to assess the fates and functions of these cells beside relying solely on Eve expression? I am not familiar with the significance of Eve expression on the functions of these neurons. Is it possible to perform clonal analyses of NB3-3 mutant for Eve and see if these neurons adopt different functionalities/identities? If NB3-3 in the SEZ continually generate GMCs based on the interpretation of clonal analyses and depicted in Fig. 2A, why is the percent of clones that are 1:0 virtually at or near 100% from division 6-11 shown in 2G? The authors also indicate that NB3-3 in the abdomen directly generate Notch OFF/B cells that assume EL neuronal identity. In this scenario, shouldn't the percent of 1:0 clones be 100% in later divisions in Fig. 2G? Based on the number of clones in abdomen shown in Fig. 2E, I cannot seem to understand how the authors come to the percent of 1:0 clones shown in Fig. 2G

      There are many potentially interesting questions related to this study that can significantly broaden the impact of this study. For example, are other NB lineages that also generate distinct temporal cohorts of EL neurons display similar proliferation patterns (type 1 division in SEZ, early termination of cell division in thoracic segments and type 0 division in abdomen)? Why does NB3-3 in the thoracic segment become quiescence so much sooner than SEZ and abdominal segments? The authors' observations suggest that NB3-3 in SEZ and abdomen generate a similar number of EL neurons despite the difference in their division patterns (type 1 vs type 0). Are the mechanisms that promote EL neuron generate in NB3-3 in SEZ and abdomen the same? Anything else is known beside Notch OFF?

      Minor comments:

      The authors' writing style is highly unusual especially in the result section. There is an overwhelming large amount of background information in the result section but very thin description on their observations. The background information portion also includes previously published observations. Since the nature of this study is not hypothesis-driven, it is very confusing to read in many places and difficult to distinguish their original observations from previously published results and making. One easily achievable improvement is to insert relevant figure numbers into the text more often.

      Significance

      The study by Vasudevan et al intends to address how serially homologous neural progenitors generate different numbers and types of neurons depending on their location along the body axis. Investigation of full repertoire of neurogenesis for these progenitors necessitates a precise ability to track the fates of both progenitors and their neuronal progeny making it extremely difficult in vertebrate paradigm. The authors used NB3-3 in the developing fly embryo as a model to investigate the full extent of the flexibility in neurogenesis from a single type of serially homologous stem cell. Previous work showed NB3-3 generates neurons including lateral interneurons that can be positively labeled by Even-skipped, but detailed characterization of the NB3-3 lineage mainly focused on 3 segments during embryogenesis. The authors defined the number of EL neurons in all segments of the central nervous system in early larvae after the completion of circuit formation and carried out clonal analyses to determine the proliferation pattern of NB3-3. They described the failure to express Eve in Notch OFF/B neurons as a new mechanism for controlling the number of EL neurons and PCD limits EL neurons in terminal segments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors report the structure of the human CTF18-RFC complex bound to PCNA. Similar structures (and more) have been reported by the O'Donnell and Li labs. This study should add to our understanding of CTF18-RFC in DNA replication and clamp loaders in general. However, there are numerous major issues that I recommend the authors fix.

      Strengths:

      The structures reported are strong and useful for comparison with other clamp loader structures that have been reported lately.

      Comments on revisions:

      The revised manuscript is greatly improved. The comparison with hRFC and the addition of direct PCNA loading data from the Hedglin group are particular highlights. I think this is a strong addition to the literature.

      I only have minor comments on the revised manuscript.

      (1) The clamp loading kinetic data in Figure 6 would be more easily interpreted if the three graphs all had the same x axes, and if addition of RFC was t=0 rather than t=60 sec.

      (2) The author's statement that "CTF18-RFC displayed a slightly faster rate than RFC" seems to me a bit misleading, even though this is technically correct. The two loaders have indistinguishable rate constants for the fast phase, and RFC is a bit slower than CTF18-RFC in the slow phase. However, the data also show that RFC is overall more efficient than CTF18-RFC at loading PCNA because much more flux through the fast phase (rel amplitudes 0.73 vs 0.36). Because the slow phase represents such a reduced fraction of loading events, the slight reduction in rate constant for the slow phase doesn't impact RFC's overall loading. And because the majority of loading events are in the fast phase, RFC has a faster halftime than CTF18-RFC. (Is it known what the different phases correspond to? If it is known, it might be interesting to discuss.)

      (3) AAA+ is an acronym for "ATPases Associated with diverse cellular Activities" rather than "Adenosine Triphosphatase Associated".

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      CTF18-RFC is an alternative eukaryotic PCNA sliding clamp loader which is thought to specialize in loading PCNA on the leading strand. Eukaryotic clamp loaders (RFC complexes) have an interchangeable large subunit which is responsible for their specialized functions. The authors show that the CTF18 large subunit has several features responsible for its weaker PCNA loading activity, and that the resulting weakened stability of the complex is compensated by a novel beta hairpin backside hook. The authors show this hook is required for the optimal stability and activity of the complex.

      Relevance:

      The structural findings are important for understanding RFC enzymology and novel ways that the widespread class of AAA ATPases can be adapted to specialized functions. A better understanding of CTF18-RFC function will also provide clarity into aspects of DNA replication, cohesion establishment and the DNA damage response.

      Strengths:

      The cryo-EM structures are of high quality enabling accurate modelling of the complex and providing a strong basis for analyzing differences and similarities with other RFC complexes.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript would have benefited from a more detailed biochemical analysis using mutagenesis and assays to tease apart the differences with the canonical RFC complex. Analysis of the FRET assay could be improved.

      Overall appraisal:

      Overall, the work presented here is solid and important. The data is mostly sufficient to support the stated conclusions.

      Comments on revisions:

      While the authors addressed my previous specific concerns, they have now added a new experiment which raises new concerns.

      The FRET clamp loading experiments (Fig. 6) appear to be overfitted so that the fitted values are unlikely to be robust and it is difficult to know what they mean, and this is not explained in this manuscript. Specifically, the contribution of two exponentials is floated in each experiment. By eye, CTF18-RFC looks much slower than RFC1-RFC (as also shown previously in the literature) but the kinetic constants and text suggest it is faster. This is because the contribution of the fast exponential is substantially decreased, and the rate constants then compensate for this. There is a similar change in contribution of the slow and fast rates between WT CTF18 and the variant (where the data curves look the same) and this has been balanced out by a change in the rate constants, which is then interpreted as a defect. I doubt the data are strong enough to confidently fit all these co-dependent parameters, especially for CTF18, where a fast initial phase is not visible. I would recommend either removing this figure or doing a more careful and thorough analysis.

    3. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors report the structure of the human CTF18-RFC complex bound to PCNA. Similar structures (and more) have been reported by the O'Donnell and Li labs. This study should add to our understanding of CTF18-RFC in DNA replication and clamp loaders in general. However, there are numerous major issues that I recommend the authors fix. 

      Strengths: 

      The structures reported are strong and useful for comparison with other clamp loader structures that have been reported lately. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The structures don't show how CTF18-RFC opens or loads PCNA. There are recent structures from other groups that do examine these steps in more detail, although this does not really dampen this reviewer's enthusiasm. It does mean that the authors should spend their time investigating aspects of CTF18-RFC function that were overlooked or not explored in detail in the competing papers. The paper poorly describes the interactions of CTF18-RFC with PCNA and the ATPase active sites, which are the main interest points. The nomenclature choices made by the authors make the manuscript very difficult to read. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary 

      Briola and co-authors have performed a structural analysis of the human CTF18 clamp loader bound to PCNA. The authors purified the complexes and formed a complex in solution. They used cryo-EM to determine the structure to high resolution. The complex assumed an auto-inhibited conformation, where DNA binding is blocked, which is of regulatory importance and suggests that additional factors could be required to support PCNA loading on DNA. The authors carefully analysed the structure and compared it to RFC and related structures. 

      Strength & Weakness 

      Their overall analysis is of high quality, and they identified, among other things, a human-specific beta-hairpin in Ctf18 that flexibly tethers Ctf18 to Rfc2-5. Indeed, deletion of the beta-hairpin resulted in reduced complex stability and a reduction in a primer extension assay with Pol ε. This is potentially very interesting, although some more work is needed on the quantification. Moreover, the authors argue that the Ctf18 ATP-binding domain assumes a more flexible organisation, but their visual representation could be improved. 

      The data are discussed accurately and relevantly, which provides an important framework for rationalising the results. 

      All in all, this is a high-quality manuscript that identifies a key intermediate in CTF18dependent clamp loading. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      CTF18-RFC is an alternative eukaryotic PCNA sliding clamp loader that is thought to specialize in loading PCNA on the leading strand. Eukaryotic clamp loaders (RFC complexes) have an interchangeable large subunit that is responsible for their specialized functions. The authors show that the CTF18 large subunit has several features responsible for its weaker PCNA loading activity and that the resulting weakened stability of the complex is compensated by a novel beta hairpin backside hook. The authors show this hook is required for the optimal stability and activity of the complex. 

      Relevance: 

      The structural findings are important for understanding RFC enzymology and novel ways that the widespread class of AAA ATPases can be adapted to specialized functions. A better understanding of CTF18-RFC function will also provide clarity into aspects of DNA replication, cohesion establishment, and the DNA damage response. 

      Strengths: 

      The cryo-EM structures are of high quality enabling accurate modelling of the complex and providing a strong basis for analyzing differences and similarities with other RFC complexes. 

      Weaknesses: 

      The manuscript would have benefitted from more detailed biochemical analysis to tease apart the differences with the canonical RFC complex. 

      I'm not aware of using Mg depletion to trap active states of AAA ATPases. Perhaps the authors could provide a reference to successful examples of this and explain why they chose not to use the more standard practice in the field of using ATP analogues to increase the lifespan of reaction intermediates. 

      Overall appraisal: 

      Overall the work presented here is solid and important. The data is sufficient to support the stated conclusions and so I do not suggest any additional experiments. 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments and for their thorough review. All raised points have been addressed below.

      Major points 

      (1) The nomenclature used in the paper is very confusing and sometimes incorrect. The authors refer to CTF18 protein as "Ctf18", and the entire CTF18-RFC complex as "CTF18". This results in massive confusion because it is hard to ascertain whether the authors are discussing the individual subunits or the entire complex. Because these are human proteins, each protein name should be fully capitalized (i.e. CTF18, RFC4 etc). The full complex should be referred to more clearly with the designation CTF18-RFC or CTF18-RLC (RFC-like complex). Also, because the yeast and human clamp loader complexes use the same nomenclature for different subunits, it would be best for the authors to use the "A, B, C, D, E subunit" nomenclature that has been standard in the field for the past 20 years. Finally, the authors try to distinguish PCNA subunits by labeling them "PCNA2" or "PCNA1" (see Page 8 lines 180,181 for an example). This is confusing because the names of the RFC subunits have similar formats (RFC2, RFC3, RFC4, etc). In the case of RFC this denotes unique genes, whereas PCNA is a homotrimer. Could the authors think of another way to denote the different subunits, such as super/subscript? PCNA-I, PCNA-II, PCNA-III? 

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the confusing nomenclature. Following the referee suggestion, we now refer to the CTF18 full complex as “CTF18-RFC”. We prefer keeping the nomenclature used for CTFC18 subunits as RFC2, RFC3 etc., as recently used in Yuan et al, Science, 2024. However, we followed the referee’s suggestion for PCNA subunits, now referred to as PCNA-I, PCNA-II and PCNA-III.

      (2) I believe that the authors are over-interpreting their data in Figure 1. The claim that "less sharp definition" of the map corresponding to the AAA+ domain of Ctf18 supports a relatively high mobility of this subunit is largely unsubstantiated. There are several reasons why one could get varying resolution in a cryo-EM reconstruction, such as compositional heterogeneity, preferred orientation artifacts, or how the complex interacts with the air-water interface. If other data were presented that showed this subunit is flexible, this evidence would support that data but cannot alone as justification for subunit mobility. Along these lines, how was the buried surface area (2300 vs 1400 A2) calculated? Is this the total surface area or only the buried surface area involving the AAA+ domains? It is surprising that these numbers are so different considering that the subunits and complexes look so similar (Figures 1c and 2b). 

      We respectfully disagree with the suggestion that our interpretation of local flexibility in the AAA+ domain of Ctf18 is overreaching. Several lines of evidence support this interpretation. First, compositional heterogeneity is unlikely, as the A′ domain of Ctf18 is well-resolved and forms stable interactions with RFC3, indicating that Ctf18 is consistently incorporated into the complex. Second, preferred orientation artifacts are excluded, as the particle distribution shows excellent angular coverage (Fig. S9a). Third, we now include a 3D variability analysis (3DVA; Supplementary Video 1), which reveals local conformational heterogeneity centered around the AAA+ domain of Ctf18, consistent with intrinsic flexibility.

      Regarding the buried surface area values, the reported numbers refer specifically to the interfaces between the AAA+ domain of Ctf18 and RFC2, and are derived from buried surface area calculations performed with PISA. The smaller interface (~1400 Ų) compared to RFC1–RFC2 (~2300 Ų) reflects low sequence identity (~26%) and divergent structural features, including the absence of conserved elements such as the canonical PIP-box in Ctf18. We have clarified and expanded this explanation in the revised manuscript (Page 7).

      (3) The authors very briefly discuss interactions with PCNA and how the CTF18-RFC complex differs from the RFC complex. This is amongst the most interesting results from their work, but also not well-developed. Moreover, Figure 3D describing these interactions is extremely unclear. I feel like this observation had potential to be interesting, but is largely ignored by the authors. 

      We thank the referee for pointing this out. We have expanded the section describing the interactions of CTF18-RFC and PCNA (Page 9 in the new manuscript), and made a new panel figure with further details (Fig. 3D).  

      (4) The authors make the observation that key ATP-binding residues in RFC4 are displaced and incompatible with nucleotide binding in their CTF18-RFC structure compared to the hRFC structure. This should be a main-text figure showing these displacements and how it is incompatible with ATP binding. Again, this is likely an interesting finding that is largely glossed over by the authors. 

      We now discuss this feature in detail (Pag 11 in the new manuscript), and added two figure insets (Fig. 4c) describing the incompatibility of RFC4 with nucleotide binding.

      (5) The authors claim that the work of another group (citation 50) "validate(s) our predictions regarding the significant similarities between CTF18-RFC and canonical RFC in loading PCNA onto a ss/dsDNA junction." However, as far as this reviewer can tell the work in citation 50 was posted online before the first draft of this manuscript appeared on biorxiv, so it is dubious to claim that these were "predictions." 

      We agree with the referee about this claim. We have now revised the text as follows:

      “While our work was being finalized, several cryo-EM structures of human CTF18-RFC bound to PCNA and primer/template DNA were reported by another group (He et al, PNAS, 2024). These findings are consistent with the distinct features of CTF18-RFC observed in our structures and independently support the notion of significant mechanistic similarity between CTF18-RFC and canonical RFC in loading PCNA onto a ss/dsDNA junction”.

      (6) The authors use a primer extension assay to test the effects of truncating the Nterminal beta hairpin of CTF18. However, this assay is only a proxy for loading efficiency and the observed effects of the mutation are rather subtle. The authors could test their hypothesis more clearly if they performed an ATPase assay or even better a clamp loading assay. 

      We thank the referee for this valuable suggestion. In response, we have performed clamp loading assays comparing the activities of human RFC, wild-type CTF18-RFC, and the β-hairpin–truncated CTF18-RFC mutant. The results, now presented in Fig. 6 and Table 1 of the revised manuscript, clearly show that truncation of the N-terminal βhairpin results in a slower rate of PCNA loading. We propose that this reduced loading rate likely contributes to the diminished Pol ε–mediated DNA synthesis observed in the primer extension assays.

      Minor points 

      (1) Page 3 line 53 the introduction suggests that ATP hydrolysis prompts clamp closure. While this may be the case, to my knowledge all recent structural work shows that closure can occur without ATP hydrolysis. It may be better to rephrase it to highlight that under normal loading conditions, ATP hydrolysis occurs before clamp closure. 

      The text now reads (Page 3): 

      “DNA binding prompts the closure of the clamp and hydrolysis of ATP induces the concurrent disassembly of the closed clamp loader from the sliding clamp-DNA complex, completing the cycle necessary for the engagement of the replicative polymerases to start DNA synthesis.”

      (2) Page 3 line 60, I do not see how the employment of alternative loaders highlights the specificity of the loading mechanism - would it not be possible for multiple loaders to have promiscuous clamp loading? 

      We thank the referee for this comment. The text now reads (Page 3):

      “However, eukaryotes also employ alternative loaders (20), including CTF18-RFC (6, 21-24), which likely use a conserved loading mechanism but are functionally specialized through specific protein interactions and context-dependent roles in DNA replication.”

      (3) Page 4 line 75 could you please cite a study that shows Ctf8 and Dcc1 bind to the Ctf18 C-terminus and that a long linker is predicted to be flexible? 

      Two references have been added (Stokes et al, NAR, 2020 and Grabarczyk et al, Structure, 2018)

      (4) Figure 2A has the N-terminal region of Ctf18 as bound to RFC3 but should likely be labeled as bound to RFC5. This caused significant confusion while trying to parse this figure. Further, the inclusion of "X" as a sequence - does this refer to a sequence that was not buildable in the cryo-EM map? I would be surprised that density immediately after the conserved DEXX box motif is unbuildable. If this is the case, it should be clearly stated in the figure legend that "X" denotes an unbuildable sequence. For the conserved beta-hairpin in the sequence, could the authors superimpose the AlphaFold prediction onto their structure? It would be more informative than just looking at the sequence. 

      We apologize for this confusion. The error in Figure 2A has been corrected. The figure caption now explicitely says that “X” refers to amino acid residues in the sequence which were not modelled. A superposition of the cryo-EM model of the N-terminal Beta hairpin in human Ctf18 and AlphaFold predictions for this feature in drosophila and yeast Ctf18 is now presented in Figure 2A.

      (5) Page 8 line 168, the use of the term "RFC5" here feels improper, since the "C" subunit is not RFC5 in all lower eukaryotes (see comment above about nomenclature). For instance, in S cerevisiae, the C subunit is RFC3. I would expect this interaction to be maintained in all C subunits, not all RFC5 subunits. 

      The text now reads (Page 8):

      “Therefore, lower eukaryotes may use a similar b-hairpin motif to bind the corresponding subunit of the RFC-module complex (RFC5 in human, Rfc3 in S. cerevisiae), emphasizing its importance.”  

      (6) Page 10 line 228, the authors claim that hydrolysis is dispensable at the Ctf18/RFC2 interface based on evidence from RFC1/RFC2 interface, by analogy that this is the "A/B" interface in both loaders. However, the wording makes it sound as if the cited data were collected while studying Ctf18 loaders. The authors should clarify this point. 

      The text has been modified as follows (Pag 11): 

      “Prior research has indicated that hydrolysis at the large subunit/RFC2 interface is not essential for clamp loading by various loaders (48-51), while the others are critical for the clamp-loading activity of eukaryotic RFCs. “

      (7) Page 11 line 243/244 the authors introduce the separation pin. Could they clarify whether Ctf18 contains any aromatic residues in this structural motif that would suggest it serves the same functional purpose? Also, the authors highlight this is similar to yeast RFC, which makes it sound like this is not conserved in human RFC, but the structural motif is also conserved in human RFC. 

      We thank the reviewer for this helpful comment. We have clarified in the revised text (Page 12) that the separation pin is conserved not only in yeast RFC but also in human RFC, and now note that human Ctf18 also harbors aromatic residues at the corresponding positions. This observation is supported by the new panel in Figure 4e.

      Minutia 

      (1) Page 2 line 37 please remove the word "and" before PCNA. 

      This has been corrected.

      (2) Please define AAA+ and update the language to clarify that not all pentameric AAA+ ATPases are clamp loaders. 

      AAA+ has been now defined (Page 3).

      (3) Page 4 line 86 Given the relatively weak interaction of Pol ε. 

      This has been corrected.

      (4) Page 8 line 204 the authors likely mean "leucine" and not "lysine". 

      We thank the reviewer for catching this. The error has been corrected.

      (5) Page 14 line 300, the authors claim that CTF18 utilizes three subunits but then list four. 

      We have corrected this.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      We thank the reviewer for their positive comments and valuable suggestions. The points raised by the referee have been addressed below.

      Major point: 

      (1) Please quantify Figure 6 and S9 from 3 independent repeats and determine the standard deviation to show the variability of the Ctf18 beta hairpin deletion.  The authors suggest that a suboptimal Ctf18 complex interaction with PCNA impacts the stability of the complex, but do not test this hypothesis. Could the suboptimal PIP motif in Ctf18 be changed to an improved motif and the impact tested in the primer extension assay? Although not essential, it would be a nice way to explore the mechanism. 

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. However, we note that Figure 6b (now 7b) already presents the quantification of the primer extension assay from three independent replicates, with error bars showing standard deviations, and includes the calculated rate of product accumulation. These data clearly indicate a 42% reduction in primer synthesis rate upon deletion of the Ctf18 β-hairpin.

      We agree that we do not provide direct evidence of impaired complex stability upon deletion of the Ctf18 β-hairpin. However, the 2D classification of the cryo-EM dataset (Figure S9) shows a marked reduction in the number of particles corresponding to intact CTF18-RFC–PCNA complexes in the β-hairpin deletion sample, with the majority of particles corresponding to free PCNA. This contrasts with the wild-type dataset, where complex particles are predominant. These findings indirectly suggest that deletion of the β-hairpin compromises the stability or assembly of the clamp-loader–clamp complex.

      We thank the reviewer for the valuable suggestion to mutate the weak PIP-box of Ctf18. While an interesting direction, we instead sought to directly test the mechanism by performing quantitative clamp loading assays. These assays revealed a significant reduction in the rate of PCNA loading by the CTF18<sup>Δ165–194</sup>-RFCmutant (Figure 6), supporting the conclusion that the β-hairpin contributes to productive PCNA loading. This loading delay likely underlies the reduced rate of primer extension observed in the Pol ε assay (Figure 7), consistent with impaired formation of processive polymerase– clamp complexes.

      (2) I did not see the method describing how the 2D classes were quantified to evaluate the impact of the Ctf18 beta hairpin deletion on complex formation. Please add the relevant information. 

      The relevant information has been added to the Method section:

      “For quantification of complex stability, the number of particles contributing to each 2D class was extracted from the classification metadata (Datasets 1 and 3). All classes showing isolated PCNA rings were summed and compared to the total number of particles in classes representing intact CTF18-RFC–PCNA complexes. This analysis was performed for both wild-type and β-hairpin deletion mutant datasets. Notably, no 2D classes corresponding to free PCNA were observed in the wild-type dataset, whereas in the mutant dataset, a substantial fraction of particles corresponded to isolated PCNA, suggesting reduced stability of the mutant complex.”

      Minor point: 

      (1) Page 2, line 25. Detail what type of mobility is referred to. Do you mean flexibility in the EM-map? 

      We have clarified this. The text now reads:

      “The unique RFC1 (Ctf18) large subunit of CTF18-RFC, which based on the cryo-EM map shows high relative flexibility, is anchored to PCNA through an atypical low-affinity PIP box”

      (2) Page 4, line 82. Please introduce CMGE, or at least state what the abbreviation stands for. 

      This has been addressed.

      (3) Page 4, line 89. Specify that the architecture of the HUMAN CTF18-RFC module is not known, as the yeast one has been published. 

      At the time our study was initiated, the architecture of the human CTF18-RFC module was unknown. A structure of the human complex was published by another group during the final stages of our work and is now properly acknowledged in the Discussion.

      (4) Page 6. Is it possible to illustrate why the autoinhibited state cannot bind to DNA? A visual representation would be nice. 

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Figure 4b in the original manuscript already illustrates why the autoinhibited, overtwisted conformation of the CTF18-RFC pentamer cannot accommodate DNA. In this state, the inner chamber of the loader is sterically occluded, precluding the binding of duplex DNA.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      We thank Reviewer #3 for their constructive feedback and positive overall assessment of our work.

      We also thank the reviewer for their remarks on the use of Mg depletion to halt hydrolysis. Magnesium is an essential cofactor for ATP hydrolysis, and its depletion is expected to effectively prevent catalysis by destabilizing the transition state, possibly more completely than the use of slowly hydrolysable analogues such as ATPγS. We have recently employed Mg<sup>²+</sup> depletion to successfully trap a pre-hydrolytic intermediate in a replicative AAA+ helicase engaged in DNA unwinding (Shahid et al., Nature, 2025). This precedent supports the rationale for our choice, and the reference has now been included in the revised manuscript.

      I think the authors deposited the FSC curve for the +Mg structure in the -Mg structure PDB/EMDB entry according to the validation report. 

      We thank the reviewer for their careful inspection of the deposition materials. The discrepancy in the deposited FSC curve has now been corrected, and the appropriate FSC curves have been assigned to the correct PDB/EMDB entries.

    1. This temporal mismatch—crisis operating 24/7 while support operates 40 hours weekly—creates the necessity for peer networks analyzed in this chapter and documented ethnographically in Chapter 3.

      Remove adjective 'temporal' and revise sentence structure with theoretical support from Jonathan Crary's 24/7, particularly his commentary on the ends of sleep amid the late capitalist state of constant socioeconomic hardship and compounding austerity conditions.

    2. precarity operates continuously, demanding constant vigilance that transforms night into an extension of crisis rather than respite from it.

      This is a vague generalization and overuse of austerity as an abstract driver. Let's get more specific with theoretical applications such as these: "As history has shown," writes Crary," war-related innovations are inevitably assimilated into a broader social sphere, and the sleepless soldier would be the forerunner of the sleepless worker or consumer" (3).

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Troyer et al quantitatively measured the membrane localization and diffusion of RNase E, an essential ribonuclease for mRNA turnover as well as tRNA and rRNA processing in bacteria cells. Using single-molecule tracking in live E. coli cells, the authors investigated the impact of membrane targeting sequence (MTS) and the C-terminal domain (CTD) on the membrane localization and diffusion of RNase E under various perturbations. Finally, the authors tried to correlate the membrane localization of RNase E to its function on co- and post-transcriptional mRNA decay using lacZ mRNA as a model.

      The major findings of the manuscripts include:

      (1) WT RNase E is mostly membrane localized via MTS, confirming previous results. The diffusion of RNase E is increased upon removal of MTS or CTD, and more significantly increased upon removal of both regions.

      (2) By tagging RNase E MTS and different lengths of LacY transmembrane domain (LacY2, LacY6 or LacY12) to mEos3.2, the results demonstrate that short LacY transmembrane sequence (LacY2 and LacY6) can increase the diffusion of mEos3.2 on the membrane compared to MTS, further supported by the molecular dynamics simulation. The similar trend was roughly observed in RNase E mutants with MTS switched to LacY transmembrane domains.

      (3) The removal of RNase E MTS significantly increases the co-transcriptional degradation of lacZ mRNA, but has minimal effect on the post-transcriptional degradation of lacZ mRNA. Removal of CTD of RNase E overall decrease the mRNA decay rates, suggesting the synergistic effect of CTD on RNase E activity.

      Strengths:

      (1) The manuscript is clearly written with very detailed methods description and analysis parameters.

      (2) The conclusions are mostly supported by the data and analysis.

      (3) Some of the main conclusions are interesting and important for understanding the cellular behavior and function of RNase E.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have addressed my previous concerns in the revised manuscript.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have one additional comment. When interpreting the small increase in the diffusion coefficient of RNase E when treating the cell with rifampicin, the authors rule out the possibility that only a small fraction of RNase E interacts with mRNA and suggest that it is more likely the mRNA-RNase E interaction is transient. However, I am wondering about an alternative possibility that RNase E prefers mRNAs with low ribosome density or even untranslated mRNAs?

    2. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      This paper measures the positioning and diffusivity of RNaseE-mEos3.2 proteins in E. coli as a function of rifampicin treatment, compares RNaseE to other E. coli proteins, and measures the effect of changes in domain composition on this localization and motion. The straightforward study is thoroughly presented, including very good descriptions of the imaging parameters and the image analysis/modeling involved, which is good because the key impact of the work lies in presenting this clear methodology for determining the position and mobility of a series of proteins in living bacteria cells. 

      Thank you for the nice summary and positive feedback on the descriptions and methodology. 

      My key notes and concerns are listed below; the most important concerns are indicated with asterisks. 

      (1) The very start of the abstract mentions that the domain composition of RNase E varies among species, which leads the reader to believe that the modifications made to E. coli RNase E would be to swap in the domains from other species, but the experiment is actually to swap in domains from other E. coli proteins. The impact of this work would be increased by examining, for instance, RNase E domains from B. subtilis and C. crescentus as mentioned in the introduction. 

      Thank you for the suggestions. We agree that the sentence may convey an unintended expectation. Our original intention was to note the presence and absence of certain domains of RNase E (e.g. membrane-binding motif and CTD) vary across species, rather than the actual sequence variations. To avoid any misinterpretation, we decided to remove the sentence from the abstract. Using the domains of B. subtilis and C. crescentus RNase E in E. coli is a very interesting suggestion, but we will leave that for a future study. 

      (2) Furthermore, the introduction ends by suggesting that this work will modulate the localization, diffusion, and activity of RNase E for "various applications", but no applications are discussed in the discussion or conclusion. The impact of this work would be increased by actually indicating potential reasons why one would want to modulate the activity of RNase E. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. For example, an E. coli strain expressing membranebound RNase E without CTD can help stabilize mRNAs and enhance protein expression. In fact, this idea was used in a commercial BL21 cell line (Invitrogen’s One Shot BL21 Star), to increase the yield of protein expression. We also think that environmentally modulated MB% of RNase E can be useful for controlling the mRNA half-lives and protein expression levels in different conditions. We discussed these ideas at the end of the Discussion.

      (3) Lines 114 - 115: "The xNorm histogram of RNase E shows two peaks corresponding to each side edge of the membrane": "side edge" is not a helpful term. I suggest instead: "...corresponding to the membrane at each side of the cell" 

      Thank you. We made the suggested change.

      (4) A key concern of this reviewer is that, since membrane-bound proteins diffuse more slowly than cytoplasmic proteins, some significant undercounting of the % of cytoplasmic proteins is expected due to decreased detectability of the faster-moving proteins. This would not be a problem for the LacZ imaging where essentially all proteins are cytoplasmic, but would significantly affect the reported MB% for the intermediate protein constructs. How is this undercounting considered and taken into account? One could, for instance, compare LacZ vs. LacY (or RNase E) copy numbers detected in fixed cells to those detected in living cells to estimate it.  

      Thank you for raising this point and suggesting a possible way to address this. We compared the number of tracks for mEos3.2-fused proteins in live vs fixed cells and tested the undercounting effect of cytoplasmic molecules. We compared WT RNase E molecules in live and fixed cells and found that there are about 50% lower molecules detected in the fixed cells, which agrees with the expectation that fluorescent proteins lose their signal upon fixation. Similarly, cytoplasmic RNase E (RNase E ΔMTS) copy number was also ~50% less in the fixed cells compared to live cells. If cytoplasmic molecules were undercounted compared membrane-bound molecules in live cells, fixation would reduce the copy number less than 50%. The comparable ratio of 50% indicates that the undercounting issue is not significant. This control analysis is provided in Figure S1B-C, and we made corresponding textual change in the result section as below:

      For this analysis, we first confirmed that proteins localized on the membrane and in the cytoplasm are detected with equal probability, despite differences in their mobilities (Fig. S1B-C). 

      (5) The rifampicin treatment study is not presented well. Firstly, it is found that LacY diffuses more rapidly upon rifampicin treatment. This change is attributed to changes in crowding at the membrane due to mRNA. Several other things change in cells after adding rif, including ATP levels, and these factors should be considered. More importantly, since the change in the diffusivity of RNaseE is similar to the change in diffusivity of LacY, then it seems that most of the change in RNaseE diffusion is NOT due to RNaseE-mRNAribosome binding, but rather due to whatever crowding/viscosity effects are experienced by LacY (along these lines: the error reported for D is SEM, but really should be a confidence interval, as in Figure 1, to give the reader a better sense of how different (or similar) 1.47 and 1.25 are). 

      We agree with the reviewer that upon rifampicin treatment, RNase E’s D increases to a similar extent as that of LacY. Hence, the increase likely arises from a factor common to both proteins. We have added the reviewer’s suggested interpretation as a possible explanation in the manuscript as below. 

      The similar fold change in D<sub>RNE</sub> and D<sub>LacY</sub> upon rif treatment suggests that the change in RNE diffusion may largely be attributed to physical changes in the intracellular environment (such as reduced viscosity or macromolecular crowding[41,42]), rather than a loss of RNA-RNE interactions.

      As requested by the reviewer, we have provided confidence intervals for our D values in Table S8. Because these intervals are very narrow, we chose to present the SEM as the error metric for D and have also reported the corresponding errors for the fold-change values whenever we describe the fold differences between D values. 

      (6) Lines 185-189: it is surprising to me that the CTD mutants both have the same change in D (5.5x and 5.3x) relative to their full-length counterparts since D for the membranebound WT protein should be much less sensitive to protein size than D for the cytoplasmic MTS mutant. Can the authors comment? 

      Perhaps the reviewer understood that these differences are the ratios between +/-CTD (e.g. WT RNE vs ΔCTD). However, the differences we mentioned were from membrane-bound vs cytoplasmic versions of RNase E with comparable sizes (e.g. WT RNase E vs RNase E ΔMTS). We modified text and added a summary sentence at the end of the paragraph to clarify the point.

      We found that D<sub>ΔMTS</sub> is ~5.5 times that of D<sub>RNE</sub> (Fig. 3B). [...] Together, these results suggest that the membrane binding reduces RNE mobility by a factor of 5.

      That being said, we also realized a similar fold difference between +/-CTD. Specifically, WT RNE vs RNE ΔCTD (both membrane-bound) show a ~4.1-fold difference and RNE ΔMTS vs RNE ΔMTS ΔCTD (both cytoplasmic) show ~3.9-fold difference. We do not currently do not have a clear explanation for this pattern. Given that these two pairs have a similar change in mass, we speculate that the relationship between D and molecular mass may be comparable for membrane-bound and free-floating RNE variants. 

      (7) Lines 190-194. Again, the confidence intervals and experimental uncertainties should be considered before drawing biological conclusions. It would seem that there is "no significant change" in the rhlB and pnp mutants, and I would avoid saying "especially for ∆pnp" when the same conclusion is true for both (one shouldn't say 1.04 is "very minute" and 1.08 is just kind of small - they are pretty much the same within experiments like this). 

      Thank you for raising this point, which we fully agree with. That being said, we decided to remove results related to the degradosome proteins to improve the flow of the paper. We are preparing another paper related to the RNA degradosome complex formation. 

      (8) Lines 221-223 " This is remarkable because their molecular masses (and thus size) are expected to be larger than that of MTS" should be reconsidered: diffusion in a membrane does not follow the Einstein law (indeed lines 223-225 agree with me and disagree with lines 221-223). (Also the discussion paragraph starting at line 375). Rather, it is generally limited by the interactions with the transmembrane segments with the membrane. So Figure 3D does not contain the right data for a comparison, and what is surprising to me is that MTS doesn't diffuse considerably faster than LacY2. 

      We agree with the reviewer’s point that diffusion in a membrane does not follow the Stokes-Einstein law. That is why we introduced Saffman’s model. However, even in this model, proteins of larger size (or mass) should be slower than smaller size (a reason why we presented Figure 3D, now 4D). In other words, both Einstein and Saffman models predict that larger particles diffuse slower, although the exact scaling relationship differs between two models. Here, we assume that mass is related to the size. Contrary to Saffman’s model for membrane proteins, LacY2 diffuses faster than MTS despite of large size. Using MD simulations, we showed that this discrepancy can be explained by different interaction energies as the reviewer mentioned. This analysis further demonstrates that the size is not the only factor to consider protein diffusion in the membrane. We edited the paragraph to clarify the expectations and our interpretations.

      According to the Stokes-Einstein relation for diffusion in simple fluids[49] and the Saffman-Delbruck diffusion model for membrane proteins, D decreases as particle size increases, albeit with different scaling behaviors. […] Thus, if size (or mass) were the primary determinant of diffusion, LacY2 and LacY6 would diffuse more slowly than the smaller MTS. The observed discrepancy instead implies that D may be governed by how each motif interacts with the membrane. For example, the way that TM domains are anchored to the membrane may facilitate faster lateral diffusion with surrounding lipids. 

      (9) The logical connection between the membrane-association discussion (which seems to ignore associations with other proteins in the cell) and the preceding +/- rifampicin discussion (which seeks to attribute very small changes to mRNA association) is confusing.

      Thank you for raising this point. We re-arranged the second result section to present diffusion due to membrane binding first before rifampicin. Furthermore, we stated our hypothesis and expectations in the beginning of the results section. This addition will legitimate our logic flow.

      (10) Separately, the manuscript should be read through again for grammar and usage. For instance, the title should be: "Single-molecule imaging reveals the *roles* of *the* membrane-binding motif and *the* C-terminal domain of RNase E in its localization and diffusion in Escherichia coli". Also, some writing is unwieldy, for instance, "RNase E's D" would be easier to read if written as D_{RNaseE}. (underscore = subscript), and there is a lot of repetition in the sentence structures. 

      Thank you for catching grammar mistakes. We went through extensive proofreading to avoid these mistakes and also used simple notation suggested by the reviewer, such as D<sub>RNE</sub>, to make it easier to read. Thank you again for your suggestions.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      Troyer and colleagues have studied the in vivo localisation and mobility of the E.coli RNaseE (a protein key for mRNA degradation in all bacteria) as well as the impact of two key protein segments (MTS and CTD) on RNase E cellular localisation and mobility. Such sequences are important to study since there is significant sequence diversity within bacteria, as well as a lack of clarity about their functional effects. Using single-molecule tracking in living bacteria, the authors confirmed that >90% of RNaseE localised on the membrane, and measured its diffusion coefficient. Via a series of mutants, they also showed that MTS leads to stronger membrane association and slower diffusion compared to a transmembrane motif (despite the latter being more embedded in the membrane), and that the CTD weakens membrane binding. The study also rationalised how the interplay of MTS and CTD modulate mRNA metabolism (and hence gene expression) in different cellular contexts. 

      Strengths: 

      The study uses powerful single-molecule tracking in living cells along with solid quantitative analysis, and provides direct measurements for the mobility and localisation of E.coli RNaseE, adding to information from complementary studies and other bacteria. The exploration of different membrane-binding motifs (both MTS and CTD) has novelty and provides insight on how sequence and membrane interactions can control function of protein-associated membranes and complexes. The methods and membrane-protein standards used contribute to the toolbox for molecular analysis in live bacteria. 

      Thank you for the nice summary of our work and positive comments about the paper’s strengths.

      Weaknesses: 

      The Results sections can be structured better to present the main hypotheses to be tested. For example, since it is well known that RNase E is membrane-localised (via its MTS), one expects its mobility to be mainly controlled by the interaction with the membrane (rather than with other molecules, such as polysomes and the degradosome). The results indeed support this expectation - however, the manuscript in its current form does not lay down the dominant hypothesis early on (see second Results chapter), and instead considers the rifampicin-addition results as "surprising"; it will be best to outline the most likely hypotheses, and then discuss the results in that light. 

      Thank you for this comment. We addressed this point by stating our main hypothesis from the beginning of the results section. We also agree with the reviewer that the membrane binding effect should be discussed first; hence, we re-arranged the result section. In the revised manuscript, we discuss the effect of membrane binding on diffusion first, followed by rif effects.

      Similarly, the authors should first discuss the different modes of interaction for a peripheral anchor vs a transmembrane anchor, outline the state of knowledge and possibilities, and then discuss their result; in its current version, the ms considers the LacY2 and LacY6 faster diffusion compared to MTS "remarkable", but considering the very different mode of interaction, there is no clear expectation prior to the experiment. In the same section, it would be good to see how the MD simulations capture the motion of LacY6 and LacY12, since this will provide a set of results consistent with the experimental set. 

      Thank you for pointing this out. In fact, there is little discussion in the literature about the different modes of interaction for a peripheral anchor vs a transmembrane anchor. To our knowledge, our work (experiments and MD simulations) is the first that directly compared the two to reveal that the peripheral anchor has higher interaction energy than the transmembrane anchor. We added a sentence “Despite the prevalence of peripheral membrane proteins, how they interact with the membrane and how this differs from TM proteins remain poorly understood”. Furthermore, we added the MD simulation result of LacY6 and LacY12 in Figure 4E-F.

      The work will benefit from further exploration of the membrane-RNase E interactions; e.g., the effect of membrane composition is explored by just using two different growth media (which on its own is not a well-controlled setting), and no attempts to change the MTS itself were made. The manuscript will benefit from considering experiments that explore the diversity of RNaseE interactions in different species; for example, the authors may want to consider the possibility of using the membrane-localisation signals of functional homologs of RNaseE in different bacteria (e.g., B. subtilis). It would be good to look at the effect of CTD deletions in a similar context (i.e., in addition to the MTS substitution by LacY2 and LacY6). 

      Thank you very much for this suggestion. During revision, we engineered point mutations in MTS and analyzed critical hydrophobic residues for membrane binding. We characterized MB% in both +/-CTD variants (Fig. 2 and Fig. S6) and their effect on lacZ mRNA degradation (Fig. 6). We will leave the use of membrane motif of B. subtilis RNase E for future study. 

      The manuscript will benefit from further discussion of the unstructured nature of the CTD, especially since the RNase CTD is well known to form condensates in Caulobacter crescentus; it is unclear how the authors excluded any roles for RNaseE phase separation in the mobility of RNaseE in E.coli cells. 

      Yes, we agree with the reviewer that the intrinsically disordered nature of the CTD might contribute to condensate formation. We explored this possibility using both epifluorescence microscopy (with a YFP fusion) and single-molecule imaging with cluster analysis (using an mEos3.2 fusion). Please see Figure S8. We did observe some weak de-clustering of RNase E upon CTD deletion. In the current study, we are unable to quantify the extent to which clustering contributes to the slow diffusion of RNase E. However, we speculate that the clustering may be linked to the low MB% of certain RNE mutants containing CTD, and we discussed this possibility in the Discussion.

      […] further supporting that the CTD decreases membrane association across RNE variants. We speculate that this effect may be related to the CTD’s role in promoting phase-separated ribonucleoprotein condensates, as observed in Caulobacter crescentus[19]. In E. coli, we also observed a modest increase in the clustering tendency of RNE compared to ΔCTD (Fig. S8). 

      Some statements in the Discussion require support with example calculations or toning down substantially. Specifically, it is not clear how the authors conclude that RNaseE interacts with its substrate for a short time (and what this time may actually be); further, the speculation about the MTS "not being an efficient membrane-binding motif for diffusion" lacks adequate support as it stands. 

      Thank you for these points. To elaborate our point on transient interaction between RNase E and RNA, we added a sentence “Specifically, if RNE interacts with mRNAs for ~20 ms or less, the slow-diffusing state would last shorter than the frame interval and remain undetected in our experiment.” Also, we added this sentence in the discussion.

      One possible explanation is that RNA-bound RNE (and RNase Y) is short-lived compared to our frame interval (~20 ms), unlike other RNA-binding proteins related to transcription and translation, interacting with RNA for ~1 min for elongation [48].

      Plus, we clarified the wording used in the second sentence that the reviewer pointed out as follows,

      Lastly, the slow diffusion of the MTS in comparison to LacY2 and LacY6 suggests that MTS is less favorable for rapid lateral motion in the membrane. 

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The manuscript by Troyer et al quantitatively measured the membrane localization and diffusion of RNase E, an essential ribonuclease for mRNA turnover as well as tRNA and rRNA processing in bacteria cells. Using single-molecule tracking in live E. coli cells, the authors investigated the impact of membrane targeting sequence (MTS) and the Cterminal domain (CTD) on the membrane localization and diffusion of RNase E under various perturbations. Finally, the authors tried to correlate the membrane localization of RNase E to its function on co- and post-transcriptional mRNA decay using lacZ mRNA as a model. 

      The major findings of the manuscripts include: 

      (1) WT RNase E is mostly membrane localized via MTS, confirming previous results. The diffusion of RNase E is increased upon removal of MTS or CTD, and more significantly increased upon removal of both regions. 

      (2) By tagging RNase E MTS and different lengths of LacY transmembrane domain (LacY2, LacY6, or LacY12) to mEos3.2, the results demonstrate that short LacY transmembrane sequence (LacY2 and LacY6) can increase the diffusion of mEos3.2 on the membrane compared to MTS, further supported by the molecular dynamics simulation. A similar trend was roughly observed in RNase E mutants with MTS switched to LacY transmembrane domains. 

      (3) The removal of RNase E MTS significantly increases the co-transcriptional degradation of lacZ mRNA, but has minimal effect on the post-transcriptional degradation of lacZ mRNA. Removal of CTD of RNase E overall decreases the mRNA decay rates, suggesting the synergistic effect of CTD on RNase E activity. 

      Strengths: 

      (1) The manuscript is clearly written with very detailed method descriptions and analysis parameters. 

      (2) The conclusions are mostly supported by the data and analysis. 

      (3) Some of the main conclusions are interesting and important for understanding the cellular behavior and function of RNase E. 

      Thank you for your thorough summary of our work and positive comments.

      Weaknesses: 

      (1) Some of the observations show inconsistent or context-dependent trends that make it hard to generalize certain conclusions. Those points are worth discussion at least. Examples include: 

      (a) The authors conclude that MTS segment exhibits reduced MB% when succinate is used as a carbon source compared to glycerol, whereas LacY2 segment maintains 100% membrane localization, suggesting that MTS can lose membrane affinity in the former growth condition (Ln 341-342). However, the opposite case was observed for the WT RNase E and RNase E-LacY2-CTD, in which RNase E-LacY2-CTD showed reduced MB% in the succinate-containing M9 media compared to the WT RNase E (Ln 264-267). This opposite trend was not discussed. In the absence of CTD, would the media-dependent membrane localization be similar to the membrane localization sequence or to the fulllength RNase E? 

      This is a great point. Thank you for pointing out the discrepancy in data. We think the weak membrane interaction of RNaseE-lacY2-CTD likely stems from the structure instability in the presence of the CTD. Our data shows that an RNase E variant with a cytoplasmic population under a normal growth condition exhibits a greater cytoplasmic fraction in a poor growth media. In contrast, RNaseE-MTS and RNaseE-LacY2 lacking the CTD both showed 100% MB% under both normal and poor growth conditions. These results are presented in Figure S6 and further discussed in the Discussion section.

      The loss of MB% in LacY2-based RNE was observed only in the presence of the CTD (Fig. S6D), suggesting that the CTD negatively affects membrane binding of RNE, possibly by altering protein conformation. In fact, all ΔCTD RNE mutants we tested exhibited higher MB% than their CTD-containing counterparts (Fig. S6A-B). 

      (b) When using mEos3.2 reporter only, LacY2 and LacY6 both increase the diffusion of mEos3.2 compared to MTS. However, when inserting the LacY transmembrane sequence into RNase E or RNase E without CTD, only the LacY2 increases the diffusion of RNase E. This should also be discussed. 

      Thank you for raising this point. As the reviewer pointed out, as the membrane motifs, both LacY2 and LacY6 diffuse faster than the MTS, but when they are fused to RNE, only LacY2-based RNE diffuses faster than MTS-based RNE. We speculate that it is possibly due to a structural reason—having four (large) LacY6 in a tetrameric arrangement may cancel out the original fast-diffusing property of LacY6. We added this idea in the result section:

      This result may be due to the high TM load (24 helices) created by four LacY6 anchors in the RNE tetramer. Although all constructs are tetrameric, the 24-helix load (LacY6), compared with 8 (LacY2) and 4 (MTS), likely enlarges the membrane-embedded footprint and increases drag, thereby changing the mobility advantages assessed as standalone membrane anchors.

      (2) The authors interpret that in some cases the increase in the diffusion coefficient is related to the increase in the cytoplasm localization portion, such as for the LacY2 inserted RNase E with CTD, which is rational. However, the authors can directly measure the diffusion coefficient of the membrane and cytoplasm portion of RNase E by classifying the trajectories based on their localizations first, rather than just the ensemble calculation. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. Currently, because of the 2D projection effect from imaging, we cannot clearly distinguish which individual tracks are from the cytoplasm or from the inner membrane based on the localization. Therefore, we are unable to assign individual tracks as membrane-bound or cytoplasmic. However, we can demonstrate that the xNorm data can be separated into two different spatial populations based on the diffusion coefficient. D. That is we can plot xNorm of slow tracks vs xNorm of fast tracks. This analysis showed that the slow tracks have LacY-like xNorm profiles while the fast tracks have LacZ-like xNorm profiles, also quantitatively supporting our MB% fitting results. We have added this analysis to Figure S2.

      (3) The error bars of the diffusion coefficient and MB% are all SEM from bootstrapping, which are very small. I am wondering how much of the difference is simply due to a batch effect. Were the data mixed from multiple biological replicates? The number of biological replicates should also be reported. 

      Thank you for raising this point. In the original manuscript, we reported the number of tracks analyzed and noted that all data was from at least three separate biological replicates (measurements were repeated at least three different days). Furthermore, in the revised manuscript, we have provided the number of cells imaged in Table S6. 

      (4) Some figures lack p-values, such as Figures 4 and 5C-D. Also, adding p-values directly to the bar graphs will make it easier to read. 

      Thank you for checking these details. We added p values in the graphs showing k<sub>d1</sub> and k<sub>d2</sub> (Table S7).

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Minor and technical points: 

      (1) Clarity and flow will be improved if each section first highlights the objective for the experiments that are described (e.g., line 240). 

      Thank you for the suggestion. We addressed this point by editing the beginning of each subsection in the Results. 

      (2) Line 272 (and elsewhere)."1.33-times faster is wrong". The authors mean 33% faster (from 0.075 to 1, see Figure 4G), and not 133% faster. Needs fixing. 

      Thanks for pointing this out. We changed this as well as other incidences where we talk about the fold difference. For example, this particular incidence was changed to:

      Indeed, in the absence of the CTD, we found that the D of LacY2-based RNE was 1.33 ± 0.01 times as fast as the MTS-based RNE. 

      (3) The authors need to consider the fitting of two species on their D population. e.g., how will a 93% - 7% split between diffusive species would have looked for the distribution in S4B? Note also the L1 profile in Fig S4C - while it is not hugely different from Figure S4B, the analysis gives a 41% amplitude for the fast-diffusing species. The 2-species analysis can also be used on some of the samples with much higher cytoplasmic components. Further, tracks that are in the more central region can be analysed to see whether the fast-diffusing species increase in amplitude. 

      Thank you for this comment. The D histograms of L1 and RNase E show a dominant peak at around 0.015, but L1 has a residual population in the shoulder (note the difference between L1’s experimental data and D1 fit, a yellow line in now Figure S3B). This residual shoulder population is absent in the D histogram of RNase E. We also performed two-species analysis as suggested by the reviewer and provided the result in Figure S3C. The analysis shows that the two-population fit (black line) is very close to one one-population fit (yellow line). While we agree with the reviewer that subpopulation analysis is helpful for other proteins that show <90% MB% (>10% significant cytoplasmic population). we found it useful to divide xNorm histogram into two populations based on the diffusivity (rather than doing two-population fit to the D histogram, which does not have spatial information). This analysis, shown in Figure S2, supports our MB% fit results.

      (4) The authors suggest that the sequestration of RNaseE to the membrane limits its interaction with cytoplasmic mRNAs, and may increase mRNA lifetime. While this is true and supported by the authors' preprint (Ref15), it will also be good to consider (and discuss) that highly-transcribed regions are in the nucleoid periphery (and thus close to the membrane) and that ribosomes/polysomes are likewise predominantly peripheral (coregulation of transcription/translation) and membrane proximal. 

      This is an interesting point, which we appreciate very much. The lacZ gene, when induced, is shown to move to the nucleoid periphery (Yang et al. 2019, Nat Comm). Also, in our preprint (Ref 15), we engineered to have lacZ closer to the membrane, by translationally fusing it to lacY. However, the degradation rate of lacZ mRNA was not enhanced by the proximity to the membrane (for both k<Sub>d1</sub> and k<sub>d2</sub>). For lacZ mRNA, we mainly see the change in k<sub>d1</sub> when RNE localization changes. We think it is due to the slow diffusion of the nascent mRNA (attached to the chromosome) and the slow diffusion of membrane-bound RNE, such that regardless of the location of the nascent mRNA, the degradation by the membrane-bound RNE is inefficient. Only when RNE is free diffusing in the cytoplasm, it seems to increase k<sub>d1</sub> (the decay of nascent mRNAs).

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) It will increase the clarity of the manuscript if the authors can provide better nomenclatures for different constructs, such as for different membrane targeting sequences fused to mEos3.2, full-length RNase E, or CDT truncated RNaseE. 

      Thank you for this suggestion. We agree that many constructions were discussed, and their naming can be confusing. To help with clarity, we have abbreviated RNase E as RNE throughout the text where appropriate. 

      (2) Line 342, Figure S7D should be cited instead of S6D. 

      Thank you for finding this error. We made a proper change in the revised manuscript.

    1. Relaciona cada juego con su objetivo: 1. Gana quien consigue mayor puntuación al sumar el valor de las letras y/o palabras. 2. Gana quien saca las fichas fuera del tablero antes. 3. Gana quien lleva las fichas al centro del tablero. 4. Gana quien adivina el mayor número de palabras representadas.

    1. ¿Cuáles son los 12 platillos de América Latina que están entre los más populares del mundo?

      Responde a las siguientes preguntas de vocabulario y comprensión y después contrasta tus respuestas con las de la clave que encontrarás más abajo.

      1. Preguntas de vocabulario: Define las siguientes palabras según el contexto del texto: Gastronomía Platillo Cocción Mortero Marinada

      2. Encuentra sinónimos en el texto para las siguientes palabras: Únicos Fama Tradicional

      3. Preguntas de comprensión:

      3.1 ¿Cuántos platillos de Latinoamérica están entre los más populares del mundo según TasteAtlas?

      3.2 ¿Qué técnica de cocción se asocia con la barbacoa mexicana?

      3.3 ¿Cuál es la base del mole mexicano?

      3.4 Describe el método de preparación del churrasco brasileño.

      3.5 ¿Qué ingredientes básicos se utilizan en el ceviche peruano?

      3.6 Explica el origen del guacamole.

      3.7 ¿Qué diferencia a las quesadillas de Ciudad de México respecto al resto del país?

      3.8 ¿De qué están hechos los tamales y cómo se cocinan?

      3.9 ¿En qué consisten los burritos y dónde surgieron?

      3.10 ¿Qué ingredientes llevan los nachos tradicionales?

      3.11 ¿Qué importancia tiene la tortilla en la gastronomía mexicana?

      3.12 ¿Cómo se definen los tacos y cuál es su origen histórico según el texto?

    2. Relaciona estas frases con los siguientes platos: quesadilla, tamal, burrito, tacos:

      1. Este plato tiene su origen en las minas de plata del siglo dieciocho en México.
      2. Este plato consiste en tortillas que se pueden doblar y rellenar de frijoles, guacamole y queso.
      3. Este plato tradicionalmente se envuelve en hojas de maíz y se basa en una masa de maíz rellena.
      4. Este plato consiste en tortillas de harina dobladas por la mutad con papas, frijoles o carne y queso fundido por dentro.
    1. Teletrabajo: qué es y cómo está cambiando el mundo laboral

      **Preguntas: **

      1. Menciona alguna ventaja del teletrabajo para el trabajador y para la empresa explicándola con tus propias palabras.

      2. Menciona alguna desventaja del teletrabajo para el trabajador y para la empresa con tus propias palabras.

      3. ¿Cómo se pueden atenuar/suavizar muchas de las desventajas del teletrabajo? Menciona algunos ejemplos explicándolos en la medida de lo posible con tus propias palabras.

      4. Según el texto, ¿cómo está impactando el teletrabajo en la economía de América Latina y el Caribe?. Describe algún ejemplo.

    1. Así son los mejores sistemas educativos del mundo

      Preguntas de comprensión:

      1. "Cambiar el rumbo, transformar la educación". ¿Cómo explicarías este lema en tus propias palabras?

      2. ¿Verdadero o falso? Canadá es líder entre las potencias mundiales en destinar más dinero para la educación.

      3. ¿Verdadero o falso? En Finlandia los padres intervienen con frecuencia en la toma de decisiones escolares.

      4. ¿Verdadero o falso? En Hong Kong se pone énfasis en la memorización y en la creatividad.

    1. las 5 anécdotas más graciosas

      Preguntas de comprensión:

      1. ¿En qué situación la autora cogió accidentalmente la mano de una viejecilla en Salzburgo?

      2. ¿Por qué el grupo de seis personas tuvo problemas al pagar la cuenta en el Hard Rock Pekín?

      3. ¿Qué decisión tomó la autora durante la excursión en bicicleta por las Salinas de Maras y cómo afectó esto al resto de la expedición?

      4. ¿Qué botón apretó la autora por error en el baño de la estación de tren de Osaka y cuál fue la consecuencia?

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer 1:

      The authors frequently refer to their predictions and theory as being causal, both in the manuscript and in their response to reviewers. However, causal inference requires careful experimental design, not just statistical prediction. For example, the claim that "algorithmic differences between those with BPD and matched healthy controls" are "causal" in my opinion is not warranted by the data, as the study does not employ experimental manipulations or interventions which might predictably affect parameter values. Even if model parameters can be seen as valid proxies to latent mechanisms, this does not automatically mean that such mechanisms cause the clinical distinction between BPD and CON, they could plausibly also refer to the effects of therapy or medication. I recommend that such causal language, also implicit to expressions like "parameter influences on explicit intentional attributions", is toned down throughout the manuscript.

      Thankyou for this chance to be clearer in the language. Our models and paradigm introduce a from of temporal causality, given that latent parameter distributions are directly influenced by latent parameter estimates at a previous point in time (self-uncertainty and other uncertainty directly governs social contagion). Nevertheless, we appreciate the reviewers perspective and have now toned down the language to reflect this.

      Abstract:

      ‘Our model makes clear predictions about the mechanisms of social information generalisation concerning both joint and individual reward.’

      Discussion:

      ‘We can simulate this by modelling a framework that incorporates priors based on both self and a strong memory impression of a notional other (Figure S3).’

      ‘We note a strength of this work is the use of model comparison to understand algorithmic differences between those with BPD and matched healthy controls.’

      Although the authors have now much clearer outlined the stuy's aims, there still is a lack of clarity with respect to the authors' specific hypotheses. I understand that their primary predictions about disruptions to self-other generalisation processes underlying BPD are embedded in the four main models that are tested, but it is still unclear what specific hypotheses the authors had about group differences with respect to the tested models. I recommend the authors specify this in the introduction rather than refering to prior work where the same hypotheses may have been mentioned.

      Thankyou for this further critique which has enabled us to more cleary refine our introduction. We have now edited our introduction to be more direct about our hypotheses, that these hypotheses are instantiated into formal models, and what our predictions were. We have also included a small section on how previous predictions from other computational assessments of BPD link to our exploratory work, and highlighted this throughout the manuscript.

      ‘This paper seeks to address this gap by testing explicitly how disruptions in self-other generalization processes may underpin interpersonal disruptions observed in BPD. Specifically, our hypotheses were: (i) healthy controls will demonstrate evidence for both self-insertion and social contagion, integrating self and other information during interpersonal learning; and (ii) individuals with BPD will exhibit diminished self-other integration, reflected in stronger evidence for observations that assume distinct self-other representations.

      We tested these hypotheses by designing a dynamic, sequential, three-phase Social Value Orientation (Murphy & Ackerman, 2014) paradigm—the Intentions Game—that would provide behavioural signatures assessing whether BPD differed from healthy controls in these generalization processes (Figure 1A). We coupled this paradigm with a lattice of models (M1-M4) that distinguish between self-insertion and social contagion (Figure 1B), and performed model comparison:

      M1. Both self-to-other (self-insertion) and other-to-self (social contagion) occur before and after learning M2. Self-to-other transfer only occurs M3. Other-to-self transfer only occurs M4. Neither transfer process, suggesting distinct self-other representations

      We additionally ran exploratory analysis of parameter differences and model predictions between groups following from prior work demonstrating changes in prosociality (Hula et al., 2018), social concern (Henco et al., 2020), belief stability (Story et al., 2024a), and belief updating (Story, 2024b) in BPD to understand whether discrepancies in self-other generalisation influences observational learning. By clearly articulating our hypotheses, we aim to clarify the theoretical contribution of our findings to existing literature on social learning, BPD, and computational psychiatry.’

      Caveats should also be added about the exploratory nature of the many parameter group comparisons. If there are any predictions about group differences that can be made based on prior literature, the authors should make such links clear.

      Thank you for this. We have now included caveats in the text to highlight the exploratory nature of these group comparisons, and added direct links to relevant literature where able:

      Introduction

      ‘We additionally ran exploratory analysis of parameter differences and model predictions between groups following from prior work demonstrating changes in prosociality (Hula et al., 2018), social concern (Henco et al., 2020), belief stability (Story et al., 2024a), and belief updating (Story, 2024b) in BPD to understand whether discrepancies in self-other generalisation influences observational learning. By clearly articulating our hypotheses, we aim to clarify the theoretical contribution of our findings to existing literature on social learning, BPD, and computational psychiatry.’

      Model Comparison

      ‘We found that CON participants were best fit at the group level by M1 (Frequency = 0.59, Exceedance Probability = 0.98), whereas BPD participants were best fit by M4 (Frequency = 0.54, Exceedance Probability = 0.86; Figure 2A). This suggests CON participants are best fit by a model that fully integrates self and other when learning, whereas those with BPD are best explained as holding disintegrated and separate representations of self and other that do not transfer information back and forth.

      We first explore parameters between separate fits (see Methods). Later, in order to assuage concerns about drawing inferences from different models, we examined the relationships between the relevant parameters when we forced all participants to be fit to each of the models (in a hierarchical manner, separated by group). In sum, our model comparison is supported by convergence in parameter values when comparisons are meaningful (see Supplementary Materials). We refer to both types of analysis below.’

      Phase 2 analysis

      ‘Prior work predicts those with BPD should focus more intently on public social information, rather than private information that only concerns one party (Henco et al., 2020). In BPD participants, only new beliefs about the relative reward preferences – mutual outcomes for both player - of partners differed (see Fig 2E): new median priors were larger than median preferences in phase 1 (mean = -0.47; = -6.10, 95%HDI: -7.60, -4.60).’

      ‘Models of moral preference learning (Story et al., 2024) predicts that BPD vs non-BPD participants have more rigid beliefs about their partners. We found that BPD participants were equally flexible around their prior beliefs about a partner’s relative reward preferences (= -1.60, 95%HDI: -3.42, 0.23), and were less flexible around their beliefs about a partner’s absolute reward preferences (=-4.09, 95%HDI: -5.37, -2.80), versus CON (Figure 2B).’

      Phase 3 analysis

      ‘Prior work predicts that human economic preferences are shaped by observation (Panizza, et al., 2021; Suzuki et al. 2016; Yu et al, 2021), although little-to-no work has examined whether contagion differs for relative vs. absolute preferences. Associative models predict that social contagion may be exaggerated in BPD (Ereira et al., 2018).… As a whole, humans are more susceptible to changing relative preferences more than selfish, absolute reward preferences, and this is disrupted in BPD.’

      Psychometric and Intentional Attribution analysis

      ‘Childhood trauma, persecution, and poor mentalising in BPD are all predicted to disrupt one’s ability to change (Fonagy & Luyten, 2009).’

      ‘Prior work has also predicted that partner-participant preference disparity influences mental state attributions (Barnby et al., 2022; Panizza et al., 2021).’

      I'm not sure I understand why the authors, after adding multiple comparison correction, now list two kinds of p-values. To me, this is misleading and precludes the point of multiple comparison corrections, I therefore recommend they report the FDR-adjusted p-values only. Likewise, if a corrected p-value is greater than 0.05 this should not be interpreted as a result.

      We have now adjusted the exploratory results to include only the FDR corrected values in the text.

      ‘We assessed conditional psychometric associations with social contagion under the assumption of M3 for all participants. We conducted partial correlation analyses to estimate relationships conditional on all other associations and retained all that survived bootstrapping (5000 reps), permutation testing (5000 reps), and subsequent FDR correction. When not controlled for group status, RGPTSB and CTQ scores were both moderately associated with MZQ scores (RGPTSB r = 0.41, 95%CI: 0.23, 0.60, p[fdr]=0.043; CTQ r = 0.354 95%CI: 0.13, 0.56, p[fdr]=0.02). This was not affected by group correction. CTQ scores were moderately and negatively associated with shifts in individualistic reward preferences (; r = -0.25, 95%CI: -0.46, -0.04, p[fdr]=0.03). This was not affected by group correction. MZQ scores were in turn moderately and negatively associated with shifts in prosocial-competitive preferences () between phase 1 and 3 (r = -0.26, 95%CI: -0.46, -0.06, p[fdr]=0.03). This was diminished when controlled for group status (r = 0.13, 95%CI: -0.34, 0.08, p[fdr]=0.20). Together this provides some evidence that self-reported trauma and self-reported mentalising influence social contagion (Fig S11). Social contagion under M3 was highly correlated with contagion under M1 demonstrating parsimony of outcomes across models (Fig S12).

      Prior work has predicted that partner-participant preference disparity influences mental state attributions (Barnby et al., 2022; Panizza et al., 2021). We tested parameter influences on explicit intentional attributions in Phase 2 while controlling for group status. Attributions included the degree to which they believed their partner was motived by harmful intent (HI) and self-interest (SI). According with prior work (Barnby et al., 2022), greater disparity of absolute preferences before learning was associated on a trend level with reduced attributions of SI (<= -0.23, p[fdr]=0.08), and greater disparity of relative preferences before learning exaggerated attributions of HI = 0.21, p[fdr]=0.08), but did not survive correction (Figure S4B). This is likely due to partners being significantly less individualistic and prosocial on average compared to participants (= -5.50, 95%HDI: -7.60, -3.60; = 12, 95%HDI: 9.70, 14.00); partners are recognised as less selfish and more competitive.’

      Can the authors please elaborate why the algorithm proposed to be employed by BPD is more 'entropic', especially given both their self-priors and posteriors about partners' preferences tended to be more precise than the ones used by CON? As far as I understand, there's nothing in the data to suggest BPD predictions should be more uncertain. In fact, this leads me to wonder, similarly to what another reviewer has already suggested, whether BPD participants generate self-referential priors over others in the same way CON participants do, they are just less favourable (i.e., in relation to oneself, but always less prosocial) - I think there is currently no model that would incorporate this possibility? It should at least be possible to explore this by checking if there is any statistical relationship between the estimated θ_ppt^m and 〖p(θ〗_par |D^0).

      Thank you for this opportunity to be clearer in our wording. We belief the reviewer is referring to this line in the discussion: ‘In either case, the algorithm underlying the computational goal for BPD participants is far higher in entropy and emphasises a less stable or reliable process of inference.’

      We note in the revised Figure 2 panel E and in the results that those with BPD under M4 show insertion along absolute reward (they still expect diminished selfishness in others), but neutral priors over relative reward (around 0, suggesting expectations of neither prosocial or competitive tendencies of others). Thus, θ_ppt^m (self preference) and θ_par^m (other preference) are tightly associated for absolute, but not relative reward.

      In our wording, we meant that whether under model M4 or M1, those with BPD either show a neutral prior over relative reward (M4) or a prior with large variance over relative reward (M1), showing expectations of difference between themselves and their partner. In both cases, expectation about a partner’s absolute reward preferences is diminished vs. CON participants. We have strengthened our language in the discussion to clarify this:

      ‘In either case, the algorithm underlying the computational goal for BPD participants is far higher in uncertainty, whether through a neutral central tendency (M4) or large variance (M1) prior over relative reward in phase 2, and emphasises a less certain and reliable expectation about others.’

      To note, social contagion under M3 was highly correlated with contagion under M1 (see Fig S11). This provides some preliminary evidence that trauma impacts beliefs about individualism directly, whereas trauma and persecutory beliefs impact beliefs about prosociality through impaired trait mentalising" - I don't understand what the authors mean by this, can they please elaborate and add some explanation to the main text?

      We have now clarified this in the text:

      ‘Together this provides some evidence that self-reported trauma and self-reported mentalising influence social contagion (Fig S11). Social contagion under M3 was highly correlated with contagion under M1 demonstrating parsimony of outcomes across models (Fig S12).’

      I noted that at least some of the newly added references have not been added to the bibliography (e.g., Hitchcock et al. 2022).

      Thankyou for noticing this omission. We have now ensured all cited works are in the reference list.

      Reviewer 2:

      The paper is not based on specific empirical hypotheses formulated at the outset, but, rather, it uses an exploratory approach. Indeed, the task is not chosen in order to tackle specific empirical hypotheses. This, in my view, is a limitation since the introduction reads a bit vague and it is not always clear which gaps in the literature the paper aims to fill. As a further consequence, it is not always clear how the findings speak to previous theories on the topic.’

      As I wrote in the public review, however, I believe that an important limitation of this work is that it was not based on testing specific empirical hypotheses formulated at the outset, and on selecting the experimental paradigm accordingly. This is a limitation because it is not always clear which gaps in the literature the paper aims to fill. As a consequence, although it has improved substantially compared to the previous version, the introduction remains a bit vague. As a further consequence, it is not always clear how the findings speak to previous theories on the topic. Still, despite this limitation, the paper has many strengths, and I believe it is now ready for publication

      Thank you for this further critique. We appreciate your appraisal that the work has improved substantially and is ready for publication. We nevertheless have opted to clarify our introduction and aprior predictions throughout the manuscript (please see response to Reviewer 1).

      Reviewer 3:

      Although the authors note that their approach makes "clear and transparent a priori predictions," the paper could be improved by providing a clear and consolidated statement of these predictions so that the results could be interpreted vis-a-vis any a priori hypotheses.

      In line with comments from both Reviewer 1 and 2, we have clarified our introduction to make it clear what our aprior predictions and hypotheses are about our core aims and exploratory analyses (see response to Reviewer 1).

      The approach of using a partial correlation network with bootstrapping (and permutation) was interesting, but the logic of the analysis was not clearly stated. In particular, there are large group (Table 1: CON vs. BPD) differences in the measures introduced into this network. As a result, it is hard to understand whether any partial correlations are driven primarily by mean differences in severity (correlations tend to be inflated in extreme groups designs due to the absence of observation in middle of scales forming each bivariate distribution). I would have found these exploratory analyses more revealing if group membership was controlled for.

      Thank you for this chance to be clearer in our methods. We have now written a more direct exposition of this exploratory method:

      ‘Exploratory Network Analysis

      To understand the individual differences of trait attributes (MZQ, RGPTSB, CTQ) with other-to-self information transfer () across the entire sample we performed a network analysis (Borsboom, 2021). Network analysis allows for conditional associations between variables to be estimated; each association is controlled for by all other associations in the network. It also allows for visual inspection of the conditional relationships to get an intuition for how variables are interrelated as a whole (see Fig S11). We implemented network analysis with the bootNet package in r using the ‘estimateNetwork’ function with partial correlations (Epskamp, Borsboom & Fried, 2018). To assess the stability of the partial correlations we further implemented bootstrap resampling with 5000 repetitions using the ‘bootnet’ function. We then additionally shuffled the data and refitted the network 5000 times to determine a p<sub>permuted</sub> value; this indicates the probability that a conditional relationship in the original network was within the null distribution of each conditional relationship. We then performed False Discovery Rate correction on the resulting p-values. We additionally controlled for group status for all variables in a supplementary analysis (Table S4).’

      We have also further corrected for group status and reported these results as a supplementary table, and also within the main text alongside the main results. We have opted to relegate Figure 4 into a supplementary figure to make the text clearer.

      ‘We explored conditional psychometric associations with social contagion under the assumption of M3 for all participants (where everyone is able to be influenced by their partner). We conducted partial correlation analyses to estimate relationships conditional on all other associations and retained all that survived bootstrapping (5000 reps), permutation testing (5000 reps), and subsequent FDR correction. When not controlled for group status, RGPTSB and CTQ scores were both moderately associated with MZQ scores (RGPTSB r = 0.41, 95%CI: 0.23, 0.60, p[fdr]=0.043; CTQ r = 0.354 95%CI: 0.13, 0.56, p[fdr]=0.02). This was not affected by group correction. CTQ scores were moderately and negatively associated with shifts in individualistic reward preferences (; r = -0.25, 95%CI: -0.46, -0.04, p[fdr]=0.03). This was not affected by group correction. MZQ scores were in turn moderately and negatively associated with shifts in prosocial-competitive preferences () between phase 1 and 3 (r = -0.26, 95%CI: -0.46, -0.06, p[fdr]=0.03). This was diminished when controlled for group status (r = 0.13, 95%CI: -0.34, 0.08, p[fdr]=0.20). Together this provides some evidence that self-reported trauma and self-reported mentalising influence social contagion (Fig S11). Social contagion under M3 was highly correlated with contagion under M1 demonstrating parsimony of outcomes across models (Fig S12).’

      Discussion first para: "effected -> affected"

      Thanks for spotting this. We have now changed it.

      Add "s" to "participant: "Notably, despite differing strategies, those with BPD achieved similar accuracy to CON participant."

      We have now changed this.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Measurement of BOLD MR imaging has regularly found regions of the brain that show reliable suppression of BOLD responses during specific experimental testing conditions. These observations are to some degree unexplained, in comparison with more usual association between activation of the BOLD response and excitatory activation of the neurons (most tightly linked to synaptic activity) in the same brain location. This paper finds two patients whose brains were tested with both non-invasive functional MRI and with invasive insertion of electrodes, which allowed the direct recording of neuronal activity. The electrode insertions were made within the fusiform gyrus, which is known to process information about faces, in a clinical search for the sites of intractable epilepsy in each patient. The simple observation is that the electrode location in one patient showed activation of the BOLD response and activation of neuronal firing in response to face stimuli. This is the classical association. The other patient showed an informative and different pattern of responses. In this person, the electrode location showed a suppression of the BOLD response to face stimuli and, most interestingly, an associated suppression of neuronal activity at the electrode site.

      Strengths:

      Whilst these results are not by themselves definitive, they add an important piece of evidence to a long-standing discussion about the origins of the BOLD response. The observation of decreased neuronal activation associated with negative BOLD is interesting because, at various times, exactly the opposite association has been predicted. It has been previously argued that if synaptic mechanisms of neuronal inhibition are responsible for the suppression of neuronal firing, then it would be reasonable

      Weaknesses:

      The chief weakness of the paper is that the results may be unique in a slightly awkward way. The observation of positive BOLD and neuronal activation is made at one brain site in one patient, while the complementary observation of negative BOLD and neuronal suppression actually derives from the other patient. Showing both effects in both patients would make a much stronger paper.

      We thank reviewer #1 for their positive evaluation of our paper. Obviously, we agree with the reviewer that the paper would be much stronger if BOTH effects – spike increase and decrease – would be found in BOTH patients in their corresponding fMRI regions (lateral and medial fusiform gyrus) (also in the same hemisphere). Nevertheless, we clearly acknowledge this limitation in the (revised) version of the manuscript (p.8: Material and Methods section).

      Note that with respect to the fMRI data, our results are not surprising, as we indicate in the manuscript: BOLD increases to faces (relative to nonface objects) are typically found in the LatFG and BOLD decreases in the medialFG (in the revised version, we have added the reference to an early neuroimaging paper that describes this dissociation clearly:

      Pelphrey, K. A., Mack, P. B., Song, A., Güzeldere, G., & McCarthy, G. Faces evoke spatially differentiated patterns of BOLD activation and deactivation. Neuroreport 14, 955–959 (2003).

      This pattern of increase/decrease in fMRI can be appreciated in both patients on Figure 2, although one has to consider both the transverse and coronal slices to appreciate it.

      Regarding electrophysiological data, in the current paper, one could think that P1 shows only increases to faces, and P2 would show only decreases (irrespective of the region). However, that is not the case since 11% of P1’s face-selective units are decreases (89% are increases) and 4% of P2’s face-selective units are increases. This has now been made clearer in the revised manuscript (p.5).

      As the reviewer is certainly aware, the number and positions of the electrodes are based on strict clinical criteria, and we will probably never encounter a situation with two neighboring (macro-micro hybrid electrodes), one with microelectrodes ending up in the lateral MidFG, the other in the medial MidFG, in the same patient. If there is no clinical value for the patient, this cannot be done.

      The only thing we can do is to strengthen these results in the future by collecting data on additional patients with an electrode either in the lateral or the medial FG, together with fMRI. But these are the only two patients we have been able to record so far with electrodes falling unambiguously in such contrasted regions and with large (and comparable) measures.

      While we acknowledge that the results may be unique because of the use of 2 contrasted patients only (and this is why the paper is a short report), the data is compelling in these 2 cases, and we are confident that it will be replicated in larger cohorts in the future.

      Finally, information regarding ethics approval has been provided in the paper.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a short and straightforward paper describing BOLD fMRI and depth electrode measurements from two regions of the fusiform gyrus that show either higher or lower BOLD responses to faces vs. objects (which I will call face-positive and facenegative regions). In these regions, which were studied separately in two patients undergoing epilepsy surgery, spiking activity increased for faces relative to objects in the face-positive region and decreased for faces relative to objects in the face-negative region. Interestingly, about 30% of neurons in the face-negative region did not respond to objects and decreased their responses below baseline in response to faces (absolute suppression).

      Strengths:

      These patient data are valuable, with many recording sessions and neurons from human face-selective regions, and the methods used for comparing face and object responses in both fMRI and electrode recordings were robust and well-established. The finding of absolute suppression could clarify the nature of face selectivity in human fusiform gyrus since previous fMRI studies of the face-negative region could not distinguish whether face < object responses came from absolute suppression, or just relatively lower but still positive responses to faces vs. objects.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors claim that the results tell us about both 1) face-selectivity in the fusiform gyrus, and 2) the physiological basis of the BOLD signal. However, I would like to see more of the data that supports the first claim, and I am not sure the second claim is supported.

      (1) The authors report that ~30% of neurons showed absolute suppression, but those data are not shown separately from the neurons that only show relative reductions. It is difficult to evaluate the absolute suppression claim from the short assertion in the text alone (lines 105-106), although this is a critical claim in the paper.

      We thank reviewer #2 for their positive evaluation of our paper. We understand the reviewer’s point, and we partly agree. Where we respectfully disagree is that the finding of absolute suppression is critical for the claim of the paper: finding an identical contrast between the two regions in terms of RELATIVE increase/decrease of face-selective activity in fMRI and spiking activity is already novel and informative. Where we agree with the reviewer is that the absolute suppression could be more documented: it wasn’t, due to space constraints (brief report). We provide below an example of a neuron showing absolute suppression to faces (P2), as also requested in the recommendations to authors. In the frequency domain, there is only a face-selective response (1.2 Hz and harmonics) but no significant response at 6 Hz (common general visual response). In the time-domain, relative to face onset, the response drops below baseline level. It means that this neuron has baseline (non-periodic) spontaneous spiking activity that is actively suppressed when a face appears.

      Author response image 1.

      (2) I am not sure how much light the results shed on the physiological basis of the BOLD signal. The authors write that the results reveal "that BOLD decreases can be due to relative, but also absolute, spike suppression in the human brain" (line 120). But I think to make this claim, you would need a region that exclusively had neurons showing absolute suppression, not a region with a mix of neurons, some showing absolute suppression and some showing relative suppression, as here. The responses of both groups of neurons contribute to the measured BOLD signal, so it seems impossible to tell from these data how absolute suppression per se drives the BOLD response.

      It is a fact that we find both kinds of responses in the same region. We cannot tell with this technique if neurons showing relative vs. absolute suppression of responses are spatially segregated for instance (e.g., forming two separate sub-regions) or are intermingled. And we cannot tell from our data how absolute suppression per se drives the BOLD response. In our view, this does not diminish the interest and originality of the study, but the statement "that BOLD decreases can be due to relative, but also absolute, spike suppression in the human brain” has been rephrased in the revised manuscript: "that BOLD decreases can be due to relative, or absolute (or a combination of both), spike suppression in the human brain”.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this paper the authors conduct two experiments an fMRI experiment and intracranial recordings of neurons in two patients P1 and P2. In both experiments, they employ a SSVEP paradigm in which they show images at a fast rate (e.g. 6Hz) and then they show face images at a slower rate (e.g. 1.2Hz), where the rest of the images are a variety of object images. In the first patient, they record from neurons over a region in the mid fusiform gyrus that is face-selective and in the second patient, they record neurons from a region more medially that is not face selective (it responds more strongly to objects than faces). Results find similar selectivity between the electrophysiology data and the fMRI data in that the location which shows higher fMRI to faces also finds face-selective neurons and the location which finds preference to non faces also shows non face preferring neurons.

      Strengths:

      The data is important in that it shows that there is a relationship between category selectivity measured from electrophysiology data and category-selective from fMRI. The data is unique as it contains a lot of single and multiunit recordings (245 units) from the human fusiform gyrus - which the authors point out - is a humanoid specific gyrus.

      Weaknesses:

      My major concerns are two-fold:

      (i) There is a paucity of data; Thus, more information (results and methods) is warranted; and in particular there is no comparison between the fMRI data and the SEEG data.

      We thank reviewer #3 for their positive evaluation of our paper. If the reviewer means paucity of data presentation, we agree and we provide more presentation below, although the methods and results information appear as complete to us. The comparison between fMRI and SEEG is there, but can only be indirect (i.e., collected at different times and not related on a trial-by-trial basis for instance). In addition, our manuscript aims at providing a short empirical contribution to further our understanding of the relationship between neural responses and BOLD signal, not to provide a model of neurovascular coupling.

      (ii) One main claim of the paper is that there is evidence for suppressed responses to faces in the non-face selective region. That is, the reduction in activation to faces in the non-face selective region is interpreted as a suppression in the neural response and consequently the reduction in fMRI signal is interpreted as suppression. However, the SSVEP paradigm has no baseline (it alternates between faces and objects) and therefore it cannot distinguish between lower firing rate to faces vs suppression of response to faces.

      We understand the concern of the reviewer, but we respectfully disagree that our paradigm cannot distinguish between lower firing rate to faces vs. suppression of response to faces. Indeed, since the stimuli are presented periodically (6 Hz), we can objectively distinguish stimulus-related activity from spontaneous neuronal firing. The baseline corresponds to spikes that are non-periodic, i.e., unrelated to the (common face and object) stimulation. For a subset of neurons, even this non-periodic baseline activity is suppressed, above and beyond the suppression of the 6 Hz response illustrated on Figure 2. We mention it in the manuscript, but we agree that we do not present illustrations of such decrease in the time-domain for SU, which we did not consider as being necessary initially (please see below for such presentation).

      (1) Additional data: the paper has 2 figures: figure 1 which shows the experimental design and figure 2 which presents data, the latter shows one example neuron raster plot from each patient and group average neural data from each patient. In this reader's opinion this is insufficient data to support the conclusions of the paper. The paper will be more impactful if the researchers would report the data more comprehensively.

      We answer to more specific requests for additional evidence below, but the reviewer should be aware that this is a short report, which reaches the word limit. In our view, the group average neural data should be sufficient to support the conclusions, and the example neurons are there for illustration. And while we cannot provide the raster plots for a large number of neurons, the anonymized data is made available at:

      (a) There is no direct comparison between the fMRI data and the SEEG data, except for a comparison of the location of the electrodes relative to the statistical parametric map generated from a contrast (Fig 2a,d). It will be helpful to build a model linking between the neural responses to the voxel response in the same location - i.e., estimate from the electrophysiology data the fMRI data (e.g., Logothetis & Wandell, 2004).

      As mentioned above the comparison between fMRI and SEEG is indirect (i.e., collected at different times and not related on a trial-by-trial basis for instance) and would not allow to make such a model.

      (b) More comprehensive analyses of the SSVEP neural data: It will be helpful to show the results of the frequency analyses of the SSVEP data for all neurons to show that there are significant visual responses and significant face responses. It will be also useful to compare and quantify the magnitude of the face responses compared to the visual responses.

      The data has been analyzed comprehensively, but we would not be able to show all neurons with such significant visual responses and face-selective responses.

      (c) The neuron shown in E shows cyclical responses tied to the onset of the stimuli, is this the visual response?

      Correct, it’s the visual response at 6 Hz.

      If so, why is there an increase in the firing rate of the neuron before the face stimulus is shown in time 0?

      Because the stimulation is continuous. What is displayed at 0 is the onset of the face stimulus, with each face stimulus being preceded by 4 images of nonface objects.

      The neuron's data seems different than the average response across neurons; This raises a concern about interpreting the average response across neurons in panel F which seems different than the single neuron responses

      The reviewer is correct, and we apologize for the confusion. This is because the average data on panel F has been notch-filtered for the 6 Hz (and harmonic responses), as indicated in the methods (p.11): ‘a FFT notch filter (filter width = 0.05 Hz) was then applied on the 70 s single or multi-units time-series to remove the general visual response at 6 Hz and two additional harmonics (i.e., 12 and 18 Hz)’.

      Here is the same data without the notch-filter (the 6Hz periodic response is clearly visible):

      Author response image 2.

      For sake of clarity, we prefer presenting the notch-filtered data in the paper, but the revised version makes it clear in the figure caption that the average data has been notch-filtered.

      (d) Related to (c) it would be useful to show raster plots of all neurons and quantify if the neural responses within a region are homogeneous or heterogeneous. This would add data relating the single neuron response to the population responses measured from fMRI. See also Nir 2009.

      We agree with the reviewer that this is interesting, but again we do not think that it is necessary for the point made in the present paper. Responses in these regions appear rather heterogenous, and we are currently working on a longer paper with additional SEEG data (other patients tested for shorter sessions) to define and quantify the face-selective neurons in the MidFusiform gyrus with this approach (without relating it to the fMRI contrast as reported here).

      (e) When reporting group average data (e.g., Fig 2C,F) it is necessary to show standard deviation of the response across neurons.

      We agree with the reviewer and have modified Figure 2 accordingly in the revised manuscript.

      (f) Is it possible to estimate the latency of the neural responses to face and object images from the phase data? If so, this will add important information on the timing of neural responses in the human fusiform gyrus to face and object images.

      The fast periodic paradigm to measure neural face-selectivity has been used in tens of studies since its original reports:

      In this paradigm, the face-selective response spreads to several harmonics (1.2 Hz, 2.4 Hz, 3.6 Hz, etc.) (which are summed for quantifying the total face-selective amplitude). This is illustrated below by the averaged single units’ SNR spectra across all recording sessions for both participants.

      Author response image 3.

      There is no unique phase-value, each harmonic being associated with a phase-value, so that the timing cannot be unambiguously extracted from phase values. Instead, the onset latency is computed directly from the time-domain responses, which is more straightforward and reliable than using the phase. Note that the present paper is not about the specific time-courses of the different types of neurons, which would require a more comprehensive report, but which is not necessary to support the point made in the present paper about the SEEG-fMRI sign relationship.

      (g) Related to (e) In total the authors recorded data from 245 units (some single units and some multiunits) and they found that both in the face and nonface selective most of the recoded neurons exhibited face -selectivity, which this reader found confusing: They write “ Among all visually responsive neurons, we found a very high proportion of face-selective neurons (p < 0.05) in both activated and deactivated MidFG regions (P1: 98.1%; N = 51/52; P2: 86.6%; N = 110/127)’. Is the face selectivity in P1 an increase in response to faces and P2 a reduction in response to faces or in both it’s an increase in response to faces

      Face-selectivity is defined as a DIFFERENTIAL response to faces compared to objects, not necessarily a larger response to faces. So yes, face-selectivity in P1 is an increase in response to faces and P2 a reduction in response to faces.

      Additional methods

      (a) it is unclear if the SSVEP analyses of neural responses were done on the spikes or the raw electrical signal. If the former, how is the SSVEP frequency analysis done on discrete data like action potentials?

      The FFT is applied directly on spike trains using Matlab’s discrete Fourier Transform function. This function is suitable to be applied to spike trains in the same way as to any sampled digital signal (here, the microwires signal was sampled at 30 kHz, see Methods).

      In complementary analyses, we also attempted to apply the FFT on spike trains that had been temporally smoothed by convolving them with a 20ms square window (Le Cam et al., 2023, cited in the paper ). This did not change the outcome of the frequency analyses in the frequency range we are interested in. We have also added one sentence with information in the methods section about spike detection (p.10).

      (b) it is unclear why the onset time was shifted by 33ms; one can measure the phase of the response relative to the cycle onset and use that to estimate the delay between the onset of a stimulus and the onset of the response. Adding phase information will be useful.

      The onset time was shifted by 33ms because the stimuli are presented with a sinewave contrast modulation (i.e., at 0ms, the stimulus has 0% contrast). 100% contrast is reached at half a stimulation cycle, which is 83.33ms here, but a response is likely triggered before reaching 100% contrast. To estimate the delay between the start of the sinewave (0% contrast) and the triggering of a neural response, we tested 7 SEEG participants with the same images presented in FPVS sequences either as a sinewave contrast (black line) modulation or as a squarewave (i.e. abrupt) contrast modulation (red line). The 33ms value is based on these LFP data obtained in response to such sinewave stimulation and squarewave stimulation of the same paradigm. This delay corresponds to 4 screen refresh frames (120 Hz refresh rate = 8.33ms by frame) and 35% of the full contrast, as illustrated below (please see also Retter, T. L., & Rossion, B. (2016). Uncovering the neural magnitude and spatio-temporal dynamics of natural image categorization in a fast visual stream. Neuropsychologia, 91, 9–28).

      Author response image 4.

      (2) Interpretation of suppression:

      The SSVEP paradigm alternates between 2 conditions: faces and objects and has no baseline; In other words, responses to faces are measured relative to the baseline response to objects so that any region that contains neurons that have a lower firing rate to faces than objects is bound to show a lower response in the SSVEP signal. Therefore, because the experiment does not have a true baseline (e.g. blank screen, with no visual stimulation) this experimental design cannot distinguish between lower firing rate to faces vs suppression of response to faces.

      The strongest evidence put forward for suppression is the response of non-visual neurons that was also reduced when patients looked at faces, but since these are non-visual neurons, it is unclear how to interpret the responses to faces.

      We understand this point, but how does the reviewer know that these are non-visual neurons? Because these neurons are located in the visual cortex, they are likely to be visual neurons that are not responsive to non-face objects. In any case, as the reviewer writes, we think it’s strong evidence for suppression.

      We thank all three reviewers for their positive evaluation of our paper and their constructive comments.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. addressed the question of whether advantageous and disadvantageous inequality aversion can be vicariously learned and generalized. Using an adapted version of the ultimatum game (UG), in three phases, participants first gave their own preference (baseline phase), then interacted with a "teacher" to learn their preference (learning phase), and finally were tested again on their own (transfer phase). The key measure is whether participants exhibited similar choice preferences (i.e., rejection rate and fairness rating) influenced by the learning phase, by contrasting their transfer phase and baseline phase. Through a series of statistical modeling and computational modeling, the authors reported that both advantageous and disadvantageous inequality aversion can indeed be learned (Study 1), and even be generalised (Study 2).

      Strengths:

      This study is very interesting, it directly adapted the lab's previous work on the observational learning effect on disadvantageous inequality aversion, to test both advantageous and disadvantageous inequality aversion in the current study. Social transmission of action, emotion, and attitude have started to be looked at recently, hence this research is timely. The use of computational modeling is mostly appropriate and motivated. Study 2, which examined the vicarious inequality aversion in conditions where feedback was never provided, is interesting and important to strengthen the reported effects. Both studies have proper justifications to determine the sample size.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite the strengths, a few conceptual aspects and analytical decisions have to be explained, justified, or clarified.

      INTRODUCTION/CONCEPTUALIZATION

      (1) Two terms seem to be interchangeable, which should not, in this work: vicarious/observational learning vs preference learning. For vicarious learning, individuals observe others' actions (and optionally also the corresponding consequence resulting directly from their own actions), whereas, for preference learning, individuals predict, or act on behalf of, the others' actions, and then receive feedback if that prediction is correct or not. For the current work, it seems that the experiment is more about preference learning and prediction, and less so about vicarious learning. The intro and set are heavily around vicarious learning, and later the use of vicarious learning and preference learning is rather mixed in the text. I think either tone down the focus on vicarious learning, or discuss how they are different. Some of the references here may be helpful: (Charpentier et al., Neuron, 2020; Olsson et al., Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 2020; Zhang & Glascher, Science Advances, 2020)

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer for raising this question and providing the reference. In response to this comment we have elected to avoid, in most cases, use of the term ‘vicarious’ and instead focus the paper on learning of others’ preferences (without specific commitment to various/observational learning per se). These changes are reflected throughout all sections of the revised manuscript, and in the revised title. We believe this simplified terminology has improved the clarity of our contribution.

      EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN

      (2) For each offer type, the experiment "added a uniformly distributed noise in the range of (-10 ,10)". I wonder what this looks like? With only integers such as 25:75, or even with decimal points? More importantly, is it possible to have either 70:30 or 90:10 option, after adding the noise, to have generated an 80:20 split shown to the participants? If so, for the analyses later, when participants saw the 80:20 split, which condition did this trial belong to? 70:30 or 90:10? And is such noise added only to the learning phase, or also to the baseline/transfer phases? This requires some clarification.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing this out. The uniformly distributed noise was added to all three phases to make the proposers’ behavior more realistic. This added noise was rounded to integer numbers, constrained from -9 to 9, which means in both 70:30 and 90:10 offer types, an 80:20 split could not occur. We have made this feature of our design clear in the Method section Line 524 ~ 528:

      “In all task phases, we added uniformly distributed noise to each trial’s offer (ranging from -9 to 9, inclusive, rounding to the nearest integer) such that the random amount added (or subtracted) from the Proposer’s share was subtracted (or added) to the Receiver’s share. We adopted this manipulation to make the proposers’ behavior appear more realistic. The orders of offers participants experienced were fully randomized within each experiment phase. ”

      (3) For the offer conditions (90:10, 70:30, 50:50, 30:70, 10:90) - are they randomized? If so, how is it done? Is it randomized within each participant, and/or also across participants (such that each participant experienced different trial sequences)? This is important, as the order especially for the learning phase can largely impact the preference learning of the participants.

      We agree with the Reviewer the order in which offers are experienced could be very important. The order of the conditions was randomized independently for each participant (i.e. each participant experienced different trial sequences). We made this point clear in the Methods part. Line 527 ~ 528:

      “The orders of offers participants experienced were fully randomized within each experiment phase.”

      STATISTICAL ANALYSIS & COMPUTATIONAL MODELING

      (4) In Study 1 DI offer types (90:10, 70:30), the rejection rate for DI-AI averse looks consistently higher than that for DI averse (ie, the blue line is above the yellow line). Is this significant? If so, how come? Since this is a between-subject design, I would not anticipate such a result (especially for the baseline). Also, for the LME results (eg, Table S3), only interactions were reported but not the main results.

      We thank the Reviewer for pointing out this feature of the results. Prompted by this comment, we compared the baseline rejection rates between two conditions for these two offer types, finding in Experiment 1 that rejection rates in the DI-AI-averse condition were significantly higher than in the DI-averse condition (DI-AI-averse vs. DI-averse; Offer 90:10, β = 0.13, p < 0.001, Offer 70:30, β = 0.09, p < 0.034). We agree with the Reviewer that there should, in principle, be no difference between the experiences of participants in these two conditions is identical in the Baseline phase. However, we did not observe these difference in baseline preferences in Experiment 2 (DI-AI-averse vs. DI-averse; Offer 90:10, β = 0.07, p < 0.100, Offer 70:30, β = 0.05, p < 0.193). On the basis of the inconsistency of this effect across studies we believe this is a spurious difference in preferences stemming from chance.

      Regarding the LME results, the reason why only interaction terms are reported is due to the specification of the model and the rationale for testing.

      Taking the model reported in Table S3 as an example—a logistic model which examines Baseline phase rejection rates as a function of offer level and condition—the between-subject conditions (DI-averse and DI-AI-averse) are represented by dummy-coded variables. Similarly, offer types were also dummy-coded, such that each of the five columns (90:10, 70:30, 50:50, 30:70, and 10:90) correspond corresponded to a particular offer type. This model specification yields ten interaction terms (i.e., fixed effects) of interest—for example, the “DI-averse × Offer 90:10” indicates baseline rejection rates for 90:10 offers in DI-averse condition. Thus, to compare rejection rates across specific offer types, we estimate and report linear contrasts between these resultant terms. We have clarified the nature of these reported tests in our revised Results—for example, line189-190: “linear contrasts; e.g. 90:10 vs 10:90, all Ps<0.001, see Table S3 for logistic regression coefficients for rejection rates).

      Also in response to this comment that and a recommendation from Reviewer 2 (see below), we have revised our supplementary materials to make each model specification clearer as SI line 25:

      RejectionRate ~ 0 + (Disl + Advl):(Offer10 + Offer30 + Offer50 + Offer70 + Offer90) + (1|Subject)”

      (5) I do not particularly find this analysis appealing: "we examined whether participants' changes in rejection rates between Transfer and Baseline, could be explained by the degree to which they vicariously learned, defined as the change in punishment rates between the first and last 5 trials of the Learning phase." Naturally, the participants' behavior in the first 5 trials in the learning phase will be similar to those in the baseline; and their behavior in the last 5 trials in the learning phase would echo those at the transfer phase. I think it would be stronger to link the preference learning results to the change between the baseline and transfer phase, eg, by looking at the difference between alpha (beta) at the end of the learning phase and the initial alpha (beta).

      Thanks for pointing this out. Also, considering the comments from Reviewer 2 concerning the interpretation of this analysis, we have elected to remove this result from our revision.

      (6) I wonder if data from the baseline and transfer phases can also be modeled, using a simple Fehr-Schimdt model. This way, the change in alpha/beta can also be examined between the baseline and transfer phase.

      We agree with the Reviewer that a simplified F-S model could be used, in principle, to characterize Baseline and Transfer phase behavior, but it is our view that the rejection rates provide readers with the clearest (and simplest) picture of how participants are responding to inequity. Put another way, we believe that the added complexity of using (and explaining) a new model to characterize simple, steady-state choice behavior (within these phases) would not be justified or add appreciable insights about participants’ behavior.

      (7) I quite liked Study 2 which tests the generalization effect, and I expected to see an adapted computational modeling to directly reflect this idea. Indeed, the authors wrote, "[...] given that this model [...] assumes the sort of generalization of preferences between offer types [...]". But where exactly did the preference learning model assume the generalization? In the methods, the modeling seems to be only about Study 1; did the authors advise their model to accommodate Study 2? The authors also ran simulation for the learning phase in Study 2 (Figure 6), and how did the preference update (if at all) for offers (90:10 and 10:90) where feedback was not given? Extending/Unpacking the computational modeling results for Study 2 will be very helpful for the paper.

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer’s positive impression of Experiment 2. Upon reflection, we realize that our original submission was not clear about the modeling done in Experiment 2, and we should clarify here that we did also fit the Preference Inference model to this dataset. As in Experiment 1, this model assumes that the participants have a representation of the teacher’s preference as a Fehr-Schmidt form utility function and infer the Teacher’s Envy and Guilt parameters through learning. The model indicates that, on the basis of experience with the Teacher’s preferences on moderately unfair offers (i.e., offer 70:30 and offer 30:70), participants can successfully infer these guess of these two parameters, and in turn, compute Fehr-Schmidt utility to guide their decisions in the extreme unfair offers (i.e., offer 90:10 and offer 10:90).

      In response to this comment, we have made this clearer in our Results (Line 377-382):

      “Finally, following Experiment 1, we fit a series of computational models of Learning phase choice behavior, comparing the goodness-of-fit of the four best-fitting models from Experiment 1 (see Methods). As before, we found that the Preference Inference model provided the best fit of participants’ Learning Phase behavior (Figure S1a, Table S12). Given that this model is able to infer the Teacher’s underlying inequity-averse preferences (rather than learns offer-specific rejection preferences), it is unsurprising that this model best describes the generalization behavior observed in Experiment 2.”

      and in our revised Methods (Line 551-553)

      “We considered 6 computational models of Learning Phase choice behavior, which we fit to individual participants’ observed sequences of choices, in both Experiments 1 and 2, via Maximum Likelihood Estimation”

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates whether individuals can learn to adopt egalitarian norms that incur a personal monetary cost, such as rejecting offers that benefit them more than the giver (advantageous inequitable offers). While these behaviors are uncommon, two experiments demonstrate that individuals can learn to reject such offers through vicarious learning - by observing and acting in line with a "teacher" who follows these norms. The authors use computational modelling to argue that learners adopt these norms through a sophisticated process, inferring the latent structure of the teacher's preferences, akin to theory of mind.

      Strengths:

      This paper is well-written and tackles a critical topic relevant to social norms, morality, and justice. The findings, which show that individuals can adopt just and fair norms even at a personal cost, are promising. The study is well-situated in the literature, with clever experimental design and a computational approach that may offer insights into latent cognitive processes. Findings have potential implications for policymakers.

      Weaknesses:

      Note: in the text below, the "teacher" will refer to the agent from which a participant presumably receives feedback during the learning phase.

      (1) Focus on Disadvantageous Inequity (DI): A significant portion of the paper focuses on responses to Disadvantageous Inequitable (DI) offers, which is confusing given the study's primary aim is to examine learning in response to Advantageous Inequitable (AI) offers. The inclusion of DI offers is not well-justified and distracts from the main focus. Furthermore, the experimental design seems, in principle, inadequate to test for the learning effects of DI offers. Because both teaching regimes considered were identical for DI offers the paradigm lacks a control condition to test for learning effects related to these offers. I can't see how an increase in rejection of DI offers (e.g., between baseline and generalization) can be interpreted as speaking to learning. There are various other potential reasons for an increase in rejection of DI offers even if individuals learn nothing from learning (e.g. if envy builds up during the experiment as one encounters more instances of disadvantageous fairness).

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer’s insight here and for the opportunity to clarify our experimental logic. We included DI offers in order to 1) expose participants to the full spectrum of offer types, and avoid focusing participants exclusively upon AI offers, which might result in a demand characteristic and 2) to afford exploration of how learning dynamics might differ in DI context s—which was, to some extent, examined in our previous study (FeldmanHall, Otto, & Phelps, 2018)—versus AI contexts. Furthermore, as this work builds critically on our previous study, we reasoned that replicating these original findings (in the DI context) would be important for demonstrating the generality of the learning effects in the DI context across experimental settings. We now remark on this point in our revised Introduction Line 129 ~132:

      “In addition, to mechanistically probe how punitive preferences are acquired in Adv-I and Dis-I contexts—in turn, assessing the replicability of our earlier study investigating punitive preference acquisition in the Dis context—we also characterize trial-by-trial acquisition of punitive behavior with computational models of choice.”

      (2) Statistical Analysis: The analysis of the learning effects of AI offers is not fully convincing. The authors analyse changes in rejection rates within each learning condition rather than directly comparing the two. Finding a significant effect in one condition but not the other does not demonstrate that the learning regime is driving the effect. A direct comparison between conditions is necessary for establishing that there is a causal role for the learning regime.

      We agree with the Reviewer and upon reflection, believe that direct comparisons between conditions would be helpful to support the claim that the different learning conditions are responsible for the observed learning effects. In brief, these specific tests buttress the idea that exposure to AI-averse preferences result in increases in AI punishment rates in the Transfer phase (over and above the rates observed for participants who were only exposed to DI-averse preferences).

      Accordingly, our revision now reports statistics concerning the differences between conditions for AI offers in Experiment 1 (Line 198~ 207):

      “Importantly, when comparing these changes between the two learning conditions, we observed significant differences in rejection rates for Adv-I offers: compared to exposure to a Teacher who rejected only Dis-I offers, participants exposed to a Teacher who rejected both Dis-I and Adv-I offers were more likely to reject Adv-I offers and rated these offers more unfair. This difference between conditions was evident in both 30:70 offers (Rejection rates: β(SE) = 0.10(0.04), p = 0.013; Fairness ratings: β(SE) = -0.86(0.17), p < 0.001) and 10:90 offers (Rejection rates: β(SE) = 0.15(0.04), p < 0.001, Fairness ratings: β(SE) = -1.04(0.17), p < 0.001). As a control, we also compared rejection rates and fairness rating changes between conditions in Dis-I offers (90:10 and 30:70) and Fair offers (i.e., 50:50) but observed no significant difference (all ps > 0.217), suggesting that observing an Adv-I-averse Teacher’s preferences did not influence participants’ behavior in response to Dis-I offers.”

      Line 222 ~ 230:

      “A mixed-effects logistic regression revealed a significant larger (positive) effect of trial number on rejection rates of Adv-I offers for the Adv-Dis-I-Averse condition compared to the Dis-I-Averse condition. This relative rejection rate increase was evident both in 30:70 offers (Table S7; β(SE) = -0.77(0.24), p < 0.001) and in 10:90 offers (β(SE) = -1.10(0.33), p < 0.001). In contrast, comparing Dis-I and Fairness offers when the Teacher showed the same tendency to reject, we found no significant difference between the two conditions (90:10 splits: β(SE)=-0.48(0.21),p=0.593;70:30 splits: β(SE)=-0.01(0.14),p=0.150; 50:50 splits: β(SE)=-0.00(0.21),p=0.086). In other words, participants by and large appeared to adjust their rejection choices in accordance with the Teacher’s feedback in an incremental fashion.”

      And in Experiment 2 Line 333 ~ 345:

      “Similar to what we observed in Experiment 1 (Figure 4a), Compared to the participants in the Dis-I-Averse Condition, participants in the Adv-I-Averse Condition increased their rates of rejection of extreme Adv-I offerers (i.e., 10:90) in the Transfer Phase, relative to the Baseline phase (β(SE) = -0.12(0.04), p < 0.004; Table S9), suggesting that participants’ learned (and adopted) Adv-I-averse preferences, generalized from one specific offer type (30:70) to an offer types for which they received no Teacher feedback (10:90). Examining extreme Dis-I offers where the Teacher exhibited identical preferences across the two learning conditions, we found no difference in the Changes of Rejection Rates from Baseline to Transfer phase between conditions (β(SE) = -0.05(0.04), p < 0.259). Mirroring the observed rejection rates (Figure 4b), relative to the Dis-I-Averse Condition, participants’ fairness ratings for extreme Adv-I offers increased more from the Baseline to Transfer phase in the Adv-Dis-I-Averse Condition than in the Dis-I-Averse condition (β(SE) = -0.97(0.18), p < 0.001), but, importantly, changes in fairness ratings for extreme Dis-I offers did not differ significantly between learning conditions (β(SE) = -0.06(0.18), p < 0.723)”

      Line 361 ~ 368:

      “Examining the time course of rejection rates in Adv-I-contexts during the Learning phase (Figure 5) revealed that participants learned over time to punish mildly unfair 30:70 offers, and these punishment preferences generalized to more extreme offers (10:90). Specifically, compared to the Dis-I-Averse Condition, in the Adv-Dis-I-Averse condition we observed a significant larger trend of increase in rejections rates for 10:90 (Adv-I) offers (Figure 5, β(SE) = -0.81(0.26), p < 0.002 mixed-effects logistic regression, see Table S10). Again, when comparing the rejection rate increase in the extremely Dis-I offers (90:10), we didn’t find significant difference between conditions (β(SE) = -0.25(0.19), p < 0.707).”

      (3) Correlation Between Learning and Contagion Effects:

      The authors argue that correlations between learning effects (changes in rejection rates during the learning phase) and contagion effects (changes between the generalization and baseline phases) support the idea that individuals who are better aligning their preferences with the teacher also give more consideration to the teacher's preferences later during generalization phase. This interpretation is not convincing. Such correlations could emerge even in the absence of learning, driven by temporal trends like increasing guilt or envy (or even by slow temporal fluctuations in these processes) on behalf of self or others. The reason is that the baseline phase is temporally closer to the beginning of the learning phase whereas the generalization phase is temporally closer to the end of the learning phase. Additionally, the interpretation of these effects seems flawed, as changes in rejection rates do not necessarily indicate closer alignment with the teacher's preferences. For example, if the teacher rejects an offer 75% of the time then a positive 5% learning effect may imply better matching the teacher if it reflects an increase in rejection rate from 65% to 70%, but it implies divergence from the teacher if it reflects an increase from 85% to 90%. For similar reasons, it is not clear that the contagion effects reflect how much a teacher's preferences are taken into account during generalization.

      This comment is very similar to a previous comment made by Reviewer 1, who also called into question the interpretability of these correlations. In response to both of these comments we have elected to remove these analyses from our revision.

      (4) Modeling Efforts: The modelling approach is underdeveloped. The identification of the "best model" lacks transparency, as no model-recovery results are provided, and fits for the losing models are not shown, leaving readers in the dark about where these models fail. Moreover, the reinforcement learning (RL) models used are overly simplistic, treating actions as independent when they are likely inversely related (for example, the feedback that the teacher would have rejected an offer provides feedback that rejection is "correct" but also that acceptance is "an error", and the later is not incorporated into the modelling). It is unclear if and to what extent this limits current RL formulations. There are also potentially important missing details about the models. Can the authors justify/explain the reasoning behind including these variants they consider? What are the initial Q-values? If these are not free parameters what are their values?

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer for identifying these potentially unaddressed questions.

      The RL models we consider in the present study are naïve models which, in our previous study (FeldmanHall, Otto, & Phelps, 2018), we found to capture important aspects of learning. While simplistic, we believed these models serve as a reasonable baseline for evaluating more complex models, such as the Preference Inference model. We have made this point more explicit in our revised Introduction, Line 129 ~ 132:

      “In addition, to mechanistically probe how punitive preferences may be acquired in Adv-I and Dis-I contexts—in turn, assessing the replicability of our earlier study investigating punitive preference acquisition in the Dis-I context—we also characterize trial-by-trial acquisition of punitive behavior with computational models of choice.”

      Again, following from our previous modeling of observational learning (FeldmanHall et al., 2018), we believe that the feedback the Teacher provides here is ideally suited to the RL formalism. In particular, when the teacher indicates that the participant’s choice is what they would have preferred, the model receives a reward of ‘1’ (e.g., the participant rejects and the Teacher indicates they would preferred rejection, resulting in a positive prediction error) otherwise, the model receives a reward of ‘0’ (e.g., the participant accepts and the Teacher indicates they would preferred rejection, resulting in a negative prediction error), indicating that the participant did not choose in accordance with the Teacher’s preferences. Through an error driven learning process, these models provide a naïve way of learning to act in accordance with the Teacher’s preferences.

      Regarding the requested model details: When treating the initial values as free parameters (model 5), we set Q(reject, offertype) as free values in [0,1] and Q(accept,offertype) as 0.5. This setting can capture participants' initial tendency to reject or accept offers from this offer type. When the initial values are fixed, for all offer types we set Q(reject, offertype) = Q(accept,offertype) = 0.5. In practice, when the initial values are fixed, setting them to 0.5 or 0 doesn’t make much difference. We have clarified these points in our revised Methods, Line 275 ~ 576:

      “We kept the initial values fixed in this model, that is Q<sub>0</sub>(reject,offertype) =0.5, (offertype ∈ 90:10, 70:30, 50:50, 30:70, 10:90)”

      And Line 582 ~ 584:

      “Formally, this model treats Q<sub>0</sub>(reject,offertype) =0.5, (offertype ∈ 90:10, 70:30, 50:50, 30:70, 10:90) as free parameters with values between 0 and 1.”

      (5) Conceptual Leap in Modeling Interpretation: The distinction between simple RL models and preference-inference models seems to hinge on the ability to generalize learning from one offer to another. Whereas in the RL models learning occurs independently for each offer (hence to cross-offer generalization), preference inference allows for generalization between different offers. However, the paper does not explore RL models that allow generalization based on the similarity of features of the offers (e.g., payment for the receiver, payment for the offer-giver, who benefits more). Such models are more parsimonious and could explain the results without invoking a theory of mind or any modelling of the teacher. In such model versions, a learner learns a functional form that allows to predict the teacher's feedback based on said offer features (e.g., linear or quadratic form). Because feedback for an offer modulates the parameters of this function (feature weights) generalization occurs without necessarily evoking any sophisticated model of the other person. This leaves open the possibility that RL models could perform just as well or even show superiority over the preference learning model, casting doubt on the authors' conclusions. Of note: even the behaviourists knew that as Little Albert was taught to fear rats, this fear generalized to rabbits. This could occur simply because rabbits are somewhat similar to rats. But this doesn't mean little Alfred had a sophisticated model of animals he used to infer how they behave.

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer for their suggestion of an alternative explanation for the observed generalization effects. Our understanding of the suggestion, put simply, put simply, is that an RL model could capture the observed generalization effects if the model were to learn and update a functional form of the Teacher’s rejection preferences using an RL-like algorithm. This idea is similar, conceptually to our account of preference learning whereby the learner has a representation of the teacher’s preferences. In our experiment the offer is in the range of [0-100], the crux of this idea is why the participants should take the functional form (either v-shaped or quadratic) with the minimum at 50. This is important because, at the beginning of the learning phase, the rejection rates are already v-shaped with 50 as its minimum. The participants do not need to adjust the minimum of this functional form. Thus, if we assume that the participants represent the teacher’s rejection rate as a v-shape function with a minimum at [50,50], then this very likely implies that the participants have a representation that the teacher has a preference for fairness. Above all, we agree that with suitable setup of the functional form, one could implement an RL model to capture the generalization effects, without presupposing an internal “model” of the teacher’s preferences.

      However, there is another way of modeling the generalization effect by truly “model-free” similarity-based Reinforcement learning. In this approach, we do not assume any particular functional form of the teacher’s preferences, but rather, assumes that experience acquired in one offer type can be generalized to offers that are close (i.e., similar) to the original offer. Accordingly, we implement this idea using a simple RL model in which the action values for each offer type is updated by a learning rate that is scaled by the distance between that offer and the experienced offer (i.e., the offer that generated the prediction error). This learning rate is governed by a Gaussian distribution, similar to the case in the Gaussian process regression (cf. Chulz, Speekenbrink, & Krause, 2018). The initial value of the ‘Reject’ action, for each offer , is set to a free parameter between 0 and 1, and the initial value for the 'Accept’ action was set to 0.5. The results show that even though this model exhibits the trend of increasing rejection rates observed in the AI-DI punish condition, the initial preferences (i.e., starting point of learning) diverges markedly from the Learning phase behavior we observed in Experiment 1:

      Author response image 1.

      This demonstrated that the participant at least maintains a representation of the teacher’s preference at the beginning. That is, they have prior knowledge about the shape of this preference. We incorporated this property into the model, that is, we considered a new model that assumes v-shaped starting values for rejection with two parameters, alpha and beta, governing the slope of this v-shaped function (this starting value actually mimics the shape of the preference functions of the Fehr-Schmidt model). We found that this new model (which we term the “Model RL Sim Vstart”) provided a satisfactory qualitative fit of the Transfer phase learning curves in Experiment 1 (see below).

      Author response image 2.

      However, we didn’t adopt this model as the best model for the following reasons. First, this model yielded a larger AIC value (indicating worse quantitative fit) compared to our preference Inference model in both Experiments 1 and 2, likely owing to its increased complexity (5 free parameters versus 4 in the Preference Inference model). Accordingly, we believe that inclusion of this model in our revised submission would be more distracting than helpful on account of the added complexity of explaining and justifying these assumptions, and of course its comparatively poor goodness of fit (relative to the preference inference model).

      (6) Limitations of the Preference-Inference Model: The preference-inference model struggles to capture key aspects of the data, such as the increase in rejection rates for 70:30 DI offers during the learning phase (e.g. Figure 3A, AI+DI blue group). This is puzzling.

      Thinking about this I realized the model makes quite strong unintuitive predictions that are not examined. For example, if a subject begins the learning phase rejecting the 70:30 offer more than 50% of the time (meaning the starting guilt parameter is higher than 1.5), then overleaning the tendency to reject will decrease to below 50% (the guilt parameter will be pulled down below 1.5). This is despite the fact the teacher rejects 75% of the offers. In other words, as learning continues learners will diverge from the teacher. On the other hand, if a participant begins learning to tend to accept this offer (guilt < 1.5) then during learning they can increase their rejection rate but never above 50%. Thus one can never fully converge on the teacher. I think this relates to the model's failure in accounting for the pattern mentioned above. I wonder if individuals actually abide by these strict predictions. In any case, these issues raise questions about the validity of the model as a representation of how individuals learn to align with a teacher's preferences (given that the model doesn't really allow for such an alignment).

      In response to this comment we explain our efforts to build a new model that might be able conceptually resolves the issue identified by the Reviewer.

      The key intuition guiding the Preference inference model is a Bayesian account of learning which we aimed to further simplify. In this setting, a Bayesian learner maintains a representation of the teacher’s inequity aversion parameters and updates it according to the teacher’s (observed) behavior. Intuitively, the posterior distribution shifts to the likelihood of the teacher’s action. On this view, when the teacher rejects, for instance, an AI offer, the learner should assign a higher probability to larger values of the Guilt parameter, and in turn the learner should change their posterior estimate to better capture the teacher’s preferences.

      In the current study, we simplified this idea, implementing this sort of learning using incremental “delta rule” updating (e.g. Equation 8 of the main text). Then the key question is to define the “teaching signal”. Assuming that the teacher rejects an offer 70:30, based on Bayesian reasoning, the teacher’s envy parameter (α) is more likely to exceed 1.5 (computed as 30/(50-30), per equation 7) than to be smaller than 1.5. Thus, 1.5, which is then used in equation 8 to update α, can be thought of as a teaching signal. We simply assumed that if the initial estimate is already greater than 1.5, which means the prior is consistent with the likelihood, no updating would occur. This assumption raises the question of how to set the learning rate range. In principle, an envy parameter that is larger than 1.5 should be the target of learning (i.e., the teaching signal), and thus our model definition allows the learning rate to be greater than 1, incorporating this possibility.

      Our simplified preference inference model has already successfully captured some key aspects of the participants’ learning behavior. However, it may fail in the following case: assume that the participant has an initial estimate of 1.51 for the envy parameter (β). Let’s say this corresponds to a rejection rate of 60%. Thus, no matter how many times the teacher rejects the offer 70:30, the participant’s estimate of the envy parameter remains the same, but observing only one offer acceptance would decrease this estimate, and in turn, would decrease the model’s predicted rejection rate. We believe this is the anomalous behavior—in 70:30 offers—identified by the Reviewer which the model does not appear able to recreate participants’ in these offers.

      This issue actually touches the core of our model specification, that is, the choosing of the teaching signal. As we chose 1.5 as the teaching signal—i.e. lower bound on whenever the teacher rejects or accepts an offer of 70:30, a very small deviation of 1.5 would fail one part of updating. One way to mitigate this problem would be to choose a lower bound for α greater than 1.5, such that when the Teacher rejects a 70:30 offer, we assign a number greater than 1.5 (by ‘hard-coding’ this into the model via modification of equation 7). One sensible candidate value could be the middle point between 1.5 and 10 (the maximum value of α per our model definition). Intuitively, the model of this setting could still pull up the value of α to 1.51 when the teacher rejects 70:30, thus alleviating (but not completely eliminating) the anomaly.

      We fitted this modified Preference Inference model to the data from Experiment 1 (see Author response image 3 below) and found that even though this model has a smaller AIC (and thus better quantitative fit than the original Preference Inference model), it still doesn’t fully capture the participants’ behavior for 70:30 offers.

      Author response image 3.

      Accordingly, rather than revising our model to include an unprincipled ‘kludge’ to account for this minor anomaly in the model behavior, we have opted to report our original model in our revision as we still believe it parsimoniously captures our intuitions about preference learning and provides a better fit to the observed behavior than the other RL models considered in the present study.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I do not particularly prefer the acronyms AI and DI for disadvantageous inequity and advantageous inequity. Although they have been used in the literature, not every single paper uses them. More importantly, AI these days has such a strong meaning of artificial intelligence, so when I was reading this, I'd need to very actively inhibit this interpretation. I believe for the readability for a wider readership of eLife, I would advise not to use AI/DI here, but rather use the full terms.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. As the full spelling of the two terms are somewhat lengthy, and appear frequently in the figures, we have elected to change the abbreviations for disadvantageous inequity and advantageous inequity to Dis-I and Adv-I, respectively in the main text and the supplementary information. We still use AI/DI in the response letter to make the terminology consistent.

      (2) Do "punishment rate" and "rejection rate" mean the same? If so, it would be helpful to stick with one single term, eg, rejection rate.

      We thank the Reviewer for this suggestion. As these terms have the same meaning, we have opted to use the term “rejection rate” throughout the main text.

      (3) For the linear mixed effect models, were other random effect structures also considered (eg, random slops of experimental conditions)? It might be worth considering a few model specifications and selecting the best one to explain the data.

      Thanks for this comment. Following established best practices (Barr, Levy, Scheepers, & Tily, 2013) we have elected to use a maximal random effects structure, whereby all possible predictor variables in the fixed effects structure also appear in the random effects structure.

      (4) For equation (4), the softmax temperature is denoted as tau, but later in the text, it is called gamma. Please make it consistent.

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer’s attention to detail. We have corrected this error.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Several Tables in SI are unclear. I wasn't clear if these report raw probabilities of coefficients of mixed models. For any mixed models, it would help to give the model specification (e.g., Walkins form) and explain how variables were coded.

      We are appreciative of the Reviewer’s attention to detail. We have clarified, in the captions accompanying our supplemental regression tables, that these coefficients represent log-odds. Regretfully we are unaware of the “Walkins form” the Reviewer references (even after extensive searching of the scientific literature). However, in our new revision we do include lme4 model syntax in our supplemental information which we believe will be helpful for readers seeking replicate our model specification.

      (2) In one of the models it was said that the guilt and envy parameters were bounded between 0-1 but this doesn't make sense and I think values outside this range were later reported.

      We are again appreciative of the Reviewer’s attention to detail. This was an error we have corrected— the actual range is [0,10].

      (3) It is unclear if the model parameters are recoverable.

      In response to this comment our revision now reports a basic parameter recovery analysis for the winning Preference Inference model. This is reported in our revised Methods:

      “Finally, to verify if the free parameters of the winning model (Preference Inference) are recoverable, we simulated 200 artificial subjects, based on the Learning Phase of Experiment 1, with free parameters randomly chosen (uniformly) from their defined ranges. We then employed the same model-fitting procedure as described above to estimate these parameter value, observing that parameters. We found that all parameters of the model can be recovered (see Figure S2).”

      And scatter plots depicting these simulated (versus recovered) parameters are given in Figure S2 of our revised Supplementary Information:

      (4) I was confused about what Figure S2 shows. The text says this is about correlating contagious effects for different offers but the captions speak about learning effects. This is an important aspect which is unclear.

      We have removed this figure in response to both Reviewers’ comments about the limited insights that can be drawn on the basis of these correlations.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The aim of this paper is to develop a simple method to quantify fluctuations in the partitioning of cellular elements. In particular, they propose a flow-cytometry-based method coupled with a simple mathematical theory as an alternative to conventional imaging-based approaches.

      Strengths:

      The approach they develop is simple to understand and its use with flow-cytometry measurements is clearly explained. Understanding how the fluctuations in the cytoplasm partition vary for different kinds of cells is particularly interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The theory only considers fluctuations due to cellular division events. This seems a large weakness because it is well known that fluctuations in cellular components are largely affected by various intrinsic and extrinsic sources of noise and only under particular conditions does partitioning noise become the dominant source of noise.

      We thank the Reviewer for her/his evaluation of our manuscript. The point raised is indeed a crucial one. In a cell division cycle, there are at least three distinct sources of noise that affect component numbers [1] :

      (1) Gene expression and degradation, which determine component numbers fluctuations during cell growth.

      (2) Variability in cell division time, which depending on the underlying model may or may not be a function of protein level and gene expression.

      (3) Noise in the partitioning/inheritance of components between mother and daughter cells.

      Our approach specifically addresses the latter, with the goal of providing a quantitative measure of this noise source. For this reason, in the present work, we consider homogeneous cancer cell populations that could be considered to be stationary from a population point-of-view. By tracking the time evolution of the distribution of tagged components via live fluorescent markers, we aim at isolating partitioning noise effects. However, as noted by the Reviewer, other sources of noise are present, and depending on the considered system the relative contributions of the different sources may change. Thus, we agree that a quantification of the effect of the various noise sources on the accuracy of our measurements will improve the reliability of our method.

      In this respect, assuming independence between noise sources, we reasoned that variability in cell cycle length would affect the timing of population emergence but not the intrinsic properties of those populations (e.g., Gaussian variance). To test this hypothesis, we conducted a preliminary set of simulations in which cell division times were drawn from an Erlang distribution (mean = 18 h, k=4k = 4k=4). The results, showing the behavior of the mean and variance of the component distributions across generations, are presented in Supplementary Information - Figure 1. Under the assumption of independence between different noise sources, no significant effects were observed even for high asymmetries of the partitioning distribution.

      Next, we quantified the accuracy of our measurements in the presence of cross-talks between the various noise sources.Indeed, cells may adopt different growth and division strategies, which can be grouped into three categories based on what triggers division:

      ● Sizer-like cells divide upon reaching a certain size;

      ● Timer-like cells divide after a fixed time (corresponding to the previously treated case with independent noise);

      ● Adder-like cells divide once their volume has increased by a finite amount.

      A detailed discussion of these strategies, including their mathematical formulation, can be found in [2]. Here we have assumed that cells follow a sizer-like model. In this way, we study a system in which cells with a higher number of components have shorter division times. Hence, older (newer) generations are emptied (populated) starting from higher values.

      As can be observed, higher levels of division asymmetry increase the fluctuations of the system relative to the analytically expected behavior, particularly in later generations.

      The result in Supplementary Information - Figure 3 demonstrates the robustness of our method, as the estimates remain within the pre-established experimental error margin. We have now discussed this aspect both in the main and in the Supplementary Information and thank the Reviewer for pointing it out.

      (1) Soltani, Mohammad, et al. "Intercellular variability in protein levels from stochastic expression and noisy cell cycle processes." PLoS computational biology 12.8 (2016): e1004972.

      (2) Mattia Miotto, Simone Scalise, Marco Leonetti, Giancarlo Ruocco, Giovanna Peruzzi, and Giorgio Gosti. A size-dependent division strategy accounts for leukemia cell size heterogeneity. Communications Physics, 7(1):248, 2024.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present a combined experimental and theoretical workflow to study partitioning noise arising during cell division. Such quantifications usually require time-lapse experiments, which are limited in throughput. To bypass these limitations, the authors propose to use flow-cytometry measurements instead and analyse them using a theoretical model of partitioning noise. The problem considered by the authors is relevant and the idea to use statistical models in combination with flow cytometry to boost statistical power is elegant. The authors demonstrate their approach using experimental flow cytometry measurements and validate their results using time-lapse microscopy. However, while I appreciate the overall goal and motivation of this work, I was not entirely convinced by the strength of this contribution. The approach focuses on a quite specific case, where the dynamics of the labelled component depend purely on partitioning. As such it seems incompatible with studying the partitioning noise of endogenous components that exhibit production/turnover. The description of the methods was partly hard to follow and should be improved. In addition, I have several technical comments, which I hope will be helpful to the authors.

      We are grateful to the Reviewer for the comments. Indeed, both partitioning and production turnover noise are in general fundamental processes. At present the only way to consider them together are time-consuming and costly transfection/microscopy/tracking experiments. In this work, we aimed at developing a method to effectively pinpoint the first component, i.e. partitioning noise thus we opted to separate the two different noise sources.

      Below, we provided a point-by-point response that we hope will clarify all raised concerns.

      Comments:

      (1) In the theoretical model, copy numbers are considered to be conserved across generations. As a consequence, concentrations will decrease over generations due to dilution. While this consideration seems plausible for the considered experimental system, it seems incompatible with components that exhibit production and turnover dynamics. I am therefore wondering about the applicability/scope of the presented approach and to what extent it can be used to study partitioning noise for endogenous components. As presented, the approach seems to be limited to a fairly small class of experiments/situations.

      We see the Reviewer's point. Indeed, we are proposing a high-throughput and robust procedure to measure the partitioning/inheritance noise of cell components through flow cytometry time courses. By using live-cell staining of cellular compounds, we can track the effect of partitioning noise on fluorescence intensity distribution across successive generations. This specific procedure is purposely optimized to isolate partitioning noise from other sources and, as it is, can not track endogenous components or dyes that require fixation. While this certainly poses limits to the proposed approach, there are numerous contexts in which our methodology could be used to explore the role of asymmetric inheritance. Among others, (i) investigating how specific organelles are differentially partitioned and how this influences cellular behavior could provide deeper insights into fundamental biological processes: asymmetric segregation of organelles is a key factor in cell differentiation, aging, and stress response. During cell division, organelles such as mitochondria, the endoplasmic reticulum, lysosomes, peroxisomes, and centrosomes can be unequally distributed between daughter cells, leading to functional differences that influence their fate. For instance, Kajaitso et al. [1] proposed that asymmetric division of mitochondria in stem cells is associated with the retention of stemness traits in one daughter cell and differentiation in the other. As organisms age, stem cells accumulate damage, and to prevent exhaustion and compromised tissue function, cells may use asymmetric inheritance to segregate older or damaged subcellular components into one daughter cell. (ii) Asymmetric division has also been linked to therapeutic resistance in Cancer Stem Cells [2]. Although the functional consequences are not yet fully determined, the asymmetric inheritance of mitochondria is recognized as playing a pivotal role [3]. Another potential application of our methodology may be (iii) the inheritance of lysosomes, which, together with mitochondria, appears to play a crucial role in determining the fate of human blood stem cells [4]. Furthermore, similar to studies conducted on liquid tumors [5][6], our approach could be extended to investigate cell growth dynamics and the origins of cell size homeostasis in adherent cells [7][8][9]. The aforementioned cases of study can be readily addressed using our approach that in general is applicable whenever live-cell dyes can be used. We have added a discussion of the strengths and limitations of the method in the Discussion section of the revised version of the manuscript

      (1) Katajisto, Pekka, et al. "Asymmetric apportioning of aged mitochondria between daughter cells is required for stemness." Science 348.6232 (2015): 340-343.

      (2) Hitomi, Masahiro, et al. "Asymmetric cell division promotes therapeutic resistance in glioblastoma stem cells." JCI insight 6.3 (2021): e130510.

      (3) García-Heredia, José Manuel, and Amancio Carnero. "Role of mitochondria in cancer stem cell resistance." Cells 9.7 (2020): 1693.

      (4) Loeffler, Dirk, et al. "Asymmetric organelle inheritance predicts human blood stem cell fate." Blood, The Journal of the American Society of Hematology 139.13 (2022): 2011-2023.

      (5) Miotto, Mattia, et al. "Determining cancer cells division strategy." arXiv preprint arXiv:2306.10905 (2023).

      (6) Miotto, Mattia, et al. "A size-dependent division strategy accounts for leukemia cell size heterogeneity." Communications Physics 7.1 (2024): 248.

      (7) Kussell, Edo, and Stanislas Leibler. "Phenotypic diversity, population growth, and information in fluctuating environments." Science 309.5743 (2005): 2075-2078.

      (8) McGranahan, Nicholas, and Charles Swanton. "Clonal heterogeneity and tumor evolution: past, present, and the future." Cell 168.4 (2017): 613-628.

      (9) De Martino, Andrea, Thomas Gueudré, and Mattia Miotto. "Exploration-exploitation tradeoffs dictate the optimal distributions of phenotypes for populations subject to fitness fluctuations." Physical Review E 99.1 (2019): 012417.

      (2) Similar to the previous comment, I am wondering what would happen in situations where the generations could not be as clearly identified as in the presented experimental system (e.g., due to variability in cell-cycle length/stage). In this case, it seems to be challenging to identify generations using a Gaussian Mixture Model. Can the authors comment on how to deal with such situations? In the abstract, the authors motivate their work by arguing that detecting cell divisions from microscopy is difficult, but doesn't their flow cytometry-based approach have a similar problem?

      The point raised is an important one, as it highlights the fundamental role of the gating strategy. The ability to identify the distribution of different generations using the Gaussian Mixture Model (GMM) strongly depends on the degree of overlap between distributions. The more the distributions overlap, the less capable we are of accurately separating them.

      The extent of overlap is influenced by the coefficients of variation (CV) of both the partitioning distribution function and the initial component distribution. Specifically, the component distribution at time t results from the convolution of the component distribution itself at time t−1 and the partitioning distribution function. Therefore, starting with a narrow initial component distribution allows for better separation of the generation peaks. The balance between partitioning asymmetry and the width of the initial component distribution is thus crucial.

      As shown in Supplementary Information - Figure 5, increasing the CV of either distribution reduces the ability to distinguish between different generations.

      However, the variance of the initial distribution cannot be reduced arbitrarily. While selecting a narrow distribution facilitates a better reconstruction of the distributions, it simultaneously limits the number of cells available for the experiment. Therefore, for components exhibiting a high level of asymmetry, further narrowing of the initial distribution becomes experimentally impractical.

      In such cases, an approach previously tested on liquid tumors [1] involves applying the Gaussian Mixture Model (GMM) in two dimensions by co-staining another cellular component with lower division asymmetry.

      Regarding time-lapse fluorescence microscopy, the main challenge lies not in disentangling the interplay of different noise sources, but rather in obtaining sufficient statistical power from experimental data. While microscopy provides detailed insights into the division process and component partitioning, its low throughput limits large-scale statistical analyses. Current segmentation algorithms still perform poorly in crowded environments and with complex cell shapes, requiring a substantial portion of the image analysis pipeline to be performed manually, a process that is time-consuming and difficult to scale. In contrast, our cytometry-based approach bypasses this analysis bottleneck, as it enables a direct population-wide measurement of the system's evolution. We have added a detailed discussion of this argument in the Supplementary Material of the manuscript and added a clarification of the role of the gating strategy in the main text.

      (1) Peruzzi, Giovanna, et al. "Asymmetric binomial statistics explains organelle partitioning variance in cancer cell proliferation." Communications Physics 4.1 (2021): 188.

      (3) I could not find any formal definition of division asymmetry. Since this is the most important quantity of this paper, it should be defined clearly.

      We thank the Reviewer for the note. With division asymmetry we refer to a quantity that reflects how similar two daughter cells are likely to be in terms of inherited components after a division process. We opted to measure it via the coefficient of variation (root squared variance divided by the mean) of the partitioning fraction distribution. We have amended this lack of definition in the reviewed version of the manuscript.

      (4) The description of the model is unclear/imprecise in several parts. For instance, it seems to me that the index "i" does not really refer to a cell in the population, but rather a subpopulation of cells that has undergone a certain number of divisions. Furthermore, why is the argument of Equation 11 suddenly the fraction f as opposed to the component number? I strongly recommend carefully rewriting and streamlining the model description and clearly defining all quantities and how they relate to each other.

      We have amending the text carefully to avoid double naming of variables and clarifying each computation passage. In equation 11 the variable f refers to the fluorescent intensity, but the notation will be changed to increase clarity.

      (5) Similarly, I was not able to follow the logic of Section D. I recommend carefully rewriting this section to make the rationale, logic, and conclusions clear to the reader.

      We have updated the manuscript clarifying the scope of section D and its results. In brief, Section A presents a general model to derive the variance of the partitioning distribution from flow cytometry time-course data without making any assumptions about the shape of the distribution itself. In Section D, our goal is to interpret the origin of asymmetry and propose a possible form for the partitioning distribution. Since the dyes used bind non-specifically to cytoplasmic amines, the tagged proteins are expected to be uniformly distributed throughout the cytoplasm and present in large numbers. Given these assumptions the least complex model for division follows the binomial distribution, with a parameter that measures the bias in the process. Therefore, we performed a similar computation to that in Section A, which allows us to estimate not only the variance but also the degree of biased asymmetry. Finally, we fitted the data to this new model and proposed an experimental interpretation of the results.

      (6) Much theoretical work has been done recently to couple cell-cycle variability to intracellular dynamics. While the authors neglect the latter for simplicity, it would be important to further discuss these approaches and why their simplified model is suitable for their particular experiments.

      We agree with the Reviewer, we have added a discussion on this topic in the Introduction and Discussion sections of the main text.

      (7) In the discussion the authors note that the microscopy-based estimates may lead to an overestimation of the fluctuations due to limited statistics. I could not follow that reasoning. Due to the gating in the flow cytometry measurements, I could imagine that the resulting populations are more stringently selected as compared to microscopy. Could that also be an explanation? More generally, it would be interesting to see how robust the results are in terms of different gating diameters.

      The Reviewer is right on the importance of the sorting procedure. As already discussed in a previous point, the gating strategy we employed plays a fundamental role: it reduces the overlap of fluorescence distributions as generations progress, enables the selection of an initial distribution distinct from the fluorescence background, allowing for longer tracking of proliferation, and synchronizes the initial population. The narrower the initial distribution, the more separated the peaks of different generations will be. However, this also results in a smaller number of cells available for the experiment, requiring a careful balance between precision and experimental feasibility. A similar procedure, although it would certainly limit the estimation error, would be impracticable In the case of microscopy. Indeed, the primary limitation and source of error is the number of recorded events. Our pipeline allowed us to track on the order of hundreds of division dynamics, but the analysis time scales non-linearly with the number of events. Significantly increasing the dataset would have been extremely time-consuming. Reducing the analysis to cells with similar fluorescence, although theoretically true, would have reduced the statistics to a level where the sampling error would drastically dominate the measure. Moreover, different experiments would have been hardly comparable, since different fluorescences could map in equally sized cells. In light of these factors, we expect higher CV for the microscopy measure than for flow cytometry’s ones. In the plots below, we show the behaviour of the mean and the standard deviation of N numbers sampled from a gaussian distribution N(0,1) as a function of the sampling number N. The higher is N the closer the sampled distribution will be to the true one. The region in the hundreds of samples is still very noisy, but to do much better we would have to reach the order of thousands. We have added a discussion on these aspects in the reviewed version of the manuscript, with a deeper description of the importance of the sorting procedure in the Supplementary Material. .

      Author response image 1.

      Standard deviation and mean value of a distribution of points sampled from a Gaussian distribution with mean 0 and standard deviation 1, versus the number of samples, N. Increasing N leads to a closer approximation of the expected values. In orange is highlighted the Microscopy Working Region (Microscopy WR) which corresponds to the number of samples we are able to reach with microscopy experiments. In yellow the region we would have to reach to lower the estimating error, which is although very expensive in terms of analysis time.

      (7) It would be helpful to show flow cytometry plots including the identified subpopulations for all cell lines, currently, they are shown only for HCT116 cells. More generally, very little raw data is shown.

      We have provided the requested plots for the other cell lines together with additional raw data coming from simulations in the Supplementary Material.

      (8) The title of the manuscript could be tailored more to the considered problem. At the moment it is very generic.

      We see the Reviewer point. The proposed title aims at conveying the wide applicability of the presented approach, which ultimately allows for the assessment of the levels of fluctuations in the levels of the cellular components at division. This in turn reflects the asymmetricity in the division.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) I am quite concerned about the fact that the theory only considers fluctuations due to cellular division events since intrinsic and extrinsic noise sources are often dominant. I suggest that the authors simulate a full model of cell growth and division (that accounts for fluctuations in gene expression, cell-cycle dynamics, and cell division to generate a controlled synthetic dataset and then use this as input to their method to understand how robust are their results to the influence of noise sources other than partitioning.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestions and following his advice we performed two sets of simulations in which we took into account the effect of the other noise sources. A detailed description of the results and the methods has been added to the Supplementary Material, while the topic has also been assessed in the main text. A cell proliferation cycle is affected by different sources of variability: (i) production and degradation processes of molecules; (ii) variability in length of the cell cycle; (iii) partitioning noise, which identifies asymmetric inheritance of components between the two daughter cells. However, the experimental approach and the model have been formulated to specifically address the effects of partitioning noise. Indeed, since we are dealing with components tagged via live fluorescent markers, production of new fluorophores is impossible and can therefore be discarded. Instead, the degradation process is a global effect that influences the behavior of the mean of the distribution in a time-dependent manner. However, by looking at the experimental data in Figure 1 of the main text, no significant depletion of fluorescence is observed, or at least it is hidden by the experimental fluctuations of the measure. Instead, a more careful evaluation has to be done for what concerns fluctuation in cell cycle length. We conducted two sets of simulations. In the first, we assumed the independence between fluctuations in cell cycle length and partitioning noise.

      Cell’s division time was extracted from an Erlang distribution (mean = 18 , k = 4) and the results, showing the behavior of the mean and variance of the component distributions across generations, are presented in Supplementary Information - Figure 1. Under the assumption of independence between different noise sources, no significant effects were observed even for high asymmetries of the partitioning distribution. The second set of simulations considered a situation in which the cell’s components and division time are coupled. We assumed a sizer-like division strategy for which bigger cells have a shorter division time and the results of the simulations are shown in Supplementary Information - Figure 2.

      As can be observed, higher levels of division asymmetry increase the fluctuations of the system relative to the analytically expected behavior, particularly in later generations.

      The result in Supplementary Information - Figure 3 demonstrates the robustness of our method, as the estimates remain within the pre-established experimental error margin. However, a detailed description of this topic has been provided in the Supplementary Information and into the main text.

      (2) I find the use of the Cauchy distribution somewhat odd since this does not have a finite mean or a variance and I suspect it is unlikely this mimics a naturally measurable distribution in their experiments. This should either be justified biologically or else replaced by a more realistic distribution.

      Following the reviewer’s suggestion, we have changed the distribution to Gaussian one.

      (3) There is a large body of literature on gene expression models that incorporate a large amount of detail including cell-cycle dynamics and cell division which are relevant to their discussion but not referenced. I suggest they read the following and see how to incorporate at least some of them in their discussion:

      Frequency domain analysis of fluctuations of mRNA and protein copy numbers within a cell lineage: theory and experimental validation., Physical Review X, 11.2 (2021): 021032.

      Exact solution of stochastic gene expression models with bursting, cell cycle and replication dynamics., Physical Review E, 101.3 (2020): 032403.

      Coupling gene expression dynamics to cell size dynamics and cell cycle events: Exact and approximate solutions of the extended telegraph model., Iscience, 26.1 (2023).

      Models of protein production along the cell cycle: An investigation of possible sources of noise., Plos one, 15.1 (2020): e0226016.

      Sources, propagation and consequences of stochasticity in cellular growth., Nature communications, 9(1), 4528

      Intrinsic and extrinsic noise of gene expression in lineage trees., Scientific Reports, 9.1 (2019): 474.

      We thank the Reviewer for the provided articles. We enlarged both introduction and discussion commenting on them, also in response to the second Reviewer comments.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Even when it is used only during simulation for the sake of illustration, the Cauchy distribution is a somewhat unfortunate choice as its moments do not exist and hence, the authors' approach would not apply. I would recommend using another distribution instead.

      Following the Reviewer’s suggestion we have changed the distribution to Gaussian ones.

      (2) "cells population" should be "cell population".

      We have amended this mistake in the text.

    1. Synthèse sur les Événements Traumatiques et le Secourisme en Santé Mentale

      Résumé

      Ce document de synthèse analyse en profondeur la nature des événements traumatiques, le trouble de stress post-traumatique (TSPT) et le rôle crucial des secouristes en santé mentale.

      S'appuyant sur des expertises psychiatriques et des témoignages de terrain, il ressort que la compréhension du traumatisme repose sur la distinction fondamentale entre le stress aigu, une réaction adaptative normale, et le TSPT, un trouble chronique pouvant se manifester des mois après l'événement.

      L'intervention d'un secouriste PSSM (Premiers Secours en Santé Mentale) est essentielle pour créer un climat de sécurité, d'écoute non-jugeante et de réassurance.

      Les études de cas de Fabienne, assistante sociale, et de Laurine, une jeune femme aidant une amie, démontrent l'application pratique des compétences PSSM :

      • la patience,
      • la capacité à laisser du temps à la personne pour s'exprimer et
      • l'importance de la mise en sécurité

      sont des piliers de l'intervention.

      Le secouriste agit comme un maillon essentiel, guidant la personne en souffrance vers des ressources professionnelles adaptées (thérapies comme l'EMDR, centres médico-psychologiques), tout en apprenant à gérer son propre stress et à reconnaître les limites de son rôle.

      La formation PSSM est présentée comme une démarche citoyenne indispensable pour briser les tabous et outiller chacun à apporter un premier soutien efficace.

      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

      I. Définition et Compréhension des Traumatismes Psychiques

      A. L'Événement à Potentiel Traumatique

      Un événement est considéré comme potentiellement traumatique lorsqu'il confronte une personne, directement ou indirectement, à la mort, à une menace de mort, à la peur de mourir, à de graves blessures ou à une menace pour son intégrité physique ou celle d'un tiers.

      Caractéristiques : Il provoque généralement une détresse intense, un sentiment d'impuissance et d'horreur.

      Exemples : Actes de violence interpersonnelle (viols, agressions), accidents, catastrophes naturelles, guerres, attentats, actes de torture.

      Statistiques clés (selon l'OMS) :

      70 % des personnes dans le monde vivent un événement potentiellement traumatisant au cours de leur vie.    ◦ Environ 4 % de ces personnes sont susceptibles de développer un TSPT.

      B. Le Trouble de Stress Post-Traumatique (TSPT)

      Le TSPT est un trouble qui peut survenir après un événement traumatique. Il se caractérise par des réactions intenses, désagréables et dysfonctionnelles qui persistent dans le temps.

      Symptômes principaux :

      Reviviscence : Flashbacks, cauchemars, intrusions sensorielles.  

      Évitement : Efforts pour éviter les lieux, personnes ou pensées liés au trauma.  

      Hypervigilance : État d'alerte constant, irritabilité, sursauts.   

      Altérations cognitives et de l'humeur : Ruminations, changements d'humeur rapides, sentiment de culpabilité ou de honte.

      Troubles associés : Le TSPT s'accompagne fréquemment de dérégulation émotionnelle, de troubles anxiodépressifs ou de troubles liés à l'usage de substances. Un rétablissement est souvent possible avec une prise en charge adaptée.

      C. Distinction entre Stress Aigu et TSPT

      Selon le Dr Jean-Michel de Lille, psychiatre, il est crucial de différencier ces deux états :

      Caractéristique

      Stress Aigu

      Trouble de Stress Post-Traumatique (TSPT)

      Nature

      Réaction adaptative et normale face à un danger imminent.

      Trouble chronique et pathologique.

      Fonction

      Mécanisme de défense (le corps se prépare à fuir ou combattre : cœur qui s'accélère, muscles irrigués).

      Le système de stress reste activé longtemps après la disparition du danger.

      Durée

      Temporaire. La pression redescend en quelques jours ou semaines une fois le danger écarté.

      Dure plusieurs mois, voire s'installe durablement. Peut survenir à distance de l'événement (parfois un an après).

      Facteurs de risque pour le TSPT

      Vulnérabilités génétiques, antécédents de traumatismes infantiles (négligence, abus) qui réactivent un stress plus ancien.

      D. Les Portes d'Entrée du TSPT

      Le Dr de Lille identifie trois principales manières de développer un TSPT, initialement décrites en psychiatrie militaire :

      1. Être victime : Avoir subi directement la violence ou l'événement traumatique.

      2. Être témoin : Le fait d'être un "témoin impuissant" est une porte d'entrée majeure.

      Les taux de TSPT chez les survivants du Bataclan sont plus élevés chez les témoins que chez les victimes directement blessées.

      Ce phénomène est aussi crucial chez les enfants témoins de violences conjugales, dont l'impact neuropsychique est décisif.

      3. Être auteur : Plus rare, le fait d'avoir commis des actes de violence peut également générer des retours traumatiques.

      II. Manifestations et Symptômes du TSPT

      A. La Reviviscence Traumatique (Flashbacks et Cauchemars)

      La reviviscence, ou "intrusion", est l'un des symptômes les plus douloureux du TSPT. La personne revit la scène traumatique de manière involontaire et intense.

      Flashbacks : La scène est revécue y compris physiquement (cœur qui s'accélère, panique) en l'absence de danger objectif.

      Ils peuvent être déclenchés par des éléments sensoriels anodins (ex: croiser un homme avec des lunettes si l'agresseur portait des lunettes).

      Cauchemars : Le sommeil est un moment où l'évitement est impossible, les cauchemars ramènent la scène traumatique.

      L'exemple est donné d'un jeune militaire hanté des années plus tard par les odeurs d'un charnier qu'il avait dû déterrer, le menant à abuser de morphine et d'alcool pour obtenir un "sommeil anesthétique".

      B. Les Stratégies d'Évitement et l'Hypervigilance

      En réaction à la douleur des intrusions, la personne développe des stratégies d'évitement.

      Comportements : Ne plus prendre les transports en commun, éviter le quartier de l'agression, éviter certaines dates (anniversaires).

      Conséquences : Dans les cas sévères, cela peut conduire à un isolement social complet, où toute interaction est perçue comme une menace potentielle.

      Hypervigilance anxieuse : La personne est constamment sur ses gardes, méfiante, a l'impression que le danger va resurgir, ce qui rend la vie "absolument invivable".

      C. L'Impact Émotionnel et Comportemental

      Le TSPT affecte profondément la sphère émotionnelle et les relations sociales.

      Culpabilité et Honte : Des sentiments de culpabilité ("pourquoi ai-je survécu et pas d'autres ?") ou de honte (particulièrement dans des métiers où l'expression des émotions est taboue) sont fréquents.

      Irritabilité et Isolement : Comme observé dans le cas de l'agent de la route, la personne peut devenir irritable, s'isoler de ses collègues et de sa famille.

      III. Le Rôle du Secouriste en Santé Mentale (PSSM)

      A. Principes Fondamentaux de l'Intervention

      L'intervention d'un secouriste PSSM repose sur des principes clés pour aider une personne suite à un événement traumatique.

      1. Créer la Sécurité : L'élément "absolument décisif" est de recréer un climat de sécurité et d'apaisement, de garantir que l'échange se déroule dans un espace sûr.

      2. Adopter une Posture Non-Jugeante : Se positionner sur un terrain de parité, d'empathie et de soin, sans se présenter comme un expert.

      3. Accueillir et Laisser le Temps : Laisser le temps à la personne d'exprimer ou de ne pas exprimer ses émotions, sans la presser.

      La formation PSSM insiste sur cette "notion de temps" et de pauses.

      B. Actions Clés face à une Personne en Crise

      Face à une personne qui revit un événement, le secouriste peut :

      Rassurer sur la culpabilité : Aider la personne à comprendre qu'elle n'est pas coupable de ce qui s'est passé et qu'elle est une personne respectable.

      Écouter activement : Permettre à la personne de verbaliser ce qu'elle a vu, ressenti et comment elle se sent aujourd'hui.

      Réorienter en douceur vers le présent : Lors d'un flashback, introduire gentiment le doute pour aider la personne à faire la part des choses entre la réalité passée (l'agression) et la réalité présente (la sécurité actuelle).

      Exemple : "Le monsieur avec des lunettes dans le tram n'est pas celui que vous avez vu il y a des années."

      Informer sur les ressources : Même si la personne n'est pas prête à parler, lui fournir des informations sur les professionnels et les lieux où elle peut trouver de l'aide (plateformes téléphoniques, médecin, etc.).

      C. Connaître ses Limites et Orienter vers les Professionnels

      Le secouriste PSSM n'est pas un professionnel de santé. Il est crucial de reconnaître les limites de son intervention.

      Le rôle est d'être un pont, d'accompagner la personne vers une prise en charge adaptée et personnalisée par des professionnels qualifiés.

      IV. Études de Cas : Applications Pratiques du Secourisme

      A. Cas de Fabienne : L'Agent de la Route Traumatisé

      Fabienne, assistante sociale et secouriste PSSM, est intervenue auprès d'un agent de la route mutique après avoir été confronté à une victime décédée.

      Aspect

      Description

      Contexte

      Un agent de la route est en retrait et isolé après avoir été témoin d'un accident mortel.

      Le public est majoritairement masculin, peu habitué à parler des émotions, avec un sentiment de "honte" à exprimer sa fragilité.

      Défi

      L'agent reste silencieux lors des deux premières tentatives d'entretien. Il refuse de se livrer.

      Approche PSSM

      Fabienne fait preuve d'une grande patience. Elle laisse passer près d'un mois entre la première et la troisième rencontre.

      Elle lui fournit des informations sur les ressources dès le deuxième entretien, anticipant un besoin urgent. Lors du troisième entretien (initié par l'agent), elle applique les principes PSSM :

      elle prend le temps, accueille les émotions avec une "qualité d'écoute différente", et laisse des temps de pause importants.

      Résultat

      L'agent parvient enfin à s'exprimer, livrant son mal-être (cauchemars, irritabilité).

      Fabienne l'oriente précisément vers un centre médico-psychologique spécialisé. Plus tard, l'agent la remercie pour son aide et sa confiance.

      B. Cas de Laurine : L'Amie en Pleine Reviviscence

      Laurine, secouriste PSSM, a aidé une amie proche, diagnostiquée TSPT suite à une enfance violente, lors d'un flashback.

      Aspect

      Description

      Contexte

      L'amie a une enfance marquée par une mère alcoolique et un père violent.

      Elle se sent coupable de la mort de ses animaux de compagnie, survenue dans des circonstances troubles.

      L'alcool est souvent un "facilitateur d'anxiété" pour elle.

      Déclencheur

      En sortie de boîte de nuit, la vue d'un chien déclenche une reviviscence intense.

      Elle s'effondre en appelant le nom de son chien décédé, persuadée de l'avoir retrouvé.

      Intervention

      1. Mise en sécurité : Laurine l'isole d'un groupe d'hommes alcoolisés.

      1. Écoute et validation : Elle ne la contredit pas frontalement ("je veux bien te croire qu'il ressemble beaucoup") mais tente de la ramener à la réalité.

      2. Fermeté bienveillante : Face à l'insistance de son amie, elle reste ferme pour la ramener en lieu sûr ("moi en tant qu'amie je peux pas te laisser y retourner").

      Réflexion et Résultat

      Avec le recul, Laurine pense qu'elle aurait dû être "plus dans l'écoute" et moins dans la volonté de "raisonner".

      Le lendemain, elle encourage son amie à en parler à sa psychologue.

      L'amie aborde ce trauma en thérapie EMDR et comprend qu'elle a fait un transfert : son désir de sauver le chien était le reflet de son propre désir d'avoir été sauvée enfant.

      V. Prise en Charge Professionnelle et Ressources

      A. Thérapies Spécifiques pour le TSPT

      Le Dr de Lille souligne des avancées majeures dans les thérapies du TSPT, notamment les thérapies d'exposition prolongée.

      L'objectif est de permettre à la personne d'évoquer le souvenir traumatique sans subir les symptômes de panique, afin de "désamorcer le couplage" entre la mémoire et la souffrance physique.

      Méthodes psychothérapeutiques :

      EMDR (MDR en français) : Thérapie brève utilisant des mouvements oculaires répétitifs pour "digérer" le souvenir traumatique.    ◦ ICV (Intégration du Cycle de la Vie)

      Approches pharmacologiques :

      Méthode Brunet : Utilisation de bêta-bloquants (ex: Vlocardie) pour diminuer la réaction physique lors de l'évocation.   

      Expérimentations : Des recherches sont en cours avec de nouvelles molécules comme la MDMA.

      B. Ressources et Soutien Disponibles

      Le podcast met en avant plusieurs ressources pour les personnes concernées et les aidants :

      Numéros d'urgence : 112, 15, 18 et le 3114 (numéro national de prévention du suicide).

      PSSM France :

      ◦ Le site internet pour se former aux premiers secours en santé mentale.   

      ◦ Le "Carnet du secouriste en santé mentale : mieux aider un adulte suite à un événement traumatique" (téléchargement gratuit).

      Centre National de Ressources et de résilience (CN2R) : Chaîne YouTube et témoignages pour améliorer la prise en charge du psychotraumatisme.

      Podcast "Émotion" par Louis Média : L'épisode "Stress post-traumatique : Comment s'inscrit-il dans notre corps ?".

      VI. Apports et Valeur de la Formation PSSM France

      A. Un Cadre Sécurisant pour l'Aidant

      La formation PSSM est décrite comme un outil essentiel qui fournit un "cadre sécurisant" à l'aidant.

      Elle permet de savoir quoi faire, mais surtout "ce qu'il ne faut pas faire" et "ne pas dire".

      • Elle incite à prendre de la hauteur et à requestionner ses propres pratiques et réflexes.

      • Elle aide à gérer son propre stress et à se sentir moins affecté personnellement, ce qui est crucial pour pouvoir aider efficacement sans s'épuiser.

      B. Témoignages sur l'Impact de la Formation

      Pour Fabienne : La formation a enrichi son approche, notamment sur "cette notion du temps" et l'importance de "laisser à l'autre la possibilité ou pas de dire".

      Pour Laurine : La formation lui a permis de trouver un moyen d'avoir du recul, de moins culpabiliser et de prendre conscience du réseau de ressources existant (elle ne connaissait pas PSSM avant).

      C. Un Enjeu Citoyen pour Briser les Tabous

      Le podcast conclut en soulignant que, tout comme les premiers secours physiques, les premiers secours en santé mentale sont une démarche citoyenne.

      La formation permet d'acquérir des "clés toutes simples" qui peuvent aider de nombreuses personnes.

      Elle encourage chacun à jouer un rôle pour briser les tabous autour des troubles psychiques et à "apprendre à aider".

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1:

      Concerns Public Review:

      1)The framing of 'infinite possible types of conflict' feels like a strawman. While they might be true across stimuli (which may motivate a feature-based account of control), the authors explore the interpolation between two stimuli. Instead, this work provides confirmatory evidence that task difficulty is represented parametrically (e.g., consistent with literatures like n-back, multiple object tracking, and random dot motion). This parametric encoding is standard in feature-based attention, and it's not clear what the cognitive map framing is contributing.

      Suggestion:

      1) 'infinite combinations'. I'm frankly confused by the authors response. I don't feel like the framing has changed very much, besides a few minor replacements. Previous work in MSIT (e.g., by the author Zhongzheng Fu) has looked at whether conflict levels are represented similarly across conflict types using multivariate analyses. In the paper mentioned by Ritz & Shenhav (2023), the authors looked at whether conflict levels are represented similarly across conflict types using multivariate analyses. It's not clear what this paper contributes theoretically beyond the connections to cognitive maps, which feel like an interpretative framework rather than a testable hypothesis (i.e., these previous paper could have framed their work as cognitive maps).

      Response: We acknowledge the limitations inherent in our experimental design, which prevents us from conducting a strict test of the cognitive space view. In our previous revision, we took steps to soften our conclusions and emphasize these limitations. However, we still believe that our study offers valuable and novel insights into the cognitive space, and the tests we conducted are not merely strawman arguments.

      Specifically, our study aimed to investigate the fundamental principles of the cognitive space view, as we stated in our manuscript that “the representations of different abstract information are organized continuously and the representational geometry in the cognitive space is determined by the similarity among the represented information (Bellmund et al., 2018)”. While previous research has applied multivariate analyses to understand cognitive control representation, no prior studies had directedly tested the two key hypotheses associated with cognitive space: (1) that cognitive control representation across conflict types is continuous, and (2) that the similarity among representations of different conflict types is determined by their external similarity.

      Our study makes a unique contribute by directly testing these properties through a parametric manipulation of different conflict types. This approach differs significantly from previous studies in two ways. First, our parametric manipulation involves more than two levels of conflict similarity, enabling us to directly test the two critical hypotheses mentioned above. Unlike studies such as Fu et al. (2022) and other that have treated different conflict types categorically, we introduced a gradient change in conflict similarity. This differentiation allowed us to employ representational similarity analysis (RSA) over the conflict similarity, which goes beyond mere decoding as utilized in prior work (see more explanation below for the difference between Fu et al., 2022 and our study [1]).

      Second, our parametric manipulation of conflict types differs from previous studies that have manipulated task difficulty, and the modulation of multivariate pattern similarity observed in our study could not be attributed by task difficulty. Previous research, including the Ritz & Shenhav (2023) (see below explanation[2]), has primarily shown that task difficulty modulates univoxel brain activation. A recent work by Wen & Egner (2023) reported a gradual change in the multivariate pattern of brain activations across a wide range of frontoparietal areas, supporting the reviewer’s idea that “task difficulty is represented parametrically”. However, we do not believe that our results reflect the task difficulty representation. For instance, in our study, the spatial Stroop-only and Simon-only conditions exhibited similar levels of difficulty, as indicated by their relatively comparable congruency effects (Fig. S1). Despite this similarity in difficulty, we found that the representational similarity between these two conditions was the lowest (see revised Fig. S4, the most off-diagonal value). This observation aligns more closely with our hypothesis that these two conditions are most dissimilar in terms of their conflict types.

      [1] Fu et al. (2022) offers important insights into the geometry of cognitive space for conflict processing. They demonstrated that Simon and flanker conflicts could be distinguished by a decoder that leverages the representational geometry within a multidimensional space. However, their model of cognitive space primarily relies on categorical definitions of conflict types (i.e., Simon versus flanker), rather than exploring a parametric manipulation of these conflict types. The categorical manipulations make it difficult to quantify conceptual similarity between conflict types and hence limit the ability to test whether neural representations of conflict capture conceptual similarity. To the best of our knowledge, no previous studies have manipulated the conflict types parametrically. This gap highlights a broader challenge within cognitive science: effectively manipulating and measuring similarity levels for conflicts, as well as other high-level cognitive processes, which are inherently abstract. We therefore believe our parametric manipulation of conflict types, despite its inevitable limitations, is an important contribution to the literature.

      We have incorporated the above statements into our revised manuscript: Methodological implications. Previous studies with mixed conflicts have applied mainly categorical manipulations of conflict types, such as the multi-source interference task (Fu et al., 2022) and color Stroop-Simon task (Liu et al., 2010). The categorical manipulations make it difficult to quantify conceptual similarity between conflict types and hence limit the ability to test whether neural representations of conflict capture conceptual similarity. To the best of our knowledge, no previous studies have manipulated the conflict types parametrically. This gap highlights a broader challenge within cognitive science: effectively manipulating and measuring similarity levels for conflicts, as well as other high-level cognitive processes, which are inherently abstract. The use of an experimental paradigm that permits parametric manipulation of conflict similarity provides a way to systematically investigate the organization of cognitive control, as well as its influence on adaptive behaviors.

      [2] The work by Ritz & Shenhav (2023) indeed applied multivariate analyses, but they did not test the representational similarity across different levels of task difficulty in a similar way as our investigation into different levels of conflict types, neither did they manipulated conflict types as our study. They first estimated univariate brain activations that were parametrically scaled by task difficulty (e.g., target coherence), yielding one map of parameter estimates (i.e., encoding subspace) for each of the target coherence and distractor congruence. The multivoxel patterns from the above maps were correlated to test whether the target coherence and distractor congruence share the similar neural encoding. It is noteworthy that the encoding of task difficulty in their study is estimated at the univariate level, like the univariate parametric modulation analysis in our study. The representational similarity across target coherence and distractor congruence was the second-order test and did not reflect the similarity across different difficulty levels. Though, we have found another study (Wen & Egner, 2023) that has directly tested the representational similarity across different levels of task difficulty, and they observed a higher representational similarity between conditions with similar difficulty levels within a wide range of brain regions.

      Reference:

      Wen, T., & Egner, T. (2023). Context-independent scaling of neural responses to task difficulty in the multiple-demand network. Cerebral Cortex, 33(10), 6013-6027. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhac479

      Fu, Z., Beam, D., Chung, J. M., Reed, C. M., Mamelak, A. N., Adolphs, R., & Rutishauser, U. (2022). The geometry of domain-general performance monitoring in the human medial frontal cortex. Science (New York, N.Y.), 376(6593), eabm9922. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.abm9922

      Ritz, H., & Shenhav, A. (2023). Orthogonal neural encoding of targets and distractors supports multivariate cognitive control. https://doi.org/10.1101/2022.12.01.518771 Another issue is suggesting mixtures between two types of conflict may be many independent sources of conflict. Again, this feels like the strawman. There's a difference between infinite combinations of stimuli on the one hand, and levels of feature on the other hand. The issue of infinite stimuli is why people have proposed feature-based accounts, which are often parametric, eg color, size, orientation, spatial frequency. Mixing two forms of conflict is interesting, but the task limitations (i.e., highly correlated features) prevent an analysis of whether these are truly mixed (or eg reflect variations on just one of the conflict types). Without being able to compare a mixture between types vs levels of only one type, it's not clear what you can draw from these results re: how these are combined (and not clear how it reconciles the debate between general and specific).

      Response: As the reviewer pointed out, a feature (or a parameterization) is an efficient way to encode potentially infinite stimuli. This is the same idea as our hypothesis: different conflict types are represented in a cognitive space akin to concrete features such as a color spectrum. This concept can be illustrated in the figure below.

      Author response image 1.

      We would like to clarify that in our study we have manipulated five levels of conflict types, but they all originated from two fundamental sources: vertically spatial Stroop and horizontally Simon conflicts. We agree that the mixture of these two sources does not inherently generate additional conflict sources. However, this mixture does influence the similarity among different conflict conditions, which provides essential variability that is crucial for testing the core hypotheses (i.e., continuity and similarity modulation, see the response above) of the cognitive space view. This clarification is crucial as the reviewer’s impression might have been influenced by our introduction, where we repeatedly emphasized multiple sources of conflicts. Our aim in the introduction was to outline a broader conceptual framework, which might not directly reflect the specific design of our current study. Recognizing the possibility of misinterpretation, we have adjusted our introduction and discussion to place less emphasis on the variety of possible conflict sources. For example, we have removed the expression “The large variety of conflict sources implies that there may be innumerable number of conflict conditions” from the introduction. As we have addressed in the previous response, the observed conflict similarity effect could not be attributed to merely task difficulty. Similarly, the mixture of spatial Stroop and Simon conflicts should not be attributed to one conflict source only; doing so would oversimplify it to an issue of task difficulty, as it would imply that our manipulation of conflict types merely represented varying levels of a single conflict, akin to manipulating task difficulty when everything else being equal. Importantly, the mixed conditions differ from variations along a single conflict source in that they also incorporate components of the other conflict source, thereby introducing difference beyond that would be found within variances of a single conflict source. There are a few additional evidence challenging the single dimension assumption. In our previous revisions, we compared model fittings between the Cognitive-Space model and the Stroop-/Simon-only models, and results showed that the CognitiveSpace model (BIC = 5377093) outperformed the Stroop-Only (BIC = 5377122) and Simon-Only (BIC = 5377096) models. This suggests that mixed conflicts might not be solely reflective of either Stroop or Simon sources, although we did not include these results due to concerns raised by reviewers about the validity of such comparisons, given the high anticorrelation between the two dimensions. Furthermore, Fu et al. (2022) demonstrated that the mixture of Simon and Flanker conflicts (the sf condition) is represented as the vector sum of the Flanker and Simon dimensions within their space model, indicating a compositional nature. Similarly, our mixed conditions are combinations of Stroop and Simon conflicts, and it is plausible that these mixtures represent a fusion of both Stroop and Simon components, rather than just one. Thus, we disagree that the mixture of conflicts is a strawman. In response to this concern, we have included a statement in our limitation section: “Another limitation is that in our design, the spatial Stroop and Simon effects are highly anticorrelated. This constraint may make the five conflict types represented in a unidimensional space (e.g., a circle) embedded in a 2D space. This limitation also means we cannot conclusively rule out the possibility of a real unidimensional space driven solely by spatial Stroop or Simon conflicts. However, this appears unlikely, as it would imply that our manipulation of conflict types merely represented varying levels of a single conflict, akin to manipulating task difficulty when everything else being equal. If task difficulty were the primary variable, we would expect to see greater representational similarity between task conditions of similar difficulty, such as the Stroop and Simon conditions, which demonstrates comparable congruency effects (see Fig. S1). Contrary to this, our findings reveal that the Stroop-only and Simon-only conditions exhibit the lowest representational similarity (Fig. S4). Furthermore, Fu et al. (2022) has shown that the representation of mixtures of Simon and Flanker conflicts was compositional, rather than reflecting single dimension, which also applies to our cases.”

      My recommendation would be to dramatically rewrite to reduce the framing of this providing critical evidence in favor of cognitive maps, and being more overt about the limitations of this task. However, the authors are not required to make further revisions in eLife's new model, and it's not clear how my scores would change if they made those revisions (ie the conceptual limitations would remain, the claims would just now match the more limited scope).

      Response: With the above rationales and the adjustments we have made in the manuscripts, we believe that we have thoroughly acknowledged and articulated the limitations of our study. Therefore, we have decided against a complete rewrite of the manuscript.

      Public Review:

      2) The representations within DLPFC appear to treat 100% Stoop and (to a lesser extent) 100% Simon differently than mixed trials. Within mixed trials, the RDM within this region don't strongly match the predictions of the conflict similarity model. It appears that there may be a more complex relationship encoded in this region.

      Suggestion:

      2) RSMs in the key region of interest. I don't really understand the authors response here either. e.g,. 'It is essential to clarify that our conclusions were based on the significant similarity modulation effect identified in our statistical analysis using the cosine similarity model, where we did not distinguish between the within-Stroop condition and the other four within-conflict conditions (Fig. 7A, now Fig. 8A). This means that the representation of conflict type was not biased by the seemingly disparities in the values shown here'. In Figure 1C, it does look like they are testing this model.

      It seems like a stronger validation would test just the mixture trials (i.e., ignoring Simon-only and stroop-only). However, simon/stroop-only conditions being qualitatively different does beg the question of whether these are being represented parametrically vs categorically.

      Response: We apologize for the confusion caused by our previous response. To clarify, our conclusions have been drawn based on the robust conflict similarity effect.

      The conflict similarity regressor is defined by higher values in the diagonal cells (representing within-conflict similarity) than the off-diagonal cells (indicating between-conflict similarity), as illustrated in Fig. 1C and Fig. 8A (now Fig. 4B). It is important to note that this regressor may not be particularly sensitive to the variations within the diagonal cells. Our previous response aimed to emphasize that the inconsistencies observed along the diagonal do not contradict our core hypothesis regarding the conflict similarity effect.

      We recognized that since the visualization in Fig. S4, based on the raw RSM (i.e., Pearson correlation), may have been influenced by other regressors in our model than the conflict similarity effect. To reflect pattern similarity with confounding factors controlled for, we have visualized the RSM by including only the fixed effect of the conflict similarity and the residual while excluding all other factors. As shown in the revised Figure S4, the difference between the within-Stroop and other diagonal cells was greatly reduced. Instead, it revealed a clear pattern where that the diagonal values were higher than the off-diagonal values in the incongruent condition, aligning with our hypothesis regarding the conflict similarity modulator. Although some visual distinctions persist within the five diagonal cells (e.g., in the incongruent condition, the Stroop, Simon, and StMSmM conditions appear slightly lower than StHSmL and StLSmM conditions), follow-up one-way ANOVAs among these five diagonal conditions showed no significant differences. This held true for both incongruent and congruent conditions, with Fs < 1. Thus, we conclude that there is no strong evidence supporting the notion that Simon- and spatial Stroop-only conditions are systematically different from other conflict types. As a result, we decided not to exclude these two conflict types from analysis.

      Author response image 2.

      The stronger conflict type similarity effect in incongruent versus congruent conditions. Shown are the summary representational similarity matrices for the right 8C region in incongruent (left) and congruent (right) conditions, respectively. Each cell represents the averaged Pearson correlation (after regressing out all factors except the conflict similarity) of cells with the same conflict type and congruency in the 1400×1400 matrix. Note that the seemingly disparities in the values of withinconflict cells (i.e., the diagonal) did not reach significance for either incongruent or congruent trials, Fs < 1.

      Public Review:

      3) To orthogonalized their variables, the authors need to employ a complex linear mixed effects analysis, with a potential influence of implementation details (e.g., high-level interactions and inflated degrees of freedom).

      Suggestion:

      3) The DF for a mixed model should not be the number of observations minus the number of fixed effects. The gold standard is to use satterthwaite correction (e.g. in Matlab, fixedEffects(lme,'DFMethod','satterthwaite')), or number of subjects - number of fixed effects (i.e. you want to generalize to new subjects, not just new samples from the same subjects). Honestly, running a 4-way interaction probably is probably using more degrees of freedom than are appropriate given the number of subjects.

      Response: We concur with the reviewer’s comment that our previous estimation of degrees of freedom (DFs) was inaccurate. Following your suggestion, we have now applied the “Satterthwaite” approach to approximate the DFs for all our linear mixed effect model analyses. This adjustment has led to the correction of both DFs and p values. In the Methods section, we have mentioned this revision.

      “We adjusted the t and p values with the degrees of freedom calculated through the Satterthwaite approximation method (Satterthwaite, 1946). Of note, this approach was applied to all the mixed-effect model analyses in this study.”

      The application of this method has indeed resulted in a reduction of our statistical significance. However, our overall conclusions remained robust. Instead of the highly stringent threshold used in our previous version (Bonferonni corrected p < .0001), we have now adopted a relatively more lenient threshold of Bonferonni correction at p < 0.05, which is commonly employed in the literature. Furthermore, it is worth noting that the follow-up criteria 2 and 3 are inherently second-order analyses. Criterion 2 involves examining the interaction effect (conflict similarity effect difference between incongruent and congruent conditions), and criterion 3 involves individual correlation analyses. Due to their second-order nature, these criteria inherently have lower statistical power compared to criterion 1 (Blake & Gangestad, 2020). We thus have applied a more lenient but still typically acceptable false discovery rate (FDR) correction to criteria 2 and 3. This adjustment helps maintain the rigor of our analysis while considering the inherent differences in statistical power across the various criteria. We have mentioned this revision in our manuscript:

      “We next tested whether these regions were related to cognitive control by comparing the strength of conflict similarity effect between incongruent and congruent conditions (criterion 2) and correlating the strength to behavioral similarity modulation effect (criterion 3). Given these two criteria pertain to second-order analyses (interaction or individual analyses) and thus might have lower statistical power (Blake & Gangestad, 2020), we applied a more lenient threshold using false discovery rate (FDR) correction (Benjamini & Hochberg, 1995) on the above-mentioned regions.”

      With these adjustments, we consistently identified similar brain regions as observed in our previous version. Specifically, we found that only the right 8C region met the three criteria in the conflict similarity analysis. In addition, the regions meeting the criteria for the orientation effect included the FEF and IP2 in left hemisphere, and V1, V2, POS1, and PF in the right hemisphere. We have thoroughly revised the description of our results, updated the figures and tables in both the revised manuscript and supplementary material to accurately reflect these outcomes.

      Reference:

      Blake, K. R., & Gangestad, S. (2020). On Attenuated Interactions, Measurement Error, and Statistical Power: Guidelines for Social and Personality Psychologists. Pers Soc Psychol Bull, 46(12), 1702-1711. https://doi.org/10.1177/0146167220913363

      Minor:

      1. Figure 8 should come much earlier (e.g, incorporated into Figure 1), and there should be consistent terms for 'cognitive map' and 'conflict similarity'.

      Response: We appreciate this suggestion. Considering that Figure 7 (“The crosssubject RSA model and the rationale”) also describes the models, we have merged Figure 7 and 8 and moved the new figure ahead, before we report the RSA results. Now you could find it in the new Figure 4, see below. We did not incorporate them into Figure 1 since Figure 1 is already too crowded.

      Author response image 3.

      Fig. 4. Rationale of the cross-subject RSA model and the schematic of key RSMs. A) The RSM is calculated as the Pearson’s correlation between each pair of conditions across the 35 subjects. For 17 subjects, the stimuli were displayed on the top-left and bottom-right quadrants, and they were asked to respond with left hand to the upward arrow and right hand to the downward arrow. For the other 18 subjects, the stimuli were displayed on the top-right and bottom-left quadrants, and they were asked to respond with left hand to the downward arrow and right hand to the upward arrow. Within each subject, the conflict type and orientation regressors were perfectly covaried. For instance, the same conflict type will always be on the same orientation. To de-correlate conflict type and orientation effects, we conducted the RSA across subjects from different groups. For example, the bottom-right panel highlights the example conditions that are orthogonal to each other on the orientation, response, and Simon distractor, whereas their conflict type, target and spatial Stroop distractor are the same. The dashed boxes show the possible target locations for different conditions. (B) and (C) show the orthogonality between conflict similarity and orientation RSMs. The within-subject RSMs (e.g., Group1-Group1) for conflict similarity and orientation are all the same, but the cross-group correlations (e.g., Group2-Group1) are different. Therefore, we can separate the contribution of these two effects when including them as different regressors in the same linear regression model. (D) and (E) show the two alternative models. Like the cosine model (B), within-group trial pairs resemble betweengroup trial pairs in these two models. The domain-specific model is an identity matrix. The domaingeneral model is estimated from the absolute difference of behavioral congruency effect, but scaled to 0 (lowest similarity) – 1 (highest similarity) to aid comparison. The plotted matrices in B-E include only one subject each from Group 1 and Group 2. Numbers 1-5 indicate the conflict type conditions, for spatial Stroop, StHSmL, StMSmM, StLSmH, and Simon, respectively. The thin lines separate four different sub-conditions, i.e., target arrow (up, down) × congruency (incongruent, congruent), within each conflict type.

      In our manuscript, the term “cognitive map/space” was used when explaining the results in a theoretical perspective, whereas the “conflict similarity” was used to describe the regressor within the RSA. These terms serve distinct purposes in our study and cannot be interchangeably substituted. Therefore, we have retained them in their current format. However, we recognize that the initial introduction of the “Cognitive-Space model” may have appeared somewhat abrupt. To address this, we have included a brief explanatory note: “The model described above employs the cosine similarity measure to define conflict similarity and will be referred to as the Cognitive-Space model.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Editor's note:

      Thank you for taking time and efforts to improve this study. After re-review, two reviewers have a consensus that the connections the fatty acids and sperm motility is still ambiguous. Thus, I recommend to further tone down this conclusion consistently in the title and the text pointed out by reviewers before making a final version of record.

      We sincerely appreciate the considerable time and effort you and the reviewers devoted to evaluating our manuscript. We have revised the title and text to express the relationship between fatty acids and sperm motility more consistently and toned down. With these revisions, we would like to proceed with publishing the manuscript as the Version of Record (VoR). Thank you very much for your guidance in improving our study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this revised report, Yamanaka and colleagues investigate a proposed mechanism by which testosterone modulates seminal plasma metabolites in mice. Based on limited evidence in previous versions of the report, the authors softened the claim that oleic acid derived from seminal vesicle epithelium strongly affects linear progressive motility in isolated cauda epididymal sperm in vitro. Though the report still contains somewhat ambiguous references to the strength of the relationship between fatty acids and sperm motility.

      Strengths:

      Often, reported epidydimal sperm from mice have lower percent progressive motility compared with sperm retrieved from the uterus or by comparison with human ejaculated sperm. The findings in this report may improve in vitro conditions to overcome this problem, as well as add important physiological context to the role of reproductive tract glandular secretions in modulating sperm behaviors. The strongest observations are related to the sensitivity of seminal vesicle epithelial cells to testosterone. The revisions include the addition of methodological detail, modified language to reflect the nuance of some of the measurements, as well as re-performed experiments with more appropriate control groups. The findings are likely to be of general interest to the field by providing context for follow-on studies regarding the relationship between fatty acid beta oxidation and sperm motility pattern.

      Weaknesses:

      The connection between media fatty acids and sperm motility pattern remains inconclusive.

      We would like to express our sincere gratitude to the judges for their cooperation in reviewing the manuscript and for your helpful comments, which were instrumental in improving manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Using a combination of in vivo studies with testosterone-inhibited and aged mice with lower testosterone levels as well as isolated mouse and human seminal vesicle epithelial cells the authors show that testosterone induces an increase in glucose uptake. They find that testosterone induces a difference in gene expression with a focus on metabolic enzymes. Specifically, they identify increased expression of enzymes regulating cholesterol and fatty acid synthesis, leading to increased production of 18:1 oleic acid. The revised version strengthens the role of ACLY as the main regulator of seminal vesicle epithelial cell metabolic programming. The authors propose that fatty acids are secreted by seminal vesicle epithelial cells and are taken up by sperm, positively affecting sperm function. A lipid mixture mimicking the lipids secreted by seminal vesicle epithelial cells, however, only has a small and mostly non-significant effect on sperm motility, suggesting the authors were not apply to pinpoint the seminal vesicle fluid component that positively affects sperm function.

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s thoughtful comments and time spent reviewing this manuscript. The relationship between lipids such as fatty acids and sperm motility remains unclear in the current dataset. Therefore, before finalizing the manuscript, we revised the title and text, as suggested by the reviewers, to express this conclusion more cautiously and consistently.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Some additional comments are provided below to aid the authors in improving the quality of the work:

      Major Comments:

      (1) In the newly added supplemental figure 5, the authors note that the percentage data were arcisine transformed prior to statistical analysis without providing any other justification. This seems strange, especially for such a small sample size. It seems more appropriate for the authors to use a nonparametric test. Forcing symmetry without knowing what the shape of the true distribution is makes the ANOVA hard to interpret. Additionally, why use pairwise comparisons rather than comparing each group to the control (LM 0%). Also, note that the graphs are not individually labeled to distinguish them in the legend (A, B, C, etc.). Ultimately, the treatment differences don't seem that meaningful, even if the authors were able to observe statistical significance with the somewhat over-manipulated method of analysis.

      Ultimately, the conclusion of this experiment (Supplemental figure 5) remains unchanged, but we agree that the relationship between fatty acids and sperm motility remains unclear. Therefore, before finalizing the manuscript, we revised the title and text as pointed out by the reviewers to express this conclusion more cautiously and consistently throughout the manuscript.

      Arcsin transform is commonly used for percentage data [Zar, J.H. 2010. Biostatistical analysis., McDonald, J.H. 2014. Handbook of biological statistics.]. If the values are low or high, such as 0 to 30% or 70 to 100%, without arcsine transformation will result in a large deviation from the normality of the data. However, even if such a conversion is performed, it does not necessarily mean that the assumptions of normality and homogeneity of variance, which are prerequisites for parametric statistical analysis methods, are satisfied.

      Given the small sample size and the possibility of non-normal data, we performed Shapiro–Wilk tests for each group (n = 6) and found no departure from normality (all p > 0.1). Q–Q plots and Levene’s test (p > 0.1) likewise supported the assumptions of ANOVA. Following the reviewer’s recommendation, we repeated the analysis with a Kruskal–Wallis test followed by Dunn’s post-hoc comparisons (Bonferroni corrected). Both approaches led to the same conclusions, with non-parametric p-values equal to or smaller than the parametric ones. In the revised manuscript we now report ANOVA as the primary analysis. The author response image includes effect sizes with 95 % confidence intervals, and provide the non-parametric results for transparency.

      Author response image 1.

      Results of reanalysis of supplementary Figure 5 using nonparametric tests and effect sizes with 95% confidence intervals. Upper part; Differences between groups were assessed by Kruskal–Wallis test, differences among values were analyzed by Dunn’s post-hoc comparisons (Bonferroni corrected) for multiple comparisons. Different letters represent significantly different groups. Lower part; The effect sizes with 95 % confidence intervals. For example, Cliff's Δ = -1 (95% CI ~ -0.6) in VSL's “LM 0 vs LM1” means that LM 1% values exceed LM 0 %values in all pairs.

      (2) I appreciate that the authors toned down the interpretation of the effects of seminal plasma metabolites on sperm motility with a cautionary statement on Lines 397-405 and Line 259. However, they send mixed signals with the title of the report: "Testosterone-Induced Metabolic Changes in Seminal Vesicle Epithelial cells Alter Plasma Components to Enhance Sperm Motility", and on line 265 when the say "ACLY expression is upregulated by testosterone and is essential for the metabolic shift of seminal vesicle epithelial cells that mediates sperm linear motility".

      The wording has been softened overall. The title has been changed to “Testosterone-Induced Metabolic Changes in Seminal Vesicle Epithelium Modify Seminal Plasma Components with Potential to Improve Sperm Motility” In the results (lines 265-266), we have stated that “ACLY expression is upregulated by testosterone and is essential for the metabolic shift that is associated with increased linear motility” without implying a causal relationship.

      Minor Comments:

      (1) Typo on line 31: "understanding the male fertility mechanisms and may perspective for the development of potential biomarkers of male fertility and advance in the treatment of male infertility."

      We have made the following corrections. “These findings suggest that testosterone-dependent lipid remodeling may contribute to sperm straight-line motility, and further functional verification is required.”

      (2) Line 193: the statement is confusing "Therefore, we analyzed mitochondrial metabolism using a flux analyzer, predicting that more glucose is metabolized, pyruvate is metabolized from phosphoenolpyruvic acid through glycolysis in response to testosterone, and is further metabolized in the mitochondria." For example, 'Metabolized through glycolysis' is an ambiguous way to describe the pyruvate kinase reaction. Additionally, phosphoenolpyruvate has three acid ionizable groups, two of which have pKa's well below physiological pH, so phosphoenolpyruvate is the correct intermediate rather than phosphoenolpyruvic acid. The authors make similar mistakes with other organic acids such as citric acid.

      Rewritten as “We therefore examined cellular energy metabolism with a flux analyzer, anticipating that testosterone would elevate glycolytic flux, thereby producing more pyruvate from phosphoenolpyruvate. Because extracellular pyruvate levels simultaneously declined, we inferred that the cells had an increased pyruvate demand and, at that time, hypothesized that the excess pyruvate would enter the mitochondria to support enhanced oxidative metabolism.” (lines 193-198)

      The organic acids are now referenced in their appropriate forms (e.g., citrate, phosphoenolpyruvate).

      (3) Line: 271: "Acly" should be all capitalized to "ACLY". The report mixes capitalizing through out and could be more consistent.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s attention to nomenclature and have standardized the manuscript accordingly. Proteins are written in Roman letters, all in capital letters. Mouse gene symbols: italics, first letter capitalize.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Major comments:

      (1) 'Once capacitation is complete, sperm cannot maintain that state for a long time'. The publications cited by the author do not support that statement and this reviewer also does not agree. Lower fertilization efficiency from in vitro capacitated epidydimal sperm does not have to mean capacitation is reversed, it can simply mean in vitro capacitation conditions not accurately mimic capacitation in vivo.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing this out and would like to clarify our position. Our statement does not suggest a "reversal" of active capacitation. Rather, it reflects the well-documented fact that capacitation is a transient process. Sperm that undergo capacitation too early cannot maintain that state for long enough to retain their ability to fertilize at the moment and location of fertilization in vivo.

      (2) How do the authors explain the discrepancy between the results shown in Fig. S1E, the increase in sperm motility upon mixing of sperm with SVF and the results reported in Li et al 2025. Mentioning decapacitating factors without further explanation is insufficient.

      We appreciate the reviewer's feedback pointing out the need for a clearer explanation.

      Seminal plasma is inherently binary, containing both decapacitation factors that delay or inhibit capacitation and nutrient substrates that promote sperm motility.

      In vivo, it is believed that the coating of sperm by decapacitation factors is removed by uterine fluid and albumin as it passes through the female reproductive tract [PMID: 22827391, PMID: 24274412]. In contrast, standard fertilization culture media lack a clearance pathway, so decapacitating factors are retained throughout the culture period. As a result, the cleavage rate after in vitro fertilization using sperm exposed to seminal vesicle fluid decreased dramatically.

      Lipids, such as fatty acids, increased sperm motility without directly inducing markers of fertilization. These results suggest that the enhancement of motility by lipids is functionally distinct from the capacitation-inhibiting function of seminal plasma proteins. The data from this study are consistent with the biphasic model. Specifically, decapacitation factors temporarily stabilize the sperm membrane, preventing early capacitation. Meanwhile, lipids enhance sperm motility, enabling them to rapidly pass through the hostile uterine environment.

      (3) This reviewer does not see the merit in including a lipid mixture motility experiment compared to using OA alone. The increase in motility is still small and far from comparable to the motility increase with seminal vesicle fluid. In this reviewer's opinion the experiment is still inconclusive and should not be highlighted in the manuscript title.

      The wording has been softened overall. The title has been changed to “Testosterone-Induced Metabolic Changes in Seminal Vesicle Epithelium Modify Seminal Plasma Components with Potential to Improve Sperm Motility”. (Please see also Reviewer 1's main comment 1)

      Minor comments:

      (1) 'This change includes a large amplitude of flagella' does not make sense. Please correct.

      The following corrections have been made. “This change is characterized by large-amplitude flagellar beating.” (lines 44-45)

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      To the Senior Editor and the Reviewing Editor:

      We sincerely appreciate the valuable comments provided by the reviewers, the reviewing editor, and the senior editor. Based on our last response and revision, we are confused by the two limitations noted in the eLife assessment. 

      (1) benchmarking against comparable methods is limited.

      In our last revision, we added the comparison experiments with TNDM, as the reviewers requested. Additionally, it is crucial to emphasize that our evaluation of decoding capabilities of behaviorally relevant signals has been benchmarked against the performance of the ANN on raw signals, which, as Reviewer #1 previously noted, nearly represents the upper limit of performance. Consequently, we believe that our benchmarking methods are sufficiently strong.

      (2) some observations may be a byproduct of their method, and may not constitute new scientific observations.

      We believe that our experimental results are sufficient to demonstrate that our conclusions are not byproducts of d-VAE based on three reasons:

      (1) The d-VAE, as a latent variable model, adheres to the population doctrine, which posits that latent variables are responsible for generating the activities of individual neurons. The goal of such models is to maximize the explanation of the raw signals. At the signal level, the only criterion we can rely on is neural reconstruction performance, in which we have achieved unparalleled results. Thus, it is inappropriate to focus on the mixing process during the model's inference stage while overlooking the crucial de-mixing process during the generation stage and dismissing the significance of our neural reconstruction results. For more details, please refer to the first point in our response to Q4 from Reviewer #4.

      (2) The criterion that irrelevant signals should contain minimal information can effectively demonstrate that our conclusions are not by-products of d-VAE. Unfortunately, the reviewers seem to have overlooked this criterion. For more details, please refer to the third point in our response to Q4 from Reviewer #4

      (3) Our synthetic experimental results also substantiate that our conclusions are not byproducts of d-VAE. However, it appears the reviewers did not give these results adequate consideration. For more details, please refer to the fourth point in our response to Q4 from Reviewer #4.

      Furthermore, our work presents not just "a useful method" but a comprehensive framework. Our study proposes, for the first time, a framework for defining, extracting, and validating behaviorally relevant signals. In our current revision, to clearly distinguish between d-VAE and other methods, we have formalized the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals into a mathematical optimization problem. To our knowledge, current methods have not explicitly proposed extracting behaviorally relevant signals, nor have they identified and addressed the key challenges of extracting relevant signals. Similarly, existing research has not yet defined and validated behaviorally relevant signals. For more details, please refer to our response to Q1 from Reviewer #4.

      Based on these considerations, we respectfully request that you reconsider the eLife assessment of our work. We greatly appreciate your time and attention to this matter.

      The main revisions made to the manuscript are as follows:

      (1) We have formalized the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals into a mathematical optimization problem, enabling a clearer distinction between d-VAE and other models.

      (2) We have moderated the assertion about linear readout to highlight its conjectural nature and have broadened the discussion regarding this conclusion. 

      (3) We have elaborated on the model details of d-VAE and have removed the identifiability claim.

      To Reviewer #1

      Q1: “As reviewer 3 also points out, I would, however, caution to interpret this as evidence for linear read-out of the motor system - your model performs a non-linear transformation, and while this is indeed linearly decodable, the motor system would need to do something similar first to achieve the same. In fact to me it seems to show the opposite, that behaviour-related information may not be generally accessible to linear decoders (including to down-stream brain areas).”

      Thank you for your comments. It's important to note that the conclusions we draw are speculative and not definitive. We use terms like "suggest" to reflect this uncertainty. To further emphasize the conjectural nature of our conclusions, we have deliberately moderated our tone.

      The question of whether behaviorally-relevant signals can be accessed by linear decoders or downstream brain regions hinges on the debate over whether the brain employs a strategy of filtering before decoding. If the brain employs such a strategy, the brain can probably access these signals. In our opinion, it is likely that the brain utilizes this strategy.

      Given the existence of behaviorally relevant signals, it is reasonable to assume that the brain has intrinsic mechanisms to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant signals. There is growing evidence suggesting that the brain utilizes various mechanisms, such as attention and specialized filtering, to suppress irrelevant signals and enhance relevant signals [1-3]. Therefore, it is plausible that the brain filters before decoding, thereby effectively accessing behaviorally relevant signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Sreenivasan, Sameet, and Ila Fiete. "Grid cells generate an analog error-correcting code for singularly precise neural computation." Nature neuroscience 14.10 (2011): 1330-1337.

      (2) Schneider, David M., Janani Sundararajan, and Richard Mooney. "A cortical filter that learns to suppress the acoustic consequences of movement." Nature 561.7723 (2018): 391-395.

      (3) Nakajima, Miho, L. Ian Schmitt, and Michael M. Halassa. "Prefrontal cortex regulates sensory filtering through a basal ganglia-to-thalamus pathway." Neuron 103.3 (2019): 445-458.

      Q2: “As in my initial review, I would also caution against making strong claims about identifiability although this work and TNDM seem to show that in practise such methods work quite well. CEBRA, in contrast, offers some theoretical guarantees, but it is not a generative model, so would not allow the type of analysis done in this paper. In your model there is a para,eter \alpha to balance between neural and behaviour reconstruction. This seems very similar to TNDM and has to be optimised - if this is correct, then there is manual intervention required to identify a good model.”

      Thank you for your comments. 

      Considering your concerns about our identifiability claims and the fact that identifiability is not directly relevant to the core of our paper, we have removed content related to identifiability.

      Firstly, our model is based on the pi-VAE, which also has theoretical guarantees. However, it is important to note that all such theoretical guarantees (including pi-VAE and CEBRA) are based on certain assumptions that cannot be validated as the true distribution of latent variables remains unknown.

      Secondly, it is important to clarify that the identifiability of latent variables does not impact the conclusions of this paper, nor does this paper make specific conclusions about the model's latent variables. Identifiability means that distinct latent variables correspond to distinct observations. If multiple latent variables can generate the same observation, it becomes impossible to determine which one is correct given the observation, which leads to the issue of nonidentifiability. Notably, our analysis focuses on the generated signals, not the latent variables themselves, and thus the identifiability of these variables does not affect our findings. 

      Our approach, dedicated to extracting these signals, distinctly differs from methods such as TNDM, which focuses on extracting behaviorally relevant latent dynamics. To clearly set apart d-VAE from other models, we have framed the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals as the following mathematical optimization problem:

      where 𝑥# denotes generated behaviorally-relevant signals, 𝑥 denotes raw noisy signals, 𝐸(⋅,⋅) demotes reconstruction loss, and 𝑅(⋅) denotes regularization loss. It is important to note that while both d-VAE and TNDM employ reconstruction loss, relying solely on this term is insufficient for determining the optimal degree of similarity between the generated and raw noisy signals. The key to accurately extracting behaviorally relevant signals lies in leveraging prior knowledge about these signals to determine the optimal similarity degree, encapsulated by 𝑅(𝒙𝒓).  Other studies have not explicitly proposed extracting behaviorally-relevant signals, nor have they identified and addressed the key challenges involved in extracting relevant signals. Consequently, our approach is distinct from other methods.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q3: “Somewhat related, I also found that the now comprehensive comparison with related models shows that the using decoding performance (R2) as a metric for model comparison may be problematic: the R2 values reported in Figure 2 (e.g. the MC_RTT dataset) should be compared to the values reported in the neural latent benchmark, which represent well-tuned models (e.g. AutoLFADS). The numbers (difficult to see, a table with numbers in the appendix would be useful, see: https://eval.ai/web/challenges/challenge-page/1256/leaderboard) seem lower than what can be obtained with models without latent space disentanglement. While this does not necessarily invalidate the conclusions drawn here, it shows that decoding performance can depend on a variety of model choices, and may not be ideal to discriminate between models. I'm also surprised by the low neural R2 for LFADS I assume this is condition-averaged) - LFADS tends to perform very well on this metric.”

      Thank you for your comments. The dataset we utilized is not from the same day as the neural latent benchmark dataset. Notably, there is considerable variation in the length of trials within the RTT paradigm, and the dataset lacks explicit trial information, rendering trial-averaging unsuitable. Furthermore, behaviorally relevant signals are not static averages devoid of variability; even behavioral data exhibits variability. We computed the neural R2 using individual trials rather than condition-averaged responses. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “One statement I still cannot follow is how the prior of the variational distribution is modelled. You say you depart from the usual Gaussian prior, but equation 7 seems to suggest there is a normal prior. Are the parameters of this distribution learned? As I pointed out earlier, I however suspect this may not matter much as you give the prior a very low weight. I also still am not sure how you generate a sample from the variational distribution, do you just draw one for each pass?”

      Thank you for your questions.

      The conditional distribution of prior latent variables 𝑝%(𝒛|𝒚) is a Gaussian distribution, but the distribution of prior latent variables 𝑝(𝒛) is a mixture Gaussian distribution. The distribution of prior latent variables 𝑝(𝒛) is:

      where denotes the empirical distribution of behavioral variables

      𝒚, and 𝑁 denotes the number of samples, 𝒚(𝒊) denotes the 𝒊th sample, δ(⋅) denotes the Dirac delta function, and 𝑝%(𝒛|𝒚) denotes the conditional distribution of prior latent variables given the behavioral variables parameterized by network 𝑚. Based on the above equation, we can see that 𝑝(𝒛) is not a Gaussian distribution, it is a Gaussian mixture model with 𝑁 components, which is theoretically a universal approximator of continuous probability densities.

      Learning this prior is important, as illustrated by our latent variable visualizations, which are not a Gaussian distribution. Upon conducting hypothesis testing for both latent variables and behavioral variables, neither conforms to Gaussian distribution (Lilliefors test and Kolmogorov-Smirnov test). Consequently, imposing a constraint on the latent variables towards N(0,1) is expected to affect performance adversely.

      Regarding sampling, during training process, we draw only one sample from the approximate posterior distribution . It is worth noting that drawing multiple samples or one sample for each pass does not affect the experimental results. After training, we can generate a sample from the prior by providing input behavioral data 𝒚(𝒊) and then generating corresponding samples via and . To extract behaviorally-relevant signals from raw signals, we use and .

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “(1) I found the figures good and useful, but the text is, in places, not easy to follow. I think the manuscript could be shortened somewhat, and in some places more concise focussed explanations would improve readability.

      (2) I would not call the encoding "complex non-linear" - non-linear is a clear term, but complex can mean many things (e.g. is a quadratic function complex?) ”

      Thank you for your recommendation. We have revised the manuscript for enhanced clarity.  We call the encoding “complex nonlinear” because neurons encode information with varying degrees of nonlinearity, as illustrated in Fig. 3b, f, and Fig. S3b.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      To Reviewer #2

      Q1: “I still remain unconvinced that the core findings of the paper are "unexpected". In the response to my previous Specific Comment #1, they say "We use the term 'unexpected' due to the disparity between our findings and the prior understanding concerning neural encoding and decoding." However, they provide no citations or grounding for why they make those claims. What prior understanding makes it unexpected that encoding is more complex than decoding given the entropy, sparseness, and high dimensionality of neural signals (the "encoding") compared to the smoothness and low dimensionality of typical behavioural signals (the "decoding")?” 

      Thank you for your comments. We believe that both the complexity of neural encoding and the simplicity of neural decoding in motor cortex are unexpected.

      The Complexity of Neural Encoding: As noted in the Introduction, neurons with small R2 values were traditionally considered noise and consequently disregarded, as detailed in references [1-3]. However, after filtering out irrelevant signals, we discovered that these neurons actually contain substantial amounts of behavioral information, previously unrecognized. Similarly, in population-level analyses, neural signals composed of small principal components (PCs) are often dismissed as noise, with analyses typically utilizing only between 6 and 18 PCs [4-10]. Yet, the discarded PC signals nonlinearly encode significant amounts of information, with practically useful dimensions found to range between 30 and 40—far exceeding the usual number analyzed. These findings underscore the complexity of neural encoding and are unexpected.

      The Simplicity of Neural Decoding: In the motor cortex, nonlinear decoding of raw signals has been shown to significantly outperform linear decoding, as evidenced in references [11,12]. Interestingly, after separating behaviorally relevant and irrelevant signals, we observed that the linear decoding performance of behaviorally relevant signals is nearly equivalent to that of nonlinear decoding—a phenomenon previously undocumented in the motor cortex. This discovery is also unexpected.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Georgopoulos, Apostolos P., Andrew B. Schwartz, and Ronald E. Kettner. "Neuronal population coding of movement direction." Science 233.4771 (1986): 1416-1419.

      (2) Hochberg, Leigh R., et al. "Reach and grasp by people with tetraplegia using a neurally controlled robotic arm." Nature 485.7398 (2012): 372-375. 

      (3) Inoue, Yoh, et al. "Decoding arm speed during reaching." Nature communications 9.1 (2018): 5243.

      (4) Churchland, Mark M., et al. "Neural population dynamics during reaching." Nature 487.7405 (2012): 51-56.

      (5) Kaufman, Matthew T., et al. "Cortical activity in the null space: permitting preparation without movement." Nature neuroscience 17.3 (2014): 440-448.

      (6) Elsayed, Gamaleldin F., et al. "Reorganization between preparatory and movement population responses in motor cortex." Nature communications 7.1 (2016): 13239.

      (7) Sadtler, Patrick T., et al. "Neural constraints on learning." Nature 512.7515 (2014): 423426.

      (8) Golub, Matthew D., et al. "Learning by neural reassociation." Nature neuroscience 21.4 (2018): 607-616.

      (9) Gallego, Juan A., et al. "Cortical population activity within a preserved neural manifold underlies multiple motor behaviors." Nature communications 9.1 (2018): 4233.

      (10) Gallego, Juan A., et al. "Long-term stability of cortical population dynamics underlying consistent behavior." Nature neuroscience 23.2 (2020): 260-270.

      (11) Glaser, Joshua I., et al. "Machine learning for neural decoding." Eneuro 7.4 (2020).

      (12) Willsey, Matthew S., et al. "Real-time brain-machine interface in non-human primates achieves high-velocity prosthetic finger movements using a shallow feedforward neural network decoder." Nature Communications 13.1 (2022): 6899.

      Q2: “I still take issue with the premise that signals in the brain are "irrelevant" simply because they do not correlate with a fixed temporal lag with a particular behavioural feature handchosen by the experimenter. In the response to my previous review, the authors say "we employ terms like 'behaviorally-relevant' and 'behaviorally-irrelevant' only regarding behavioral variables of interest measured within a given task, such as arm kinematics during a motor control task.". This is just a restatement of their definition, not a response to my concern, and does not address my concern that the method requires a fixed temporal lag and continual decoding/encoding. My example of reward signals remains. There is a huge body of literature dating back to the 70s on the linear relationships between neural and activity and arm kinematics; in a sense, the authors have chosen the "variable of interest" that proves their point. This all ties back to the previous comment: this is mostly expected, not unexpected, when relating apparently-stochastic, discrete action potential events to smoothly varying limb kinematics.”

      Thank you for your comments. 

      Regarding the experimenter's specification of behavioral variables of interest, we followed common practice in existing studies [1, 2]. Regarding the use of fixed temporal lags, we followed the same practice as papers related to the dataset we use, which assume fixed temporal lags [3-5]. Furthermore, many studies in the motor cortex similarly use fixed temporal lags [68].

      Concerning the issue of rewards, in the paper you mentioned [9], the impact of rewards occurs after the reaching phase. It's important to note that in our experiments, we analyze only the reaching phase, without any post-movement phase. 

      If the impact of rewards can be stably reflected in the signals in the reaching phase of the subsequent trial, and if the reward-induced signals do not interfere with decoding—since these signals are harmless for decoding and beneficial for reconstruction—our model is likely to capture these signals. If the signals induced by rewards during the reaching phase are randomly unstable, our model will likely be unable to capture them.

      If the goal is to extract post-movement neural activity from both rewarded and unrewarded trials, and if the neural patterns differ between these conditions, one could replace the d-VAE's regression loss, used for continuous kinematics decoding, with a classification loss tailored to distinguish between rewarded and unrewarded conditions.

      To clarify the definition, we have revised it in the manuscript. Specifically, before a specific definition, we briefly introduce the relevant signals and irrelevant signals. Behaviorally irrelevant signals refer to those not directly associated with the behavioral variables of interest and may include noise or signals from variables of no interest. In contrast, behaviorally relevant signals refer to those directly related to the behavioral variables of interest. For instance, rewards in the post-movement phase are not directly related to behavioral variables (kinematics) in the reaching movement phase.

      It is important to note that our definition of behaviorally relevant signals not only includes decoding capabilities but also specific requirement at the signal level, based on two key requirements:

      (1) they should closely resemble raw signals to preserve the underlying neuronal properties without becoming so similar that they include irrelevant signals. (encoding requirement), and  (2) they should contain behavioral information as much as possible (decoding requirement). Signals that meet both requirements are considered effective behaviorally relevant signals. In our study, we assume raw signals are additively composed of behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals. We define irrelevant signals as those remaining after subtracting relevant signals from raw signals. Therefore, we believe our definition is clearly articulated. 

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Sani, Omid G., et al. "Modeling behaviorally relevant neural dynamics enabled by preferential subspace identification." Nature Neuroscience 24.1 (2021): 140-149.

      (2) Buetfering, Christina, et al. "Behaviorally relevant decision coding in primary somatosensory cortex neurons." Nature neuroscience 25.9 (2022): 1225-1236.

      (3) Wang, Fang, et al. "Quantized attention-gated kernel reinforcement learning for brain– machine interface decoding." IEEE transactions on neural networks and learning systems 28.4 (2015): 873-886.

      (4) Dyer, Eva L., et al. "A cryptography-based approach for movement decoding." Nature biomedical engineering 1.12 (2017): 967-976.

      (5) Ahmadi, Nur, Timothy G. Constandinou, and Christos-Savvas Bouganis. "Robust and accurate decoding of hand kinematics from entire spiking activity using deep learning." Journal of Neural Engineering 18.2 (2021): 026011.

      (6) Churchland, Mark M., et al. "Neural population dynamics during reaching." Nature 487.7405 (2012): 51-56.

      (7) Kaufman, Matthew T., et al. "Cortical activity in the null space: permitting preparation without movement." Nature neuroscience 17.3 (2014): 440-448.

      (8) Elsayed, Gamaleldin F., et al. "Reorganization between preparatory and movement population responses in motor cortex." Nature communications 7.1 (2016): 13239.

      (9) Ramkumar, Pavan, et al. "Premotor and motor cortices encode reward." PloS one 11.8 (2016): e0160851.

      Q3: “The authors seem to have missed the spirit of my critique: to say "linear readout is performed in motor cortex" is an over-interpretation of what their model can show.”

      Thank you for your comments. It's important to note that the conclusions we draw are speculative and not definitive. We use terms like "suggest" to reflect this uncertainty. To further emphasize the conjectural nature of our conclusions, we have deliberately moderated our tone.

      The question of whether behaviorally-relevant signals can be accessed by downstream brain regions hinges on the debate over whether the brain employs a strategy of filtering before decoding. If the brain employs such a strategy, the brain can probably access these signals. In our view, it is likely that the brain utilizes this strategy.

      Given the existence of behaviorally relevant signals, it is reasonable to assume that the brain has intrinsic mechanisms to differentiate between relevant and irrelevant signals. There is growing evidence suggesting that the brain utilizes various mechanisms, such as attention and specialized filtering, to suppress irrelevant signals and enhance relevant signals [1-3]. Therefore, it is plausible that the brain filters before decoding, thereby effectively accessing behaviorally relevant signals.

      Regarding the question of whether the brain employs linear readout, given the limitations of current observational methods and our incomplete understanding of brain mechanisms, it is challenging to ascertain whether the brain employs a linear readout. In many cortical areas, linear decoders have proven to be sufficiently accurate. Consequently, numerous studies [4, 5, 6], including the one you referenced [4], directly employ linear decoders to extract information and formulate conclusions based on the decoding results. Contrary to these approaches, our research has compared the performance of linear and nonlinear decoders on behaviorally relevant signals and found their decoding performance is comparable. Considering both the decoding accuracy and model complexity, our results suggest that the motor cortex may utilize linear readout to decode information from relevant signals. Given the current technological limitations, we consider it reasonable to analyze collected data to speculate on the potential workings of the brain, an approach that many studies have also embraced [7-10]. For instance, a study [7] deduces strategies the brain might employ to overcome noise by analyzing the structure of recorded data and decoding outcomes for new stimuli.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Sreenivasan, Sameet, and Ila Fiete. "Grid cells generate an analog error-correcting code for singularly precise neural computation." Nature neuroscience 14.10 (2011): 1330-1337.

      (2) Schneider, David M., Janani Sundararajan, and Richard Mooney. "A cortical filter that learns to suppress the acoustic consequences of movement." Nature 561.7723 (2018): 391-395.

      (3) Nakajima, Miho, L. Ian Schmitt, and Michael M. Halassa. "Prefrontal cortex regulates sensory filtering through a basal ganglia-to-thalamus pathway." Neuron 103.3 (2019): 445-458.

      (4) Jurewicz, Katarzyna, et al. "Irrational choices via a curvilinear representational geometry for value." bioRxiv (2022): 2022-03.

      (5) Hong, Ha, et al. "Explicit information for category-orthogonal object properties increases along the ventral stream." Nature neuroscience 19.4 (2016): 613-622.

      (6) Chang, Le, and Doris Y. Tsao. "The code for facial identity in the primate brain." Cell 169.6 (2017): 1013-1028.

      (7) Ganmor, Elad, Ronen Segev, and Elad Schneidman. "A thesaurus for a neural population code." Elife 4 (2015): e06134.

      (8) Churchland, Mark M., et al. "Neural population dynamics during reaching." Nature 487.7405 (2012): 51-56.

      (9) Gallego, Juan A., et al. "Cortical population activity within a preserved neural manifold underlies multiple motor behaviors." Nature communications 9.1 (2018): 4233.

      (10) Gallego, Juan A., et al. "Long-term stability of cortical population dynamics underlying consistent behavior." Nature neuroscience 23.2 (2020): 260-270.

      Q4: “Agreeing with my critique is not sufficient; please provide the data or simulations that provides the context for the reference in the fano factor. I believe my critique is still valid.”

      Thank you for your comments. As we previously replied, Churchland's research examines the variability of neural signals across different stages, including the preparation and execution phases, as well as before and after the target appears. Our study, however, focuses exclusively on the movement execution phase. Consequently, we are unable to produce comparative displays similar to those in his research. Intuitively, one might expect that the variability of behaviorally relevant signals would be lower; however, since no prior studies have accurately extracted such signals, the specific FF values of behaviorally relevant signals remain unknown. Therefore, presenting these values is meaningful, and can provide a reference for future research. While we cannot compare FF across different stages, we can numerically compare the values to the Poisson count process. An FF of 1 indicates a Poisson firing process, and our experimental data reveals that most neurons have an FF less than 1, indicating that the variance in firing counts is below the mean.  Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      To Reviewer #4

      Q1: “Overall, studying neural computations that are behaviorally relevant or not is an important problem, which several previous studies have explored (for example PSID in (Sani et al. 2021), TNDM in (Hurwitz et al. 2021), TAME-GP in (Balzani et al. 2023), pi-VAE in (Zhou and Wei 2020), and dPCA in (Kobak et al. 2016), etc). However, this manuscript does not properly put their work in the context of such prior works. For example, the abstract states "One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive", which is not the case given that these prior works have done that. The same is true for various claims in the main text, for example "Furthermore, we found that the dimensionality of primary subspace of raw signals (26, 64, and 45 for datasets A, B, and C) is significantly higher than that of behaviorally-relevant signals (7, 13, and 9), indicating that using raw signals to estimate the neural dimensionality of behaviors leads to an overestimation" (line 321). This finding was presented in (Sani et al. 2021) and (Hurwitz et al. 2021), which is not clarified here. This issue of putting the work in context has been brought up by other reviewers previously but seems to remain largely unaddressed. The introduction is inaccurate also in that it mixes up methods that were designed for separation of behaviorally relevant information with those that are unsupervised and do not aim to do so (e.g., LFADS). The introduction should be significantly revised to explicitly discuss prior models/works that specifically formulated this behavior separation and what these prior studies found, and how this study differs.”  

      Thank you for your comments. Our statement about “One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive” is accurate. To our best knowledge, there is no prior works to do this work--- separating accurate behaviorally relevant neural signals at both single-neuron and single-trial resolution. The works you mentioned have not explicitly proposed extracting behaviorally relevant signals, nor have they identified and addressed the key challenges of extracting relevant signals, namely determining the optimal degree of similarity between the generated relevant signals and raw signals. Those works focus on the latent neural dynamics, rather than signal level.

      To clearly set apart d-VAE from other models, we have framed the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals as the following mathematical optimization problem:

      where 𝒙𝒓 denotes generated behaviorally-relevant signals, 𝒙 denotes raw noisy signals, 𝐸(⋅,⋅) demotes reconstruction loss, and 𝑅(⋅) denotes regularization loss. It is important to note that while both d-VAE and TNDM employ reconstruction loss, relying solely on this term is insufficient for determining the optimal degree of similarity between the generated and raw noisy signals. The key to accurately extracting behaviorally relevant signals lies in leveraging prior knowledge about these signals to determine the optimal similarity degree, encapsulated by 𝑅(𝒙𝒓). All the works you mentioned did not have the key part 𝑅(𝒙𝒓).

      Regarding the dimensionality estimation, the dimensionality of neural manifolds quantifies the degrees of freedom required to describe population activity without significant information loss.

      There are two differences between our work and PSID and TNDM. 

      First, the dimensions they refer to are fundamentally different from ours. The dimensionality we describe pertains to a linear subspace, where a neural dimension or neural mode or principal component basis, , with N representing the number of neurons. However, the vector length of a neural mode of PSID and our approach differs; PSID requires concatenating multiple time steps T, essentially making , TNDM, on the other hand, involves nonlinear dimensionality reduction, which is different from linear dimensionality reduction.

      Second, we estimate neural dimensionality by explaining the variance of neural signals, whereas PSID and TNDM determine dimensionality through decoding performance saturation. It is important to note that the dimensionality at which decoding performance saturates may not accurately reflect the true dimensionality of neural manifolds, as some dimensions may contain redundant information that does not enhance decoding performance.

      We acknowledge that while LFADS can generate signals that contain some behavioral information, it was not specifically designed to do so. Following your suggestion, we have removed this reference from the Introduction.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “Claims about linearity of "motor cortex" readout are not supported by results yet stated even in the abstract. Instead, what the results support is that for decoding behavior from the output of the dVAE model -- that is trained specifically to have a linear behavior readout from its embedding -- a nonlinear readout does not help. This result can be biased by the very construction of the dVAE's loss that encourages a linear readout/decoding from embeddings, and thus does not imply a finding about motor cortex.”

      Thank you for your comments. We respectfully disagree with the notion that the ability of relevant signals to be linearly decoded is due to constraints that allow embedding to be linearly decoded. Embedding involves reorganizing or transforming the structure of original signals, and they can be linearly decoded does not mean the corresponding signals can be decoded linearly.

      Let's clarify this with three intuitive examples:

      Example 1: Image denoising is a well-established field. Whether employing supervised or blind denoising methods [1, 2], both can effectively recover the original image. This denoising process closely resembles the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals from raw signals. Consider if noisy images are not amenable to linear decoding (classification); would removing the noise enable linear decoding? The answer is no. Typically, the noise in images captured under normal conditions is minimal, yet even the clear images remain challenging to decode linearly.

      Example 2: Consider the task of face recognition, where face images are set against various backgrounds, in this context, the pixels representing the face corresponds to relevant signals, while the background pixels are considered irrelevant. Suppose a network is capable of extracting the face pixels and the resulting embedding can be linearly decoded. Can the face pixels themselves be linearly decoded? The answer is no. If linear decoding of face pixels were feasible, the challenging task of face recognition could be easily resolved by merely extracting the face from the background and training a linear classifier.

      Example 3: In the MNIST dataset, the background is uniformly black, and its impact is minimal. However, linear SVM classifiers used directly on the original pixels significantly underperform compared to non-linear SVMs.

      In summary, embedding involves reorganizing the structure of the original signals through a feature transformation function. However, the reconstruction process can recover the structure of the original signals from the embedding. The fact that the structure of the embedding can be linearly decoded does not imply that the structure of the original signals can be linearly decoded in the same way. It is inappropriate to focus on the compression process without equally considering the reconstruction process.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Mao, Xiao-Jiao, Chunhua Shen, and Yu-Bin Yang. "Image restoration using convolutional auto-encoders with symmetric skip connections." arXiv preprint arXiv:1606.08921 (2016).

      (2) Lehtinen, Jaakko, et al. "Noise2Noise: Learning image restoration without clean data." International Conference on Machine Learning. International Machine Learning Society, 2018.

      Q3: “Related to the above, it is unclear what the manuscript means by readout from motor cortex. A clearer definition of "readout" (a mapping from what to what?) in general is needed. The mapping that the linearity/nonlinearity claims refer to is from the *inferred* behaviorally relevant neural signals, which themselves are inferred nonlinearly using the VAE. This should be explicitly clarified in all claims, i.e., that only the mapping from distilled signals to behavior is linear, not the whole mapping from neural data to behavior. Again, to say the readout from motor cortex is linear is not supported, including in the abstract.” 

      Thank you for your comments. We have revised the manuscript to make it more clearly. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “Claims about individual neurons are also confounded. The d-VAE distilling processing is a population level embedding so the individual distilled neurons are not obtainable on their own without using the population data. This population level approach also raises the possibility that information can leak from one neuron to another during distillation, which is indeed what the authors hope would recover true information about individual neurons that wasn't there in the recording (the pixel denoising example). The authors acknowledge the possibility that information could leak to a neuron that didn't truly have that information and try to rule it out to some extent with some simulations and by comparing the distilled behaviorally relevant signals to the original neural signals. But ultimately, the distilled signals are different enough from the original signals to substantially improve decoding of low information neurons, and one cannot be sure if all of the information in distilled signals from any individual neuron truly belongs to that neuron. It is still quite likely that some of the improved behavior prediction of the distilled version of low-information neurons is due to leakage of behaviorally relevant information from other neurons, not the former's inherent behavioral information. This should be explicitly acknowledged in the manuscript.”

      Thank you for your comments. We value your insights regarding the mixing process. However, we are confident in the robustness of our conclusions. We respectfully disagree with the notion that the small R2 values containing significant information are primarily due to leakage, and we base our disagreement on four key reasons.

      (1) Neural reconstruction performance is a reliable and valid criterion.

      The purpose of latent variable models is to explain neuronal activity as much as possible. Given the fact that the ground truth of behaviorally-relevant signals, the latent variables, and the generative model is unknow, it becomes evident that the only reliable reference at the signal level is the raw signals. A crucial criterion for evaluating the reliability of latent variable models (including latent variables and generated relevant signals) is their capability to effectively explain the raw signals [1]. Consequently, we firmly maintain the belief that if the generated signals closely resemble the raw signals to the greatest extent possible, in accordance with an equivalence principle, we can claim that these obtained signals faithfully retain the inherent properties of single neurons. 

      Reviewer #4 appears to focus on the compression (mixing) process without giving equal consideration to the reconstruction (de-mixing) process. Numerous studies have demonstrated that deep autoencoders can reconstruct the original signal very effectively. For example, in the field of image denoising, autoencoders are capable of accurately restoring the original image [2, 3]. If one persistently focuses on the fact of mixing and ignores the reconstruction (demix) process, even if the only criterion that we can rely on at the signal level is high, one still won't acknowledge it. If this were the case, many problems would become unsolvable. For instance, a fundamental criterion for latent variable models is their ability to explain the original data. If the ground truth of the latent variables remains unknown and the reconstruction criterion is disregarded, how can we validate the effectiveness of the model, the validity of the latent variables, or ensure that findings related to latent variables are not merely by-products of the model? Therefore, we disagree with the aforementioned notion. We believe that as long as the reconstruction performance is satisfactory, the extracted signals have successfully retained the characteristics of individual neurons.

      In our paper, we have shown in various ways that our generated signals sufficiently resemble the raw signals, including visualizing neuronal activity (Fig. 2m, Fig. 3i, and Fig. S5), achieving the highest performance among competitors (Fig. 2d, h, l), and conducting control analyses. Therefore, we believe our results are reliable. 

      (1) Cunningham, J.P. and Yu, B.M., 2014. Dimensionality reduction for large-scale neural recordings. Nature neuroscience, 17(11), pp.1500-1509.

      (2) Mao, Xiao-Jiao, Chunhua Shen, and Yu-Bin Yang. "Image restoration using convolutional auto-encoders with symmetric skip connections." arXiv preprint arXiv:1606.08921 (2016).

      (3) Lehtinen, Jaakko, et al. "Noise2Noise: Learning image restoration without clean data." International Conference on Machine Learning. International Machine Learning Society, 2018.

      (2) There is no reason for d-VAE to add signals that do not exist in the original signals.

      (1) Adding signals that does not exist in the small R2 neurons would decrease the reconstruction performance. This is because if the added signals contain significant information, they will not resemble the irrelevant signals which contain no information, and thus, the generated signals will not resemble the raw signals. The model optimizes towards reducing the reconstruction loss, and this scenario deviates from the model's optimization direction. It is worth mentioning that when the model only has reconstruction loss without the interference of decoding loss, we believe that information leakage does not happen. Because the model can only be optimized in a direction that is similar to the raw signals; adding non-existent signals to the generated signals would increase the reconstruction loss, which is contrary to the objective of optimization. 

      (2) Information carried by these additional signals is redundant for larger R2 neurons, thus they do not introduce new information that can enhance the decoding performance of the neural population, which does not benefit the decoding loss.

      Based on these two points, we believe the model would not perform such counterproductive and harmful operations.

      (3) The criterion that irrelevant signals should contain minimal information can effectively rule out the leakage scenario.

      The criterion that irrelevant signals should contain minimal information is very important, but it seems that reviewer #4 has continuously overlooked their significance. If the model's reconstruction is insufficient, or if additional information is added (which we do not believe will happen), the residuals would decode a large amount of information, and this criterion would exclude selecting such signals. To clarify, if we assume that x, y, and z denote the raw, relevant, and irrelevant signals of smaller R2 neurons, with x=y+z, and the extracted relevant signals become y+m, the irrelevant signals become z-m in this case. Consequently, the irrelevant signals contain a significant amount of information.

      We presented the decoding R2 for irrelevant signals in real datasets under three distillation scenarios: a bias towards reconstruction (alpha=0, an extreme case where the model only has reconstruction loss without decoding loss), a balanced trade-off, and a bias towards decoding (alpha=0.9), as detailed in Table 1. If significant information from small R2 neurons leaks from large R2 neurons, the irrelevant signals should contain a large amount of information. However, our results indicate that the irrelevant signals contain only minimal information, and their performance closely resembles that of the model training solely with reconstruction loss, showing no significant differences (P > 0.05, Wilcoxon rank-sum test). When the model leans towards decoding, some useful information will be left in the residuals, and irrelevant signals will contain a substantial amount of information, as observed in Table 1, alpha=0.9. Therefore, we will not choose these signals for analysis.

      In conclusion, the criterion that irrelevant signals should contain minimal information is a very effective measure to exclude undesirable signals.

      Author response table 1.

      Decoding R2 of irrelevant signals

      (4) Synthetic experiments can effectively rule out the leakage scenario.

      In the absence of ground truth data, synthetic experiments serve as an effective method for validating models and are commonly employed [1-3]. 

      Our experimental results demonstrate that d-VAE can effectively extract neural signals that more closely resemble actual behaviorally relevant signals (Fig. S2g).  If there were information leakage, it would decrease the similarity to the ground truth signals, hence we have ruled out this possibility. Moreover, in synthetic experiments with small R2 neurons (Fig. S10), results also demonstrate that our model could make these neurons more closely resemble ground truth relevant signals and recover their information. 

      In summary, synthetic experiments strongly demonstrate that our model can recover obscured neuronal information, rather than adding signals that do not exist.

      (1) Pnevmatikakis, Eftychios A., et al. "Simultaneous denoising, deconvolution, and demixing of calcium imaging data." Neuron 89.2 (2016): 285-299.

      (2) Schneider, Steffen, Jin Hwa Lee, and Mackenzie Weygandt Mathis. "Learnable latent embeddings for joint behavioural and neural analysis." Nature 617.7960 (2023): 360-368.

      (3) Zhou, Ding, and Xue-Xin Wei. "Learning identifiable and interpretable latent models of high-dimensional neural activity using pi-VAE." Advances in Neural Information Processing Systems 33 (2020): 7234-7247.

      Based on these four points, we are confident in the reliability of our results. If Reviewer #4 considers these points insufficient, we would highly appreciate it if specific concerns regarding any of these aspects could be detailed.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “Given the nuances involved in appropriate comparisons across methods and since two of the datasets are public, the authors should provide their complete code (not just the dVAE method code), including the code for data loading, data preprocessing, model fitting and model evaluation for all methods and public datasets. This will alleviate concerns and allow readers to confirm conclusions (e.g., figure 2) for themselves down the line.”

      Thanks for your suggestion.

      Our codes are now available on GitHub at https://github.com/eric0li/d-VAE. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q6: “Related to 1) above, the authors should explore the results if the affine network h(.) (from embedding to behavior) was replaced with a nonlinear ANN. Perhaps linear decoders would no longer be as close to nonlinear decoders. Regardless, the claim of linearity should be revised as described in 1) and 2) above, and all caveats should be discussed.”

      Thank you for your suggestion. We appreciate your feasible proposal that can be empirically tested. Following your suggestion, we have replaced the decoding of the latent variable z to behavior y with a nonlinear neural network, specifically a neural network with a single hidden layer. The modified model is termed d-VAE2. We applied the d-VAE2 to the real data, and selected the optimal alpha through the validation set. As shown in Table 1, results demonstrate that the performance of KF and ANN remains comparable. Therefore, the capacity to linearly decode behaviorally relevant signals does not stem from the linear decoding of embeddings.

      Author response table 2.

      Decoding R2 of behaviorally relevant signals obtained by d-VAE2

      Additionally, it is worth noting that this approach is uncommon and is considered somewhat inappropriate according to the Information Bottleneck theory [1]. According to the Information Bottleneck theory, information is progressively compressed in multilayer neural networks, discarding what is irrelevant to the output and retaining what is relevant. This means that as the number of layers increases, the mutual information between each layer's embedding and the model input gradually decreases, while the mutual information between each layer's embedding and the model output gradually increases. For the decoding part, if the embeddings that is not closest to the output (behaviors) is used, then these embeddings might contain behaviorally irrelevant signals. Using these embeddings to generate behaviorally relevant signals could lead to the inclusion of irrelevant signals in the behaviorally relevant signals.

      To demonstrate the above statement, we conducted experiments on the synthetic data. As shown in Table 2, we present the performance (neural R2 between the generated signals and the ground truth signals) of both models at several alpha values around the optimal alpha of dVAE (alpha=0.9) selected by the validation set. The experimental results show that at the same alpha value, the performance of d-VAE2 is consistently inferior to that of d-VAE, and d-VAE2 requires a higher alpha value to achieve performance comparable to d-VAE, and the best performance of d-VAE2 is inferior to that of d-VAE.

      Author response table 3.

      Neural R2 between generated signals and real behaviorally relevant signals

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Shwartz-Ziv, Ravid, and Naftali Tishby. "Opening the black box of deep neural networks via information." arXiv preprint arXiv:1703.00810 (2017).

      Q7: “The beginning of the section on the "smaller R2 neurons" should clearly define what R2 is being discussed. Based on the response to previous reviewers, this R2 "signifies the proportion of neuronal activity variance explained by the linear encoding model, calculated using raw signals". This should be mentioned and made clear in the main text whenever this R2 is referred to.”

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have made the modifications in the main text. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q8: “Various terms require clear definitions. The authors sometimes use vague terminology (e.g., "useless") without a clear definition. Similarly, discussions regarding dimensionality could benefit from more precise definitions. How is neural dimensionality defined? For example, how is "neural dimensionality of specific behaviors" (line 590) defined? Related to this, I agree with Reviewer 2 that a clear definition of irrelevant should be mentioned that clarifies that relevance is roughly taken as "correlated or predictive with a fixed time lag". The analyses do not explore relevance with arbitrary time lags between neural and behavior data.”

      Thanks for your suggestion. We have removed the “useless” statements and have revised the statement of “the neural dimensionality of specific behaviors” in our revised manuscripts.

      Regarding the use of fixed temporal lags, we followed the same practice as papers related to the dataset we use, which assume fixed temporal lags [1-3]. Furthermore, many studies in the motor cortex similarly use fixed temporal lags [4-6]. To clarify the definition, we have revised the definition in our manuscript. For details, please refer to the response to Q2 of reviewer #2 and our revised manuscript. We believe our definition is clearly articulated.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      (1) Wang, Fang, et al. "Quantized attention-gated kernel reinforcement learning for brain– machine interface decoding." IEEE transactions on neural networks and learning systems 28.4 (2015): 873-886.

      (2) Dyer, Eva L., et al. "A cryptography-based approach for movement decoding." Nature biomedical engineering 1.12 (2017): 967-976.

      (3) Ahmadi, Nur, Timothy G. Constandinou, and Christos-Savvas Bouganis. "Robust and accurate decoding of hand kinematics from entire spiking activity using deep learning." Journal of Neural Engineering 18.2 (2021): 026011.

      (4) Churchland, Mark M., et al. "Neural population dynamics during reaching." Nature 487.7405 (2012): 51-56.

      (5) Kaufman, Matthew T., et al. "Cortical activity in the null space: permitting preparation without movement." Nature neuroscience 17.3 (2014): 440-448.

      (6) Elsayed, Gamaleldin F., et al. "Reorganization between preparatory and movement population responses in motor cortex." Nature communications 7.1 (2016): 13239. 

      Q9: “CEBRA itself doesn't provide a neural reconstruction from its embeddings, but one could obtain one via a regression from extracted CEBRA embeddings to neural data. In addition to decoding results of CEBRA (figure S3), the neural reconstruction of CEBRA should be computed and CEBRA should be added to Figure 2 to see how the behaviorally relevant and irrelevant signals from CEBRA compare to other methods.”

      Thank you for your question. Modifying CEBRA is beyond the scope of our work. As CEBRA is not a generative model, it cannot obtain behaviorally relevant and irrelevant signals, and therefore it lacks the results presented in Fig. 2. To avoid the same confusion encountered by reviewers #3 and #4 among our readers, we have opted to exclude the comparison with CEBRA. It is crucial to note, as previously stated, that our assessment of decoding capabilities has been benchmarked against the performance of the ANN on raw signals, which almost represents the upper limit of performance. Consequently, omitting CEBRA does not affect our conclusions.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q10: “Line 923: "The optimal hyperparameter is selected based on the lowest averaged loss of five-fold training data." => why is this explained specifically under CEBRA? Isn't the same criteria used for hyperparameters of other methods? If so, clarify.”

      Thank you for your question. The hyperparameter selection for CEBRA follows the practice of the original CEBRA paper. The hyperparameter selection for generative models is detailed in the Section “The strategy for selecting effective behaviorally-relevant signals”.  Thank you for your valuable feedback.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this paper, the authors evaluate the utility of brain age derived metrics for predicting cognitive decline by performing a 'commonality' analysis in a downstream regression that enables the different contribution of different predictors to be assessed. The main conclusion is that brain age derived metrics do not explain much additional variation in cognition over and above what is already explained by age. The authors propose to use a regression model trained to predict cognition ('brain cognition') as an alternative suited to applications of cognitive decline. While this is less accurate overall than brain age, it explains more unique variance in the downstream regression.  

      Importantly, in this revision, we clarified that we did not intend to use Brain Cognition as an alternative approach. This is because, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Here we made this point more explicit and further stated that the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. By examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. 

      REVISED VERSION: while the authors have partially addressed my concerns, I do not feel they have addressed them all. I do not feel they have addressed the weight instability and concerns about the stacked regression models satisfactorily.

      Please see our responses to Reviewer #1 Public Review #3 below

      I also must say that I agree with Reviewer 3 about the limitations of the brain age and brain cognition methods conceptually. In particular that the regression model used to predict fluid cognition will by construction explain more variance in cognition than a brain age model that is trained to predict age. This suffers from the same problem the authors raise with brain age and would indeed disappear if the authors had a separate measure of cognition against which to validate and were then to regress this out as they do for age correction. I am aware that these conceptual problems are more widespread than this paper alone (in fact throughout the brain age literature), so I do not believe the authors should be penalised for that. However, I do think they can make these concerns more explicit and further tone down the comments they make about the utility of brain cognition. I have indicated the main considerations about these points in the recommendations section below. 

      Thank you so much for raising this point. We now have the following statement in the introduction and discussion to address this concern (see below). 

      Briefly, we made it explicit that, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. That is, the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. More importantly, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And this is the third goal of this present study. 

      From Introduction:

      “Third and finally, certain variation in fluid cognition is related to brain MRI, but to what extent does Brain Age not capture this variation? To estimate the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, we could build prediction models that directly predict fluid cognition (i.e., as opposed to chronological age) from brain MRI data. Previous studies found reasonable predictive performances of these cognition-prediction models, built from certain MRI modalities (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat, Wang, Anney, et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). Analogous to Brain Age, we called the predicted values from these cognition-prediction models, Brain Cognition. The strength of an out-of-sample relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition reflects variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI and, therefore, indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. This is, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Consequently, if we included Brain Cognition, Brain Age and chronological age in the same model to explain fluid cognition, we would be able to examine the unique effects of Brain Cognition that explain fluid cognition beyond Brain Age and chronological age. These unique effects of Brain Cognition, in turn, would indicate the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that is missed by Brain Age.”

      From Discussion:

      “Third, by introducing Brain Cognition,  we showed the extent to which Brain Age indices were not able to capture the variation in fluid cognition that is related to brain MRI. More specifically, using Brain Cognition allowed us to gauge the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, and thereby, to estimate the upper limit of what Brain Age can do. Moreover, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age.

      From our results, Brain Cognition, especially from certain cognition-prediction models such as the stacked models, has relatively good predictive performance, consistent with previous studies (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat, Wang, Anney, et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). We then examined Brain Cognition using commonality analyses (Nimon et al., 2008) in multiple regression models having a Brain Age index, chronological age and Brain Cognition as regressors to explain fluid cognition. Similar to Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition exhibited large common effects with chronological age. But more importantly, unlike Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition showed large unique effects, up to around 11%. As explained above, the unique effects of Brain Cognition indicated the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by a Brain Age index and chronological age. This missing amount was relatively high, considering that Brain Age and chronological age together explained around 32% of the total variation in fluid cognition. Accordingly, if a Brain Age index was used as a biomarker along with chronological age, we would have missed an opportunity to improve the performance of the model by around one-third of the variation explained.” 

      This is a reasonably good paper and the use of a commonality analysis is a nice contribution to understanding variance partitioning across different covariates. I have some comments that I believe the authors ought to address, which mostly relate to clarity and interpretation 

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #1

      First, from a conceptual point of view, the authors focus exclusively on cognition as a downstream outcome. I would suggest the authors nuance their discussion to provide broader considerations of the utility of their method and on the limits of interpretation of brain age models more generally. 

      Thank you for your comments on this issue. 

      We now discussed the broader consideration in detail:

      (1) the consistency between our findings on fluid cognition and other recent works on brain disorders, 

      (2) the difference between studies investigating the utility of Brain Age in explaining cognitive functioning, including ours and others (e.g., Butler et al., 2021; Cole, 2020, 2020; Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and those explaining neurological/psychological disorders (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021)

      and 

      (3) suggested solutions we and others made to optimise the utility of Brain Age for both cognitive functioning and brain disorders.

      From Discussion:

      “This discrepancy between the predictive performance of age-prediction models and the utility of Brain Age indices as a biomarker is consistent with recent findings (for review, see Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023), both in the context of cognitive functioning (Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and neurological/psychological disorders (Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). For instance,  combining different MRI modalities into the prediction models, similar to our stacked models, ocen leads to the highest performance of age prediction models, but does not likely explain the highest variance across different phenotypes, including cognitive functioning and beyond (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023).”

      “There is a notable difference between studies investigating the utility of Brain Age in explaining cognitive functioning, including ours and others (e.g., Butler et al., 2021; Cole, 2020, 2020; Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and those explaining neurological/psychological disorders (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). We consider the former as a normative type of study and the lader as a case-control type of study (Insel et al., 2010; Marquand et al., 2016). Those case-control Brain Age studies focusing on neurological/psychological disorders often build age-prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants (e.g., controls in a case-control design or large samples in a population-based design), apply the built age-prediction models to participants without vs. with neurological/psychological disorders and compare Brain Age indices between the two groups. On the one hand, this means that case-control studies treat Brain Age as a method to detect anomalies in the neurological/psychological group (Hahn et al., 2021). On the other hand, this also means that case-control studies have to ignore underfided models when applied prediction models built from largely healthy participants to participants with neurological/psychological disorders (i.e., Brain Age may predict chronological age well for the controls, but not for those with a disorder). On the contrary, our study and other normative studies focusing on cognitive functioning often build age prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants and apply the built age prediction models to participants who are also largely healthy. Accordingly, the age prediction models for explaining cognitive functioning in normative studies, while not allowing us to detect group-level anomalies, do not suffer from being under-fided. This unfortunately might limit the generalisability of our study into just the normative type of study. Future work is still needed to test the utility of brain age in the case-control case.”

      “Next, researchers should not select age-prediction models based solely on age-prediction performance. Instead, researchers could select age-prediction models that explained phenotypes of interest the best. Here we selected age-prediction models based on a set of features (i.e., modalities) of brain MRI. This strategy was found effective not only for fluid cognition as we demonstrated here, but also for neurological and psychological disorders as shown elsewhere (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023; Rokicki et al., 2021). Rokicki and colleagues (2021), for instance, found that, while integrating across MRI modalities led to age prediction models with the highest age-prediction performance, using only T1 structural MRI gave age-prediction models that were better at classifying Alzheimer’s disease. Similarly, using only cerebral blood flow gave age-prediction models that were better at classifying mild/subjective cognitive impairment, schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. 

      As opposed to selecting age-prediction models based on a set of features, researchers could also select age-prediction models based on modelling methods. For instance, Jirsaraie and colleagues (2023) compared gradient tree boosting (GTB) and deep-learning brain network (DBN) algorithms in building age-prediction models. They found GTB to have higher age prediction performance but DBN to have better utility in explaining cognitive functioning. In this case, an algorithm with better utility (e.g., DBN) should be used for explaining a phenotype of interest. Similarly, Bashyam and colleagues (2020) built different DBN-based age-prediction models, varying in age-prediction performance. The DBN models with a higher number of epochs corresponded to higher age-prediction performance. However, DBN-based age-prediction models with a moderate (as opposed to higher or lower) number of epochs were better at classifying Alzheimer’s disease, mild cognitive impairment and schizophrenia. In this case, a model from the same algorithm with better utility (e.g., those DBN with a moderate epoch number) should be used for explaining a phenotype of interest.

      Accordingly, this calls for a change in research practice, as recently pointed out by Jirasarie and colleagues (2023, p7), “Despite mounting evidence, there is a persisting assumption across several studies that the most accurate brain age models will have the most potential for detecting differences in a given phenotype of interest”. Future neuroimaging research should aim to build age-prediction models that are not necessarily good at predicting age, but at capturing phenotypes of interest.”

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #2

      Second, from a methods perspective, there is not a sufficient explanation of the methodological procedures in the current manuscript to fully understand how the stacked regression models were constructed. I would request that the authors provide more information to enable the reader to beUer understand the stacked regression models used to ensure that these models are not overfit. 

      Thank you for allowing us an opportunity to clarify our stacked model. We made additional clarification to make this clearer (see below). We wanted to confirm that we did not use test sets to build a stacked model in both lower and higher levels of the Elastic Net models. Test sets were there just for testing the performance of the models.  

      From Methods:

      “We used nested cross-validation (CV) to build these prediction models (see Figure 7). We first split the data into five outer folds, leaving each outer fold with around 100 participants. This number of participants in each fold is to ensure the stability of the test performance across folds. In each outer-fold CV loop, one of the outer folds was treated as an outer-fold test set, and the rest was treated as an outer-fold training set. Ultimately, looping through the nested CV resulted in a) prediction models from each of the 18 sets of features as well as b) prediction models that drew information across different combinations of the 18 separate sets, known as “stacked models.” We specified eight stacked models: “All” (i.e., including all 18 sets of features),  “All excluding Task FC”, “All excluding Task Contrast”, “Non-Task” (i.e., including only Rest FC and sMRI), “Resting and Task FC”, “Task Contrast and FC”, “Task Contrast” and “Task FC”. Accordingly, there were 26 prediction models in total for both Brain Age and Brain Cognition.

      To create these 26 prediction models, we applied three steps for each outer-fold loop. The first step aimed at tuning prediction models for each of 18 sets of features. This step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, we divided the outer-fold training set into five inner folds and applied inner-fold CV to tune hyperparameters with grid search. Specifically, in each inner-fold CV, one of the inner folds was treated as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest was treated as an inner-fold training set. Within each inner-fold CV loop, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters and applied the estimated model to the inner-fold validation set. Acer looping through the inner-fold CV, we, then, chose the prediction models that led to the highest performance, reflected by coefficient of determination (R2), on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to 18 tuned models, one for each of the 18 sets of features, for each outer fold.

      The second step aimed at tuning stacked models. Same as the first step, the second step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, using the same outer-fold training set as the first step, we applied tuned models, created from the first step, one from each of the 18 sets of features, resulting in 18 predicted values for each participant. We, then, re-divided this outer-fold training set into new five inner folds. In each inner fold, we treated different combinations of the 18 predicted values from separate sets of features as features to predict the targets in separate “stacked” models. Same as the first step, in each inner-fold CV loop, we treated one out of five inner folds as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest as an inner-fold training set. Also as in the first step, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters from our grid. We tuned the hyperparameters of stacked models using grid search by selecting the models with the highest R2 on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to eight tuned stacked models.

      The third step aimed at testing the predictive performance of the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the set of features, built from the first step, and eight tuned stacked models, built from the second step. Unlike the first two steps, here we applied the already tuned models to the outer-fold test set. We started by applying the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the sets of features to each observation in the outer-fold test set, resulting in 18 predicted values. We then applied the tuned stacked models to these predicted values from separate sets of features, resulting in eight predicted values. 

      To demonstrate the predictive performance, we assessed the similarity between the observed values and the predicted values of each model across outer-fold test sets, using Pearson’s r, coefficient of determination (R2) and mean absolute error (MAE). Note that for R2, we used the sum of squares definition (i.e., R2 \= 1 – (sum of squares residuals/total sum of squares)) per a previous recommendation (Poldrack et al., 2020). We considered the predicted values from the outer-fold test sets of models predicting age or fluid cognition, as Brain Age and Brain Cognition, respectively.”

      Author response image 1.

      Diagram of the nested cross-validation used for creating predictions for models of each set of features as well as predictions for stacked models. 

      Note some previous research, including ours (Tetereva et al., 2022), splits the observations in the outer-fold training set into layer 1 and layer 2 and applies the first and second steps to layers 1 and 2, respectively. Here we decided against this approach and used the same outer-fold training set for both first and second steps in order to avoid potential bias toward the stacked models. This is because, when the data are split into two layers, predictive models built for each separate set of features only use the data from layer 1, while the stacked models use the data from both layers 1 and 2. In practice with large enough data, these two approaches might not differ much, as we demonstrated previously (Tetereva et al., 2022).

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #3

      Please also provide an indication of the different regression strengths that were estimated across the different models and cross-validation splits. Also, how stable were the weights across splits? 

      The focus of this article is on the predictions. Still, it is informative for readers to understand how stable the feature importance (i.e., Elastic Net coefficients) is. To demonstrate the stability of feature importance, we now examined the rank stability of feature importance using Spearman’s ρ (see Figure 4). Specifically, we correlated the feature importance between two prediction models of the same features, used in two different outer-fold test sets. Given that there were five outer-fold test sets, we computed 10 Spearman’s ρ for each prediction model of the same features.  We found Spearman’s ρ to be varied dramatically in both age-prediction (range\=.31-.94) and fluid cognition-prediction (range\=.16-.84) models. This means that some prediction models were much more stable in their feature importance than others. This is probably due to various factors such as a) the collinearity of features in the model, b) the number of features (e.g., 71,631 features in functional connectivity, which were further reduced to 75 PCAs, as compared to 19 features in subcortical volume based on the ASEG atlas), c) the penalisation of coefficients either with ‘Ridge’ or ‘Lasso’ methods, which resulted in reduction as a group of features or selection of a feature among correlated features, respectively, and d) the predictive performance of the models. Understanding the stability of feature importance is beyond the scope of the current article. As mentioned by Reviewer 1, “The predictions can be stable when the coefficients are not,” and we chose to focus on the prediction in the current article.   

      Author response image 2.

      Stability of feature importance (i.e., Elastic Net Coefficients) of prediction models. Each dot represents rank stability (reflected by Spearman’s ρ) in the feature importance between two prediction models of the same features, used in two different outer-fold test sets. Given that there were five outer-fold test sets, there were 10 Spearman’s ρs for each prediction model.  The numbers to the right of the plots indicate the mean of Spearman’s ρ for each prediction model.  

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #4

      Please provide more details about the task designs, MRI processing procedures that were employed on this sample in addition to the regression methods and bias correction methods used. For example, there are several different parameterisations of the elastic net, please provide equations to describe the method used here so that readers can easily determine how the regularisation parameters should be interpreted.  

      Thank you for the opportunity for us to provide more methodical details.

      First, for the task design, we included the following statements:

      From Methods:

      “HCP-A collected fMRI data from three tasks: Face Name (Sperling et al., 2001), Conditioned Approach Response Inhibition Task (CARIT) (Somerville et al., 2018) and VISual MOTOR (VISMOTOR) (Ances et al., 2009). 

      First, the Face Name task (Sperling et al., 2001) taps into episodic memory. The task had three blocks. In the encoding block [Encoding], participants were asked to memorise the names of faces shown. These faces were then shown again in the recall block [Recall] when the participants were asked if they could remember the names of the previously shown faces. There was also the distractor block [Distractor] occurring between the encoding and recall blocks. Here participants were distracted by a Go/NoGo task. We computed six contrasts for this Face Name task: [Encode], [Recall], [Distractor], [Encode vs. Distractor], [Recall vs. Distractor] and [Encode vs. Recall].

      Second, the CARIT task (Somerville et al., 2018) was adapted from the classic Go/NoGo task and taps into inhibitory control. Participants were asked to press a budon to all [Go] but not to two [NoGo] shapes. We computed three contrasts for the CARIT task: [NoGo], [Go] and [NoGo vs. Go]. 

      Third, the VISMOTOR task (Ances et al., 2009) was designed to test simple activation of the motor and visual cortices. Participants saw a checkerboard with a red square either on the lec or right. They needed to press a corresponding key to indicate the location of the red square. We computed just one contrast for the VISMOTOR task: [Vismotor], which indicates the presence of the checkerboard vs. baseline.” 

      Second, for MRI processing procedures, we included the following statements.

      From Methods:

      “HCP-A provides details of parameters for brain MRI elsewhere (Bookheimer et al., 2019; Harms et al., 2018). Here we used MRI data that were pre-processed by the HCP-A with recommended methods, including the MSMALL alignment (Glasser et al., 2016; Robinson et al., 2018) and ICA-FIX (Glasser et al., 2016) for functional MRI. We used multiple brain MRI modalities, covering task functional MRI (task fMRI), resting-state functional MRI (rsfMRI) and structural MRI (sMRI), and organised them into 19 sets of features.”

      “Sets of Features 1-10: Task fMRI contrast (Task Contrast)

      Task contrasts reflect fMRI activation relevant to events in each task. Bookheimer and colleagues (2019) provided detailed information about the fMRI in HCP-A. Here we focused on the pre-processed task fMRI Connectivity Informatics Technology Initiative (CIFTI) files with a suffix, “_PA_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dtseries.nii.” These CIFTI files encompassed both the cortical mesh surface and subcortical volume (Glasser et al., 2013). Collected using the posterior-to-anterior (PA) phase, these files were aligned using MSMALL (Glasser et al., 2016; Robinson et al., 2018), linear detrended (see hdps://groups.google.com/a/humanconnectome.org/g/hcp-users/c/ZLJc092h980/m/GiihzQAUAwAJ) and cleaned from potential artifacts using ICA-FIX (Glasser et al., 2016). 

      To extract Task Contrasts, we regressed the fMRI time series on the convolved task events using a double-gamma canonical hemodynamic response function via FMRIB Software Library (FSL)’s FMRI Expert Analysis Tool (FEAT) (Woolrich et al., 2001). We kept FSL’s default high pass cutoff at 200s (i.e., .005 Hz). We then parcellated the contrast ‘cope’ files, using the Glasser atlas (Gordon et al., 2016) for cortical surface regions and the Freesurfer’s automatic segmentation (aseg) (Fischl et al., 2002) for subcortical regions. This resulted in 379 regions, whose number was, in turn, the number of features for each Task Contrast set of features. “ 

      “Sets of Features 11-13: Task fMRI functional connectivity (Task FC)

      Task FC reflects functional connectivity (FC ) among the brain regions during each task, which is considered an important source of individual differences (Elliod et al., 2019; Fair et al., 2007; Gradon et al., 2018). We used the same CIFTI file “_PA_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dtseries.nii.” as the task contrasts. Unlike Task Contrasts, here we treated the double-gamma, convolved task events as regressors of no interest and focused on the residuals of the regression from each task (Fair et al., 2007). We computed these regressors on FSL, and regressed them in nilearn (Abraham et al., 2014). Following previous work on task FC (Elliod et al., 2019), we applied a highpass at .008 Hz. For parcellation, we used the same atlases as Task Contrast (Fischl et al., 2002; Glasser et al., 2016). We computed Pearson’s correlations of each pair of 379 regions, resulting in a table of 71,631 non-overlapping FC indices for each task. We then applied r-to-z transformation and principal component analysis (PCA) of 75 components (Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2019, 2020). Note to avoid data leakage, we conducted the PCA on each training set and applied its definition to the corresponding test set. Accordingly, there were three sets of 75 features for Task FC, one for each task. 

      Set of Features 14: Resting-state functional MRI functional connectivity (Rest FC) Similar to Task FC, Rest FC reflects functional connectivity (FC ) among the brain regions, except that Rest FC occurred during the resting (as opposed to task-performing) period. HCPA collected Rest FC from four 6.42-min (488 frames) runs across two days, leading to 26-min long data (Harms et al., 2018). On each day, the study scanned two runs of Rest FC, starting with anterior-to-posterior (AP) and then with posterior-to-anterior (PA) phase encoding polarity. We used the “rfMRI_REST_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dscalar.nii” file that was preprocessed and concatenated across the four runs.  We applied the same computations (i.e., highpass filter, parcellation, Pearson’s correlations, r-to-z transformation and PCA) with the Task FC. 

      Sets of Features 15-18: Structural MRI (sMRI)

      sMRI reflects individual differences in brain anatomy. The HCP-A used an established preprocessing pipeline for sMRI (Glasser et al., 2013). We focused on four sets of features: cortical thickness, cortical surface area, subcortical volume and total brain volume. For cortical thickness and cortical surface area, we used Destrieux’s atlas (Destrieux et al., 2010; Fischl, 2012) from FreeSurfer’s “aparc.stats” file, resulting in 148 regions for each set of features. For subcortical volume, we used the aseg atlas (Fischl et al., 2002) from FreeSurfer’s “aseg.stats” file, resulting in 19 regions. For total brain volume, we had five FreeSurfer-based features: “FS_IntraCranial_Vol” or estimated intra-cranial volume, “FS_TotCort_GM_Vol” or total cortical grey mader volume, “FS_Tot_WM_Vol” or total cortical white mader volume, “FS_SubCort_GM_Vol” or total subcortical grey mader volume and “FS_BrainSegVol_eTIV_Ratio” or ratio of brain segmentation volume to estimated total intracranial volume.”

      Third, for regression methods and bias correction methods used, we included the following statements:

      From Methods:

      “For the machine learning algorithm, we used Elastic Net (Zou & Hastie, 2005). Elastic Net is a general form of penalised regressions (including Lasso and Ridge regression), allowing us to simultaneously draw information across different brain indices to predict one target variable. Penalised regressions are commonly used for building age-prediction models (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023). Previously we showed that the performance of Elastic Net in predicting cognitive abilities is on par, if not better than, many non-linear and morecomplicated algorithms (Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022; Tetereva et al., 2022). Moreover, Elastic Net coefficients are readily explainable, allowing us the ability to explain how our age-prediction and cognition-prediction models made the prediction from each brain feature (Molnar, 2019; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022) (see below). 

      Elastic Net simultaneously minimises the weighted sum of the features’ coefficients. The degree of penalty to the sum of the feature’s coefficients is determined by a shrinkage hyperparameter ‘a’: the greater the a, the more the coefficients shrink, and the more regularised the model becomes. Elastic Net also includes another hyperparameter, ‘ℓ! ratio’, which determines the degree to which the sum of either the squared (known as ‘Ridge’; ℓ! ratio=0) or absolute (known as ‘Lasso’; ℓ! ratio=1) coefficients is penalised (Zou & Hastie, 2005). The objective function of Elastic Net as implemented by sklearn (Pedregosa et al., 2011) is defined as:

      where X is the features, y is the target, and b is the coefficient. In our grid search, we tuned two Elastic Net hyperparameters: a using 70 numbers in log space, ranging from .1 and 100, and ℓ!-ratio using 25 numbers in linear space, ranging from 0 and 1.

      To understand how Elastic Net made a prediction based on different brain features, we examined the coefficients of the tuned model. Elastic Net coefficients can be considered as feature importance, such that more positive Elastic Net coefficients lead to more positive predicted values and, similarly, more negative Elastic Net coefficients lead to more negative predicted values (Molnar, 2019; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022). While the magnitude of Elastic Net coefficients is regularised (thus making it difficult for us to interpret the magnitude itself directly), we could still indicate that a brain feature with a higher magnitude weights relatively stronger in making a prediction. Another benefit of Elastic Net as a penalised regression is that the coefficients are less susceptible to collinearity among features as they have already been regularised (Dormann et al., 2013; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022).

      Given that we used five-fold nested cross validation, different outer folds may have different degrees of ‘a’ and ‘ℓ! ratio’, making the final coefficients from different folds to be different. For instance, for certain sets of features, penalisation may not play a big part (i.e., higher or lower ‘a’ leads to similar predictive performance), resulting in different ‘a’ for different folds. To remedy this in the visualisation of Elastic Net feature importance, we refitted the Elastic Net model to the full dataset without spli{ng them into five folds and visualised the coefficients on brain images using Brainspace (Vos De Wael et al., 2020) and Nilern (Abraham et al., 2014) packages. Note, unlike other sets of features, Task FC and Rest FC were modelled acer data reduction via PCA. Thus, for Task FC and Rest FC, we, first, multiplied the absolute PCA scores (extracted from the ‘components_’ attribute of ‘sklearn.decomposition.PCA’) with Elastic Net coefficients and, then, summed the multiplied values across the 75 components, leaving 71,631 ROI-pair indices.

      References

      Abraham, A., Pedregosa, F., Eickenberg, M., Gervais, P., Mueller, A., Kossaifi, J., Gramfort, A., Thirion, B., & Varoquaux, G. (2014). Machine learning for neuroimaging with scikitlearn. Frontiers in Neuroinformatics, 8, 14. hdps://doi.org/10.3389/fninf.2014.00014

      Ances, B. M., Liang, C. L., Leontiev, O., Perthen, J. E., Fleisher, A. S., Lansing, A. E., & Buxton, R. B. (2009). Effects of aging on cerebral blood flow, oxygen metabolism, and blood oxygenation level dependent responses to visual stimulation. Human Brain Mapping, 30(4), 1120–1132. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.20574

      Bashyam, V. M., Erus, G., Doshi, J., Habes, M., Nasrallah, I. M., Truelove-Hill, M., Srinivasan, D., Mamourian, L., Pomponio, R., Fan, Y., Launer, L. J., Masters, C. L., Maruff, P., Zhuo, C., Völzke, H., Johnson, S. C., Fripp, J., Koutsouleris, N., Saderthwaite, T. D., … on behalf of the ISTAGING Consortium,  the P. A. disease C., ADNI, and CARDIA studies. (2020). MRI signatures of brain age and disease over the lifespan based on a deep brain network and 14 468 individuals worldwide. Brain, 143(7), 2312–2324. hdps://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa160

      Bookheimer, S. Y., Salat, D. H., Terpstra, M., Ances, B. M., Barch, D. M., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Curtiss, S. W., Diaz-Santos, M., Elam, J. S., Fischl, B., Greve, D. N., Hagy, H. A., Harms, M. P., Hatch, O. M., Hedden, T., Hodge, C., Japardi, K. C., Kuhn, T. P., … Yacoub, E. (2019). The Lifespan Human Connectome Project in Aging: An overview. NeuroImage, 185, 335–348. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.10.009

      Butler, E. R., Chen, A., Ramadan, R., Le, T. T., Ruparel, K., Moore, T. M., Saderthwaite, T. D., Zhang, F., Shou, H., Gur, R. C., Nichols, T. E., & Shinohara, R. T. (2021). Pi alls in brain age analyses. Human Brain Mapping, 42(13), 4092–4101. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25533

      Cole, J. H. (2020). Multimodality neuroimaging brain-age in UK biobank: Relationship to biomedical, lifestyle, and cognitive factors. Neurobiology of Aging, 92, 34–42. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2020.03.014

      Destrieux, C., Fischl, B., Dale, A., & Halgren, E. (2010). Automatic parcellation of human cortical gyri and sulci using standard anatomical nomenclature. NeuroImage, 53(1), 1–15. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.06.010

      Dormann, C. F., Elith, J., Bacher, S., Buchmann, C., Carl, G., Carré, G., Marquéz, J. R. G., Gruber, B., Lafourcade, B., Leitão, P. J., Münkemüller, T., McClean, C., Osborne, P. E., Reineking, B., Schröder, B., Skidmore, A. K., Zurell, D., & Lautenbach, S. (2013). Collinearity: A review of methods to deal with it and a simulation study evaluating their performance. Ecography, 36(1), 27–46. hdps://doi.org/10.1111/j.16000587.2012.07348.x

      Dubois, J., Galdi, P., Paul, L. K., & Adolphs, R. (2018). A distributed brain network predicts general intelligence from resting-state human neuroimaging data. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 373(1756), 20170284. hdps://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2017.0284

      Elliod, M. L., Knodt, A. R., Cooke, M., Kim, M. J., Melzer, T. R., Keenan, R., Ireland, D., Ramrakha, S., Poulton, R., Caspi, A., Moffid, T. E., & Hariri, A. R. (2019). General functional connectivity: Shared features of resting-state and task fMRI drive reliable and heritable individual differences in functional brain networks. NeuroImage, 189, 516–532. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.01.068

      Fair, D. A., Schlaggar, B. L., Cohen, A. L., Miezin, F. M., Dosenbach, N. U. F., Wenger, K. K., Fox, M. D., Snyder, A. Z., Raichle, M. E., & Petersen, S. E. (2007). A method for using blocked and event-related fMRI data to study “resting state” functional connectivity. NeuroImage, 35(1), 396–405. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.11.051

      Fischl, B. (2012). FreeSurfer. NeuroImage, 62(2), 774–781. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.01.021

      Fischl, B., Salat, D. H., Busa, E., Albert, M., Dieterich, M., Haselgrove, C., van der Kouwe, A., Killiany, R., Kennedy, D., Klaveness, S., Montillo, A., Makris, N., Rosen, B., & Dale, A. M. (2002). Whole Brain Segmentation. Neuron, 33(3), 341–355. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00569-X

      Glasser, M. F., Smith, S. M., Marcus, D. S., Andersson, J. L. R., Auerbach, E. J., Behrens, T. E. J., Coalson, T. S., Harms, M. P., Jenkinson, M., Moeller, S., Robinson, E. C., Sotiropoulos, S. N., Xu, J., Yacoub, E., Ugurbil, K., & Van Essen, D. C. (2016). The Human Connectome Project’s neuroimaging approach. Nature Neuroscience, 19(9), 1175– 1187. hdps://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4361

      Glasser, M. F., Sotiropoulos, S. N., Wilson, J. A., Coalson, T. S., Fischl, B., Andersson, J. L., Xu, J., Jbabdi, S., Webster, M., Polimeni, J. R., Van Essen, D. C., & Jenkinson, M. (2013). The minimal preprocessing pipelines for the Human Connectome Project. NeuroImage, 80, 105–124. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2013.04.127

      Gordon, E. M., Laumann, T. O., Adeyemo, B., Huckins, J. F., Kelley, W. M., & Petersen, S. E. (2016). Generation and Evaluation of a Cortical Area Parcellation from Resting-State Correlations. Cerebral Cortex, 26(1), 288–303. hdps://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhu239

      Gradon, C., Laumann, T. O., Nielsen, A. N., Greene, D. J., Gordon, E. M., Gilmore, A. W., Nelson, S. M., Coalson, R. S., Snyder, A. Z., Schlaggar, B. L., Dosenbach, N. U. F., & Petersen, S. E. (2018). Functional Brain Networks Are Dominated by Stable Group and Individual Factors, Not Cognitive or Daily Variation. Neuron, 98(2), 439-452.e5. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.03.035

      Hahn, T., Fisch, L., Ernsting, J., Winter, N. R., Leenings, R., Sarink, K., Emden, D., Kircher, T., Berger, K., & Dannlowski, U. (2021). From ‘loose fi{ng’ to high-performance, uncertainty-aware brain-age modelling. Brain, 144(3), e31–e31. hdps://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa454

      Harms, M. P., Somerville, L. H., Ances, B. M., Andersson, J., Barch, D. M., Bastiani, M., Bookheimer, S. Y., Brown, T. B., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Coalson, T. S., Chappell, M. A., Dapredo, M., Douaud, G., Fischl, B., Glasser, M. F., Greve, D. N., Hodge, C., Jamison, K. W., … Yacoub, E. (2018). Extending the Human Connectome Project across ages: Imaging protocols for the Lifespan Development and Aging projects. NeuroImage, 183, 972–984. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.09.060

      Insel, T., Cuthbert, B., Garvey, M., Heinssen, R., Pine, D. S., Quinn, K., Sanislow, C., & Wang, P. (2010). Research Domain Criteria (RDoC): Toward a New Classification Framework for Research on Mental Disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167(7), 748–751. hdps://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2010.09091379

      Jirsaraie, R. J., Gorelik, A. J., Gatavins, M. M., Engemann, D. A., Bogdan, R., Barch, D. M., & Sotiras, A. (2023). A systematic review of multimodal brain age studies: Uncovering a divergence between model accuracy and utility. PaUerns, 4(4), 100712. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.pader.2023.100712

      Jirsaraie, R. J., Kaufmann, T., Bashyam, V., Erus, G., Luby, J. L., Westlye, L. T., Davatzikos, C., Barch, D. M., & Sotiras, A. (2023). Benchmarking the generalizability of brain age models: Challenges posed by scanner variance and prediction bias. Human Brain Mapping, 44(3), 1118–1128. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26144

      Marquand, A. F., Rezek, I., Buitelaar, J., & Beckmann, C. F. (2016). Understanding Heterogeneity in Clinical Cohorts Using Normative Models: Beyond Case-Control Studies. Biological Psychiatry, 80(7), 552–561. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.12.023

      Molnar, C. (2019). Interpretable Machine Learning. A Guide for Making Black Box Models Explainable. hdps://christophm.github.io/interpretable-ml-book/

      Nimon, K., Lewis, M., Kane, R., & Haynes, R. M. (2008). An R package to compute commonality coefficients in the multiple regression case: An introduction to the package and a practical example. Behavior Research Methods, 40(2), 457–466. hdps://doi.org/10.3758/BRM.40.2.457

      Pat, N., Wang, Y., Anney, R., Riglin, L., Thapar, A., & Stringaris, A. (2022). Longitudinally stable, brain-based predictive models mediate the relationships between childhood cognition and socio-demographic, psychological and genetic factors. Human Brain Mapping, hbm.26027. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26027

      Pat, N., Wang, Y., Bartonicek, A., Candia, J., & Stringaris, A. (2022). Explainable machine learning approach to predict and explain the relationship between task-based fMRI and individual differences in cognition. Cerebral Cortex, bhac235. hdps://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhac235

      Pedregosa, F., Varoquaux, G., Gramfort, A., Michel, V., Thirion, B., Grisel, O., Blondel, M., Predenhofer, P., Weiss, R., Dubourg, V., Vanderplas, J., Passos, A., Cournapeau, D., Brucher, M., Perrot, M., & Duchesnay, É. (2011). Scikit-learn: Machine Learning in Python. Journal of Machine Learning Research, 12(85), 2825–2830.

      Poldrack, R. A., Huckins, G., & Varoquaux, G. (2020). Establishment of Best Practices for Evidence for Prediction: A Review. JAMA Psychiatry, 77(5), 534–540. hdps://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.3671

      Rasero, J., Sentis, A. I., Yeh, F.-C., & Verstynen, T. (2021). Integrating across neuroimaging modalities boosts prediction accuracy of cognitive ability. PLOS Computational Biology, 17(3), e1008347. hdps://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008347

      Robinson, E. C., Garcia, K., Glasser, M. F., Chen, Z., Coalson, T. S., Makropoulos, A., Bozek, J., Wright, R., Schuh, A., Webster, M., Huder, J., Price, A., Cordero Grande, L., Hughes, E., Tusor, N., Bayly, P. V., Van Essen, D. C., Smith, S. M., Edwards, A. D., … Rueckert, D. (2018). Multimodal surface matching with higher-order smoothness constraints. NeuroImage, 167, 453–465. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2017.10.037

      Rokicki, J., Wolfers, T., Nordhøy, W., Tesli, N., Quintana, D. S., Alnæs, D., Richard, G., de Lange, A.-M. G., Lund, M. J., Norbom, L., Agartz, I., Melle, I., Nærland, T., Selbæk, G., Persson, K., Nordvik, J. E., Schwarz, E., Andreassen, O. A., Kaufmann, T., & Westlye, L. T. (2021). Multimodal imaging improves brain age prediction and reveals distinct abnormalities in patients with psychiatric and neurological disorders. Human Brain Mapping, 42(6), 1714–1726. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25323

      Somerville, L. H., Bookheimer, S. Y., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Curtiss, S. W., Dapredo, M., Elam, J. S., Gaffrey, M. S., Harms, M. P., Hodge, C., Kandala, S., Kastman, E. K., Nichols, T. E., Schlaggar, B. L., Smith, S. M., Thomas, K. M., Yacoub, E., Van Essen, D. C., & Barch, D. M. (2018). The Lifespan Human Connectome Project in Development: A large-scale study of brain connectivity development in 5–21 year olds. NeuroImage, 183, 456–468. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.08.050

      Sperling, R. A., Bates, J. F., Cocchiarella, A. J., Schacter, D. L., Rosen, B. R., & Albert, M. S. (2001). Encoding novel face-name associations: A functional MRI study. Human Brain Mapping, 14(3), 129–139. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.1047

      Sripada, C., Angstadt, M., Rutherford, S., Kessler, D., Kim, Y., Yee, M., & Levina, E. (2019). Basic Units of Inter-Individual Variation in Resting State Connectomes. Scientific Reports, 9(1), Article 1. hdps://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-018-38406-5

      Sripada, C., Angstadt, M., Rutherford, S., Taxali, A., & Shedden, K. (2020). Toward a “treadmill test” for cognition: Improved prediction of general cognitive ability from the task activated brain. Human Brain Mapping, 41(12), 3186–3197. hdps://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25007

      Tetereva, A., Li, J., Deng, J. D., Stringaris, A., & Pat, N. (2022). Capturing brain-cognition relationship: Integrating task-based fMRI across tasks markedly boosts prediction and test-retest reliability. NeuroImage, 263, 119588. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2022.119588

      Vieira, B. H., Pamplona, G. S. P., Fachinello, K., Silva, A. K., Foss, M. P., & Salmon, C. E. G. (2022). On the prediction of human intelligence from neuroimaging: A systematic review of methods and reporting. Intelligence, 93, 101654. hdps://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2022.101654

      Vos De Wael, R., Benkarim, O., Paquola, C., Lariviere, S., Royer, J., Tavakol, S., Xu, T., Hong, S.J., Langs, G., Valk, S., Misic, B., Milham, M., Margulies, D., Smallwood, J., & Bernhardt, B. C. (2020). BrainSpace: A toolbox for the analysis of macroscale gradients in neuroimaging and connectomics datasets. Communications Biology, 3(1), 103. hdps://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-020-0794-7

      Woolrich, M. W., Ripley, B. D., Brady, M., & Smith, S. M. (2001). Temporal Autocorrelation in Univariate Linear Modeling of FMRI Data. NeuroImage, 14(6), 1370–1386. hdps://doi.org/10.1006/nimg.2001.0931

      Zou, H., & Hastie, T. (2005). Regularization and variable selection via the elastic net. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series B (Statistical Methodology), 67(2), 301–320. hdps://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9868.2005.00503.x

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In the revised manuscript, the authors aim to investigate brain-wide activation patterns following administration of the anesthetics ketamine and isoflurane, and conduct comparative analysis of these patterns to understand shared and distinct mechanisms of these two anesthetics. To this end, they perform Fos immunohistochemistry in perfused brain sections to label active nuclei, use a custom pipeline to register images to the ABA framework and quantify Fos+ nuclei, and perform multiple complementary analyses to compare activation patterns across groups.

      In the latest revision, the authors have made some changes in response to our previous comments on how to fix the analyses. However, the revised analyses were not changed correctly and remain flawed in several fundamental ways.

      Critical problems:

      (1) Before one can perform higher level analyses such as hiearchal cluster or network hub (or PC) analysis, it is fundamental to validate that you have significant differences of the raw Fos expression values in the first place. First of all, this means showing figures with the raw data (Fos expression levels) in some form in Figures 2 and 3 before showing the higher level analyses in Figures 4 and 5; this is currently switched around. Second and most importantly, when you have a large number of brain areas with large differences in mean values and variance, you need to account for this in a meaningful way. Changing to log values is a step in the right direction for mean values but does not account well for differences in variance. Indeed, considering the large variances in brain areas with high mean values and variance, it is a little difficult to believe that all brain regions, especially brain areas with low mean values, passed corrections for multiple comparisons test. We suggested Z-scores relative to control values for each brain region; this would have accounted for wide differences in mean values and variance, but this was not done. Overall, validation of anesthesia-induced differences in Fos expression levels is not yet shown.

      (a) Reordering the figures.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have added Figure 2 (for 201 brain regions) and Figure 2—figure supplement 1 (for 53 brain regions) to demonstrate the statistical differences in raw Fos expression between KET and ISO compared to their respective control groups. These figures specifically present the raw c-Fos expression levels for both KET and ISO in the same brain areas, providing a fundamental basis for the subsequent analyses. Additionally, we have moved the original Figures 4 and 5 to Figures 3 and 4.

      (b) Z-score transformation and validation of anesthesia-induced differences in Fos expression.

      Thank you for your suggestion. Before multiple comparisons, we transformed the data into log c-Fos density and then performed Z-scores relative to control values for each brain region. Indeed, through Z-score transformation, we have identified a larger number of significantly activated brain regions in Figure 2. The number of brain regions showing significant activation increased by 100 for KET and by 39 for ISO. We have accordingly updated the results section to include these findings in Line 80-181. Besides, we have added the following content in the Statistical Analysis section in Line 489: "…In Figure 2 and Figure 2–figure supplement 1, c-Fos densities in both experimental and control groups were log-transformed. Z-scores were calculated for each brain region by normalizing these log-transformed values against the mean and standard deviation of its respective control group. This involved subtracting the control mean from the experimental value and dividing the result by the control standard deviation. For statistical analysis, Z-scores were compared to a null distribution with a zero mean, and adjustments were made for multiple comparisons using the Benjamini–Hochberg method with a 5% false discovery rate (Q)..…".

      Author response image 1.

      KET and ISO induced c-Fos expression relative to their respective control group across 201 distinct brain regions. Z-scores represent the normalized c-Fos expression in the KET and ISO groups, calculated against the mean and standard deviation from their respective control groups. Statistical analysis involved the comparison of Z-scores to a null distribution with a zero mean and adjustment for multiple comparisons using the Benjamini–Hochberg method at a 5% false discovery rate (p < 0.05, p < 0.01, **p < 0.001). n = 6, 6, 8, 6 for the home cage, ISO, saline, and KET, respectively. Missing values resulted from zero standard deviations in control groups. Brain regions are categorized into major anatomical subdivisions, as shown on the left side of the graph.

      Author response image 2.

      KET and ISO induced c-Fos expression relative to their respective control group across 53 distinct brain regions. Z-scores for c-Fos expression in the KET and ISO groups were normalized to the mean and standard deviation of their respective control groups. Statistical analysis involved the comparison of Z-scores to a null distribution with a zero mean and adjustment for multiple comparisons using the Benjamini–Hochberg method at a 5\% false discovery rate (p < 0.05, p < 0.01, **p < 0.001). Brain regions are organized into major anatomical subdivisions, as indicated on the left side of the graph.

      (2) Let's assume for a moment that the raw Fos expression analyses indicate significant differences. They used hierarchal cluster analyses as a rationale for examining 53 brain areas in all subsequent analyses of Fos expression following isoflurane versus home cage or ketamine versus saline. Instead, the authors changed to 201 brain areas with no validated rationale other than effectively saying 'we wanted to look at more brain areas'. And then later, when they examined raw Fos expression values in Figures 4 and 5, they assess 43 brain areas for ketamine and 20 brain areas for isoflurane, without any rationale for why choosing these numbers of brain areas. This is a particularly big problem when they are trying to compare effects of isoflurane versus ketamine on Fos expression in these brain areas - they did not compare the same brain areas.

      (a) Changing to 201 brain areas with validated rationale.

      Thank you for your question. We have revised the original text from “To enhance our analysis of c-Fos expression patterns induced by KET and ISO, we expanded our study to 201 subregions.” to Line 100: "…To enable a more detailed examination and facilitate clearer differentiation and comparison of the effects caused by KET and ISO, we subdivided the 53 brain regions into 201 distinct areas. This approach, guided by the standard mouse atlas available at http://atlas.brain-map.org/atlas, allowed for an in-depth analysis of the responses in various brain regions…". For hierarchal cluster analyses from 53 to 201 brain regions, Line 215: "…To achieve a more granular analysis and better discern the responses between KET and ISO, we expanded our study from the initial 53 brain regions to 201 distinct subregions…"

      (b) Compare the same brain areas for KET and ISO and the rationale for why choosing these numbers of brain areas in Figures 3 and 4.

      We apologize for the confusion and lack of clarity regarding the selection of brain regions for analysis. In Figure 2 and Figure 2—figure supplement 1, we display the c-Fos expression in the same brain regions affected by KET and ISO. In Figures 3 and 4, we applied a uniform standard to specifically report the brain areas most prominently activated by KET and ISO, respectively. As specified in Line 104: "…Compared to the saline group, KET activated 141 out of a total of 201 brain regions (Figure 2). To further identify the brain regions that are most significantly affected by KET, we calculated Cohen's d for each region to quantify the magnitude of activation and subsequently focused on those regions that had a corrected p-value below 0.05 and effect size in the top 40% (Figure 3, Figure 3—figure supplement 1)…" and Line 142: "…Using the same criteria applied to KET, which involved selecting regions with Cohen's d values in the top 40% of significantly activated areas from Figure 2, we identified 32 key brain regions impacted by ISO (Figure 4, Figure 4—figure supplement 1).…".

      Moreover, we illustrate the co-activated brain regions by KET and ISO in Figure 4C. As detailed in Lines 167-180:"…The co-activation of multiple brain regions by KET and ISO indicates that they have overlapping effects on brain functions. Examples of these effects include impacts on sensory processing, as evidenced by the activation of the PIR, ENT 1, and OT2, pointing to changes in sensory perception typical of anesthetics. Memory and cognitive functions are influenced, as indicated by the activation of the subiculum (SUB) 3, dentate gyrus (DG) 4, and RE 5. The reward and motivational systems are engaged, involving the ACB and ventral tegmental area (VTA), signaling the modulation of reward pathways 6. Autonomic and homeostatic control are also affected, as shown by areas like the lateral hypothalamic area (LHA) 7 and medial preoptic area (MPO) 8, emphasizing effects on functions such as feeding and thermoregulation. Stress and arousal responses are impacted through the activation of the paraventricular hypothalamic nucleus (PVH) 10,11 and LC 12. This broad activation pattern highlights the overlap in drug effects and the complexity of brain networks in anesthesia…". Below are the revised Figures 3 and 4.

      (1) Chapuis, J. et al. Lateral entorhinal modulation of piriform cortical activity and fine odor discrimination. J. Neurosci. 33, 13449-13459 (2013). https://doi.org:10.1523/jneurosci.1387-13.2013

      (2) Giessel, A. J. & Datta, S. R. Olfactory maps, circuits and computations. Curr. Opin. Neurobiol. 24, 120-132 (2014). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.conb.2013.09.010

      (3) Roy, D. S. et al. Distinct Neural Circuits for the Formation and Retrieval of Episodic Memories. Cell 170, 1000-1012.e1019 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.cell.2017.07.013

      (4) Sun, X. et al. Functionally Distinct Neuronal Ensembles within the Memory Engram. Cell 181, 410-423.e417 (2020). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.cell.2020.02.055

      (5) Huang, X. et al. A Visual Circuit Related to the Nucleus Reuniens for the Spatial-Memory-Promoting Effects of Light Treatment. Neuron (2021).

      (6) Al-Hasani, R. et al. Ventral tegmental area GABAergic inhibition of cholinergic interneurons in the ventral nucleus accumbens shell promotes reward reinforcement. Nat. Neurosci. 24, 1414-1428 (2021). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41593-021-00898-2

      (7) Mickelsen, L. E. et al. Single-cell transcriptomic analysis of the lateral hypothalamic area reveals molecularly distinct populations of inhibitory and excitatory neurons. Nat. Neurosci. 22, 642-656 (2019). https://doi.org:10.1038/s41593-019-0349-8

      (8) McGinty, D. & Szymusiak, R. Keeping cool: a hypothesis about the mechanisms and functions of slow-wave sleep. Trends Neurosci. 13, 480-487 (1990). https://doi.org:10.1016/0166-2236(90)90081-k

      (9) Mullican, S. E. et al. GFRAL is the receptor for GDF15 and the ligand promotes weight loss in mice and nonhuman primates. Nat. Med. 23, 1150-1157 (2017). https://doi.org:10.1038/nm.4392

      (10) Rasiah, N. P., Loewen, S. P. & Bains, J. S. Windows into stress: a glimpse at emerging roles for CRH(PVN) neurons. Physiol. Rev. 103, 1667-1691 (2023). https://doi.org:10.1152/physrev.00056.2021

      (11) Islam, M. T. et al. Vasopressin neurons in the paraventricular hypothalamus promote wakefulness via lateral hypothalamic orexin neurons. Curr. Biol. 32, 3871-3885.e3874 (2022). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.cub.2022.07.020

      (12) Ross, J. A. & Van Bockstaele, E. J. The Locus Coeruleus- Norepinephrine System in Stress and Arousal: Unraveling Historical, Current, and Future Perspectives. Front Psychiatry 11, 601519 (2020). https://doi.org:10.3389/fpsyt.2020.601519

      Author response image 3.

      Brain regions exhibiting significant activation by KET. (A) Fifty-five brain regions exhibited significant KET activation. These were chosen from the 201 regions analyzed in Figure 2, focusing on the top 40\% ranked by effect size among those with corrected p values less than 0.05. Data are presented as mean ± SEM, with p-values adjusted for multiple comparisons (p < 0.05, p < 0.01, **p < 0.001). (B) Representative immunohistochemical staining of brain regions identified in Figure 3A, with control group staining available in Figure 3—figure supplement 1. Scale bar: 200 µm.

      Author response image 4.

      Brain regions exhibiting significant activation by ISO. (A) Brain regions significantly activated by ISO were initially identified using a corrected p-value below 0.05. From these, the top 40% in effect size (Cohen’s d) were further selected, resulting in 32 key areas. p-values are adjusted for multiple comparisons (p < 0.01, *p < 0.001). (B) Representative immunohistochemical staining of brain regions identified in Figure 4A. Control group staining is available in Figure 4—figure supplement 1. Scale bar: 200 µm. Scale bar: 200 µm. (C) A Venn diagram displays 43 brain regions co-activated by KET and ISO, identified by the adjusted p-values (p < 0.05) for both KET and ISO. CTX: cerebral cortex; CNU: cerebral nuclei; TH: thalamus; HY: hypothalamus; MB: midbrain; HB: hindbrain.

      Less critical comments:

      (3) The explanation of hierarchical level's in lines 90-95 did not make sense.

      We have revised the section that initially stated in lines 90-95, "…Based on the standard mouse atlas available at http://atlas.brain-map.org/, the mouse brain was segmented into nine hierarchical levels, totaling 984 regions. The primary level consists of grey matter, the secondary of the cerebrum, brainstem, and cerebellum, and the tertiary includes regions like the cerebral cortex and cerebellar nuclei, among others, with some regions extending to the 8th and 9th levels. The fifth level comprises 53 subregions, with detailed expression levels and their respective abbreviations presented in Supplementary Figure 2…". Our revised description, now in line 91: "…Building upon the framework established in previous literature, our study categorizes the mouse brain into 53 distinct subregions1…"

      (1) Do JP, Xu M, Lee SH, Chang WC, Zhang S, Chung S, Yung TJ, Fan JL, Miyamichi K, Luo L et al: Cell type-specific long-range connections of basal forebrain circuit. Elife 2016, 5.

      (4) I am still perplexed by why the authors consider the prelimbic and infralimbic cortex 'neuroendocrine' brain areas in the abstract. In contrast, the prelimbic and infralimbic were described better in the introduction as "associated information processing" areas.

      Thank you for bringing this to our attention. We agree that classifying the prelimbic and infralimbic cortex as 'neuroendocrine' in the abstract was incorrect, which was an oversight on our part. In the revised version, as detailed in line 167, we observed an increased number of brain regions showing overlapping activation by both KET and ISO, which is depicted in Figure 4C. This extensive co-activation across various regions makes it challenging to narrowly define the functional classification of each area. Consequently, we have revised the abstract, updating this in line 21: "…KET and ISO both activate brain areas involved in sensory processing, memory and cognition, reward and motivation, as well as autonomic and homeostatic control, highlighting their shared effects on various neural pathways.…".

      (5) It looks like overall Fos levels in the control group Home (ISO) are a magnitude (~10-fold) lower than those in the control group Saline (KET) across all regions shown. This large difference seems unlikely to be due to a biologically driven effect and seems more likely to be due to a technical issue, such as differences in staining or imaging between experiments. The authors discuss this issue but did not answer whether the Homecage-ISO experiment or at least the Fos labeling and imaging performed at the same time as for the Saline-Ketamine experiment?

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. The c-Fos labeling and imaging for the Home (ISO) and Saline (KET) groups were carried out in separate sessions due to the extensive workload involved in these processes. This study processed a total of 26 brain samples. Sectioning the entire brain of each mouse required approximately 3 hours, yielding 5 slides, with each slide containing 12 to 16 brain sections. We were able to stain and image up to 20 slides simultaneously, typically comprising 2 experimental groups and 2 corresponding control groups. Imaging these 20 slides at 10x magnification took roughly 7 hours, while additional time was required for confocal imaging of specific areas of interest at 20x magnification. Given the complexity of these procedures, to ensure consistency across all experiments, they were conducted under uniform conditions. This included the use of consistent primary and secondary antibody concentrations, incubation times, and imaging parameters such as fixed light intensity and exposure time. Furthermore, in the saline and KET groups, intraperitoneal injections might have evoked pain and stress responses in mice despite four days of pre-experiment acclimation, which could have contributed to the increased c-Fos expression observed. This aspect, along with the fact that procedures were conducted in separate sessions, might have introduced some variations. Thus, we have included a note in our discussion section in Line 353: "…Despite four days of acclimation, including handling and injections, intraperitoneal injections in the saline and KET groups might still elicit pain and stress responses in mice. This point is corroborated by the subtle yet measurable variations in brain states between the home cage and saline groups, characterized by changes in normalized EEG delta/theta power (home cage: 0.05±0.09; saline: -0.03±0.11) and EMG power (home cage: -0.37±0.34; saline: 0.04±0.13), as shown in Figure 1–figure supplement 1. These changes suggest a relative increase in brain activity in the saline group compared to the home cage group, potentially contributing to the higher c-Fos expression. Additionally, despite the use of consistent parameters for c-Fos labeling and imaging across all experiments, the substantial differences observed between the saline and home cage groups might be partly attributed to the fact that the operations were conducted in separate sessions.…"

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      The present study presents a comprehensive exploration of the distinct impacts of Isoflurane and Ketamine on c-Fos expression throughout the brain. To understand the varying responses across individual brain regions to each anesthetic, the researchers employ principal component analysis (PCA) and c-Fos-based functional network analysis. The methodology employed in this research is both methodical and expansive. Notably, the utilization of a custom software package to align and analyze brain images for c-Fos positive cells stands out as an impressive addition to their approach. This innovative technique enables effective quantification of neural activity and enhances our understanding of how anesthetic drugs influence brain networks as a whole.

      The primary novelty of this paper lies in the comparative analysis of two anesthetics, Ketamine and Isoflurane, and their respective impacts on brain-wide c-Fos expression. The study reveals the distinct pathways through which these anesthetics induce loss of consciousness. Ketamine primarily influences the cerebral cortex, while Isoflurane targets subcortical brain regions. This finding highlights the differing mechanisms of action employed by these two anesthetics-a top-down approach for Ketamine and a bottom-up mechanism for Isoflurane. Furthermore, this study uncovers commonly activated brain regions under both anesthetics, advancing our knowledge about the mechanisms underlying general anesthesia.

      We are thankful for your positive and insightful comments on our study. Your recognition of the study's methodology and its significance in advancing our understanding of anesthetic mechanisms is greatly valued. By comprehensively mapping c-Fos expression across a wide range of brain regions, our study reveals the distinct and overlapping impacts of these anesthetics on various brain functions, providing a valuable foundation for future research into the mechanisms of general anesthesia, potentially guiding the development of more targeted anesthetic agents and therapeutic strategies. Thus, we are confident that our work will captivate the interest of our readers.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Responses to Reviewer’s Comments:  

      To Reviewer #2:

      (1) The use of two m<sup>5</sup>C reader proteins is likely a reason for the high number of edits introduced by the DRAM-Seq method. Both ALYREF and YBX1 are ubiquitous proteins with multiple roles in RNA metabolism including splicing and mRNA export. It is reasonable to assume that both ALYREF and YBX1 bind to many mRNAs that do not contain m<sup>5</sup>C. 

      To substantiate the author's claim that ALYREF or YBX1 binds m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNAs to an extent that would allow distinguishing its binding to non-modified RNAs from binding to m<sup>5</sup>Cmodified RNAs, it would be recommended to provide data on the affinity of these, supposedly proven, m<sup>5</sup>C readers to non-modified versus m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNAs. To do so, this reviewer suggests performing experiments as described in Slama et al., 2020 (doi: 10.1016/j.ymeth.2018.10.020). However, using dot blots like in so many published studies to show modification of a specific antibody or protein binding, is insufficient as an argument because no antibody, nor protein, encounters nanograms to micrograms of a specific RNA identity in a cell. This issue remains a major caveat in all studies using so-called RNA modification reader proteins as bait for detecting RNA modifications in epitranscriptomics research. It becomes a pertinent problem if used as a platform for base editing similar to the work presented in this manuscript.

      The authors have tried to address the point made by this reviewer. However, rather than performing an experiment with recombinant ALYREF-fusions and m<sup>5</sup>C-modified to unmodified RNA oligos for testing the enrichment factor of ALYREF in vitro, the authors resorted to citing two manuscripts. One manuscript is cited by everybody when it comes to ALYREF as m<sup>5</sup>C reader, however none of the experiments have been repeated by another laboratory. The other manuscript is reporting on YBX1 binding to m<sup>5</sup>C-containing RNA and mentions PARCLiP experiments with ALYREF, the details of which are nowhere to be found in doi: 10.1038/s41556-019-0361-y.

      Furthermore, the authors have added RNA pull-down assays that should substitute for the requested experiments. Interestingly, Figure S1E shows that ALYREF binds equally well to unmodified and m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA oligos, which contradicts doi:10.1038/cr.2017.55, and supports the conclusion that wild-type ALYREF is not specific m<sup>5</sup>C binder. The necessity of including always an overexpression of ALYREF-mut in parallel DRAM experiments, makes the developed method better controlled but not easy to handle (expression differences of the plasmid-driven proteins etc.) 

      Thank you for pointing this out. First, we would like to correct our previous response: the binding ability of ALYREF to m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA was initially reported in doi: 10.1038/cr.2017.55, (and not in doi: 10.1038/s41556-019-0361-y), where it was observed through PAR-CLIP analysis that the K171 mutation weakens its binding affinity to m<sup>5</sup>C -modified RNA.

      Our previous experimental approach was not optimal: the protein concentration in the INPUT group was too high, leading to overexposure in the experimental group. Additionally, we did not conduct a quantitative analysis of the results at that time. In response to your suggestion, we performed RNA pull-down experiments with YBX1 and ALYREF, rather than with the pan-DRAM protein, to better validate and reproduce the previously reported findings. Our quantitative analysis revealed that both ALYREF and YBX1 exhibit a stronger affinity for m<sup>5</sup>C -modified RNAs. Furthermore, mutating the key amino acids involved in m<sup>5</sup>C recognition significantly reduced the binding affinity of both readers. These results align with previous studies (doi: 10.1038/cr.2017.55 and doi: 10.1038/s41556-019-0361-y), confirming that ALYREF and YBX1 are specific readers of m<sup>5</sup>C -modified RNAs. However, our detection system has certain limitations. Despite mutating the critical amino acids, both readers retained a weak binding affinity for m<sup>5</sup>C, suggesting that while the mutation helps reduce false positives, it is still challenging to precisely map the distribution of m<sup>5</sup>C modifications. To address this, we plan to further investigate the protein structure and function to obtain a more accurate m<sup>5</sup>C sequencing of the transcriptome in future studies. Accordingly, we have updated our results and conclusions in lines 294-299 and discuss these limitations in lines 109114.

      In addition, while the m<sup>5</sup>C assay can be performed using only the DRAM system alone, comparing it with the DRAM<sup>mut</sup> control enhances the accuracy of m<sup>5</sup>C region detection. To minimize the variations in transfection efficiency across experimental groups, it is recommended to use the same batch of transfections. This approach not only ensures more consistent results but also improve the standardization of the DRAM assay, as discussed in the section added on line 308-312.

      (2) Using sodium arsenite treatment of cells as a means to change the m<sup>5</sup>C status of transcripts through the downregulation of the two major m<sup>5</sup>C writer proteins NSUN2 and NSUN6 is problematic and the conclusions from these experiments are not warranted. Sodium arsenite is a chemical that poisons every protein containing thiol groups. Not only do NSUN proteins contain cysteines but also the base editor fusion proteins. Arsenite will inactivate these proteins, hence the editing frequency will drop, as observed in the experiments shown in Figure 5, which the authors explain with fewer m<sup>5</sup>C sites to be detected by the fusion proteins.

      The authors have not addressed the point made by this reviewer. Instead the authors state that they have not addressed that possibility. They claim that they have revised the results section, but this reviewer can only see the point raised in the conclusions. An experiment would have been to purify base editors via the HA tag and then perform some kind of binding/editing assay in vitro before and after arsenite treatment of cells.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comment. We fully agree with the concern raised. In the original manuscript, our intention was to use sodium arsenite treatment to downregulate NSUN mediated m<sup>5</sup>C levels and subsequently decrease DRAM editing efficiency, with the aim of monitoring m<sup>5</sup>C dynamics through the DRAM system. However, as the reviewer pointed out, sodium arsenite may inactivate both NSUN proteins and the base editor fusion proteins, and any such inactivation would likely result in a reduced DRAM editing.

      This confounds the interpretation of our experimental data.

      As demonstrated in Author response image 1A, western blot analysis confirmed that sodium arsenite indeed decreased the expression of fusion proteins. In addition, we attempted in vitro fusion protein purificationusing multiple fusion tags (HIS, GST, HA, MBP) for DRAM fusion protein expression, but unfortunately, we were unable to obtain purified proteins. However, using the Promega TNT T7 Rapid Coupled In Vitro Transcription/Translation Kit, we successfully purified the DRAM protein (Author response image 1B). Despite this success, subsequent in vitro deamination experiments did not yield the expected mutation results (Author response image 1C), indicating that further optimization is required. This issue is further discussed in line 314-315.

      Taken together, the above evidence supports that the experiment of sodium arsenite treatment was confusing and we determined to remove the corresponding results from the main text of the revised manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      (3) The authors should move high-confidence editing site data contained in Supplementary Tables 2 and 3 into one of the main Figures to substantiate what is discussed in Figure 4A. However, the data needs to be visualized in another way then excel format. Furthermore, Supplementary Table 2 does not contain a description of the columns, while Supplementary Table 3 contains a single row with letters and numbers.

      The authors have not addressed the point made by this reviewer. Figure 3F shows the screening process for DRAM-seq assays and principles for screening highconfidence genes rather than the data contained in Supplementary Tables 2 and 3 of the former version of this manuscript.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. We have visualized the data from Supplementary Tables 2 and 3 in Figure 4A as a circlize diagram (described in lines 213-216), illustrating the distribution of mutation sites detected by the DRAM system across each chromosome. Additionally, to improve the presentation and clarity of the data, we have revised Supplementary Tables 2 and 3 by adding column descriptions, merging the DRAM-ABE and DRAM-CBE sites, and including overlapping m<sup>5</sup>C genes from previous datasets.

      Responses to Reviewer’s Comments:  

      To Reviewer #3:

      The authors have again tried to address the former concern by this reviewer who questioned the specificity of both m<sup>5</sup>C reader proteins towards modified RNA rather than unmodified RNA. The authors chose to do RNA pull down experiments which serve as a proxy for proving the specificity of ALYREF and YBX1 for m<sup>5</sup>C modified RNAs. Even though this reviewer asked for determining the enrichment factor of the reader-base editor fusion proteins (as wildtype or mutant for the identified m<sup>5</sup>C specificity motif) when presented with m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNAs, the authors chose to use both reader proteins alone (without the fusion to an editor) as wildtype and as respective m<sup>5</sup>C-binding mutant in RNA in vitro pull-down experiments along with unmodified and m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA oligomers as binding substrates. The quantification of these pull-down experiments (n=2) have now been added, and are revealing that (according to SFigure 1 E and G) YBX1 enriches an RNA containing a single m<sup>5</sup>C by a factor of 1.3 over its unmodified counterpart, while ALYREF enriches by a factor of 4x. This is an acceptable approach for educated readers to question the specificity of the reader proteins, even though the quantification should be performed differently (see below).

      Given that there is no specific sequence motif embedding those cytosines identified in the vicinity of the DRAM-edits (Figure 3J and K), even though it has been accepted by now that most of the m<sup>5</sup>C sites in mRNA are mediated by NSUN2 and NSUN6 proteins, which target tRNA like substrate structures with a particular sequence enrichment, one can conclude that DRAM-Seq is uncovering a huge number of false positives. This must be so not only because of the RNA bisulfite seq data that have been extensively studied by others, but also by the following calculations: Given that the m<sup>5</sup>C/C ratio in human mRNA is 0.02-0.09% (measured by mass spec) and assuming that 1/4 of the nucleotides in an average mRNA are cytosines, an mRNA of 1.000 nucleotides would contain 250 Cs. 0.02- 0.09% m<sup>5</sup>C/C would then translate into 0.05-0.225 methylated cytosines per 250 Cs in a 1000 nt mRNA. YBX1 would bind every C in such an mRNA since there is no m<sup>5</sup>C to be expected, which it could bind with 1.3 higher affinity. Even if the mRNAs would be 10.000 nt long, YBX1 would bind to half a methylated cytosine or 2.25 methylated cytosines with 1.3x higher affinity than to all the remaining cytosines (2499.5 to 2497.75 of 2.500 cytosines in 10.000 nt, respectively). These numbers indicate a 4999x to 1110x excess of cytosine over m<sup>5</sup>C in any substrate RNA, which the "reader" can bind as shown in the RNA pull-downs on unmodified RNAs. This reviewer spares the reader of this review the calculations for ALYREF specificity, which is slightly higher than YBX1. Hence, it is up to the capable reader of these calculations to follow the claim that this minor affinity difference allows the unambiguous detection of the few m<sup>5</sup>C sites in mRNA be it in the endogenous scenario of a cell or as fusion-protein with a base editor attached? 

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s rigorous analysis. We would like to clarify that in our RNA pulldown assays, we indeed utilized the full DRAM system (reader protein fused to the base editor) to reflect the specificity of m<sup>5</sup>C recognition. As previously suggested by the reviewer, to independently validate the m<sup>5</sup>C-binding specificity of ALYREF and YBX1, we performed separate pulldown experiments with wild-type and mutant reader proteins (without the base editor fusion) using both unmodified and m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA substrates. This approach aligns with established methodologies in the field (doi:10.1038/cr.2017.55 and doi: 10.1038/s41556-019-0361-y). We have revised the Methods section (line 230) to explicitly describe this experimental design.

      Although the m<sup>5</sup>C/C ratios in LC/MS-assayed mRNA are relatively low (ranging from 0.02% to 0.09%), as noted by the reviewer, both our data and previous studies have demonstrated that ALYREF and YBX1 preferentially bind to m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNAs over unmodified RNAs, exhibiting 4-fold and 1.3-fold enrichment, respectively (Supplementary Figure 1E–1G). Importantly, this specificity is further enhanced in the DRAM system through two key mechanisms: first, the fusion of reader proteins to the deaminase restricts editing to regions near m<sup>5</sup>C sites, thereby minimizing off-target effects; second, background editing observed in reader-mutant or deaminase controls (e.g., DRAM<sup>mut</sup>-CBE in Figure 2D) is systematically corrected for during data analysis.

      We agree that the theoretical challenge posed by the vast excess of unmodified cytosines. However, our approach includes stringent controls to alleviate this issue. Specifically, sites identified in NSUN2/NSUN6 knockout cells or reader-mutant controls are excluded (Figure 3F), which significantly reduces the number of false-positive detections. Additionally, we have observed deamination changes near high-confidence m<sup>5</sup>C methylation sites detected by RNA bisulfite sequencing, both in first-generation and high-throughput sequencing data. This observation further substantiates the validity of DRAM-Seq in accurately identifying m<sup>5</sup>C sites.

      We fully acknowledge that residual false positives may persist due to the inherent limitations of reader protein specificity, as discussed in line 299-301 of our manuscript. To address this, we plan to optimize reader domains with enhanced m<sup>5</sup>C binding (e.g., through structure-guided engineering), which is also previously implemented in the discussion of the manuscript.

      The reviewer supports the attempt to visualize the data. However, the usefulness of this Figure addition as a readable presentation of the data included in the supplement is up to debate.

      Thank you for your kind suggestion. We understand the reviewer's concern regarding data visualization. However, due to the large volume of DRAM-seq data, it is challenging to present each mutation site and its characteristics clearly in a single figure. Therefore, we chose to categorize the data by chromosome, which not only allows for a more organized presentation of the DRAM-seq data but also facilitates comparison with other database entries. Additionally, we have updated Supplementary Tables 2 and 3 to provide comprehensive information on the mutation sites. We hope that both the reviewer and editors will understand this approach. We will, of course, continue to carefully consider the reviewer's suggestions and explore better ways to present these results in the future.

      (3) A set of private Recommendations for the Authors that outline how you think the science and its presentation could be strengthened

      NEW COMMENTS to TEXT:

      Abstract:

      "5-Methylcytosine (m<sup>5</sup>C) is one of the major post-transcriptional modifications in mRNA and is highly involved in the pathogenesis of various diseases."

      In light of the increasing use of AI-based writing, and the proof that neither DeepSeek nor ChatGPT write truthfully statements if they collect metadata from scientific abstracts, this sentence is utterly misleading.

      m<sup>5</sup>C is not one of the major post-transcriptional modifications in mRNA as it is only present with a m<sup>5</sup>C/C ratio of 0.02- 0.09% as measured by mass-spec. Also, if m<sup>5</sup>C is involved in the pathogenesis of various diseases, it is not through mRNA but tRNA. No single published work has shown that a single m<sup>5</sup>C on an mRNA has anything to do with disease. Every conclusion that is perpetuated by copying the false statements given in the many reviews on the subject is based on knock-out phenotypes of the involved writer proteins. This reviewer wishes that the authors would abstain from the common practice that is currently flooding any scientific field through relentless repetitions in the increasing volume of literature which perpetuate alternative facts.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s insightful comments. While we acknowledge that m<sup>5</sup>C is not the most abundant post-transcriptional modification in mRNA, we believe that research into m<sup>5</sup>C modification holds considerable value. Numerous studies have highlighted its role in regulating gene expression and its potential contribution to disease progression. For example, recent publications have demonstrated that m<sup>5</sup>C modifications in mRNA can influence cancer progression, lipid metabolism, and other pathological processes (e.g., PMID: 37845385; 39013911; 39924557; 38042059; 37870216).

      We fully agree with the reviewer on the importance of maintaining scientific rigor in academic writing. While m<sup>5</sup>C is not the most abundant RNA modification, we cannot simply draw a conclusion that the level of modification should be the sole criterion for assessing its biological significance. However, to avoid potential confusion, we have removed the word “major”.

      COMMENTS ON FIGURE PRESENTATION:

      Figure 2D:

      The main text states: "DRAM-CBE induced C to U editing in the vicinity of the m<sup>5</sup>C site in AP5Z1 mRNA, with 13.6% C-to-U editing, while this effect was significantly reduced with APOBEC1 or DRAM<sup>mut</sup>-CBE (Fig.2D)." The Figure does not fit this statement. The seq trace shows a U signal of about 1/3 of that of C (about 30%), while the quantification shows 20+ percent

      Thank you for your kind suggestion. Upon visual evaluation, the sequencing trace in the figure appears to suggest a mutation rate closer to 30% rather than 22%. However, relying solely on the visual interpretation of sequencing peaks is not a rigorous approach. The trace on the left represents the visualization of Sanger sequencing results using SnapGene, while the quantification on the right is derived from EditR 1.0.10 software analysis of three independent biological replicates. The C-to-U mutation rates calculated were 22.91667%, 23.23232%, and 21.05263%, respectively. To further validate this, we have included the original EditR analysis of the Sanger sequencing results for the DRAM-CBE group used in the left panel of Figure 2D (see Author response image 2). This analysis confirms an m<sup>5</sup>C fraction (%) of 22/(22+74) = 22.91667, and the sequencing trace aligns well with the mutation rate we reported in Figure 2D. In conclusion, the data and conclusions presented in Figure 2D are consistent and supported by the quantitative analysis.

      Author response image 2.

      Figure 4B: shows now different numbers in Venn-diagrams than in the same depiction, formerly Figure 4A

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for pointing out this issue, and we apologize for not clearly indicating the changes in the previous version of the manuscript. In response to the initial round of reviewer comments, we implemented a more stringent data filtering process (as described in Figure 3F and method section) : "For high-confidence filtering, we further adjusted the parameters of Find_edit_site.pl to include an edit ratio of 10%–60%, a requirement that the edit ratio in control samples be at least 2-fold higher than in NSUN2 or NSUN6knockout samples, and at least 4 editing events at a given site." As a result, we made minor adjustments to the Venn diagram data in Figure 4A, reducing the total number of DRAM-edited mRNAs from 11,977 to 10,835. These changes were consistently applied throughout the manuscript, and the modifications have been highlighted for clarity. Importantly, these adjustments do not affect any of the conclusions presented in the manuscript.

      Figure 4B and D: while the overlap of the DRAM-Seq data with RNA bisulfite data might be 80% or 92%, it is obvious that the remaining data DRAM seq suggests a detection of additional sites of around 97% or 81.83%. It would be advised to mention this large number of additional sites as potential false positives, unless these data were normalized to the sites that can be allocated to NSUN2 and NSUN6 activity (NSUN mutant data sets could be substracted).

      Thank you for pointing this out. The Venn diagrams presented in Figure 4B and D already reflect the exclusion of potential false-positive sites identified in methyltransferasedeficient datasets, as described in our experimental filtering process, and they represent the remaining sites after this stringent filtering. However, we acknowledge that YBX1 and ALYREF, while preferentially binding to m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA, also exhibit some affinity for unmodified RNA. Although we employed rigorous controls, including DRAM<sup>mut</sup> and deaminase groups, to minimize false positives, the possibility of residual false positives cannot be entirely ruled out. Addressing this limitation would require even more stringent filtering methods, as discussed in lines 299–301 of the manuscript. We are committed to further optimizing the DRAM system to enhance the accuracy of transcriptome-wide m<sup>5</sup>C analysis in future studies.

      SFigure 1: It is clear that the wild type version of both reader proteins are robustly binding to RNA that does not contain m<sup>5</sup>C. As for the calculations of x-fold affinity loss of RNA binding using both ALYREF -mut or YBX1 -mut, this reviewer asks the authors to determine how much less the mutated versions of the proteins bind to a m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNAs. Hence, a comparison of YBX1 versus YBX1 -mut (ALYREF versus ALYREF -mut) on the same substrate RNA with the same m<sup>5</sup>C-modified position would allow determining the contribution of the so-called modification binding pocket in the respective proteins to their RNA binding. The way the authors chose to show the data presently is misleading because what is compared is the binding of either the wild type or the mutant protein to different RNAs.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s valuable feedback and apologize for any confusion caused by the presentation of our data. We would like to clarify the rationale behind our approach. The decision to present the wild-type and mutant reader proteins in separate panels, rather than together, was made in response to comments from Reviewer 2. Below, we provide a detailed explanation of our experimental design and its justification.

      First, we confirmed that YBX1 and ALYREF exhibit stronger binding affinity to m<sup>5</sup>Cmodified RNA compared to unmodified RNA, establishing their role as m<sup>5</sup>C reader proteins. Next, to validate the functional significance of the DRAM<sup>mut</sup> group, we demonstrated that mutating key amino acids in the m<sup>5</sup>C-binding pocket significantly reduces the binding affinity of YBX1<sup>mut</sup> and ALYREF<sup>mut</sup> to m<sup>5</sup>C-modified RNA. This confirms that the DRAM<sup>mut</sup> group effectively minimizes false-positive results by disrupting specific m<sup>5</sup>C interactions.

      Crucially, in our pull-down experiments, both the wild-type and mutant proteins (YBX1/YBX1<sup>mut</sup> and ALYREF/ALYREF<sup>mut</sup>) were incubated with the same RNA sequences. To avoid any ambiguity, we have included the specific RNA sequence information in the Methods section (lines 463–468). This ensures a assessment of the reduced binding affinity of the mutant versions relative to the wild-type proteins, even though they are presented in separate panels.

      We hope this explanation clarifies our approach and demonstrates the robustness of our findings. We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s understanding and hope this addresses their concerns.

      SFigure 2C: first two panels are duplicates of the same image.

      Thank you for pointing this out. We sincerely apologize for incorrectly duplicating the images. We have now updated Supplementary Figure 2C with the correct panels and have provided the original flow cytometry data for the first two images. It is important to note that, as demonstrated by the original data analysis, the EGFP-positive quantification values (59.78% and 59.74%) remain accurate. Therefore, this correction does not affect the conclusions of our study. Thank you again for bringing this to our attention.

      Author response image 3.

      SFigure 4B: how would the PCR product for NSUN6 be indicative of a mutation? The used primers seem to amplify the wildtype sequence.

      Thank you for your kind suggestion. In our NSUN6<sup>-/-</sup> cell line, the NSUN6 gene is only missing a single base pair (1bp) compared to the wildtype, which results in frame shift mutation and reduction in NSUN6 protein expression. We fully agree with the reviewer that the current PCR gel electrophoresis does not provide a clear distinction of this 1bp mutation. To better illustrate our experimental design, we have included a schematic representation of the knockout sequence in SFigure 4B. Additionally, we have provided the original sequencing data, and the corresponding details have been added to lines 151-153 of the manuscript for further clarification.

      Author response image 4.

      SFigure 4C: the Figure legend is insufficient to understand the subfigure.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestion. To improve clarity, we have revised the figure legend for SFigure 4C, as well as the corresponding text in lines 178-179. We have additionally updated the title of SFigure 4 for better clarity. The updated SFigure 4C now demonstrates that the DRAM-edited mRNAs exhibit a high degree of overlap across the three biological replicates.

      SFigure 4D: the Figure legend is insufficient to understand the subfigure.

      Thank you for your kind suggestion. We have revised the figure legend to provide a clearer explanation of the subfigure. Specifically, this figure illustrates the motif analysis derived from sequences spanning 10 nucleotides upstream and downstream of DRAMedited sites mediated by loci associated with NSUN2 or NSUN6. To enhance clarity, we have also rephrased the relevant results section (lines 169-175) and the corresponding discussion (lines 304-307).

      SFigure 7: There is something off with all 6 panels. This reviewer can find data points in each panel that do not show up on the other two panels even though this is a pairwise comparison of three data sets (file was sent to the Editor) Available at https://elife-rp.msubmit.net/elife-rp_files/2025/01/22/00130809/02/130809_2_attach_27_15153.pdf

      Response: We thank the reviewer for pointing this out. We would like to clarify the methodology behind this analysis. In this study, we conducted pairwise comparisons of the number of DRAM-edited sites per gene across three biological replicates of DRAM-ABE or DRAM-CBE, visualized as scatterplots. Each data point in the plots corresponds to a gene, and while the same gene is represented in all three panels, its position may vary vertically or horizontally across the panels. This variation arises because the number of mutation sites typically differs between replicates, making it unlikely for a data point to occupy the exact same position in all panels. A similar analytical approach has been used in previous studies on m6A (PMID: 31548708). To address the reviewer’s concern, we have annotated the corresponding positions of the questioned data points with arrows in Author response image 5.

      Author response image 5.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this paper, the authors developed an image analysis pipeline to automacally idenfy individual neurons within a populaon of fluorescently tagged neurons. This applicaon is opmized to deal with mul-cell analysis and builds on a previous soware version, developed by the same team, to resolve individual neurons from whole-brain imaging stacks. Using advanced stascal approaches and several heuriscs tailored for C. elegans anatomy, the method successfully idenfies individual neurons with a fairly high accuracy. Thus, while specific to C. elegans, this method can become instrumental for a variety of research direcons such as in-vivo single-cell gene expression analysis and calcium-based neural acvity studies.

      Thank you.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors succeed in generalizing the pre-alignment procedure for their cell idenficaon method to allow it to work effecvely on data with only small subsets of cells labeled. They convincingly show that their extension accurately idenfies head angle, based on finding auto florescent ssue and looking for a symmetric l/r axis. They demonstrate method works to allow the idenficaon of a parcular subset of neurons. Their approach should be a useful one for researchers wishing to idenfy subsets of head neurons in C. elegans, and the ideas might be useful elsewhere.

      The authors also assess the relave usefulness of several atlases for making identy predicons. They atempt to give some addional general insights on what makes a good atlas, but here insights seem less clear as available data does not allow for experiments that cleanly decouple: 1. the number of examples in the atlas 2. the completeness of the atlas. and 3. the match in strain and imaging modality discussed. In the presented experiments the custom atlas, besides the strain and imaging modality mismatches discussed is also the only complete atlas with more than one example. The neuroPAL atlas, is an imperfect stand in, since a significant fracon of cells could not be idenfied in these data sets, making it a 60/40 mix of Openworm and a hypothecal perfect neuroPAL comparison. This waters down general insights since it is unclear if the performance is driven by strain/imaging modality or these difficules creang a complete neuroPal atlas. The experiments do usefully explore the volume of data needed. Though generalizaon remains to be shown the insight is useful for future atlas building that for the specific (small) set of cells labeled in the experiments 5-10 examples is sufficient to build a accurate atlas.

      The reviewer brings up an interesting point. As the reviewer noted, given the imperfection of the datasets (ours and others’), it is possible that artifacts from incomplete atlases can interfere with the assessment of the performances of different atlases. To address this, as the reviewer suggested, we have searched the literature and found two sets of data that give specific coordinates of identified neurons (both using NeuroPAL). We compared the performance of the atlases derived from these datasets to the strain-specific atlases, and the original conclusion stands. Details are now included in the revised manuscript (Figure 3- figure supplement 2).

      Recommendaons for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendaons For The Authors):

      I appreciate the new mosaic analysis (Fig. 3 -figure suppl 2). Please fix the y-axis ck label that I believe should be 0.8 (instead of 0.9).

      We thank the reviewer for spotting the typo. We have fixed the error.

      **Reviewer #2 (Recommendaons For The Authors):

      Though I'm not familiar with the exact quality of GT labels in available neuroPAL data I know increasing volumes of published data is available. Comparison with a complete neuroPAL atlas, and a similar assessment on atlas size as made with the custom atlas would to my mind qualitavely increase the general insights on atlas construcon.

      We thank the reviewer for the insightful suggestion. We have newly constructed several other NeuroPAL atlases by incorporating neuron positional data from two other published data: [Yemini E. et al. NeuroPAL: A Multicolor Atlas for Whole-Brain Neuronal Identification in C. elegans. Cell. 2021 Jan 7;184(1):272-288.e11] and [Skuhersky, M. et al. Toward a more accurate 3D atlas of C. elegans neurons. BMC Bioinformatics 23, 195 (2022)].

      Interestingly, we found that the two new atlases (NP-Yemini and NP-Skuhersky) have significantly different values of PA, LR, DV, and angle relationships for certain cells compared to the OpenWorm and glr-1 atlases. For example, in both the NP atlases, SMDD is labeled as being anterior to AIB, which is the opposite of the SMDD-AIB relationship in the glr-1 atlas.

      Because this relationship (and other similar cases) were missing in our original NeuroPAL atlas (NP-Chaudhary), the addition of these two NeuroPAL datasets to our NeuroPAL atlas dramatically changed the atlas. As a result, incorporating the published data sets into the NeuroPAL atlas (NP-all) actually decreased the average prediction accuracy to 44%, while the average accuracy of original NeuroPAL atlas (NP-Chaudhary) was 57%. The atlas based on the Yemini et al. data alone (NP-Yemini) had 43% accuracy, and the atlas based on the Skuhersky et al. data alone (NP-Skuhersky) had 38% accuracy.

      For the rest of our analysis, we focused on comparing the NeuroPAL atlas that resulted in the highest accuracy against other atlases in figure 3 (NP-Chaudhary). Therefore, we have added Figure 3- figure supplement 2 and the following sentence in the discussion. “Several other NeuroPAL atlases from different data sources were considered, and the atlas that resulted in the highest neuron ID correspondence was selected (Figure 3- figure supplement 2).”

      Author response image 1.

      Figure3- figure supplement 2. Comparison of neuron ID correspondences resulng from addional atlases- atlases driven from NeuroPAL neuron posional data from mulple sources (Chaudhary et al., Yemini et al., and Skuhersky et al.) in red compared to other atlases in Figure 3. Two sample t-tests were performed for stascal analysis. The asterisk symbol denotes a significance level of p<0.05, and n.s. denotes no significance. OW: atlas driven by data from OpenWorm project, NP-source: NeuroPAL atlas driven by data from the source. NP-Chaudhary atlas corresponds to NeuroPAL atlas in Figure 3.

      80% agreement among manual idenficaons seems low to me for a relavely small, (mostly) known set of cells, which seems to cast into doubt ground truth idenes based on a best 2 out of 3 vote. The authors menon 3% of cell idenes had total disagreement and were excluded, what were the fracon unanimous and 2/3? Are there any further insights about what limited human performance in the context of this parcular idenficaon task?

      We closely looked into the manual annotation data. The fraction of cells in unanimous, two thirds, and no agreement are approximately 74%, 20%, and 6%, respectively. We made the corresponding change in the manuscript from 3% to 6%. Indeed, we identified certain patterns in labels that were more likely to be disagreed upon. First, cells in close proximity to each other, such as AVE and RMD, were often switched from annotator to annotator. Second, cells in the posterior part of the cluster, such as RIM, AVD, AVB, were more variable in positions, so their identities were not clear at times. Third, annotators were more likely to disagree on cells whose expressions are rare and low, and these include AIB, AVJ, and M1. These observations agree with our results in figure 4c.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We thank the reviewers for collectively highlighting our study as “interesting and timely” and as making significant advances regarding the functional role of Orai in the activity of central dopaminergic neurons underlying the development of Drosophila flight behaviour. We hope that based on the revisions detailed below the data supporting our findings will be considered complete.

      Reviewer 1:

      • In this revision, the authors have addressed most points using text changes but there is still one important issue that continues to be inadequately addressed. This relates to point 1.

      If Set2 is acting downstream of SOCE, it is not clear to me how STIM1 over expression rescues Set2-dependent downstream responses in flies that do not have Set2. It seems that if STIM1 over-expression, which would presumably enhance SOCE, largely rescues Set2-dependent effector responses in the Set2RNAi flies, then the proposed pathway cannot be true (because if Set2 is downstream of SOCE, it shouldn't matter whether SOCE is boosted in flies that lack Set2). This discrepancy is not explained. Does STIM1 over-expression somehow restore Set2 expression in the Set2RNAi flies?

      Ans: Based on the requirement of Orai-mediated Ca2+ entry for Set2 expression (THD’>OraiE180A neurons, Figure 2C) we had indeed proposed that rescue of flight in Set2RNAi flies by STIMOE is because Set2 expression in Set2RNAi flies is restored by STIMOE. However, we agree that this has not been tested experimentally. Since these data are supportive but not essential to our findings here, we have removed data demonstrating flight rescue of Set2RNAi by STIMOE from Figure 2 – supplement 5 and associated text from the revised manuscript. We plan to investigate the effect of STIMOE on Set2 in the context of Drosophila dopaminergic neurons in the future.

      Reviewer 2:

      The manuscript analyses the functional role of Orai in the excitability of central dopaminergic neurons in Drosophila. The authors answer the previous concerns, but several important issues have not been experimentally tested. Especially, the lack of characterization of SOCE or calcium release from the intracellular calcium stores limits considerably the impact of the study. They comment on a number of technical problems but, taking into account the nature of the study, based on Orai and SOCE, the lack of these experimental data reduces the relevance of the study. Below are some specific comments:

      1. The response to question 1 is unconvincing. The authors do not demonstrate experimentally that STIM over-expression enhances SOCE or how excess SOCE might overcome the loss of SET2.

      Ans: The reason we have not performed experiments in this manuscript to investigate SOCE in STIM overexpression condition is two-fold. Firstly, extensive characterisation of SOCE by STIM overexpression in Drosophila pupal neurons forms part of an earlier publication (Chakraborty and Hasan, Front. Mol. Neurosci, 2017). A graph from Chakraborty and Hasan, 2017 where SOCE was measured in primary cultures of pupal neurons from an IP3R mutant (S224F/G1891S) of Drosophila. Reduced SOCE in IP3R mutant neurons (red trace) was restored by overexpression of STIM (black trace). The green trace is of wild-type neurons with STIM overexpression and the grey trace with STIMRNAi. Similar experiments were performed with Orai+STIM overexpression and the rescue in SOCE was compared with STIM overexpression in pupal neurons of wild type and IP3R mutant S224F/G1891S. See Chakraborty and Hasan, 2017 (Front. Mol. Neurosci. 10:111. doi: 10.3389/fnmol.2017.00111)

      2) Secondly, rescue by STIMOE is supportive but not essential to the findings of this manuscript which relate primarily to the analysis of an Orai-dependent transcriptional feed-back mechanism acting via Trl and Set2 in flight promoting dopaminergic neurons (See Fig 2C where we demonstrate that OraiE180A expression in THD’ neurons brings down Set2 expression).

      We agree that we have not demonstrated how loss of Set2 can be compensated by STIM overexpression. Therefore, we have now removed the supplementary data relating to STIM rescue of Set2RNAi (THD’>Set2RNAi; STIMOE) flight phenotypes since as mentioned above it was supportive but not essential to the main theme of the manuscript. Consistent with this, we have also removed rescue of flight in TrlRNAi by STIMOE (Figure 4C).

      1. The authors do not present a characterization of SOCE in the cells investigated expressing native Orai or the dominant negative OraiE180A mutant yet. They comment on some technical problems for in situ determination or using culture cells but, apparently, in previous studies they have reported some results.

      Ans: We respectfully submit that characterisation of SOCE in cells expressing native Orai and OraiE180A from primary cultures of Drosophila pupal dopaminergic neurons, form part of an earlier publication (Pathak, T., et al., (2015). The Journal of Neuroscience, 35, 13784–13799. https://doi.org/10.1523/jneurosci.1680-15.2015). As mentioned in lines 80-84 the dopaminergic neurons studied here (THD’) are a subset of the dopaminergic neurons studied in the Pathak et al., 2015 publication (TH). As evident in Figure 2 panels B-D expression of OraiE180A in dopaminergic neurons abrogates SOCE.

      In this study we have focused on identifying the molecular mechanism by which OraiE180A expression and concomitant loss of cellular Ca2+ signals (Figure 3B, 3C) affects dopaminergic neuron function. In lines 270-274 (page 10) we have stated the technical reason why Ca2+ measurements made in this study from ex-vivo brain preps measure a composite of ER-Ca2+ release and SOCE. Our observation that the measured Ca2+ response is significantly attenuated in cells expressing OraiE180A leads us to the conclusion that we are indeed measuring an SOCE component in the ex-vivo brain preps. This is also explained in ‘Limitations of the study’.

      1. Concerning the question about the STIM:Orai stoichiometry the authors answer that "We agree that STIM-Orai stoichiometry is essential for SOCE, and propose that the rescue backgrounds possess sufficient WT Orai, which is recruited by the excess STIM to mediate the rescue"; however, again, this is not experimentally tested.

      Ans: To address this point we have now measured relative stoichiometries of STIM and Orai mRNA by qPCR under WT conditions in Drosophila THD’ neurons at 72 hr APF. The observed stoichiometry as per these measurements is STIM:Orai =1.6:1 (~8:5). These data are in relative agreement with the normalised read counts of STIM and Orai in THD’ neurons in the RNAseq performed and described in Fig 1F. The qPCR (A) and RNAseq (B) measures of STIM and Orai are appended below.

      Author response image 1.

      In comparison to the numerous studies investigating structural, biophysical and cellular characterisation of Orai channels in heterologous systems, there are fewer studies which have traced systemic implications of Orai function through multiple tiers of investigation including organismal behaviour. Leveraging the wealth of genetic resources available in Drosophila, we have attempted this here. While we respectfully agree that questions pertaining to the stoichiometries of STIM/Orai proteins are indeed relevant to cellular regulation of SOCE, we submit they may be better suited for investigation in heterologous systems involving cell culture, or with in-vitro systems with purified recombinant proteins, or indeed using computational and modelling approaches. None of these methods fall within the scope of our current investigation which is to understand how by Orai mediated Ca2+ entry regulates developmental maturation of Drosophila flight promoting dopaminergic neurons.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public review): 

      The authors investigated the role of the C. elegans Flower protein, FLWR-1, in synaptic transmission, vesicle recycling, and neuronal excitability. They confirmed that FLWR-1 localizes to synaptic vesicles and the plasma membrane and facilitates synaptic vesicle recycling at neuromuscular junctions. They observed that hyperstimulation results in endosome accumulation in flwr-1 mutant synapses, suggesting that FLWR-1 facilitates the breakdown of endocytic endosomes. Using tissue-specific rescue experiments, the authors showed that expressing FLWR-1 in GABAergic neurons restored the aldicarb-resistant phenotype of flwr-1 mutants to wild-type levels. By contrast, cholinergic neuron expression did not rescue aldicarb sensitivity at all. They also showed that FLWR-1 removal leads to increased Ca<sup>2+</sup> signaling in motor neurons upon photo-stimulation. From these findings, the authors conclude that FLWR-1 helps maintain the balance between excitation and inhibition (E/I) by preferentially regulating GABAergic neuronal excitability in a cell-autonomous manner. 

      Overall, the work presents solid data and interesting findings, however the proposed cell-autonomous model of GABAergic FLWR-1 function may be overly simplified in my opinion. 

      Most of my previous comments have been addressed; however, two issues remain. 

      (1) I appreciate the authors' efforts conducting additional aldicarb sensitivity assays that combine muscle-specific rescue with either cholinergic or GABergic neuron-specific expression of FLWR-1. In the revised manuscript, they conclude, "This did not show any additive effects to the pure neuronal rescues, thus FLWR-1 effects on muscle cell responses to cholinergic agonists must be cellautonomous." However, I find this interpretation confusing for the reasons outlined below. 

      Figure 1 - Figure Supplement 3B shows that muscle-specific FLWR-1 expression in flwr-1 mutants significantly restores aldicarb sensitivity. However, when FLWR-1 is co-expressed in both cholinergic neurons and muscle, the worms behave like flwr-1 mutants and no rescue is observed. Similarly, cholinergic FLWR-1 alone fails to restore aldicarb sensitivity (shown in the previous manuscript).

      This data is still shown in the manuscript, Fig. 3D. We interpreted our finding in the muscle/cholinergic co-rescue experiment as meaning, that FLWR-1 in cholinergic neurons over-compensates, so worms should be resistant, and the rescuing effect of muscle FLWR-1 is therefore cancelled. But it is true, if this were the case, why does the pure cholinergic rescue not show over-compensation? We added a sentence to acknowledge this inconsistency and we added a sentence in the discussion (see also below, comment 1) of reviewer #2).

      These observations indicate a non-cell-autonomous interaction between cholinergic neurons and muscle, rather than a strictly muscle cell-autonomous mechanism. In other words, FLWR-1 expressed in cholinergic neurons appears to negate or block the rescue effect of muscle-expressed FLWR-1. Therefore, FLWR-1 could play a more complex role in coordinating physiology across different tissues. This complexity may affect interpretations of Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics and/or functional data, particularly in relation to E/I balance, and thus warrants careful discussion or further investigation. 

      For the Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics, we think the effects of flwr-1 are likely very immediate, as the imaging assay relies on a sensor expressed directly in the neurons or muscles under study, and not on indirect phenotypes as muscle contraction and behavior, that depend on an interplay of several cell types influencing each other.

      (2) The revised manuscript includes new GCaMP analyses restricted to synaptic puncta. The authors mention that "we compared Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals in synaptic puncta versus axon shafts, and did not find any differences," concluding that "FLWR-1's impact is local, in synaptic boutons." This is puzzling: the similarity of Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals in synaptic regions and axon shafts seems to indicate a more global effect on Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics or may simply reflect limited temporal resolution in distinguishing local from global signals due to rapid Ca<sup>2+</sup> diffusion. The authors should clarify how they reached the conclusion that FLWR-1 has a localized impact at synaptic boutons, given that synaptic and axonal signals appear similar. Based on the presented data, the evidence supporting a local effect of FLWR-1 on Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics appears limited.

      We apologize, here we simply overlooked this misleading wording in our rebuttal letter. The data we mentioned, showing no obvious difference in axon vs. bouton, are shown below, including time constants for the onset and the offset of the stimulus (data is peak normalized for better visualization):

      Author response image 1.

      One can see that axonal Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals may rise a bit slower than synaptic Ca<sup>2+</sup> signals, as expected for Ca<sup>2+</sup> entering the boutons, and then diffusing out into the axon. The loss of FLWR1 does not affect this. However, the temporal resolution of the used GCaMP6f sensor is ca. 200 ms to reach peak, and the decay time (to t1/2) is ca. 400 ms (PMID: 23868258). Thus, it would be difficult to see effects based on Ca<sup>2+</sup> diffusion using this assay. For the decay, this is similar for both axon and synapse, while flwr-1 mutants do not reduce Ca<sup>2+</sup> as much as wt. In the axon, there is a seemingly slightly slower reduction in flwr-1 mutants, however, given the kinetics of the sensor, this is likely not a meaningful difference. Therefore, we wrote we did not find differences. The interpretation should not have been that the impact of FLWR-1 is local. It may be true if one could image this at faster time scales, i.e. if there is more FLWR-1 localized in boutons (as indicated by our data showing FLWR-1 enrichment in boutons; Fig. 3), and when considering its possible effect on MCA-3 localization (and assuming that MCA-3 is the active player in Ca<sup>2+</sup> removal), i.e. FLWR-1 recruiting MCA-3 to boutons (Fig. 9C, D).  

      Reviewer #2 (Public review): 

      Summary: 

      The Flower protein is expressed in various cell types, including neurons. Previous studies in flies have proposed that Flower plays a role in neuronal endocytosis by functioning as a Ca<sup>2+</sup> channel. However, its precise physiological roles and molecular mechanisms in neurons remain largely unclear. This study employs C. elegans as a model to explore the function and mechanism of FLWR-1, the C. elegans homolog of Flower. This study offers intriguing observations that could potentially challenge or expand our current understanding of the Flower protein. Nevertheless, further clarification or additional experiments are required to substantiate the study's conclusions. 

      Strengths: 

      A range of approaches was employed, including the use of a flwr-1 knockout strain, assessment of cholinergic synaptic activity via analyzing aldicarb (a cholinesterase inhibitor) sensitivity, imaging Ca<sup>2+</sup> dynamics with GCaMP3, analyzing pHluorin fluorescence, examination of presynaptic ultrastructure by EM, and recording postsynaptic currents at the neuromuscular junction. The findings include notable observations on the effects of flwr-1 knockout, such as increased Ca<sup>2+</sup> levels in motor neurons, changes in endosome numbers in motor neurons, altered aldicarb sensitivity, and potential involvement of a Ca<sup>2+</sup>-ATPase and PIP2 binding in FLWR-1's function. 

      The authors have adequately addressed most of my previous concerns, however, I recommend minor revisions to further strengthen the study's rigor and interpretation: 

      Major suggestions 

      (1) This study relies heavily on aldicarb assays to support its conclusions. While these assays are valuable, their results may not fully align with direct assessment of neurotransmitter release from motor neurons. For instance, prior work has shown that two presynaptic modulators identified through aldicarb sensitivity assays exhibited no corresponding electrophysiological defects at the neuromuscular junction (Liu et al., J Neurosci 27: 10404-10413, 2007). Similarly, at least one study from the Kaplan lab has noted discrepancies between aldicarb assays and electrophysiological analyses. The authors should consider adding a few sentences in the Discussion to acknowledge this limitation and the potential caveats of using aldicarb assays, especially since some of the aldicarb assay results in this study are not easily interpretable. 

      Aldicarb assays have been used very successfully in identifying mutants with defects in chemical synaptic transmission, and entire genetic screens have been conducted this way. The reviewer is right, one needs to realize that it is the balance of excitation and inhibition at the NMJ of C. elegans, which underlies the effects on the rate of aldicarb-induced paralysis, not just cholinergic transmission. I.e. if a given mutant affects cholinergic and GABAergic transmission differently, things become difficult to interpret, particularly if also muscle physiology is affected. Therefore, we combined mutant analyses with cell-type specific rescue. We acknowledge that results are nonetheless difficult to interpret. We thus added a sentence in the first paragraph of the discussion.

      (2) The manuscript states, "Elevated Ca<sup>2+</sup> levels were not further enhanced in a flwr-1;mca-3 double mutant." (lines 549-550). However, Figure 7C does not include statistical comparisons between the single and double mutants of flwr-1 and mca-3. Please add the necessary statistical analysis to support this statement. 

      Because we only marked significant differences in that figure, and n.s. was not shown. This was stated in the figure legend.

      (3) The term "Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx" should be avoided, as this study does not provide direct evidence (e.g. voltage-clamp recordings of Ca<sup>2+</sup> inward currents in motor neurons) for an effect of the flwr-1 mutation of Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx. The observed increase in neuronal GCaMP signals in response to optogenetic activation of ChR2 may result from, or be influenced by, Ca<sup>2+</sup> mobilization from of intracellular stores. For example, optogenetic stimulation could trigger ryanodine receptor-mediated Ca<sup>2+</sup> release from the ER via calcium-induced calcium release (CICR) or depolarization-induced calcium release (DICR). It would be more appropriate to describe the observed increase in Ca<sup>2+</sup> signal as "Ca<sup>2+</sup> elevation" rather than increased "Ca<sup>2+</sup> influx". 

      Ok, yes, we can do this, we referred by ‘influx’ to cytosolic Ca<sup>2+</sup>, that fluxes into the cytosol, be it from the internal stores or the extracellular. Extracellular influx, more or less, inevitably will trigger further influx from internal stores, to our understanding. We changed this to “elevated Ca<sup>2+</sup> levels” or “Ca<sup>2+</sup> level rise” or “Ca<sup>2+</sup> level increase”.

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      A thorough discussion on the impact of cell-autonomous versus non-cell-autonomous effects is necessary. 

      Revise and clarify the distinction between local and global Ca²⁺ changes. 

      see above.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Minor suggestions 

      (1) In "Few-Ubi was shown to facilitate recovery of neurons following intense synaptic activity (Yao et al.,....." (lines 283-284), please specify which aspects of neuronal recovery are influenced by the Flower protein. 

      We added “refilling of SV pools”.

      (2) The abbreviation "Few-Ubi" is used for the Drosophila Flower protein (e.g., line 283, Figure 1A, and Figure 8A). Please clarify what "Ubi" stands for and verify whether its inclusion in the protein name is appropriate.

      This is inconsistent across the literature, sometimes Fwe-Ubi is also referred to as FweA. We now added this term. Ubi refers to ubiquitous (“Therefore, we named this isoform fweubi because it is expressed ubiquitously in imaginal discs“) (Rhiner 2010)

      (3) The manuscript uses "pflwr-1" (line 303 and elsewhere) to denote the flwr-1 promoter. This notation could be misleading, as it may be interpreted as a gene name. Please consider using either "flwr-1p" or "Pflwr-1" instead. Additionally, ensure proper italicization of gene names throughout the manuscript. 

      We changed this throughout. We will change to italicized at proof stage, it would be too timeconsuming to spot these incidents now.

      (4) The authors tagged the C-terminus of FLWR-1 by GFP (lines 321). The fusion protein is referred to as "GFP::FLWR-1" throughout the manuscript. Please verify whether "FLWR-1::GFP" would be the more appropriate designation.

      Thank you, yes, we changed this in the text, GFP is indeed N-terminal.

      (5) In "This did not show any additive effects...." (line 363), please clarify what "This" refers to. 

      Altered to “The combined rescues did not show any additive effects…”

      (6) In "..., supporting our previous finding of increased neurotransmitter release in GABAergic neurons" (lines 412-413), please provide a citation for the referenced previous study.

      This refers to our aldicarb data within this paper, just further up in the text. We removed “previous”.

      (7) Figure 4C, D examines the effect of flwr-1 mutation on body length in the genetic background of the unc-29 mutation, which selectively disrupts the levamisole-sensitive acetylcholine receptor. Please comment on the rationale for implicating only the levamisole receptor rather than the nicotinic acetylcholine receptor in muscle cells. 

      This was because we used a behavioral assay. Despite the fact that the homopentameric ACR16/N-AChR mediate about 2/3 of the peak currents in response to acute ACh application to the NMJ (e.g. Almedom et al., EMBO J, 2009), the acr-16 mutant has virtually no behavioral / locomotion phenotype. Likely, this is because the heteropentameric, UNC-29 containing LAChR, while only contributing 1/3 of the peak current, desensitizes much more slowly and thus unc-29 mutants show a severe behavioral phenotype (uncoordinated locomotion, etc.). We thus did not expect a major effect when performing the behavoral assay in acr-16 mutants and thus chose the unc-29 mutant background.

      (8) In "we found no evidence ....insertion into the PM (Yao et al., 2009)", It appears that the cited paper was not authored by any of the current manuscript. Please confirm whether this citation is correctly attributed. 

      This sentence was arranged in a misleading way, we did not mean that we authored this paper. It was change in the text: “While a facilitating role of Flower in endocytosis appears to be conserved in C. elegans, in contrast to previous findings from Drosophila (Yao et al., 2009), we found no evidence that FLWR-1 conducts Ca<sup>2+</sup> upon insertion into the PM.”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      As to the exceptionally minor issue, namely, correction for multiple statistical tests (minor because the data and the error are presented in the text). We have now conducted one-way ANOVA to back the data displayed in Fig 4A., and Supp. Figs 19 and 21. In each case ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means: Dunnett’s post hoc test was then used to test each result against SBW25, with the multiple comparisons corrected for in the analysis.

      This resulted in changes to the description of the statistical analysis in the following captions:

      To Figure 4.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state:  ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,16</sub> = 8.19, p < 0.001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that five genotypes (*) differ significantly (p < 0.05) from SBW25.

      To Supplementary Figure 19.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state: ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,16</sub> = 16.74, p < 0.001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that three genotypes (*) differ significantly (p < 0.05) from SBW25.

      To Supplementary Figure 21.

      Where we previously referred to paired t-tests we now state:  ANOVA revealed a highly significant difference among means [F<sub>7,89</sub> = 9.97, p < 0.0001] with Dunnett’s post-hoc test adjusted for multiple comparisons showing that SBW25 ∆mreB and SBW25 ∆PFLU4921-4925 are significantly different (*) from SBW25 (p < 0.05).


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors performed experimental evolution of MreB mutants that have a slow-growing round phenotype and studied the subsequent evolutionary trajectory using analysis tools from molecular biology. It was remarkable and interesting that they found that the original phenotype was not restored (most common in these studies) but that the round phenotype was maintained. 

      Strengths: 

      The finding that the round phenotype was maintained during evolution rather than that the original phenotype, rod-shaped cells, was recovered is interesting. The paper extensively investigates what happens during adaptation with various different techniques. Also, the extensive discussion of the findings at the end of the paper is well thought through and insighXul. 

      Weaknesses: 

      I find there are three general weaknesses: 

      (1) Although the paper states in the abstract that it emphasizes "new knowledge to be gained" it remains unclear what this concretely is. On page 4 they state 3 three research questions, these could be more extensively discussed in the abstract. Also, these questions read more like genetics questions while the paper is a lot about cell biological findings. 

      Thank you for drawing attention to the unnecessary and gratuitous nature of the last sentence of the Abstract. We are in agreement. It has been modified, and we have taken  advantage of additional word space to draw attention to the importance of the two competing (testable) hypotheses laid out in the Discussion. 

      As to new knowledge, please see the Results and particularly the Discussion. But beyond this, and as recognised by others, there is real value for cell biology in seeing how (and whether) selection can compensate for effects that are deleterious to fitness. The results will very often depart from those delivered from, for example, suppressor analyses, or bottom up engineering. 

      In the work recounted in our paper, we chose to focus – by way of proof-of principle – on the most commonly observed mutations, namely, those within pbp1A.  But beyond this gene, we detected mutations  in other components of the cell shape / division machinery whose connections are not yet understood and which are the focus of on-going investigation.  

      As to the three questions posed at the end of the Introduction, the first concerns whether selection can compensate for deleterious effects of deleting mreB (a question that pertains to evolutionary aspects); the second seeks understanding of genetic factors; the third aims to shed light on the genotype-to-phenotype map (which is where the cell biology comes into play).  Given space restrictions, we cannot see how we could usefully expand, let alone discuss, the three questions raised at the end of the Introduction in restrictive space available in the Abstract.   

      (2) It is not clear to me from the text what we already know about the restoration of MreB loss from suppressors studies (in the literature). Are there suppressor screens in the literature and which part of the findings is consistent with suppressor screens and which parts are new knowledge?  

      As stated in the Introduction, a previous study with B. subtilis (which harbours three MreB isoforms and where the isoform named “MreB” is essential for growth under normal conditions), suppressors of MreB lethality were found to occur in ponA, a class A penicillin binding protein (Kawai et al., 2009). This led to recognition that MreB plays a role in recruiting Pbp1A to the lateral cell wall. On the other hand, Patel et al. (2020) have shown that deletion of classA PBPs leads to an up-regulation of rod complex activity. Although there is a connection between rod complex and class A PBPs, a further study has shown that the two systems work semi-autonomously (Cho et al., 2016). 

      Our work confirms a connection between MreB and Pbp1A, and has shed new light on how this interaction is established by means of natural selection, which targets the integrity of cell wall. Indeed, the Rod complex and class A PBPs have complementary activities in the building of the cell wall with each of the two systems able to compensate for the other in order to maintain cell wall integrity. Please see the major part of the Discussion. In terms of specifics, the connection between mreB and pbp1A (shown by Kawai et al (2009)) is indirect because it is based on extragenic transposon insertions. In our study, the genetic connection is mechanistically demonstrated.  In addition, we capture that the evolutionary dynamics is rapid and we finally enriched understanding of the genotype-to-phenotype map.

      (3) The clarity of the figures, captions, and data quantification need to be improved.  

      Modifications have been implemented. Please see responses to specific queries listed below.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Yulo et al. show that deletion of MreB causes reduced fitness in P. fluorescens SBW25 and that this reduction in fitness may be primarily caused by alterations in cell volume. To understand the effect of cell volume on proliferation, they performed an evolution experiment through which they predominantly obtained mutations in pbp1A that decreased cell volume and increased viability. Furthermore, they provide evidence to propose that the pbp1A mutants may have decreased PG cross-linking which might have helped in restoring the fitness by rectifying the disorganised PG synthesis caused by the absence of MreB. Overall this is an interesting study. 

      Queries: 

      Do the small cells of mreB null background indeed have no DNA? It is not apparent from the DAPI images presented in Supplementary Figure 17. A more detailed analysis will help to support this claim. 

      It is entirely possible that small cells have no DNA, because if cell division is aberrant then division can occur prior to DNA segregation resulting in cells with no DNA. It is clear from microscopic observation that both small and large cells do not divide. It is, however, true, that we are unable to state – given our measures of DNA content – that small cells have no DNA. We have made this clear on page 13, paragraph 2.

      What happens to viability and cell morphology when pbp1A is removed in the mreB null background? If it is actually a decrease in pbp1A activity that leads to the rescue, then pbp1A- mreB- cells should have better viability, reduced cell volume and organised PG synthesis. Especially as the PG cross-linking is almost at the same level as the T362 or D484 mutant.  

      Please see fitness data in Supp. Fig. 13. Fitness of ∆mreBpbp1A is no different to that caused by a point mutation. Cells remain round.  

      What is the status of PG cross-linking in ΔmreB Δpflu4921-4925 (Line 7)? 

      This was not analysed as the focus of this experiment was PBPs. A priori, there is no obvious reason to suspect that ∆4921-25 (which lacks oprD) would be affected in PBP activity.

      What is the morphology of the cells in Line 2 and Line 5? It may be interesting to see if PG cross-linking and cell wall synthesis is also altered in the cells from these lines. 

      The focus of investigation was restricted to L1, L4 and L7. Indeed, it would be interesting to look at the mutants harbouring mutations in :sZ, but this is beyond scope of the present investigation (but is on-going). The morphology of L2 and L5 are shown in Supp. Fig. 9.

      The data presented in 4B should be quantified with appropriate input controls. 

      Band intensity has now been quantified (see new Supp. Fig .20). The controls are SBW25, SBW25∆pbp1A, SBW25 ∆mreB and SBW25 ∆mreBpbp1A as explained in the paper.

      What are the statistical analyses used in 4A and what is the significance value? 

      Our oversight. These were reported in Supp. Fig. 19, but should also have been presented in Fig. 4A. Data are means of three biological replicates. The statistical tests are comparisons between each mutant and SBW25, and assessed by paired t-tests.  

      A more rigorous statistical analysis indicating the number of replicates should be done throughout. 

      We have checked and made additions where necessary and where previously lacking. In particular, details are provided in Fig. 1E, Fig. 4A and Fig. 4B. For Fig. 4C we have produced quantitative measures of heterogeneity in new cell wall insertion. These are reported in Supp. Fig. 21 (and referred to in the text and figure caption) and show that patterns of cell wall insertion in ∆mreB are highly heterogeneous.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review): 

      This paper addresses an understudied problem in microbiology: the evolution of bacterial cell shape. Bacterial cells can take a range of forms, among the most common being rods and spheres. The consensus view is that rods are the ancestral form and spheres the derived form. The molecular machinery governing these different shapes is fairly well understood but the evolutionary drivers responsible for the transition between rods and spheres are not. Enter Yulo et al.'s work. The authors start by noting that deletion of a highly conserved gene called MreB in the Gram-negative bacterium Pseudomonas fluorescens reduces fitness but does not kill the cell (as happens in other species like E. coli and B. subtilis) and causes cells to become spherical rather than their normal rod shape. They then ask whether evolution for 1000 generations restores the rod shape of these cells when propagated in a rich, benign medium. 

      The answer is no. The evolved lineages recovered fitness by the end of the experiment, growing just as well as the unevolved rod-shaped ancestor, but remained spherical. The authors provide an impressively detailed investigation of the genetic and molecular changes that evolved. Their leading results are: 

      (1) The loss of fitness associated with MreB deletion causes high variation in cell volume among sibling cells after cell division. 

      (2) Fitness recovery is largely driven by a single, loss-of-function point mutation that evolves within the first ~250 generations that reduces the variability in cell volume among siblings. 

      (3) The main route to restoring fitness and reducing variability involves loss of function mutations causing a reduction of TPase and peptidoglycan cross-linking, leading to a disorganized cell wall architecture characteristic of spherical cells. 

      The inferences made in this paper are on the whole well supported by the data. The authors provide a uniquely comprehensive account of how a key genetic change leads to gains in fitness and the spectrum of phenotypes that are impacted and provide insight into the molecular mechanisms underlying models of cell shape. 

      Suggested improvements and clarifications include: 

      (1) A schematic of the molecular interactions governing cell wall formation could be useful in the introduction to help orient readers less familiar with the current state of knowledge and key molecular players. 

      We understand that this would be desirable, but there are numerous recent reviews with detailed schematics that we think the interested reader would be better consulting. These are referenced in the text.

      (2) More detail on the bioinformatics approaches to assembling genomes and identifying the key compensatory mutations are needed, particularly in the methods section. This whole subject remains something of an art, with many different tools used. Specifying these tools, and the parameter settings used, will improve transparency and reproducibility, should it be needed. 

      We overlooked providing this detail, which has now been corrected by provision of more information in the Materials and Methods. In short we used Breseq, the clonal option, with default parameters. Additional analyses were conducted using Genieous. The BreSeq output files are provided https://doi.org/10.17617/3.CU5SX1 (which include all read data).

      (3) Corrections for multiple comparisons should be used and reported whenever more than one construct or strain is compared to the common ancestor, as in Supplementary Figure 19A (relative PG density of different constructs versus the SBW25 ancestor). 

      The data presented in Supp Fig 19A (and Fig 4A) do not involve multiple comparisons. In each instance the comparison is between SBW25 and each of the different mutants. A paired t-test is thus appropriate.

      (4) The authors refrain from making strong claims about the nature of selection on cell shape, perhaps because their main interest is the molecular mechanisms responsible. However, I think more can be said on the evolutionary side, along two lines. First, they have good evidence that cell volume is a trait under strong stabilizing selection, with cells of intermediate volume having the highest fitness. This is notable because there are rather few examples of stabilizing selection where the underlying mechanisms responsible are so well characterized. Second, this paper succeeds in providing an explanation for how spherical cells can readily evolve from a rod-shaped ancestor but leaves open how rods evolved in the first place. Can the authors speculate as to how the complex, coordinated system leading to rods first evolved? Or why not all cells have lost rod shape and become spherical, if it is so easy to achieve? These are important evolutionary questions that remain unaddressed. The manuscript could be improved by at least flagging these as unanswered questions deserving of further attention. 

      These are interesting points, but our capacity to comment is entirely speculative. Nonetheless, we have added an additional paragraph to the Discussion that expresses an opinion that has yet to receive attention:

      “Given the complexity of the cell wall synthesis machinery that defines rod-shape in bacteria, it is hard to imagine how rods could have evolved prior to cocci. However, the cylindrical shape offers a number of advantages. For a given biomass (or cell volume), shape determines surface area of the cell envelope, which is the smallest surface area associated with the spherical shape. As shape sets the surface/volume ratio, it also determines the ratio between supply (proportional to the surface) and demand (proportional to cell volume). From this point of view, it is more efficient to be cylindrical (Young 2006). This also holds for surface attachment and biofilm formation (Young 2006). But above all, for growing cells, the ratio between supply and demand is constant in rod shaped bacteria, whereas it decreases for cocci. This requires that spherical cells evolve complex regulatory networks capable of maintaining the correct concentration of cellular proteins despite changes in surface/volume ratio. From this point of view, rod-shaped bacteria offer opportunities to develop unsophisticated regulatory networks.”

      why not all cells have lost rod shape and become spherical.

      Please see Kevin Young’s 2006 review on the adaptive significance of cell shape

      The value of this paper stems both from the insight it provides on the underlying molecular model for cell shape and from what it reveals about some key features of the evolutionary process. The paper, as it currently stands, provides more on which to chew for the molecular side than the evolutionary side. It provides valuable insights into the molecular architecture of how cells grow and what governs their shape. The evolutionary phenomena emphasized by the authors - the importance of loss-of-function mutations in driving rapid compensatory fitness gains and that multiple genetic and molecular routes to high fitness are often available, even in the relatively short time frame of a few hundred generations - are well understood phenomena and so arguably of less broad interest. The more compelling evolutionary questions concern the nature and cause of stabilizing selection (in this case cell volume) and the evolution of complexity. The paper misses an opportunity to highlight the former and, while claiming to shed light on the latter, provides rather little useful insight. 

      Thank you for these thoughts and comments. However, we disagree that the experimental results are an overlooked opportunity to discuss stabilising selection. Stabilising selection occurs when selection favours a particular phenotype causing a reduction in underpinning population-level genetic diversity. This is not happening when selection acts on SBW25 ∆mreB leading to a restoration of fitness. Driving the response are biophysical factors, primarily the critical need to balance elongation rate with rate of septation. This occurs without any change in underlying genetic diversity.  

      Recommendations for the authors:  

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations for the Authors): 

      Hereby my suggestion for improvement of the quantification of the data, the figures, and the text. 

      -  p 14, what is the unit of elongation rate?  

      At first mention we have made clear that the unit is given in minutes^-1

      -  p 14, please give an error bar for both p=0.85 and f=0.77, to be able to conclude they are different 

      Error on the probability p is estimated at the 95% confidence interval by the formula:1.96 , where N is the total number of cells. This has been added in the paragraph p »probability » of the Image Analysis section in the Material and Methods. 

      We also added errors on p measurement in the main text.

      -  p 14, all the % differences need an errorbar 

      The error bars and means are given in Fig 3C and 3D.

      -  Figure 1B adds units to compactness, and what does it represent? Is the cell size the estimated volume (that is mentioned in the caption)? Shouldn't the datapoints have error bars? 

      Compactness is defined in the “Image Analysis” section of the Material and Methods. It is a dimensionless parameter. The distribution of individual cell shapes / sizes are depicted in Fig 1B. Error does arise from segmentation, but the degree of variance (few pixels) is much smaller than the representations of individual cells shown.

      -  Figure 1C caption, are the 50.000 cells? 

      Correct. Figure caption has been altered.

      -  Figure 1D, first the elongation rate is described as a volume per minute, but now, looking at the units it is a rate, how is it normalized? 

      Elongation rate is explained in the Materials and Methods (see the image analysis section) and is not volume per minute. It is dV/dt = r*V (the unit of r is min^-1). Page 9 includes specific mention of the unit of r.

      -  Figure 1E, how many cells (n) per replicate? 

      Our apologies. We have corrected the figure caption that now reads:

      “Proportion of live cells in ancestral SBW25 (black bar) and ΔmreB (grey bar) based on LIVE/DEAD BacLight Bacterial Viability Kit protocol. Cells were pelleted at 2,000 x g for 2 minutes to preserve ΔmreB cell integrity. Error bars are means and standard deviation of three biological replicates (n>100).”

      -  Figure 1G, how does this compare to the wildtype 

      The volume for wild type SBW25 is 3.27µm^3 (within the “white zone”). This is mentioned in the text.

      -  Figure 2B, is this really volume, not size? And can you add microscopy images? 

      The x-axis is volume (see Materials and Methods, subsection image analysis). Images are available in Supp. Fig. 9.

      -  Figure 3A what does L1, L4 and L7 refer too? Is it correct that these same lines are picked for WT and delta_mreB 

      Thank you for pointing this out. This was an earlier nomenclature. It was shorthand for the mutants that are specified everywhere else by genotype and has now been corrected. 

      -  Figure 3c: either way write out p, so which probability, or you need a simple cartoon that is plotted. 

      The value p is the probability to proceed to the next generation and is explained in Materials and Methods  subsection image analysis.  We feel this is intuitive and does not require a cartoon. We nonetheless added a sentence to the Materials and Methods to aid clarity.

      -  Figure 4B can you add a ladder to the gel? 

      No ladder was included, but the controls provide all the necessary information. The band corresponding to PBP1A is defined by presence in SBW25, but absence in SBW25 ∆pbp1A.

      -  Figure 4c, can you improve the quantification of these images? How were these selected and how well do they represent the community? 

      We apologise for the lack of quantitative description for data presented in Fig 4C. This has now been corrected. In brief, we measured the intensity of fluorescent signal from between 10 and 14 cells and computed the mean and standard deviation of pixel intensity for each cell. To rule out possible artifacts associated with variation of the mean intensity, we calculated the ratio of the standard deviation divided by the square root of the mean. These data reveal heterogeneity in cell wall synthesis and provide strong statistical support for the claim that cell wall synthesis in ∆mreB is significantly more heterogeneous than the control. The data are provided in new Supp. Fig. 21. 

      Minor comments: 

      -  It would be interesting if the findings of this experimental evolution study could be related to comparative studies (if these have ever been executed).  

      Little is possible, but Hendrickson and Yulo published a portion of the originally posted preprint separately. We include a citation to that paper. 

      -  p 13, halfway through the page, the second paragraph lacks a conclusion, why do we care about DNA content? 

      It is a minor observation that was included by way of providing a complete description of cell phenotype.  

      -  p 17, "suggesting that ... loss-of-function", I do no not understand what this is based upon. 

      We show that the fitness of a pbp1A deletion is indistinguishable from the fitness of one of the pbp1A point mutants. This fact establishes that the point mutation had the same effects as a gene deletion thus supporting the claim that the point mutations identified during the course of the selection experiment decrease (or destroy) PBP1A function.

      -  p 25, at the top of the page: do you have a reference for the statement that a disorganized cell wall architecture is suited to the topology of spherical cells? 

      The statement is a conclusion that comes from our reasoning. It stems from the fact that it is impossible to entirely map the surface of a sphere with parallel strands.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      To the Senior Editor and the Reviewing Editor:

      We sincerely appreciate the valuable comments provided by the reviewers, the reviewing editor, and the senior editor. After carefully reviewing and considering the comments, we have addressed the key concerns raised by the reviewers and made appropriate modifications to the article in the revised manuscript.

      The main revisions made to the manuscript are as follows:

      1) We have added comparison experiments with TNDM (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2).

      2) We conducted new synthetic experiments to demonstrate that our conclusions are not a by-product of d-VAE (see Fig. S2 and Fig. S11).

      3) We have provided a detailed explanation of how our proposed criteria, especially the second criterion, can effectively exclude the selection of unsuitable signals.

      4) We have included a semantic overview figure of d-VAE (Fig. S1) and a visualization plot of latent variables (Fig. S13).

      5) We have elaborated on the model details of d-VAE, as well as the hyperparameter selection and experimental settings of other comparison models.

      We believe these revisions have significantly improved the clarity and comprehensibility of the manuscript. Thank you for the opportunity to address these important points.

      Reviewer #1

      Q1: “First, the model in the paper is almost identical to an existing VAE model (TNDM) that makes use of weak supervision with behaviour in the same way [1]. This paper should at least be referenced. If the authors wish they could compare their model to TNDM, which combines a state space model with smoothing similar to LFADS. Given that TNDM achieves very good behaviour reconstructions, it may be on par with this model without the need for a Kalman filter (and hence may achieve better separation of behaviour-related and unrelated dynamics).”

      Our model significantly differs from TNDM in several aspects. While TNDM also constrains latent variables to decode behavioral information, it does not impose constraints to maximize behavioral information in the generated relevant signals. The trade-off between the decoding and reconstruction capabilities of generated relevant signals is the most significant contribution of our approach, which is not reflected in TNDM. In addition, the backbone network of signal extraction and the prior distribution of the two models are also different.

      It's worth noting that our method does not require a Kalman filter. Kalman filter is used for post hoc assessment of the linear decoding ability of the generated signals. Please note that extracting and evaluating relevant signals are two distinct stages.

      Heeding your suggestion, we have incorporated comparison experiments involving TNDM into the revised manuscript. Detailed information on model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “Second, in my opinion, the claims regarding identifiability are overstated - this matters as the results depend on this to some extent. Recent work shows that VAEs generally suffer from identifiability problems due to the Gaussian latent space [2]. This paper also hints that weak supervision may help to resolve such issues, so this model as well as TNDM and CEBRA may indeed benefit from this. In addition however, it appears that the relative weight of the KL Divergence in the VAE objective is chosen very small compared to the likelihood (0.1%), so the influence of the prior is weak and the model may essentially learn the average neural trajectories while underestimating the noise in the latent variables. This, in turn, could mean that the model will not autoencode neural activity as well as it should, note that an average R2 in this case will still be high (I could not see how this is actually computed). At the same time, the behaviour R2 will be large simply because the different movement trajectories are very distinct. Since the paper makes claims about the roles of different neurons, it would be important to understand how well their single trial activities are reconstructed, which can perhaps best be investigated by comparing the Poisson likelihood (LFADS is a good baseline model). Taken together, while it certainly makes sense that well-tuned neurons contribute more to behaviour decoding, I worry that the very interesting claim that neurons with weak tuning contain behavioural signals is not well supported.”

      We don’t think our distilled signals are average neural trajectories without variability. The quality of reconstructing single trial activities can be observed in Figure 3i and Figure S4. Neural trajectories in Fig. 3i and Fig. S4 show that our distilled signals are not average neural trajectories. Furthermore, if each trial activity closely matched the average neural trajectory, the Fano Factor (FF) should theoretically approach 0. However, our distilled signals exhibit a notable departure from this expectation, as evident in Figure 3c, d, g, and f. Regarding the diminished influence of the KL Divergence: Given that the ground truth of latent variable distribution is unknown, even a learned prior distribution might not accurately reflect the true distribution. We found the pronounced impact of the KL divergence would prove detrimental to the decoding and reconstruction performance. As a result, we opt to reduce the weight of the KL divergence term. Even so, KL divergence can still effectively align the distribution of latent variables with the distribution of prior latent variables, as illustrated in Fig. S13. Notably, our goal is extracting behaviorally-relevant signals from given raw signals rather than generating diverse samples from the prior distribution. When aim to separating relevant signals, we recommend reducing the influence of KL divergence. Regarding comparing the Poisson likelihood: We compared Poisson log-likelihood among different methods (except PSID since their obtained signals have negative values), and the results show that d-VAE outperforms other methods.

      Author response image 1.

      Regarding how R2 is computed: , where and denote ith sample of raw signals, ith sample of distilled relevant signals, and the mean of raw signals. If the distilled signals exactly match the raw signals, the sum of squared error is zero, thus R2=1. If the distilled signals always are equal to R2=0. If the distilled signals are worse than the mean estimation, R2 is negative, negative R2 is set to zero.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q3: “Third, and relating to this issue, I could not entirely follow the reasoning in the section arguing that behavioural information can be inferred from neurons with weak selectivity, but that it is not linearly decodable. It is right to test if weak supervision signals bleed into the irrelevant subspace, but I could not follow the explanations. Why, for instance, is the ANN decoder on raw data (I assume this is a decoder trained fully supervised) not equal in performance to the revenant distilled signals? Should a well-trained non-linear decoder not simply yield a performance ceiling? Next, if I understand correctly, distilled signals were obtained from the full model. How does a model perform trained only on the weakly tuned neurons? Is it possible that the subspaces obtained with the model are just not optimally aligned for decoding? This could be a result of limited identifiability or model specifics that bias reconstruction to averages (a well-known problem of VAEs). I, therefore, think this analysis should be complemented with tests that do not depend on the model.”

      Regarding “Why, for instance, is the ANN decoder on raw data (I assume this is a decoder trained fully supervised) not equal in performance to the relevant distilled signals? Should a well-trained non-linear decoder not simply yield a performance ceiling?”: In fact, the decoding performance of raw signals with ANN is quite close to the ceiling. However, due to the presence of significant irrelevant signals in raw signals, decoding models like deep neural networks are more prone to overfitting when trained on noisy raw signals compared to behaviorally-relevant signals. Consequently, we anticipate that the distilled signals will demonstrate superior decoding generalization. This phenomenon is evident in Fig. 2 and Fig. S1, where the decoding performance of the distilled signals surpasses that of the raw signals, albeit not by a substantial margin.

      Regarding “Next, if I understand correctly, distilled signals were obtained from the full model. How does a model perform trained only on the weakly tuned neurons? Is it possible that the subspaces obtained with the model are just not optimally aligned for decoding?”:Distilled signals (involving all neurons) are obtained by d-VAE. Subsequently, we use ANN to evaluate the performance of smaller and larger R2 neurons. Please note that separating and evaluating relevant signals are two distinct stages.

      Regarding the reasoning in the section arguing that smaller R2 neurons encode rich information, we would like to provide a detailed explanation:

      1) After extracting relevant signals through d-VAE, we specifically selected neurons characterized by smaller R2 values (Here, R2 signifies the proportion of neuronal activity variance explained by the linear encoding model, calculated using raw signals). Subsequently, we employed both KF and ANN to assess the decoding performance of these neurons. Remarkably, our findings revealed that smaller R2 neurons, previously believed to carry limited behavioral information, indeed encode rich information.

      2) In a subsequent step, we employed d-VAE to exclusively distill the raw signals of these smaller R2 neurons (distinct from the earlier experiment where d-VAE processed signals from all neurons). We then employed KF and ANN to evaluate the distilled smaller R2 neurons. Interestingly, we observed that we could not attain the same richness of information solely through the use of these smaller R2 neurons.

      3) Consequently, we put forth and tested two hypotheses: First, that larger R2 neurons introduce additional signals into the smaller R2 neurons that do not exist in the real smaller R2 neurons. Second, that larger R2 neurons aid in restoring the original appearance of impaired smaller R2 neurons. Our proposed criteria and synthetic experiments substantiate the latter scenario.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “Finally, a more technical issue to note is related to the choice to learn a non-parametric prior instead of using a conventional Gaussian prior. How is this implemented? Is just a single sample taken during a forward pass? I worry this may be insufficient as this would not sample the prior well, and some other strategy such as importance sampling may be required (unless the prior is not relevant as it weakly contributed to the ELBO, in which case this choice seems not very relevant). Generally, it would be useful to see visualisations of the latent variables to see how information about behaviour is represented by the model.”

      Regarding "how to implement the prior?": Please refer to Equation 7 in the revised manuscript; we have added detailed descriptions in the revised manuscript.

      Regarding "Generally, it would be useful to see visualizations of the latent variables to see how information about behavior is represented by the model.": Note that our focus is not on latent variables but on distilled relevant signals. Nonetheless, at your request, we have added the visualization of latent variables in the revised manuscript. Please see Fig. S13 for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Recommendations: “A minor point: the word 'distill' in the name of the model may be a little misleading - in machine learning the term refers to the construction of smaller models with the same capabilities.

      It should be useful to add a schematic picture of the model to ease comparison with related approaches.”

      In the context of our model's functions, it operates as a distillation process, eliminating irrelevant signals and retaining the relevant ones. Although the name of our model may be a little misleading, it faithfully reflects what our model does.

      I have added a schematic picture of d-VAE in the revised manuscript. Please see Fig. S1 for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #2

      Q1: “Is the apparently increased complexity of encoding vs decoding so unexpected given the entropy, sparseness, and high dimensionality of neural signals (the "encoding") compared to the smoothness and low dimensionality of typical behavioural signals (the "decoding") recorded in neuroscience experiments? This is the title of the paper so it seems to be the main result on which the authors expect readers to focus. ”

      We use the term "unexpected" due to the disparity between our findings and the prior understanding concerning neural encoding and decoding. For neural encoding, as we said in the Introduction, in previous studies, weakly-tuned neurons are considered useless, and smaller variance PCs are considered noise, but we found they encode rich behavioral information. For neural decoding, the nonlinear decoding performance of raw signals is significantly superior to linear decoding. However, after eliminating the interference of irrelevant signals, we found the linear decoding performance is comparable to nonlinear decoding. Rooted in these findings, which counter previous thought, we employ the term "unexpected" to characterize our observations.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “I take issue with the premise that signals in the brain are "irrelevant" simply because they do not correlate with a fixed temporal lag with a particular behavioural feature hand-chosen by the experimenter. As an example, the presence of a reward signal in motor cortex [1] after the movement is likely to be of little use from the perspective of predicting kinematics from time-bin to time-bin using a fixed model across trials (the apparent definition of "relevant" for behaviour here), but an entire sub-field of neuroscience is dedicated to understanding the impact of these reward-related signals on future behaviour. Is there method sophisticated enough to see the behavioural "relevance" of this brief, transient, post-movement signal? This may just be an issue of semantics, and perhaps I read too much into the choice of words here. Perhaps the authors truly treat "irrelevant" and "without a fixed temporal correlation" as synonymous phrases and the issue is easily resolved with a clarifying parenthetical the first time the word "irrelevant" is used. But I remain troubled by some claims in the paper which lead me to believe that they read more deeply into the "irrelevancy" of these components.”

      In this paper, we employ terms like ‘behaviorally-relevant’ and ‘behaviorally-irrelevant’ only regarding behavioral variables of interest measured within a given task, such as arm kinematics during a motor control task. A similar definition can be found in the PSID[1].

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Sani, Omid G., et al. "Modeling behaviorally relevant neural dynamics enabled by preferential subspace identification." Nature Neuroscience 24.1 (2021): 140-149.

      Q3: “The authors claim the "irrelevant" responses underpin an unprecedented neuronal redundancy and reveal that movement behaviors are distributed in a higher-dimensional neural space than previously thought." Perhaps I just missed the logic, but I fail to see the evidence for this. The neural space is a fixed dimensionality based on the number of neurons. A more sparse and nonlinear distribution across this set of neurons may mean that linear methods such as PCA are not effective ways to approximate the dimensionality. But ultimately the behaviourally relevant signals seem quite low-dimensional in this paper even if they show some nonlinearity may help.”

      The evidence for the “useless” responses underpin an unprecedented neuronal redundancy is shown in Fig. 5a, d and Fig. S9a. Specifically, the sum of the decoding performance of smaller R2 neurons and larger R2 neurons is significantly greater than that of all neurons for relevant signals (red bar), demonstrating that movement parameters are encoded very redundantly in neuronal population. In contrast, we can not find this degree of neural redundancy in raw signals (purple bar).

      The evidence for the “useless” responses reveal that movement behaviors are distributed in a higher-dimensional neural space than previously thought is shown in the left plot (involving KF decoding) of Fig. 6c, f and Fig. S9f. Specifically, the improvement of KF using secondary signals is significantly higher than using raw signals composed of the same number of dimensions as the secondary signals. These results demonstrate that these dimensions, spanning roughly from ten to thirty, encode much information, suggesting that behavioral information exists in a higher-dimensional subspace than anticipated from raw signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “there is an apparent logical fallacy that begins in the abstract and persists in the paper: "Surprisingly, when incorporating often-ignored neural dimensions, behavioral information can be decoded linearly as accurately as nonlinear decoding, suggesting linear readout is performed in motor cortex." Don't get me wrong: the equivalency of linear and nonlinear decoding approaches on this dataset is interesting, and useful for neuroscientists in a practical sense. However, the paper expends much effort trying to make fundamental scientific claims that do not feel very strongly supported. This reviewer fails to see what we can learn about a set of neurons in the brain which are presumed to "read out" from motor cortex. These neurons will not have access to the data analyzed here. That a linear model can be conceived by an experimenter does not imply that the brain must use a linear model. The claim may be true, and it may well be that a linear readout is implemented in the brain. Other work [2,3] has shown that linear readouts of nonlinear neural activity patterns can explain some behavioural features. The claim in this paper, however, is not given enough”

      Due to the limitations of current observational methods and our incomplete understanding of brain mechanisms, it is indeed challenging to ascertain the specific data the brain acquires to generate behavior and whether it employs a linear readout. Conventionally, the neural data recorded in the motor cortex do encode movement behaviors and can be used to analyze neural encoding and decoding. Based on these data, we found that the linear decoder KF achieves comparable performance to that of the nonlinear decoder ANN on distilled relevant signals. This finding has undergone validation across three widely used datasets, providing substantial evidence. Furthermore, we conducted experiments on synthetic data to show that this conclusion is not a by-product of our model. In the revised manuscript, we added a more detailed description of this conclusion.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q6: “Relatedly, I would like to note that the exercise of arbitrarily dividing a continuous distribution of a statistic (the "R2") based on an arbitrary threshold is a conceptually flawed exercise. The authors read too much into the fact that neurons which have a low R2 w.r.t. PDs have behavioural information w.r.t. other methods. To this reviewer, it speaks more about the irrelevance, so to speak, of the preferred direction metric than anything fundamental about the brain.”

      We chose the R2 threshold in accordance with the guidelines provided in reference [1]. It's worth mentioning that this threshold does not exert any significant influence on the overall conclusions.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Inoue, Y., Mao, H., Suway, S.B., Orellana, J. and Schwartz, A.B., 2018. Decoding arm speed during reaching. Nature communications, 9(1), p.5243.

      Q7: “I am afraid I may be missing something, as I did not understand the fano factor analysis of Figure 3. In a sense the behaviourally relevant signals must have lower FF given they are in effect tied to the temporally smooth (and consistent on average across trials) behavioural covariates. The point of the original Churchland paper was to show that producing a behaviour squelches the variance; naturally these must appear in the behaviourally relevant components. A control distribution or reference of some type would possibly help here.”

      We agree that including reference signals could provide more context. The Churchland paper said stimulus onset can lead to a reduction in neural variability. However, our experiment focuses specifically on the reaching process, and thus, we don't have comparative experiments involving different types of signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q8: “The authors compare the method to LFADS. While this is a reasonable benchmark as a prominent method in the field, LFADS does not attempt to solve the same problem as d-VAE. A better and much more fair comparison would be TNDM [4], an extension of LFADS which is designed to identify behaviourally relevant dimensions.”

      We have added the comparison experiments with TNDM in the revised manuscript (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2). The details of model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Reviewer #3

      Q1.1: “TNDM: LFADS is not the best baseline for comparison. The authors should have compared with TNDM (Hurwitz et al. 2021), which is an extension of LFADS that (unlike LFADS) actually attempts to extract behaviorally relevant factors by adding a behavior term to the loss. The code for TNDM is also available on Github. LFADS is not even supervised by behavior and does not aim to address the problem that d-VAE aims to address, so it is not the most appropriate comparison. ”

      We have added the comparison experiments with TNDM in the revised manuscript (see Fig. 2 and Fig. S2). The details of model hyperparameters and training settings can be found in the Methods section in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.2: “LFADS: LFADS is a sequential autoencoder that processes sections of data (e.g. trials). No explanation is given in Methods for how the data was passed to LFADS. Was the moving averaged smoothed data passed to LFADS or the raw spiking data (at what bin size)? Was a gaussian loss used or a poisson loss? What are the trial lengths used in each dataset, from which part of trials? For dataset C that has back-to-back reaches, was data chopped into segments? How long were these segments? Were the edges of segments overlapped and averaged as in (Keshtkaran et al. 2022) to avoid noisy segment edges or not? These are all critical details that are not explained. The same details would also be needed for a TNDM comparison (comment 1.1) since it has largely the same architecture as LFADS.

      It is also critical to briefly discuss these fundamental differences between the inputs of methods in the main text. LFADS uses a segment of data whereas VAE methods just use one sample at a time. What does this imply in the results? I guess as long as VAEs outperform LFADS it is ok, but if LFADS outperforms VAEs in a given metric, could it be because it received more data as input (a whole segment)? Why was the factor dimension set to 50? I presume it was to match the latent dimension of the VAE methods, but is the LFADS factor dimension the correct match for that to make things comparable?

      I am also surprised by the results. How do the authors justify LFADS having lower neural similarity (fig 2d) than VAE methods that operate on single time steps? LFADS is not supervised by behavior, so of course I don't expect it to necessarily outperform methods on behavior decoding. But all LFADS aims to do is to reconstruct the neural data so at least in this metric it should be able to outperform VAEs that just operate on single time steps? Is it because LFADS smooths the data too much? This is important to discuss and show examples of. These are all critical nuances that need to be discussed to validate the results and interpret them.”

      Regarding “Was the moving averaged smoothed data passed to LFADS or the raw spiking data (at what bin size)? Was a gaussian loss used or a poisson loss?”: The data used by all models was applied to the same preprocessing procedure. That is, using moving averaged smoothed data with three bins, where the bin size is 100ms. For all models except PSID, we used a Poisson loss.

      Regrading “What are the trial lengths used in each dataset, from which part of trials? For dataset C that has back-to-back reaches, was data chopped into segments? How long were these segments? Were the edges of segments overlapped and averaged as in (Keshtkaran et al. 2022) to avoid noisy segment edges or not?”:

      For datasets A and B, a trial length of eighteen is set. Trials with lengths below the threshold are zero-padded, while trials exceeding the threshold are truncated to the threshold length from their starting point. In dataset A, there are several trials with lengths considerably longer than that of most trials. We found that padding all trials with zeros to reach the maximum length (32) led to poor performance. Consequently, we chose a trial length of eighteen, effectively encompassing the durations of most trials and leading to the removal of approximately 9% of samples. For dataset B (center-out), the trial lengths are relatively consistent with small variation, and the maximum length across all trials is eighteen. For dataset C, we set the trial length as ten because we observed the video of this paradigm and found that the time for completing a single trial was approximately one second. The segments are not overlapped.

      Regarding “Why was the factor dimension set to 50? I presume it was to match the latent dimension of the VAE methods, but is the LFADS factor dimension the correct match for that to make things comparable?”: We performed a grid search for latent dimensions in {10,20,50} and found 50 is the best.

      Regarding “I am also surprised by the results. How do the authors justify LFADS having lower neural similarity (fig 2d) than VAE methods that operate on single time steps? LFADS is not supervised by behavior, so of course I don't expect it to necessarily outperform methods on behavior decoding. But all LFADS aims to do is to reconstruct the neural data so at least in this metric it should be able to outperform VAEs that just operate on single time steps? Is it because LFADS smooths the data too much?”: As you pointed out, we found that LFADS tends to produce excessively smooth and consistent data, which can lead to a reduction in neural similarity.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.3: “PSID: PSID is linear and uses past input samples to predict the next sample in the output. Again, some setup choices are not well justified, and some details are left out in the 1-line explanation given in Methods.

      Why was a latent dimension of 6 chosen? Is this the behaviorally relevant latent dimension or the total latent dimension (for the use case here it would make sense to set all latent states to be behaviorally relevant)? Why was a horizon hyperparameter of 3 chosen? First, it is important to mention fundamental parameters such as latent dimension for each method in the main text (not just in methods) to make the results interpretable. Second, these hyperparameters should be chosen with a grid search in each dataset (within the training data, based on performance on the validation part of the training data), just as the authors do for their method (line 779). Given that PSID isn't a deep learning method, doing a thorough grid search in each fold should be quite feasible. It is important that high values for latent dimension and a wider range of other hyperparmeters are included in the search, because based on how well the residuals (x_i) for this method are shown predict behavior in Fig 2, the method seems to not have been used appropriately. I would expect ANN to improve decoding for PSID versus its KF decoding since PSID is fully linear, but I don't expect KF to be able to decode so well using the residuals of PSID if the method is used correctly to extract all behaviorally relevant information from neural data. The low neural reconstruction in Fid 2d could also partly be due to using too small of a latent dimension.

      Again, another import nuance is the input to this method and how differs with the input to VAE methods. The learned PSID model is a filter that operates on all past samples of input to predict the output in the "next" time step. To enable a fair comparison with VAE methods, the authors should make sure that the last sample "seen" by PSID is the same as then input sample seen by VAE methods. This is absolutely critical given how large the time steps are, otherwise PSID might underperform simply because it stopped receiving input 300ms earlier than the input received by VAE methods. To fix this, I think the authors can just shift the training and testing neural time series of PSID by 1 sample into the past (relative to the behavior), so that PSID's input would include the input of VAE methods. Otherwise, VAEs outperforming PSID is confounded by PSID's input not including the time step that was provided to VAE.”

      Thanks for your suggestions for letting PSID see the current neural observations. We did it per your suggestions and then performed a grid search for the hyperparameters for PSID. Specifically, we performed a grid search for the horizon hyperparameter in {2,3,4,5,6,7}. Since the relevant latent dimension should be lower than the horizon times the dimension of behavior variables (two-dimensional velocity in this paper) and increasing the dimension will reach performance saturation, we directly set the relevant latent dimensions as the maximum. The horizon number of datasets A, B, C, and synthetic datasets is 7, 6, 6 and 5, respectively.

      And thus the latent dimension of datasets A, B, and C and the synthetic dataset is 14, 12, 12 and 10, respectively.

      Our experiments show that KF can decode information from irrelevant signals obtained by PSID. Although PSID extracts the linear part of raw signals, KF can still use the linear part of the residuals for decoding. The low reconstruction performance of PSID may be because the relationship between latent variables and neural signals is linear, and the relationship between latent variables and behaviors is also linear; this is equivalent to the linear relationship between behaviors and neural signals, and linear models can only explain a small fraction of neural signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q1.4: “CEBRA: results for CEBRA are incomplete. Similarity to raw signals is not shown. Decoding of behaviorally irrelevant residuals for CEBRA is not shown. Per Fig. S2, CEBRA does better or similar ANN decoding in datasets A and C, is only slightly worse in Dataset B, so it is important to show the other key metrics otherwise it is unclear whether d-VAE has some tangible advantage over CEBRA in those 2 datasets or if they are similar in every metric. Finally, it would be better if the authors show the results for CEBRA on Fig. 2, just as is done for other methods because otherwise it is hard to compare all methods.”

      CEBRA is a non-generative model, this model cannot generate behaviorally-relevant signals. Therefore, we only compared the decoding performance of latent embeddings of CEBRA and signals of d-VAE.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q2: “Given the fact that d-VAE infers the latent (z) based on the population activity (x), claims about properties of the inferred behaviorally relevant signals (x_r) that attribute properties to individual neurons are confounded.

      The authors contrast their approach to population level approaches in that it infers behaviorally relevant signals for individual neurons. However, d-VAE is also a population method as it aggregates population information to infer the latent (z), from which behaviorally relevant part of the activity of each neuron (x_r) is inferred. The authors note this population level aggregation of information as a benefit of d-VAE, but only acknowledge it as a confound briefly in the context of one of their analyses (line 340): "The first is that the larger R2 neurons leak their information to the smaller R2 neurons, causing them contain too much behavioral information". They go on to dismiss this confounding possibility by showing that the inferred behaviorally relevant signal of each neuron is often most similar to its own raw signals (line 348-352) compared with all other neurons. They also provide another argument specific to that result section (i.e., residuals are not very behavior predictive), which is not general so I won't discuss it in depth here. These arguments however do not change the basic fact that d-VAE aggregates information from other neurons when extracting the behaviorally relevant activity of any given neuron, something that the authors note as a benefit of d-VAE in many instances. The fact that d-VAE aggregates population level info to give the inferred behaviorally relevant signal for each neuron confounds several key conclusions. For example, because information is aggregated across neurons, when trial to trial variability looks smoother after applying d-VAE (Fig 3i), or reveals better cosine tuning (Fig 3b), or when neurons that were not very predictive of behavior become more predictive of behavior (Fig 5), one cannot really attribute the new smoother single trial activity or the improved decoding to the same single neurons; rather these new signals/performances include information from other neurons. Unless the connections of the encoder network (z=f(x)) is zero for all other neurons, one cannot claim that the inferred rates for the neuron are truly solely associated with that neuron. I believe this a fundamental property of a population level VAE, and simply makes the architecture unsuitable for claims regarding inherent properties of single neurons. This confound is partly why the first claim in the abstract are not supported by data: observing that neurons that don't predict behavior very well would predict it much better after applying d-VAE does not prove that these neurons themselves "encode rich[er] behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" (i.e., the first conclusion highlighted in the abstract) because information was also aggregated from other neurons. The other reason why this claim is not supported by data is the characterization of the encoding for smaller R2 neurons as "complex nonlinear", which the method is not well equipped to tease apart from linear mappings as I explain in my comment 3.”

      We acknowledge that we cannot obtain the exact single neuronal activity that does not contain any information from other neurons. However, we believe our model can extract accurate approximation signals of the ground truth relevant signals. These signals preserve the inherent properties of single neuronal activity to some extent and can be used for analysis at the single-neuron level.

      We believe d-VAE is a reasonable approach to extract effective relevant signals that preserve inherent properties of single neuronal activity for four key reasons:

      1) d-VAE is a latent variable model that adheres to the neural population doctrine. The neural population doctrine posits that information is encoded within interconnected groups of neurons, with the existence of latent variables (neural modes) responsible for generating observable neuronal activity [1, 2]. If we can perfectly obtain the true generative model from latent variables to neuronal activity, then we can generate the activity of each neuron from hidden variables without containing any information from other neurons. However, without a complete understanding of the brain’s encoding strategies (or generative model), we can only get the approximation signals of the ground truth signals.

      2) After the generative model is established, we need to infer the parameters of the generative model and the distribution of latent variables. During the inference process, inference algorithms such as variational inference or EM algorithms will be used. Generally, the obtained latent variables are also approximations of the real latent variables. When inferring the latent variables, it is inevitable to aggregation the information of the neural population, and latent variables are derived through weighted combinations of neuronal populations [3].

      This inference process is consistent with that of d-VAE (or VAE-based models).

      3) Latent variables are derived from raw neural signals and used to explain raw neural signals. Considering the unknown ground truth of latent variables and behaviorally-relevant signals, it becomes evident that the only reliable reference at the signal level is the raw signals. A crucial criterion for evaluating the reliability of latent variable models (including latent variables and generated relevant signals) is their capability to effectively explain the raw signals [3]. Consequently, we firmly maintain the belief that if the generated signals closely resemble the raw signals to the greatest extent possible, in accordance with an equivalence principle, we can claim that these obtained signals faithfully retain the inherent properties of single neurons. d-VAE explicitly constrains the generated signal to closely resemble the raw signals. These results demonstrate that d-VAE can extract effective relevant signals that preserve inherent properties of single neuronal activity.

      Based on the above reasons, we hold that generating single neuronal activities with the VAE framework is a reasonable approach. The remaining question is whether our model can obtain accurate relevant signals in the absence of ground truth. To our knowledge, in cases where the ground truth of relevant signals is unknown, there are typically two approaches to verifying the reliability of extracted signals:

      1) Conducting synthetic experiments where the ground truth is known.

      2) Validation based on expert knowledge (Three criteria were proposed in this paper). Both our extracted signals and key conclusions have been validated using these two approaches.

      Next, we will provide a detailed response to the concerns regarding our first key conclusion that smaller R2 neurons encode rich information.

      We acknowledge that larger R2 neurons play a role in aiding the reconstruction of signals in smaller R2 neurons through their neural activity. However, considering that neurons are correlated rather than independent entities, we maintain the belief that larger R2 neurons assist damaged smaller R2 neurons in restoring their original appearance. Taking image denoising as an example, when restoring noisy pixels to their original appearance, relying solely on the noisy pixels themselves is often impractical. Assistance from their correlated, clean neighboring pixels becomes necessary.

      The case we need to be cautious of is that the larger R2 neurons introduce additional signals (m) that contain substantial information to smaller R2 neurons, which they do not inherently possess. We believe this case does not hold for two reasons. Firstly, logically, adding extra signals decreases the reconstruction performance, and the information carried by these additional signals is redundant for larger R2 neurons, thus they do not introduce new information that can enhance the decoding performance of the neural population. Therefore, it seems unlikely and unnecessary for neural networks to engage in such counterproductive actions. Secondly, even if this occurs, our second criterion can effectively exclude the selection of these signals. To clarify, if we assume that x, y, and z denote the raw, relevant, and irrelevant signals of smaller R2 neurons, with x=y+z, and the extracted relevant signals become y+m, the irrelevant signals become z-m in this case. Consequently, the irrelevant signals contain a significant amount of information. It's essential to emphasize that this criterion holds significant importance in excluding undesirable signals.

      Furthermore, we conducted a synthetic experiment to show that d-VAE can indeed restore the damaged information of smaller R2 neurons with the help of larger R2 neurons, and the restored neuronal activities are more similar to ground truth compared to damaged raw signals. Please see Fig. S11a,b for details.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Saxena, S. and Cunningham, J.P., 2019. Towards the neural population doctrine. Current opinion in neurobiology, 55, pp.103-111.

      [2] Gallego, J.A., Perich, M.G., Miller, L.E. and Solla, S.A., 2017. Neural manifolds for the control of movement. Neuron, 94(5), pp.978-984.

      [3] Cunningham, J.P. and Yu, B.M., 2014. Dimensionality reduction for large-scale neural recordings. Nature neuroscience, 17(11), pp.1500-1509.

      Q3: “Given the nonlinear architecture of the VAE, claims about the linearity or nonlinearity of cortical readout are confounded and not supported by the results.

      The inference of behaviorally relevant signals from raw signals is a nonlinear operation, that is x_r=g(f(x)) is nonlinear function of x. So even when a linear KF is used to decode behavior from the inferred behaviorally relevant signals, the overall decoding from raw signals to predicted behavior (i.e., KF applied to g(f(x))) is nonlinear. Thus, the result that decoding of behavior from inferred behaviorally relevant signals (x_r) using a linear KF and a nonlinear ANN reaches similar accuracy (Fig 2), does not suggest that a "linear readout is performed in the motor cortex", as the authors claim (line 471). The authors acknowledge this confound (line 472) but fail to address it adequately. They perform a simulation analysis where the decoding gap between KF and ANN remains unchanged even when d-VAE is used to infer behaviorally relevant signals in the simulation. However, this analysis is not enough for "eliminating the doubt" regarding the confound. I'm sure the authors can also design simulations where the opposite happens and just like in the data, d-VAE can improve linear decoding to match ANN decoding. An adequate way to address this concern would be to use a fully linear version of the autoencoder where the f(.) and g(.) mappings are fully linear. They can simply replace these two networks in their model with affine mappings, redo the modeling and see if the model still helps the KF decoding accuracy reach that of the ANN decoding. In such a scenario, because the overall KF decoding from original raw signals to predicted behavior (linear d-VAE + KF) is linear, then they could move toward the claim that the readout is linear. Even though such a conclusion would still be impaired by the nonlinear reference (d-VAE + ANN decoding) because the achieved nonlinear decoding performance could always be limited by network design and fitting issues. Overall, the third conclusion highlighted in the abstract is a very difficult claim to prove and is unfortunately not supported by the results.”

      We aim to explore the readout mechanism of behaviorally-relevant signals, rather than raw signals. Theoretically, the process of removing irrelevant signals should not be considered part of the inherent decoding mechanisms of the relevant signals. Assuming that the relevant signals we extracted are accurate, the conclusion of linear readout is established. On the synthetic data where the ground truth is known, our distilled signals show a significant improvement in neural similarity to the ground truth when compared to raw signals (refer to Fig. S2l). This observation demonstrates that our distilled signals are accurate approximations of the ground truth. Furthermore, on the three widely-used real datasets, our distilled signals meet the stringent criteria we have proposed (see Fig. 2), also providing strong evidence for their accuracy.

      Regarding the assertion that we could create simulations in which d-VAE can make signals that are inherently nonlinearly decodable into linearly decodable ones: In reality, we cannot achieve this, as the second criterion can rule out the selection of such signals. Specifically,z=x+y=n^2+y, where z, x, y, and n denote raw signals, relevant signals, irrelevant signals and latent variables. If the relevant signals obtained by d-VAE are n, then these signals can be linear decoded accurately. However, the corresponding irrelevant signals are n^2-n+z; thus, irrelevant signals will have much information, and these extracted relevant signals will not be selected. Furthermore, our synthetic experiments offer additional evidence supporting the conclusion that d-VAE does not make inherently nonlinearly decodable signals become linearly decodable ones. As depicted in Fig. S11c, there exists a significant performance gap between KF and ANN when decoding the ground truth signals of smaller R2 neurons. KF exhibits notably low performance, leaving substantial room for compensation by d-VAE. However, following processing by d-VAE, KF's performance of distilled signals fails to surpass its already low ground truth performance and remains significantly inferior to ANN's performance. These results collectively confirm that our approach does not convert signals that are inherently nonlinearly decodable into linearly decodable ones, and the conclusion of linear readout is not a by-product by d-VAE.

      Regarding the suggestion of using linear d-VAE + KF, as discussed in the Discussion section, removing the irrelevant signals requires a nonlinear operation, and linear d-VAE can not effectively separate relevant and irrelevant signals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q4: “The authors interpret several results as indications that "behavioral information is distributed in a higher-dimensional subspace than expected from raw signals", which is the second main conclusion highlighted in the abstract. However, several of these arguments do not convincingly support that conclusion.

      4.1) The authors observe that behaviorally relevant signals for neurons with small principal components (referred to as secondary) have worse decoding with KF but better decoding with ANN (Fig. 6b,e), which also outperforms ANN decoding from raw signals. This observation is taken to suggest that these secondary behaviorally relevant signals encode behavior information in highly nonlinear ways and in a higher dimensions neural space than expected (lines 424 and 428). These conclusions however are confounded by the fact that A) d-VAE uses nonlinear encoding, so one cannot conclude from ANN outperforming KF that behavior is encoded nonlinearly in the motor cortex (see comment 3 above), and B) d-VAE aggregates information across the population so one cannot conclude that these secondary neurons themselves had as much behavior information (see comment 2 above).

      4.2) The authors observe that the addition of the inferred behaviorally relevant signals for neurons with small principal components (referred to as secondary) improves the decoding of KF more than it improves the decoding of ANN (red curves in Fig 6c,f). This again is interpreted similarly as in 4.1, and is confounded for similar reasons (line 439): "These results demonstrate that irrelevant signals conceal the smaller variance PC signals, making their encoded information difficult to be linearly decoded, suggesting that behavioral information exists in a higher-dimensional subspace than anticipated from raw signals". This is confounded by because of the two reasons explained in 4.1. To conclude nonlinear encoding based on the difference in KF and ANN decoding, the authors would need to make the encoding/decoding in their VAE linear to have a fully linear decoder on one hand (with linear d-VAE + KF) and a nonlinear decoder on the other hand (with linear d-VAE + ANN), as explained in comment 3.

      4.3) From S Fig 8, where the authors compare cumulative variance of PCs for raw and inferred behaviorally relevant signals, the authors conclude that (line 554): "behaviorally-irrelevant signals can cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses (Supplementary Fig. S8)." However, this analysis does not really say anything about overestimation of "behaviorally relevant" neural dimensionality since the comparison is done with the dimensionality of "raw" signals. The next sentence is ok though: "These findings highlight the need to filter out relevant signals when estimating the neural dimensionality.", because they use the phrase "neural dimensionality" not "neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses".”

      Questions 4.1 and 4.2 are a combination of Q2 and Q3. Please refer to our responses to Q2 and Q3.

      Regarding question 4.3 about “behaviorally-irrelevant signals can cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant responses”: Previous studies usually used raw signals to estimate the neural dimensionality of specific behaviors. We mean that using raw signals, which include many irrelevant signals, will cause an overestimation of the neural dimensionality. We have modified this sentence in the revised manuscripts.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q5: “Imprecise use of language in many places leads to inaccurate statements. I will list some of these statements”

      5.1) In the abstract: "One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive due to the unknown ground truth of behaviorally-relevant signals". This statement is not accurate because it implies no prior work does this. The authors should make their statement more specific and also refer to some goal that existing linear (e.g., PSID) and nonlinear (e.g., TNDM) methods for extracting behaviorally relevant signals fail to achieve.

      5.2) In the abstract: "we found neural responses previously considered useless encode rich behavioral information" => what does "useless" mean operationally? Low behavior tuning? More precise use of language would be better.

      5.3) "... recent studies (Glaser 58 et al., 2020; Willsey et al., 2022) demonstrate nonlinear readout outperforms linear readout." => do these studies show that nonlinear "readout" outperforms linear "readout", or just that nonlinear models outperform linear models?

      5.4) Line 144: "The first criterion is that the decoding performance of the behaviorally-relevant signals (red bar, Fig.1) should surpass that of raw signals (the red dotted line, Fig.1).". Do the authors mean linear decoding here or decoding in general? If the latter, how can something extracted from neural surpass decoding of neural data, when the extraction itself can be thought of as part of decoding? The operational definition for this "decoding performance" should be clarified.

      5.5) Line 311: "we found that the dimensionality of primary subspace of raw signals (26, 64, and 45 for datasets A, B, and C) is significantly higher than that of behaviorally-relevant signals (7, 13, and 9), indicating that behaviorally-irrelevant signals lead to an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals." => here the dimensionality of the total PC space (i.e., primary subspace of raw signals) is being compared with that of inferred behaviorally-relevant signals, so the former being higher does not indicate that neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals was overestimated. The former is simply not behavioral so this conclusion is not accurate.

      5.6) Section "Distilled behaviorally-relevant signals uncover that smaller R2 neurons encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways". Based on what kind of R2 are the neurons grouped? Behavior decoding R2 from raw signals? Using what mapping? Using KF? If KF is used, the result that small R2 neurons benefit a lot from d-VAE could be somewhat expected, given the nonlinearity of d-VAE: because only ANN would have the capacity to unwrap the nonlinear encoding of d-VAE as needed. If decoding performance that is used to group neurons is based on data, regression to the mean could also partially explain the result: the neurons with worst raw decoding are most likely to benefit from a change in decoder, than neurons that already had good decoding. In any case, the R2 used to partition and sort neurons should be more clearly stated and reminded throughout the text and I Fig 3.

      5.7) Line 346 "...it is impossible for our model to add the activity of larger R2 neurons to that of smaller R2 neurons" => Is it really impossible? The optimization can definitely add small-scale copies of behaviorally relevant information to all neurons with minimal increase in the overall optimization loss, so this statement seems inaccurate.

      5.8) Line 490: "we found that linear decoders can achieve comparable performance to that of nonlinear decoders, providing compelling evidence for the presence of linear readout in the motor cortex." => inaccurate because no d-VAE decoding is really linear, as explained in comment 3 above.

      5.9) Line 578: ". However, our results challenge this idea by showing that signals composed of smaller variance PCs nonlinearly encode a significant amount of behavioral information." => inaccurate as results are confounded by nonlinearity of d-VAE as explained in comment 3 above.

      5.10) Line 592: "By filtering out behaviorally-irrelevant signals, our study found that accurate decoding performance can be achieved through linear readout, suggesting that the motor cortex may perform linear readout to generate movement behaviors." => inaccurate because it us confounded by the nonlinearity of d-VAE as explained in comment 3 above.”

      Regarding “5.1) In the abstract: "One solution is to accurately separate behaviorally-relevant and irrelevant signals, but this approach remains elusive due to the unknown ground truth of behaviorally-relevant signals". This statement is not accurate because it implies no prior work does this. The authors should make their statement more specific and also refer to some goal that existing linear (e.g., PSID) and nonlinear (e.g., TNDM) methods for extracting behaviorally relevant signals fail to achieve”:

      We believe our statement is accurate. Our primary objective is to extract accurate behaviorally-relevant signals that closely approximate the ground truth relevant signals. To achieve this, we strike a balance between the reconstruction and decoding performance of the generated signals, aiming to effectively capture the relevant signals. This crucial aspect of our approach sets it apart from other methods. In contrast, other methods tend to emphasize the extraction of valuable latent neural dynamics. We have provided elaboration on the distinctions between d-VAE and other approaches in the Introduction and Discussion sections.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.2) In the abstract: "we found neural responses previously considered useless encode rich behavioral information" => what does "useless" mean operationally? Low behavior tuning? More precise use of language would be better.”:

      In the analysis of neural signals, smaller variance PC signals are typically seen as noise and are often discarded. Similarly, smaller R2 neurons are commonly thought to be dominated by noise and are not further analyzed. Given these considerations, we believe that the term "considered useless" is appropriate in this context. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.3) "... recent studies (Glaser 58 et al., 2020; Willsey et al., 2022) demonstrate nonlinear readout outperforms linear readout." => do these studies show that nonlinear "readout" outperforms linear "readout", or just that nonlinear models outperform linear models?”:

      In this paper, we consider the two statements to be equivalent. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.4) Line 144: "The first criterion is that the decoding performance of the behaviorally-relevant signals (red bar, Fig.1) should surpass that of raw signals (the red dotted line, Fig.1).". Do the authors mean linear decoding here or decoding in general? If the latter, how can something extracted from neural surpass decoding of neural data, when the extraction itself can be thought of as part of decoding? The operational definition for this "decoding performance" should be clarified.”:

      We mean the latter, as we said in the section “Framework for defining, extracting, and separating behaviorally-relevant signals”, since raw signals contain too many behaviorally-irrelevant signals, deep neural networks are more prone to overfit raw signals than relevant signals. Therefore the decoding performance of relevant signals should surpass that of raw signals. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.5) Line 311: "we found that the dimensionality of primary subspace of raw signals (26, 64, and 45 for datasets A, B, and C) is significantly higher than that of behaviorally-relevant signals (7, 13, and 9), indicating that behaviorally-irrelevant signals lead to an overestimation of the neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals." => here the dimensionality of the total PC space (i.e., primary subspace of raw signals) is being compared with that of inferred behaviorally-relevant signals, so the former being higher does not indicate that neural dimensionality of behaviorally-relevant signals was overestimated. The former is simply not behavioral so this conclusion is not accurate.”: In practice, researchers usually used raw signals to estimate the neural dimensionality. We mean that using raw signals to do this would overestimate the neural dimensionality. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “5.6) Section "Distilled behaviorally-relevant signals uncover that smaller R2 neurons encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways". Based on what kind of R2 are the neurons grouped? Behavior decoding R2 from raw signals? Using what mapping? Using KF? If KF is used, the result that small R2 neurons benefit a lot from d-VAE could be somewhat expected, given the nonlinearity of d-VAE: because only ANN would have the capacity to unwrap the nonlinear encoding of d-VAE as needed. If decoding performance that is used to group neurons is based on data, regression to the mean could also partially explain the result: the neurons with worst raw decoding are most likely to benefit from a change in decoder, than neurons that already had good decoding. In any case, the R2 used to partition and sort neurons should be more clearly stated and reminded throughout the text and I Fig 3.”:

      When employing R2 to characterize neurons, it indicates the extent to which neuronal activity is explained by the linear encoding model [1-3]. Smaller R2 neurons have a lower capacity for linearly tuning (encoding) behaviors, while larger R2 neurons have a higher capacity for linearly tuning (encoding) behaviors. Specifically, the approach involves first establishing an encoding relationship from velocity to neural signal using a linear model, i.e., y=f(x), where f represents a linear regression model, x denotes velocity, and y denotes the neural signal. Subsequently, R2 is utilized to quantify the effectiveness of the linear encoding model in explaining neural activity. We have provided a comprehensive explanation in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Collinger, J.L., Wodlinger, B., Downey, J.E., Wang, W., Tyler-Kabara, E.C., Weber, D.J., McMorland, A.J., Velliste, M., Boninger, M.L. and Schwartz, A.B., 2013. High-performance neuroprosthetic control by an individual with tetraplegia. The Lancet, 381(9866), pp.557-564.

      [2] Wodlinger, B., et al. "Ten-dimensional anthropomorphic arm control in a human brain− machine interface: difficulties, solutions, and limitations." Journal of neural engineering 12.1 (2014): 016011.

      [3] Inoue, Y., Mao, H., Suway, S.B., Orellana, J. and Schwartz, A.B., 2018. Decoding arm speed during reaching. Nature communications, 9(1), p.5243.

      Regarding Questions 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, and 5.10:

      We believe our conclusions are solid. The reasons can be found in our replies in Q2 and Q3. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q6: “Imprecise use of language also sometimes is not inaccurate but just makes the text hard to follow.

      6.1) Line 41: "about neural encoding and decoding mechanisms" => what is the definition of encoding/decoding and how do these differ? The definitions given much later in line 77-79 is also not clear.

      6.2) Line 323: remind the reader about what R2 is being discussed, e.g., R2 of decoding behavior using KF. It is critical to know if linear or nonlinear decoding is being discussed.

      6.3) Line 488: "we found that neural responses previously considered trivial encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" => "trivial" in what sense? These phrases would benefit from more precision, for example: "neurons that may seem to have little or no behavior information encoded". The same imprecise word ("trivial") is also used in many other places, for example in the caption of Fig S9.

      6.4) Line 611: "The same should be true for the brain." => Too strong of a statement for an unsupported claim suggesting the brain does something along the lines of nonlin VAE + linear readout.

      6.5) In Fig 1, legend: what is the operational definition of "generating performance"? Generating what? Neural reconstruction?”

      Regarding “6.1) Line 41: "about neural encoding and decoding mechanisms" => what is the definition of encoding/decoding and how do these differ? The definitions given much later in line 77-79 is also not clear.”:

      We would like to provide a detailed explanation of neural encoding and decoding. Neural encoding means how neuronal activity encodes the behaviors, that is, y=f(x), where y denotes neural activity and, x denotes behaviors, f is the encoding model. Neural decoding means how the brain decodes behaviors from neural activity, that is, x=g(y), where g is the decoding model. For further elaboration, please refer to [1]. We have included references that discuss the concepts of encoding and decoding in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      [1] Kriegeskorte, Nikolaus, and Pamela K. Douglas. "Interpreting encoding and decoding models." Current opinion in neurobiology 55 (2019): 167-179.

      Regarding “6.2) Line 323: remind the reader about what R2 is being discussed, e.g., R2 of decoding behavior using KF. It is critical to know if linear or nonlinear decoding is being discussed.”:

      This question is the same as Q5.6. Please refer to the response to Q5.6. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “6.3) Line 488: "we found that neural responses previously considered trivial encode rich behavioral information in complex nonlinear ways" => "trivial" in what sense? These phrases would benefit from more precision, for example: "neurons that may seem to have little or no behavior information encoded". The same imprecise word ("trivial") is also used in many other places, for example in the caption of Fig S9.”:

      We have revised this statement in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Regarding “6.4) Line 611: "The same should be true for the brain." => Too strong of a statement for an unsupported claim suggesting the brain does something along the lines of nonlin VAE + linear readout.”

      We mean that removing the interference of irrelevant signals and decoding the relevant signals should logically be two stages. We have revised this statement in the revised manuscript. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Regarding “6.5) In Fig 1, legend: what is the operational definition of "generating performance"? Generating what? Neural reconstruction?””:

      We have replaced “generating performance” with “reconstruction performance” in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q7: “In the analysis presented starting in line 449, the authors compare improvement gained for decoding various speed ranges by adding secondary (small PC) neurons to the KF decoder (Fig S11). Why is this done using the KF decoder, when earlier results suggest an ANN decoder is needed for accurate decoding from these small PC neurons? It makes sense to use the more accurate nonlinear ANN decoder to support the fundamental claim made here, that smaller variance PCs are involved in regulating precise control”

      Because when the secondary signal is superimposed on the primary signal, the enhancement in KF performance is substantial. We wanted to explore in which aspect of the behavior the KF performance improvement is mainly reflected. In comparison, the improvement of ANN by the secondary signal is very small, rendering the exploration of the aforementioned questions inconsequential. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q8: “A key limitation of the VAE architecture is that it doesn't aggregate information over multiple time samples. This may be why the authors decided to use a very large bin size of 100ms and beyond that smooth the data with a moving average. This limitation should be clearly stated somewhere in contrast with methods that can aggregate information over time (e.g., TNDM, LFADS, PSID) ”

      We have added this limitation in the Discussion in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q9: “Fig 5c and parts of the text explore the decoding when some neurons are dropped. These results should come with a reminder that dropping neurons from behaviorally relevant signals is not technically possible since the extraction of behaviorally relevant signals with d-VAE is a population level aggregation that requires the raw signal from all neurons as an input. This is also important to remind in some places in the text for example:

      • Line 498: "...when one of the neurons is destroyed."

      • Line 572: "In contrast, our results show that decoders maintain high performance on distilled signals even when many neurons drop out."”

      We want to explore the robustness of real relevant signals in the face of neuron drop-out. The signals our model extracted are an approximation of the ground truth relevant signals and thus serve as a substitute for ground truth to study this problem. Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q10: “Besides the confounded conclusions regarding the readout being linear (see comment 3 and items related to it in comment 5), the authors also don't adequately discuss prior works that suggest nonlinearity helps decoding of behavior from the motor cortex. Around line 594, a few works are discussed as support for the idea of a linear readout. This should be accompanied by a discussion of works that support a nonlinear encoding of behavior in the motor cortex, for example (Naufel et al. 2019; Glaser et al. 2020), some of which the authors cite elsewhere but don't discuss here.”

      We have added this discussion in the revised manuscript. Thanks for your recommendation.

      Q11: “Selection of hyperparameters is not clearly explained. Starting line 791, the authors give some explanation for one hyperparameter, but not others. How are the other hyperparameters determined? What is the search space for the grid search of each hyperparameter? Importantly, if hyperparameters are determined only based on the training data of each fold, why is only one value given for the hyperparameter selected in each dataset (line 814)? Did all 5 folds for each dataset happen to select exactly the same hyperparameter based on their 5 different training/validation data splits? That seems unlikely.”

      We perform a grid search in {0.001, 0.01,0.1,1} for hyperparameter beta. And we found that 0.001 is the best for all datasets. As for the model parameters, such as hidden neuron numbers, this model capacity has reached saturation decoding performance and does not influence the results.

      Regarding “Importantly, if hyperparameters are determined only based on the training data of each fold, why is only one value given for the hyperparameter selected in each dataset (line 814)? Did all 5 folds for each dataset happen to select exactly the same hyperparameter based on their 5 different training/validation data splits”: We selected the hyperparameter based on the average performance of 5 folds data on validation sets. The selected value denotes the one that yields the highest average performance across the 5 folds data.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q12: “d-VAE itself should also be explained more clearly in the main text. Currently, only the high-level idea of the objective is explained. The explanation should be more precise and include the idea of encoding to latent state, explain the relation to pip-VAE, explain inputs and outputs, linearity/nonlinearity of various mappings, etc. Also see comment 1 above, where I suggest adding more details about other methods in the main text.”

      Our primary objective is to delve into the encoding and decoding mechanisms using the separated relevant signals. Therefore, providing an excessive amount of model details could potentially distract from the main focus of the paper. In response to your suggestion, we have included a visual representation of d-VAE's structure, input, and output (see Fig. S1) in the revised manuscript, which offers a comprehensive and intuitive overview. Additionally, we have expanded on the details of d-VAE and other methods in the Methods section.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

      Q13: “In Fig 1f and g, shouldn't the performance plots be swapped? The current plots seem counterintuitive. If there is bias toward decoding (panel g), why is the irrelevant residual so good at decoding?”

      The placement of the performance plots in Fig. 1f and 1g is accurate. When the model exhibits a bias toward decoding, it prioritizes extracting the most relevant features (latent variables) for decoding purposes. As a consequence, the model predominantly generates signals that are closely associated with these extracted features. This selective signal extraction and generation process may result in the exclusion of other potentially useful information, which will be left in the residuals. To illustrate this concept, consider the example of face recognition: if a model can accurately identify an individual using only the person's eyes (assuming these are the most useful features), other valuable information, such as details of the nose or mouth, will be left in the residuals, which could also be used to identify the individual.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback.

    1. Author Response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We carefully read through the second-round reviews and the additional reviews. To us, the review process is somewhat unusual and very much dominated by referee 2, who aggressively insists that we mixed up the trigeminal nucleus and inferior olive and that as a consequence our results are meaningless. We think the stance of referee 2 and the focus on one single issue (the alleged mix-up of trigeminal nucleus and inferior olive) is somewhat unfortunate, leaves out much of our findings and we debated at length on how to deal with further revisions. In the end, we decided to again give priority to addressing the criticism of referees 2, because it is hard to go on with a heavily attacked paper without resolving the matter at stake. The following is a summary of, what we did:

      Additional experimental work:

      (1) We checked if the peripherin-antibody indeed reliably identifies climbing fibers.

      To this end, we sectioned the elephant cerebellum and stained sections with the peripherin-antibody. We find: (i) the cerebellar white matter is strongly reactive for peripherin-antibodies, (ii) cerebellar peripherin-antibody staining of has an axonal appearance. (iii) Cerebellar Purkinje cell somata appear to be ensheated by peripherin-antibody staining. (iv) We observed that the peripherin-antibody reactivity gradually decreases from Purkinje cell somata to the pia in the cerebellar molecular layer. This work is shown in our revised Figure 2. All these four features align with the distribution of climbing fibers (which arrive through the white matter, are axons, ensheat Purkinje cell somata, and innervate Purkinje cell proximally not reaching the pia). In line with previous work, which showed similar cerebellar staining patterns in several species (Errante et al. 1998), we conclude that elephant climbing fibers are strongly reactive for peripherin-antibodies.

      (2) We delineated the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract.

      The strong peripherin-antibody reactivity of elephant climbing fibers enabled us to delineate the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract. We find the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract is a strongly peripherin-antibody reactive, well-delineated fiber tract several millimeters wide and about a centimeter in height. The unstained olivo-cerebellar tract has a greyish appearance. In the anterior regions of the olivo-cerebellar tract, we find that peripherin-antibody reactive fibers run in the dorsolateral brainstem and approach the cerebellar peduncle, where the tract gradually diminishes in size, presumably because climbing fibers discharge into the peduncle. Indeed, peripherin-antibody reactive fibers can be seen entering the cerebellar peduncle. Towards the posterior end of the peduncle, the olivo-cerebellar disappears (in the dorsal brainstem directly below the peduncle. We note that the olivo-cerebellar tract was referred to as the spinal trigeminal tract by Maseko et al. 2013. We think the tract in question cannot be the spinal trigeminal tract for two reasons: (i) This tract is the sole brainstem source of peripherin-positive climbing fibers entering the peduncle/ the cerebellum; this is the defining characteristic of the olivo-cerebellar tract. (ii) The tract in question is much smaller than the trigeminal nerve, disappears posterior to where the trigeminal nerve enters the brainstem (see below), and has no continuity with the trigeminal nerve; the continuity with the trigeminal nerve is the defining characteristic of the spinal trigeminal tract, however.

      The anterior regions of the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract are similar to the anterior regions of olivo-cerebellar tract of other mammals in its dorsolateral position and the relation to the cerebellar peduncle. In its more posterior parts, the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract continues for a long distance (~1.5 cm) in roughly the same dorsolateral position and enters the serrated nucleus that we previously identified as the elephant inferior olive. The more posterior parts of the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract therefore differ from the more posterior parts of the olivo-cerebellar tract of other mammals, which follows a ventromedial trajectory towards a ventromedially situated inferior olive. The implication of our delineation of the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract is that we correctly identified the elephant inferior olive.

      (3) An in-depth analysis of peripherin-antibody reactivity also indicates that the trigeminal nucleus receives no climbing fiber input.

      We also studied the peripherin-antibody reactivity in and around the trigeminal nucleus. We had also noted in the previous submission that the trigeminal nucleus is weakly positive for peripherin, but that the staining pattern is uniform and not the type of axon bundle pattern that is seen in the inferior olive of other mammals. To us, this observation already argued against the presence of climbing fibers in the trigeminal nucleus. We also noted that the myelin stripes of the trigeminal nucleus were peripherin-antibody-negative. In the context of our olivo-cerebellar tract tracing we now also scrutinized the surroundings of the trigeminal nucleus for peripherin-antibody reactivity. We find that the ventral brainstem surrounding the trigeminal nucleus is devoid of peripherin-antibody reactivity. Accordingly, no climbing fibers, (which we have shown to be strongly peripherin-antibody-positive, see our point 1) arrive at the trigeminal nucleus. The absence of climbing fiber input indicates that previous work that identified the (trigeminal) nucleus as the inferior olive (Maseko et al 2013) is unlikely to be correct.

      (4) We characterized the entry of the trigeminal nerve into the elephant brain.

      To better understand how trigeminal information enters the elephant’s brain, we characterized the entry of the trigeminal nerve. This analysis indicated to us that the trigeminal nerve is not continuous with the olivo-cerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract of Maseko et al. 2013) as previously claimed by Maseko et al. 2013. We show some of this evidence in Referee-Figure 1 below. The reason we think the trigeminal nerve is discontinuous with the olivo-cerebellar tract is the size discrepancy between the two structures. We first show this for the tracing data of Maseko et al. 2013. In the Maseko et al. 2013 data the trigeminal nerve (Referee-Figure 1A, their plate Y) has 3-4 times the diameter of the olivocerebellar tract (the alleged spinal trigeminal tract, Referee-Figure 1B, their plate Z). Note that most if not all trigeminal fibers are thought to continue from the nerve into the trigeminal tract (see our rat data below). We plotted the diameter of the trigeminal nerve and diameter of the olivo-cerebellar (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013) from the Maseko et al. 2013 data (Referee-Figure 1C) and we found that the olivocerebellar tract has a fairly consistent diameter (46 ± 9 mm2, mean ± SD). Statistical considerations and anatomical evidence suggest that the tracing of the trigeminal nerve into the olivo-cerebellar (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013) is almost certainly wrong. The most anterior point of the alleged spinal trigeminal tract has a diameter of 51 mm2 which is more than 15 standard deviations different from the most posterior diameter (194 mm2) of the trigeminal tract. For this assignment to be correct three-quarters of trigeminal nerve fibers would have to spontaneously disappear, something that does not happen in the brain. We also made similar observations in the African elephant Bibi, where the trigeminal nerve (Referee-Figure 1D) is much larger in diameter than the olivocerebellar tract (Referee-Figure 1E). We could also show that the olivocerebellar tract disappears into the peduncle posterior to where the trigeminal nerve enters (Referee-Figure 1F). Our data are very similar to Maseko et al. indicating that their outlining of structures was done correctly. What appears to have been oversimplified, is the assignment of structures as continuous. We also quantified the diameter of the trigeminal nerve and the spinal trigeminal tract in rats (from the Paxinos & Watson atlas; Referee-Figure 1D); as expected we found the trigeminal nerve and spinal trigeminal tract diameters are essentially continuous.

      In our hands, the trigeminal nerve does not continue into a well-defined tract that could be traced after its entry. In this regard, it differs both from the olivo-cerebellar tract of the elephant or the spinal trigeminal tract of the rodent, both of which are well delineated. We think the absence of a well-delineated spinal trigeminal tract in elephants might have contributed to the putative tracing error highlighted in our Referee-Figure 1A-C.

      We conclude that a size mismatch indicates trigeminal fibers do not run in the olivo-cerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013).

      Author response image 1.

      The trigeminal nerve is discontinuous with the olivo-cerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013). A, Trigeminal nerve (orange) in the brain of African elephant LAX as delineated by Maseko et al. 2013 (coronal section; their plate Y). B, Most anterior appearance of the spinal trigeminal tract of Maseko et al. 2013 (blue; coronal section; their plate Z). Note the much smaller diameter of the spinal trigeminal tract compared to the trigeminal nerve shown in C, which argues against the continuity of the two structures. Indeed, our peripherin-antibody staining showed that the spinal trigeminal tract of Maseko corresponds to the olivo-cerebellar tract and is discontinuous with the trigeminal nerve. C, Plot of the trigeminal nerve and olivo-cerebellar tracts (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013) diameter along the anterior-posterior axis. The trigeminal nerve is much larger in diameter than the olivocerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013). C, D measurements, for which sections are shown in panels C and D respectively. The olivocerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013) has a consistent diameter; data replotted from Maseko et al. 2013. At mm 25 the inferior olive appears. D, Trigeminal nerve entry in the brain of African elephant Bibi; our data, coronal section, the trigeminal nerve is outlined in orange, note the large diameter. E, Most anterior appearance of the olivo-cerebellar tract in the brain of African elephant Bibi; our data, coronal section, approximately 3 mm posterior to the section shown in A, the olivocerebellar tract is outlined in blue. Note the smaller diameter of the olivo-cerebellar tract compared to the trigeminal nerve, which argues against the continuity of the two structures. F, Plot of the trigeminal nerve and olivo-cerebellar tract diameter along the anterior-posterior axis. The nerve and olivo-cerebellar tract are discontinuous and the trigeminal nerve is much larger in diameter than the olivocerebellar tract (the spinal trigeminal tract according to Maseko et al. 2013); our data. D, E measurements, for which sections are shown in panels D and E respectively. At mm 27 the inferior olive appears. G, In the rat the trigeminal nerve is continuous in size with the spinal trigeminal tract. Data replotted from Paxinos and Watson.

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      As indicated in my previous review of this manuscript (see above), it is my opinion that the authors have misidentified, and indeed switched, the inferior olivary nuclear complex (IO) and the trigeminal nuclear complex (Vsens). It is this specific point only that I will address in this second review, as this is the crucial aspect of this paper - if the identification of these nuclear complexes in the elephant brainstem by the authors is incorrect, the remainder of the paper does not have any scientific validity.

      Comment: We agree with the referee that it is most important to sort out, the inferior olivary nuclear complex (IO) and the trigeminal nuclear complex, respectively.Change: We did additional experimental work to resolve this matter as detailed at the beginning of our response. Specifically, we ascertained that elephant climbing fibers are strongly peripherin-positive. Based on elephant climbing fiber peripherin-reactivity we delineated the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract. We find that the olivo-cerebellar connects to the structure we refer to as inferior olive to the cerebellum (the referee refers to this structure as the trigeminal nuclear complex). We also found that the trigeminal nucleus (the structure the referee refers to as inferior olive) appears to receive no climbing fibers. We provide indications that the tracing of the trigeminal nerve into the olivo-cerebellar tract by Maseko et al. 2023 was erroneous (Author response image 1). These novel findings support our ideas but are very difficult to reconcile with the referee’s partitioning scheme.

      The authors, in their response to my initial review, claim that I "bend" the comparative evidence against them. They further claim that as all other mammalian species exhibit a "serrated" appearance of the inferior olive, and as the elephant does not exhibit this appearance, that what was previously identified as the inferior olive is actually the trigeminal nucleus and vice versa. 

      For convenience, I will refer to IOM and VsensM as the identification of these structures according to Maseko et al (2013) and other authors and will use IOR and VsensR to refer to the identification forwarded in the study under review. <br /> The IOM/VsensR certainly does not have a serrated appearance in elephants. Indeed, from the plates supplied by the authors in response (Referee Fig. 2), the cytochrome oxidase image supplied and the image from Maseko et al (2013) shows a very similar appearance. There is no doubt that the authors are identifying structures that closely correspond to those provided by Maseko et al (2013). It is solely a contrast in what these nuclear complexes are called and the functional sequelae of the identification of these complexes (are they related to the trunk sensation or movement controlled by the cerebellum?) that is under debate.

      Elephants are part of the Afrotheria, thus the most relevant comparative data to resolve this issue will be the identification of these nuclei in other Afrotherian species. Below I provide images of these nuclear complexes, labelled in the standard nomenclature, across several Afrotherian species. 

      (A) Lesser hedgehog tenrec (Echinops telfairi) 

      Tenrecs brains are the most intensively studied of the Afrotherian brains, these extensive neuroanatomical studies undertaken primarily by Heinz Künzle. Below I append images (coronal sections stained with cresol violet) of the IO and Vsens (labelled in the standard mammalian manner) in the lesser hedgehog tenrec. It should be clear that the inferior olive is located in the ventral midline of the rostral medulla oblongata (just like the rat) and that this nucleus is not distinctly serrated. The Vsens is located in the lateral aspect of the medulla skirted laterally by the spinal trigeminal tract (Sp5). These images and the labels indicating structures correlate precisely with that provide by Künzle (1997, 10.1016, see his Figure 1K,L. Thus, in the first case of a related species, there is no serrated appearance of the inferior olive, the location of the inferior olive is confirmed through connectivity with the superior colliculus (a standard connection in mammals) by Künzle (1997), and the location of Vsens is what is considered to be typical for mammals. This is in agreement with the authors, as they propose that ONLY the elephants show the variations they report. 

      (B) Giant otter shrew (Potomogale velox) 

      The otter shrews are close relatives of the Tenrecs. Below I append images of cresyl violet (left column) and myelin (right column) stained coronal sections through the brainstem with the IO, Vsens and Sp5 labelled as per standard mammalian anatomy. Here we see hints of the serration of the IO as defined by the authors, but we also see many myelin stripes across the IO. Vsens is located laterally and skirted by the Sp5. This is in agreement with the authors, as they propose that ONLY the elephants show the variations they report.

      (C) Four-toed sengi (Petrodromus tetradactylus) 

      The sengis are close relatives of the Tenrecs and otter shrews, these three groups being part of the Afroinsectiphilia, a distinct branch of the Afrotheria. Below I append images of cresyl violet (left column) and myelin (right column) stained coronal sections through the brainstem with the IO, Vsens and Sp5 labelled as per standard mammalian anatomy. Here we see vague hints of the serration of the IO (as defined by the authors), and we also see many myelin stripes across the IO. Vsens is located laterally and skirted by the Sp5. This is in agreement with the authors, as they propose that ONLY the elephants show the variations they report. 

      (D) Rock hyrax (Procavia capensis) 

      The hyraxes, along with the sirens and elephants form the Paenungulata branch of the Afrotheria. Below I append images of cresyl violet (left column) and myelin (right column) stained coronal sections through the brainstem with the IO, Vsens and Sp5 labelled as per the standard mammalian anatomy. Here we see hints of the serration of the IO (as defined by the authors), but we also see evidence of a more "bulbous" appearance of subnuclei of the IO (particularly the principal nucleus), and we also see many myelin stripes across the IO. Vsens is located laterally and skirted by the Sp5. This is in agreement with the authors, as they propose that ONLY the elephants show the variations they report. 

      (E) West Indian manatee (Trichechus manatus) 

      The sirens are the closest extant relatives of the elephants in the Afrotheria. Below I append images of cresyl violet (top) and myelin (bottom) stained coronal sections (taken from the University of Wisconsin-Madison Brain Collection, https://brainmuseum.org, and while quite low in magnification they do reveal the structures under debate) through the brainstem with the IO, Vsens and Sp5 labelled as per standard mammalian anatomy. Here we see the serration of the IO (as defined by the authors). Vsens is located laterally and skirted by the Sp5. This is in agreement with the authors, as they propose that ONLY the elephants show the variations they report.

      These comparisons and the structural identification, with which the authors agree as they only distinguish the elephants from the other Afrotheria, demonstrate that the appearance of the IO can be quite variable across mammalian species, including those with a close phylogenetic affinity to the elephants. Not all mammal species possess a "serrated" appearance of the IO. Thus, it is more than just theoretically possible that the IO of the elephant appears as described prior to this study. 

      So what about elephants? Below I append a series of images from coronal sections through the African elephant brainstem stained for Nissl, myelin, and immunostained for calretinin. These sections are labelled according to standard mammalian nomenclature. In these complete sections of the elephant brainstem, we do not see a serrated appearance of the IOM (as described previously and in the current study by the authors). Rather the principal nucleus of the IOM appears to be bulbous in nature. In the current study, no image of myelin staining in the IOM/VsensR is provided by the authors. However, in the images I provide, we do see the reported myelin stripes in all stains - agreement between the authors and reviewer on this point. The higher magnification image to the bottom left of the plate shows one of the IOM/VsensR myelin stripes immunostained for calretinin, and within the myelin stripes axons immunopositive for calretinin are seen (labelled with an arrow). The climbing fibres of the elephant cerebellar cortex are similarly calretinin immunopositive (10.1159/000345565). In contrast, although not shown at high magnification, the fibres forming the Sp5 in the elephant (in the Maseko description, unnamed in the description of the authors) show no immunoreactivity to calretinin. 

      Comment: We appreciate the referee’s additional comments. We concede the possibility that some relatives of elephants have a less serrated inferior olive than most other mammals. We maintain, however, that the elephant inferior olive (our Figure 1J) has the serrated appearance seen in the vast majority of mammals.

      Change: None.

      Peripherin Immunostaining 

      In their revised manuscript the authors present immunostaining of peripherin in the elephant brainstem. This is an important addition (although it does replace the only staining of myelin provided by the authors which is unusual as the word myelin is in the title of the paper) as peripherin is known to specifically label peripheral nerves. In addition, as pointed out by the authors, peripherin also immunostains climbing fibres (Errante et al., 1998). The understanding of this staining is important in determining the identification of the IO and Vsens in the elephant, although it is not ideal for this task as there is some ambiguity. Errante and colleagues (1998; Fig. 1) show that climbing fibres are peripherin-immunopositive in the rat. But what the authors do not evaluate is the extensive peripherin staining in the rat Sp5 in the same paper (Errante et al, 1998, Fig. 2). The image provided by the authors of their peripherin immunostaining (their new Figure 2) shows what I would call the Sp5 of the elephant to be strongly peripherin immunoreactive, just like the rat shown in Errant et al (1998), and more over in the precise position of the rat Sp5! This makes sense as this is where the axons subserving the "extraordinary" tactile sensitivity of the elephant trunk would be found (in the standard model of mammalian brainstem anatomy). Interestingly, the peripherin immunostaining in the elephant is clearly lamellated...this coincides precisely with the description of the trigeminal sensory nuclei in the elephant by Maskeo et al (2013) as pointed out by the authors in their rebuttal. Errante et al (1998) also point out peripherin immunostaining in the inferior olive, but according to the authors this is only "weakly present" in the elephant IOM/VsensR. This latter point is crucial. Surely if the elephant has an extraordinary sensory innervation from the trunk, with 400 000 axons entering the brain, the VsensR/IOM should be highly peripherin-immunopositive, including the myelinated axon bundles?! In this sense, the authors argue against their own interpretation - either the elephant trunk is not a highly sensitive tactile organ, or the VsensR is not the trigeminal nuclei it is supposed to be. 

      Comment: We made sure that elephant climbing fibers are strongly peripherin-positive (our revised Figure 2). As we noted in already our previous ms, we see weak diffuse peripherin-reactivity in the trigeminal nucleus (the inferior olive according to the referee), but no peripherin-reactive axon bundles (i.e. climbing fibers) that are seen in the inferior olive of other species. We also see no peripherin-reactive axon bundles (i.e. the olivo-cerebellar tract) arriving in the trigeminal nucleus as the tissue surrounding the trigeminal nucleus is devoid of peripherin-reactivity. Again, this finding is incompatible with the referee’s ideas. As far as we can tell, the trigeminal fibers are not reactive for peripherin in the elephant, i.e. we did not observe peripherin-reactivity very close to the nerve entry, but unfortunately, we did not stain for peripherin-reactivity into the nerve. As the referee alludes to the absence of peripherin-reactivity in the trigeminal tract is a difference between rodents and elephants.

      Change: Our novel Figure 2.

      Summary: 

      (1) Comparative data of species closely related to elephants (Afrotherians) demonstrates that not all mammals exhibit the "serrated" appearance of the principal nucleus of the inferior olive. 

      (2) The location of the IO and Vsens as reported in the current study (IOR and VsensR) would require a significant, and unprecedented, rearrangement of the brainstem in the elephants independently. I argue that the underlying molecular and genetic changes required to achieve this would be so extreme that it would lead to lethal phenotypes. Arguing that the "switcheroo" of the IO and Vsens does occur in the elephant (and no other mammals) and thus doesn't lead to lethal phenotypes is a circular argument that cannot be substantiated. 

      (3) Myelin stripes in the subnuclei of the inferior olivary nuclear complex are seen across all related mammals as shown above. Thus, the observation made in the elephant by the authors in what they call the VsensR, is similar to that seen in the IO of related mammals, especially when the IO takes on a more bulbous appearance. These myelin stripes are the origin of the olivocerebellar pathway, and are indeed calretinin immunopositive in the elephant as I show. 

      (4) What the authors see aligns perfectly with what has been described previously, the only difference being the names that nuclear complexes are being called. But identifying these nuclei is important, as any functional sequelae, as extensively discussed by the authors, is entirely dependent upon accurately identifying these nuclei. 

      (4) The peripherin immunostaining scores an own goal - if peripherin is marking peripheral nerves (as the authors and I believe it is), then why is the VsensR/IOM only "weakly positive" for this stain? This either means that the "extraordinary" tactile sensitivity of the elephant trunk is non-existent, or that the authors have misinterpreted this staining. That there is extensive staining in the fibre pathway dorsal and lateral to the IOR (which I call the spinal trigeminal tract), supports the idea that the authors have misinterpreted their peripherin immunostaining.

      (5) Evolutionary expediency. The authors argue that what they report is an expedient way in which to modify the organisation of the brainstem in the elephant to accommodate the "extraordinary" tactile sensitivity. I disagree. As pointed out in my first review, the elephant cerebellum is very large and comprised of huge numbers of morphologically complex neurons. The inferior olivary nuclei in all mammals studied in detail to date, give rise to the climbing fibres that terminate on the Purkinje cells of the cerebellar cortex. It is more parsimonious to argue that, in alignment with the expansion of the elephant cerebellum (for motor control of the trunk), the inferior olivary nuclei (specifically the principal nucleus) have had additional neurons added to accommodate this cerebellar expansion. Such an addition of neurons to the principal nucleus of the inferior olive could readily lead to the loss of the serrated appearance of the principal nucleus of the inferior olive, and would require far less modifications in the developmental genetic program that forms these nuclei. This type of quantitative change appears to be the primary way in which structures are altered in the mammalian brainstem. 

      Comment: We still disagree with the referee. We note that our conclusions rest on the analysis of 8 elephant brainstems, which we sectioned in three planes and stained with a variety of metabolic and antibody stains and in which assigned two structures (the inferior olive and the trigeminal nucleus). Most of the evidence cited by the referee stems from a single paper, in which 147 structures were identified based on the analysis of a single brainstem sectioned in one plane and stained with a limited set of antibodies. Our synopsis of the evidence is the following.

      (1) We agree with the referee that concerning brainstem position our scheme of a ventromedial trigeminal nucleus and a dorsolateral inferior olive deviates from the usual mammalian position of these nuclei (i.e. a dorsolateral trigeminal nucleus and a ventromedial inferior olive).

      (2) Cytoarchitectonics support our partitioning scheme. The compact cellular appearance of our ventromedial trigeminal nucleus is characteristic of trigeminal nuclei. The serrated appearance of our dorsolateral inferior olive is characteristic of the mammalian inferior olive; we acknowledge that the referee claims exceptions here. To our knowledge, nobody has described a mammalian trigeminal nucleus with a serrated appearance (which would apply to the elephant in case the trigeminal nucleus is situated dorsolaterally).

      (3) Metabolic staining (Cyto-chrome-oxidase reactivity) supports our partitioning scheme. Specifically, our ventromedial trigeminal nucleus shows intense Cyto-chrome-oxidase reactivity as it is seen in the trigeminal nuclei of trigeminal tactile experts.

      (4) Isomorphism. The myelin stripes on our ventromedial trigeminal nucleus are isomorphic to trunk wrinkles. Isomorphism is a characteristic of somatosensory brain structures (barrel, barrelettes, nose-stripes, etc) and we know of no case, where such isomorphism was misleading.

      (5) The large-scale organization of our ventromedial trigeminal nuclei in anterior-posterior repeats is characteristic of the mammalian trigeminal nuclei. To our knowledge, no such organization has ever been reported for the inferior olive.

      (6) Connectivity analysis supports our partitioning scheme. According to our delineation of the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract, our dorsolateral inferior olive is connected via peripherin-positive climbing fibers to the cerebellum. In contrast, our ventromedial trigeminal nucleus (the referee’s inferior olive) is not connected via climbing fibers to the cerebellum.

      Change: As discussed, we advanced further evidence in this revision. Our partitioning scheme (a ventromedial trigeminal nucleus and a dorsolateral inferior olive) is better supported by data and makes more sense than the referee’s suggestion (a dorsolateral trigeminal nucleus and a ventromedial inferior olive). It should be published.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: 

      The study claims to investigate trunk representations in elephant trigeminal nuclei located in the brainstem. The researchers identify large protrusions visible from the ventral surface of the brainstem, which they examined using a range of histological methods. However, this ventral location is usually where the inferior olivary complex is found, which challenges the author's assertions about the nucleus under analysis. They find that this brainstem nucleus of elephants contains repeating modules, with a focus on the anterior and largest unit which they define as the putative nucleus principalis trunk module of the trigeminal. The nucleus exhibits low neuron density, with glia outnumbering neurons significantly. The study also utilizes synchrotron X-ray phase contrast tomography to suggest that myelin-stripe-axons traverse this module. The analysis maps myelin-rich stripes in several specimens and concludes that based on their number and patterning that they likely correspond with trunk folds; however this conclusion is not well supported if the nucleus has been misidentified. 

      Comment: The referee provides a summary of our work. The referee also notes that the correct identification of the trigeminal nucleus is critical to the message of our paper.

      Change: In line with these assessments we focused our revision efforts on the issue of trigeminal nucleus identification, please see our introductory comments and our response to Referee 2.

      Strengths: 

      The strength of this research lies in its comprehensive use of various anatomical methods, including Nissl staining, myelin staining, Golgi staining, cytochrome oxidase labeling, and synchrotron X-ray phase contrast tomography. The inclusion of quantitative data on cell numbers and sizes, dendritic orientation and morphology, and blood vessel density across the nucleus adds a quantitative dimension. Furthermore, the research is commendable for its high-quality and abundant images and figures, effectively illustrating the anatomy under investigation.

      Comment: We appreciate this positive assessment.

      Change: None

      Weaknesses: 

      While the research provides potentially valuable insights if revised to focus on the structure that appears to be inferior olivary nucleus, there are certain additional weaknesses that warrant further consideration. First, the suggestion that myelin stripes solely serve to separate sensory or motor modules rather than functioning as an "axonal supply system" lacks substantial support due to the absence of information about the neuronal origins and the termination targets of the axons. Postmortem fixed brain tissue limits the ability to trace full axon projections. While the study acknowledges these limitations, it is important to exercise caution in drawing conclusions about the precise role of myelin stripes without a more comprehensive understanding of their neural connections. 

      Comment: We understand these criticisms and the need for cautious interpretation. As we noted previously, we think that the Elife-publishing scheme, where critical referee commentary is published along with our ms, will make this contribution particularly valuable.

      Change: Our additional efforts to secure the correct identification of the trigeminal nucleus.

      Second, the quantification presented in the study lacks comparison to other species or other relevant variables within the elephant specimens (i.e., whole brain or brainstem volume). The absence of comparative data to different species limits the ability to fully evaluate the significance of the findings. Comparative analyses could provide a broader context for understanding whether the observed features are unique to elephants or more common across species. This limitation in comparative data hinders a more comprehensive assessment of the implications of the research within the broader field of neuroanatomy. Furthermore, the quantitative comparisons between African and Asian elephant specimens should include some measure of overall brain size as a covariate in the analyses. Addressing these weaknesses would enable a richer interpretation of the study's findings. 

      Comment: We understand, why the referee asks for additional comparative data, which would make our study more meaningful. We note that we already published a quantitative comparison of African and Asian elephant facial nuclei (Kaufmann et al. 2022). The quantitative differences between African and Asian elephant facial nuclei are similar in magnitude to what we observed here for the trigeminal nucleus, i.e. African elephants have about 10-15% more facial nucleus neurons than Asian elephants. The referee also notes that data on overall elephant brain size might be important for interpreting our data. We agree with this sentiment and we are preparing a ms on African and Asian elephant brain size. We find – unexpectedly given the larger body size of African elephants – that African elephants have smaller brains than Asian elephants. The finding might imply that African elephants, which have more facial nucleus neurons and more trigeminal nucleus trunk module neurons, are neurally more specialized in trunk control than Asian elephants.

      Change: We are preparing a further ms on African and Asian elephant brain size, a first version of this work has been submitted.

      Reviewer #4 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      The authors report a novel isomorphism in which the folds of the elephant trunk are recognizably mapped onto the principal sensory trigeminal nucleus in the brainstem. Further, they identifiy the enlarged nucleus as being situated in this species in an unusual ventral midline position. 

      Comment: The referee summarizes our work.

      Change: None.

      Strengths: 

      The identity of the purported trigeminal nucleus and the isomorphic mapping with the trunk folds is supported by multiple lines of evidence: enhanced staining for cytochrome oxidase, an enzyme associated with high metabolic activity; dense vascularization, consistent with high metabolic activity; prominent myelinated bundles that partition the nucleus in a 1:1 mapping of the cutaneous folds in the trunk periphery; near absence of labeling for the anti-peripherin antibody, specific for climbing fibers, which can be seen as expected in the inferior olive; and a high density of glia.

      Comment: The referee again reviews some of our key findings.

      Change: None. 

      Weaknesses: 

      Despite the supporting evidence listed above, the identification of the gross anatomical bumps, conspicuous in the ventral midline, is problematic. This would be the standard location of the inferior olive, with the principal trigeminal nucleus occupying a more dorsal position. This presents an apparent contradiction which at a minimum needs further discussion. Major species-specific specializations and positional shifts are well-documented for cortical areas, but nuclear layouts in the brainstem have been considered as less malleable. 

      Comment: The referee notes that our discrepancy with referee 2, needs to be addressed with further evidence and discussion, given the unusual position of both inferior olive and trigeminal nucleus in the partitioning scheme and that the mammalian brainstem tends to be positionally conservative. We agree with the referee. We note that – based on the immense size of the elephant trigeminal ganglion (50 g), half the size of a monkey brain – it was expected that the elephant trigeminal nucleus ought to be exceptionally large.

      Change: We did additional experimental work to resolve this matter: (i) We ascertained that elephant climbing fibers are strongly peripherin-positive. (ii) Based on elephant climbing fiber peripherin-reactivity we delineated the elephant olivo-cerebellar tract. We find that the olivo-cerebellar connects to the structure we refer to as inferior olive to the cerebellum. (iii) We also found that the trigeminal nucleus (the structure the referee refers to as inferior olive) appears to receive no climbing fibers. (iv) We provide indications that the tracing of the trigeminal nerve into the olivo-cerebellar tract by Maseko et al. 2023 was erroneous (Referee-Figure 1). These novel findings support our ideas.

      Reviewer #5 (Public Review): 

      After reading the manuscript and the concerns raised by reviewer 2 I see both sides of the argument - the relative location of trigeminal nucleus versus the inferior olive is quite different in elephants (and different from previous studies in elephants), but when there is a large disproportionate magnification of a behaviorally relevant body part at most levels of the nervous system (certainly in the cortex and thalamus), you can get major shifting in location of different structures. In the case of the elephant, it looks like there may be a lot of shifting. Something that is compelling is that the number of modules separated but the myelin bands correspond to the number of trunk folds which is different in the different elephants. This sort of modular division based on body parts is a general principle of mammalian brain organization (demonstrated beautifully for the cuneate and gracile nucleus in primates, VP in most of species, S1 in a variety of mammals such as the star nosed mole and duck-billed platypus). I don't think these relative changes in the brainstem would require major genetic programming - although some surely exists. Rodents and elephants have been independently evolving for over 60 million years so there is a substantial amount of time for changes in each l lineage to occur.

      I agree that the authors have identified the trigeminal nucleus correctly, although comparisons with more out groups would be needed to confirm this (although I'm not suggesting that the authors do this). I also think the new figure (which shows previous divisions of the brainstem versus their own) allows the reader to consider these issues for themselves. When reviewing this paper, I actually took the time to go through atlases of other species and even look at some of my own data from highly derived species. Establishing homology across groups based only on relative location is tough especially when there appears to be large shifts in relative location of structures. My thoughts are that the authors did an extraordinary amount of work on obtaining, processing and analyzing this extremely valuable tissue. They document their work with images of the tissue and their arguments for their divisions are solid. I feel that they have earned the right to speculate - with qualifications - which they provide. 

      Comment: The referee summarizes our work and appears to be convinced by the line of our arguments. We are most grateful for this assessment. We add, again, that the skeptical assessment of referee 2 will be published as well and will give the interested reader the possibility to view another perspective on our work.

      Change: None. 

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      With this manuscript being virtually identical to the previous version, it is possible that some of the definitive conclusions about having identified the elephant trigeminal nucleus and trunk representation should be moderated in a more nuanced manner, especially given the careful and experienced perspective from reviewers with first hand knowledge elephant neuroanatomy.

      Comment: We agree that both our first and second revisions were very much centered on the debate of the correct identification of the trigeminal nucleus and that our ms did not evolve as much in other regards. This being said we agree with Referee 2 that we needed to have this debate. We also think we advanced important novel data in this context (the delineation of elephant olivo-cerebellar tract through the peripherin-antibody).

      Changes: Our revised Figure 2. 

      The peripherin staining adds another level of argument to the authors having identified the trigeminal brainstem instead of the inferior olive, if differential expression of peripherin is strong enough to distinguish one structure from the other.

      Comment: We think we showed too little peripherin-antibody staining in our previous revision. We have now addressed this problem.

      Changes: Our revised Figure 2, i.e. the delineation of elephant olivo-cerebellar tract through the peripherin-antibody).

      There are some minor corrections to be made with the addition of Fig. 2., including renumbering the figures in the manuscript (e.g., 406, 521). 

      I continue to appreciate this novel investigation of the elephant brainstem and find it an interesting and thorough study, with the use of classical and modern neuroanatomical methods.

      Comment: We are thankful for this positive assessment.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I do realise the authors are very unhappy with me and the reviews I have submitted. I do apologise if feelings have been hurt, and I do understand the authors put in a lot of hard work and thought to develop what they have; however, it is unfortunate that the work and thoughts are not correct. Science is about the search for the truth and sometimes we get it wrong. This is part of the scientific process and why most journals adhere to strict review processes of scientific manuscripts. As I said previously, the authors can use their data to write a paper describing and quantifying Golgi staining of neurons in the principal olivary nucleus of the elephant that should be published in a specialised journal and contextualised in terms of the motor control of the trunk and the large cerebellum of the elephant. 

      Comment: We appreciate the referee’s kind words. Also, no hard feelings from our side, this is just a scientific debate. In our experience, neuroanatomical debates are resolved by evidence and we note that we provide evidence strengthening our identification of the trigeminal nucleus and inferior olive. As far as we can tell from this effort and the substantial evidence accumulated, the referee is wrong.

      Reviewer #4 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      As a new reviewer, I have benefited from reading the previous reviews and Author response, even while having several new comments to add. 

      (1) The identification of the inferior olive and trigeminal nuclei is obviously center stage. An enlargement of the trigeminal nuclei is not necessarily problematic, given the published reports on the dramatic enlargement of the trigeminal nerve (Purkart et al., 2022). At issue is the conspicuous relocation of the trigeminal nuclei that is being promoted by Reveyaz et al. Conspicuous rearrangements are not uncommon; for example, primary sensory cortical fields in different species (fig. 1 in H.H.A. Oelschlager for dolphins; S. De Vreese et al. (2023) for cetaceans, L. Krubitzer on various species, in the context of evolution). The difficult point here concerns what looks like a rather conspicuous gross anatomical rearrangement, in BRAINSTEM - the assumption being that the brainstem bauplan is going to be specifically conservative and refractory to gross anatomical rearrangement. 

      Comment: We agree with the referee that the brainstem rearrangements are unexpected. We also think that the correct identification of nuclei needs to be at the center of our revision efforts.

      Change: Our revision provided further evidence (delineation of the olivo-cerebellar tract, characterization of the trigeminal nerve entry) about the identity of the nuclei we studied.

      Why would a major nucleus shift to such a different location? and how? Can ex vivo DTI provide further support of the correct identification? Is there other "disruption" in the brainstem? What occupies the traditional position of the trigeminal nuclei? An atlas-equivalent coronal view of the entire brainstem would be informative. The Authors have assembled multiple criteria to support their argument that the ventral "bumps" are in fact a translocated trigeminal principal nucleus: enhanced CO staining, enhanced vascularization, enhanced myelination (via Golgi stains and tomography), very scant labeling for a climbing fiber specific antibody ( anti-peripherin), vs. dense staining of this in the alternative structure that they identify as IO; and a high density of glia. Admittedly, this should be sufficient, but the proposed translocation (in the BRAINSTEM) is sufficiently startling that this is arguably NOT sufficient. <br /> The terminology of "putative" is helpful, but a more cogent presentation of the results and more careful discussion might succeed in winning over at least some of a skeptical readership. 

      Comment: We do not know, what led to the elephant brainstem rearrangements we propose. If the trigeminal nuclei had expanded isometrically in elephants from the ancestral pattern, one would have expected a brain with big lateral bumps, not the elephant brain with its big ventromedial bumps. We note, however, that very likely the expansion of the elephant trigeminal nuclei did not occur isometrically. Instead, the neural representation of the elephant nose expanded dramatically and in rodents the nose is represented ventromedially in the brainstem face representation. Thus, we propose a ‘ventromedial outgrowth model’ according to which the elephant ventromedial trigeminal bumps result from a ventromedially direct outgrowth of the ancestral ventromedial nose representation.

      We advanced substantially more evidence to support our partitioning scheme, including the delineation of the olivo-cerebellar tract based on peripherin-reactivity. We also identified problems in previous partitioning schemes, such as the claim that the trigeminal nerve continues into the ~4x smaller olivocerebellar tract (Referee-Figure 1C, D); we think such a flow of fibers, (which is also at odds with peripherin-antibody-reactivity and the appearance of nerve and olivocerebellar tract), is highly unlikely if not physically impossible. With all that we do not think that we overstate our case in our cautiously presented ms.

      Change: We added evidence on the identification of elephant trigeminal nuclei and inferior olive.

      (2) Role of myelin. While the photos of myelin are convincing, it would be nice to have further documentation. Gallyas? Would antibodies to MBP work? What is the myelin distribution in the "standard" trigeminal nuclei (human? macaque or chimpanzee?). What are alternative sources of the bundles? Regardless, I think it would be beneficial to de-emphasize this point about the role of myelin in demarcating compartments. <br /> I would in fact suggest an alternative (more neutral) title that might highlight instead the isomorphic feature; for example, "An isomorphic representation of Trunk folds in the Elephant Trigeminal Nucleus." The present title stresses myelin, but figure 1 already focuses on CO. Additionally, the folds are actually mentioned almost in passing until later in the manuscript. I recommend a short section on these at the beginning of the Results to serve as a useful framework.

      Here I'm inclined to agree with the Reviewer, that the Authors' contention that the myelin stipes serve PRIMARILY to separate trunk-fold domains is not particularly compelling and arguably a distraction. The point can be made, but perhaps with less emphasis. After all, the fact that myelin has multiple roles is well-established, even if frequently overlooked. In addition, the Authors might make better use of an extensive relevant literature related to myelin as a compartmental marker; for example, results and discussion in D. Haenelt....N. Weiskopf (eLife, 2023), among others. Another example is the heavily myelinated stria of Gennari in primate visual cortex, consisting of intrinsic pyramidal cell axons, but where the role of the myelination has still not been elucidated. 

      Comment: (1) Documentation of myelin. We note that we show further identification of myelinated fibers by the fluorescent dye fluomyelin in Figure 4B. We also performed additional myelin stains as the gold-myelin stain after the protocol of Schmued (Referee-Figure 2). In the end, nothing worked quite as well to visualize myelin-stripes as the bright-field images shown in Figure 4A and it is only the images that allowed us to match myelin-stripes to trunk folds. Hence, we focus our presentation on these images.

      (2) Title: We get why the referee envisions an alternative title. This being said, we would like to stick with our current title, because we feel it highlights the major novelty we discovered.

      (3) We agree with many of the other comments of the referee on myelin phenomenology. We missed the Haenelt reference pointed out by the referee and think it is highly relevant to our paper

      Change: 1. Review image 2. Inclusion of the Haenelt-reference.

      Author response image 2.

      Myelin stripes of the elephant trunk module visualized by Gold-chloride staining according to Schmued. A, Low magnification micrograph of the trunk module of African elephant Indra stained with AuCl according to Schmued. The putative finger is to the left, proximal is to the right. Myelin stripes can easily be recognized. The white box indicates the area shown in B. B, high magnification micrograph of two myelin stripes. Individual gold-stained (black) axons organized in myelin stripes can be recognized.

      Schmued, L. C. (1990). A rapid, sensitive histochemical stain for myelin in frozen brain sections. Journal of Histochemistry & Cytochemistry,38(5), 717-720.

      Are the "bumps" in any way "analogous" to the "brain warts" seen in entorhinal areas of some human brains (G. W. van Hoesen and A. Solodkin (1993)? 

      Comment: We think this is a similar phenomenon.

      Change: We included the Hoesen and A. Solodkin (1993) reference in our discussion.

      At least slightly more background (ie, a separate section or, if necessary, supplement) would be helpful, going into more detail on the several subdivisions of the ION and if these undergo major alterations in the elephant.

      Comment: The strength of the paper is the detailed delineation of the trunk module, based on myelin stripes and isomorphism. We don’t think we have strong evidence on ION subdivisions, because it appears the trigeminal tract cannot be easily traced in elephants. Accordingly, we find it difficult to add information here.

      Change: None.

      Is there evidence from the literature of other conspicuous gross anatomical translocations, in any species, especially in subcortical regions? 

      Comment: The best example that comes to mind is the star-nosed mole brainstem. There is a beautiful paper comparing the star-nosed mole brainstem to the normal mole brainstem (Catania et al 2011). The principal trigeminal nucleus in the star-nosed mole is far more rostral and also more medial than in the mole; still, such rearrangements are minor compared to what we propose in elephants.

      Catania, Kenneth C., Duncan B. Leitch, and Danielle Gauthier. "A star in the brainstem reveals the first step of cortical magnification." PloS one 6.7 (2011): e22406.

      Change: None.

      (3) A major point concerns the isomorphism between the putative trigeminal nuclei and the trunk specialization. I think this can be much better presented, at least with more discussion and other examples. The Authors mention about the rodent "barrels," but it seemed strange to me that they do not refer to their own results in pig (C. Ritter et al., 2023) nor the work from Ken Catania, 2002 (star-nosed mole; "fingerprints in the brain") or other that might be appropriate. I concur with the Reviewer that there should be more comparative data. 

      Comment: We agree.

      Change: We added a discussion of other isomorphisms including the the star-nosed mole to our paper.

      (4) Textual organization could be improved. 

      The Abstract all-important Introduction is a longish, semi "run-on" paragraph. At a minimum this should be broken up. The last paragraph of the Introduction puts forth five issues, but these are only loosely followed in the Results section. I think clarity and good organization is of the upmost importance in this manuscript. I recommend that the Authors begin the Results with a section on the trunk folds (currently figure 5, and discussion), continue with the several points related to the identification of the trigeminal nuclei, and continue with a parallel description of ION with more parallel data on the putative trigeminal and IO structures (currently referee Table 1, but incorporate into the text and add higher magnification of nucleus-specific cell types in the IO and trigeminal nuclei). Relevant comparative data should be included in the Discussion.

      Comment: 1. We agree with the referee that our abstract needed to be revised. 2. We also think that our ms was heavily altered by the insertion of the new Figure 2, which complemented Figure 1 from our first submission and is concerned with the identification of the inferior olive. From a standpoint of textual flow such changes were not ideal, but the revisions massively added to the certainty with which we identify the trigeminal nuclei. Thus, although we are not as content as we were with the flow, we think the ms advanced in the revision process and we would like to keep the Figure sequence as is. 3. We already noted above that we included additional comparative evidence.

      Change: 1. We revised our abstract. 2. We added comparative evidence.

      Reviewer #5 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The data is invaluable and provides insights into some of the largest mammals on the planet. 

      Comment: We are incredibly thankful for this positive assessment.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife Assessment

      This neuroimaging and electrophysiology study in a small cohort of congenital cataract patients with sight recovery aims to characterize the effects of early visual deprivation on excitatory and inhibitory balance in visual cortex. While contrasting sight-recovery with visually intact controls suggested the existence of persistent alterations in Glx/GABA ratio and aperiodic EEG signals, it provided only incomplete evidence supporting claims about the effects of early deprivation itself. The reported data were considered valuable, given the rare study population. However, the small sample sizes, lack of a specific control cohort and multiple methodological limitations will likely restrict usefulness to scientists working in this particular subfield.

      We thank the reviewing editors for their consideration and updated assessment of our manuscript after its first revision.

      In order to assess the effects of early deprivation, we included an age-matched, normally sighted control group recruited from the same community, measured in the same scanner and laboratory. This study design is analogous to numerous studies in permanently congenitally blind humans, which typically recruited sighted controls, but hardly ever individuals with a different, e.g. late blindness history. In order to improve the specificity of our conclusions, we used a frontal cortex voxel in addition to a visual cortex voxel (MRS). Analogously, we separately analyzed occipital and frontal electrodes (EEG).

      Moreover, we relate our findings in congenital cataract reversal individuals to findings in the literature on permanent congenital blindness. Note, there are, to the best of our knowledge, neither MRS nor resting-state EEG studies in individuals with permanent late blindness.

      Our participants necessarily have nystagmus and low visual acuity due to their congenital deprivation phase, and the existence of nystagmus is a recruitment criterion to diagnose congenital cataracts.

      It might be interesting for future studies to investigate individuals with transient late blindness. However, such a study would be ill-motivated had we not found differences between the most “extreme” of congenital visual deprivation conditions and normally sighted individuals (analogous to why earlier research on permanent blindness investigated permanent congenitally blind humans first, rather than permanently late blind humans, or both in the same study). Any result of these future work would need the reference to our study, and neither results in these additional groups would invalidate our findings.

      Since all our congenital cataract reversal individuals by definition had visual impairments, we included an eyes closed condition, both in the MRS and EEG assessment. Any group effect during the eyes closed condition cannot be due to visual acuity deficits changing the bottom-up driven visual activation.

      As we detail in response to review 3, our EEG analyses followed the standards in the field.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary

      In this human neuroimaging and electrophysiology study, the authors aimed to characterise effects of a period of visual deprivation in the sensitive period on excitatory and inhibitory balance in the visual cortex. They attempted to do so by comparing neurochemistry conditions ('eyes open', 'eyes closed') and resting state, and visually evoked EEG activity between ten congenital cataract patients with recovered sight (CC), and ten age-matched control participants (SC) with normal sight.

      First, they used magnetic resonance spectroscopy to measure in vivo neurochemistry from two locations, the primary location of interest in the visual cortex, and a control location in the frontal cortex. Such voxels are used to provide a control for the spatial specificity of any effects, because the single-voxel MRS method provides a single sampling location. Using MR-visible proxies of excitatory and inhibitory neurotransmission, Glx and GABA+ respectively, the authors report no group effects in GABA+ or Glx, no difference in the functional conditions 'eyes closed' and 'eyes open'. They found an effect of group in the ratio of Glx/GABA+ and no similar effect in the control voxel location. They then perform multiple exploratory correlations between MRS measures and visual acuity, and report a weak positive correlation between the 'eyes open' condition and visual acuity in CC participants.

      The same participants then took part in an EEG experiment. The authors selected two electrodes placed in the visual cortex for analysis and report a group difference in an EEG index of neural activity, the aperiodic intercept, as well as the aperiodic slope, considered a proxy for cortical inhibition. Control electrodes in the frontal region did not present with the same pattern. They report an exploratory correlation between the aperiodic intercept and Glx in one out of three EEG conditions.

      The authors report the difference in E/I ratio, and interpret the lower E/I ratio as representing an adaptation to visual deprivation, which would have initially caused a higher E/I ratio. Although intriguing, the strength of evidence in support of this view is not strong. Amongst the limitations are the low sample size, a critical control cohort that could provide evidence for higher E/I ratio in CC patients without recovered sight for example, and lower data quality in the control voxel. Nevertheless, the study provides a rare and valuable insight into experience-dependent plasticity in the human brain.

      Strengths of study

      How sensitive period experience shapes the developing brain is an enduring and important question in neuroscience. This question has been particularly difficult to investigate in humans. The authors recruited a small number of sight-recovered participants with bilateral congenital cataracts to investigate the effect of sensitive period deprivation on the balance of excitation and inhibition in the visual brain using measures of brain chemistry and brain electrophysiology. The research is novel, and the paper was interesting and well written.

      Limitations

      Low sample size. Ten for CC and ten for SC, and further two SC participants were rejected due to lack of frontal control voxel data. The sample size limits the statistical power of the dataset and increases the likelihood of effect inflation.

      In the updated manuscript, the authors have provided justification for their sample size by pointing to prior studies and the inherent difficulties in recruiting individuals with bilateral congenital cataracts. Importantly, this highlights the value the study brings to the field while also acknowledging the need to replicate the effects in a larger cohort.

      Lack of specific control cohort. The control cohort has normal vision. The control cohort is not specific enough to distinguish between people with sight loss due to different causes and patients with congenital cataracts with co-morbidities. Further data from a more specific populations, such as patients whose cataracts have not been removed, with developmental cataracts, or congenitally blind participants, would greatly improve the interpretability of the main finding. The lack of a more specific control cohort is a major caveat that limits a conclusive interpretation of the results.

      In the updated version, the authors have indicated that future studies can pursue comparisons between congenital cataract participants and cohorts with later sight loss.

      MRS data quality differences. Data quality in the control voxel appears worse than in the visual cortex voxel. The frontal cortex MRS spectrum shows far broader linewidth than the visual cortex (Supplementary Figures). Compared to the visual voxel, the frontal cortex voxel has less defined Glx and GABA+ peaks; lower GABA+ and Glx concentrations, lower NAA SNR values; lower NAA concentrations. If the data quality is a lot worse in the FC, then small effects may not be detectable.

      In the updated version, the authors have added more information that informs the reader of the MRS quality differences between voxel locations. This increases the transparency of their reporting and enhances the assessment of the results.

      Because of the direction of the difference in E/I, the authors interpret their findings as representing signatures of sight improvement after surgery without further evidence, either within the study or from the literature. However, the literature suggests that plasticity and visual deprivation drives the E/I index up rather than down. Decreasing GABA+ is thought to facilitate experience dependent remodelling. What evidence is there that cortical inhibition increases in response to a visual cortex that is over-sensitised to due congenital cataracts? Without further experimental or literature support this interpretation remains very speculative.

      The updated manuscript contains key reference from non-human work to justify their interpretation.

      Heterogeneity in patient group. Congenital cataract (CC) patients experienced a variety of duration of visual impairment and were of different ages. They presented with co-morbidities (absorbed lens, strabismus, nystagmus). Strabismus has been associated with abnormalities in GABAergic inhibition in the visual cortex. The possible interactions with residual vision and confounds of co-morbidities are not experimentally controlled for in the correlations, and not discussed.

      The updated document has addressed this caveat.

      Multiple exploratory correlations were performed to relate MRS measures to visual acuity (shown in Supplementary Materials), and only specific ones shown in the main document. The authors describe the analysis as exploratory in the 'Methods' section. Furthermore, the correlation between visual acuity and E/I metric is weak, not corrected for multiple comparisons. The results should be presented as preliminary, as no strong conclusions can be made from them. They can provide a hypothesis to test in a future study.

      This has now been done throughout the document and increases the transparency of the reporting.

      P.16 Given the correlation of the aperiodic intercept with age ("Age negatively correlated with the aperiodic intercept across CC and SC individuals, that is, a flattening of the intercept was observed with age"), age needs to be controlled for in the correlation between neurochemistry and the aperiodic intercept. Glx has also been shown to negatively correlates with age.

      This caveat has been addressed in the revised manuscript.

      Multiple exploratory correlations were performed to relate MRS to EEG measures (shown in Supplementary Materials), and only specific ones shown in the main document. Given the multiple measures from the MRS, the correlations with the EEG measures were exploratory, as stated in the text, p.16, and in Fig.4. yet the introduction said that there was a prior hypothesis "We further hypothesized that neurotransmitter changes would relate to changes in the slope and intercept of the EEG aperiodic activity in the same subjects." It would be great if the text could be revised for consistency and the analysis described as exploratory.

      This has been done throughout the document and increases the transparency of the reporting.

      The analysis for the EEG needs to take more advantage of the available data. As far as I understand, only two electrodes were used, yet far more were available as seen in their previous study (Ossandon et al., 2023). The spatial specificity is not established. The authors could use the frontal cortex electrode (FP1, FP2) signals as a control for spatial specificity in the group effects, or even better, all available electrodes and correct for multiple comparisons. Furthermore, they could use the aperiodic intercept vs Glx in SC to evaluate the specificity of the correlation to CC.

      This caveat has been addressed. The authors have added frontal electrodes to their analysis, providing an essential regional control for the visual cortex location.

      Comments on the latest version:

      The authors have made reasonable adjustments to their manuscript that addressed most of my comments by adding further justification for their methodology, essential literature support, pointing out exploratory analyses, limitations and adding key control analyses. Their revised manuscript has overall improved, providing valuable information, though the evidence that supports their claims is still incomplete.

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting ways to improve our manuscript and carefully reassessing our revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study examined 10 congenitally blind patients who recovered vision through the surgical removal of bilateral dense cataracts, measuring neural activity and neuro chemical profiles from the visual cortex. The declared aim is to test whether restoring visual function after years of complete blindness impacts excitation/inhibition balance in the visual cortex.

      Strengths:

      The findings are undoubtedly useful for the community, as they contribute towards characterising the many ways in which this special population differs from normally sighted individuals. The combination of MRS and EEG measures is a promising strategy to estimate a fundamental physiological parameter - the balance between excitation and inhibition in the visual cortex, which animal studies show to be heavily dependent upon early visual experience. Thus, the reported results pave the way for further studies, which may use a similar approach to evaluate more patients and control groups.

      Weaknesses:

      The main methodological limitation is the lack of an appropriate comparison group or condition to delineate the effect of sight recovery (as opposed to the effect of congenital blindness). Few previous studies suggested that Excitation/Inhibition ratio in the visual cortex is increased in congenitally blind patients; the present study reports that E/I ratio decreases instead. The authors claim that this implies a change of E/I ratio following sight recovery. However, supporting this claim would require showing a shift of E/I after vs. before the sight-recovery surgery, or at least it would require comparing patients who did and did not undergo the sight-recovery surgery (as common in the field).

      We thank the reviewer for suggesting ways to improve our manuscript and carefully reassessing our revised manuscript.

      Since we have not been able to acquire longitudinal data with the experimental design of the present study in congenital cataract reversal individuals, we compared the MRS and EEG results of congenital cataract reversal individuals  to published work in congenitally permanent blind individuals. We consider this as a resource saving approach. We think that the results of our cross-sectional study now justify the costs and enormous efforts (and time for the patients who often have to travel long distances) associated with longitudinal studies in this rare population.

      There are also more technical limitations related to the correlation analyses, which are partly acknowledged in the manuscript. A bland correlation between GLX/GABA and the visual impairment is reported, but this is specific to the patients group (N=10) and would not hold across groups (the correlation is positive, predicting the lowest GLX/GABA ratio values for the sighted controls - opposite of what is found). There is also a strong correlation between GLX concentrations and the EEG power at the lowest temporal frequencies. Although this relation is intriguing, it only holds for a very specific combination of parameters (of the many tested): only with eyes open, only in the patients group.

      Given the exploratory nature of the correlations, we do not base the majority of our conclusions on this analysis. There are no doubts that the reported correlations need replication; however, replication is only possible after a first report. Thus, we hope to motivate corresponding analyses in further studies.

      It has to be noted that in the present study significance testing for correlations were corrected for multiple comparisons, and that some findings replicate earlier reports (e.g. effects on EEG aperiodic slope, alpha power, and correlations with chronological age).

      Conclusions:

      The main claim of the study is that sight recovery impacts the excitation/inhibition balance in the visual cortex, estimated with MRS or through indirect EEG indices. However, due to the weaknesses outlined above, the study cannot distinguish the effects of sight recovery from those of visual deprivation. Moreover, many aspects of the results are interesting but their validation and interpretation require additional experimental work.

      We interpret the group differences between individuals tested years after congenital visual deprivation and normally sighted individuals as supportive of the E/I ratio being impacted by congenital visual deprivation. In the absence of a sensitive period for the development of an E/I ratio, individuals with a transient phase of congenital blindness might have developed a visual system indistinguishable  from normally sighted individuals. As we demonstrate, this is not so. Comparing the results of congenitally blind humans with those of congenitally permanently blind humans (from previous studies) allowed us to identify changes of E/I ratio, which add to those found for congenital blindness.  

      We thank the reviewer for the helpful comments and suggestions related to the first submission and first revision of our manuscript. We are keen to translate some of them into future studies.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This manuscript examines the impact of congenital visual deprivation on the excitatory/inhibitory (E/I) ratio in the visual cortex using Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy (MRS) and electroencephalography (EEG) in individuals whose sight was restored. Ten individuals with reversed congenital cataracts were compared to age-matched, normally sighted controls, assessing the cortical E/I balance and its interrelationship and to visual acuity. The study reveals that the Glx/GABA ratio in the visual cortex and the intercept and aperiodic signal are significantly altered in those with a history of early visual deprivation, suggesting persistent neurophysiological changes despite visual restoration.

      First of all, I would like to disclose that I am not an expert in congenital visual deprivation, nor in MRS. My expertise is in EEG (particularly in the decomposition of periodic and aperiodic activity) and statistical methods.

      Although the authors addressed some of the concerns of the previous version, major concerns and flaws remain in terms of methodological and statistical approaches along with the (over)interpretation of the results. Specific concerns include:

      (1 3.1) Response to Variability in Visual Deprivation<br /> Rather than listing the advantages and disadvantages of visual deprivation, I recommend providing at least a descriptive analysis of how the duration of visual deprivation influenced the measures of interest. This would enhance the depth and relevance of the discussion.

      Although Review 2 and Review 3 (see below) pointed out problems in interpreting multiple correlational analyses in small samples, we addressed this request by reporting such correlations between visual deprivation history and measured EEG/MRS outcomes.

      Calculating the correlation between duration of visual deprivation and behavioral or brain measures is, in fact, a common suggestion. The existence of sensitive periods, which are typically assumed to not follow a linear gradual decline of neuroplasticity, does not necessary allow predicting a correlation with duration of blindness. Daphne Maurer has additionally worked on the concept of “sleeper effects” (Maurer et al., 2007), that is, effects on the brain and behavior by early deprivation which are observed only later in life when the function/neural circuits matures.

      In accordance with this reasoning, we did not observe a significant correlation between duration of visual deprivation and any of our dependent variables.

      (2 3.2) Small Sample Size<br /> The issue of small sample size remains problematic. The justification that previous studies employed similar sample sizes does not adequately address the limitation in the current study. I strongly suggest that the correlation analyses should not feature prominently in the main manuscript or the abstract, especially if the discussion does not substantially rely on these correlations. Please also revisit the recommendations made in the section on statistical concerns.

      In the revised manuscript, we explicitly mention that our sample size is not atypical for the special group investigated, but that a replication of our results in larger samples would foster their impact. We only explicitly mention correlations that survived stringent testing for multiple comparisons in the main manuscript.

      Given the exploratory nature of the correlations, we have not based the majority of our claims on this analysis.

      (3 3.3) Statistical Concerns<br /> While I appreciate the effort of conducting an independent statistical check, it merely validates whether the reported statistical parameters, degrees of freedom (df), and p-values are consistent. However, this does not address the appropriateness of the chosen statistical methods.

      We did not intend for the statcheck report to justify the methods used for statistics, which we have done in a separate section with normality and homogeneity testing (Supplementary Material S9), and references to it in the descriptions of the statistical analyses (Methods, Page 13, Lines 326-329 and Page 15, Lines 400-402).

      Several points require clarification or improvement:<br /> (4) Correlation Methods: The manuscript does not specify whether the reported correlation analyses are based on Pearson or Spearman correlation.

      The depicted correlations are Pearson correlations. We will add this information to the Methods.

      (5) Confidence Intervals: Include confidence intervals for correlations to represent the uncertainty associated with these estimates.

      We have added the confidence intervals for all measured correlations to the second revision of our manuscript.

      (6) Permutation Statistics: Given the small sample size, I recommend using permutation statistics, as these are exact tests and more appropriate for small datasets.

      Our study focuses on a rare population, with a sample size limited by the availability of participants. Our findings provide exploratory insights rather than make strong inferential claims. To this end, we have ensured that our analysis adheres to key statistical assumptions (Shapiro-Wilk as well as Levene’s tests, Supplementary Material S9), and reported our findings with effect sizes, appropriate caution and context.

      (7) Adjusted P-Values: Ensure that reported Bonferroni corrected p-values (e.g., p > 0.999) are clearly labeled as adjusted p-values where applicable.

      In the revised manuscript, we have changed Figure 4 to say ‘adjusted p,’  which we indeed reported.

      (8) Figure 2C

      Figure 2C still lacks crucial information that the correlation between Glx/GABA ratio and visual acuity was computed solely in the control group (as described in the rebuttal letter). Why was this analysis restricted to the control group? Please provide a rationale.

      Figure 2C depicts the correlation between Glx/GABA+ ratio and visual acuity in the congenital cataract reversal group, not the control group. This is mentioned in the Figure 2 legend, as well as in the main text where the figure is referred to (Page 18, Line 475).

      The correlation analyses between visual acuity and MRS/EEG measures were only performed in the congenital cataract reversal group since the sighed control group comprised of individuals with vision in the normal range; thus this analyses would not make sense. Table 1 with the individual visual acuities for all participants, including the normally sighted controls, shows the low variance in the latter group.  

      For variables in which no apiori group differences in variance were predicted, we performed the correlation analyses across groups (see Supplementary Material S12, S15).

      We have now highlighted these motivations more clearly in the Methods of the revised manuscript (Page 16, Lines 405-410).

      (9 3.4) Interpretation of Aperiodic Signal

      Relying on previous studies to interpret the aperiodic slope as a proxy for excitation/inhibition (E/I) does not make the interpretation more robust.

      How to interpret aperiodic EEG activity has been subject of extensive investigation. We cite studies which provide evidence from multiple species (monkeys, humans) and measurements (EEG, MEG, ECoG), including studies which pharmacologically manipulated E/I balance.

      Whether our findings are robust, in fact, requires a replication study. Importantly, we analyzed the intercept of the aperiodic activity fit as well, and discuss results related to the intercept.

      Quote:

      “(3.4) Interpretation of aperiodic signal:

      - Several recent papers demonstrated that the aperiodic signal measured in EEG or ECoG is related to various important aspects such as age, skull thickness, electrode impedance, as well as cognition. Thus, currently, very little is known about the underlying effects which influence the aperiodic intercept and slope. The entire interpretation of the aperiodic slope as a proxy for E/I is based on a computational model and simulation (as described in the Gao et al. paper).

      Apart from the modeling work from Gao et al., multiple papers which have also been cited which used ECoG, EEG and MEG and showed concomitant changes in aperiodic activity with pharmacological manipulation of the E/I ratio (Colombo et al., 2019; Molina et al., 2020; Muthukumaraswamy & Liley, 2018). Further, several prior studies have interpreted changes in the aperiodic slope as reflective of changes in the E/I ratio, including studies of developmental groups (Favaro et al., 2023; Hill et al., 2022; McSweeney et al., 2023; Schaworonkow & Voytek, 2021) as well as patient groups (Molina et al., 2020; Ostlund et al., 2021).

      - The authors further wrote: We used the slope of the aperiodic (1/f) component of the EEG spectrum as an estimate of E/I ratio (Gao et al., 2017; Medel et al., 2020; Muthukumaraswamy & Liley, 2018). This is a highly speculative interpretation with very little empirical evidence. These papers were conducted with ECoG data (mostly in animals) and mostly under anesthesia. Thus, these studies only allow an indirect interpretation by what the 1/f slope in EEG measurements is actually influenced.

      Note that Muthukumaraswamy et al. (2018) used different types of pharmacological manipulations and analyzed periodic and aperiodic MEG activity in humans, in addition to monkey ECoG (Muthukumaraswamy & Liley, 2018). Further, Medel et al. (now published as Medel et al., 2023) compared EEG activity in addition to ECoG data after propofol administration. The interpretation of our results are in line with a number of recent studies in developing (Hill et al., 2022; Schaworonkow & Voytek, 2021) and special populations using EEG. As mentioned above, several prior studies have used the slope of the 1/f component/aperiodic activity as an indirect measure of the E/I ratio (Favaro et al., 2023; Hill et al., 2022; McSweeney et al., 2023; Molina et al., 2020; Ostlund et al., 2021; Schaworonkow & Voytek, 2021), including studies using scalp-recorded EEG from humans.

      In the introduction of the revised manuscript, we have made more explicit that this metric is indirect (Page 3, Line 91), (additionally see Discussion, Page 24, Lines 644-645, Page 25, Lines 650-657).

      While a full understanding of aperiodic activity needs to be provided, some convergent ideas have emerged. We think that our results contribute to this enterprise, since our study is, to the best of our knowledge, the first which assessed MRS measured neurotransmitter levels and EEG aperiodic activity. “

      (10) Additionally, the authors state:

      "We cannot think of how any of the exploratory correlations between neurophysiological measures and MRS measures could be accounted for by a difference e.g. in skull thickness."

      (11) This could be addressed directly by including skull thickness as a covariate or visualizing it in scatterplots, for instance, by representing skull thickness as the size of the dots.

      We are not aware of any study that would justify such an analysis.

      Our analyses were based on previous findings in the literature.

      Since to the best of our knowledge, no evidence exists that congenital cataracts go together with changes in skull thickness, and that skull thickness might selectively modulate visual cortex Glx/GABA+ but not NAA measures, we decided against following this suggestion.

      Notably, the neurotransmitter concentration reported here is after tissue segmentation of the voxel region. The tissue fraction was shown to not differ between groups in the MRS voxels (Supplementary Material S4). The EEG electrode impedance was lowered to <10 kOhm in every participant (Methods, Page 13, Line 344), and preparation was identical across groups.

      (12 3.5) Problems with EEG Preprocessing and Analysis

      Downsampling: The decision to downsample the data to 60 Hz "to match the stimulation rate" is problematic. This choice conflates subsequent spectral analyses due to aliasing issues, as explained by the Nyquist theorem. While the authors cite prior studies (Schwenk et al., 2020; VanRullen & MacDonald, 2012) to justify this decision, these studies focused on alpha (8-12 Hz), where aliasing is less of a concern compared of analyzing aperiodic signal. Furthermore, in contrast, the current study analyzes the frequency range from 1-20 Hz, which is too narrow for interpreting the aperiodic signal as E/I. Typically, this analysis should include higher frequencies, spanning at least 1-30 Hz or even 1-45 Hz (not 20-40 Hz).

      As previously mentied in the Methods (Page 15 Line 376) and the previous response, the pop_resample function used by EEGLAB applies an anti-aliasing filter, at half the resampling frequency (as per the Nyquist theorem

      https://eeglab.org/tutorials/05_Preprocess/resampling.html). The upper cut off of the low pass filter set by EEGlab prior to down sampling (30 Hz) is still far above the frequency of interest in the current study  (1-20 Hz), thus allowing us to derive valid results.

      Quote:

      “- The authors downsampled the data to 60Hz to "to match the stimulation rate". What is the intention of this? Because the subsequent spectral analyses are conflated by this choice (see Nyquist theorem).

      This data were collected as part of a study designed to evoke alpha activity with visual white-noise, which ranged in luminance with equal power at all frequencies from 1-60 Hz, restricted by the refresh rate of the monitor on which stimuli were presented (Pant et al., 2023). This paradigm and method was developed by VanRullen and colleagues (Schwenk et al., 2020; Vanrullen & MacDonald, 2012), wherein the analysis requires the same sampling rate between the presented frequencies and the EEG data. The downsampling function used here automatically applies an anti-aliasing filter (EEGLAB 2019) .”

      Moreover, the resting-state data were not resampled to 60 Hz. We have made this clearer in the Methods of the second revision (Page 15, Line 367).

      Our consistent results of group differences across all three EEG conditions, thus, exclude any possibility that they were driven by aliasing artifacts.

      The expected effects of this anti-aliasing filter can be seen in the attached Author response image 1, showing an example participant’s spectrum in the 1-30 Hz range (as opposed to the 1-20 Hz plotted in the manuscript), clearly showing a 30-40 dB drop at 30 Hz. Any aliasing due to, for example, remaining line noise, would additionally be visible in this figure (as well as Figure 3) as a peak.

      Author response image 1.

      Power spectral density of one congenital cataract-reversal (CC) participant in the visual stimulation condition across all channels. The reduced power at 30 Hz shows the effects of the anti-aliasing filter applied by EEGLAB’s pop_resample function.

      As we stated in the manuscript, and in previous reviews, so far there has been no consensus on the exact range of measuring aperiodic activity. We made a principled decision based on the literature (showing a knee in aperiodic fits of this dataset at 20 Hz) (Medel et al., 2023; Ossandón et al., 2023), data quality (possible contamination by line noise at higher frequencies) and the purpose of the visual stimulation experiment (to look at the lower frequency range by stimulating up to 60 Hz, thereby limiting us to quantifying below 30 Hz), that 1-20 Hz would be the fit range in this dataset.

      Quote:

      “(3) What's the underlying idea of analyzing two separate aperiodic slopes (20-40Hz and 1-19Hz). This is very unusual to compute the slope between 20-40 Hz, where the SNR is rather low.

      "Ossandón et al. (2023), however, observed that in addition to the flatter slope of the aperiodic power spectrum in the high frequency range (20-40 Hz), the slope of the low frequency range (1-19 Hz) was steeper in both, congenital cataract-reversal individuals, as well as in permanently congenitally blind humans."

      The present manuscript computed the slope between 1-20 Hz. Ossandón et al. as well as Medel et al. (2023) found a “knee” of the 1/f distribution at 20 Hz and describe further the motivations for computing both slope ranges. For example, Ossandón et al. used a data driven approach and compared single vs. dual fits and found that the latter fitted the data better. Additionally, they found the best fit if a knee at 20 Hz was used. We would like to point out that no standard range exists for the fitting of the 1/f component across the literature and, in fact, very different ranges have been used (Gao et al., 2017; Medel et al., 2023; Muthukumaraswamy & Liley, 2018). “

      (13) Baseline Removal: Subtracting the mean activity across an epoch as a baseline removal step is inappropriate for resting-state EEG data. This preprocessing step undermines the validity of the analysis. The EEG dataset has fundamental flaws, many of which were pointed out in the previous review round but remain unaddressed. In its current form, the manuscript falls short of standards for robust EEG analysis. If I were reviewing for another journal, I would recommend rejection based on these flaws.

      The baseline removal step from each epoch serves to remove the DC component of the recording and detrend the data. This is a standard preprocessing step (included as an option in preprocessing pipelines recommended by the EEGLAB toolbox, FieldTrip toolbox and MNE toolbox), additionally necessary to improve the efficacy of ICA decomposition (Groppe et al., 2009).

      In the previous review round, a clarification of the baseline timing was requested, which we added. Beyond this request, there was no mention of the appropriateness of the baseline removal and/or a request to provide reasons for why it might not undermine the validity of the analysis.

      Quote:

      “- "Subsequently, baseline removal was conducted by subtracting the mean activity across the length of an epoch from every data point." The actual baseline time segment should be specified.

      The time segment was the length of the epoch, that is, 1 second for the resting state conditions and 6.25 seconds for the visual stimulation conditions. This has been explicitly stated in the revised manuscript (Page 13, Line 354).”

      Prior work in the time (not frequency) domain on event-related potential (ERP) analysis has suggested that the baselining step might cause spurious effects (Delorme, 2023) (although see (Tanner et al., 2016)). We did not perform ERP analysis at any stage. One recent study suggests spurious group differences in the 1/f signal might be driven by an inappropriate dB division baselining method (Gyurkovics et al., 2021), which we did not perform.

      Any effect of our baselining procedure on the FFT spectrum would be below the 1 Hz range, which we did not analyze.  

      Each of the preprocessing steps in the manuscript match pipelines described and published in extensive prior work. We document how multiple aspects of our EEG results replicate prior findings (Supplementary Material S15, S18, S19), reports of other experimenters, groups and locations, validating that our results are robust.

      We therefore reject the claim of methodological flaws in our EEG analyses in the strongest possible terms.

      Quote:

      “(3.5) Problems with EEG preprocessing and analysis:

      - It seems that the authors did not identify bad channels nor address the line noise issue (even a problem if a low pass filter of below-the-line noise was applied).

      As pointed out in the methods and Figure 1, we only analyzed data from two occipital channels, O1 and O2 neither of which were rejected for any participant. Channel rejection was performed for the larger dataset, published elsewhere (Ossandón et al., 2023; Pant et al., 2023). As control sites we added the frontal channels FP1 and Fp2 (see Supplementary Material S14)

      Neither Ossandón et al. (2023) nor Pant et al. (2023) considered frequency ranges above 40 Hz to avoid any possible contamination with line noise. Here, we focused on activity between 0 and 20 Hz, definitely excluding line noise contaminations (Methods, Page 14, Lines 365-367). The low pass filter (FIR, 1-45 Hz) guaranteed that any spill-over effects of line noise would be restricted to frequencies just below the upper cutoff frequency.

      Additionally, a prior version of the analysis used spectrum interpolation to remove line noise; the group differences remained stable (Ossandón et al., 2023). We have reported this analysis in the revised manuscript (Page 14, Lines 364-357).

      Further, both groups were measured in the same lab, making line noise (~ 50 Hz) as an account for the observed group effects in the 1-20 Hz frequency range highly unlikely. Finally, any of the exploratory MRS-EEG correlations would be hard to explain if the EEG parameters would be contaminated with line noise.

      - What was the percentage of segments that needed to be rejected due to the 120μV criteria? This should be reported specifically for EO & EC and controls and patients.

      The mean percentage of 1 second segments rejected for each resting state condition and the percentage of 6.25 long segments rejected in each group for the visual stimulation condition have been added to the revised manuscript (Supplementary Material S10), and referred to in the Methods on Page 14, Lines 372-373).

      - The authors downsampled the data to 60Hz to "to match the stimulation rate". What is the intention of this? Because the subsequent spectral analyses are conflated by this choice (see Nyquist theorem).

      This data were collected as part of a study designed to evoke alpha activity with visual white-noise, which changed in luminance with equal power at all frequencies from 1-60 Hz, restricted by the refresh rate of the monitor on which stimuli were presented (Pant et al., 2023). This paradigm and method was developed by VanRullen and colleagues (Schwenk et al., 2020; VanRullen & MacDonald, 2012), wherein the analysis requires the same sampling rate between the presented frequencies and the EEG data. The downsampling function used here automatically applies an anti-aliasing filter (EEGLAB 2019) .

      - "Subsequently, baseline removal was conducted by subtracting the mean activity across the length of an epoch from every data point." The actual baseline time segment should be specified.

      The time segment was the length of the epoch, that is, 1 second for the resting state conditions and 6.25 seconds for the visual stimulation conditions. This has now been explicitly stated in the revised manuscript (Page 14, Lines 379-380).

      - "We excluded the alpha range (8-14 Hz) for this fit to avoid biasing the results due to documented differences in alpha activity between CC and SC individuals (Bottari et al., 2016; Ossandón et al., 2023; Pant et al., 2023)." This does not really make sense, as the FOOOF algorithm first fits the 1/f slope, for which the alpha activity is not relevant.

      We did not use the FOOOF algorithm/toolbox in this manuscript. As stated in the Methods, we used a 1/f fit to the 1-20 Hz spectrum in the log-log space, and subtracted this fit from the original spectrum to obtain the corrected spectrum. Given the pronounced difference in alpha power between groups (Bottari et al., 2016; Ossandón et al., 2023; Pant et al., 2023), we were concerned it might drive differences in the exponent values. Our analysis pipeline had been adapted from previous publications of our group and other labs (Ossandón et al., 2023; Voytek et al., 2015; Waschke et al., 2017).

      We have conducted the analysis with and without the exclusion of the alpha range, as well as using the FOOOF toolbox both in the 1-20 Hz and 20-40 Hz ranges (Ossandón et al., 2023). The findings of a steeper slope in the 1-20 Hz range as well as lower alpha power in CC vs SC individuals remained stable. In Ossandón et al., the comparison between the piecewise fits and FOOOF fits led the authors to use the former, as it outperformed the FOOOF algorithm for their data.

      - The model fits of the 1/f fitting for EO, EC, and both participant groups should be reported.

      In Figure 3 of the manuscript, we depicted the mean spectra and 1/f fits for each group.

      In the revised manuscript, we added the fit quality metrics (average R<sup>2</sup> values > 0.91 for each group and condition) (Methods Page 15, Lines 395-396; Supplementary Material S11) and additionally show individual subjects’ fits (Supplementary Material S11). “

      (14) The authors mention:

      "The EEG data sets reported here were part of data published earlier (Ossandón et al., 2023; Pant et al., 2023)." Thus, the statement "The group differences for the EEG assessments corresponded to those of a larger sample of CC individuals (n=38) " is a circular argument and should be avoided."

      The authors addressed this comment and adjusted the statement. However, I do not understand, why not the full sample published earlier (Ossandón et al., 2023) was used in the current study?

      The recording of EEG resting state data stated in 2013, while MRS testing could only be set up by the second half of 2019. Moreover, not all subjects who qualify for EEG recording qualify for being scanned (e.g. due to MRI safety, claustrophobia)

      References

      Bottari, D., Troje, N. F., Ley, P., Hense, M., Kekunnaya, R., & Röder, B. (2016). Sight restoration after congenital blindness does not reinstate alpha oscillatory activity in humans. Scientific Reports. https://doi.org/10.1038/srep24683

      Colombo, M. A., Napolitani, M., Boly, M., Gosseries, O., Casarotto, S., Rosanova, M., Brichant, J. F., Boveroux, P., Rex, S., Laureys, S., Massimini, M., Chieregato, A., & Sarasso, S. (2019). The spectral exponent of the resting EEG indexes the presence of consciousness during unresponsiveness induced by propofol, xenon, and ketamine. NeuroImage, 189(September 2018), 631–644. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.01.024

      Delorme, A. (2023). EEG is better left alone. Scientific Reports, 13(1), 2372. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-27528-0

      Favaro, J., Colombo, M. A., Mikulan, E., Sartori, S., Nosadini, M., Pelizza, M. F., Rosanova, M., Sarasso, S., Massimini, M., & Toldo, I. (2023). The maturation of aperiodic EEG activity across development reveals a progressive differentiation of wakefulness from sleep. NeuroImage, 277. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEUROIMAGE.2023.120264

      Gao, R., Peterson, E. J., & Voytek, B. (2017). Inferring synaptic excitation/inhibition balance from field potentials. NeuroImage, 158(March), 70–78. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2017.06.078

      Groppe, D. M., Makeig, S., & Kutas, M. (2009). Identifying reliable independent components via split-half comparisons. NeuroImage, 45(4), 1199–1211. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2008.12.038

      Gyurkovics, M., Clements, G. M., Low, K. A., Fabiani, M., & Gratton, G. (2021). The impact of 1/f activity and baseline correction on the results and interpretation of time-frequency analyses of EEG/MEG data: A cautionary tale. NeuroImage, 237. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2021.118192

      Hill, A. T., Clark, G. M., Bigelow, F. J., Lum, J. A. G., & Enticott, P. G. (2022). Periodic and aperiodic neural activity displays age-dependent changes across early-to-middle childhood. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 54, 101076. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.DCN.2022.101076

      Maurer, D., Mondloch, C. J., & Lewis, T. L. (2007). Sleeper effects. In Developmental Science. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-7687.2007.00562.x

      McSweeney, M., Morales, S., Valadez, E. A., Buzzell, G. A., Yoder, L., Fifer, W. P., Pini, N., Shuffrey, L. C., Elliott, A. J., Isler, J. R., & Fox, N. A. (2023). Age-related trends in aperiodic EEG activity and alpha oscillations during early- to middle-childhood. NeuroImage, 269, 119925. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2023.119925

      Medel, V., Irani, M., Crossley, N., Ossandón, T., & Boncompte, G. (2023). Complexity and 1/f slope jointly reflect brain states. Scientific Reports, 13(1), 21700. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-023-47316-0

      Molina, J. L., Voytek, B., Thomas, M. L., Joshi, Y. B., Bhakta, S. G., Talledo, J. A., Swerdlow, N. R., & Light, G. A. (2020). Memantine Effects on Electroencephalographic Measures of Putative Excitatory/Inhibitory Balance in Schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry: Cognitive Neuroscience and Neuroimaging, 5(6), 562–568. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.bpsc.2020.02.004

      Muthukumaraswamy, S. D., & Liley, D. T. (2018). 1/F electrophysiological spectra in resting and drug-induced states can be explained by the dynamics of multiple oscillatory relaxation processes. NeuroImage, 179(November 2017), 582–595. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.06.068

      Ossandón, J. P., Stange, L., Gudi-Mindermann, H., Rimmele, J. M., Sourav, S., Bottari, D., Kekunnaya, R., & Röder, B. (2023). The development of oscillatory and aperiodic resting state activity is linked to a sensitive period in humans. NeuroImage, 275, 120171. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NEUROIMAGE.2023.120171

      Ostlund, B. D., Alperin, B. R., Drew, T., & Karalunas, S. L. (2021). Behavioral and cognitive correlates of the aperiodic (1/f-like) exponent of the EEG power spectrum in adolescents with and without ADHD. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 48, 100931. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dcn.2021.100931

      Pant, R., Ossandón, J., Stange, L., Shareef, I., Kekunnaya, R., & Röder, B. (2023). Stimulus-evoked and resting-state alpha oscillations show a linked dependence on patterned visual experience for development. NeuroImage: Clinical, 103375. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.NICL.2023.103375

      Schaworonkow, N., & Voytek, B. (2021). Longitudinal changes in aperiodic and periodic activity in electrophysiological recordings in the first seven months of life. Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 47. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.dcn.2020.100895

      Schwenk, J. C. B., VanRullen, R., & Bremmer, F. (2020). Dynamics of Visual Perceptual Echoes Following Short-Term Visual Deprivation. Cerebral Cortex Communications, 1(1). https://doi.org/10.1093/TEXCOM/TGAA012

      Tanner, D., Norton, J. J. S., Morgan-Short, K., & Luck, S. J. (2016). On high-pass filter artifacts (they’re real) and baseline correction (it’s a good idea) in ERP/ERMF analysis. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 266, 166–170. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneumeth.2016.01.002

      Vanrullen, R., & MacDonald, J. S. P. (2012). Perceptual echoes at 10 Hz in the human brain. Current Biology. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cub.2012.03.050

      Voytek, B., Kramer, M. A., Case, J., Lepage, K. Q., Tempesta, Z. R., Knight, R. T., & Gazzaley, A. (2015). Age-related changes in 1/f neural electrophysiological noise. Journal of Neuroscience, 35(38). https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2332-14.2015

      Waschke, L., Wöstmann, M., & Obleser, J. (2017). States and traits of neural irregularity in the age-varying human brain. Scientific Reports 2017 7:1, 7(1), 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-017-17766-4

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      For many years, there has been extensive electrophysiological research investigating the relationship between local field potential patterns and individual cell spike patterns in the hippocampus. In this study, using state-ofthe-art imaging techniques, they examined spike synchrony of hippocampal cells during locomotion and immobility states. In contrast to conventional understanding of the hippocampus, the authors demonstrated that hippocampal place cells exhibit prominent synchronous spikes locked to theta oscillations.

      Strengths:

      The voltage imaging used in this study is a highly novel method that allows recording not only suprathreshold-level spikes but also subthreshold-level activity. With its high frame rate, it offers time resolution comparable to electrophysiological recordings.

      We thank the reviewer for a thorough review of our manuscript and for recognizing the strength of our study.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study employed voltage imaging in the CA1 region of the mouse hippocampus during the exploration of a novel environment. The authors report synchronous activity, involving almost half of the imaged neurons, occurred during periods of immobility. These events did not correlate with SWRs, but instead, occurred during theta oscillations and were phased locked to the trough of theta. Moreover, pairs of neurons with high synchronization tended to display non-overlapping place fields, leading the authors to suggest these events may play a role in binding a distributed representation of the context.

      Strengths:

      Technically this is an impressive study, using an emerging approach that allow single-cell resolution voltage imaging in animals, that while head-fixed, can move through a real environment. The paper is written clearly and suggests novel observations about population-level activity in CA1.

      We thank the reviewer for a thorough review of our manuscript and for recognizing the strength of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The evidence provided is weak, with the authors making surprising population-level claims based on a very sparse data set (5 data sets, each with less than 20 neurons simultaneously recorded) acquired with exciting, but less tested technology. Further, while the authors link these observations to the novelty of the context, both in the title and text, they do not include data from subsequent visits to support this. Detailed comments are below:

      (1) My first question for the authors, which is not addressed in the discussion, is why these events have not been observed in the countless extracellular recording experiments conducted in rodent CA1 during exploration of novel environments. Those data sets often have 10x the neurons simultaneously recording compared to these present data, thus the highly synchronous firing should be very hard to miss. Ideally, the authors could confirm their claims via the analysis of publicly available electrophysiology data sets. Further, the claim of high extra-SWR synchrony is complicated by the observation that their recorded neurons fail to spike during the limited number of SWRs recorded during behavior- again, not agreeing with much of the previous electrophysiological recordings.

      (2) The authors posit that these events are linked to the novelty of the context, both in the text, as well as in the title and abstract. However they do not include any imaging data from subsequent days to demonstrate the failure to see this synchrony in a familiar environment. If these data are available it would strengthen the proposed link to novelty is they were included.

      (3) In the discussion the authors begin by speculating the theta present during these synchronous events may be slower type II or attentional theta. This can be supported by demonstrating a frequency shift in the theta recording during these events/immobility versus the theta recording during movement. (4) The authors mention in the discussion that they image deep layer PCs in CA1, however this is not mentioned in the text or methods. They should include data, such as imaging of a slice of a brain post-recording with immunohistochemistry for a layer specific gene to support this.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have no further major requests and thank the authors for the additional data and analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the present manuscript, the authors use a few minutes of voltage imaging of CA1 pyramidal cells in head-fixed mice running on a track while local field potentials (LFPs) are recorded. The authors suggest that synchronous ensembles of neurons are differentially associated with different types of LFP patterns, theta and ripples. The experiments are flawed in that the LFP is not "local" but rather collected the other side of the brain.

      Strengths:

      The authors use a cutting-edge technique.

      We thank the reviewer for a thoughtful review of our manuscript and for pointing out the technical strength of our study.

      Weaknesses:

      The two main messages of the manuscript indicated in the title are not supported by the data. The title gives two messages that relate to CA1 pyramidal neurons in behaving head-fixed mice: (1) synchronous ensembles are associated with theta (2) synchronous ensembles are not associated with ripples. The main problem with the work is that the theta and ripple signals were recorded using electrophysiology from the opposite hemisphere to the one in which the spiking was monitored. However, both rhythms exhibit profound differences as a function of location.

      Theta phase changes with the precise location along the proximo-distal and dorso-ventral axes, and importantly, even reverses with depth. Because the LFP was recorded using a single-contact tungsten electrode, there is no way to know whether the electrode was exactly in the CA1 pyramidal cell layer, or in the CA1 oriens, CA1 radiatum, or perhaps even CA3 - which exhibits ripples and theta which are weakly correlated and in anti-phase with the CA1 rhythms, respectively. Thus, there is no way to know whether the theta phase used in the analysis is the phase of the local CA1 theta.

      Although the occurrence of CA1 ripples is often correlated across parts of the hippocampus, ripples are inherently a locally-generated rhythm. Independent ripples occur within a fraction of a millimeter within the same hemisphere. Ripples are also very sensitive to the precise depth - 100 micrometers up or down, and only a positive deflection/sharp wave is evident. Thus, even if the LFP was recorded from the center of the CA1 pyramidal layer in the contralateral hemisphere, it would not suffice for the claim made in the title.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing out the issue regarding the claim made in the title. We have revised the manuscript to clarify that the theta and ripple oscillations referenced in the title refer to specific frequency bands of intracellular and contralaterally recorded field potentials rather than field potentials recorded at the same site as the neuronal activity.

      Abstract (line19):

      “… Notably, these synchronous ensembles were not associated with contralateral ripple oscillations but were instead phase-locked to theta waves recorded in the contralateral CA1 region. Moreover, the subthreshold membrane potentials of neurons exhibited coherent intracellular theta oscillations with a depolarizing peak at the moment of synchrony.”

      Introduction (line68):

      “… Surprisingly, these synchronous ensembles occurred outside of contralateral ripples and were phase-locked to intracellular theta oscillations as well as extracellular theta oscillations recorded from the contralateral CA1 region.”

      To address concerns about electrode placement, we have now included posthoc histological verification of electrode locations, confirming that they were positioned in the contralateral CA1 pyramidal layer (Author response image 1). 

      Author response image 1.

      Post-hoc histological section showing the location of a DiI-coated electrode in the contralateral CA1 pyramidal layer. Scale bar: 300 μm.

      While we appreciate that theta and ripple oscillations exhibit regional variations in phase and amplitude, previous studies have demonstrated a strong co-occurrence and synchrony of these oscillations between both hippocampi1-3. Given that our primary objective was to examine how neuronal ensembles relate to large-scale hippocampal oscillation states rather than local microcircuit-level fluctuations, we recorded theta and ripple oscillations from the contralateral CA1 region.

      However, we acknowledge that contralateral recordings do not capture all ipsilateral-specific dynamics. Theta phases vary with depth and precise location, and local ripple events may be independently generated across small spatial scales. To reflect this, we have now explicitly acknowledged these considerations in the discussion. 

      Discussion (line527):

      While contralateral LFP recordings reliably capture large-scale hippocampal theta and ripple oscillations, they may not fully account for ipsilateral-specific dynamics, such as variations in theta phase alignment or locally generated ripple events. Although contralateral recordings serve as a well-established proxy for large-scale hippocampal oscillatory states, incorporating simultaneous ipsilateral field potential recordings in future studies could refine our understanding of local-global network interactions. Despite these considerations, our findings provide robust evidence for the existence of synchronous neuronal ensembles and their role in coordinating newly formed place cells. These results advance our understanding of how synchronous neuronal ensembles contribute to spatial memory acquisition and hippocampal network coordination.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have provided sufficient experimental and analytical data addressing my comments, particularly regarding consistency with past electrophysiological data and the exclusion of potential imaging artifacts.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Minor comment: In Figure 2C and Figure 5-figure supplement 1, 'paired Student's t-test' is not entirely appropriate. More precisely, either 'paired t-test' or 'Student's t-test' would better indicate the correct statistical method. Please verify whether these data comparisons are within-group or between-group.

      Thank you for the comment. We have revised the manuscript as suggested.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I have no further major requests and thank the authors for the additional data and analyses.

      We thank the reviewer for recognizing our efforts in revising the manuscript.

      Minor points- line 169- typo, correct grant to grand

      Thank you for pointing it out. The typo has been corrected.

      (1) Buzsaki, G. et al. Hippocampal network patterns of activity in the mouse. Neuroscience 116, 201-211 (2003). https://doi.org:10.1016/s03064522(02)00669-3

      (2) Szabo, G. G. et al. Ripple-selective GABAergic projection cells in the hippocampus. Neuron 110, 1959-1977 e1959 (2022). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2022.04.002

      (3) Huang, Y. C. et al. Dynamic assemblies of parvalbumin interneurons in brain oscillations. Neuron 112, 2600-2613 e2605 (2024). https://doi.org:10.1016/j.neuron.2024.05.015

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Response to the reviewer #2 (Public review):

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s high evaluation of our paper and helpful comments and suggestions.

      Regarding in vivo Treg homing assay, we did not exclude doublets and dead cells from the analysis of Kaede-expressing Tregs migrated to the aorta, which may affect the results. We described this issue as the limitation of this study in the revised manuscript. Nonetheless, we believe the reliability of our findings because we repeated this experiment three times and obtained similar results.

      There is no evidence to support the clinical relevance of our findings. Future clinical research on this topic is highly desired.

      Response to the reviewer #3 (Public review):

      We greatly appreciate the reviewer’s high evaluation of our paper and helpful comments and suggestions.

      Despite the controversial role of Th17 cells in atherosclerosis, we understand the possible involvement of Th17 cells and the Th1 cell/Th17 cell balance in lymphoid tissues and aortic lesions in accelerated inflammation and atherosclerosis in Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Although we could not completely evaluate the changes in these immune responses in detail, future study may elucidate interesting mechanisms mediated by Th17 cell responses.

      As the reviewer suggested, we understand that it is necessary to provide in vivo evidence for the Treg suppressive effects on DC activation. Based on the results of in vitro experiments, we described the discussion on the in vivo evidence in the revised manuscript.

      We understand methodological limitations for flow cytometric analysis of immune cells in the aorta and in vivo Treg homing assay. We described this issue as the limitation of this study in the revised manuscript. Regarding in vivo Treg homing assay, we statistically re-analyzed the combined data from multiple experiments and observed a tendency toward reduction in the proportion of CCR4-deficient Kaede-expressing Tregs in the aorta of recipient Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice, though there was no statistically significant difference in the migratory capacity of CCR4-intact or CCR4-deficient Kaede-expressing Tregs. Accordingly, we toned down our claim that CCR4 expression on Tregs plays a critical role in mediating Treg migration to the atherosclerotic aorta under hypercholesterolemia.

      The reviewer requested us to evaluate aortic inflammation in Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice injected with CCR4-intact or CCR4-deficient Tregs. However, we think that this experiment will provide marginal information because Treg transfer experiments in Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice have already shown the protective role of CCR4 in Tregs against aortic inflammation and early atherosclerosis.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) #1 and #2: CD103 and CD86 expression should be discussed on the text and not only in the response to reviewer.

      In accordance with the reviewer’s suggestion, we added a discussion on the downregulated CD103 expression in peripheral LN Tregs and upregulated CD86 expression on DCs in Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice in the discussion section in the revised manuscript.

      (2) #5: Authors response is not satisfactory. No gate percentage is shown. As it currently is, the difference in the number of cells shown in the figure could be due to differences in events recorded. Furthermore, the gate strategy is not thorough. Considering the very low frequency of Kaede + cells detected, it is crucial to properly exclude doublets and dead cells.

      Authors reported a dramatic difference in Kaede + Tregs cells in the aorta across experiments. This could be addressed by normalization followed by appropriate statistical analysis (One sample t-test).

      The data shown is not strong enough to conclude that there is a reduced migration to the aorta.

      We understand the importance of reviewer’s suggestion. We described the percentage of Kaede+ Tregs in the aorta of Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice receiving transfer of Kaede-expressing CCR4-intact or CCR4-deficient Tregs in Figure 5I.

      As the reviewer pointed out, we understand that it would be important to properly exclude doublets and dead cells in in vivo Treg homing assay. However, it is difficult for us to resolve this issue because we need to perform the same experiments again which will require a great number of additional mice and substantial amount of time. We deeply regret that these important experimental procedures were not performed. We described this issue as the limitation of this study.

      In accordance with the reviewer’s suggestion, we re-analyzed the combined data from multiple experiments using one-sample t-test. We observed a tendency toward reduction in the proportion of CCR4-deficient Kaede-expressing Tregs in the aorta of recipient Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice, though there was no statistically significant difference in the migratory capacity of CCR4-intact or CCR4-deficient Kaede-expressing Tregs. By modifying the corresponding descriptions in the manuscript, we toned down our claim that CCR4 expression on Tregs plays a critical role in mediating Treg migration to the atherosclerotic aorta under hypercholesterolemia.

      (3) #8: There are still several not shown data

      In accordance with the reviewer’s suggestion, we showed the data on the responses of Tregs and effector memory T cells in 8-week-old wild-type or Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup> mice and Ccr4 mRNA expression in Tregs and non-Tregs from Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> or Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice in Supplementary Figures 4 and 7.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      (1) Issue 1. For future studies, I recommend not omitting viability controls during cell staining. Removal of dead cells and doublets should always be included during the gating strategy to avoid undesirable artefacts, especially when analysing less-represented cell populations. According to your previous report (ref #40), I agree that isotype controls were unnecessary using the same staining protocol. FMO controls should always be included in flow cytometry analysis (not mentioned in the methodology description and ref#40).

      As the reviewer suggested, we understand that it would be important to properly exclude dead cells and doublets and to prepare FMO controls in flow cytometric analysis. We deeply regret that these important experimental procedures were not performed. We described this issue as the limitation of this study.

      (2) Issue 3. Although Th17's role in atherosclerosis remains controversial, the data obtained in this work could provide valuable insights if discussed appropriately. As noted in my public review, I found it noteworthy that ROR γ t+ cells represented around 13% of effector TCD45+CD3+CD4+ lymphocytes in the aorta of Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice while Th1 less than 5% (Fig 4H and F, respectively). I recognise that differences in cell staining sensibility and robustness for different transcription factors may influence these percentages. However, analysing how CCR4 deficiency influences the Th1/TI h17 balance would yield interesting data, similar to what was done for the Th1/Treg ratio.

      Considering the higher proportion of Th17 cells than Th1 or Th2 cells in atherosclerotic aorta, we understand the importance of reviewer’s suggestion. However, we could not evaluate the effect of CCR4 deficiency on the Th1/Th17 balance in aorta because we did not perform flow cytometric analysis of aortic Th1 and Th17 cells in the same mice. Meanwhile, we could examine the Th1/Th17 balance in peripheral lymphoid tissues by flow cytometry. We found a significant increase in the Th1/Th17 ratio in the peripheral LNs of Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice, while there were no changes in its ratio in the spleen or para-aortic LNs of these mice, which limits the contribution of the Th1/Th17 balance to exacerbated atherosclerosis. We showed these data below.

      Author response image 1.

      (3) Issue 4. I appreciate the authors for sharing data on the flow cytometry analysis of Tregs in para-aortic LNs of Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> and Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup> Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice, which would have been included as a Supplementary figure. These results reinforce the notion that Treg dysfunction in CCR4-deficient mice may not be due to the downregulation of regulatory cell surface receptors.

      We showed the data on the expression of CTLA-4, CD103, and PD1 in Tregs in the para-aortic LNs of Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> and Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice in Supplementary Figure 8.

      (4) Issue 5. I agree that CD4+ T cell responses are substantially regulated by DCs. While CD80 and CD86 on DC primarily serve as costimulatory signals for T-cell activation, cytokines secreted by DCs are primordial signals for determining the differentiation phenotype of effector Th cells. Since the analysis of DC phenotype in lymphoid tissues of Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> and Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup> Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice could not be addressed in this study, it is not possible to differentiate which processes may be mainly affected by CCR4-deficiency during CD4+ T cell activation. In this scenario, and considering in vitro studies, the results suggest a possible role of CCR4 in controlling the extent of activation of CD4+T cells rather than shifting the CD4+T cell differentiation profile in peripheral lymphoid tissues, where a predominant Th1 profile was already established in Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice. Therefore, I advise caution when concluding about shifts in CD4+ T cell responses.

      We thank the reviewer for providing us thoughtful comments. As the reviewer pointed out, we understand that we should carefully interpret the mechanisms for the shift of CD4+ T cell responses by CCR4 deficiency.

      (5) Regarding migration studies in the revised manuscript. I fully understand that Treg transference assays are challenging. The results do not suggest that CCR4 was critical for Treg migration to lymphoid tissues in the conditions assayed. Concerning migration to the aorta, I found the results inconclusive since the authors mention that: i) there was a dramatic difference in the absolute numbers of Kaede-expressing Tregs that migrated to the aorta impairing statistical analysis; ii) the number of Kaede-expressing Tregs that migrated to the aorta was extremely low; iii) dead cells and doublets were not removed in the flow cytometry analysis. In this context, I do not agree with the following statements and recommend revising them:

      - "CCR4 deficiency in Tregs impaired their migration to the atherosclerotic aorta" (lines 36-7),

      - "…we found a significant reduction in the proportion of CCR4 deficient Kaede-expressing Tregs in the aorta of recipient Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice" (lines 356-7),

      - "CCR4 expression on Tregs regulates the development of early atherosclerosis by....... mediating Treg migration to the atherosclerotic aorta" (lines 409-411),

      - "…we found that CCR4 expression on Tregs is critical for regulating atherosclerosis by mediating their migration to the atherosclerotic aorta" (lines 437-438),

      - "CCR4 protects against early atherosclerosis by mediating Treg migration to the aorta.... (lines 464-465),

      - "We showed that CCR4 expression on Tregs is critical for ...... mediating Treg migration to the atherosclerotic aorta" (503-505).

      We understand the importance of the reviewer’s suggestion. We described this issue as the limitation of this study. In accordance with the reviewer’s suggestion, we modified the above descriptions and toned down our claim that CCR4 expression on Tregs plays a critical role in mediating Treg migration to the atherosclerotic aorta under hypercholesterolemia.

      (6) Line 206: Mention the increased expression of CD86 by DCs

      We mentioned this result in the revised manuscript. We also added a discussion on the upregulated CD86 expression on DCs in Ccr4<sup>-/-</sup>Apoe<sup>-/-</sup> mice in the discussion section in the revised manuscript.

      (7) Lines 304-305. According to Fig 4F-H, a selective accumulation of Th1 cells seems to have occurred only in the aorta, coinciding with a higher Th1/Treg ratio. No selective accumulation of Th1 cells was observed in para-aortic lymph nodes. These results could be clarified.

      We modified the above description in the revised manuscript.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Comment: The fact that there are Arid1a transcripts that escape the Cre system in the Arid1a KO mouse model might difficult the interpretation of the data. The phenotype of the Arid1a knockout is probably masked by the fact that many of the sequencing techniques used here are done on a heterogeneous population of knockout and wild type spermatocytes. In relation to this, I think that the use of the term "pachytene arrest" might be overstated, since this is not the phenotype truly observed. Knockout mice produce sperm, and probably litters, although a full description of the subfertility phenotype is lacking, along with identification of the stage at which cell death is happening by detection of apoptosis.

      Response: As the reviewer indicates, we did not observe a complete arrest at Pachynema. In fact, the histology shows the presence of spermatids and sperm in seminiferous tubules and epididymides (Fig. Sup. 3). However, our data argue that the wild-type haploid gametes produced were derived from spermatocyte precursors that have likely escaped Cre mediated activity (Fig. Sup. 4). Furthermore, diplotene and metaphase-I spermatocytes lacking ARID1A protein by IF were undetectable in the Arid1acKO testes (Fig. S4B). Therefore, although we do not demonstrate a strict pachytene arrest, it is reasonable to conclude that ARID1A is necessary to progress beyond pachynema. We have revised the manuscript to reflect this point (Abstract lines 17,18; Results lines 153,154)

      Comment: It is clear from this work that ARID1a is part of the protein network that contributes to silencing of the sex chromosomes. However, it is challenging to understand the timing of the role of ARID1a in the context of the well-known DDR pathways that have been described for MSCI.

      Response: With respect to the comment on the lack of clarity as to which stage of meiosis we observe cell death, our data do suggest that it is reasonable to conclude that mutant spermatocytes (ARID1A-) undergo cell death at pachynema given their inability to execute MSCI, which is a well-established phenotype.

      Comment: Staining of chromosome spreads with Arid1a antibody showed localization at the sex chromosomes by diplonema; however, analysis of gene expression in Arid1a KO was performed on pachytene spermatocytes. Therefore, is not very clear how the chromatin remodeling activity of Arid1a in diplonema is affecting gene expression of a previous stage. CUTnRUN showed that ARID1a is present at the sex chromatin in earlier stages, leading to hypothesize that immunofluorescence with ARID1a antibody might not reflect ARID1a real localization.

      Response: It is unclear what the reviewer means about not understanding how ARID1A activity at diplonema affects gene expression at earlier stages. Our interpretations were not based solely on the observation of ARID1A associations with the XY body at diplonema. In fact, mRNA expression and CUT&RUN analyses were performed on pachytene-enriched populations. ARID1A's association with the XY body is not exclusive to diplonema. Based on both CUT&RUN and IF data, ARID1A associates with XY chromatin as early as pachynema. Only at late diplonema did we observe ARID1A hyperaccumulation on the XY body by IF.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Comment: The inefficient deletion of ARID1A in this mouse model does not allow any detailed analysis in a quantitative manner.

      Response: As explained in our response to these comments in the first revision, we respectfully disagree with this reviewer’s conclusions. We have been quantitative by co-staining for ARID1A, ensuring that we can score mutant pachytene spermatocytes from escapers. Additionally, we provide data to show the efficiency of ARID1A loss in the purified pachytene populations sampled in our genomic assays.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Comment: The data demonstrate that the mutant cells fail to progress past pachytene, although it is unclear whether this specifically reflects pachytene arrest, as accumulation in other stages of Prophase also is suggested by the data in Table 1. The western blot showing ARID1A expression in WT vs. cKO spermatocytes (Fig. S2) is supportive of the cKO model but raises some questions. The blot shows many bands that are at lower intensity in the cKO, at MWs from 100-250kDa. The text and accompanying figure legend have limited information. Are the various bands with reduced expression different isoforms of ARID1A, or something else? What is the loading control 'NCL'? How was quantification done given the variation in signal across a large range of MWs?

      Response: The loading control is Nucleolin. With respect to the other bands in the range of 100-250 kDa, it is difficult to say whether they represent ARID1A isoforms. The Uniprot entry for Mouse ARID1A only indicates a large mol. wt sequence of ~242 kDa; therefore, the band corresponding to that size was quantified. There is no evidence to suggest that lower molecular weight isoforms may be translated. Although speculative, it is possible that the lower molecular weight bands represent proteolytic/proteasomal degradation products or products of antibody non-specificity. These points are addressed in the revised manuscript (Legend to Fig S2, lines 926-931). Blots were scanned on a LI-COR Odyssey CLx imager and viewed and quantified using Image Studio Version 5.2.5 (Methods, lines 640-642).

      Comment: An additional weakness relates to how the authors describe the relationship between ARID1A and DNA damage response (DDR) signaling. The authors don't see defects in a few DDR markers in ARID1A CKO cells (including a low-resolution assessment of ATR), suggesting that ARID1A may not be required for meiotic DDR signaling. However, as previously noted the data do not rule out the possibility that ARID1A is downstream of DDR signaling and the authors even indicate that "it is reasonable to hypothesize that DDR signaling might recruit BAF-A to the sex chromosomes (lines 509-510)." It therefore is difficult to understand why the authors continue to state that "...the mechanisms underlying ARID1A-mediated repression of the sex-linked transcription are mutually exclusive to DDR pathways regulating sex body formation" (p. 8) and that "BAF-A-mediated transcriptional repression of the sex chromosomes occurs independently of DDR signaling" (p. 16). The data provided do not justify these conclusions, as a role for DDR signaling upstream of ARID1A would mean that these mechanisms are not mutually exclusive or independent of one another.

      Response: The reviewer’s argument is reasonable, and we have made the recommended changes (Results, lines 212-215; Discussion, lines 499-500).

      Comment: A final comment relates to the impacts of ARID1A loss on DMC1 focus formation and the interesting observation of reduced sex chromosome association by DMC1. The authors additionally assess the related recombinase RAD51 and suggest that it is unaffected by ARID1A loss. However, only a single image of RAD51 staining in the cKO is provided (Fig. S11) and there are no associated quantitative data provided. The data are suggestive but it would be appropriate to add a qualifier to the conclusion regarding RAD51 in the discussion which states that "...loss of ARID1a decreases DMC1 foci on the XY chromosomes without affecting RAD51" given that the provided RAD51 data are not rigorous. In the long-term it also would be interesting to quantitatively examine DMC1 and RAD51 focus formation on autosomes as well.

      Response: We agree with the reviewer’s comment and have made the recommended changes (Discussion, lines 518-519).

      Response to non-public recommendations

      Reviewer 2:

      Comment: Meiotic arrest is usually judged based on testicular phenotypes. If mutant testes do not have any haploid spermatids, we can conclude that meiotic arrest is a phenotype. In this case, mutant testes have haploid spermatids and are fertile. The authors cannot conclude meiotic arrest. The mutant cells appear to undergo cell death in the pachytene stage, but the authors cannot say "meiotic arrest."

      Response: We disagree with this comment. By IF, we see that ~70% of the spermatocytes have deleted ARID1A. Furthermore, we never observed diplotene spermatocytes that lacked ARID1A. The conclusion that the absence of ARID1A results in a pachynema arrest and that the escapers produce the haploid spermatids is firm.

      Comment: Fig. S2 and S3 have wrong figure legends.

      Response: The figure legends for Fig. S2 and S3 are correct.

      Comment: The authors do not appear to evaluate independent mice for scoring (the result is about 74% deletion above, Table S1). Sup S2: how many independent mice did the authors examine?

      Response:These were Sta-Put purified fractions obtained from 14-15 WT and mutant mice. It is difficult to isolate pachytene spermatocytes by Sta-Put at the required purity in sufficient yields using one mouse at a time. We used three technical replicates to quantify the band intensity, and the error bars represent the standard error of the mean (S.E.M) of the band intensity.

      Comment: Comparison of cKO and wild-type littermate yielded nearly identical results (Avg total conc WT = 32.65 M/m; Avg total conc cKO = 32.06 M/ml)". This sounds like a negative result (i.e., no difference between WT and cKO).

      Response: This is correct. There is no difference between Arid1aWT and Arid1aCKO sperm production. This is because wild-type haploid gametes produced were derived from spermatocyte precursors that have escaped Cre-mediated activity (Fig. S4). These data merely serve to highlight an inherent caveat of our conditional knockout model and are not intended to support the main conclusion that ARID1A is necessary for pachytene progression.

      Comment: The authors now admit ~ 70 % efficiency in deletion, and the authors did not show the purity of these samples. If the purity of pachytene spermatocytes is ~ 80%, the real proportion of mutant cells can be ~ 56%. It is very difficult to interpret the data.

      Response: The original submission did refer to inefficient Cre-induced recombination. The reviewer asked for the % efficiency, which was provided in the revised version. Also, please refer to Fig. S2, where Western blot analysis demonstrates a significant loss of ARID1A protein levels in CKO relative to WT pachytene spermatocyte populations that were used for CUT&RUN data generation.

      Comment: The authors should not use the other study to justify their own data. The H3.3 ChIP-seq data in the NAR paper detected clear peaks on autosomes. However, in this study, as shown in Fig. S7A, the authors detected only 4 peaks on autosomes based on MACS2 peak calling. This must be a failed experiment. Also, S7A appears to have labeling errors.

      Response: I believe the reviewer is referring to supplementary figure 8A. Here, it is not clear which labeling errors the reviewer is referring to. In the wild type, the identified peaks were overwhelmingly sex-linked intergenic sites. This is consistent with the fact that H3.3 is hyper-accumulated on the sex chromosomes at pachynema.

      The authors of the NAR paper did not perform a peak-calling analysis using MACS2 or any other peak-calling algorithm. They merely compared the coverage of H3.3 relative to input. Therefore, it is not clear on what basis the reviewer says that the NAR paper identified autosomal peaks. Their H3.3 signal appears widely distributed over a 6 kb window centered at the TSS of autosomal genes, which, compared to input, appears enriched. Our data clearly demonstrates a less noisy and narrower window of H3.3 enrichment at autosomal TSSs in WT pachytene spermatocytes, albeit at levels lower than that seen in CKO pachytene spermatocytes (Fig S8B and see data copied below for each individual replicate). Moreover, the lack of peaks does not mean that there was an absence of H3.3 at these autosomal TSSs (Supp. Fig. S8B). Therefore, we disagree with the reviewer’s comment that the H3.3 CUT&RUN was a failed experiment.

      Author response image 1.

      H3.3 Occupancy at genes mis-regulated in the absence of ARID1A

      Comment: If the author wishes to study the function of ARID2 in spermatogenesis, they may need to try other cre-lines to have more robust phenotypes, and all analyses must be redone using a mouse model with efficient deletion of ARID2.

      Response: As noted, we chose Stra8-Cre to conditionally knockout Arid1a because ARID1A is haploinsufficient during embryonic development. The lack of Cre expression in the maternal germline allows for transmission of the floxed allele, allowing for the experiments to progress.

      Comment: The inefficient deletion of ARID1A in this mouse model does not allow any detailed analysis in a quantitative manner.

      Response: In many experiments, we have been quantitative when possible by co-staining for ARID1A, ensuring that we can score mutant pachytene spermatocytes from escapers. Additionally, we provide data to show the efficiency of ARID1A loss in the purified pachytene populations sampled in our genomic assays.

      Reviewer 3:

      Comment: The Methods section refers to antibodies as being in Supplementary Table 3, but the table is labeled as Supplementary Table 2.

      Response: This has been corrected

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Although this manuscript contains a potentially interesting piece of work that delineates a mechanism of IQCH that associates with spermatogenesis, this reviewer feels that a number of issues require clarification and re-evaluation for a better understanding of the role of IQCH in spermatogenesis. With the shortage of logics and supporting data, causal relationships are still not clear among IQCH, CaM, and HNRPAB. The most serious point in this manuscript could be that the authors try to generalize their interpretations with too simplified model from limited pieces of their data. The way the data and the logic are presented needs to be largely revised, and several interpretations should be supported by direct evidence.

      Response: Thank you for the reviewer’s comment. IQCH is a calmodulin-binding protein, and the binding of IQCH and CaM was confirmed by LC-MS/MS analysis and co-IP assay using sperm lysate. We thus speculated that if the interaction of IQCH and CaM might be a prerequisite for IQCH function. To prove that speculation, we took HNRPAB as an example. We knocked down IQCH in cultured cells, and a decrease in the expression of HNRPAB was observed. Similarly, when we knocked down CaM in cultured cells, and a decrease in the expression of HNRPAB was also detected. However, these results cannot exclude that IQCH or CaM could regulate HNRPAB expression alone. To investigate that if IQCH or CaM could regulate HNRPAB expression alone, we overexpressed IQCH in cells that knocked down CaM, while the expression of HNRPAB cannot be rescued, suggesting that IQCH cannot regulate HNRPAB expression when CaM is reduced. In consistent, we overexpressed CaM in cells that knocked down IQCH, while the expression of HNRPAB cannot be rescued, suggesting that CaM cannot regulate HNRPAB expression when IQCH is reduced. Thus, IQCH or CaM cannot regulate HNRPAB expression alone. Moreover, we deleted the IQ motif of IQCH, which is required for binding to CaM. The co-IP results showed that the interaction of IQCH and CaM was disrupted when deleting the IQ motif of IQCH, and the expression of HNRPAB was decreased. Therefore, we suggested that the interaction of IQCH and CaM might be required for IQCH regulating HNRPAB. In future studies, we will further investigate the relationships among IQCH, CaM, and HNRPAB.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      (1) More background details are needed regarding the proteins involved, in particular IQ proteins and calmodulin. The authors state that IQ proteins are not well-represented in the literature, but do not state how many IQ proteins are encoded in the genome. They also do not provide specifics regarding which calmodulins are involved, since there are at least 5 family members in mice and humans. This information could help provide more granular details about the mechanism to the reader and help place the findings in context.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestion. We have provided additional background information regarding IQ-containing protein family members in humans and mice, as well as other IQ-containing proteins implicated in male fertility, in the Introduction section. Furthermore, we have supplemented the Introduction with background information concerning the association between CaM and male infertility.

      (2) The mouse fertility tests could be improved with more depth and rigor. There was no data regarding copulatory plug rate; data was unclear regarding how many WT females were used for the male breeding tests and how many litters were generated; the general methodology used for the breeding tests in the Methods section was not very explicitly or clearly described; the sample size of n=3 for the male breeding tests is rather small for that type of assay; and, given that ICHQ appears to be expressed in testicular interstitial cells (Fig. S10) and somewhat in other organs (Fig. S2), another important parameter of male fertility that should be addressed is reproductive hormone levels (e.g., LH, FSH, and testosterone). While normal epididymal size in Fig. S3 suggests that hormone (testosterone) levels are normal, epididymal size and/or weight were not rigorously quantified.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. We have provided the data regarding copulatory plug rate and the average number of litters for breeding tests in revised Figure 3—figure supplement 2. The methodology used for the breeding tests has been revised to be more detailed and explicit in the revised Method section. Moreover, we have increased the sample size for male breeding tests to n=6. We measured the serum levels of FSH, LH, and Testosterone in the WT (9.3±1.9 ng/ml, 0.93±0.15 ng/ml, and 0.2±0.03 ng/ml) and Iqch KO mice (12±2 ng/ml, 1.17±0.2 ng/ml, and 0.2±0.04 ng/ml). There was no significant difference observed in the serum levels of reproductive hormones between WT and Iqch KO mice; therefore, we did not include the data in the study. Furthermore, we have added quantitative data on epididymal size in the revised Figure 3—figure supplement 2.

      (3) The Western blots in Figure 6 should be rigorously quantified from multiple independent experiments so that there is stronger evidence supporting claims based on those assays.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's comment. As suggested, we have added quantified data in Figure 6—figure supplement 2 from the results of Western blotting in Figure 6.

      (4) Some of the mouse testis images could be improved. For example, the PNA and PLCz images in Figure S7 are difficult to interpret in that the tubules do not appear to be stage-matched, and since the authors claimed that testicular histology is unaffected in knockout testes, it should be feasible to stage-match control and knockout samples. Also, the anti-ICHQ and CaM immunofluorescence in Figure S10 would benefit from some cell-type-specific co-stains to more rigorously define their expression patterns, and they should also be stage-matched.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestions. We have included immunofluorescence images of anti-PLCz, anti-PNA and anti-IQCH and CaM during spermatogenesis development.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) There are multiple grammatical errors and statements drawn beyond the results. The entire manuscript would benefit from professional editing.

      Response: We are sorry for the grammatical errors. We have enlisted professional editing services to refine our manuscript.

      (2) Line 40, "Firstly" is not appropriate here.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. The word "Firstly" has been removed from the revised manuscript.

      (3) Line 44, "processes".

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s suggestion. We have changed “process” in to “processes” on line 45.

      (4) "spermatocytogenesis (mitosis)" is incorrect.

      Response: Thanks to reviewer’s comment. We have changed “spermatocytogenesis (mitosis)” in to “mitosis” on line 47.

      (5) Ca and Ca2+ are both used in line 67 - 77. Be consistent.

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's detailed checks. We have maintained consistency by revising instances of "Ca" to "Ca2+" in revised manuscript.

      (6) Line 238 to 240, "To elucidate the molecular mechanism by which IQCH regulates male fertility, we performed liquid chromatography tandem mass spectrometry (LC-MS/MS) analysis using mouse sperm lysates and detected 288 interactors of IQCH (Data S1)."It is not clear how LC-MS/MS using mouse sperm lysates could detect "288 interactors of IQCH"? A co-IP experiment for IQCH using sperm lysates prior to LC-MS/MS is needed to detect "interactors of IQCH". However, in the Methods section, consistent with the main text, proteomic quantification was conducted for protein extract from sperm. Figure legend for Fig. 5 did not explain this, either.Thus, it is unable to evaluate Figure 5.

      Response: We sincerely apologize for the oversight. Following reviewer’s suggestions, we have supplemented the method details of LC-MS/MS experiment in the Methods section of revised manuscript. Additionally, we conducted a co-IP experiment for IQCH using sperm lysates prior to LC-MS/MS and we did not include the corresponding figure in the manuscript. The results are as follows:

      Author response image 1.

      The results of a co-IP experiment for IQCH using sperm lysates from WT mice.

      (7) Line 246, "... key proteins that might be activated by IQCH". What does "activated" here refer to? Should it be "upregulated"?

      Response: We are sorry to our inexact statement. Instead, "upregulated" would better convey the intended meaning. According to reviewer’s suggestions, we have modified "activated" into "upregulated".

      (8) Line 252 to 254, "the cross-analysis revealed that 76 proteins were shared between the IQCH-bound proteins and the IQCH-activated proteins (Fig. 5E), implicating this subset of genes as direct targets." This is a confusing statement. Is the author trying to say, IQCH-bound proteins have upregulated expression, suggesting that IQCH enhances their expression?

      Response: We appreciate the reviewer's comment regarding the clarity of the statement in Line 252 to 254 of the manuscript. We have modified this sentence into “Importantly, cross-analysis revealed that 76 proteins were shared between the IQCH-bound proteins and the downregulated proteins in Iqch KO mice (Figure 5E), suggesting that IQCH might regulate their expression by the interaction.”

      (9) Line 260 to 261, "SYNCRIP, HNRNPK, FUS, EWSR1, ANXA7, SLC25A4, and HNRPAB ... the loss of which showed the greatest influence on the phenotype of the Iqch KO mice." There is no evidence suggesting that the loss of SYNCRIP, HNRNPK, FUS, EWSR1, ANXA7, SLC25A4, and HNRPAB leads to Iqch KO phenotype.

      Response: We apologize for our inaccurate statement. According to the literature, Fus KO, Ewsr1 KO, and Hnrnpk KO male mice were infertile, showing the spermatogenic arrest with absence of spermatozoa (Kuroda et al. 2000; Tian et al. 2021; Xu et al. 2022). Syncrip is involved meiotic process in Drosophila by interacting with Doublefault (Sechi et al. 2019). HNRPAB might be associated with mouse spermatogenesis by binding to Protamine 2 and contributing its translational regulation. Specifically, ANXA7 is a calcium-dependent phospholipid-binding protein that is a negative regulator of mitochondrial apoptosis (Du et al. 2015). Loss of SLC25A4 results in mitochondrial energy metabolism defects in mice (Graham et al. 1997). Moreover, RNA immunoprecipitation on formaldehyde cross-linked sperm followed by qPCR detected the interactions between HNRPAB and Catsper1, Catsper2, Catsper3, Ccdc40, Ccdc39, Ccdc65, Dnah8, Irrc6, and Dnhd1, which are essential for sperm development (Fukuda et al. 2013). Our Iqch KO mice showed abnormal sperm count, motility, morphology, and mitochondria, so we inferenced that IQCH might play a role in spermatogenesis by regulating the expression of SYNCRIP, HNRNPK, FUS, EWSR1, ANXA7, SLC25A4, and HNRPAB to some extent. We have changed an appropriate stamen that “We focused on SYNCRIP, HNRNPK, FUS, EWSR1, ANXA7, SLC25A4, and HNRPAB, which play important roles in spermatogenesis.”

      (10) Fig. 6C and 6D use different styles of error bars.

      Response: We are sorry for our oversight. In accordance with the reviewer's recommendations, we have modified the representation of error bars in the revised Fig. 6C.

      (11) Line 296 to 297, "As expected, CaM interacted with IQCH, as indicated by LC-MS/MS analysis". It is not clear how LC-MS/MS detects protein interaction.

      Response: As reviewer’s suggestions, we have supplemented the method details of LC-MS/MS experiment in the Methods section of revised manuscript. The results of proteins interacting with IQCH in sperm lysates from the LC-MS/MS experiment analysis were submitted as Figure 5—source data 1.

      (12) It is still not clear how the interaction between IQCH, CaM, and HNRPAB is required for the expression of each other.

      Response: Thank you for the reviewer’s comment. IQCH is a calmodulin-binding protein, and the binding of IQCH and CaM was confirmed by LC-MS/MS analysis and co-IP assay using sperm lysate. We thus speculated that if the interaction of IQCH and CaM might be a prerequisite for IQCH function. To prove that speculation, we took HNRPAB as an example. We knocked down IQCH in cultured cells, and a decrease in the expression of HNRPAB was observed. Similarly, when we knocked down CaM in cultured cells, and a decrease in the expression of HNRPAB was also detected. However, these results cannot exclude that IQCH or CaM could regulate HNRPAB expression alone. To investigate that if IQCH or CaM could regulate HNRPAB expression alone, we overexpressed IQCH in cells that knocked down CaM, while the expression of HNRPAB cannot be rescued, suggesting that IQCH cannot regulate HNRPAB expression when CaM is reduced. In consistent, we overexpressed CaM in cells that knocked down IQCH, while the expression of HNRPAB cannot be rescued, suggesting that CaM cannot regulate HNRPAB expression when IQCH is reduced. Thus, IQCH or CaM cannot regulate HNRPAB expression alone. Moreover, we deleted the IQ motif of IQCH, which is required for binding to CaM. The co-IP results showed that the interaction of IQCH and CaM was disrupted when deleting the IQ motif of IQCH, and the expression of HNRPAB was decreased. Therefore, we suggested that the interaction of IQCH and CaM might be required for IQCH regulating HNRPAB. In future studies, we will further investigate the relationships among IQCH, CaM, and HNRPAB.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have addressed my minor concerns. However, they neglected to address any of my more significant concerns in the public review. I assume that they simply overlooked these critiques, despite the fact that eLife explicitly states that "...as a general rule, concerns about a claim not being justified by the data should be explained in the public review." Therefore, the authors should have looked more carefully at the public reviews. As a result, my major concerns about the manuscript remain.

      Response: We apologize for overlooking the public review process. We have improved our study based on the feedback received during the public review.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The additional data included in this revision nicely strengthens the major claim.

      I apologize that my comment about K+ concentration in the prior review was unclear. The cryoEM structure of KCNQ1 with S4 in the resting state was obtained with lowered K+ relative to the active state. Throughout the results and discussion it seems implied that the change in voltage sensor state is somehow causative of the change in selectivity filter state while the paper that identified the structures attributes the change in selectivity filter state not to voltage sensors, but to the change in [K+] between the 2 structures. Unless there is a flaw in my understanding of the conditions in which the selectivity filter structures used in modeling were generated, it seems misleading to ignore the change in [K+] when referring to the activated vs resting or up vs down structures. My understanding is that the closed conformation adopted in the resting/low [K+] is similar to that observed in low [K+] previously and is more commonly associated with [K+]-dependent inactivation, not resulting from voltage sensor deactivation as implied here. The original article presenting the low [K+] structure also suggests this. When discussing conformational changes in the selectivity filter, I strongly suggest referring to these structures as activated/high [K+] vs resting/low [K+] or something similar, as the [K+] concentration is a salient variable.

      There seems to be some major confusion here and we will try to explain how we think. Note that in the Mandela and MacKinnon paper, there is no significant difference in the amino acid positions in the selectivity filter between low and high K+ when S4 is in the activated position (See Mandala and Mackinnon, PNAS Suppl. Fig S5 C and D). There are only fewer K+ in the selectivity filter in low K+. So, the structure with the distorted selectivity filter is not due to low K+ by itself. Note that there is no real difference between macroscopic currents recorded in low and high K+ solutions (except what is expected from changes in driving force) for KCNQ1/KCNE1 channels (Larsen et al., Bioph J 2011), suggesting that low K+ do not promote the non-conductive state (Figure 1). We now include a section in the Discussion about high/low K+ in the structures and the absence of effects of K+ on the function of KCNQ1/KCNE1 channels.

      Author response image 1.

      Macroscopic KCNQ1/KCNE1 currents recorded in different K+ conditions.  Note that there is no difference between current recorded in low K+ (2 mM) conditions and high (96 mM) K+ conditions (n=3 oocytes). Currents were normalized in respect to high K+.

      Note also that, in the previous version of the manuscript, we did not propose that the position of S4 is what determines the state of the selectivity filter. We only reported that the CryoEM structure with S4 resting shows a distorted selectivity filter. It seems like our text confused the reviewer to think that we proposed that S4 determines the state of the selectivity filter, when we did not propose this earlier. We previously did not want to speculate too much about this, but we have now included a section in the Discussion to make our view clear in light of the confusion of the reviewers.

      It is clear from our data that the majority of sweeps are empty (which we assume is with S4 up), suggesting that the selectivity filter can be (and is in the majority of sweeps) in the non-conducting state even with S4 up.  We think that the selectivity filter switches between a non-conductive and a conductive conformation both with S4 down and with S4 up. The cryoEM structure in low K+ and S4 down just happened to catch the non-conductive state of the selectivity filter.  We have now added a section in the Discussion to clarify all this and explain how we think it works.

      However, S4 in the active conformation seems to stabilize the conductive conformation of the selectivity filter, because during long pulses the channel seems to stay open once opened (See Suppl Fig S2). So, one possibility is that the selectivity filter goes more readily into the non-conductive state when S4 is down (and maybe, or not, low K+ plays a role) and then when S4 moves up the selectivity filter sometimes recovers into the conductive state and stays there. We now have included a section in the Discussion to present our view. Since this whole discussion was initiated and pushed by the reviewer, we hope that the reviewers will not demand more data to support these ideas. We think that this addition makes sense since other readers might have the same questions and ideas as the reviewer, and we would like to prevent any confusion about this topic.

      Figure 1

      It remains unclear in the manuscript itself what "control" refers to. Are control patched the same patches that later receive LG?

      Yes, the control means the same patch before LG. We now indicate that in legends and text throughout.

      Supplementary Figure S1

      Unclear if any changes occur after addition of LG in left panel and if the LG data on right is paired in any way to data on left.

      Yes, in all cases the left and right panel in all figures are from the same patch. We now indicate that in legends and text throughout.

      The letter p is used both to represent open probability open probability from the all-point amplitude histogram and as a p-value statistical probability indicator sometime lower case, sometimes upper case. This was confusing.

      We have now exclusively use lower case p for statistical probability and Po for open probability.

      "This indicates that mutations of residues in the more intracellular region of the selectivity filter do not affect the Gmax increases and that the interactions that stabilize the channel involve only residues located near the external region part of the selectivity filter. "

      Seems too strongly worded, it remains possible that mutations of other residues in the more intracellular region of the selectivity filter could affect the Gmax increases.

      We have changed the text to: "Mutations of residues in the more intracellular region of the selectivity filter do not affect the Gmax increases, as if the interactions that stabilize the channel involve residues located near the external region part of the selectivity filter. "

      Supplementary Figure S7

      Please report Boltzmann fit parameters. What are "normalized" uA?

      We removed the uA, which was mistakenly inserted. The lines in the graphs are just lines connecting the dots and not Boltzmann fits, since we don’t have saturating curves in all panels to make unique fits.

      "We have previously shown that the effects of PUFAs on IKs channels involve the binding of PUFAs to two independent sites." Was binding to the sites actually shown? Suggest changing to: "We have previously proposed models in which the effects of PUFAs..."

      We have now changed this as the Reviewer suggested: " We have previously proposed models in which the effects of PUFAs on IKs channels involve the binding of PUFAs to two independent sites."

      Statistics used not always clear. Methods refer to multiple statistical tests but it is not clear which is used when.

      We use two different tests and it is now explained in figure legends when either was used.

      n values confusing. Sometimes # of sweeps used as n. Sometimes # patches used as n. In one instance "The average current during the single channel sweeps was increased by 2.3 {plus minus} 0.33 times (n = 4 patches, p =0.0006)" ...this sems a low p value for this n=4 sample?

      We have now more clearly indicated what n stands for in each case. There was an extra 0 in the p value, so now it is p = 0.006. Thanks for catching that error.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      I still have some comments for the revised manuscript.

      (1) (From the previous minor point #6) Since D317E and T309S did not show statistical significance in Figure 5A, the sentences such as "This data shows that Y315 and D317 are necessary for the ability of Lin-Glycine to increase Gmax" or "the effect of Lin-Glycine on Gmax of the KCNQ1/KCNE1 mutant was noticeably reduced compared to the WT channel showing the this residue contributes to the Gmax effect (Figure 5A)." may need to be toned down. Alternatively, I suggest the authors refer to Supplementary Figure S7 to confirm that Y315 and D317 are critical for increasing Gmax.

      We have redone the analysis and statistical evaluation in Fig 5. We no use the more appropriate value of the fitted Gmax (which use the whole dose response curve instead of only the 20 mM value) in the statistical evaluation and now Y315F and D317E are statistically different from wt.

      (2) Supplementary Fig. S1. All control diary plots include the green arrows to indicate the timing of lin-glycine (LG) application. It is a bit confusing why they are included. Is it to show that LG application did not have an immediate effect? Are the LG-free plots not available?

      Not sure what the Reviewer is asking about? In the previous review round the Reviewers asked specifically for this. The arrow shows when LG was applied and the plot on the right shows the effect of LG from the same patch.

      (3) The legend to Supplementary Figure S4, "The side chain of residues ... are highlighted as sticks and colored based on the atomic displacement values, from white to blue to red on a scale of 0 to 9 Å." They look mostly blue (or light blue). Which one is colored white? It might be better to use a different color code. It would also be nice to link the color code to the colors of Supplementary Figure S5, which currently uses a single color.

      We have removed “from white to blue to red on a scale of 0 to 9 Å” and instead now include a color scale directly in Fig S4 to show how much each atom moved based on the color.

      We feel it is not necessary to include color in Fig S5 since the scale of how much each atom moves is shown on the y axis.

      (4) Add unit (pA) to the y-axis of Supplementary Figure S2.

      pA has been added.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Some issues on how data support conclusions are identified. Further justifications are suggested.

      186: “The decrease in first latency is most likely due to an effect of Lin-Glycine on Site I in the VSD and related to the shift in voltage dependence caused by Lin-Glycine." The results in Fig S1B do not seem to support this statement since the mutation Y315F in the pore helix seemed to have eliminated the effect of Lin-Glycine in reducing first latency. The authors may want to show that a mutation that eliminating Site I would eliminate the effect of Lin-Glycine on first latency. On the other hand, it will be also interesting to examine if another pore mutation, such as P320L (Fig 5) also reduce the effect of Lin-Glycine on first latency.

      These experiments are very hard and laborious, and we feel these are outside the scope of this paper which focuses on Site II and the mechanism of increasing Gmax. Further studies of the voltage shift and latency will have to be for a future study.

      The mutation D317E did not affect the effect of Lin-Glycine on Gmax significantly (Fig 5A, and Fig S7F comparing with Fig S7A), but the authors conclude that D317 is important for Lin-Glycine association. This conclusion needs a better justification.

      We have redone the analysis and statistical evaluation in Fig 5. We no use the more appropriate value of the fitted Gmax (which use the whole dose response curve instead of only the 20 mM value) in the statistical evaluation and now D317E is statistically different from wt

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      As you can see from the assessment (which is unchanged from before) and the reviews included below, the reviewers felt that the revisions did not yet address all of the major concerns. There was agreement that the strength of evidence would be upgraded to "solid" by addressing, at minimum, the following: 

      (1) Which of the results are significant for individual monkeys; and 

      (2) How trials from different target contrasts were analyzed 

      In this revision, we have addressed the two primary editorial recommendations:

      (1) We apologize if this information was not clear in the previous version. We have updated Table 1 to highlight clearly the significant results for individual monkeys. Six of our key results – pupil diameter (Fig 2B), microsaccades (Fig 2D), decoding performance for narrow-spiking units (Fig 3A), decoding performance for broad-spiking units (Fig 3B), target-evoked firing rate for all units (Fig 3E) and target-evoked firing rate for broad-spiking units (Fig 3F) – are significant for individual animals and therefore gives us high confidence regarding our results. Please also note that we present all results for individual animals in the Supplementary figures accompanying each main figure.

      (2) We have updated the manuscript and methods to explain how trials of each contrast were included in each analysis, and how contrast normalization was performed for the analysis in Figure 3. In addition, we discuss this point in the Discussion section, which we quote below:

      “Non-target stimulus contrasts were slightly different between hits and misses (mean: 33.1% in hits, 34.0% in misses, permutation test, 𝑝 = 0.02), but the contrast of the target was higher in hits compared to misses (mean: 38.7% in hits, 27.7% in misses, permutation test, 𝑝 = 1.6   𝑒 − 31). To control for potential effects of stimulus contrast, firing rates were first normalized by contrast before performing the analyses reported in Figure 3. For all other results, we considered only non-target stimuli, which had very minor differences in contrast (<1%) across hits and misses. In fact, this minor difference was in the opposite direction of our results with mean contrast being slightly higher for misses. While we cannot completely rule out any other effects of stimulus contrast, the normalization in Figure 3 and minor differences for non-target stimuli should minimize them.”

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Summary: 

      In this study, Nandy and colleagues examine neural, physiological and behavioral correlates of perceptual variability in monkeys performing a visual change detection task. They used a laminar probe to record from area V4 while two macaque monkeys detected a small change in stimulus orientation that occurred at a random time in one of two locations, focusing their analysis on stimulus conditions where the animal was equally likely to detect (hit) or not-detect (miss) a briefly presented orientation change (target). They discovered two behavioral and physiological measures that are significantly different between hit and miss trials - pupil size tends to be slightly larger on hits vs. misses, and monkeys are more likely to miss the target on trials in which they made a microsaccade shortly before target onset. They also examined multiple measures of neural activity across the cortical layers and found some measures that are significantly different between hits and misses. 

      Strengths: 

      Overall the study is well executed and the analyses are appropriate (though several issues still need to be addressed as discussed in Specific Comments). 

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses: 

      My main concern with this study is that, with the exception of the pre-target microsaccades, the correlates of perceptual variability (differences between hits and misses) appear to be weak, potentially unreliable and disconnected. The GLM analysis of predictive power of trial outcome based on the behavioral and neural measures is only discussed at the end of the paper. This analysis shows that some of the measures have no significant predictive power, while others cannot be examined using the GLM analysis because these measures cannot be estimated in single trials. Given these weak and disconnected effects, my overall sense is that the current results provide limited advance to our understanding of the neural basis of perceptual variability. 

      Please see our response above to item #1 of the editorial recommendation. Six of our key results are individually significant in both animals giving us high confidence about the reliability and strength of our results. 

      Regarding the reviewer’s comment about the GLM, we note (also stated in the manuscript) that among the measures that we could estimate reliably on a single trial basis, two of these – pre-target microsaccades and input-layer firing rates – were reliable signatures of stimulus perception at threshold. This analysis does not imply that the other measures – Fano Factor, PPC, inter-laminar population correlations, SSC (which are all standard tools in modern systems neuroscience, and which cannot be estimated on a single-trial basis) – are irrelevant. Our intent in including the GLM analyses was to complement the results reported from these across-trial measures (Figs 4-7) with the predictive power of single-trial measures.

      While no study is entirely complete in itself, we have attempted to synthesize our results into a conceptual model as depicted in Fig 8.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review): 

      Strengths: 

      The experiments were well-designed and executed with meticulous control. The analyses of both behavioural and electrophysiological data align with the standards in the field. 

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses: 

      Many of the findings appear to be subtle differences and incremental compared to previous literature, including the authors' own work. While incremental findings are not necessarily a problem, the manuscript lacks clear statements about the extent to which the dataset, analysis, and findings overlap with the authors' prior research. For example, one of the main findings, which suggests that V4 neurons exhibit larger visual responses in hit trials (as shown in Fig. 3), appears to have been previously reported in their 2017 paper. 

      We respectfully disagree with the assessment that the findings reported here are incremental over the results reported in our prior study (Nandy et al,. 2017). In the previous study, we compared the laminar profile of neural modulation due to the deployment of attention i.e. the main comparison points were the attend-in and the attend-away conditions while controlling for visual stimulation. In this study, we go one step further and home in on the attend-in condition and investigate the differences in the laminar profile of neural activity (and two additional physiological measures: pupil and microsaccades) when the animal either correctly reports or fails to report a stimulus with equal probability. We thus control for both the visual stimulation and the cued attention state of the animal. While there are parallels to our previous results (as the reviewer correctly noted), the results reported here cannot be trivially predicted from our previous results. Please also note that we discuss our new results in the context of prior results, from both our group and others, in the manuscript (lines 310-332).

      Furthermore, the manuscript does not explore potentially interesting aspects of the dataset. For instance, the authors could have investigated instances where monkeys made 'false' reports, such as executing saccades towards visual stimuli when no orientation change occurred, which allows for a broader analysis that considers the perceptual component of neural activity over pure sensory responses. Overall, lacking broad interest with the current form.

      We appreciate the reviewer’s feedback on analyzing false alarm trials. Our focus for this study was to investigate the behavioral and neural correlates accompanying a correct or incorrect perception of a target stimulus presented at perceptual threshold. False alarm trials, by definition, do not include a target presentation. Moreover, false alarm rates rapidly decline with duration into a trial, with high rates during the first non-target presentation and rates close to zero by the time of the eighth presentation (see figure). Investigating false alarms will thus involve a completely different form of analysis than we have undertaken here. We therefore feel that while analyzing false alarm trials will be an interesting avenue to pursue in the future, it is outside the scope of the present study.

      Author response image 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This useful study tests the hypothesis that Mycobacterium tuberculosis infection increases glycolysis in monocytes, which alters their capacity to migrate to lymph nodes as monocyte-derived dendritic cells. The authors conclude that infected monocytes are metabolically pre-conditioned to differentiate, with reduced expression of Hif1a and a glycolytically exhaustive phenotype, resulting in low migratory and immunologic potential. However, the evidence is incomplete as the use of live and dead mycobacteria still limits the ability to draw firm conclusions. The study will be of interest to microbiologists and infectious disease scientists.

      In response to the general eLife assessment, we would like to emphasize that the study did not deal with “infected monocytes” per se but rather with monocytes purified from patients with active TB. We show that monocytes purified from these TB patients (versus healthy controls) differentiate into DCs with different migratory capacities. In addition, to address the reviewer's comments in this new version of our manuscript, we include a relevant characterization of the migration capacity of DCs infected with Mtb to the plethora of assays already shown with viable bacteria in the previous revised version of our manuscript. 

      All in all, we believe that our study has significantly improved thanks to the feedback provided by the editor and reviewer panel during the different revision processes. We sincerely hope that this version of our manuscript is deemed fit for publication in this prestigious journal.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In the revised manuscript by Maio et al, the authors examined the bioenergetic mechanisms involved in the delayed migration of DC's during Mtb infection. The authors performed a series of in vitro infection experiments including bioenergetic experiments using the Agilent Seahorse XF, and glucose uptake and lactate production experiments. Also, data from SCENITH is included in the revised manuscript as well as some clinical data. This is a well written manuscript and addresses an important question in the TB field. A remaining weakness is the use of dead (irradiated) Mtb in several of the new experiments and claims where iMtb data were used to support live Mtb data. Another notable weakness lies in the author's insistence on asserting that lactate is the ultimate product of glycolysis, rather than acknowledging a large body of historical data in support of pyruvate's role in the process. This raises a perplexing issue highlighted by the authors: if Mtb indeed upregulates glycolysis, one would expect that inhibiting glycolysis would effectively control TB. However, the reality contradicts this expectation. Lastly, the examination of the bioenergetics of cells isolated from TB patients undergoing drug therapy, rather than studying them at their baseline state is a weakness.

      We thank the reviewer for this insightful assessment and feedback of our study. With regards to the data obtained with iMtb to support that with live Mtb, we have clarified the use of either iMtb or Mtb for each figure legend in the new version of the manuscript. Furthermore, we included the confirmation of the involvement of TLR2 ligation in the up-regulation of HIF-1α triggered by viable Mtb (new Fig S2E). We also conducted migration assays using (live) Mtb-infected dendritic cells (DCs) treated with either oxamate or PX-478 to validate that the HIF1a/glycolysis axis is indeed essential for DC migration (new Fig 5D).

      We respectfully acknowledge the reviewer's statement regarding the potential relationship between glycolysis and the control of TB. However, we find it necessary to elaborate on our stance, as our data offer a nuanced perspective. Our research indicates that DCs exhibit upregulated glycolysis following stimulation or infection by Mtb. This metabolic shift is crucial for facilitating cell migration to the draining lymph nodes, an essential step in mounting an effective immune response. Yet, it remains uncertain whether this glycolytic induction reaches a threshold conducive to generating a protective immune response, a matter that our findings do not definitively address. This aspect is carefully discussed in the manuscript, lines 380-385.

      Moreover, analyses of samples from chronic TB patients suggest that the outcome of inhibiting glycolysis may vary depending on factors such as the infection stage, the targeted cell type (e.g., monocytes, DCs), and the affected compartment (systemic versus local). This variability aligns with the concept of "too much, too little" exemplified by the dual roles of IFNγ (PMID: 28646367) and TNFα (PMID: 19275693) in TB, emphasizing the need to maintain an inflammatory equilibrium. In the context of the HIF1α/glycolysis axis, it appears to be a matter of timing: a case of "too early" activation of glycolysis in precursors, which could upset the delicate balance necessary for an effective immune response. We have added these comments in the discussion (pages 19-20, lines 468-485).

      In summary, while acknowledging the reviewer's perspective, we believe that a comprehensive understanding of the interplay between Mtb infection and glycolysis in myeloid cells requires further consideration of various contextual conditions, urging caution against oversimplified interpretations.

      With regard to the patients' information, as pointed out by the reviewer, according to the inclusion criteria for patient samples in the approved protocol by the Institutional Ethics Committee, we recruit patients who have received less than 15 days of treatment (for sensitive TB, the total treatment duration is at least 6 months). We do not have access to patient sample before they begin the treatment, as starting therapy is the most urgent matter in this case. Following the reviewer's suggestion, we investigated whether the glycolytic activity of monocytes correlated with the initiation of antibiotic treatment within this 15-day period. Our observations did not show any significant impact during the initial 15 days of treatment (see expanded reply below). However, after 2 months of treatment, we found that the glycolytic profile of CD16+ monocytes returned to baseline levels as per our analysis. This suggests that despite the normalization of glycolytic activity with antibiotic therapy, heightened basal glycolysis remains noticeable during the initial two weeks of treatment (time limit to meet the inclusion criteria in our study cohort).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) In the revised manuscript, the authors addressed concerns related to using irradiated Mtb, a positive development. However, the study predominantly employs 1:1 or 2:1 MOI, representing a low infection model, with no observed statistical distinction between the two MOIs (Fig-1). To enhance the study, inclusion of a higher MOI (e.g., 5:1 or 10:1) would have been more informative. This becomes crucial as prior research on human macrophages indicates that Mtb infection typically hampers glycolysis, a finding inconsistent with the present study.

      As the reviewer notes, important work has documented the inhibition of glycolysis in M. tuberculosis-infected macrophages dependent on the MOI (PMID 30444490). For instance, in this study, hMDMs infected at an MOI of 1 showed increased extracellular acidification and glycolytic parameters, as opposed to macrophages infected at higher MOI, or the same MOI but measured in THP1 cells. In light of these findings, we attempted to extend our study with Mo-DCs to higher MOIs, but too much cell death was induced, limiting our ability to obtain reliable metabolic measurements and functional assays from these cultures. Consistent with this, other authors reported that more than 40% of Mo-DC die after 24 hours following infection with H37Rv at an MOI of 10 (PMID 22024399, Fig 2B). We acknowledge that more comprehensive focused in vivo studies would be needed to assess the overall impact of infection. We foresee that in the context of natural infection, DC with different levels of infection will coexist, some with low bacillary load that may be able to trigger glycolysis and migrate, others highly infected and more likely to die. In this case, we are unable to provide a full explanation for the delay in the onset of the adaptive response, an aspect that requires further investigation. From our perspective, the important contribution of our work is more focused on understanding the later stage of infection, when chronic infection is established, where precursors already seem to have a limited capacity to generate DC with a good migratory performance regardless of being confronted with a low bacillary load. 

      To better clarify the scope and limitations of the work, we added these comments to the discussion (see discussion, lines 405-408).

      The study emphasizes that Mtb infection enhances glycolysis in Mo-DCs (Fig-1 and Fig-2). Despite the authors advocating lactate as the end product (citing three reviews/opinions), the historical literature supported by detailed experimentation convincingly favors pyruvate. While the authors' attempt to support an alternate glycolytic paradigm is understandable, it is simply not necessary. This is further supported by the authors' claim that oxamate is an inhibitor of glycolysis (abstract and main text). Oxamate is a pyruvate analogue that directly inhibits the conversion of pyruvate into lactate by lactate dehydrogenase. Simply put, if oxamate was an inhibitor of glycolysis then the cells would have died.

      (2) Taking into account the reviewer's suggestions, we changed the text accordingly, referring to oxamate as an LDH inhibitor, including in the abstract.

      In Fig-2, clarify the term "bystander DCs." Explain why these MtbRFP- DCs exhibit distinct behavior compared to uninfected DCs, especially considering their similarity to Mtb-infected ones.

      (3) To clarify these results, as correctly suggested by the reviewer, we incorporated a sentence in the results section, stating that bystander DCs are cells that are not in direct association with Mtb (Mtb-RFP-DCs), but are rather nearby and exposed to the same environment (page 7, line 145-148). In other words, bystander cells are those exposed to the same secretome and soluble factors as infected cells. Our data indicate that bystander DCs upregulate their state of glycolysis just like infected DCs do, which suggests the presence of soluble mediators induced during infection that are capable of triggering glycolysis even in uninfected cells.

      These results are in line with the observation that bacteria lacking infectious capacity (such as the irradiated Mtb) also trigger glycolysis in DCs (Fig 1), likely via TLR2 receptors that are potentially activated by the release of mycobacterial antigens or bacterial debris present in the microenvironment (Fig 3). We incorporated this interpretation in the discussion of the manuscript (lines 403-408).

      (4) Notably, the authors conducted SCENITH on both iMtb and viable Mtb (Fig-2). However, OCR, PER, and Mito- & Glyco- ATP were solely measured in MO-DCs stimulated by iMtb. Given the distinct glycolytic responses between iMtb and viable Mtb, it is crucial to assess these parameters in Mo-DCs treated with viable Mtb. Moreover, it is unclear as to how the relative ATP in Fig-2F was calculated as both Mito-ATP and Glyco-ATP is significantly high in iMtb-treated Mo-DCs (Fig-2E). Also, figure 2 contains panels with no labeling, which is confusing.

      We appreciate the reviewer's suggestion that additional determinations would enrich the bioenergetic profile of DCs during infection. However, due to biosafety considerations and economic-driven limitations, we are currently unable to measure OCR, PER, and Mito- & Glyco- ATP, as these assessments require live cell cultures within BSL3 containment, if live Mtb is to be employed. Regrettably, our BSL3 facility is not equipped with a Seahorse instrument—few facilities in the world have such type of BLS3-driven investment. For this key reason, we employed SCENITH for our BSL3-based experiments.

      Concerning the how ATP was calculated, we show below the raw data for Mito-ATP and Glyco-ATP results and calculations of their relative contributions.

      Author response table 1.

      (5) In Figures 3, 4, & 5, the consistent use of only iMtb was observed. Previous concerns about this approach were raised in the review, with the authors asserting that the use of viable Mtb was beyond the manuscript's scope. However, this claim is inaccurate. Both the authors' findings and literature elsewhere emphasize notable differences not only in host-cell metabolism but also in immune responses when treated with viable Mtb compared to dead or iMtb. Therefore, it is recommended to incorporate viable Mtb in experiments where only iMtb was utilized. Also, in the abstract (3rd sentence), do the authors refer to live or irradiated Mtb? It is imperative to clearly indicate this distinction, as the subsequent conclusions are based only on one of these two scenarios, not both. The contradictory mitochondrial mass results (figure 1; live and dead Mtb showed opposite mitochondrial mass results) clearly illustrate the profound difference live (versus dead) Mtb cells can have on an experiment.

      We thank the reviewer for stating this concern. For Figure 3, the involvement of TLR2 ligation on lactate release was also confirmed with live Mtb (shown in Figure S2D). In this current version, we also confirmed the involvement of TLR2 ligation in the up-regulation of HIF-1α triggered by live Mtb (new Fig S2E). As for Figure 4, we agree that performing assays with live Mtb will add complementary information. Indeed, we hope to investigate in the future the impact of the glycolysis/HIF1a axes on the adaptive immune response. We believe that employing live bacteria and considering their active immune evasion strategies will be crucial. However, at present, this is not the focus of the current manuscript and is beyond its scope.

      We also agree with the reviewer that confirmation of the migratory behavior of DCs following Mtb infection is a crucial aspect of the study. To comply with this pertinent request, we performed new migration assays using Mtb-infected DCs treated with oxamate or PX-478 to validate that the HIF1a/glycolysis axis; results convincingly demonstrate that this axis is essential for DC migration, particularly in the context of Mtb-infected cells (new Fig 5D). Having observed the same inhibitory effect of HIF1a and LDH inhibition on cell migration in either Mtb-infected or iMtb-stimulated DCs, we consider that the sentence alluded to by the reviewer in the abstract is now applicable to both contexts (page 2, line 34-36). We hope this reviewer agrees.

      (6) The discussion and the graphical abstract elucidating the distinctions in glycolysis between CD16+ monocytes of HS and TB patients and iMtb-treated Mo-DCs are currently confusing and require clarification. According to the abstract, monocytes from TB patients exhibit heightened glycolysis, resulting in diminished HIF-a activity and migratory capacity of MO-DCs. This prompts a question: if exacerbated glycolysis in monocytes is associated with adverse outcomes, wouldn't it be logical to consider suppressing glycolysis? If so, how can inhibiting glycolysis, a favored metabolic pathway for pro-inflammatory responses, be beneficial for TB therapy?

      We understand the reviewer’s concern about this apparent paradox. As previously mentioned in response to the public review provided by the reviewer, inhibiting glycolysis may yield varying outcomes depending on the stage of infection, as well as the cellular target (e.g., monocytes, DCs) or compartment (systemic versus local). It is imperative to delve deeper into the potential role of the HIF1α/glycolysis axis at the systemic level within the context of chronic inflammation, contrasting with its role in a local setting during the acute phase of infection.

      A comprehensive understanding of the interplay between Mtb infection and glycolysis in myeloid cells requires further consideration of various contextual conditions, urging caution against oversimplified interpretations. For instance, one of the objectives of host-directed therapies (HDTs) is to mitigate host-response inflammatory toxicity, which can impede treatment efficacy (doi: 10.3389/fimmu.2021.645485). In this regard, traditional anti-inflammatory drugs such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) and corticosteroids have been explored as adjunct therapies due to their immunomodulatory properties. Additionally, compounds like vitamin D, phenylbutyrate (PBA), metformin, and thalidomide, among others, have been investigated in the context of TB infections (doi:10.3389/fimmu.2017.00772), highlighting the diverse range of strategies aimed at enhancing TB treatment. These efforts extend beyond bolstering antimicrobial activity to encompass minimizing inflammation and mitigating tissue damage.

      (7) I am not convinced that BubbleMap made any significant contribution to the manuscript perhaps because it is poorly described in the figure legends/main text (I am unable to determine what data set is significant or not).

      We agree with the reviewer’s comment. To clarify the valuable information gleaned from these analyses, we have added interpretive guidelines on bubble color, bubble size and statistical significance in the legend of Figure 7. We hope these changes may reflect the significant contribution of the BubbleMap analysis approach to this study, which demonstrates a significant enrichment of interferon response gene expression in the monocyte compartment from patients with active TB compared to their control counterparts. Notably, this enrichment does not extend to genes associated with the OXPHOS hallmark.

      (8) The use of cells/monocytes from TB patients is a concern in addition to the incomplete demographic table. In the case of the latter, absolute numbers including percentages should be included. Importantly, it appears that cells from TB patients were used, that received anti-TB drug therapy (regimen not stated) up to two weeks post diagnosis and not at baseline. This is important as recent studies have shown that anti-TB drugs modulates the bioenergetics of host cells. Lastly, what were the precise TB symptoms the authors referred to in figure 7C?

      We have updated the demographic table and included the absolute numbers. We concur with the reviewer's viewpoint, particularly in light of recent findings illustrating the impact of anti-TB drug treatment on cell metabolism (doi: 10.1128/AAC.00932-21/). Again, this study underscores the complexity of such effects, which exhibit considerable variability influenced by factors such as cell type, drug concentration, and combination therapy.

      Despite this variability, our analysis involving monocytes from TB patients, who received different antibiotic combinations within short time frames (less than 15 days) reveals a marked increase in glycolysis in CD16+ monocytes compared to healthy counterparts. We did not observe a correlation between monocyte glycolytic capacity and the start time of antibiotic treatment within this 15-day window (see below, Author response image 1). These findings suggest that the antibiotic regimen does not have a significant impact on monocyte glycolytic capacity during the first 15 days.  However, we did observe an effect of antibiotic treatment when comparing patients before and 2 months after treatment. Enrichment analysis of various monocyte subsets before and after 2 months of treatment (GEO accession number: GSE185372) showed that CD14dim CD16+ and CD14+ CD16+ populations had higher glycolytic activity before treatment, which is decreased then post-treatment (Author response image 2).

      Author response image 1.

      Correlation analysis between the baseline glycolytic capacity and the time since treatment onset for each monocyte subset (CD14+CD16-, CD14+CD16+ and CD14dimCD16+, N = 11). Linear regression lines are shown. Spearman’s rank test. The data are represented as scatter plots with each circle representing a single individual.

      Author response image 2.

      Gene enrichment analysis for glycolytic genes on the pairwise comparisons of each monocyte subset (CD14+CD16-, CD14+CD16+ and CD14dimCD16+) from patients with active TB pre-treatment vs patients with active TB (TB) undergoing treatment for 2 months. Comparisons with a p-value of less than 0.05 and an FDR value of less than 0.25 are considered significantly different.

      Overall, our results indicate that while drug treatment does affect cell bioenergetics, this effect is not prominent within the first 15 days of treatment. CD16+ monocytes maintain high basal glycolytic activity that normalizes after treatment, contrasting with the CD16- population (even under the same circulating antibiotic doses). This highlights the intricate interplay between anti-TB drugs and cellular metabolism, underscoring the need for further research to understand the underlying mechanisms and therapeutic implications.

      Finally, the term symptoms evolution refers to the time period during which a patient experiences cough and phlegm for more than 2-3 weeks, with or without sputum that may (or not) be bloody, accompanied by symptoms of constitutional illness (e.g, loss of appetite, weight loss, night sweats, general malaise). As requested, this definition has been included in the method section (page 28-29, lines 705-709).

      Minor:

      (1) Incorporate the abbreviation for tuberculosis "(TB)" in the first line of the abstract and similarly introduce the abbreviation for Mycobacterium tuberculosis when it is first mentioned in the abstract.

      Thank you, we have amended it accordingly.

      (2) As the majority of experiments are in vitro, the authors should specify the number of times each experiment was conducted for every figure.

      We have included this information in each figure legend (see N for each panel). Since the majority of our approaches are conducted in vitro using primary cell cultures (specifically, human monocyte-derived DCs), we utilized samples from four to ten independent donors, not replicates, in order to account for the variability seen between donors.

      (3) Rename Fig-2. Ensure consistent labeling for the metabolic dependency of uninfected, Mtb-infected, and the Bystander panel, aligning with the format used in panels A & B. Similarly, replace '-' with 'uninfected'.

      We have modified the figure following most of the reviewer’s suggestions. However, we decided to keep the nomenclature “-” to denote a control condition, which can be unstimulated (panels A-B, fig 2) or uninfected cells (panels C-D, fig 2) depending on the experimental design.

      (4) Discussion: It is unclear what the authors mean by 'some sort of exhausted glycolytic capacity'.

      We have slightly modified the phrase.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This useful manuscript challenges the utility of current paradigms for estimating brain-age with magnetic resonance imaging measures, but presents inadequate evidence to support the suggestion that an alternative approach focused on predicting cognition is more useful. The paper would benefit from a clearer explication of the methods and a more critical evaluation of the conceptual basis of the different models. This work will be of interest to researchers working on brain-age and related models.

      Thank you so much for providing high-quality reviews on our manuscript. We revised the manuscript to address all of the reviewers’ comments and provided full responses to each of the comments below. Importantly, in this revision, we clarified that we did not intend to use Brain Cognition as an alternative approach as mentioned by the editor. This is because, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Here we made this point more explicit and further stated that the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. By examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And such quantification is the third aim of this study.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In this paper, the authors evaluate the utility of brain age derived metrics for predicting cognitive decline by performing a 'commonality' analysis in a downstream regression that enables the different contribution of different predictors to be assessed. The main conclusion is that brain age derived metrics do not explain much additional variation in cognition over and above what is already explained by age. The authors propose to use a regression model trained to predict cognition ('brain cognition') as an alternative suited to applications of cognitive decline. While this is less accurate overall than brain age, it explains more unique variance in the downstream regression.

      Importantly, in this revision, we clarified that we did not intend to use Brain Cognition as an alternative approach. This is because, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Here we made this point more explicit and further stated that the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. By examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age.

      REVISED VERSION: while the authors have partially addressed my concerns, I do not feel they have addressed them all. I do not feel they have addressed the weight instability and concerns about the stacked regression models satisfactorily.

      Please see our responses to #3 below

      I also must say that I agree with Reviewer 3 about the limitations of the brain age and brain cognition methods conceptually. In particular that the regression model used to predict fluid cognition will by construction explain more variance in cognition than a brain age model that is trained to predict age. This suffers from the same problem the authors raise with brain age and would indeed disappear if the authors had a separate measure of cognition against which to validate and were then to regress this out as they do for age correction. I am aware that these conceptual problems are more widespread than this paper alone (in fact throughout the brain age literature), so I do not believe the authors should be penalised for that. However, I do think they can make these concerns more explicit and further tone down the comments they make about the utility of brain cognition. I have indicated the main considerations about these points in the recommendations section below.

      Thank you so much for raising this point. We now have the following statement in the introduction and discussion to address this concern (see below).

      Briefly, we made it explicit that, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. That is, the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. More importantly, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And this is the third goal of this present study.

      From Introduction:

      “Third and finally, certain variation in fluid cognition is related to brain MRI, but to what extent does Brain Age not capture this variation? To estimate the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, we could build prediction models that directly predict fluid cognition (i.e., as opposed to chronological age) from brain MRI data. Previous studies found reasonable predictive performances of these cognition-prediction models, built from certain MRI modalities (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat, Wang, Anney, et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). Analogous to Brain Age, we called the predicted values from these cognition-prediction models, Brain Cognition. The strength of an out-of-sample relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition reflects variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI and, therefore, indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. This is, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Consequently, if we included Brain Cognition, Brain Age and chronological age in the same model to explain fluid cognition, we would be able to examine the unique effects of Brain Cognition that explain fluid cognition beyond Brain Age and chronological age. These unique effects of Brain Cognition, in turn, would indicate the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that is missed by Brain Age.”

      From Discussion:

      “Third, by introducing Brain Cognition, we showed the extent to which Brain Age indices were not able to capture the variation in fluid cognition that is related to brain MRI. More specifically, using Brain Cognition allowed us to gauge the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, and thereby, to estimate the upper limit of what Brain Age can do. Moreover, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age.

      From our results, Brain Cognition, especially from certain cognition-prediction models such as the stacked models, has relatively good predictive performance, consistent with previous studies (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat, Wang, Anney, et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). We then examined Brain Cognition using commonality analyses (Nimon et al., 2008) in multiple regression models having a Brain Age index, chronological age and Brain Cognition as regressors to explain fluid cognition. Similar to Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition exhibited large common effects with chronological age. But more importantly, unlike Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition showed large unique effects, up to around 11%. As explained above, the unique effects of Brain Cognition indicated the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by a Brain Age index and chronological age. This missing amount was relatively high, considering that Brain Age and chronological age together explained around 32% of the total variation in fluid cognition. Accordingly, if a Brain Age index was used as a biomarker along with chronological age, we would have missed an opportunity to improve the performance of the model by around one-third of the variation explained.”

      This is a reasonably good paper and the use of a commonality analysis is a nice contribution to understanding variance partitioning across different covariates. I have some comments that I believe the authors ought to address, which mostly relate to clarity and interpretation

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #1

      First, from a conceptual point of view, the authors focus exclusively on cognition as a downstream outcome. I would suggest the authors nuance their discussion to provide broader considerations of the utility of their method and on the limits of interpretation of brain age models more generally.

      Thank you for your comments on this issue.

      We now discussed the broader consideration in detail:

      (1) the consistency between our findings on fluid cognition and other recent works on brain disorders,

      (2) the difference between studies investigating the utility of Brain Age in explaining cognitive functioning, including ours and others (e.g., Butler et al., 2021; Cole, 2020, 2020; Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and those explaining neurological/psychological disorders (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021)

      and

      (3) suggested solutions we and others made to optimise the utility of Brain Age for both cognitive functioning and brain disorders.

      From Discussion:

      “This discrepancy between the predictive performance of age-prediction models and the utility of Brain Age indices as a biomarker is consistent with recent findings (for review, see Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023), both in the context of cognitive functioning (Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and neurological/psychological disorders (Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). For instance, combining different MRI modalities into the prediction models, similar to our stacked models, often leads to the highest performance of age-prediction models, but does not likely explain the highest variance across different phenotypes, including cognitive functioning and beyond (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023).”

      “There is a notable difference between studies investigating the utility of Brain Age in explaining cognitive functioning, including ours and others (e.g., Butler et al., 2021; Cole, 2020, 2020; Jirsaraie, Kaufmann, et al., 2023) and those explaining neurological/psychological disorders (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). We consider the former as a normative type of study and the latter as a case-control type of study (Insel et al., 2010; Marquand et al., 2016). Those case-control Brain Age studies focusing on neurological/psychological disorders often build age-prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants (e.g., controls in a case-control design or large samples in a population-based design), apply the built age-prediction models to participants without vs. with neurological/psychological disorders and compare Brain Age indices between the two groups. On the one hand, this means that case-control studies treat Brain Age as a method to detect anomalies in the neurological/psychological group (Hahn et al., 2021). On the other hand, this also means that case-control studies have to ignore under-fitted models when applied prediction models built from largely healthy participants to participants with neurological/psychological disorders (i.e., Brain Age may predict chronological age well for the controls, but not for those with a disorder). On the contrary, our study and other normative studies focusing on cognitive functioning often build age-prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants and apply the built age-prediction models to participants who are also largely healthy. Accordingly, the age-prediction models for explaining cognitive functioning in normative studies, while not allowing us to detect group-level anomalies, do not suffer from being under-fitted. This unfortunately might limit the generalisability of our study into just the normative type of study. Future work is still needed to test the utility of brain age in the case-control case.”

      “Next, researchers should not select age-prediction models based solely on age-prediction performance. Instead, researchers could select age-prediction models that explained phenotypes of interest the best. Here we selected age-prediction models based on a set of features (i.e., modalities) of brain MRI. This strategy was found effective not only for fluid cognition as we demonstrated here, but also for neurological and psychological disorders as shown elsewhere (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023; Rokicki et al., 2021). Rokicki and colleagues (2021), for instance, found that, while integrating across MRI modalities led to age-prediction models with the highest age-prediction performance, using only T1 structural MRI gave age-prediction models that were better at classifying Alzheimer’s disease. Similarly, using only cerebral blood flow gave age-prediction models that were better at classifying mild/subjective cognitive impairment, schizophrenia and bipolar disorder.

      As opposed to selecting age-prediction models based on a set of features, researchers could also select age-prediction models based on modelling methods. For instance, Jirsaraie and colleagues (2023) compared gradient tree boosting (GTB) and deep-learning brain network (DBN) algorithms in building age-prediction models. They found GTB to have higher age-prediction performance but DBN to have better utility in explaining cognitive functioning. In this case, an algorithm with better utility (e.g., DBN) should be used for explaining a phenotype of interest. Similarly, Bashyam and colleagues (2020) built different DBN-based age-prediction models, varying in age-prediction performance. The DBN models with a higher number of epochs corresponded to higher age-prediction performance. However, DBN-based age-prediction models with a moderate (as opposed to higher or lower) number of epochs were better at classifying Alzheimer’s disease, mild cognitive impairment and schizophrenia. In this case, a model from the same algorithm with better utility (e.g., those DBN with a moderate epoch number) should be used for explaining a phenotype of interest. Accordingly, this calls for a change in research practice, as recently pointed out by Jirasarie and colleagues (2023, p7), “Despite mounting evidence, there is a persisting assumption across several studies that the most accurate brain age models will have the most potential for detecting differences in a given phenotype of interest”. Future neuroimaging research should aim to build age-prediction models that are not necessarily good at predicting age, but at capturing phenotypes of interest.”

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #2

      Second, from a methods perspective, there is not a sufficient explanation of the methodological procedures in the current manuscript to fully understand how the stacked regression models were constructed. I would request that the authors provide more information to enable the reader to better understand the stacked regression models used to ensure that these models are not overfit.

      Thank you for allowing us an opportunity to clarify our stacked model. We made additional clarification to make this clearer (see below). We wanted to confirm that we did not use test sets to build a stacked model in both lower and higher levels of the Elastic Net models. Test sets were there just for testing the performance of the models.

      From Methods: “We used nested cross-validation (CV) to build these prediction models (see Figure 7). We first split the data into five outer folds, leaving each outer fold with around 100 participants. This number of participants in each fold is to ensure the stability of the test performance across folds. In each outer-fold CV loop, one of the outer folds was treated as an outer-fold test set, and the rest was treated as an outer-fold training set. Ultimately, looping through the nested CV resulted in a) prediction models from each of the 18 sets of features as well as b) prediction models that drew information across different combinations of the 18 separate sets, known as “stacked models.” We specified eight stacked models: “All” (i.e., including all 18 sets of features), “All excluding Task FC”, “All excluding Task Contrast”, “Non-Task” (i.e., including only Rest FC and sMRI), “Resting and Task FC”, “Task Contrast and FC”, “Task Contrast” and “Task FC”. Accordingly, there were 26 prediction models in total for both Brain Age and Brain Cognition.

      To create these 26 prediction models, we applied three steps for each outer-fold loop. The first step aimed at tuning prediction models for each of 18 sets of features. This step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, we divided the outer-fold training set into five inner folds and applied inner-fold CV to tune hyperparameters with grid search. Specifically, in each inner-fold CV, one of the inner folds was treated as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest was treated as an inner-fold training set. Within each inner-fold CV loop, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters and applied the estimated model to the inner-fold validation set. After looping through the inner-fold CV, we, then, chose the prediction models that led to the highest performance, reflected by coefficient of determination (R2), on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to 18 tuned models, one for each of the 18 sets of features, for each outer fold.

      The second step aimed at tuning stacked models. Same as the first step, the second step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, using the same outer-fold training set as the first step, we applied tuned models, created from the first step, one from each of the 18 sets of features, resulting in 18 predicted values for each participant. We, then, re-divided this outer-fold training set into new five inner folds. In each inner fold, we treated different combinations of the 18 predicted values from separate sets of features as features to predict the targets in separate “stacked” models. Same as the first step, in each inner-fold CV loop, we treated one out of five inner folds as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest as an inner-fold training set. Also as in the first step, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters from our grid. We tuned the hyperparameters of stacked models using grid search by selecting the models with the highest R2 on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to eight tuned stacked models.

      The third step aimed at testing the predictive performance of the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the set of features, built from the first step, and eight tuned stacked models, built from the second step. Unlike the first two steps, here we applied the already tuned models to the outer-fold test set. We started by applying the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the sets of features to each observation in the outer-fold test set, resulting in 18 predicted values. We then applied the tuned stacked models to these predicted values from separate sets of features, resulting in eight predicted values.

      To demonstrate the predictive performance, we assessed the similarity between the observed values and the predicted values of each model across outer-fold test sets, using Pearson’s r, coefficient of determination (R2) and mean absolute error (MAE). Note that for R2, we used the sum of squares definition (i.e., R2 = 1 – (sum of squares residuals/total sum of squares)) per a previous recommendation (Poldrack et al., 2020). We considered the predicted values from the outer-fold test sets of models predicting age or fluid cognition, as Brain Age and Brain Cognition, respectively.”

      Note some previous research, including ours (Tetereva et al., 2022), splits the observations in the outer-fold training set into layer 1 and layer 2 and applies the first and second steps to layers 1 and 2, respectively. Here we decided against this approach and used the same outer-fold training set for both first and second steps in order to avoid potential bias toward the stacked models. This is because, when the data are split into two layers, predictive models built for each separate set of features only use the data from layer 1, while the stacked models use the data from both layers 1 and 2. In practice with large enough data, these two approaches might not differ much, as we demonstrated previously (Tetereva et al., 2022).

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #3

      Please also provide an indication of the different regression strengths that were estimated across the different models and cross-validation splits. Also, how stable were the weights across splits?

      The focus of this article is on the predictions. Still, it is informative for readers to understand how stable the feature importance (i.e., Elastic Net coefficients) is. To demonstrate the stability of feature importance, we now examined the rank stability of feature importance using Spearman’s ρ (see Figure 4). Specifically, we correlated the feature importance between two prediction models of the same features, used in two different outer-fold test sets. Given that there were five outer-fold test sets, we computed 10 Spearman’s ρ for each prediction model of the same features. We found Spearman’s ρ to be varied dramatically in both age-prediction (range=.31-.94) and fluid cognition-prediction (range=.16-.84) models. This means that some prediction models were much more stable in their feature importance than others. This is probably due to various factors such as a) the collinearity of features in the model, b) the number of features (e.g., 71,631 features in functional connectivity, which were further reduced to 75 PCAs, as compared to 19 features in subcortical volume based on the ASEG atlas), c) the penalisation of coefficients either with ‘Ridge’ or ‘Lasso’ methods, which resulted in reduction as a group of features or selection of a feature among correlated features, respectively, and d) the predictive performance of the models. Understanding the stability of feature importance is beyond the scope of the current article. As mentioned by Reviewer 1, “The predictions can be stable when the coefficients are not,” and we chose to focus on the prediction in the current article.

      Reviewer #1 Public Review #4

      Please provide more details about the task designs, MRI processing procedures that were employed on this sample in addition to the regression methods and bias correction methods used. For example, there are several different parameterisations of the elastic net, please provide equations to describe the method used here so that readers can easily determine how the regularisation parameters should be interpreted.

      Thank you for the opportunity for us to provide more methodical details.

      First, for the task design, we included the following statements:

      From Methods:

      “HCP-A collected fMRI data from three tasks: Face Name (Sperling et al., 2001), Conditioned Approach Response Inhibition Task (CARIT) (Somerville et al., 2018) and VISual MOTOR (VISMOTOR) (Ances et al., 2009).

      First, the Face Name task (Sperling et al., 2001) taps into episodic memory. The task had three blocks. In the encoding block [Encoding], participants were asked to memorise the names of faces shown. These faces were then shown again in the recall block [Recall] when the participants were asked if they could remember the names of the previously shown faces. There was also the distractor block [Distractor] occurring between the encoding and recall blocks. Here participants were distracted by a Go/NoGo task. We computed six contrasts for this Face Name task: [Encode], [Recall], [Distractor], [Encode vs. Distractor], [Recall vs. Distractor] and [Encode vs. Recall].

      Second, the CARIT task (Somerville et al., 2018) was adapted from the classic Go/NoGo task and taps into inhibitory control. Participants were asked to press a button to all [Go] but not to two [NoGo] shapes. We computed three contrasts for the CARIT task: [NoGo], [Go] and [NoGo vs. Go].

      Third, the VISMOTOR task (Ances et al., 2009) was designed to test simple activation of the motor and visual cortices. Participants saw a checkerboard with a red square either on the left or right. They needed to press a corresponding key to indicate the location of the red square. We computed just one contrast for the VISMOTOR task: [Vismotor], which indicates the presence of the checkerboard vs. baseline.”

      Second, for MRI processing procedures, we included the following statements.

      From Methods: “HCP-A provides details of parameters for brain MRI elsewhere (Bookheimer et al., 2019; Harms et al., 2018). Here we used MRI data that were pre-processed by the HCP-A with recommended methods, including the MSMALL alignment (Glasser et al., 2016; Robinson et al., 2018) and ICA-FIX (Glasser et al., 2016) for functional MRI. We used multiple brain MRI modalities, covering task functional MRI (task fMRI), resting-state functional MRI (rsfMRI) and structural MRI (sMRI), and organised them into 19 sets of features.”

      “ Sets of Features 1-10: Task fMRI contrast (Task Contrast) Task contrasts reflect fMRI activation relevant to events in each task. Bookheimer and colleagues (2019) provided detailed information about the fMRI in HCP-A. Here we focused on the pre-processed task fMRI Connectivity Informatics Technology Initiative (CIFTI) files with a suffix, “_PA_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dtseries.nii.” These CIFTI files encompassed both the cortical mesh surface and subcortical volume (Glasser et al., 2013). Collected using the posterior-to-anterior (PA) phase, these files were aligned using MSMALL (Glasser et al., 2016; Robinson et al., 2018), linear detrended (see https://groups.google.com/a/humanconnectome.org/g/hcp-users/c/ZLJc092h980/m/GiihzQAUAwAJ) and cleaned from potential artifacts using ICA-FIX (Glasser et al., 2016).

      To extract Task Contrasts, we regressed the fMRI time series on the convolved task events using a double-gamma canonical hemodynamic response function via FMRIB Software Library (FSL)’s FMRI Expert Analysis Tool (FEAT) (Woolrich et al., 2001). We kept FSL’s default high pass cutoff at 200s (i.e., .005 Hz). We then parcellated the contrast ‘cope’ files, using the Glasser atlas (Gordon et al., 2016) for cortical surface regions and the Freesurfer’s automatic segmentation (aseg) (Fischl et al., 2002) for subcortical regions. This resulted in 379 regions, whose number was, in turn, the number of features for each Task Contrast set of features. “

      “ Sets of Features 11-13: Task fMRI functional connectivity (Task FC) Task FC reflects functional connectivity (FC ) among the brain regions during each task, which is considered an important source of individual differences (Elliott et al., 2019; Fair et al., 2007; Gratton et al., 2018). We used the same CIFTI file “_PA_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dtseries.nii.” as the task contrasts. Unlike Task Contrasts, here we treated the double-gamma, convolved task events as regressors of no interest and focused on the residuals of the regression from each task (Fair et al., 2007). We computed these regressors on FSL, and regressed them in nilearn (Abraham et al., 2014). Following previous work on task FC (Elliott et al., 2019), we applied a highpass at .008 Hz. For parcellation, we used the same atlases as Task Contrast (Fischl et al., 2002; Glasser et al., 2016). We computed Pearson’s correlations of each pair of 379 regions, resulting in a table of 71,631 non-overlapping FC indices for each task. We then applied r-to-z transformation and principal component analysis (PCA) of 75 components (Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2019, 2020). Note to avoid data leakage, we conducted the PCA on each training set and applied its definition to the corresponding test set. Accordingly, there were three sets of 75 features for Task FC, one for each task.

      Set of Features 14: Resting-state functional MRI functional connectivity (Rest FC) Similar to Task FC, Rest FC reflects functional connectivity (FC ) among the brain regions, except that Rest FC occurred during the resting (as opposed to task-performing) period. HCP-A collected Rest FC from four 6.42-min (488 frames) runs across two days, leading to 26-min long data (Harms et al., 2018). On each day, the study scanned two runs of Rest FC, starting with anterior-to-posterior (AP) and then with posterior-to-anterior (PA) phase encoding polarity. We used the “rfMRI_REST_Atlas_MSMAll_hp0_clean.dscalar.nii” file that was pre-processed and concatenated across the four runs. We applied the same computations (i.e., highpass filter, parcellation, Pearson’s correlations, r-to-z transformation and PCA) with the Task FC.

      Sets of Features 15-18: Structural MRI (sMRI)

      sMRI reflects individual differences in brain anatomy. The HCP-A used an established pre-processing pipeline for sMRI (Glasser et al., 2013). We focused on four sets of features: cortical thickness, cortical surface area, subcortical volume and total brain volume. For cortical thickness and cortical surface area, we used Destrieux’s atlas (Destrieux et al., 2010; Fischl, 2012) from FreeSurfer’s “aparc.stats” file, resulting in 148 regions for each set of features. For subcortical volume, we used the aseg atlas (Fischl et al., 2002) from FreeSurfer’s “aseg.stats” file, resulting in 19 regions. For total brain volume, we had five FreeSurfer-based features: “FS_IntraCranial_Vol” or estimated intra-cranial volume, “FS_TotCort_GM_Vol” or total cortical grey matter volume, “FS_Tot_WM_Vol” or total cortical white matter volume, “FS_SubCort_GM_Vol” or total subcortical grey matter volume and “FS_BrainSegVol_eTIV_Ratio” or ratio of brain segmentation volume to estimated total intracranial volume.”

      Third, for regression methods and bias correction methods used, we included the following statements:

      From Methods:

      “For the machine learning algorithm, we used Elastic Net (Zou & Hastie, 2005). Elastic Net is a general form of penalised regressions (including Lasso and Ridge regression), allowing us to simultaneously draw information across different brain indices to predict one target variable. Penalised regressions are commonly used for building age-prediction models (Jirsaraie, Gorelik, et al., 2023). Previously we showed that the performance of Elastic Net in predicting cognitive abilities is on par, if not better than, many non-linear and more-complicated algorithms (Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022; Tetereva et al., 2022). Moreover, Elastic Net coefficients are readily explainable, allowing us the ability to explain how our age-prediction and cognition-prediction models made the prediction from each brain feature (Molnar, 2019; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022) (see below).

      Elastic Net simultaneously minimises the weighted sum of the features’ coefficients. The degree of penalty to the sum of the feature’s coefficients is determined by a shrinkage hyperparameter ‘α’: the greater the α, the more the coefficients shrink, and the more regularised the model becomes. Elastic Net also includes another hyperparameter, ‘l1 ratio’, which determines the degree to which the sum of either the squared (known as ‘Ridge’; l1 ratio=0) or absolute (known as ‘Lasso’; l1 ratio=1) coefficients is penalised (Zou & Hastie, 2005). The objective function of Elastic Net as implemented by sklearn (Pedregosa et al., 2011) is defined as:

      where X is the features, y is the target, and β is the coefficient. In our grid search, we tuned two Elastic Net hyperparameters: α using 70 numbers in log space, ranging from .1 and 100, and l_1-ratio using 25 numbers in linear space, ranging from 0 and 1.

      To understand how Elastic Net made a prediction based on different brain features, we examined the coefficients of the tuned model. Elastic Net coefficients can be considered as feature importance, such that more positive Elastic Net coefficients lead to more positive predicted values and, similarly, more negative Elastic Net coefficients lead to more negative predicted values (Molnar, 2019; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022). While the magnitude of Elastic Net coefficients is regularised (thus making it difficult for us to interpret the magnitude itself directly), we could still indicate that a brain feature with a higher magnitude weights relatively stronger in making a prediction. Another benefit of Elastic Net as a penalised regression is that the coefficients are less susceptible to collinearity among features as they have already been regularised (Dormann et al., 2013; Pat, Wang, Bartonicek, et al., 2022).

      Given that we used five-fold nested cross validation, different outer folds may have different degrees of ‘α’ and ‘l1 ratio’, making the final coefficients from different folds to be different. For instance, for certain sets of features, penalisation may not play a big part (i.e., higher or lower ‘α’ leads to similar predictive performance), resulting in different ‘α’ for different folds. To remedy this in the visualisation of Elastic Net feature importance, we refitted the Elastic Net model to the full dataset without splitting them into five folds and visualised the coefficients on brain images using Brainspace (Vos De Wael et al., 2020) and Nilern (Abraham et al., 2014) packages. Note, unlike other sets of features, Task FC and Rest FC were modelled after data reduction via PCA. Thus, for Task FC and Rest FC, we, first, multiplied the absolute PCA scores (extracted from the ‘components_’ attribute of ‘sklearn.decomposition.PCA’) with Elastic Net coefficients and, then, summed the multiplied values across the 75 components, leaving 71,631 ROI-pair indices. “

      References

      Abraham, A., Pedregosa, F., Eickenberg, M., Gervais, P., Mueller, A., Kossaifi, J., Gramfort, A., Thirion, B., & Varoquaux, G. (2014). Machine learning for neuroimaging with scikit-learn. Frontiers in Neuroinformatics, 8, 14. https://doi.org/10.3389/fninf.2014.00014

      Ances, B. M., Liang, C. L., Leontiev, O., Perthen, J. E., Fleisher, A. S., Lansing, A. E., & Buxton, R. B. (2009). Effects of aging on cerebral blood flow, oxygen metabolism, and blood oxygenation level dependent responses to visual stimulation. Human Brain Mapping, 30(4), 1120–1132. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.20574

      Bashyam, V. M., Erus, G., Doshi, J., Habes, M., Nasrallah, I. M., Truelove-Hill, M., Srinivasan, D., Mamourian, L., Pomponio, R., Fan, Y., Launer, L. J., Masters, C. L., Maruff, P., Zhuo, C., Völzke, H., Johnson, S. C., Fripp, J., Koutsouleris, N., Satterthwaite, T. D., … on behalf of the ISTAGING Consortium, the P. A. disease C., ADNI, and CARDIA studies. (2020). MRI signatures of brain age and disease over the lifespan based on a deep brain network and 14 468 individuals worldwide. Brain, 143(7), 2312–2324. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa160

      Bookheimer, S. Y., Salat, D. H., Terpstra, M., Ances, B. M., Barch, D. M., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Curtiss, S. W., Diaz-Santos, M., Elam, J. S., Fischl, B., Greve, D. N., Hagy, H. A., Harms, M. P., Hatch, O. M., Hedden, T., Hodge, C., Japardi, K. C., Kuhn, T. P., … Yacoub, E. (2019). The Lifespan Human Connectome Project in Aging: An overview. NeuroImage, 185, 335–348. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.10.009

      Butler, E. R., Chen, A., Ramadan, R., Le, T. T., Ruparel, K., Moore, T. M., Satterthwaite, T. D., Zhang, F., Shou, H., Gur, R. C., Nichols, T. E., & Shinohara, R. T. (2021). Pitfalls in brain age analyses. Human Brain Mapping, 42(13), 4092–4101. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25533

      Cole, J. H. (2020). Multimodality neuroimaging brain-age in UK biobank: Relationship to biomedical, lifestyle, and cognitive factors. Neurobiology of Aging, 92, 34–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2020.03.014

      Destrieux, C., Fischl, B., Dale, A., & Halgren, E. (2010). Automatic parcellation of human cortical gyri and sulci using standard anatomical nomenclature. NeuroImage, 53(1), 1–15. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2010.06.010

      Dormann, C. F., Elith, J., Bacher, S., Buchmann, C., Carl, G., Carré, G., Marquéz, J. R. G., Gruber, B., Lafourcade, B., Leitão, P. J., Münkemüller, T., McClean, C., Osborne, P. E., Reineking, B., Schröder, B., Skidmore, A. K., Zurell, D., & Lautenbach, S. (2013). Collinearity: A review of methods to deal with it and a simulation study evaluating their performance. Ecography, 36(1), 27–46. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0587.2012.07348.x

      Dubois, J., Galdi, P., Paul, L. K., & Adolphs, R. (2018). A distributed brain network predicts general intelligence from resting-state human neuroimaging data. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 373(1756), 20170284. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2017.0284

      Elliott, M. L., Knodt, A. R., Cooke, M., Kim, M. J., Melzer, T. R., Keenan, R., Ireland, D., Ramrakha, S., Poulton, R., Caspi, A., Moffitt, T. E., & Hariri, A. R. (2019). General functional connectivity: Shared features of resting-state and task fMRI drive reliable and heritable individual differences in functional brain networks. NeuroImage, 189, 516–532. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.01.068

      Fair, D. A., Schlaggar, B. L., Cohen, A. L., Miezin, F. M., Dosenbach, N. U. F., Wenger, K. K., Fox, M. D., Snyder, A. Z., Raichle, M. E., & Petersen, S. E. (2007). A method for using blocked and event-related fMRI data to study “resting state” functional connectivity. NeuroImage, 35(1), 396–405. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2006.11.051

      Fischl, B. (2012). FreeSurfer. NeuroImage, 62(2), 774–781. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2012.01.021

      Fischl, B., Salat, D. H., Busa, E., Albert, M., Dieterich, M., Haselgrove, C., van der Kouwe, A., Killiany, R., Kennedy, D., Klaveness, S., Montillo, A., Makris, N., Rosen, B., & Dale, A. M. (2002). Whole Brain Segmentation. Neuron, 33(3), 341–355. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0896-6273(02)00569-X

      Glasser, M. F., Smith, S. M., Marcus, D. S., Andersson, J. L. R., Auerbach, E. J., Behrens, T. E. J., Coalson, T. S., Harms, M. P., Jenkinson, M., Moeller, S., Robinson, E. C., Sotiropoulos, S. N., Xu, J., Yacoub, E., Ugurbil, K., & Van Essen, D. C. (2016). The Human Connectome Project’s neuroimaging approach. Nature Neuroscience, 19(9), 1175–1187. https://doi.org/10.1038/nn.4361

      Glasser, M. F., Sotiropoulos, S. N., Wilson, J. A., Coalson, T. S., Fischl, B., Andersson, J. L., Xu, J., Jbabdi, S., Webster, M., Polimeni, J. R., Van Essen, D. C., & Jenkinson, M. (2013). The minimal preprocessing pipelines for the Human Connectome Project. NeuroImage, 80, 105–124. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2013.04.127

      Gordon, E. M., Laumann, T. O., Adeyemo, B., Huckins, J. F., Kelley, W. M., & Petersen, S. E. (2016). Generation and Evaluation of a Cortical Area Parcellation from Resting-State Correlations. Cerebral Cortex, 26(1), 288–303. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhu239

      Gratton, C., Laumann, T. O., Nielsen, A. N., Greene, D. J., Gordon, E. M., Gilmore, A. W., Nelson, S. M., Coalson, R. S., Snyder, A. Z., Schlaggar, B. L., Dosenbach, N. U. F., & Petersen, S. E. (2018). Functional Brain Networks Are Dominated by Stable Group and Individual Factors, Not Cognitive or Daily Variation. Neuron, 98(2), 439-452.e5. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuron.2018.03.035

      Hahn, T., Fisch, L., Ernsting, J., Winter, N. R., Leenings, R., Sarink, K., Emden, D., Kircher, T., Berger, K., & Dannlowski, U. (2021). From ‘loose fitting’ to high-performance, uncertainty-aware brain-age modelling. Brain, 144(3), e31–e31. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa454

      Harms, M. P., Somerville, L. H., Ances, B. M., Andersson, J., Barch, D. M., Bastiani, M., Bookheimer, S. Y., Brown, T. B., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Coalson, T. S., Chappell, M. A., Dapretto, M., Douaud, G., Fischl, B., Glasser, M. F., Greve, D. N., Hodge, C., Jamison, K. W., … Yacoub, E. (2018). Extending the Human Connectome Project across ages: Imaging protocols for the Lifespan Development and Aging projects. NeuroImage, 183, 972–984. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.09.060

      Insel, T., Cuthbert, B., Garvey, M., Heinssen, R., Pine, D. S., Quinn, K., Sanislow, C., & Wang, P. (2010). Research Domain Criteria (RDoC): Toward a New Classification Framework for Research on Mental Disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167(7), 748–751. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2010.09091379

      Jirsaraie, R. J., Gorelik, A. J., Gatavins, M. M., Engemann, D. A., Bogdan, R., Barch, D. M., & Sotiras, A. (2023). A systematic review of multimodal brain age studies: Uncovering a divergence between model accuracy and utility. Patterns, 4(4), 100712. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.patter.2023.100712

      Jirsaraie, R. J., Kaufmann, T., Bashyam, V., Erus, G., Luby, J. L., Westlye, L. T., Davatzikos, C., Barch, D. M., & Sotiras, A. (2023). Benchmarking the generalizability of brain age models: Challenges posed by scanner variance and prediction bias. Human Brain Mapping, 44(3), 1118–1128. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26144

      Marquand, A. F., Rezek, I., Buitelaar, J., & Beckmann, C. F. (2016). Understanding Heterogeneity in Clinical Cohorts Using Normative Models: Beyond Case-Control Studies. Biological Psychiatry, 80(7), 552–561. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.12.023

      Molnar, C. (2019). Interpretable Machine Learning. A Guide for Making Black Box Models Explainable. https://christophm.github.io/interpretable-ml-book/

      Nimon, K., Lewis, M., Kane, R., & Haynes, R. M. (2008). An R package to compute commonality coefficients in the multiple regression case: An introduction to the package and a practical example. Behavior Research Methods, 40(2), 457–466. https://doi.org/10.3758/BRM.40.2.457

      Pat, N., Wang, Y., Anney, R., Riglin, L., Thapar, A., & Stringaris, A. (2022). Longitudinally stable, brain‐based predictive models mediate the relationships between childhood cognition and socio‐demographic, psychological and genetic factors. Human Brain Mapping, hbm.26027. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26027

      Pat, N., Wang, Y., Bartonicek, A., Candia, J., & Stringaris, A. (2022). Explainable machine learning approach to predict and explain the relationship between task-based fMRI and individual differences in cognition. Cerebral Cortex, bhac235. https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhac235

      Pedregosa, F., Varoquaux, G., Gramfort, A., Michel, V., Thirion, B., Grisel, O., Blondel, M., Prettenhofer, P., Weiss, R., Dubourg, V., Vanderplas, J., Passos, A., Cournapeau, D., Brucher, M., Perrot, M., & Duchesnay, É. (2011). Scikit-learn: Machine Learning in Python. Journal of Machine Learning Research, 12(85), 2825–2830.

      Poldrack, R. A., Huckins, G., & Varoquaux, G. (2020). Establishment of Best Practices for Evidence for Prediction: A Review. JAMA Psychiatry, 77(5), 534–540. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.3671

      Rasero, J., Sentis, A. I., Yeh, F.-C., & Verstynen, T. (2021). Integrating across neuroimaging modalities boosts prediction accuracy of cognitive ability. PLOS Computational Biology, 17(3), e1008347. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008347

      Robinson, E. C., Garcia, K., Glasser, M. F., Chen, Z., Coalson, T. S., Makropoulos, A., Bozek, J., Wright, R., Schuh, A., Webster, M., Hutter, J., Price, A., Cordero Grande, L., Hughes, E., Tusor, N., Bayly, P. V., Van Essen, D. C., Smith, S. M., Edwards, A. D., … Rueckert, D. (2018). Multimodal surface matching with higher-order smoothness constraints. NeuroImage, 167, 453–465. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2017.10.037

      Rokicki, J., Wolfers, T., Nordhøy, W., Tesli, N., Quintana, D. S., Alnæs, D., Richard, G., de Lange, A.-M. G., Lund, M. J., Norbom, L., Agartz, I., Melle, I., Nærland, T., Selbæk, G., Persson, K., Nordvik, J. E., Schwarz, E., Andreassen, O. A., Kaufmann, T., & Westlye, L. T. (2021). Multimodal imaging improves brain age prediction and reveals distinct abnormalities in patients with psychiatric and neurological disorders. Human Brain Mapping, 42(6), 1714–1726. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25323

      Somerville, L. H., Bookheimer, S. Y., Buckner, R. L., Burgess, G. C., Curtiss, S. W., Dapretto, M., Elam, J. S., Gaffrey, M. S., Harms, M. P., Hodge, C., Kandala, S., Kastman, E. K., Nichols, T. E., Schlaggar, B. L., Smith, S. M., Thomas, K. M., Yacoub, E., Van Essen, D. C., & Barch, D. M. (2018). The Lifespan Human Connectome Project in Development: A large-scale study of brain connectivity development in 5–21 year olds. NeuroImage, 183, 456–468. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2018.08.050

      Sperling, R. A., Bates, J. F., Cocchiarella, A. J., Schacter, D. L., Rosen, B. R., & Albert, M. S. (2001). Encoding novel face-name associations: A functional MRI study. Human Brain Mapping, 14(3), 129–139. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.1047

      Sripada, C., Angstadt, M., Rutherford, S., Kessler, D., Kim, Y., Yee, M., & Levina, E. (2019). Basic Units of Inter-Individual Variation in Resting State Connectomes. Scientific Reports, 9(1), Article 1. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-018-38406-5

      Sripada, C., Angstadt, M., Rutherford, S., Taxali, A., & Shedden, K. (2020). Toward a “treadmill test” for cognition: Improved prediction of general cognitive ability from the task activated brain. Human Brain Mapping, 41(12), 3186–3197. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25007

      Tetereva, A., Li, J., Deng, J. D., Stringaris, A., & Pat, N. (2022). Capturing brain‐cognition relationship: Integrating task‐based fMRI across tasks markedly boosts prediction and test‐retest reliability. NeuroImage, 263, 119588. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2022.119588

      Vieira, B. H., Pamplona, G. S. P., Fachinello, K., Silva, A. K., Foss, M. P., & Salmon, C. E. G. (2022). On the prediction of human intelligence from neuroimaging: A systematic review of methods and reporting. Intelligence, 93, 101654. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2022.101654

      Vos De Wael, R., Benkarim, O., Paquola, C., Lariviere, S., Royer, J., Tavakol, S., Xu, T., Hong, S.-J., Langs, G., Valk, S., Misic, B., Milham, M., Margulies, D., Smallwood, J., & Bernhardt, B. C. (2020). BrainSpace: A toolbox for the analysis of macroscale gradients in neuroimaging and connectomics datasets. Communications Biology, 3(1), 103. https://doi.org/10.1038/s42003-020-0794-7

      Woolrich, M. W., Ripley, B. D., Brady, M., & Smith, S. M. (2001). Temporal Autocorrelation in Univariate Linear Modeling of FMRI Data. NeuroImage, 14(6), 1370–1386. https://doi.org/10.1006/nimg.2001.0931

      Zou, H., & Hastie, T. (2005). Regularization and variable selection via the elastic net. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society: Series B (Statistical Methodology), 67(2), 301–320. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9868.2005.00503.x


      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This useful manuscript challenges the utility of current paradigms for estimating brain-age with magnetic resonance imaging measures, but presents inadequate evidence to support the suggestion that an alternative approach focused on predicting cognition is more useful. The paper would benefit from a clearer explication of the methods and a more critical evaluation of the conceptual basis of the different models. This work will be of interest to researchers working on brain-age and related models.

      Thank you so much for providing high-quality reviews on our manuscript. We revised the manuscript to address all of the reviewers’ comments and provided full responses to each of the comments below. Importantly, in this revision, we clarified that we did not intend to use Brain Cognition as an alternative approach. This is because, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Here we made this point more explicit and further stated that the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. By examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And such quantification is the third aim of this study.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer 1 (Public Review):

      In this paper, the authors evaluate the utility of brain-age-derived metrics for predicting cognitive decline by performing a 'commonality' analysis in a downstream regression that enables the different contribution of different predictors to be assessed. The main conclusion is that brain-age-derived metrics do not explain much additional variation in cognition over and above what is already explained by age. The authors propose to use a regression model trained to predict cognition ("brain-cognition") as an alternative suited to applications of cognitive decline. While this is less accurate overall than brain age, it explains more unique variance in the downstream regression.

      (1) I thank the authors for addressing many of my concerns with this revision. However, I do not feel they have addressed them all. In particular I think the authors could do more to address the concern I raised about the instability of the regression coefficients and about providing enough detail to determine that the stacked regression models do not overfit.

      Thank you Reviewer 1 for the comment. We addressed them in our response to Reviewer 1 Recommendations For The Authors #1 and #2 (see below).

      (2) In considering my responses to the authors revision, I also must say that I agree with Reviewer 3 about the limitations of the brain age and brain cognition methods conceptually. In particular that the regression model used to predict fluid cognition will by construction explain more variance in cognition than a brain age model that is trained to predict age. To be fair, these conceptual problems are more widespread than this paper alone, so I do not believe the authors should be penalised for that. However, I would recommend to make these concerns more explicit in the manuscript

      Thank you Reviewer 1 for the comment. We addressed them in our response to Reviewer 1 Recommendations For The Authors #3 (see below).

      Reviewer 2 (Public Review):

      In this study, the authors aimed to evaluate the contribution of brain-age indices in capturing variance in cognitive decline and proposed an alternative index, brain-cognition, for consideration.

      The study employs suitable methods and data to address the research questions, and the methods and results sections are generally clear and easy to follow.

      I appreciate the authors' efforts in significantly improving the paper, including some considerable changes, from the original submission. While not all reviewer points were tackled, the majority of them were adequately addressed. These include additional analyses, more clarity in the methods and a much richer and nuanced discussion. While recognising the merits of the revised paper, I have a few additional comments.

      (1) Perhaps it would help the reader to note that it might be expected for brain-cognition to account for a significantly larger variance (11%) in fluid cognition, in contrast to brain-age. This stems from the fact that the authors specifically trained brain-cognition to predict fluid cognition, the very variable under consideration. In line with this, the authors later recommend that researchers considering the use of brain-age should evaluate its utility using a regression approach. The latter involves including a brain index (e.g. brain-cognition) previously trained to predict the regression's target variable (e.g. fluid cognition) alongside a brain-age index (e.g., corrected brain-age gap). If the target-trained brain index outperforms the brain-age metric, it suggests that relying solely on brain-age might not be the optimal choice. Although not necessarily the case, is it surprising for the target-trained brain index to demonstrate better performance than brain-age? This harks back to the broader point raised in the initial review: while brain-age may prove useful (though sometimes with modest effect sizes) across diverse outcomes as a generally applicable metric, a brain index tailored for predicting a specific outcome, such as brain-cognition in this case, might capture a considerably larger share of variance in that specific context but could lack broader applicability. The latter aspect needs to be empirically assessed.

      Thank you so much for raising this point. Reviewer 1 (Public Review #2/Recommendations For The Authors #3) and Reviewer 3 (Recommendations for the Authors #1) made a similar observation. We now made changes to the introduction and discussion to address this concern (please see our responses to Reviewer 1 Recommendations For The Authors #3 below).

      Briefly, as in our 2nd revision, we did not intend to compare Brain Age with Brain Cognition since, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Here we made this point more explicit and further stated that the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. By examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And such quantification is the third aim of this study.

      (2) Furthermore, the discussion pertaining to training brain-age models on healthy populations for subsequent testing on individuals with neurological or psychological disorders seems somewhat one-sided within the broader debate. This one-sidedness might potentially confuse readers. It is worth noting that the choice to employ healthy participants in the training model is likely deliberate, serving as a norm against which atypical populations are compared. To provide a more comprehensive understanding, referencing Tim Hans's counterargument to Bashyam's perspective could offer a more complete view (https://academic.oup.com/brain/article/144/3/e31/6214475?login=false).

      Thank you Reviewer 2 for bringing up this issue. We have now revised the paragraph in question and added nuances on the usage of Brain Age for normative vs. case-control studies. We also cited Tim Hahn’s article that explained the conceptual foundation of the use of Brain Age in case-control studies. Please see below. Additionally, we also made a statement about our study not being able to address issues about the case-control studies directly in the newly written conclusion (see Reviewer 3 Recommendations for the Authors #3).

      Discussion:

      “There is a notable difference between studies investigating the utility of Brain Age in explaining cognitive functioning, including ours and others (e.g., Butler et al., 2021; Cole, 2020, 2020; Jirsaraie et al., 2023) and those explaining neurological/psychological disorders (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). We consider the former as a normative type of study and the latter as a case-control type of study (Insel et al., 2010; Marquand et al., 2016). Those case-control Brain Age studies focusing on neurological/psychological disorders often build age-prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants (e.g., controls in a case-control design or large samples in a population-based design), apply the built age-prediction models to participants without vs. with neurological/psychological disorders and compare Brain Age indices between the two groups. On the one hand, this means that case-control studies treat Brain Age as a method to detect anomalies in the neurological/psychological group (Hahn et al., 2021). On the other hand, this also means that case-control studies have to ignore under-fitted models when applied prediction models built from largely healthy participants to participants with neurological/psychological disorders (i.e., Brain Age may predict chronological age well for the controls, but not for those with a disorder). On the contrary, our study and other normative studies focusing on cognitive functioning often build age-prediction models from MRI data of largely healthy participants and apply the built age-prediction models to participants who are also largely healthy. Accordingly, the age-prediction models for explaining cognitive functioning in normative studies, while not allowing us to detect group-level anomalies, do not suffer from being under-fitted. This unfortunately might limit the generalisability of our study into just the normative type of study. Future work is still needed to test the utility of brain age in the case-control case.”

      (3) Overall, this paper makes a significant contribution to the field of brain-age and related brain indices and their utility.

      Thank you for the encouragement.

      Reviewer 3 (Public Review):

      The main question of this article is as follows: "To what extent does having information on brain-age improve our ability to capture declines in fluid cognition beyond knowing a person's chronological age?" This question is worthwhile, considering that there is considerable confusion in the field about the nature of brain-age.

      (1) Thank you to the authors for addressing so many of my concerns with this revision. There are a few points that I feel still need addressing/clarifying related to 1) calculating brain cognition, 2) the inevitability of their results, and 3) their continued recommendation to use brain-age metrics.

      Thank you Reviewer 3 for the comment. We addressed them in our response to Reviewer 3 Recommendations For The Authors #1-3 (see below).

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) I do not feel the authors have fully addressed the concern I raised about the stacked regression models. Despite the new figure, it is still not entirely clear what the authors are using as the training set in the final step. To be clear, the problem occurs because of the parameters, not the hyperparameters (which the authors now state that they are optimising via nested grid search). in other words, given a regression model y = X*beta, if the X are taken to be predictions from a lower level regression model, then they contain information that is derived from both the training set at the test set for the model that this was trained on. If the split is the same (i.e. the predictions are derived on the same test set as is being used at the second level), then this can lead to overfitting. It is not clear to me whether the authors have done this or not. Please provide additional detail to clarify this point.

      Thank you for allowing us an opportunity to clarify our stacked model. We wanted to confirm that we did not use test sets to build a stacked model in both lower and higher levels of the Elastic Net models. Test sets were there just for testing the performance of the models. We made additional clarification to make this clearer (see below). Let us explain what we did and provide the rationales below.

      From Methods:

      “We used nested cross-validation (CV) to build these prediction models (see Figure 7). We first split the data into five outer folds, leaving each outer fold with around 100 participants. This number of participants in each fold is to ensure the stability of the test performance across folds. In each outer-fold CV loop, one of the outer folds was treated as an outer-fold test set, and the rest was treated as an outer-fold training set. Ultimately, looping through the nested CV resulted in a) prediction models from each of the 18 sets of features as well as b) prediction models that drew information across different combinations of the 18 separate sets, known as “stacked models.” We specified eight stacked models: “All” (i.e., including all 18 sets of features), “All excluding Task FC”, “All excluding Task Contrast”, “Non-Task” (i.e., including only Rest FC and sMRI), “Resting and Task FC”, “Task Contrast and FC”, “Task Contrast” and “Task FC”. Accordingly, there were 26 prediction models in total for both Brain Age and Brain Cognition.

      To create these 26 prediction models, we applied three steps for each outer-fold loop. The first step aimed at tuning prediction models for each of 18 sets of features. This step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, we divided the outer-fold training set into five inner folds and applied inner-fold CV to tune hyperparameters with grid search. Specifically, in each inner-fold CV, one of the inner folds was treated as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest was treated as an inner-fold training set. Within each inner-fold CV loop, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters and applied the estimated model to the inner-fold validation set. After looping through the inner-fold CV, we, then, chose the prediction models that led to the highest performance, reflected by coefficient of determination (R2), on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to 18 tuned models, one for each of the 18 sets of features, for each outer fold.

      The second step aimed at tuning stacked models. Same as the first step, the second step only involved the outer-fold training set and did not involve the outer-fold test set. Here, using the same outer-fold training set as the first step, we applied tuned models, created from the first step, one from each of the 18 sets of features, resulting in 18 predicted values for each participant. We, then, re-divided this outer-fold training set into new five inner folds. In each inner fold, we treated different combinations of the 18 predicted values from separate sets of features as features to predict the targets in separate “stacked” models. Same as the first step, in each inner-fold CV loop, we treated one out of five inner folds as an inner-fold validation set, and the rest as an inner-fold training set. Also as in the first step, we used the inner-fold training set to estimate parameters of the prediction model with a particular set of hyperparameters from our grid. We tuned the hyperparameters of stacked models using grid search by selecting the models with the highest R2 on average across the inner-fold validation sets. This led to eight tuned stacked models.

      The third step aimed at testing the predictive performance of the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the set of features, built from the first step, and eight tuned stacked models, built from the second step. Unlike the first two steps, here we applied the already tuned models to the outer-fold test set. We started by applying the 18 tuned prediction models from each of the sets of features to each observation in the outer-fold test set, resulting in 18 predicted values. We then applied the tuned stacked models to these predicted values from separate sets of features, resulting in eight predicted values.

      To demonstrate the predictive performance, we assessed the similarity between the observed values and the predicted values of each model across outer-fold test sets, using Pearson’s r, coefficient of determination (R2) and mean absolute error (MAE). Note that for R2, we used the sum of squares definition (i.e., R2 = 1 – (sum of squares residuals/total sum of squares)) per a previous recommendation (Poldrack et al., 2020). We considered the predicted values from the outer-fold test sets of models predicting age or fluid cognition, as Brain Age and Brain Cognition, respectively.”

      Author response image 1.

      Diagram of the nested cross-validation used for creating predictions for models of each set of features as well as predictions for stacked models.

      Note some previous research, including ours (Tetereva et al., 2022), splits the observations in the outer-fold training set into layer 1 and layer 2 and applies the first and second steps to layers 1 and 2, respectively. Here we decided against this approach and used the same outer-fold training set for both first and second steps in order to avoid potential bias toward the stacked models. This is because, when the data are split into two layers, predictive models built for each separate set of features only use the data from layer 1, while the stacked models use the data from both layers 1 and 2. In practice with large enough data, these two approaches might not differ much, as we demonstrated previously (Tetereva et al., 2022).

      (2) I also do not feel the authors have fully addressed the concern I raised about stability of the regression coefficients over splits of the data. I wanted to see the regression coefficients, not the predictions. The predictions can be stable when the coefficients are not.

      The focus of this article is on the predictions. Still, as pointed out by reviewer 1, it is informative for readers to understand how stable the feature importance (i.e., Elastic Net coefficients) is. To demonstrate the stability of feature importance, we now examined the rank stability of feature importance using Spearman’s ρ (see Figure 4). Specifically, we correlated the feature importance between two prediction models of the same features, used in two different outer-fold test sets. Given that there were five outer-fold test sets, we computed 10 Spearman’s ρ for each prediction model of the same features. We found Spearman’s ρ to be varied dramatically in both age-prediction (range=.31-.94) and fluid cognition-prediction (range=.16-.84) models. This means that some prediction models were much more stable in their feature importance than others. This is probably due to various factors such as a) the collinearity of features in the model, b) the number of features (e.g., 71,631 features in functional connectivity, which were further reduced to 75 PCAs, as compared to 19 features in subcortical volume based on the ASEG atlas), c) the penalisation of coefficients either with ‘Ridge’ or ‘Lasso’ methods, which resulted in reduction as a group of features or selection of a feature among correlated features, respectively, and d) the predictive performance of the models. Understanding the stability of feature importance is beyond the scope of the current article. As mentioned by Reviewer 1, “The predictions can be stable when the coefficients are not,” and we chose to focus on the prediction in the current article.

      Author response image 2.

      Stability of feature importance (i.e., Elastic Net Coefficients) of prediction models. Each dot represents rank stability (reflected by Spearman’s ρ) in the feature importance between two prediction models of the same features, used in two different outer-fold test sets. Given that there were five outer-fold test sets, there were 10 Spearman’s ρs for each prediction model. The numbers to the right of the plots indicate the mean of Spearman’s ρ for each prediction model.

      (3) I also must say that I agree with Reviewer 3 about the limitations of the brain-age and brain-cognition methods conceptually. In particular that the regression model used to predict fluid cognition will by construction explain more variance in cognition than a brain-age model that is trained to predict age. This suffers from the same problem the authors raise with brain-age and I agree that this would probably disappear if the authors had a separate measure of cognition against which to validate and were then to regress this out as they do for age correction. I am aware that these conceptual problems are more widespread than this paper alone (in fact throughout the brain-age literature), so I do not believe the authors should be penalised for that. However, I do think they can make these concerns more explicit and further tone down the comments they make about the utility of brain-cognition.

      Thank you so much for raising this point. Reviewer 2 (Public Review #1) and Reviewer 3 (Recommendations for the Authors #1) made a similar observation. We now made changes to the introduction and discussion to address this concern (see below).

      Briefly, we made it explicit that, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. That is, the relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. More importantly, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age. And this is the third goal of this present study.

      From Introduction:

      “Third and finally, certain variation in fluid cognition is related to brain MRI, but to what extent does Brain Age not capture this variation? To estimate the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, we could build prediction models that directly predict fluid cognition (i.e., as opposed to chronological age) from brain MRI data. Previous studies found reasonable predictive performances of these cognition-prediction models, built from certain MRI modalities (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). Analogous to Brain Age, we called the predicted values from these cognition-prediction models, Brain Cognition. The strength of an out-of-sample relationship between Brain Cognition and fluid cognition reflects variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI and, therefore, indicates the upper limit of Brain Age’s capability in capturing fluid cognition. This is, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. Consequently, if we included Brain Cognition, Brain Age and chronological age in the same model to explain fluid cognition, we would be able to examine the unique effects of Brain Cognition that explain fluid cognition beyond Brain Age and chronological age. These unique effects of Brain Cognition, in turn, would indicate the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that is missed by Brain Age.”

      From Discussion:

      “Third, by introducing Brain Cognition, we showed the extent to which Brain Age indices were not able to capture the variation in fluid cognition that is related to brain MRI. More specifically, using Brain Cognition allowed us to gauge the variation in fluid cognition that is related to the brain MRI, and thereby, to estimate the upper limit of what Brain Age can do. Moreover, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age.

      From our results, Brain Cognition, especially from certain cognition-prediction models such as the stacked models, has relatively good predictive performance, consistent with previous studies (Dubois et al., 2018; Pat et al., 2022; Rasero et al., 2021; Sripada et al., 2020; Tetereva et al., 2022; for review, see Vieira et al., 2022). We then examined Brain Cognition using commonality analyses (Nimon et al., 2008) in multiple regression models having a Brain Age index, chronological age and Brain Cognition as regressors to explain fluid cognition. Similar to Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition exhibited large common effects with chronological age. But more importantly, unlike Brain Age indices, Brain Cognition showed large unique effects, up to around 11%. As explained above, the unique effects of Brain Cognition indicated the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by a Brain Age index and chronological age. This missing amount was relatively high, considering that Brain Age and chronological age together explained around 32% of the total variation in fluid cognition. Accordingly, if a Brain Age index was used as a biomarker along with chronological age, we would have missed an opportunity to improve the performance of the model by around one-third of the variation explained.”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you to the authors for addressing so many of my concerns with this revision. There are a few points that I feel still need addressing/clarifying related to: 1) calculating brain cognition, 2) the inevitability of their results, and 3) their continued recommendation to use brain age metrics.

      (1) I understand your point here. I think the distinction is that it is fine to build predictive models, but then there is no need to go through this intermediate step of "brain-cognition". Just say that brain features can predict cognition XX well, and brain-age (or some related metric) can predict cognition YY well. It creates a confusing framework for the reader that can lead them to believe that "brain-cognition" is not just a predicted value of fluid cognition from a model using brain features to predict cognition. While you clearly state that that is in fact what it is in the text, which is a huge improvement, I do not see what is added by going through brain-cognition instead of simply just obtaining a change in R2 where the first model uses brain features alone to predict cognition, and the second adds on brain-age (or related metrics), or visa versa, depending on the question. Please do this analysis, and either compare and contrast it with going through "brain-cognition" in your paper, or switch to this analysis, as it more directly addresses the question of the incremental predictive utility of brain-age above and beyond brain features.

      Thank you so much for raising this point. Reviewer 1 (Public Review #2/Recommendations For The Authors #3) and Reviewer 2 (Public Review #1) made a similar observation. We now made changes to the introduction and discussion to address this concern (see our responses to Reviewer 1 Recommendations For The Authors #3 above).

      Briefly, as in our 2nd revision, we made it explicitly clear that we did not intend to compare Brain Age with Brain Cognition since, by design, the variation in fluid cognition explained by Brain Cognition should be higher or equal to that explained by Brain Age. And, by examining what was captured by Brain Cognition, over and above Brain Age and chronological age via the unique effects of Brain Cognition, we were able to quantify the amount of co-variation between brain MRI and fluid cognition that was missed by Brain Age.

      We have thought about changing the name Brain Cognition into something along the lines of “predicted values of prediction models predicting fluid cognition based on brain MRI.” However, this made the manuscript hard to follow, especially with the commonality analyses. For instance, the sentence, “Here, we tested Brain Cognition’s unique effects in multiple regression models with a Brain Age index, chronological age and Brain Cognition as regressors to explain fluid cognition” would become “Here, we tested predicted values of prediction models predicting fluid cognition based on brain MRI unique effects in multiple regression models with a Brain Age index, chronological age and predicted values of prediction models predicting fluid cognition based on brain MRI as regressors to explain fluid cognition.” We believe, given our additional explanation (see our responses to Reviewer 1 Recommendations For The Authors #3 above), readers should understand what Brain Cognition is, and that we did not intend to compare Brain Age and Brain Cognition directly.

      As for the suggested analysis, “obtaining a change in R2 where the first model uses brain features alone to predict cognition, and the second adds on brain-age (or related metrics), or visa versa,” we have already done this in the form of commonality analysis (Nimon et al., 2008) (see Figure 7 below). That is, to obtain unique and common effects of the regressors, we need to look at all of the possible changes in R2 when all possible subsets of regressors were excluded or included, see equations 12 and 13 below.

      From Methods:

      “Similar to the above multiple regression model, we had chronological age, each Brain Age index and Brain Cognition as the regressors for fluid cognition:

      Fluid Cognitioni = β0 + β1 Chronological Agei + β2 Brain Age Indexi,j + β3 Brain Cognitioni + εi, (12)

      Applying the commonality analysis here allowed us, first, to investigate the addictive, unique effects of Brain Cognition, over and above chronological age and Brain Age indices. More importantly, the commonality analysis also enabled us to test the common, shared effects that Brain Cognition had with chronological age and Brain Age indices in explaining fluid cognition. We calculated the commonality analysis as follows (Nimon et al., 2017):

      Unique Effectchronological age = ΔR2chronological age = R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition – R2 Brain Age index, Brain Cognition

      Unique EffectBrain Age index = ΔR2Brain Age index = R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition – R2 chronological age, Brain Cognition

      Unique EffectBrain Cognition = ΔR2Brain Cognition = R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition – R2 chronological age, Brain Age Index

      Common Effectchronological age, Brain Age index = R2chronological age, Brain Cognition + R2 Brain Age index, Brain Cognition – R2 Brain Cognition – R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition

      Common Effectchronological age, Brain Cognition = R2chronological age, Brain Age Index + R2 Brain Age index, Brain Cognition – R2 Brain Age Index – R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition

      Common Effect Brain Age index, Brain Cognition = R2chronological age, Brain Age Index + R2 chronological age, Brain Cognition – R2 chronological age – R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition

      Common Effect chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition = R2 chronological age + R2 Brain Age Index + R2 Brain Cognition – R2chronological age, Brain Age Index – R2 chronological age, Brain Cognition – R2 Brain Age Index, Brain Cognition – R2chronological age, Brain Age index, Brain Cognition , (13)”

      (2) I agree that the solution is not to exclude age as a covariate, and that there is a big difference between inevitable and obvious. I simply think a further discussion of the inevitability of the results would be clarifying for the readers. There is a big opportunity in the brain-age literature to be as direct as possible about why you are finding what you are finding. People need to know not only what you found, but why you found what you found.

      Thank you. We agreed that we need to make this point more explicit and direct. In the revised manuscript, we had the statements in both Introduction and Discussion (see below) about the tight relationship between Brain Age and chronological age by design, making the small unique effects of Brain Age inevitable.

      Introduction:

      “Accordingly, by design, Brain Age is tightly close to chronological age. Because chronological age usually has a strong relationship with fluid cognition, to begin with, it is unclear how much Brain Age adds to what is already captured by chronological age.“

      Discussion:

      “First, Brain Age itself did not add much more information to help us capture fluid cognition than what we had already known from a person’s chronological age. This can clearly be seen from the small unique effects of Brain Age indices in the multiple regression models having Brain Age and chronological age as the regressors. While the unique effects of some Brain Age indices from certain age-prediction models were statistically significant, there were all relatively small. Without Brain Age indices, chronological age by itself already explained around 32% of the variation in fluid cognition. Including Brain Age indices only added around 1.6% at best. We believe the small unique effects of Brain Age were inevitable because, by design, Brain Age is tightly close to chronological age. Therefore, chronological age and Brain Age captured mostly a similar variation in fluid cognition.

      Investigating the simple regression models and the commonality analysis between each Brain Age index and chronological age provided additional insights….”

      (3) I believe it is very important to critically examine the use of brain-age and related metrics. As part of this process, I think we should be asking ourselves the following questions (among others): Why go through age prediction? Wouldn't the predictions of cognition (or another variable) using the same set of brain features always be as good or better? You still have not justified the use of brain-age. As I said before, if you are going to continue to recommend the use of brain-age, you need a very strong argument for why you are recommending this. What does it truly add? Otherwise, temper your statements to indicate possible better paths forward.

      Thank you Reviewer 3 for making an argument against the use of Brain Age. We largely agree with you. However, our work only focuses on one phenotype, fluid cognition, and on the normative situation (i.e., not having a case vs control group). As Reviewer 2 pointed out, Brain Age might still have utility in other cases, not studied here. Still, future studies that focus on other phenotypes may consider using our approach as a template to test the utility of Brain Age in other situations. We added the conclusion statement to reflect this.

      From Discussion:

      “Altogether, we examined the utility of Brain Age as a biomarker for fluid cognition. Here are the three conclusions. First, Brain Age failed to add substantially more information over and above chronological age. Second, a higher ability to predict chronological age did not correspond to a higher utility to capture fluid cognition. Third, Brain Age missed up to around one-third of the variation in fluid cognition that could have been explained by brain MRI. Yet, given our focus on fluid cognition, future empirical research is needed to test the utility of Brain Age on other phenotypes, especially when Brain Age is used for anomaly detection in case-control studies (e.g., Bashyam et al., 2020; Rokicki et al., 2021). We hope that future studies may consider applying our approach (i.e., using the commonality analysis that includes predicted values from a model that directly predicts the phenotype of interest) to test the utility of Brain Age as a biomarker for other phenotypes.”

      References

      Bashyam, V. M., Erus, G., Doshi, J., Habes, M., Nasrallah, I. M., Truelove-Hill, M., Srinivasan, D., Mamourian, L., Pomponio, R., Fan, Y., Launer, L. J., Masters, C. L., Maruff, P., Zhuo, C., Völzke, H., Johnson, S. C., Fripp, J., Koutsouleris, N., Satterthwaite, T. D., … on behalf of the ISTAGING Consortium, the P. A. disease C., ADNI, and CARDIA studies. (2020). MRI signatures of brain age and disease over the lifespan based on a deep brain network and 14 468 individuals worldwide. Brain, 143(7), 2312–2324. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa160

      Butler, E. R., Chen, A., Ramadan, R., Le, T. T., Ruparel, K., Moore, T. M., Satterthwaite, T. D., Zhang, F., Shou, H., Gur, R. C., Nichols, T. E., & Shinohara, R. T. (2021). Pitfalls in brain age analyses. Human Brain Mapping, 42(13), 4092–4101. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25533

      Cole, J. H. (2020). Multimodality neuroimaging brain-age in UK biobank: Relationship to biomedical, lifestyle, and cognitive factors. Neurobiology of Aging, 92, 34–42. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neurobiolaging.2020.03.014

      Dubois, J., Galdi, P., Paul, L. K., & Adolphs, R. (2018). A distributed brain network predicts general intelligence from resting-state human neuroimaging data. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences, 373(1756), 20170284. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.2017.0284

      Hahn, T., Fisch, L., Ernsting, J., Winter, N. R., Leenings, R., Sarink, K., Emden, D., Kircher, T., Berger, K., & Dannlowski, U. (2021). From ‘loose fitting’ to high-performance, uncertainty-aware brain-age modelling. Brain, 144(3), e31–e31. https://doi.org/10.1093/brain/awaa454

      Insel, T., Cuthbert, B., Garvey, M., Heinssen, R., Pine, D. S., Quinn, K., Sanislow, C., & Wang, P. (2010). Research Domain Criteria (RDoC): Toward a New Classification Framework for Research on Mental Disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 167(7), 748–751. https://doi.org/10.1176/appi.ajp.2010.09091379

      Jirsaraie, R. J., Kaufmann, T., Bashyam, V., Erus, G., Luby, J. L., Westlye, L. T., Davatzikos, C., Barch, D. M., & Sotiras, A. (2023). Benchmarking the generalizability of brain age models: Challenges posed by scanner variance and prediction bias. Human Brain Mapping, 44(3), 1118–1128. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26144

      Marquand, A. F., Rezek, I., Buitelaar, J., & Beckmann, C. F. (2016). Understanding Heterogeneity in Clinical Cohorts Using Normative Models: Beyond Case-Control Studies. Biological Psychiatry, 80(7), 552–561. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.12.023

      Nimon, K., Lewis, M., Kane, R., & Haynes, R. M. (2008). An R package to compute commonality coefficients in the multiple regression case: An introduction to the package and a practical example. Behavior Research Methods, 40(2), 457–466. https://doi.org/10.3758/BRM.40.2.457

      Pat, N., Wang, Y., Anney, R., Riglin, L., Thapar, A., & Stringaris, A. (2022). Longitudinally stable, brain‐based predictive models mediate the relationships between childhood cognition and socio‐demographic, psychological and genetic factors. Human Brain Mapping, hbm.26027. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.26027

      Poldrack, R. A., Huckins, G., & Varoquaux, G. (2020). Establishment of Best Practices for Evidence for Prediction: A Review. JAMA Psychiatry, 77(5), 534–540. https://doi.org/10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.3671

      Rasero, J., Sentis, A. I., Yeh, F.-C., & Verstynen, T. (2021). Integrating across neuroimaging modalities boosts prediction accuracy of cognitive ability. PLOS Computational Biology, 17(3), e1008347. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pcbi.1008347

      Rokicki, J., Wolfers, T., Nordhøy, W., Tesli, N., Quintana, D. S., Alnæs, D., Richard, G., de Lange, A.-M. G., Lund, M. J., Norbom, L., Agartz, I., Melle, I., Nærland, T., Selbæk, G., Persson, K., Nordvik, J. E., Schwarz, E., Andreassen, O. A., Kaufmann, T., & Westlye, L. T. (2021). Multimodal imaging improves brain age prediction and reveals distinct abnormalities in patients with psychiatric and neurological disorders. Human Brain Mapping, 42(6), 1714–1726. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25323

      Sripada, C., Angstadt, M., Rutherford, S., Taxali, A., & Shedden, K. (2020). Toward a “treadmill test” for cognition: Improved prediction of general cognitive ability from the task activated brain. Human Brain Mapping, 41(12), 3186–3197. https://doi.org/10.1002/hbm.25007

      Tetereva, A., Li, J., Deng, J. D., Stringaris, A., & Pat, N. (2022). Capturing brain‐cognition relationship: Integrating task‐based fMRI across tasks markedly boosts prediction and test‐retest reliability. NeuroImage, 263, 119588. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.neuroimage.2022.119588

      Vieira, B. H., Pamplona, G. S. P., Fachinello, K., Silva, A. K., Foss, M. P., & Salmon, C. E. G. (2022). On the prediction of human intelligence from neuroimaging: A systematic review of methods and reporting. Intelligence, 93, 101654. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.intell.2022.101654

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents valuable data on the antigenic properties of neuraminidase proteins of human A/H3N2 influenza viruses sampled between 2009 and 2017. The antigenic properties are found to be generally concordant with genetic groups. Additional analysis have strengthened the revised manuscript, and the evidence supporting the claims is solid.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary

      The authors investigated the antigenic diversity of recent (2009-2017) A/H3N2 influenza neuraminidases (NAs), the second major antigenic protein after haemagglutinin. They used 27 viruses and 43 ferret sera and performed NA inhibition. This work was supported by a subset of mouse sera. Clustering analysis determined 4 antigenic clusters, mostly in concordance with the genetic groupings. Association analysis was used to estimate important amino acid positions, which were shown to be more likely close to the catalytic site. Antigenic distances were calculated and a random forest model used to determine potential important sites.

      This revision has addressed many of my concerns of inconsistencies in the methods, results and presentation. There are still some remaining weaknesses in the computational work.

      Strengths

      (1) The data cover recent NA evolution and a substantial number (43) of ferret (and mouse) sera were generated and titrated against 27 viruses. This is laborious experimental work and is the largest publicly available neuraminidase inhibition dataset that I am aware of. As such, it will prove a useful resource for the influenza community.

      (2) A variety of computational methods were used to analyse the data, which give a rounded picture of the antigenic and genetic relationships and link between sequence, structure and phenotype.

      (3) Issues raised in the previous review have been thoroughly addressed.

      Weaknesses

      (1). Some inconsistencies and missing data in experimental methods Two ferret sera were boosted with H1N2, while recombinant NA protein for the others. This, and the underlying reason, are clearly explained in the manuscript. The authors note that boosting with live virus did not increase titres. Additionally, one homologous serum (A/Kansas/14/2017) was not generated, although this would not necessarily have impacted the results.

      We agree with the reviewer and this point was addressed in the previous rebuttal.

      (2) Inconsistency in experimental results

      Clustering of the NA inhibition results identifies three viruses which do not cluster with their phylogenetic group. Again this is clearly pointed out in the paper and is consistent with the two replicate ferret sera. Additionally, A/Kansas/14/2017 is in a different cluster based on the antigenic cartography vs the clustering of the titres

      We agree with the reviewer and this point was addressed in the previous rebuttal.

      (3) Antigenic cartography plot would benefit from documentation of the parameters and supporting analyses

      a. The number of optimisations used

      We used 500 optimizations. This information is now included in the Methods section.

      b. The final stress and the difference between the stress of the lowest few (e.g. 5) optimisations, or alternatively a graph of the stress of all the optimisations. Information on the stress per titre and per point, and whether any of these were outliers

      The stress was obtained from 1, 5, 500, or even 5000 optimizations (resulting in stress values of respectively, 1366.47, 1366.47, 2908.60, and 3031.41). Besides limited variation or non-conversion of the stress values after optimization, the obtained maps were consistent in multiple runs. The map was obtained keeping the best optimization (stress value 1366.47, selected using the keepBestOptimization() function).

      Author response image 1.

      The stress per point is presented in the heat map below.

      The heat map indicates stress per serum (x-axis) and strain (y-axis) in blue to red scale.

      c. A measure of uncertainty in position (e.g. from bootstrapping)

      Bootstrap was performed using 1000 repeats and 100 optimizations per repeat. The uncertainty is represented in the blob plot below.

      Author response image 2.

      (4) Random forest

      The full dataset was used for the random forest model, including tuning the hyperparameters. It is more robust to have a training and test set to be able to evaluate overfitting (there are 25 features to classify 43 sera).

      Explicit cross validation is not necessary for random forests as the out of bag process with multiple trees implicitly covers cross validation. In the random forest function in R this is done by setting the mtry argument (number of variables randomly sampled as candidates at each split). R samples variables with replacement (the same variable can be sampled multiple times) of the candidates from the training set. RF will then automatically take the data that is not selected as candidates as test set. Overfit may happen when all data is used for training but the RF method implicitly does use a test set and does not use all data for training.

      Code:

      rf <- randomForest(X,y=Y,ntree=1500,mtry=25,keep.forest=TRUE,importance=TRUE)

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors characterized the antigenicity of N2 protein of 43 selected A(H3N2) influenza A viruses isolated from 2009-2017 using ferret and mice immune sera. Four antigenic groups were identified, which the authors claimed to be correlated with their respective phylogenic/ genetic groups. Among 102 amino acids differed by the 44 selected N2 proteins, the authors identified residues that differentiate the antigenicity of the four groups and constructed a machine-learning model that provides antigenic distance estimation. Three recent A(H3N2) vaccine strains were tested in the model but there was no experimental data to confirm the model prediction results.

      Strengths:

      This study used N2 protein of 44 selected A(H3N2) influenza A viruses isolated from 2009-2017 and generated corresponding panels of ferret and mouse sera to react with the selected strains. The amount of experimental data for N2 antigenicity characterization is large enough for model building.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the strategy of selecting 43 A(H3N2) viruses from 2009-2017 was not explained. It is not clear if they represent the overall genetic diversity of human A(H3N2) viruses circulating during this time. In response to the reviewer's comment, the authors have provided a N2 phylogenetic tree using180 randomly selected N2 sequences from human A(H3N2) viruses from 2009-2017. While the 43 strains seems to scatter across the N2 tree, the four antigenic groups described by the author did not correlated with their respective phylogenic/ genetic groups as shown in Fig. 2. The authors should show the N2 phylogenic tree together with Fig. 2 and discuss the discrepancy observed.

      The discrepancies between the provided N2 phylogenetic tree using 180 selected N2 sequences was primarily due to visualization. In the tree presented in Figure 2 the phylogeny was ordered according to branch length in a decreasing way. Further, the tree represented in the rebuttal was built with PhyML 3.0 using JTT substitution model, while the tree in figure 2 was build in CLC Workbench 21.0.5 using Bishop-Friday substitution model. The tree below was built using the same methodology as Figure 2, including branch size ordering. No discrepancies are observed.

      Phylogenetic tree representing relatedness of N2 head domain. N2 NA sequences were ordered according to the branch length and phylogenetic clusters are colored as follows: G1: orange, G2: green, G3: blue, and G4: purple. NA sequences that were retained in the breadth panel are named according to the corresponding H3N2 influenza viruses. The other NA sequences are coded.

      Author response image 3.

      The second weakness is the use of double-immune ferret sera (post-infection plus immunization with recombinant NA protein) or mouse sera (immunized twice with recombinant NA protein) to characterize the antigenicity of the selected A(H3N2) viruses. Conventionally, NA antigenicity is characterized using ferret sera after a single infection. Repeated influenza exposure in ferrets has been shown to enhance antibody binding affinity and may affect the cross-reactivity to heterologous strains (PMID: 29672713). The increased cross-reactivity is supported by the NAI titers shown in Table S3, as many of the double immune ferret sera showed the highest reactivity not against its own homologous virus but to heterologous strains. In response to the reviewer's comment, the authors agreed the use of double-immune ferret sera may be a limitation of the study. It would be helpful if the authors can discuss the potential effect on the use of double-immune ferret sera in antigenicity characterization in the manuscript.

      Our study was designed to understand the breadth of the anti-NA response after the incorporation of NA as a vaccine antigens. Our data does not allow to conclude whether increased breadth of protection is merely due to increased antibody titers or whether an NA boost immunization was able to induce antibody responses against epitopes that were not previously recognized by primary response to infection. However, we now mention this possibility in the discussion and cite Kosikova et al. CID 2018, in this context.

      Another weakness is that the authors used the newly constructed a model to predict antigenic distance of three recent A(H3N2) viruses but there is no experimental data to validate their prediction (eg. if these viruses are indeed antigenically deviating from group 2 strains as concluded by the authors). In response to the comment, the authors have taken two strains out of the dataset and use them for validation. The results is shown as Fig. R7. However, it may be useful to include this in the main manuscript to support the validity of the model.

      The removal of 2 strains was performed to illustrate the predictive performance of the RF modeling. However, Random Forest does not require cross-validation. The reason is that RF modeling already uses an out-of-bag evaluation which, in short, consists of using only a fraction of the data for the creation of the decision trees (2/3 of the data), obviating the need for a set aside the test set:

      “…In each bootstrap training set, about one-third of the instances are left out. Therefore, the out-of-bag estimates are based on combining only about one- third as many classifiers as in the ongoing main combination. Since the error rate decreases as the number of combinations increases, the out-of-bag estimates will tend to overestimate the current error rate. To get unbiased out-of-bag estimates, it is necessary to run past the point where the test set error converges. But unlike cross-validation, where bias is present but its extent unknown, the out-of-bag estimates are unbiased…” from https://www.stat.berkeley.edu/%7Ebreiman/randomforest2001.pdf

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      This paper by Portela Catani et al examines the antigenic relationships (measured using monotypic ferret and mouse sera) across a panel of N2 genes from the past 14 years, along with the underlying sequence differences and phylogenetic relationships. This is a highly significant topic given the recent increased appreciation of the importance of NA as a vaccine target, and the relative lack of information about NA antigenic evolution compared with what is known about HA. Thus, these data will be of interest to those studying the antigenic evolution of influenza viruses. The methods used are generally quite sound, though there are a few addressable concerns that limit the confidence with which conclusions can be drawn from the data/analyses.

      Strengths:

      • The significance of the work, and the (general) soundness of the methods. -Explicit comparison of results obtained with mouse and ferret sera

      Weaknesses:

      • Approach for assessing influence of individual polymorphisms on antigenicity does not account for potential effects of epistasis (this point is acknowledged by the authors).

      We agree with the reviewer and this point was addressed in the previous rebuttal.

      • Machine learning analyses neither experimentally validated nor shown to be better than simple, phylogenetic-based inference.

      We respectfully disagree with the reviewer. This point was addressed in the previous rebuttal as follows.

      This is a valid remark and indeed we have found a clear correlation between NAI cross reactivity and phylogenetic relatedness. However, besides achieving good prediction of the experimental data (as shown in Figure 5 and in FigureR7), machine Learning analysis has the potential to rank or indicate major antigenic divergences based on available sequences before it has consolidated as new clade. ML can also support the selection and design of broader reactive antigens. “

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Discuss the discrepancy between Fig. 2 and the newly constructed N2 phylogenetic tree with 180 randomly selected N2 sequences of A(H3N2) viruses from 2009-2017. Specifically please explain the antigenic vs. phylogenetic relationship observed in Fig. 2 was not observed in the large N2 phylogenetic tree.

      Discrepancies were due to different method and visualization. A new tree was provided.

      (2) Include a sentence to discuss the potential effect on the use of double-immune ferret sera in antigenic characterization.

      We prefer not to speculate on this.

      (3) Include the results of the exercise run (with the use of Swe17 and HK17) in the manuscript as a way to validate the model.

      The exercise was performed to illustrate predictive potential of the RF modeling to the reviewer. However, cross-validation is not a usual requirement for random forest, since it uses out-of-bag calculations. We prefer to not include the exercise runs within the main manuscript.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      To hopefully contribute to more strongly support the conclusions of the manuscript, I am including a series of concerns regarding the experiments, as well as some recommendations that could be followed to address these issues:

      (1) The Q-nMT bundle is largely unaffected by the nocodazole treatment in most phases during its formation. However, cells were only treated with nocodazole for a very short period of time (15 min). Have the authors analyzed Q-nMT stability after longer nocodazole exposures? Is a similar treatment enough to depolymerize the mitotic spindle? This result could be further substantiated by treatment with other MT-depolymerizing agents. Furthermore, the dynamicity of the Q-nMT bundle could be ideally also assessed by other techniques, such as FRAP.

      The experiments suggested by the reviewer have been published in our previous paper (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In this previous study, we presented data demonstrating the resistance of the Q-nMT bundle to several MT poisons: TBZ, benomyl, MBC (Sup Fig 2D) and to an increasing amount of nocodazole after a 90 min treatment (Sup Fig2E). These published figures are provided below.

      Author response image 1.

      The nMT array contains highly stable MTS. (A) Variation Of nuclear MT length in function Of time (second) in proliferating cells. Cells express GFP•Tubl (green) and Nup2•RFP (red). Bars, 2 pm. N = l, n is indicated. (B) Variation of the nMT array length in function of time measured for BirnlGFP—expressing cells In = 161, for 6-d•old Dad2GFP—expressing cells In = 171, for Stu2GFP—expressing cells (n = 17), and 6•d-old Nuf2• GFP—expressing cells (n = 17). Examples Of corresponding time lapse are shown. Time is in minutes experiments). Bar, 2 pm. (CJ Nuf2•GFP dots detected along nMT array (arrow) are immobile. Several time lapse images of cells are shown. Time is in minutes. gar, 2 pm _ MT organizations in proliferating cells and 4-d•old quiescent cells before and after a 90-min treatment With indicated drugs. Bar, 2 pm. (E) MT organizations in Sci-old quiescent cells before and after a 90min treatment With increasing concentrations Of nocodazole.

      In the same article, we showed that Q-nMT bundles resist a 3h nocodazole treatment, while all MT structures assembled in proliferating cells, including mitotic spindle, vanished (see Fig 2E below). In addition, in our previous article, FRAP experiments were provided in Fig 2D.

      Author response image 2.

      The nuclear array is composed of stable MTS. Variation of the length in function of time of (A) aMTs in proliferating cells, (B) nMT array in quiescent cells (7 d), and the two MT structures in early quiescent cells (4 d). White arrows point ot dynamic aMTs. In A—C, N = 2, n is indicated ID) FRAP on 7-d-old quiescent cells. White arrows point to bleach areas. Error bars are SEM. In A—D. time is in seconds. (E) nMT array is not affected by nocodazole treatment. Before and various times after carbon exhaustion (red dashed line), cells were incubated for 3 h with 22.5 pg/pL nocodozole and then imaged. The corresponding control experiment is shown in Fig I A. In all panels, cells expressing GFP-TtJbl (green) and Nup2-RFP (red) are shown; bars, 2 pm.

      This previous study was mentioned in the introduction and is now re-cited at the beginning of the results section (line 107-108).

      As expected from our previous study, when proliferating cells were treated with Noc (30 µg/ml) in the same conditions as in Fig1, most of the short and the long mitotic spindles vanished after a 15 min treatment as shown in the graph below.

      Author response image 3.

      Proliferating cells expressing NOf2=GFP and mTQZ-TUb1 (00—2) were treated or not With NOC (30vgfmI) for 15 min.% Of cells With detectable MT and representative cells are shown. Khi-teet values are indicated. Bar: 2 pm,

      (2) The graph in Figure 1B is somewhat confusing. Is the X-axis really displaying the length of the MTs as stated in the legend? If so, one would expect to see a displacement of the average MT length of the population as cells progress from phase II to phase III, as previously demonstrated in Figure 1A. Likewise, no data points would be anticipated for those phases in which the MT length is 0 or close to 0. Moreover, when the length of half pre-anaphase mitotic spindle was measured as a control, how can one get MT lengths that are equal or close to 0 in these cells? The length of the pre-anaphase spindle is between 2-4 um, so MT length values should range from 1 to 2 um if half the spindle is measured.

      The graph in Fig1B represents the fluorescence intensity (a proxy for the Q-nMT bundle thickness) along the Q-nMT bundle length.

      Fluorescence intensity is measured along a “virtual line” that starts 0,5 µm before the extremity of the QnMT bundle that is in contact with the SPB. In other words, we aligned all intensity measurements at the fluorescence increasing onset on the SPB side. We arbitrarily set the ‘zero’ at 0,5um before the fluorescence increased onset. That is why the fluorescence intensity is zero between 0 and 0,5 µm – The X-axis represents this virtual line, the 0 being set 0,5 µm before the Q-nMT bundle extremity on the SPB side. This virtual line allows us to standardize our “thickness” measurements for all Q-nMT bundles.

      Using this standardization, it is clear that the length of the Q-nMT bundles increased from phase II to III (see the red arrow). Yet, as in phase II, Q-nMT bundles are not yet stable, their lengths are shorter in phase II than in phase II after a Noc treatment (compare the end of the orange line and the end of the blue line in phase II).

      Author response image 4.

      This is now explained in details in the Material and Methods section (line 539-545).

      This is the same for the inset of Fig 1B and in Sup Fig 1A, in which we measured fluorescence intensity along the halfmitotic spindle just as we did for MT bundle. The X-axis represent a virtual line along the mitotic spindle, starting 0,5 µm before the SBP spindle extremity.

      Author response image 5.

      (3) Microtubules seem to locate next to or to extend beyond the nucleus in the control cells (DMSO) in Figure 1H. Since both nuclear MTs and cytoplasmic MTs emanate from the SPBs, it would have been desirable to display the morphology of the nucleus when possible. Moreover, since the nucleus is a tridimensional structure, it would also be advisable to image different Z-sections.

      Analysis demonstrating that Q-nMT bundles are located inside the nucleus have been provided in our previous paper (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In this article most of the images are maximal projections of Z-stacks in which the nuclear envelope is visualized via Nup2-RFP (see Fig1 of Laporte et al, JCB 2013 as an example below).

      Author response image 6.

      MTsare organized as a nuclear array in quiescent cells. (A) MT reorganization upon quiescence entry. Cells expressing GFP-Tub1 (green) and Nup2RFP (red) are shown. Glucose exhaustion is indicated as a red dashed line. Quiescent cells dl expressing Tub I-RFP and either Spc72GFP,

      In Laporte et al, JCB 2013, we also provided EM analysis both in cryo and immune-gold (Fig 1E below).

      Author response image 7.

      (top) or coexpr;sse8 with Tub I-RFP (bottom). Arrows point dot along the nMT array. Bars: (A—C)) 2 pm. (E) AMT arroy visualized in WT cells by EMI Yellow arrows, MTS; red arrowheads, nuclear membrane; pink arrow, SPB. Insets: nMT cut transversally. Bar, 100 nm.

      (4) Movies depicting the process of Q-nMT bundle formation in live cells would have been really informative to more precisely evaluate the MT dynamics. Likewise, together with still images (Fig 1D and Supp. Fig. 1D), movies depicting the changes in the localization of Nuf2-GFP would have further facilitated the analysis of this process.

      In a new Sup Fig 1E, we now provide images of Q-nMT bundle formation initiation in phase I, in which it can be observed that Nuf2-GFP accompanies the growth of MT (mTQZ-TUB1) at the onset of Q-nMT bundle formation. Unfortunately, it is technically very challenging to follow the entire process of Q-nMT bundle formation in individual cells, as it takes > 48h. Indeed, for movies longer than 24h, on both microscope pads or specific microfluidic devices (Jacquel, et al, eLife 2021), phototoxicity and oxygen availability become problematic and affect cells’ viability.

      (5) Western blot images displaying the relative protein levels for mTQZ-Tub1 and of the ADH2 promoter-driven mRuby-Tub1 at the different time points should be included to more strongly support the conclusion that new tubulin molecules are introduced in the Q-nMT bundle only after phase I. It is worth noting, in this sense, that the percentage of cells with 2 colors Q-nMT bundle is analyzed only 1 hour after expression of mRuby-Tub1 was induced for phase I cells, but after 24 hours for phase II cells.<br /> We have modified Fig 1F and now provide images of cells after 3, 6 and 24h after glucose exhaustion and the corresponding percentage of cells displaying Q-nMT bundle with the two colors. We also now provide a western blot in Sup Fig 1H using specific antibodies against mTQZ (anti-GFP) and mRuby (anti-RFP).

      (6) In order to demonstrate that Q-nMT formation is an active process induced by a transient signal and that the Q-nMT bundle is required for cell survival, the authors treated cells with nocodazole for 24 h (Fig 1H and Supp Fig 1K). Both events, however, could be associated with the toxic effects of the extremely prolonged nocodazole treatment leading to cell death.

      We have treated 5 days old cells for 24h with 30 µg/ml Noc. We then washed the drug and transferred the cells into a glucose free medium. We then followed both cell survival, using methylene blue, and the cell’s capacity to form a colony after refeeding. In these conditions, we did not observe any toxic effect of the nocodazole. This result is now provided in Sup Fig 1L and discussed line 172-176.

      (7) The "Tub1-only" mutant displays shorter but stable Q-nMT bundles in phase II, although they are thinner than in wild-type cells. What happens in the "Tub3-only" mutant, which also has beta-tubulin levels similar to wild-type cells (Supp. Fig. 2B)?

      In order to measure Q-nMT bundle length and thickness, we used Tub1 fused to GFP. This cannot be done in a Tub3-only mutant. Yet, we have measured Q-nMT bundle length in Tub3-only cells using Bim1-3GFP as a MT marker (as in Laporte et al, JCB 2013). As shown in the figure below, Q-nMT bundles were shorter in Tub3-only cells than in WT cells whatever the phase.

      Author response image 8.

      We do not know if this effect is directly linked to the absence of Tub1 or if it is very indirect and for example due to the fact that Tub1 and Tub3 interact differently with Bim1 or other proteins that are involved in Q-nMT bundle stabilization. As we cannot give a clear interpretation for that result, we decided not to present those data in our manuscript.

      (8) Why were wild-type and ndc80-1 cells imaged after a 20 min nocodazole treatment to evaluate the role of KT-MT attachments in Q-nMT bundle formation (Fig 3A)? Importantly, this experiment is also missing a control in which Q-nMT length is analyzed in both wild-type and ndc80-1 cells at 25ºC instead of 37ºC.

      In this experiment, we used nocodazole to test both the formation and the stability of the Q-nMT bundle. Fig 3A shows MT length distribution in WT (grey) and ndc80-1 (violet) cells expressing mTQZTub1 (green) and Nuf2-GFP (red), shifted to 37 °C at the onset of glucose exhaustion and kept at this non-permissive temperature for 12 or 96 h then treated with Noc. The control experiment was provided in Sup Fig 3B. Indeed, this figure shows MT length in WT (grey) and ndc80-1 (violet) expressing mTQZ-Tub1 (green) and Nuf2-GFP (red) grown for 4 d (96h) at 25 °C, and treated or not with Noc. This is now indicated in the text line 216 and in the figure legend line 976

      Author response image 9.

      (9) As a general comment linked to the previous concern, it is striking that in many instances, Q-nMT bundle length is measured after nocodazole treatment without any evident reason to do this and without displaying the results in untreated cells as a control. If nocodazole is used, the authors should explicitly indicate it and state the reason for it.

      We provide control experiments without nocodazole for all of the figures. For the sake of figure clarity, for Fig.3A the control without the drug is in Sup. Fig. 3B, for Fig. 3B it is shown in Sup. Fig. 3D, for Fig. 4B, it is shown in Sup. Fig 4A. This is now stated in the text and in the figure legend: for Fig. 3A: line 216 and in the figure legend line 976; for Fig. 3B: line 222 and figure legend line 984; for Fig. 4B: line 280 and in the figure legend line 1017.

      The only figures where the untreated cells are not shown is for Fig 1D since the goal of the experiment is to make dynamic MTs shorten.

      In Fig. 5C and Sup. Fig. 5D to F, we used nocodazole to get rid of dynamic cytoplasmic MTs that form upon quiescence exit in order to facilitate Q-nMT bundle measurement. This was explained in our previous study (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). We now mention it in the figure legends, see for example Fig. 5 legend line 1054.

      (10) Ipl1 inactivation using the ipl1-1 thermosensitive allele impedes Q-nMT bundle formation. The inhibitor-sensitive ipl1-as1 allele could have been further used to show whether this depends on its kinase activity, also avoiding the need to increase the temperature, which affects MT dynamics. As suggested, we have used the ipl1-5as allele. We have thus modified Fig 3B and now show that is it indeed the Ipl1 kinase activity that is required for Q-nMT bundle formation initiation (line 222). In any case, it is surprising that deletion of SLI15 does not affect Q-nMT formation (in fact, MT length is even larger), despite the fact that Sli15, which localizes and activates Ipl1, is present at the Q-nMT (Fig 3C). Likewise, deletion of BIR1 has barely any effect on MT length after 4 days in quiescence (Fig 3D). Do the previous observations mean that Ipl1 role is CPC-independent? Does the lack of Sli15 or Bir1 aggravate the defect in Q-nMT formation of ipl1-1 cells at non-permissive or semi-permissive temperature?

      Thanks to the Reviewer’s comments, we have re-checked our sli15Δ strain and found that it was accumulating suppressors very rapidly. To circumvent this problem, we utilized the previously described sli15-3 strain (Kim et al, JCB 1999). We found that sli15-3 was synthetic lethal with both ipl1-1, ipl1-2 (as described in Kim et al, JCB 1999) and with ipl1-as5, preventing us from addressing the CPC dependence of the Ipl1 effect asked by the Reviewer. However, using the sli15-3 strain, we now show that inactivation of Sli15 upon glucose exhaustion does prevent Q-nMT bundle formation (See new Sup Fig 3F and the text line 226-227).

      (11) Lack of both Bir1 and Bim1 act in a synergistic way with regard to the defect in Q-nMT bundle formation. Although the absence of both Sli15 and Bim1 is proposed to lead to a similar defect, this is not sustained by the data provided, particularly in the absence of nocodazole treatment (Supp. Fig 3E).

      Deletion of bir1 alone has only a subtle effect on Q-nMT bundle length in the absence of Noc, yet in bir1Δ cells, Q-nMT bundles are sensitive to Noc. Deletion of BIM1 (bim1Δ) aggravates this phenotype (Fig. 3D). As mentioned above, Q-nMT bundle formation is impaired in sli15-3 cells. In our hands, and as expected from (Zimnaik et al, Cur Biol 2012), this allele is synthetic lethal with bim1Δ.

      On the other hand, the simultaneous lack of Bir1 and Bim1 drastically reduces the viability of cells in quiescence and this is proposed to be evidence supporting that KT-MT attachments are critical for QnMT bundle assembly (Supp Fig 3G). However, similarly to what was indicated previously for the 24 h nocodazole treatment, here again, the lack of viability could be originated by other reasons that are associated with the lack of Bir1 and Bim1 and not necessarily with problems in Q-nMT formation. In fact, the viability defect of cells lacking Bir1 and Bim1 is similar to that of cells only lacking Bir1 (Supp Fig 3G).

      We have previously shown that many mutants impaired for Q-nMT bundle formation (dyn1Δ, nip100Δ etc) have a reduced viability in quiescence (Laporte et al, JCB 2013). In the current study, a very strong phenotype is observed for other mutants impaired for Q-nMT bundle formation such as bim1Δ bir1Δ cells, but also for slk19Δ bim1Δ.

      Importantly, as shown in the new Sup Fig 1L, in WT cells treated with Noc upon entry into quiescence, a treatment that prevents Q-nMT formation, showed a reduced viability, while a Noc treatment that does not affect Q-nMT bundle formation, i.e. a treatment in late quiescence, has no effect on cell survival. This solid set of data point to a clear correlation between the ability of cells to assemble a Q-nMT bundle and their ability to survive in quiescence. Yet, of course, we cannot formally exclude that in all these mutants, the reduction of cell viability in quiescence is due to another reason.

      (12) Both Mam1 and Spo13 are, to my knowledge, meiosis-specific proteins. It is therefore surprising that mutants in these proteins have an effect on MT bundle formation (Fig 3G-H, Supp. Fig. 3G). Are Mam1 and Spo13 also expressed during quiescence? Transcription of MAM1 or SPO13 does not seem to be induced by glucose depletion in previously published microarray experiments, but if Mam1 are Spo13 are expressed in quiescent cells, the authors should show this together with their results.<br /> Indeed, it is interesting to notice that Mam1 and Spo13 are involved in both meiosis and Q-nMT bundle formation. As suggested by the Reviewer we have performed western blots in order to address the expression of those proteins in proliferation and quiescence (4d). We tagged Spo13 with either GFP, HA or Myc but none of the fusion proteins were functional. Yet, as shown in the new Sup Fig 3I, Mam1-GFP, Csm1-GFP and Lsr4-GFP were expressed both in proliferation and quiescence.

      (13) In the laser ablation experiments that demonstrate that KT-MT attachments are not needed in order to maintain Q-nMT bundles once formed, anaphase spindles of proliferating cells were cut as a control (Supp. Fig 3I). However, late anaphase cells have already segregated the chromosomes, which lie next to the SPBs (this can be evidenced by looking at Dad2-GFP localization in Supp. Fig 3I), so that only interpolar MTs are severed in these experiments. The authors should have instead used metaphase cells as a control, since chromosomes are maintained at the spindle midzone and the length and width of the metaphase spindle is more similar to that of the Q-nMT bundle.

      We have tried to “cut” short metaphase spindles, but as they are < 1 µm, after the laser pulse, it is difficult to verify that spindles are indeed cut and not solely “bleached”. Furthermore, after the cut, the remaining MT structure that is detectable is very short, and we are not confident in our length measurements. Yet, this type of experiment has been done in S. pombe (Khodjakov et al, Cur Biol 2004 and Zareiesfandabadi et al, Biophys. J. 2022). In these articles the authors have demonstrated that after a cut, metaphase spindles are unstable and rapidly shrink through the action of Kinesin14 and dynein. This is now mentioned in the text line 265.

      (14) In the experiment that shows that cycloheximide prevents Q-nMT disassembly after quiescence exit, and therefore that this process requires de novo protein synthesis (Fig. 5A), cells are indicated to express only Spc42-RFP and Nuf2-GFP. However, Stu2-GFP images are also shown next to the graph and, according to the figure legend, it was indeed Stu2-GFP that was used to measure individual QnMT bundles in cells treated with cycloheximide. In the graph, additionally, time t=0 represents the onset of MT bundle depolymerization, but Q-nMT bundle disassembly does not take place after cycloheximide treatment. The authors should clarify these aspects of the experiment.

      Following the Reviewer’s suggestion, to clarify these aspects we have split Fig. 5A into 2 panels.

      Finally, some minor issues are:

      (1) The text should be checked for proper spelling and grammar.

      We have done our best.

      (2) In some instances, there is no indication of how many cells were imaged and analyzed.

      We now provide all these details either in the figure itself or in the figure legend.

      (3) Besides the Q-nMT bundle, it is sometimes noticeable an additional strong cytoplasmic fluorescent signal in cells that express mTQZ-Tub1 and/or mRuby-Tub1 (e.g., Figs 1F, 1H and, particularly, Supp Fig 1H). What is the nature of these cytoplasmic MT structures?

      We did mention this observation in the material and methods section (see line 526-528). This signal is a background fluorescence signal detected with our long pass GFP filter. It is not GFP as it is “yellowish” when we view it via the microscope oculars. This background signal can also be observed in quiescent WT cells that do not express any GFP. We do not know what molecule could be at the origin of that signal but it may be derivative of an adenylic metabolite that accumulates in quiescence and could be fluorescent in the 550nm –ish wavelength, but this is pure speculation.

      (4) It is remarkable that a 20-30% decrease in tubulin levels had such a strong impact on the assembly of the Q-nMT bundle (Supp. Fig. 2). Can this phenotype be recovered by increasing the amount of tubulin in the mutants impaired for tubulin folding?

      Yes, this is astonishing, but we believe our data are very solid since we observed that with both tub3Δ and in all the tubulin folding mutants we have tested (See Sup. Fig. 2). To answer Reviewer’s question, we would need to increase the amount of properly folded tubulin, in a tubulin folding mutant. One way to try to do that would be to find suppressors of GIM mutations, but this is a lengthy process that we feel would not add much strength to this conclusion.

      (5) The graphs displaying the length of the Q-nMT bundle in several mutants in microtubule motors throughout a time course are presented in a different manner than in previous experiments, with data points for individual cells being only shown for the most extreme values (Fig 4C, 4H). It would be advisable, for the sake of comparison, to unify the way to represent the data.

      We have now unified the way we present our figures.

      (6) How was the exit from quiescence established in the experiments evaluating Q-nMT disassembly? How synchronous is quiescence exit in the whole population of cells once they are transferred to a rich medium?

      We set the “zero” time upon cell refeeding with new medium. In fact, quiescence exit is NOT synchronous. We have reported this in previous publications, with the best description of this phenomena being in Laporte et al, MIC 2017 . <br /> The figures below are the same data but on the left graph, the kinetic is aligned upon SPB separation onset, while on the right graph (Fig 5A), it is aligned on MT shrinking onset.

      Author response image 10.

      We can add this piece of data in a Sup Figure if the Reviewer believes it is important.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      General:

      • In general, more precise language that accurately describes the experiments would improve the text. <br /> We have tried to do our best to improve the text.

      • The authors should clearly define what they mean by an active process and provide context to support this statement regarding the Q-nMT.

      We have strived to clarify this point in the text (see paragraph form line 146 to 178).

      • It is reasonable to assume that structures composed of microtubules are dynamic during the assembly process. The authors should clarify what they mean by "stable by default i.e., intrinsically stable." Do they mean that when Q-nMT assembly starts, it will proceed to completion regardless of a change in condition?

      We mean that in phase I the Q-nMT bundle is stabilized as it grows and that stabilization is concomitant with polymerization. By contrast, MTs polymerized during phase II are not stabilized upon elongation beyond the phase I polymer, and get stabilized later, in a separate phase (i.e. in phase III). We hope to have clarified this point in the text (see line 108-110).

      • In lines 33-34, the authors claim that the Q-nMT bundle functions as a "sort of checkpoint for cell cycle resumption." This wording is imprecise, and more significantly the authors do not provide evidence supporting a direct role for Q-nMT in a quiescence checkpoint that inhibits re-entry into the cell cycle.

      We have softened and clarified the text in the abstract (see line 29-30)., in the introduction (line 101104), in the result section (line 331-332) and in the discussion (line 426-430).

      • Many statements are qualitative and subjective. Quantitative statements supported by the results should be used where possible, and if not possible restated or removed.

      We provide statistical data analysis for all the figures.

      • The number of hours after glucose exhaustion used for each phase varies between assays. This is likely a logistical issue but should be explained.

      This is indeed a logistical issue and when pertinent, it is explained in the text.

      • It would be interesting to address how this process occurs in diploids. Do they form a Q-nMT? How does this relate to the decision to enter meiosis?

      Diploid cells enter meiosis when they are starved for nitrogen. Upon glucose exhaustion diploids do form a Q-nMT bundle. This is shown and measured in the new Sup Fig1C. In fact, in diploids, Q-nMT bundles are thicker than in haploid cells.

      • It would be interesting to address how the timescale of this process compares to the types of nutrient stress yeast would be exposed to in the environment.

      We have transferred proliferating yeast cells to water, to try to mimic what could happen when yeast cells face rain in the wild. As shown below, they do form a Q-nMT bundle that becomes nocodazole resistant after 30h. This data is now provided in the new Sup Fig 1D.

      • It is recommended that the authors use FRAP experiments to directly measure the stability of the QnMT bundles.

      This experiment was published in (Laporte et al, 2013). Please see response to Reviewer #1.

      • In many cases, the description of the experimental methods lacks sufficient detail to evaluate the approach or for independent verification of results.

      We have strived to provide a more detailed material and methods section, as well as more detailed figure legends and statistical informations.

      Specific comments on figures:

      • In Figure 1 c), what do the polygons represent? They do not contain all the points of the associated colour.

      The polygon represented the area of distribution of 90% of the data points. As they did not significantly add to the data presentation they have been removed.

      • In Figure 2 a), is the use of two different sets of markers to control for the effect of the markers on microtubule dynamics?

      Yes, we are always concerned about the influence of GFP on our results, so very often we replicate our experiments with different fluorescent proteins or even with different proteins tagged with GFP. This is now mentioned in the text (line 184-186).

      • Is it accurate to say (line 201, figure 3 a)) that no Q-nMT bundles were detected in ndc80-1 cells shifted to 37 degrees, or are they just shorter?

      As shown in Fig 3A, in ndc80-1 cells, most of the MT structures that we measured are below 0,5um. This has been re-phrased in the text (line 214-215).

      • Lines 265-269, figure 4 b), how can the phenotype observed in cin8∆ cells be explained given the low abundance of Cin8 that is detected in quiescent cells?

      Faint fluorescence signal is not synonymous of an absence of function. As shown in Sup Fig 4B, we do detect Cin8-GFP in quiescent cells.

      • Quantification is needed in Figure 4 panels c) and h).

      Fig 4C and 4H have been changed and quantification are provided in the figure legend.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      A few points should be addressed for clarity:

      (1) Sup. Fig. 1K: are only viable cells used for the colony-forming assay? How were these selected? If not, the assay would just measure survival (as in the viability assay).

      Yes, only viable cells were selected for the colony forming assay. We used methylene blue to stain dead cells. Then, we used a micromanipulation instrument (Singer Spore Play) that is commonly used for tetrad dissection to select “non blue cells” and position them on a plate (as we do with spores). Each micromanipulated cell is then allowed to grow on the plate and we count colonies (see picture in Sup Fig 1L right panel). This was described in Laporte et al, JCB 2011. We have added that piece of information in the legend (line 1129-1130) and in the M&M section (line 580-586).

      (2) Could Tub3 have a role in phase I? It is not clear why the authors conclude involvement only in phase II.

      As it can be seen in Fig 2D, MT bundle length and thickness are quite similar in WT and Tub1-only cells in phase I, indicating that the absence of Tub3 as no effect in phase I. In Tub1-only cells, MT bundles are thinner in both phase II and phase III, yet, they get fully stabilized in phase III. Thus, the effect of Tub3 is largely specific to the nucleation/elongation of phase II MTs. We hope to have clarified that point in the text (line 203-207).

      (3) Quantifications, statistics: for all quantifications, the authors should clearly state the number of experiments (replicates), and number of cells used in each, and what number was used for statistics. For all quantifications in cells, it seems that the values from the total number of cells across different experiments were plotted and used for statistics. This is not very useful and results in extremely small p values. I assume that the values for individual cells were obtained from multiple, independent experiments. Unless there are technical limitations that allow only a very small sample size (not the case here for most experiments), for experiments involving treatments the authors should determine values for each experiment and show statistics for comparison between experiments rather than individual cells pooled from multiple experiments.

      All the experiments have been done at least in replicate. In the new Fig. 1A, we now display each independent experiment with a specific color code. For Fig 2B and 2C we now provide the data obtained for each separate experiment in Sup Fig 2C. Additional details about quantifications and statistics are provided in the M&M section or in the specific figure legends.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1:

      Comment:

      The authors quantified information in gesture and speech, and investigated the neural processing of speech and gestures in pMTG and LIFG, depending on their informational content, in 8 different time-windows, and using three different methods (EEG, HD-tDCS and TMS). They found that there is a time-sensitive and staged progression of neural engagement that is correlated with the informational content of the signal (speech/gesture).

      Strengths:

      A strength of the paper is that the authors attempted to combine three different methods to investigate speech-gesture processing.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of our efforts in employing a multi-method approach, which integrates three complementary experimental paradigms, each leveraging distinct neurophysiological techniques to provide converging evidence.

      In Experiment 1, we found that the degree of inhibition in the pMTG and LIFG was strongly associated with the overlap in gesture-speech representations, as quantified by mutual information. Experiment 2 revealed the time-sensitive dynamics of the pMTG-LIFG circuit in processing both unisensory (gesture or speech) and multisensory information. Experiment 3, utilizing high-temporal-resolution EEG, independently replicated the temporal dynamics of gesture-speech integration observed in Experiment 2, further validating our findings.

      The striking convergence across these methodologically independent approaches significantly bolsters the robustness and generalizability of our conclusions regarding the neural mechanisms underlying multisensory integration.

      Comment 1: I thank the authors for their careful responses to my comments. However, I remain not convinced by their argumentation regarding the specificity of their spatial targeting and the time-windows that they used.

      The authors write that since they included a sham TMS condition, that the TMS selectively disrupted the IFG-pMTG interaction during specific time windows of the task related to gesture-speech semantic congruency. This to me does not show anything about the specificity of the time-windows itself, nor the selectivity of targeting in the TMS condition.

      (1) Selection of brain regions (IFG/pMTG)

      We thank the reviewer for their thoughtful consideration. The choice of the left IFG and pMTG as regions of interest (ROIs) was informed by a meta-analysis of fMRI studies on gesture-speech integration, which consistently identified these regions as critical hubs (see Author response table 1 for detailed studies and coordinates).

      Author response table 1.

      Meta-analysis of previous studies on gesture-speech integration.

      Based on the meta-analysis of previous studies, we selected the IFG and pMTG as ROIs for gesture-speech integration. The rationale for selecting these brain regions is outlined in the introduction in Lines 63-66: “Empirical studies have investigated the semantic integration between gesture and speech by manipulating their semantic relationship[15-18] and revealed a mutual interaction between them19-21 as reflected by the N400 latency and amplitude14 as well as common neural underpinnings in the left inferior frontal gyrus (IFG) and posterior middle temporal gyrus (pMTG)[15,22,23].”

      And further described in Lines 77-78: “Experiment 1 employed high-definition transcranial direct current stimulation (HD-tDCS) to administer Anodal, Cathodal and Sham stimulation to either the IFG or the pMTG”. And Lines 85-88: ‘Given the differential involvement of the IFG and pMTG in gesture-speech integration, shaped by top-down gesture predictions and bottom-up speech processing [23], Experiment 2 was designed to assess whether the activity of these regions was associated with relevant informational matrices”.

      In the Methods section, we clarified the selection of coordinates in Lines 194-200: “Building on a meta-analysis of prior fMRI studies examining gesture-speech integration[22], we targeted Montreal Neurological Institute (MNI) coordinates for the left IFG at (-62, 16, 22) and the pMTG at (-50, -56, 10). In the stimulation protocol for HD-tDCS, the IFG was targeted using electrode F7 as the optimal cortical projection site[36], with four return electrodes placed at AF7, FC5, F9, and FT9. For the pMTG, TP7 was selected as the cortical projection site[36], with return electrodes positioned at C5, P5, T9, and P9.”

      The selection of IFG or pMTG as integration hubs for gesture and speech has also been validated in our previous studies. Specifically, Zhao et al. (2018, J. Neurosci) applied TMS to both areas. Results demonstrated that disrupting neural activity in the IFG or pMTG via TMS selectively impaired the semantic congruency effect (reaction time costs due to semantic incongruence), while leaving the gender congruency effect unaffected.

      These findings identified the IFG and pMTG as crucial hubs for gesture-speech integration, guiding the selection of brain regions for our subsequent studies.

      (2) Selection of time windows

      The five key time windows (TWs) analyzed in this study were derived from our previous TMS work (Zhao et al., 2021, J. Neurosci), where we segmented the gesture-speech integration period (0–320 ms post-speech onset) into eight 40-ms windows. This interval aligns with established literature on gesture-speech integration, particularly the 200–300 ms window noted by the reviewer. As detailed in Lines (776-779): “Procedure of Experiment 2. Eight time windows (TWs, duration = 40 ms) were segmented in relative to the speech IP. Among the eight TWs, five (TW1, TW2, TW3, TW6, and TW7) were chosen based on the significant results in our prior study[23]. Double-pulse TMS was delivered over each of the TW of either the pMTG or the IFG”.

      In our prior work (Zhao et al., 2021, J. Neurosci), we employed a carefully controlled experimental design incorporating two key factors: (1) gesture-speech semantic congruency (serving as our primary measure of integration) and (2) gesture-speech gender congruency (implemented as a matched control factor). Using a time-locked, double-pulse TMS protocol, we systematically targeted each of the eight predefined time windows (TWs) within the left IFG, left pMTG, or vertex (serving as a sham control condition). Our results demonstrated that a TW-selective disruption of gesture-speech integration, indexed by the semantic congruency effect (i.e., a cost of reaction time because of semantic conflict), when stimulating the left pMTG in TW1, TW2, and TW7 but when stimulating the left IFG in TW3 and TW6. Crucially, no significant effects were observed during either sham stimulation or the controlled gender congruency factor (Figure 3 from Zhao et al., 2021, J. Neurosci).

      This triple dissociation - showing effects only for semantic integration, only in active stimulation, and only at specific time points - provides compelling causal evidence that IFG-pMTG connectivity plays a temporally precise role in gesture-speech integration.

      Noted that this work has undergone rigorous peer review by two independent experts who both endorsed our methodological approach. Their original evaluations, provided below:

      Reviewer 1: “significance: Using chronometric TMS-stimulation the data of this experiment suggests a feedforward information flow from left pMTG to left IFG followed by an information flow from left IFG back to the left pMTG.  The study is the first to provide causal evidence for the temporal dynamics of the left pMTG and left IFG found during gesture-speech integration.”

      Reviewer 2: “Beyond the new results the manuscript provides regarding the chronometrical interaction of the left inferior frontal gyrus and middle temporal gyrus in gesture-speech interaction, the study more basically shows the possibility of unfolding temporal stages of cognitive processing within domain-specific cortical networks using short-time interval double-pulse TMS. Although this method also has its limitations, a careful study planning as shown here and an appropiate discussion of the results can provide unique insights into cognitive processing.”

      References:

      Willems, R.M., Ozyurek, A., and Hagoort, P. (2009). Differential roles for left inferior frontal and superior temporal cortex in multimodal integration of action and language. Neuroimage 47, 1992-2004. 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2009.05.066.

      Drijvers, L., Jensen, O., and Spaak, E. (2021). Rapid invisible frequency tagging reveals nonlinear integration of auditory and visual information. Human Brain Mapping 42, 1138-1152. 10.1002/hbm.25282.

      Drijvers, L., and Ozyurek, A. (2018). Native language status of the listener modulates the neural integration of speech and iconic gestures in clear and adverse listening conditions. Brain and Language 177, 7-17. 10.1016/j.bandl.2018.01.003.

      Drijvers, L., van der Plas, M., Ozyurek, A., and Jensen, O. (2019). Native and non-native listeners show similar yet distinct oscillatory dynamics when using gestures to access speech in noise. Neuroimage 194, 55-67. 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2019.03.032.

      Holle, H., and Gunter, T.C. (2007). The role of iconic gestures in speech disambiguation: ERP evidence. J Cognitive Neurosci 19, 1175-1192. 10.1162/jocn.2007.19.7.1175.

      Kita, S., and Ozyurek, A. (2003). What does cross-linguistic variation in semantic coordination of speech and gesture reveal?: Evidence for an interface representation of spatial thinking and speaking. J Mem Lang 48, 16-32. 10.1016/S0749-596x(02)00505-3.

      Bernardis, P., and Gentilucci, M. (2006). Speech and gesture share the same communication system. Neuropsychologia 44, 178-190. 10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2005.05.007.

      Zhao, W.Y., Riggs, K., Schindler, I., and Holle, H. (2018). Transcranial magnetic stimulation over left inferior frontal and posterior temporal cortex disrupts gesture-speech integration. Journal of Neuroscience 38, 1891-1900. 10.1523/Jneurosci.1748-17.2017.

      Zhao, W., Li, Y., and Du, Y. (2021). TMS reveals dynamic interaction between inferior frontal gyrus and posterior middle temporal gyrus in gesture-speech semantic integration. The Journal of Neuroscience, 10356-10364. 10.1523/jneurosci.1355-21.2021.

      Hartwigsen, G., Bzdok, D., Klein, M., Wawrzyniak, M., Stockert, A., Wrede, K., Classen, J., and Saur, D. (2017). Rapid short-term reorganization in the language network. Elife 6. 10.7554/eLife.25964.

      Jackson, R.L., Hoffman, P., Pobric, G., and Ralph, M.A.L. (2016). The semantic network at work and rest: Differential connectivity of anterior temporal lobe subregions. Journal of Neuroscience 36, 1490-1501. 10.1523/JNEUROSCI.2999-15.2016.

      Humphreys, G. F., Lambon Ralph, M. A., & Simons, J. S. (2021). A Unifying Account of Angular Gyrus Contributions to Episodic and Semantic Cognition. Trends in neurosciences, 44(6), 452–463. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tins.2021.01.006

      Bonner, M. F., & Price, A. R. (2013). Where is the anterior temporal lobe and what does it do?. The Journal of neuroscience : the official journal of the Society for Neuroscience, 33(10), 4213–4215. https://doi.org/10.1523/JNEUROSCI.0041-13.2013

      Comment 2: It could still equally well be the case that other regions or networks relevant for gesture-speech integration are targeted, and it can still be the case that these timewindows are not specific, and effects bleed into other time periods. There seems to be no experimental evidence here that this is not the case.

      The selection of IFG and pMTG as regions of interest was rigorously justified through multiple lines of evidence. First, a comprehensive meta-analysis of fMRI studies on gesture-speech integration consistently identified these regions as central nodes (see response to comment 1). Second, our own previous work (Zhao et al., 2018, JN; 2021, JN) provided direct empirical validation of their involvement. Third, by employing the same experimental paradigm, we minimized the likelihood of engaging alternative networks. Fourth, even if other regions connected to IFG or pMTG might be affected by TMS, the distinct engagement of specific time windows of IFG and pMTG minimizes the likelihood of consistent influence from other regions.

      Regarding temporal specificity, our 2021 study (Zhao et al., 2021, JN, see details in response to comment 1) systematically examined the entire 0-320ms integration window and found that only select time windows showed significant effects for gesture-speech semantic congruency, while remaining unaffected during gender congruency processing. This double dissociation (significant effects for semantic integration but not gender processing in specific windows) rules out broad temporal spillover.

      Comment 3: To be more specific, the authors write that double-pulse TMS has been widely used in previous studies (as found in their table). However, the studies cited in the table do not necessarily demonstrate the level of spatial and temporal specificity required to disentangle the contributions of tightly-coupled brain regions like the IFG and pMTG during the speech-gesture integration process. pMTG and IFG are located in very close proximity, and are known to be functionally and structurally interconnected, something that is not necessarily the case for the relatively large and/or anatomically distinct areas that the authors mention in their table.

      Our methodological approach is strongly supported by an established body of research employing double-pulse TMS (dpTMS) to investigate neural dynamics across both primary motor and higher-order cognitive regions. As documented in Author response table 1, multiple studies have successfully applied this technique to: (1) primary motor areas (tongue and lip representations in M1), and (2) semantic processing regions (including pMTG, PFC, and ATL). Particularly relevant precedents include:

      (1) Teige et al. (2018, Cortex): Demonstrated precise spatial and temporal specificity by applying 40ms-interval dpTMS to ATL, pMTG, and mid-MTG across multiple time windows (0-40ms, 125-165ms, 250-290ms, 450-490ms), revealing distinct functional contributions from ATL versus pMTG.

      (2) Vernet et al. (2015, Cortex): Successfully dissociated functional contributions of right IPS and DLPFC using 40ms-interval dpTMS, despite their anatomical proximity and functional connectivity.

      These studies confirm double-pulse TMS can discriminate interconnected nodes at short timescales. Our 2021 study further validated this for IFG-pMTG.

      Author response table 2.

      Double-pulse TMS studies on brain regions over 3-60 ms time interval

      References:

      Teige, C., Mollo, G., Millman, R., Savill, N., Smallwood, J., Cornelissen, P. L., & Jefferies, E. (2018). Dynamic semantic cognition: Characterising coherent and controlled conceptual retrieval through time using magnetoencephalography and chronometric transcranial magnetic stimulation. Cortex, 103, 329-349.

      Vernet, M., Brem, A. K., Farzan, F., & Pascual-Leone, A. (2015). Synchronous and opposite roles of the parietal and prefrontal cortices in bistable perception: a double-coil TMS–EEG study. Cortex, 64, 78-88.

      Comment 4: But also more in general: The mere fact that these methods have been used in other contexts does not necessarily mean they are appropriate or sufficient for investigating the current research question. Likewise, the cognitive processes involved in these studies are quite different from the complex, multimodal integration of gesture and speech. The authors have not provided a strong theoretical justification for why the temporal dynamics observed in these previous studies should generalize to the specific mechanisms of gesture-speech integration..

      The neurophysiological mechanisms underlying double-pulse TMS (dpTMS) are well-characterized. While it is established that single-pulse TMS can produce brief artifacts (typically within 0–10 ms) due to transient cortical depolarization (Romero et al., 2019, NC), the dynamics of double-pulse TMS (dpTMS) involve more intricate inhibitory interactions. Specifically, the first pulse increases membrane conductance via GABAergic shunting inhibition, effectively lowering membrane resistance and attenuating the excitatory impact of the second pulse. This results in a measurable reduction in cortical excitability at the paired-pulse interval, as evidenced by suppressed motor evoked potentials (MEPs) (Paulus & Rothwell, 2016, J Physiol). Importantly, this neurophysiological mechanism is independent of cognitive domain and has been robustly demonstrated across multiple functional paradigms.

      In our study, we did not rely on previously reported timing parameters but instead employed a dpTMS protocol using a 40-ms inter-pulse interval. Based on the inhibitory dynamics of this protocol, we designed a sliding temporal window sufficiently broad to encompass the integration period of interest. This approach enabled us to capture and localize the critical temporal window associated with ongoing integrative processing in the targeted brain region.

      We acknowledge that the previous phrasing may have been ambiguous, a clearer and more detailed description of the dpTMS protocol has now been provided in Lines 88-92: “To this end, we employed chronometric double-pulse transcranial magnetic stimulation, which is known to transiently reduce cortical excitability at the inter-pulse interval]27]. Within a temporal period broad enough to capture the full duration of gesture–speech integration[28], we targeted specific timepoints previously implicated in integrative processing within IFG and pMTG [23].”

      References:

      Romero, M.C., Davare, M., Armendariz, M. et al. Neural effects of transcranial magnetic stimulation at the single-cell level. Nat Commun 10, 2642 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1038/s41467-019-10638-7

      Paulus W, Rothwell JC. Membrane resistance and shunting inhibition: where biophysics meets state-dependent human neurophysiology. J Physiol. 2016 May 15;594(10):2719-28. doi: 10.1113/JP271452. PMID: 26940751; PMCID: PMC4865581.

      Obermeier, C., & Gunter, T. C. (2015). Multisensory Integration: The Case of a Time Window of Gesture-Speech Integration. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 27(2), 292-307. https://doi.org/10.1162/jocn_a_00688

      Comment 5: Moreover, the studies cited in the table provided by the authors have used a wide range of interpulse intervals, from 20 ms to 100 ms, suggesting that the temporal precision required to capture the dynamics of gesture-speech integration (which is believed to occur within 200-300 ms; Obermeier & Gunter, 2015) may not even be achievable with their 40 ms time windows.

      Double-pulse TMS has been empirically validated across neurocognitive studies as an effective method for establishing causal temporal relationships in cortical networks, with demonstrated sensitivity at timescales spanning 3-60 m. Our selection of a 40-ms interpulse interval represents an optimal compromise between temporal precision and physiological feasibility, as evidenced by its successful application in dissociating functional contributions of interconnected regions including ATL/pMTG (Teige et al., 2018) and IPS/DLPFC (Vernet et al., 2015). This methodological approach combines established experimental rigor with demonstrated empirical validity for investigating the precisely timed IFG-pMTG dynamics underlying gesture-speech integration, as shown in our current findings and prior work (Zhao et al., 2021).

      Our experimental design comprehensively sampled the 0-320 ms post-stimulus period, fully encompassing the critical 200-300 ms window associated with gesture-speech integration, as raised by the reviewer. Notably, our results revealed temporally distinct causal dynamics within this period: the significantly reduced semantic congruency effect emerged at IFG at 200-240ms, followed by feedback projections from IFG to pMTG at 240-280ms. This precisely timed interaction provides direct neurophysiological evidence for the proposed architecture of gesture-speech integration, demonstrating how these interconnected regions sequentially contribute to multisensory semantic integration.

      Comment 6: I do appreciate the extra analyses that the authors mention. However, my 5th comment is still unanswered: why not use entropy scores as a continous measure?

      Analysis with MI and entropy as continuous variables were conducted employing Representational Similarity Analysis (RSA) (Popal et.al, 2019). This analysis aimed to build a model to predict neural responses based on these feature metrics.

      To capture dynamic temporal features indicative of different stages of multisensory integration, we segmented the EEG data into overlapping time windows (40 ms in duration with a 10 ms step size). The 40 ms window was chosen based on the TMS protocol used in Experiment 2, which also employed a 40 ms time window. The 10 ms step size (equivalent to 5 time points) was used to detect subtle shifts in neural responses that might not be captured by larger time windows, allowing for a more granular analysis of the temporal dynamics of neural activity.

      Following segmentation, the EEG data were reshaped into a four-dimensional matrix (42 channels × 20 time points × 97 time windows × 20 features). To construct a neural similarity matrix, we averaged the EEG data across time points within each channel and each time window. The resulting matrix was then processed using the pdist function to compute pairwise distances between adjacent data points. This allowed us to calculate correlations between the neural matrix and three feature similarity matrices, which were constructed in a similar manner. These three matrices corresponded to (1) gesture entropy, (2) speech entropy, and (3) mutual information (MI). This approach enabled us to quantify how well the neural responses corresponded to the semantic dimensions of gesture and speech stimuli at each time window.

      To determine the significance of the correlations between neural activity and feature matrices, we conducted 1000 permutation tests. In this procedure, we randomized the data or feature matrices and recalculated the correlations repeatedly, generating a null distribution against which the observed correlation values were compared. Statistical significance was determined if the observed correlation exceeded the null distribution threshold (p < 0.05). This permutation approach helps mitigate the risk of spurious correlations, ensuring that the relationships between the neural data and feature matrices are both robust and meaningful.

      Finally, significant correlations were subjected to clustering analysis, which grouped similar neural response patterns across time windows and channels. This clustering allowed us to identify temporal and spatial patterns in the neural data that consistently aligned with the semantic features of gesture and speech stimuli, thus revealing the dynamic integration of these multisensory modalities across time. Results are as follows:

      (1)  Two significant clusters were identified for gesture entropy (Figure 1 left). The first cluster was observed between 60-110 ms (channels F1 and F3), with correlation coefficients (r) ranging from 0.207 to 0.236 (p < 0.001). The second cluster was found between 210-280 ms (channel O1), with r-values ranging from 0.244 to 0.313 (p < 0.001).

      (2)  For speech entropy (Figure 1 middle), significant clusters were detected in both early and late time windows. In the early time windows, the largest significant cluster was found between 10-170 ms (channels F2, F4, F6, FC2, FC4, FC6, C4, C6, CP4, and CP6), with r-values ranging from 0.151 to 0.340 (p = 0.013), corresponding to the P1 component (0-100 ms). In the late time windows, the largest significant cluster was observed between 560-920 ms (across the whole brain, all channels), with r-values ranging from 0.152 to 0.619 (p = 0.013).

      (3)  For mutual information (MI) (Figure 1 right), a significant cluster was found between 270-380 ms (channels FC1, FC2, FC3, FC5, C1, C2, C3, C5, CP1, CP2, CP3, CP5, FCz, Cz, and CPz), with r-values ranging from 0.198 to 0.372 (p = 0.001).

      Author response image 1.

      Results of RSA analysis.

      These additional findings suggest that even using a different modeling approach, neural responses, as indexed by feature metrics of entropy and mutual information, are temporally aligned with distinct ERP components and ERP clusters, as reported in the current manuscript. This alignment serves to further consolidate the results, reinforcing the conclusion we draw. Considering the length of the manuscript, we did not include these results in the current manuscript.

      Reference:

      Popal, H., Wang, Y., & Olson, I. R. (2019). A guide to representational similarity analysis for social neuroscience. Social cognitive and affective neuroscience, 14(11), 1243-1253.

      Comment 7: In light of these concerns, I do not believe the authors have adequately demonstrated the spatial and temporal specificity required to disentangle the contributions of the IFG and pMTG during the gesture-speech integration process. While the authors have made a sincere effort to address the concerns raised by the reviewers, and have done so with a lot of new analyses, I remain doubtful that the current methodological approach is sufficient to draw conclusions about the causal roles of the IFG and pMTG in gesture-speech integration.

      To sum up:

      (1) Empirical validation from our prior work (Zhao et al., 2018,2021,JN): The selection of IFG and pMTG as target regions was informed by both: (1) a comprehensive meta-analysis of fMRI studies on gesture-speech integration, and (2) our own prior causal evidence from Zhao et al. (2018, J Neurosci), with detailed stereotactic coordinates provided in the attached Response to Editors and Reviewers letter. The temporal parameters were similarly grounded in empirical data from Zhao et al. (2021, J Neurosci), where we systematically examined eight consecutive 40-ms windows spanning the full integration period (0-320 ms). This study revealed a triple dissociation of effects - occurring exclusively during: (i)semantic integration (but not control tasks), (ii) active stimulation (but not sham), and (iii) specific time windows (but not all time windows)- providing robust causal evidence for the spatiotemporal specificity of IFG-pMTG interactions in gesture-speech processing. Notably, all reviewers recognized the methodological strength of this dpTMS approach in their evaluations (see attached JN assessment for details).

      (2) Convergent evidence from Experiment 3: Our study employed a multi-method approach incorporating three complementary experimental paradigms, each utilizing distinct neurophysiological techniques to provide converging evidence. Specifically, Experiment 3 implemented high-temporal-resolution EEG, which independently replicated the time-sensitive dynamics of gesture-speech integration observed in our double-pulse TMS experiments. The remarkable convergence between these methodologically independent approaches -demonstrating consistent temporal staging of IFG-pMTG interactions across both causal (TMS) and correlational (EEG) measures - significantly strengthens the validity and generalizability of our conclusions regarding the neural mechanisms underlying multisensory integration.

      (3) Established precedents in double-pulse TMS literature: The double-pulse TMS methodology employed in our study is firmly grounded in established neuroscience research. As documented in our detailed Response to Editors and Reviewers letter (citing 11 representative studies), dpTMS has been extensively validated for investigating causal temporal dynamics in cortical networks, with demonstrated sensitivity at timescales ranging from 3-60 ms. Particularly relevant precedents include: 1. Teige et al. (2018, Cortex) successfully dissociated functional contributions of anatomically proximal regions (ATL vs. pMTG vs.mid-MTG) using 40-ms-interval double-pulse TMS; 2. Vernet et al. (2015, Cortex) effectively distinguished neural processing in interconnected frontoparietal regions (right IPS vs. DLPFC) using 40-ms double-pulse TMS parameters. Both parameters are identical to those employed in our current study.

      (4) Neurophysiological Plausibility: The neurophysiological basis for the transient double-pulse TMS effects is well-established through mechanistic studies of TMS-induced cortical inhibition (Romero et al.,2019; Paulus & Rothwell, 2016).

      Taking together, we respectfully submit that our methodology provides robust support for our conclusions.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The authors responded that they would lose statistical power by studying RTE subfamilies with limited microarray probes, which is a fair point. However, the suggested analysis could have been conducted using the RNA-seq data they explored in the second round of revision. Choosing not to leverage RNA-seq to increase the granularity of their analysis is a matter of choice. In my opinion, however, the authors could have acknowledged in the discussion that some smaller yet potentially influential RTE species may be masked by their global approach."

      We will add one sentence addressing this in the Version of Record.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      We thank Reviewer #1 for their constructive comments.

      Public Reviews: 

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review): 

      Tsai and Seymen et al. investigate associations between RTE expression and methylation and age and inflammation, using multiple public datasets. Compared to the previous round of review, the text of the manuscript has been polished and the phrasing of several findings has been made clearer and more precise. The authors also provided ample discussion to the prior reviewer comments in their rebuttal, including new analyses. All these changes are in the correct direction, however, I believe that part of the content of the rebuttal should be incorporated in the main text, for reasons that I will outline below. 

      Both reviewers found the reliance on microarray expression data to detract from the study. The authors argued that their choices are supported by existing publications which performed a similar quantification of TE expression using microarray data. It could still be argued that (as far as I can tell) Reichmann et al. used a substantially larger number of probes than this study, as a consequence of starting from different arrays, however, this is a minor point which the authors do not need to address. It is still undeniable that including the validation with RNA-seq data performed in the rebuttal would strengthen the manuscript. I especially believe that many readers would want to see this analysis be prominent in the manuscript, considering that both reviewers independently converged on the issue with microarray expression data. Personally, I would have included an RNA-seq dataset next to the microarray data in the main figures, however, I understand that this would require considerable restructuring and that placing RNAseq data besides array data might be misleading. Instead, I would ask that the authors include their rebuttal figures R1 and R2 as supplementary figures. 

      I would suggest introducing a new paragraph, between the section dedicated to expression data and the one dedicated to DNA methylation, mentioning the issues with microarray data (Some of which were mentioned by the reviewers and other which were mentioned by the authors in the discussion and introduction) to then introduce the validation with RNA-seq data. 

      We appreciate the reviewer’s understanding and detailed feedback. As suggested, Author response images 1 and 2 were added as supplementary figures to the manuscript, and one paragraph was added to the section investigating the correlation between RTE expression and chronological age. We have also added new descriptions to the introduction, discussion, and BAR analysis sections.

      Author response image 3 is also a good addition and should be expanded to include the GTP and MESA study and possibly mentioned in the paragraph titled "RTE expression positively correlates with BAR gene signature scores except for SINEs." 

      We have updated Author response image 3 (now Author response image 1) to include GTP and MESA cohorts in the analysis. As shown in Author response image 1, except IFN-I and senescence scores on the MESA cohort that positively correlate with chronological ageing, the rest of the gene signatures display no positive correlation with chronological ageing.  

      Author response image 1 was originally created to separate the effect of chronological age and RTE expression on BAR gene signature scores. As it was meant to discriminate between BAR and chronological age, it doesn't provide additional information regarding the positive correlation between RTE expression and BAR gene signature that was not already present in the manuscript. Therefore, we did not add it to the manuscript.

      Author response image 1.

      Generalized linear models (GLM) analysis (BAR gene signature scores ~ RTE expression +chronological age). For each RTE family, we separately performed GLM. Age (RTE family) indicates the chronological age when used in the design formula for that specific RTE family.

      "In this study, we did not compare MESA with GTP etc. We have analysed each dataset separately based on the available data for that dataset. Therefore, sacrificing one analysis because of the lack of information from the other does not make sense. We would do that if we were after comparing different datasets. Moreover, the datasets are not comparable because they were collected from different types of blood samples." 

      Indeed, the datasets are not compared directly, but the associations between age, BER and TE expression for each dataset are plotted and discussed right next to each other. It is therefore natural to wonder if the differences between datasets are due to differences in the type of blood sample or if they are a consequence of the different probe sets. Using a common set of probes would help answer that question.  

      We understand that the reviewer is proposing a method to eliminate the possible causes of differences across datasets. However, incorporating such change would compromise the statistic power of MESA and GARP cohorts and also change our analysis structurally and digress from our main focus. Hence, we disagree to use the identical set of probes for all three cohorts.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      We thank you for the time you took to review our work and for your feedback! 

      The major changes to the manuscript are:

      (1) We have added visual flow speed and locomotion velocity traces to Figure 5 as suggested.

      (2) We have rephrased the abstract to more clearly indicate that our statement regarding acetylcholine enabling faster switching of internal representations in layer 5 is speculative.

      (3) We have further clarified the positioning of our findings regarding the basal forebrain cholinergic signal in visual cortex in the introduction.

      (4) We have added a video (Video S1) to illustrate different mouse running speeds covered by our data.

      A detailed point-by-point response to all reviewer concerns is provided below.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The authors have addressed most of the concerns raised in the initial review. While the paper has been improved, there are still some points of concern in the revised version. 

      Major comments

      (1) Page 1, Line 21: The authors claim, "Our results suggest that acetylcholine augments the responsiveness of layer 5 neurons to inputs from outside of the local network, enabling faster switching between internal representations during locomotion." However, it is not clear which specific data or results support the claim of "switching between internal representations." ... 

      Authors' response: "... That acetylcholine enables a faster switching between internal representations in layer 5 is a speculation. We have attempted to make this clearer in the discussion. ..." 

      In the revised version, there is no new data added to directly support the claim - "Our results suggest acetylcholine ..., enabling faster switching between internal representations during locomotion" (in the abstract). The authors themselves acknowledge that this statement is speculative. The present data only demonstrate that ACh reduces the response latency of L5 neurons to visual stimuli, but not that ACh facilitates quicker transitions in neuronal responses from one visual stimulus to another. To maintain scientific rigor and clarity, I recommend the authors amend this sentence to more accurately reflect the findings. 

      This might be a semantic disagreement? We would argue both a gray screen and a grating are visual stimuli. Hence, we are not sure we understand what the reviewer means by “but not that ACh facilitates quicker transitions in neuronal responses from one visual stimulus to another”. We concur, our data only address one of many possible transitions, but it is a switch between distinct visual stimuli that is sped up by ACh. Nevertheless, we have rephrased the sentence in question by changing “our data suggest” to “based on this we speculate” - but are not sure whether this addresses the reviewer’s concern.  

      (2) Page 4, Line 103: "..., a direct measurement of the activity of cholinergic projection from basal forebrain to the visual cortex during locomotion has not been made." This statement is incorrect. An earlier study by Reimer et al. indeed imaged cholinergic axons in the visual cortex of mice running on a wheel. 

      Authors' response: "We have clarified this as suggested. However, we disagree slightly with the reviewer here. The key question is whether the cholinergic axons imaged originate in basal forebrain. While Reimer et al. 2016 did set out to do this, we believe a number of methodological considerations prevent this conclusion: ... Collins et al. 2023 inject more laterally and thus characterize cholinergic input to S1 and A1, ..."

      The authors pointed out some methodological caveats in previous studies that measured the BF input in V1, and I agree with them on several points. Nonetheless, the statement that "a direct measurement of the activity of cholinergic projection from basal forebrain to visual cortex during locomotion has not been made. ... Prior measurements of the activity of cholinergic axons in visual cortex have all relied on data from a cross of ChAT-Cre mice with a reporter line ..." (Page 4, Line 103) seems to be an oversimplification. In fact, contrary to what the authors noted, Collins et al. (2023) conducted direct imaging of BF cholinergic axons in V1 (Fig. 1) - "Selected axon segments were chosen from putative retrosplenial, somatosensory, primary and secondary motor, and visual cortices". They used a viral approach to express GCaMP in BF axons to bypass the limitations associated with the use of a GCaMP reporter mouse line - "Viral injections were used for BF- ACh studies to avoid imaging axons or dendrites from cholinergic projections not arising from the BF (e.g. cortical cholinergic interneurons)." The authors should reconsider the text. 

      The reason we think that our statement here was – while simplified – accurate, is that Collins et al. do record from cholinergic axons in V1, but they don’t show these data (they only show pooled data across all recordings sites). By superimposing the recording locations of the Collins paper on the Allen mouse brain atlas (Figure R1), we estimate that of the approximately 50 recording sites, most are in somatosensory and somatomotor areas of cortex, and only 1 appears to be in V1, something that is often missed as it is not really highlighted in that paper. If this is indeed correct, we would argue that the data in the Collins et al. paper are not representative of cholinergic activity in visual cortex (we fear only the authors would know for sure). Nevertheless, we have rephrased again. 

      Author response image 1.

      Overlay of the Collins et al. imaging sites (red dots, black outline and dashed circle) on the Allen mouse brain atlas (green shading). Very few (we estimate that it was only 1) of the recording sites appear to be in V1 (the lightest green area), and maybe an additional 4 appear to be in secondary visual areas.  

      Minor comments

      (1) It is unclear which BF subregion(s) were targeted in this study. 

      Authors' response: Thanks for pointing this out. We targeted the entire basal forebrain (medial septum, vertical and horizontal limbs of the diagonal band, and nucleus basalis) with our viral injections. ... We have now added the labels for basal forebrain subregions targeted next to the injection coordinates in the manuscript. 

      The authors provided the coordinates for their virus injections targeting the BF subregions - "(AP, ML, DV (in mm): ... ; +0.6, +0.6, -4.9 (nucleus basalis) ..." Is this the right coordinates for the nucleus basalis? 

      Thank you for catching this - this was indeed incorrect. The coordinates were correct, but our annotation of brain region was not (as the reviewer correctly points out, these coordinates are in the horizontal limb of the diagonal band, not the nucleus basalis). We have corrected this.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      Thank you for addressing most of the points raised in my original review. I still some concerns relating to the analysis of the data. 

      (1) I appreciate the authors point that getting mice to reliably during head-fixed recordings can require training. Since mice in this study were not trained to run, their low speed of locomotion limits the interpretation of the results. I think this is an important potential caveat and I have retained it in the public review. 

      This might be a misunderstanding. The Jordan paper was a bit of an outlier in that we needed mice to run at very high rates due to fact that our recording times was only minutes. Mice were chosen such that they would more or less continuously run, to maximize the likelihood that they would run during the intracellular recordings. This was what we tried to convey in our previous response. The speed range covered by the analysis in this paper is 0 cm/s to 36 cm/s. 36 cm/s is not far away from the top speed mice can reach on this treadmill (30 cm/s is 1 revolution of the treadmill per second). In our data, the top speed we measured across all mice was 36 cm/s. In the Jordan paper, the peak running speed across the entire dataset was 44 cm/s. Based on the reviewer’s comment, we suspect that the reviewer may be under the impression that 30 cm/s is a relatively slow running speed. To illustrate what this looks like we have made added a video (Video S1) to illustrate different running speeds. 

      (2) The majority of the analyses in the revised manuscript focus on grand average responses, which may mask heterogeneity in the underlying neural populations. This could be addressed by analysing the magnitude and latency of responses for individual neurons. For example, if I understand correctly, the analyses include all neurons, whether or not they are activated, inhibited, or unaffected by visual stimulation and locomotion. For example, while on average layer 2/3 neurons are suppressed by the grating stimulus (Figure 4A), presumable a subset are activated. Evaluating the effects of optogenetic stimulation and locomotion without analyzing them at the level of individual neurons could result in misleading conclusions. This could be presented in the form of a scatter plot, depicting the magnitude of neuronal responses in locomotion vs stationary condition, and opto+ vs no opto conditions. 

      We might be misunderstanding. The first part of the comment is a bit too unspecific to address directly. In cases in which we find the variability is relevant to our conclusions, we do show this for individual cells (e.g.the latencies to running onset are shown as histograms for all cells and axons in Figure S1). It is also unclear to us what the reviewer means by “Evaluating the effects of optogenetic stimulation and locomotion without analyzing them at the level of individual neurons could result in misleading conclusions”. Our conclusions relate to the average responses in L2/3, consistent with the analysis shown. All data will be freely available for anyone to perform follow-up analysis of things we may have missed. E.g., the specific suggestion of presenting the data shown in Figure 4 as a scatter plot is shown below (Figure R2). This is something we had looked at but found not to be relevant to our conclusions. The problem with this analysis is that it is difficult to estimate how much the different sources of variability contribute to the total variability observed in the data, and no interesting pattern is clearly apparent. All relevant and clear conclusions are already captured by the mean differences shown in Figure 4. 

      Author response image 2.

      Optogenetic activation of cholinergic axons in visual cortex primarily enhances responses of layer 5, but not layer 2/3 neurons. Related to Figure 4. (A) Average calcium response of layer 2/3 neurons in visual cortex to full field drifting grating in the absence or presence of locomotion. Each dot is the average calcium activity of an individual neuron during the two conditions. (B) As in A, but for layer 5 neurons. (C) As in A, but comparing the average response while the mice were stationary, to that while cholinergic axons were optogenetically stimulated. (D) As in C, but for layer 5 neurons. (E) Average calcium response of layer 2/3 neurons in visual cortex to visuomotor mismatch, without and with optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons in visual cortex. (F) As in E, but for layer 5 neurons. (G) Average calcium response of layer 2/3 neurons in visual cortex to locomotion onset in closed loop, without and with optogenetic stimulation of cholinergic axons in visual cortex. (H) As in G, but for layer 5 neurons.

      (3) To help the reader understand the experimental conditions in open loop experiments, please include average visual flow speed traces for each condition in Figure 5. 

      We have added the locomotion velocity and visual flow speeds to the corresponding conditions in Figure

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      The work by Combrisson and colleagues investigates the degree to which reward and punishment learning signals overlap in the human brain using intracranial EEG recordings. The authors used information theory approaches to show that local field potential signals in the anterior insula and the three sub regions of the prefrontal cortex encode both reward and punishment prediction errors, albeit to different degrees. Specifically, the authors found that all four regions have electrodes that can selectively encode either the reward or the punishment prediction errors. Additionally, the authors analyzed the neural dynamics across pairs of brain regions and found that the anterior insula to dorsolateral prefrontal cortex neural interactions were specific for punishment prediction errors whereas the ventromedial prefrontal cortex to lateral orbitofrontal cortex interactions were specific to reward prediction errors. This work contributes to the ongoing efforts in both systems neuroscience and learning theory by demonstrating how two differing behavioral signals can be differentiated to a greater extent by analyzing neural interactions between regions as opposed to studying neural signals within one region.

      Strengths:

      The experimental paradigm incorporates both a reward and punishment component that enables investigating both types of learning in the same group of subjects allowing direct comparisons.

      The use of intracranial EEG signals provides much needed insight into the timing of when reward and punishment prediction errors signals emerge in the studied brain regions.

      Information theory methods provide important insight into the interregional dynamics associated with reward and punishment learning and allows the authors to assess that reward versus punishment learning can be better dissociated based on interregional dynamics over local activity alone.

      We thank the reviewer for this accurate summary. Please find below our answers to the weaknesses raised by the reviewer.

      Weaknesses:

      The analysis presented in the manuscript focuses solely on gamma band activity. The presence and potential relevance of other frequency bands is not discussed. It is possible that slow oscillations, which are thought to be important for coordinating neural activity across brain regions could provide additional insight.

      We thank the reviewer for pointing us to this missing discussion in the first version of the manuscript. We now made this point clearer in the Methods sections entitled “iEEG data analysis” and “Estimate of single-trial gamma-band activity”:

      “Here, we focused solely on broadband gamma for three main reasons. First, it has been shown that the gamma band activity correlates with both spiking activity and the BOLD fMRI signals (Lachaux et al., 2007; Mukamel et al., 2004; Niessing et al., 2005; Nir et al., 2007), and it is commonly used in MEG and iEEG studies to map task-related brain regions (Brovelli et al., 2005; Crone et al., 2006; Vidal et al., 2006; Ball et al., 2008; Jerbi et al., 2009; Darvas et al., 2010; Lachaux et al., 2012; Cheyne and Ferrari, 2013; Ko et al., 2013). Therefore, focusing on the gamma band facilitates linking our results with the fMRI and spiking literatures on probabilistic learning. Second, single-trial and time-resolved high-gamma activity can be exploited for the analysis of cortico-cortical interactions in humans using MEG and iEEG techniques (Brovelli et al., 2015; 2017; Combrisson et al., 2022). Finally, while previous analyses of the current dataset (Gueguen et al., 2021) reported an encoding of PE signals at different frequency bands, the power in lower frequency bands were shown to carry redundant information compared to the gamma band power.”

      The data is averaged across all electrodes which could introduce biases if some subjects had many more electrodes than others. Controlling for this variation in electrode number across subjects would ensure that the results are not driven by a small subset of subjects with more electrodes.

      We thank the reviewer for raising this important issue. We would like to point out that the gamma activity was not averaged across bipolar recordings within an area, nor measures of connectivity. Instead, we used a statistical approach proposed in a previous paper that combines non-parametric permutations with measures of information (Combrisson et al., 2022). As we explain in the “Statistical analysis” section, mutual information (MI) is estimated between PE signals and single-trial modulations in gamma activity separately for each contact (or for each pair of contacts). Then, a one-sample t-test is computed across all of the recordings of all subjects to form the effect size at the group-level. We will address the point of the electrode number in our answer below.

      The potential variation in reward versus punishment learning across subjects is not included in the manuscript. While the time course of reward versus punishment prediction errors is symmetrical at the group level, it is possible that some subjects show faster learning for one versus the other type which can bias the group average. Subject level behavioral data along with subject level electrode numbers would provide more convincing evidence that the observed effects are not arising from these potential confounds.

      We thank the reviewer for the two points raised. We performed additional analyses at the single-participant level to address the issues raised by the reviewer. We should note, however, that these results are descriptive and cannot be generalized to account for population-level effects. As suggested by the reviewer, we prepared two new figures. The first supplementary figure summarizes the number of participants that had iEEG contacts per brain region and pair of brain regions (Fig. S1A in the Appendix). It can be seen that the number of participants sampled in different brain regions is relatively constant (left panel) and the number of participants with pairs of contacts across brain regions is relatively homogeneous, ranging from 7 to 11 (right panel). Fig. S1B shows the number of bipolar derivations per subject and per brain region.

      Author response image 1.

      Single subject anatomical repartition. (A) Number of unique subject per brain region and per pair of brain regions (B) Number of bipolar derivations per subject and per brain region

      The second supplementary figure describes the estimated prediction error for rewarding and punishing trials for each subject (Fig. S2). The single-subject error bars represent the 95th percentile confidence interval estimated using a bootstrap approach across the different pairs of stimuli presented during the three to six sessions. As the reviewer anticipated, there are indeed variations across subjects, but we observe that RPE and PPE are relatively symmetrical, even at the subject level, and tend toward zero around trial number 10. These results therefore corroborate the patterns observed at the group-level.

      Author response image 2.

      Single-subject estimation of predictions errors. Single-subject trial-wise reward PE (RPE - blue) and punishment PE (PPE - red), ± 95% confidence interval.

      Finally, to assess the variability of local encoding of prediction errors across participants, we quantified the proportion of subjects having at least one significant bipolar derivation encoding either the RPE or PPE (Fig. S4). As expected, we found various proportions of unique subjects with significant R/PPE encoding per region. The lowest proportion was achieved in the ventromedial prefrontal cortex (vmPFC) and lateral orbitofrontal cortex (lOFC) for encoding PPE and RPE, respectively, with approximately 30% of the subjects having the effect. Conversely, we found highly reproducible encodings in the anterior insula (aINS) and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC) with a maximum of 100% of the 9 subjects having at least one bipolar derivation encoding PPE in the dlPFC.

      Author response image 3.

      Taken together, we acknowledge a certain variability per region and per condition. Nevertheless, the results presented in the supplementary figures suggest that the main results do not arise from a minority of subjects.

      We would like to point out that in order to assess across-subject variability, a much larger number of participants would have been needed, given the low signal-to-noise ratios observed at the single-participant level. We thus prefer to add these results as supplementary material in the Appendix, rather than in the main text.

      It is unclear if the findings in Figures 3 and 4 truly reflect the differential interregional dynamics in reward versus punishment learning or if these results arise as a statistical byproduct of the reward vs punishment bias observed within each region. For instance, the authors show that information transfer from anterior insula to dorsolateral prefrontal cortex is specific to punishment prediction error. However, both anterior insula and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex have higher prevalence of punishment prediction error selective electrodes to begin with. Therefore the findings in Fig 3 may simply be reflecting the prevalence of punishment specificity in these two regions above and beyond a punishment specific neural interaction between the two regions. Either mathematical or analytical evidence that assesses if the interaction effect is simply reflecting the local dynamics would be important to make this result convincing.

      This is an important point that we partly addressed in the manuscript. More precisely, we investigated whether the synergistic effects observed between the dlPFC and vmPFC encoding global PEs (Fig. 5) could be explained by their respective local specificity. Indeed, since we reported larger proportions of recordings encoding the PPE in the dlPFC and the RPE in the vmPFC (Fig. 2B), we checked whether the synergy between dlPFC and vmPFC could be mainly due to complementary roles where the dlPFC brings information about the PPE only and the vmPFC brings information to the RPE only. To address this point, we selected PPE-specific bipolar derivations from the dlPFC and RPE-specific from the vmPFC and, as the reviewer predicted, we found synergistic II between the two regions probably mainly because of their respective specificity. In addition, we included the II estimated between non-selective bipolar derivations (i.e. recordings with significant encoding for both RPE and PPE) and we observed synergistic interactions (Fig. 5C and Fig. S9). Taken together, the local specificity certainly plays a role, but this is not the only factor in defining the type of interactions.

      Concerning the interaction information results (II, Fig. 3), several lines of evidence suggest that local specificity cannot account alone for the II effects. For example, the local specificity for PPE is observed across all four areas (Fig. 2A) and the percentage of bipolar derivations displaying an effect is large (equal or above 10%) for three brain regions (aINS, dlPLF and lOFC). If the local specificity were the main driving cause, we would have observed significant redundancy between all pairs of brain regions. On the other hand, the interaction between the aINS and lOFC displayed no significant redundant effect (Fig. 3B). Another example is the result observed in lOFC: approximately 30% of bipolar derivations display a selectivity for PPE (Fig. 2B, third panel from the left), but do not show clear signs of redundant encoding at the level of within-area interactions (Fig. 3A, bottom-left panel). Similarly, the local encoding for RPE is observed across all four brain regions (Fig. 2A) and the percentage of bipolar derivations displaying an effect is large (equal or above 10%) for three brain regions (aINS, dlPLF and vmPFC). Nevertheless, significant between-regions interactions have been observed only between the lOFC and vmPFC (Fig. 3B bottom right panel).

      To further support the reasoning, we performed a simulation to show that it is possible to observe synergistic interactions between two regions with the same specificity. As an example, we may consider one region locally encoding early trials of RPE and a second region encoding the late trials of the RPE. Combining the two with the II would lead to synergistic interactions, because each one of them carries information that is not carried by the other. To illustrate this point, we simulated the data of two regions (x and y). To simulate redundant interactions (first row), each region receives a copy of the prediction (one-to-all) and for the synergy (second row), x and y receive early and late PE trials, respectively (all-to-one). This toy example illustrates that the local specificity is not the only factor determining the type of their interactions. We added the following result to the Appendix.

      Author response image 4.

      Local specificity does not fully determine the type of interactions. Within-area local encoding of PE using the mutual information (MI, in bits) for regions X and Y and between-area interaction information (II, in bits) leading to (A) redundant interactions and (B) synergistic interactions about the PE

      Regarding the information transfer results (Fig. 4), similar arguments hold and suggest that the prevalence is not the main factor explaining the arising transfer entropy between the anterior insula (aINS) and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (dlPFC). Indeed, the lOFC has a strong local specificity for PPE, but the transfer entropy between the lOFC and aINS (or dlPFC) is shown in Fig. S7 does not show significant differences in encoding between PPE and RPE.

      Indeed, such transfer can only be found when there is a delay between the gamma activity of the two regions. In this example, the transfer entropy quantifies the amount of information shared between the past activity of the aINS and the present activity of the dlPFC conditioned on the past activity of the dlPFC. The conditioning ensures that the present activity of the dlPFC is not only explained by its own past. Consequently, if both regions exhibit various prevalences toward reward and punishment but without delay (i.e. at the same timing), the transfer entropy would be null because of the conditioning. As a fact, between 10 to -20% of bipolar recordings show a selectivity to the reward PE (represented by a proportion of 40-60% of subjects, Fig.S4). However, the transfer entropy estimated from the aINS to the dlPFC across rewarding trials is flat and clearly non-significant. If the transfer entropy was a byproduct of the local specificity then we should observe an increase, which is not the case here.

      Reviewer #2:

      Summary:

      Reward and punishment learning have long been seen as emerging from separate networks of frontal and subcortical areas, often studied separately. Nevertheless, both systems are complimentary and distributed representations of rewards and punishments have been repeatedly observed within multiple areas. This raised the unsolved question of the possible mechanisms by which both systems might interact, which this manuscript went after. The authors skillfully leveraged intracranial recordings in epileptic patients performing a probabilistic learning task combined with model-based information theoretical analyses of gamma activities to reveal that information about reward and punishment was not only distributed across multiple prefrontal and insular regions, but that each system showed specific redundant interactions. The reward subsystem was characterized by redundant interactions between orbitofrontal and ventromedial prefrontal cortex, while the punishment subsystem relied on insular and dorsolateral redundant interactions. Finally, the authors revealed a way by which the two systems might interact, through synergistic interaction between ventromedial and dorsolateral prefrontal cortex.

      Strengths:

      Here, the authors performed an excellent reanalysis of a unique dataset using innovative approaches, pushing our understanding on the interaction at play between prefrontal and insular cortex regions during learning. Importantly, the description of the methods and results is truly made accessible, making it an excellent resource to the community.

      This manuscript goes beyond what is classically performed using intracranial EEG dataset, by not only reporting where a given information, like reward and punishment prediction errors, is represented but also by characterizing the functional interactions that might underlie such representations. The authors highlight the distributed nature of frontal cortex representations and propose new ways by which the information specifically flows between nodes. This work is well placed to unify our understanding of the complementarity and specificity of the reward and punishment learning systems.

      We thank the reviewer for the positive feedback. Please find below our answers to the weaknesses raised by the reviewer.

      Weaknesses:

      The conclusions of this paper are mostly supported by the data, but whether the findings are entirely generalizable would require further information/analyses.

      First, the authors found that prediction errors very quickly converge toward 0 (less than 10 trials) while subjects performed the task for sets of 96 trials. Considering all trials, and therefore having a non-uniform distribution of prediction errors, could potentially bias the various estimates the authors are extracting. Separating trials between learning (at the start of a set) and exploiting periods could prove that the observed functional interactions are specific to the learning stages, which would strengthen the results.

      We thank the reviewer for this question. We would like to note that the probabilistic nature of the learning task does not allow a strict distinction between the exploration and exploitation phases. Indeed, the probability of obtaining the less rewarding outcome was 25% (i.e., for 0€ gain in the reward learning condition and -1€ loss in the punishment learning condition). Thus, participants tended to explore even during the last set of trials in each session. This is evident from the average learning curves shown in Fig. 1B of (Gueguen et al., 2021). Learning curves show rates of correct choice (75% chance of 1€ gain) in the reward condition (blue curves) and incorrect choice (75% chance of 1€ loss) in the punishment condition (red curves).

      For what concerns the evolution of PEs, as reviewer #1 suggested, we added a new figure representing the single-subject estimates of the R/PPE (Fig S2). Here, the confidence interval is obtained across all pairs of stimuli presented during the different sessions. We retrieved the general trend of the R/PPE converging toward zero around 10 trials. Both average reward and punishment prediction errors converge toward zero in approximately 10 trials, single-participant curves display large variability, also at the end of each session. As a reminder, the 96 trials represent the total number of trials for one session for the four pairs and the number of trials for each stimulus was only 24.

      Author response image 5.

      Single-subject estimation of predictions errors. Single-subject trial-wise reward PE (RPE - blue) and punishment PE (PPE - red), ± 95% confidence interval

      However, the convergence of the R/PPE is due to the average across the pairs of stimuli. In the figure below, we superimposed the estimated R/PPE, per pair of stimuli, for each subject. It becomes very clear that high values of PE can be reached, even for late trials. Therefore, we believe that the split into early/late trials because of the convergence of PE is far from being trivial.

      Author response image 6.

      Single-subject estimation of predictions errors per pair of stimuli. Single-subject trial-wise reward PE (RPE - blue) and punishment PE (PPE - red)

      Consequently, nonzero PRE and PPE occur during the whole session and separating trials between learning (at the start of a set) and exploiting periods, as suggested by the reviewer, does not allow a strict dissociation between learning vs no-learning. Nevertheless, we tested the analysis proposed by the reviewer, at the local level. We splitted the 24 trials of each pair of stimuli into early, middle and late trials (8 trials each). We then reproduced Fig. 2 by computing the mutual information between the gamma activity and the R/PPE for subsets of trials: early (first row) and late trials (second row). We retrieved significant encoding of both R/PPE in the aINS, dlPFC and lOFC in both early and late trials. The vmPFC also showed significant encoding of both during early trials. The only difference emerges in the late trials of the vmPFC where we found a strong encoding of the RPE only. It should also be noted that here since we are sub-selecting the trials, the statistical analyses are only performed using a third of the trials.

      Taken together, the combination of high values of PE achieved even for late trials and the fact that most of the findings are reproduced even with a third of the trials does not justify the split into early and late trials here. Crucially, this latest analysis confirms that the neural correlates of learning that we observed reflect PE signals rather than early versus late trials in the session.

      Author response image 7.

      MI between gamma activity and R/PPE using early and late trials. Time courses of MI estimated between the gamma power and both RPE (blue) and PPE (red) using either early or late trials (first and second row, respectively). Horizontal thick lines represent significant clusters of information (p<0.05, cluster-based correction, non-parametric randomization across epochs).

      Importantly, it is unclear whether the results described are a common feature observed across subjects or the results of a minority of them. The authors should report and assess the reliability of each result across subjects. For example, the authors found RPE-specific interactions between vmPFC and lOFC, even though less than 10% of sites represent RPE or both RPE/PPE in lOFC. It is questionable whether such a low proportion of sites might come from different subjects, and therefore whether the interactions observed are truly observed in multiple subjects. The nature of the dataset obviously precludes from requiring all subjects to show all effects (given the known limits inherent to intracerebral recording in patients), but it should be proven that the effects were reproducibly seen across multiple subjects.

      We thank the reviewer for this remark that has also been raised by the first reviewer. This issue was raised by the first reviewer. Indeed, we added a supplementary figure describing the number of unique subjects per brain region and per pair of brain regions (Fig. S1A) such as the number of bipolar derivations per region and per subject (Fig. S1B).

      Author response image 8.

      Single subject anatomical repartition. (A) Number of unique subject per brain region and per pair of brain regions (B) Number of bipolar derivations per subject and per brain region

      Regarding the reproducibility of the results across subjects for the local analysis (Fig. 2), we also added the instantaneous proportion of subjects having at least one bipolar derivation showing a significant encoding of the RPE and PPE (Fig. S4). We found a minimum proportion of approximately 30% of unique subjects having the effect in the lOFC and vmPFC, respectively with the RPE and PPE. On the other hand, both the aINS and dlPFC showed between 50 to 100% of the subjects having the effect. Therefore, local encoding of RPE and PPE was never represented by a single subject.

      Author response image 9.

      Similarly, we performed statistical analysis on interaction information at the single-subject level and counted the proportion of unique subjects having at least one pair of recordings with significant redundant and synergistic interactions about the RPE and PPE (Fig. S5). Consistently with the results shown in Fig. 3, the proportions of significant redundant and synergistic interactions are negative and positive, respectively. For the within-regions interactions, approximately 60% of the subjects with redundant interactions are about R/PPE in the aINS and about the PPE in the dlPFC and 40% about the RPE in the vmPFC. For the across-regions interactions, 60% of the subjects have redundant interactions between the aINS-dlPFC and dlPFC-lOFC about the PPE, and 30% have redundant interactions between lOFC-vmPFC about the RPE. Globally, we reproduced the main results shown in Fig. 3.

      Author response image 10.

      Inter-subjects reproducibility of redundant interactions about PE signals. Time-courses of proportion of subjects having at least one pair of bipolar derivation with a significant interaction information (p<0.05, cluster-based correction, non-parametric randomization across epochs) about the RPE (blue) or PPE (red). Data are aligned to the outcome presentation (vertical line at 0 seconds). Proportion of subjects with redundant (solid) and synergistic (dashed) interactions are respectively going downward and upward.

      Finally, the timings of the observed interactions between areas preclude one of the authors' main conclusions. Specifically, the authors repeatedly concluded that the encoding of RPE/PPE signals are "emerging" from redundancy-dominated prefrontal-insular interactions. However, the between-region information and transfer entropy between vmPFC and lOFC for example is observed almost 500ms after the encoding of RPE/PPE in these regions, questioning how it could possibly lead to the encoding of RPE/PPE. It is also noteworthy that the two information measures, interaction information and transfer entropy, between these areas happened at non overlapping time windows, questioning the underlying mechanism of the communication at play (see Figures 3/4). As an aside, when assessing the direction of information flow, the authors also found delays between pairs of signals peaking at 176ms, far beyond what would be expected for direct communication between nodes. Discussing this aspect might also be of importance as it raises the possibility of third-party involvement.

      The local encoding of RPE in the vmPFC and lOFC is observed in a time interval ranging from approximately 0.2-0.4s to 1.2-1.4s after outcome presentation (blue bars in Fig. 2A). The encoding of RPE by interaction information covers a time interval from approximately 1.1s to 1.5s (blue bars in Fig. 3B, bottom right panel). Similarly, significant TE modulations between the vmPFC and lOFC specific for PPE occur mainly in the 0.7s-1.1s range. Thus, it seems that the local encoding of PPE precedes the effects observed at the level of the neural interactions (II and TE). On the other hand, the modulations in MI, II and TE related to PPE co-occur in a time window from 0.2s to 0.7s after outcome presentation. Thus, we agree with the reviewer that a generic conclusion about the potential mechanisms relating the three levels of analysis cannot be drawn. We thus replaced the term “emerge from” by “occur with” from the manuscript which may be misinterpreted as hinting at a potential mechanism. We nevertheless concluded that the three levels of analysis (and phenomena) co-occur in time, thus hinting at a potential across-scales interaction that needs further study. Indeed, our study suggests that further work, beyond the scope of the current study, is required to better understand the interaction between scales.

      Regarding the delay for the conditioning of the transfer entropy, the value of 176 ms reflects the delay at which we observed a maximum of transfer entropy. However, we did not use a single delay for conditioning, we used every possible delay between [116, 236] ms, as explained in the Method section. We would like to stress that transfer entropy is a directed metric of functional connectivity, and it can only be interpreted as quantifying statistical causality defined in terms of predictacìbility according to the Wiener-Granger principle, as detailed in the methods. Thus, it cannot be interpreted in Pearl’s causal terms and as indexing any type of direct communication between nodes. This is a known limitation of the method, which has been stressed in past literature and that we believe does not need to be addressed here.

      To account for this, we revised the discussion to make sure this issue is addressed in the following paragraph:

      “Here, we quantified directional relationships between regions using the transfer entropy (Schreiber, 2000), which is a functional connectivity measure based on the Granger-Wiener causality principle. Tract tracing studies in the macaque have revealed strong interconnections between the lOFC and vmPFC in the macaque (Carmichael and Price, 1996; Öngür and Price, 2000). In humans, cortico-cortical anatomical connections have mainly been investigated using diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI). Several studies found strong probabilities of structural connectivity between the anterior insula with the orbitofrontal cortex and dorsolateral part of the prefrontal cortex (Cloutman et al., 2012; Ghaziri et al., 2017), and between the lOFC and vmPFC (Heather Hsu et al., 2020). In addition, the statistical dependency (e.g. coherence) between the LFP of distant areas could be potentially explained by direct anatomical connections (Schneider et al., 2021; Vinck et al., 2023). Taken together, the existence of an information transfer might rely on both direct or indirect structural connectivity. However, here we also reported differences of TE between rewarding and punishing trials given the same backbone anatomical connectivity (Fig. 4). [...] “

      Reviewer #3:

      Summary:

      The authors investigated that learning processes relied on distinct reward or punishment outcomes in probabilistic instrumental learning tasks were involved in functional interactions of two different cortico-cortical gamma-band modulations, suggesting that learning signals like reward or punishment prediction errors can be processed by two dominated interactions, such as areas lOFC-vmPFC and areas aINS-dlPFC, and later on integrated together in support of switching conditions between reward and punishment learning. By performing the well-known analyses of mutual information, interaction information, and transfer entropy, the conclusion was accomplished by identifying directional task information flow between redundancy-dominated and synergy-dominated interactions. Also, this integral concept provided a unifying view to explain how functional distributed reward and/or punishment information were segregated and integrated across cortical areas.

      Strengths:

      The dataset used in this manuscript may come from previously published works (Gueguen et al., 2021) or from the same grant project due to the methods. Previous works have shown strong evidence about why gamma-band activities and those 4 areas are important. For further analyses, the current manuscript moved the ideas forward to examine how reward/punishment information transfer between recorded areas corresponding to the task conditions. The standard measurements such mutual information, interaction information, and transfer entropy showed time-series activities in the millisecond level and allowed us to learn the directional information flow during a certain window. In addition, the diagram in Figure 6 summarized the results and proposed an integral concept with functional heterogeneities in cortical areas. These findings in this manuscript will support the ideas from human fMRI studies and add a new insight to electrophysiological studies with the non-human primates.

      We thank the reviewer for the summary such as for highlighting the strengths. Please find below our answers regarding the weaknesses of the manuscript.

      Weaknesses:

      After reading through the manuscript, the term "non-selective" in the abstract confused me and I did not actually know what it meant and how it fits the conclusion. If I learned the methods correctly, the 4 areas were studied in this manuscript because of their selective responses to the RPE and PPE signals (Figure 2). The redundancy- and synergy-dominated subsystems indicated that two areas shared similar and complementary information, respectively, due to the negative and positive value of interaction information (Page 6). For me, it doesn't mean they are "non-selective", especially in redundancy-dominated subsystem. I may miss something about how you calculate the mutual information or interaction information. Could you elaborate this and explain what the "non-selective" means?

      In the study performed by Gueguen et al. in 2021, the authors used a general linear model (GLM) to link the gamma activity to both the reward and punishment prediction errors and they looked for differences between the two conditions. Here, we reproduced this analysis except that we used measures from the information theory (mutual information) that were able to capture linear and non-linear relationships (although monotonic) between the gamma activity and the prediction errors. The clusters we reported reflect significant encoding of either the RPE and/or the PPE. From Fig. 2, it can be seen that the four regions have a gamma activity that is modulated according to both reward and punishment PE. We used the term “non-selective”, because the regions did not encode either one or the other, but various proportions of bipolar derivations encoding either one or both of them.

      The directional information flows identified in this manuscript were evidenced by the recording contacts of iEEG with levels of concurrent neural activities to the task conditions. However, are the conclusions well supported by the anatomical connections? Is it possible that the information was transferred to the target via another area? These questions may remain to be elucidated by using other approaches or animal models. It would be great to point this out here for further investigation.

      We thank the reviewer for this interesting question. We added the following paragraph to the discussion to clarify the current limitations of the transfer entropy and the link with anatomical connections :

      “Here, we quantified directional relationships between regions using the transfer entropy (Schreiber, 2000), which is a functional connectivity measure based on the Granger-Wiener causality principle. Tract tracing studies in the macaque have revealed strong interconnections between the lOFC and vmPFC in the macaque (Carmichael and Price, 1996; Öngür and Price, 2000). In humans, cortico-cortical anatomical connections have mainly been investigated using diffusion magnetic resonance imaging (dMRI). Several studies found strong probabilities of structural connectivity between the anterior insula with the orbitofrontal cortex and dorsolateral part of the prefrontal cortex (Cloutman et al., 2012; Ghaziri et al., 2017), and between the lOFC and vmPFC (Heather Hsu et al., 2020). In addition, the statistical dependency (e.g. coherence) between the LFP of distant areas could be potentially explained by direct anatomical connections (Schneider et al., 2021). Taken together, the existence of an information transfer might rely on both direct or indirect structural connectivity. However, here we also reported differences of TE between rewarding and punishing trials given the same backbone anatomical connectivity (Fig. 4). Our results are further supported by a recent study involving drug-resistant epileptic patients with resected insula who showed poorer performance than healthy controls in case of risky loss compared to risky gains (Von Siebenthal et al., 2017).”

      References

      Carmichael ST, Price J. 1996. Connectional networks within the orbital and medial prefrontal cortex of macaque monkeys. J Comp Neurol 371:179–207.

      Cloutman LL, Binney RJ, Drakesmith M, Parker GJM, Lambon Ralph MA. 2012. The variation of function across the human insula mirrors its patterns of structural connectivity: Evidence from in vivo probabilistic tractography. NeuroImage 59:3514–3521. oi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2011.11.016

      Combrisson E, Allegra M, Basanisi R, Ince RAA, Giordano BL, Bastin J, Brovelli A. 2022. Group-level inference of information-based measures for the analyses of cognitive brain networks from neurophysiological data. NeuroImage 258:119347. doi:10.1016/j.neuroimage.2022.119347

      Ghaziri J, Tucholka A, Girard G, Houde J-C, Boucher O, Gilbert G, Descoteaux M, Lippé S, Rainville P, Nguyen DK. 2017. The Corticocortical Structural Connectivity of the Human Insula. Cereb Cortex 27:1216–1228. doi:10.1093/cercor/bhv308

      Gueguen MCM, Lopez-Persem A, Billeke P, Lachaux J-P, Rheims S, Kahane P, Minotti L, David O, Pessiglione M, Bastin J. 2021. Anatomical dissociation of intracerebral signals for reward and punishment prediction errors in humans. Nat Commun 12:3344. doi:10.1038/s41467-021-23704-w

      Heather Hsu C-C, Rolls ET, Huang C-C, Chong ST, Zac Lo C-Y, Feng J, Lin C-P. 2020. Connections of the Human Orbitofrontal Cortex and Inferior Frontal Gyrus. Cereb Cortex 30:5830–5843. doi:10.1093/cercor/bhaa160

      Lachaux J-P, Fonlupt P, Kahane P, Minotti L, Hoffmann D, Bertrand O, Baciu M. 2007. Relationship between task-related gamma oscillations and BOLD signal: new insights from combined fMRI and intracranial EEG. Hum Brain Mapp 28:1368–1375. doi:10.1002/hbm.20352

      Mukamel R, Gelbard H, Arieli A, Hasson U, Fried I, Malach R. 2004. Coupling Between Neuronal Firing, Field Potentials, and fMRI in Human Auditory Cortex. Cereb Cortex 14:881.

      Niessing J, Ebisch B, Schmidt KE, Niessing M, Singer W, Galuske RA. 2005. Hemodynamic signals correlate tightly with synchronized gamma oscillations. science 309:948–951.

      Nir Y, Fisch L, Mukamel R, Gelbard-Sagiv H, Arieli A, Fried I, Malach R. 2007. Coupling between neuronal firing rate, gamma LFP, and BOLD fMRI is related to interneuronal correlations. Curr Biol 17:1275–1285.

      Öngür D, Price JL. 2000. The organization of networks within the orbital and medial prefrontal cortex of rats, monkeys and humans. Cereb Cortex 10:206–219.

      Schneider M, Broggini AC, Dann B, Tzanou A, Uran C, Sheshadri S, Scherberger H, Vinck M. 2021. A mechanism for inter-areal coherence through communication based on connectivity and oscillatory power. Neuron 109:4050-4067.e12. doi:10.1016/j.neuron.2021.09.037

      Schreiber T. 2000. Measuring information transfer. Phys Rev Lett 85:461.

      Von Siebenthal Z, Boucher O, Rouleau I, Lassonde M, Lepore F, Nguyen DK. 2017. Decision-making impairments following insular and medial temporal lobe resection for drug-resistant epilepsy. Soc Cogn Affect Neurosci 12:128–137. doi:10.1093/scan/nsw152

      Recommendations for the authors

      Reviewer #1

      (1) Overall, the writing of the manuscript is dense and makes it hard to follow the scientific logic and appreciate the key findings of the manuscript. I believe the manuscript would be accessible to a broader audience if the authors improved the writing and provided greater detail for their scientific questions, choice of analysis, and an explanation of their results in simpler terms.

      We extensively modified the introduction to better describe the rationale and research question.

      (2) In the introduction the authors state "we hypothesized that reward and punishment learning arise from complementary neural interactions between frontal cortex regions". This stated hypothesis arrives rather abruptly after a summary of the literature given that the literature summary does not directly inform their stated hypothesis. Put differently, the authors should explicitly state what the contradictions and/or gaps in the literature are, and what specific combinations of findings guide them to their hypothesis. When the authors state their hypothesis the reader is still left asking: why are the authors focusing on the frontal regions? What do the authors mean by complementary interactions? What specific evidence or contradiction in the literature led them to hypothesize that complementary interactions between frontal regions underlie reward and punishment learning?

      We extensively modified the introduction and provided a clearer description of the brain circuits involved and the rationale for searching redundant and synergistic interactions between areas.

      (3) Related to the above point: when the authors subsequently state "we tested whether redundancy- or synergy dominated interactions allow the emergence of collective brain networks differentially supporting reward and punishment learning", the Introduction (up to the point of this sentence) has not been written to explain the synergy vs. redundancy framework in the literature and how this framework comes into play to inform the authors' hypothesis on reward and punishment learning.

      We extensively modified the introduction and provided a clearer description of redundant and synergistic interactions between areas.

      (4) The explanation of redundancy vs synergy dominated brain networks itself is written densely and hard to follow. Furthermore, how this framework informs the question on the neural substrates of reward versus punishment learning is unclear. The authors should provide more precise statements on how and why redundancy vs. synergy comes into play in reward and punishment learning. Put differently, this redundancy vs. synergy framework is key for understanding the manuscript and the introduction is not written clearly enough to explain the framework and how it informs the authors' hypothesis and research questions on the neural substrates of reward vs. punishment learning.

      Same as above

      (5) While the choice of these four brain regions in context of reward and punishment learning does makes sense, the authors do not outline a clear scientific justification as to why these regions were selected in relation to their question.

      Same as above

      (6) Could the authors explain why they used gamma band power (as opposed to or in addition to the lower frequency bands) to investigate MI. Relatedly, when the authors introduce MI analysis, it would be helpful to briefly explain what this analysis measures and why it is relevant to address the question they are asking.

      Please see our answer to the first public comment. We added a paragraph to the discussion section to justify our choice of focusing on the gamma band only. We added the following sentence to the result section to justify our choice for using mutual-information:

      The MI allowed us to detect both linear and non-linear relationships between the gamma activity and the PE

      An extended explanation justifying our choice for the MI was already present in the method section.

      (7) The authors state that "all regions displayed a local "probabilistic" encoding of prediction errors with temporal dynamics peaking around 500 ms after outcome presentation". It would be helpful for the reader if the authors spelled out what they mean by probabilistic in this context as the term can be interpreted in many different ways.

      We agree with the reviewer that the term “probabilistic” can be interpreted in different ways. In the revised manuscript we changed “probabilistic” for “mixed”.

      (8) The authors should include a brief description of how they compute RPE and PPE in the beginning of the relevant results section.

      The explanation of how we estimated the PE is already present in the result section: “We estimated trial-wise prediction errors by fitting a Q-learning model to behavioral data. Fitting the model consisted in adjusting the constant parameters to maximize the likelihood of observed choices etc.”

      (9) It is unclear from the Methods whether the authors have taken any measures to address the likely difference in the number of electrodes across subjects. For example, it is likely that some subjects have 10 electrodes in vmPFC while others may have 20. In group analyses, if the data is simply averaged across all electrodes then each subject contributes a different number of data points to the analysis. Hence, a subject with more electrodes can bias the group average. A starting point would be to state the variation in number of electrodes across subjects per brain region. If this variation is rather small, then simple averaging across electrodes might be justified. If the variation is large then one idea would be to average data across electrodes within subjects prior to taking the group average or use a resampling approach where the minimum number of electrodes per brain area is subsampled.

      We addressed this point in our public answers. As a reminder, the new version of the manuscript contains a figure showing the number of unique patients per region, the PE at per participant level together with local-encoding at the single participant level.

      (10) One thing to consider is whether the reward and punishment in the task is symmetrical in valence. While 1$ increase and 1$ decrease is equivalent in magnitude, the psychological effect of the positive (vs. the negative) outcome may still be asymmetrical and the direction and magnitude of this asymmetry can vary across individuals. For instance, some subjects may be more sensitive to the reward (over punishment) while others are more sensitive to the punishment (over reward). In this scenario, it is possible that the differentiation observed in PPE versus RPE signals may arise from such psychological asymmetry rather than the intrinsic differences in how certain brain regions (and their interactions) may encode for reward vs punishment. Perhaps the authors can comment on this possibility, and/or conduct more in depth behavioral analysis to determine if certain subjects adjust their choice behavior faster in response to reward vs. punishment contexts.

      While it could be possible that individuals display different sensitivities vis-à-vis positive and negative prediction errors (and, indeed, a vast body of human reinforcement learning literature seems to point in this direction; Palminteri & Lebreton, 2022), it is unclear to us how such differences would explain into the recruitment of anatomically distinct areas reward and punishment prediction errors. It is important to note here that our design partially orthogonalized positive and reward vs. negative and punishment PEs, because the neutral outcome can generate both positive and negative prediction errors, as a function of the learning context (reward-seeking and punishment avoidance). Back to the main question, for instance, Lefebvre et al (2017) investigated with fMRI the neural correlates of reward prediction errors only and found that inter-individual differences in learning rates for positive and negative prediction errors correlated with differences in the degree of striatal activation and not with the recruitment of different areas. To sum up, while we acknowledge that individuals may display different sensitivity to prediction errors (and reward magnitudes), we believe that such differences should translated in difference in the degree of activation of a given system (the reward systems vs the punishment one) rather than difference in neural system recruitment

      (11) As summarized in Fig 6, the authors show that information transfer between aINS to dlPFC was PPE specific whereas the information transfer between vmPFC to lOFC was RPE specific. What is unclear is if these findings arise as an inevitable statistical byproduct of the fact that aINS has high PPE-specificity and that vmPFC has high RPE-specificity. In other words, it is possible that the analysis in Fig 3,4 are sensitive to fact that there is a larger proportion of electrodes with either PPE or RPE sensitivity in aINS and vmPFC respectively - and as such, the II analysis might reflect the dominant local encoding properties above and beyond reflecting the interactions between regions per se. Simply put, could the analysis in Fig 3B turn out in any other way given that there are more PPE specific electrodes in aINS and more RPE specific electrodes in vmPFC? Some options to address this question would be to limit the electrodes included in the analyses (in Fig 3B for example) so that each region has the same number of PPE and RPE specific electrodes included.

      Please see the simulation we added to the revised manuscript (Fig. S10) demonstrating that synergistic interactions can emerge between regions with the same specificity.

      Regarding the possibility that Fig. 3 and 4 are sensitive to the number of bipolar derivations being R/PPE specific, a counter-example is the vmPFC. The vmPFC has a few recordings specific to punishment (Fig. 2) in almost 30% of the subjects (Fig. S4). However, there is no II about the PPE between recordings of the vmPFC (Fig. 3). The same reasoning also holds for the lOFC. Therefore, the proportion of recordings being RPE or PPE-specific is not sufficient to determine the type of interactions.

      (12)  Related to the point above, what would the results presented in Fig 3A (and 3B) look like if the authors ran the analyses on RPE specific and PPE specific electrodes only. Is the vmPFC-vmPFC RPE effect in Fig 3A arising simply due to the high prevalence of RPE specific electrodes in vmPFC (as shown in Fig. 2)?

      Please see our answer above.

      Reviewer #2:

      Regarding Figure 2A, the authors argued that their findings "globally reproduced their previously published findings" (from Gueguen et al, 2021). It is worth noting though that in their original analysis, both aINS and lOFC show differential effects (aINS showing greater punishment compared to reward, and the opposite for lOFC) compared to the current analysis. Although I would be akin to believe that the nonlinear approach used here might explain part of the differences (as the authors discussed), I am very wary of the other argument advanced: "the removal of iEEG sites contaminated with pathological activity". This raised some red flags. Does that mean some of the conclusions observed in Gueguen et al (2021) are only the result of noise contamination, and therefore should be disregarded? The author might want to add a short supplementary figure using the same approach as in Gueguen (2021) but using the subset of contacts used here to comfort potential readers of the validity of their previous manuscript.

      We appreciate the reviewer's concerns and understand the request for additional information. However, we would like to point out that the figure suggested by the reviewer is already present in the supplementary files of Gueguen et al. 2021 (see Fig. S2). The results of this study should not be disregarded, as the supplementary figure reproduces the results of the main text after excluding sites with pathological activity. Including or excluding sites contaminated with epileptic activity does not have a significant impact on the results, as analyses are performed at each time-stamp and across trials, and epileptic spikes are never aligned in time across trials.

      That being said, there are some methodological differences between the two studies. To extract gamma power, Gueguen et al. filtered and averaged 10 Hz sub-bands, while we used multi-tapers. Additionally, they used a temporal smoothing of 250 ms, while we used less smoothing. However, as explained in the main text, we used information-theoretical approaches to capture the statistical dependencies between gamma power and PE. Despite divergent methodologies, we obtained almost identical results.

      The data and code supporting this manuscript should be made available. If raw data cannot be shared for ethical reasons, single-trial gamma activities should at least be provided. Regarding the code used to process the data, sharing it could increase the appeal (and use) of the methods applied.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We added a section entitled “Code and data availability” and gave links to the scripts, notebooks and preprocessed data.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I appreciate the efforts the authors made to clarify and justify their statements and methodology, respectively. I additionally appreciate the efforts they made to provide me with detailed information - including figures - to aid my comprehension. However, there are two things I nevertheless recommend the authors to include in the main manuscript.

      (1) Statement about animal wellbeing: The authors state that they were constrained in their imaging session duration not because of a commonly reported technical limitation, such as photobleaching (which I honestly assumed), but rather the general wellbeing of the animals, who exhibited signs of distress after longer imaging periods. I find this to be a critical issue and perhaps the best argument against performing longer imaging experiments (which would have increased the number of trials, thus potentially boosting the performance of their model). To say that they put animal welfare above all other scientific and technical considerations speaks to a strong ethical adherence to animal welfare policy, and I believe this should be somehow incorporated into the methods.

      We have now included this at the top of page 26:

      “Mice fully recovered from the brief isoflurane anesthesia, showing a clear blinking reflex, whisking and sniffing behaviors and normal body posture and movements, immediately after head fixation. In our experimental conditions, mice were imaged in sessions of up to 25 min since beyond this time we started observing some signs of distress or discomfort. Thus, we avoided longer recording times at the expense of collecting larger trial numbers, in strong adherence of animal welfare and ethics policy. A pilot group of mice were habituated to the head fixed condition in daily 20 min sessions for 3 days, however we did not observe a marked contrast in the behavior of habituated versus unhabituated mice beyond our relatively short 25 min imaging sessions. In consequence imaging sessions never surpassed a maximum of 25 min, after which the mouse was returned to its home cage.”

      (2) Author response image 2: I sincerely thank the authors for providing us reviewers with this figure, which compares the performance of the naïve Bayesian classifier their ultimately use in the study with other commonly implemented models. Also here I falsely assumed that other models, which take correlated activity into account, did not generally perform better than their ultimate model of choice. Although dwelling on it would be distractive (and outside the primary scope of the study), I would encourage the authors to include it as a figure supplement (and simply mention these controls en passant when they justify their choice of the naïve Bayesian classifier).

      This figure was now included in the revised manuscript as supplemental figure 3.

      Page 10 now reads:

      “We performed cross-validated, multi-class classification of the single-trial population responses (decoding, Fig. 2A) using a naive Bayes classifier to evaluate the prediction errors as the absolute difference between the stimulus azimuth and the predicted azimuth (Fig. 2A). We chose this classification algorithm over others due to its generally good performance with limited available data. We visualized the cross-validated prediction error distribution in cumulative plots where the observed prediction errors were compared to the distribution of errors for random azimuth sampling (Fig. 2B). When decoding all simultaneously recorded units, the observed classifier output was not significantly better (shifted towards smaller prediction errors) than the chance level distribution (Fig. 2B). The classifier also failed to decode complete DCIC population responses recorded with neuropixels probes (Fig. 3A). Other classifiers performed similarly (Suppl. Fig. 3A).”

      The bottom paragraph in page 19 now reads:

      “To characterize how the observed positive noise correlations could affect the representation of stimulus azimuth by DCIC top ranked unit population responses, we compared the decoding performance obtained by classifying the single-trial response patterns from top ranked units in the modeled decorrelated datasets versus the acquired data (with noise correlations). With the intention to characterize this with a conservative approach that would be less likely to find a contribution of noise correlations as it assumes response independence, we relied on the naive Bayes classifier for decoding throughout the study. Using this classifier, we observed that the modeled decorrelated datasets produced stimulus azimuth prediction error distributions that were significantly shifted towards higher decoding errors (Fig. 6B, C) and, in our imaging datasets, were not significantly different from chance level (Fig. 6B). Altogether, these results suggest that the detected noise correlations in our simultaneously acquired datasets can help reduce the error of the IC population code for sound azimuth. We observed a similar, but not significant tendency with another classifier that does not assume response independence (KNN classifier), though overall producing larger decoding errors than the Bayes classifier (Suppl. Fig. 3B).”

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      I am generally happy with the response to the reviews.

      I find the Author response image 3 quite interesting. The neuropixel data looks somewhat like I expected (especially for mouse #3 and maybe mouse #4). I find the distribution of weights across units in the imaging dataset compared to in the pixel dataset intriguing (though it probably is just the dimensionality of the data being so much higher).

      I'm not too familiar with facial movements but is it the case that the DCIC would be more modulated by ipsilateral movement compared to contralateral movements? Are face movements in mice conjugate or do both sides of the face move more or less independently? If not it may be interesting in future work to record bilaterally and see if that provides more information about DCIC responses.

      We sincerely thank the editors and reviewers for their careful appraisal, commendation of our effort and helpful constructive feedback which greatly improved the presentation of our study. Below in green font is a point by point reply to the comments provided by the reviewers.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Summary: In this study, the authors address whether the dorsal nucleus of the inferior colliculus (DCIC) in mice encodes sound source location within the front horizontal plane (i.e., azimuth). They do this using volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and high-density silicon probes (Neuropixels) to collect single-unit data. Such recordings are beneficial because they allow large populations of simultaneous neural data to be collected. Their main results and the claims about those results are the following:

      (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability (i.e., neural noise);

      (2) approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth;

      (3) single-trial population responses (i.e., the joint response across all sampled single units in an animal) encode sound source azimuth "effectively" (as stated in title) in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds;

      (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus (as stated in Abstract);

      (5) evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists;

      and (6) noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error.

      While simultaneous recordings are not necessary to demonstrate results #1, #2, and #4, they are necessary to demonstrate results #3, #5, and #6.

      Strengths:

      - Important research question to all researchers interested in sensory coding in the nervous system.

      - State-of-the-art data collection: volumetric two-photon Ca2+ imaging and extracellular recording using high-density probes. Large neuronal data sets.

      - Confirmation of imaging results (lower temporal resolution) with more traditional microelectrode results (higher temporal resolution).

      - Clear and appropriate explanation of surgical and electrophysiological methods. I cannot comment on the appropriateness of the imaging methods.

      Strength of evidence for claims of the study:

      (1) DCIC single-unit responses have high trial-to-trial variability - The authors' data clearly shows this.

      (2) Approximately 32% to 40% of DCIC single units have responses that are sensitive to sound source azimuth - The sensitivity of each neuron's response to sound source azimuth was tested with a Kruskal-Wallis test, which is appropriate since response distributions were not normal. Using this statistical test, only 8% of neurons (median for imaging data) were found to be sensitive to azimuth, and the authors noted this was not significantly different than the false positive rate. The Kruskal-Wallis test was not performed on electrophysiological data. The authors suggested that low numbers of azimuth-sensitive units resulting from the statistical analysis may be due to the combination of high neural noise and relatively low number of trials, which would reduce statistical power of the test. This may be true, but if single-unit responses were moderately or strongly sensitive to azimuth, one would expect them to pass the test even with relatively low statistical power. At best, if their statistical test missed some azimuthsensitive units, they were likely only weakly sensitive to azimuth. The authors went on to perform a second test of azimuth sensitivity-a chi-squared test-and found 32% (imaging) and 40% (e-phys) of single units to have statistically significant sensitivity. This feels a bit like fishing for a lower p-value. The Kruskal-Wallis test should have been left as the only analysis. Moreover, the use of a chi-squared test is questionable because it is meant to be used between two categorical variables, and neural response had to be binned before applying the test.

      The determination of what is a physiologically relevant “moderate or strong azimuth sensitivity” is not trivial, particularly when comparing tuning across different relays of the auditory pathway like the CNIC, auditory cortex, or in our case DCIC, where physiologically relevant azimuth sensitivities might be different. This is likely the reason why azimuth sensitivity has been defined in diverse ways across the bibliography (see Groh, Kelly & Underhill, 2003 for an early discussion of this issue). These diverse approaches include reaching a certain percentage of maximal response modulation, like used by Day et al. (2012, 2015, 2016) in CNIC, and ANOVA tests, like used by Panniello et al. (2018) and Groh, Kelly & Underhill (2003) in auditory cortex and IC respectively. Moreover, the influence of response variability and biases in response distribution estimation due to limited sampling has not been usually accounted for in the determination of azimuth sensitivity.

      As Reviewer #1 points out, in our study we used an appropriate ANOVA test (KruskalWallis) as a starting point to study response sensitivity to stimulus azimuth at DCIC. Please note that the alpha = 0.05 used for this test is not based on experimental evidence about physiologically relevant azimuth sensitivity but instead is an arbitrary p-value threshold. Using this test on the electrophysiological data, we found that ~ 21% of the simultaneously recorded single units reached significance (n = 4 mice). Nevertheless these percentages, in our small sample size (n = 4) were not significantly different from our false positive detection rate (p = 0.0625, Mann-Whitney, See Author response image 1).  In consequence, for both our imaging (Fig. 3C) and electrophysiological data, we could not ascertain if the percentage of neurons reaching significance in these ANOVA tests were indeed meaningfully sensitive to azimuth or this was due to chance.

      Author response image 1.

      Percentage of the neuropixels recorded DCIC single units across mice that showed significant median response tuning, compared to false positive detection rate (α = 0.05, chance level).

      We reasoned that the observed markedly variable responses from DCIC units, which frequently failed to respond in many trials (Fig. 3D, 4A), in combination with the limited number of trial repetitions we could collect, results in under-sampled response distribution estimations. This under-sampling can bias the determination of stochastic dominance across azimuth response samples in Kruskal-Wallis tests. We would like to highlight that we decided not to implement resampling strategies to artificially increase the azimuth response sample sizes with “virtual trials”, in order to avoid “fishing for a smaller p-value”, when our collected samples might not accurately reflect the actual response population variability.

      As an alternative to hypothesis testing based on ranking and determining stochastic dominance of one or more azimuth response samples (Kruskal-Wallis test), we evaluated the overall statistical dependency to stimulus azimuth of the collected responses.  To do this we implement the Chi-square test by binning neuronal responses into categories. Binning responses into categories can reduce the influence of response variability to some extent, which constitutes an advantage of the Chi-square approach, but we note the important consideration that these response categories are arbitrary.

      Altogether, we acknowledge that our Chi-square approach to define azimuth sensitivity is not free of limitations and despite enabling the interrogation of azimuth sensitivity at DCIC, its interpretability might not extend to other brain regions like CNIC or auditory cortex. Nevertheless we hope the aforementioned arguments justify why the Kruskal-Wallis test simply could not “have been left as the only analysis”.

      (3) Single-trial population responses encode sound source azimuth "effectively" in that localization decoding error matches average mouse discrimination thresholds - If only one neuron in a population had responses that were sensitive to azimuth, we would expect that decoding azimuth from observation of that one neuron's response would perform better than chance. By observing the responses of more than one neuron (if more than one were sensitive to azimuth), we would expect performance to increase. The authors found that decoding from the whole population response was no better than chance. They argue (reasonably) that this is because of overfitting of the decoder modeltoo few trials used to fit too many parameters-and provide evidence from decoding combined with principal components analysis which suggests that overfitting is occurring. What is troubling is the performance of the decoder when using only a handful of "topranked" neurons (in terms of azimuth sensitivity) (Fig. 4F and G). Decoder performance seems to increase when going from one to two neurons, then decreases when going from two to three neurons, and doesn't get much better for more neurons than for one neuron alone. It seems likely there is more information about azimuth in the population response, but decoder performance is not able to capture it because spike count distributions in the decoder model are not being accurately estimated due to too few stimulus trials (14, on average). In other words, it seems likely that decoder performance is underestimating the ability of the DCIC population to encode sound source azimuth.

      To get a sense of how effective a neural population is at coding a particular stimulus parameter, it is useful to compare population decoder performance to psychophysical performance. Unfortunately, mouse behavioral localization data do not exist. Therefore, the authors compare decoder error to mouse left-right discrimination thresholds published previously by a different lab. However, this comparison is inappropriate because the decoder and the mice were performing different perceptual tasks. The decoder is classifying sound sources to 1 of 13 locations from left to right, whereas the mice were discriminating between left or right sources centered around zero degrees. The errors in these two tasks represent different things. The two data sets may potentially be more accurately compared by extracting information from the confusion matrices of population decoder performance. For example, when the stimulus was at -30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a lefthand azimuth? Likewise, when the stimulus was +30 deg, how often did the decoder classify the stimulus to a righthand azimuth?

      The azimuth discrimination error reported by Lauer et al. (2011) comes from engaged and highly trained mice, which is a very different context to our experimental setting with untrained mice passively listening to stimuli from 13 random azimuths. Therefore we did not perform analyses or interpretations of our results based on the behavioral task from Lauer et al. (2011) and only made the qualitative observation that the errors match for discussion.

      We believe it is further important to clarify that Lauer et al. (2011) tested the ability of mice to discriminate between a positively conditioned stimulus (reference speaker at 0º center azimuth associated to a liquid reward) and a negatively conditioned stimulus (coming from one of five comparison speakers positioned at 20º, 30º, 50º, 70 and 90º azimuth, associated to an electrified lickport) in a conditioned avoidance task. In this task, mice are not precisely “discriminating between left or right sources centered around zero degrees”, making further analyses to compare the experimental design of Lauer et al (2011) and ours even more challenging for valid interpretation.

      (4) DCIC can encode sound source azimuth in a similar format to that in the central nucleus of the inferior colliculus - It is unclear what exactly the authors mean by this statement in the Abstract. There are major differences in the encoding of azimuth between the two neighboring brain areas: a large majority of neurons in the CNIC are sensitive to azimuth (and strongly so), whereas the present study shows a minority of azimuth-sensitive neurons in the DCIC. Furthermore, CNIC neurons fire reliably to sound stimuli (low neural noise), whereas the present study shows that DCIC neurons fire more erratically (high neural noise).

      Since sound source azimuth is reported to be encoded by population activity patterns at CNIC (Day and Delgutte, 2013), we refer to a population activity pattern code as the “similar format” in which this information is encoded at DCIC. Please note that this is a qualitative comparison and we do not claim this is the “same format”, due to the differences the reviewer precisely describes in the encoding of azimuth at CNIC where a much larger majority of neurons show stronger azimuth sensitivity and response reliability with respect to our observations at DCIC. By this qualitative similarity of encoding format we specifically mean the similar occurrence of activity patterns from azimuth sensitive subpopulations of neurons in both CNIC and DCIC, which carry sufficient information about the stimulus azimuth for a sufficiently accurate prediction with regard to the behavioral discrimination ability.

      (5) Evidence of noise correlation between pairs of neurons exists - The authors' data and analyses seem appropriate and sufficient to justify this claim.

      (6) Noise correlations between responses of neurons help reduce population decoding error - The authors show convincing analysis that performance of their decoder increased when simultaneously measured responses were tested (which include noise correlation) than when scrambled-trial responses were tested (eliminating noise correlation). This makes it seem likely that noise correlation in the responses improved decoder performance. The authors mention that the naïve Bayesian classifier was used as their decoder for computational efficiency, presumably because it assumes no noise correlation and, therefore, assumes responses of individual neurons are independent of each other across trials to the same stimulus. The use of decoder that assumes independence seems key here in testing the hypothesis that noise correlation contains information about sound source azimuth. The logic of using this decoder could be more clearly spelled out to the reader. For example, if the null hypothesis is that noise correlations do not carry azimuth information, then a decoder that assumes independence should perform the same whether population responses are simultaneous or scrambled. The authors' analysis showing a difference in performance between these two cases provides evidence against this null hypothesis.

      We sincerely thank the reviewer for this careful and detailed consideration of our analysis approach. Following the reviewer’s constructive suggestion, we justified the decoder choice in the results section at the last paragraph of page 18:

      “To characterize how the observed positive noise correlations could affect the representation of stimulus azimuth by DCIC top ranked unit population responses, we compared the decoding performance obtained by classifying the single-trial response patterns from top ranked units in the modeled decorrelated datasets versus the acquired data (with noise correlations). With the intention to characterize this with a conservative approach that would be less likely to find a contribution of noise correlations as it assumes response independence, we relied on the naive Bayes classifier for decoding throughout the study.

      Using this classifier, we observed that the modeled decorrelated datasets produced stimulus azimuth prediction error distributions that were significantly shifted towards higher decoding errors (Fig. 5B, C) and, in our imaging datasets, were not significantly different from chance level (Fig. 5B). Altogether, these results suggest that the detected noise correlations in our simultaneously acquired datasets can help reduce the error of the IC population code for sound azimuth.”

      Minor weakness:

      - Most studies of neural encoding of sound source azimuth are done in a noise-free environment, but the experimental setup in the present study had substantial background noise. This complicates comparison of the azimuth tuning results in this study to those of other studies. One is left wondering if azimuth sensitivity would have been greater in the absence of background noise, particularly for the imaging data where the signal was only about 12 dB above the noise. The description of the noise level and signal + noise level in the Methods should be made clearer. Mice hear from about 2.5 - 80 kHz, so it is important to know the noise level within this band as well as specifically within the band overlapping with the signal.

      We agree with the reviewer that this information is useful. In our study, the background R.M.S. SPL during imaging across the mouse hearing range (2.5-80kHz) was 44.53 dB and for neuropixels recordings 34.68 dB. We have added this information to the methods section of the revised manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In the present study, Boffi et al. investigate the manner in which the dorsal cortex of the of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), an auditory midbrain area, encodes sound location azimuth in awake, passively listening mice. By employing volumetric calcium imaging (scanned temporal focusing or s-TeFo), complemented with high-density electrode electrophysiological recordings (neuropixels probes), they show that sound-evoked responses are exquisitely noisy, with only a small portion of neurons (units) exhibiting spatial sensitivity. Nevertheless, a naïve Bayesian classifier was able to predict the presented azimuth based on the responses from small populations of these spatially sensitive units. A portion of the spatial information was provided by correlated trial-to-trial response variability between individual units (noise correlations). The study presents a novel characterization of spatial auditory coding in a non-canonical structure, representing a noteworthy contribution specifically to the auditory field and generally to systems neuroscience, due to its implementation of state-of-the-art techniques in an experimentally challenging brain region. However, nuances in the calcium imaging dataset and the naïve Bayesian classifier warrant caution when interpreting some of the results.

      Strengths:

      The primary strength of the study lies in its methodological achievements, which allowed the authors to collect a comprehensive and novel dataset. While the DCIC is a dorsal structure, it extends up to a millimetre in depth, making it optically challenging to access in its entirety. It is also more highly myelinated and vascularised compared to e.g., the cerebral cortex, compounding the problem. The authors successfully overcame these challenges and present an impressive volumetric calcium imaging dataset. Furthermore, they corroborated this dataset with electrophysiological recordings, which produced overlapping results. This methodological combination ameliorates the natural concerns that arise from inferring neuronal activity from calcium signals alone, which are in essence an indirect measurement thereof.

      Another strength of the study is its interdisciplinary relevance. For the auditory field, it represents a significant contribution to the question of how auditory space is represented in the mammalian brain. "Space" per se is not mapped onto the basilar membrane of the cochlea and must be computed entirely within the brain. For azimuth, this requires the comparison between miniscule differences between the timing and intensity of sounds arriving at each ear. It is now generally thought that azimuth is initially encoded in two, opposing hemispheric channels, but the extent to which this initial arrangement is maintained throughout the auditory system remains an open question. The authors observe only a slight contralateral bias in their data, suggesting that sound source azimuth in the DCIC is encoded in a more nuanced manner compared to earlier processing stages of the auditory hindbrain. This is interesting, because it is also known to be an auditory structure to receive more descending inputs from the cortex.

      Systems neuroscience continues to strive for the perfection of imaging novel, less accessible brain regions. Volumetric calcium imaging is a promising emerging technique, allowing the simultaneous measurement of large populations of neurons in three dimensions. But this necessitates corroboration with other methods, such as electrophysiological recordings, which the authors achieve. The dataset moreover highlights the distinctive characteristics of neuronal auditory representations in the brain. Its signals can be exceptionally sparse and noisy, which provide an additional layer of complexity in the processing and analysis of such datasets. This will be undoubtedly useful for future studies of other less accessible structures with sparse responsiveness.

      Weaknesses:                                                                                               

      Although the primary finding that small populations of neurons carry enough spatial information for a naïve Bayesian classifier to reasonably decode the presented stimulus is not called into question, certain idiosyncrasies, in particular the calcium imaging dataset and model, complicate specific interpretations of the model output, and the readership is urged to interpret these aspects of the study's conclusions with caution.

      I remain in favour of volumetric calcium imaging as a suitable technique for the study, but the presently constrained spatial resolution is insufficient to unequivocally identify regions of interest as cell bodies (and are instead referred to as "units" akin to those of electrophysiological recordings). It remains possible that the imaging set is inadvertently influenced by non-somatic structures (including neuropil), which could report neuronal activity differently than cell bodies. Due to the lack of a comprehensive ground-truth comparison in this regard (which to my knowledge is impossible to achieve with current technology), it is difficult to imagine how many informative such units might have been missed because their signals were influenced by spurious, non-somatic signals, which could have subsequently misled the models. The authors reference the original Nature Methods article (Prevedel et al., 2016) throughout the manuscript, presumably in order to avoid having to repeat previously published experimental metrics. But the DCIC is neither the cortex nor hippocampus (for which the method was originally developed) and may not have the same light scattering properties (not to mention neuronal noise levels). Although the corroborative electrophysiology data largely eleviates these concerns for this particular study, the readership should be cognisant of such caveats, in particular those who are interested in implementing the technique for their own research.

      A related technical limitation of the calcium imaging dataset is the relatively low number of trials (14) given the inherently high level of noise (both neuronal and imaging). Volumetric calcium imaging, while offering a uniquely expansive field of view, requires relatively high average excitation laser power (in this case nearly 200 mW), a level of exposure the authors may have wanted to minimise by maintaining a low the number of repetitions, but I yield to them to explain.

      We assumed that the levels of heating by excitation light measured at the neocortex in Prevedel et al. (2016), were representative for DCIC also. Nevertheless, we recognize this approximation might not be very accurate, due to the differences in tissue architecture and vascularization from these two brain areas, just to name a few factors. The limiting factor preventing us from collecting more trials in our imaging sessions was that we observed signs of discomfort or slight distress in some mice after ~30 min of imaging in our custom setup, which we established as a humane end point to prevent distress. In consequence imaging sessions were kept to 25 min in duration, limiting the number of trials collected. However we cannot rule out that with more extensive habituation prior to experiments the imaging sessions could be prolonged without these signs of discomfort or if indeed influence from our custom setup like potential heating of the brain by illumination light might be the causing factor of the observed distress. Nevertheless, we note that previous work has shown that ~200mW average power is a safe regime for imaging in the cortex by keeping brain heating minimal (Prevedel et al., 2016), without producing the lasting damages observed by immunohistochemisty against apoptosis markers above 250mW (Podgorski and Ranganathan 2016, https://doi.org/10.1152/jn.00275.2016).

      Calcium imaging is also inherently slow, requiring relatively long inter-stimulus intervals (in this case 5 s). This unfortunately renders any model designed to predict a stimulus (in this case sound azimuth) from particularly noisy population neuronal data like these as highly prone to overfitting, to which the authors correctly admit after a model trained on the entire raw dataset failed to perform significantly above chance level. This prompted them to feed the model only with data from neurons with the highest spatial sensitivity. This ultimately produced reasonable performance (and was implemented throughout the rest of the study), but it remains possible that if the model was fed with more repetitions of imaging data, its performance would have been more stable across the number of units used to train it. (All models trained with imaging data eventually failed to converge.) However, I also see these limitations as an opportunity to improve the technology further, which I reiterate will be generally important for volume imaging of other sparse or noisy calcium signals in the brain.

      Transitioning to the naïve Bayesian classifier itself, I first openly ask the authors to justify their choice of this specific model. There are countless types of classifiers for these data, each with their own pros and cons. Did they actually try other models (such as support vector machines), which ultimately failed? If so, these negative results (even if mentioned en passant) would be extremely valuable to the community, in my view. I ask this specifically because different methods assume correspondingly different statistical properties of the input data, and to my knowledge naïve Bayesian classifiers assume that predictors (neuronal responses) are assumed to be independent within a class (azimuth). As the authors show that noise correlations are informative in predicting azimuth, I wonder why they chose a model that doesn't take advantage of these statistical regularities. It could be because of technical considerations (they mention computing efficiency), but I am left generally uncertain about the specific logic that was used to guide the authors through their analytical journey.

      One of the main reasons we chose the naïve Bayesian classifier is indeed because it assumes that the responses of the simultaneously recorded neurons are independent and therefore it does not assume a contribution of noise correlations to the estimation of the posterior probability of each azimuth. This model would represent the null hypothesis that noise correlations do not contribute to the encoding of stimulus azimuth, which would be verified by an equal decoding outcome from correlated or decorrelated datasets. Since we observed that this is not the case, the model supports the alternative hypothesis that noise correlations do indeed influence stimulus azimuth encoding. We wanted to test these hypotheses with the most conservative approach possible that would be least likely to find a contribution of noise correlations. Other relevant reasons that justify our choice of the naive Bayesian classifier are its robustness against the limited numbers of trials we could collect in comparison to other more “data hungry” classifiers like SVM, KNN, or artificial neuronal nets. We did perform preliminary tests with alternative classifiers but the obtained decoding errors were similar when decoding the whole population activity (Supplemental figure 3A). Dimensionality reduction following the approach described in the manuscript showed a tendency towards smaller decoding errors observed with an alternative classifier like KNN, but these errors were still larger than the ones observed with the naive Bayesian classifier (median error 45º). Nevertheless, we also observe a similar tendency for slightly larger decoding errors in the absence of noise correlations (decorrelated, Supplemental figure 3B). Sentences detailing the logic of classifier choice are now included in the results section at page 10 and at the last paragraph of page 18 (see responses to Reviewer 1).

      That aside, there remain other peculiarities in model performance that warrant further investigation. For example, what spurious features (or lack of informative features) in these additional units prevented the models of imaging data from converging?

      Considering the amount of variability observed throughout the neuronal responses both in imaging and neuropixels datasets, it is easy to suspect that the information about stimulus azimuth carried in different amounts by individual DCIC neurons can be mixed up with information about other factors (Stringer et al., 2019). In an attempt to study the origin of these features that could confound stimulus azimuth decoding we explored their relation to face movement (Supplemental Figure 2), finding a correlation to snout movements, in line with previous work by Stringer et al. (2019).

      In an orthogonal question, did the most spatially sensitive units share any detectable tuning features? A different model trained with electrophysiology data in contrast did not collapse in the range of top-ranked units plotted. Did this model collapse at some point after adding enough units, and how well did that correlate with the model for the imaging data?

      Our electrophysiology datasets were much smaller in size (number of simultaneously recorded neurons) compared to our volumetric calcium imaging datasets, resulting in a much smaller total number of top ranked units detected per dataset. This precluded the determination of a collapse of decoder performance due to overfitting beyond the range plotted in Fig 4G.

      How well did the form (and diversity) of the spatial tuning functions as recorded with electrophysiology resemble their calcium imaging counterparts? These fundamental questions could be addressed with more basic, but transparent analyses of the data (e.g., the diversity of spatial tuning functions of their recorded units across the population). Even if the model extracts features that are not obvious to the human eye in traditional visualisations, I would still find this interesting.

      The diversity of the azimuth tuning curves recorded with calcium imaging (Fig. 3B) was qualitatively larger than the ones recorded with electrophysiology (Fig. 4B), potentially due to the larger sampling obtained with volumetric imaging. We did not perform a detailed comparison of the form and a more quantitative comparison of the diversity of these functions because the signals compared are quite different, as calcium indicator signal is subject to non linearities due to Ca2+ binding cooperativity and low pass filtering due to binding kinetics. We feared this could lead to misleading interpretations about the similarities or differences between the azimuth tuning functions in imaged and electrophysiology datasets. Our model uses statistical response dependency to stimulus azimuth, which does not rely on features from a descriptive statistic like mean response tuning. In this context, visualizing the trial-to-trial responses as a function of azimuth shows “features that are not obvious to the human eye in traditional visualizations” (Fig. 3D, left inset).

      Finally, the readership is encouraged to interpret certain statements by the authors in the current version conservatively. How the brain ultimately extracts spatial neuronal data for perception is anyone's guess, but it is important to remember that this study only shows that a naïve Bayesian classifier could decode this information, and it remains entirely unclear whether the brain does this as well. For example, the model is able to achieve a prediction error that corresponds to the psychophysical threshold in mice performing a discrimination task (~30 {degree sign}). Although this is an interesting coincidental observation, it does not mean that the two metrics are necessarily related. The authors correctly do not explicitly claim this, but the manner in which the prose flows may lead a non-expert into drawing that conclusion.

      To avoid misleading the non-expert readers, we have clarified in the manuscript that the observed correspondence between decoding error and psychophysical threshold is explicitly coincidental.

      Page 13, end of middle paragraph:

      “If we consider the median of the prediction error distribution as an overall measure of decoding performance, the single-trial response patterns from subsamples of at least the 7 top ranked units produced median decoding errors that coincidentally matched the reported azimuth discrimination ability of mice (Fig 4G, minimum audible angle = 31º) (Lauer et al., 2011).”

      Page 14, bottom paragraph:

      “Decoding analysis (Fig. 4F) of the population response patterns from azimuth dependent top ranked units simultaneously recorded with neuropixels probes showed that the 4 top ranked units are the smallest subsample necessary to produce a significant decoding performance that coincidentally matches the discrimination ability of mice (31° (Lauer et al., 2011)) (Fig. 5F, G).”

      We also added to the Discussion sentences clarifying that a relationship between these two variables remains to be determined and it also remains to be determined if the DCIC indeed performs a bayesian decoding computation for sound localization.

      Page 20, bottom:

      “… Concretely, we show that sound location coding does indeed occur at DCIC on the single trial basis, and that this follows a comparable mechanism to the characterized population code at CNIC (Day and Delgutte, 2013). However, it remains to be determined if indeed the DCIC network is physiologically capable of Bayesian decoding computations. Interestingly, the small number of DCIC top ranked units necessary to effectively decode stimulus azimuth suggests that sound azimuth information is redundantly distributed across DCIC top ranked units, which points out that mechanisms beyond coding efficiency could be relevant for this population code.

      While the decoding error observed from our DCIC datasets obtained in passively listening, untrained mice coincidentally matches the discrimination ability of highly trained, motivated mice (Lauer et al., 2011), a relationship between decoding error and psychophysical performance remains to be determined. Interestingly, a primary sensory representations should theoretically be even more precise than the behavioral performance as reported in the visual system (Stringer et al., 2021).”

      Moreover, the concept of redundancy (of spatial information carried by units throughout the DCIC) is difficult for me to disentangle. One interpretation of this formulation could be that there are non-overlapping populations of neurons distributed across the DCIC that each could predict azimuth independently of each other, which is unlikely what the authors meant. If the authors meant generally that multiple neurons in the DCIC carry sufficient spatial information, then a single neuron would have been able to predict sound source azimuth, which was not the case. I have the feeling that they actually mean "complimentary", but I leave it to the authors to clarify my confusion, should they wish.

      We observed that the response patterns from relatively small fractions of the azimuth sensitive DCIC units (4-7 top ranked units) are sufficient to generate an effective code for sound azimuth, while 32-40% of all simultaneously recorded DCIC units are azimuth sensitive. In light of this observation, we interpreted that the azimuth information carried by the population should be redundantly distributed across the complete subpopulation of azimuth sensitive DCIC units.

      In summary, the present study represents a significant body of work that contributes substantially to the field of spatial auditory coding and systems neuroscience. However, limitations of the imaging dataset and model as applied in the study muddles concrete conclusions about how the DCIC precisely encodes sound source azimuth and even more so to sound localisation in a behaving animal. Nevertheless, it presents a novel and unique dataset, which, regardless of secondary interpretation, corroborates the general notion that auditory space is encoded in an extraordinarily complex manner in the mammalian brain.

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary: Boffi and colleagues sought to quantify the single-trial, azimuthal information in the dorsal cortex of the inferior colliculus (DCIC), a relatively understudied subnucleus of the auditory midbrain. They used two complementary recording methods while mice passively listened to sounds at different locations: a large volume but slow sampling calcium-imaging method, and a smaller volume but temporally precise electrophysiology method. They found that neurons in the DCIC were variable in their activity, unreliably responding to sound presentation and responding during inter-sound intervals. Boffi and colleagues used a naïve Bayesian decoder to determine if the DCIC population encoded sound location on a single trial. The decoder failed to classify sound location better than chance when using the raw single-trial population response but performed significantly better than chance when using intermediate principal components of the population response. In line with this, when the most azimuth dependent neurons were used to decode azimuthal position, the decoder performed equivalently to the azimuthal localization abilities of mice. The top azimuthal units were not clustered in the DCIC, possessed a contralateral bias in response, and were correlated in their variability (e.g., positive noise correlations). Interestingly, when these noise correlations were perturbed by inter-trial shuffling decoding performance decreased. Although Boffi and colleagues display that azimuthal information can be extracted from DCIC responses, it remains unclear to what degree this information is used and what role noise correlations play in azimuthal encoding.

      Strengths: The authors should be commended for collection of this dataset. When done in isolation (which is typical), calcium imaging and linear array recordings have intrinsic weaknesses. However, those weaknesses are alleviated when done in conjunction with one another - especially when the data largely recapitulates the findings of the other recording methodology. In addition to the video of the head during the calcium imaging, this data set is extremely rich and will be of use to those interested in the information available in the DCIC, an understudied but likely important subnucleus in the auditory midbrain.

      The DCIC neural responses are complex; the units unreliably respond to sound onset, and at the very least respond to some unknown input or internal state (e.g., large inter-sound interval responses). The authors do a decent job in wrangling these complex responses: using interpretable decoders to extract information available from population responses.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors observe that neurons with the most azimuthal sensitivity within the DCIC are positively correlated, but they use a Naïve Bayesian decoder which assume independence between units. Although this is a bit strange given their observation that some of the recorded units are correlated, it is unlikely to be a critical flaw. At one point the authors reduce the dimensionality of their data through PCA and use the loadings onto these components in their decoder. PCA incorporates the correlational structure when finding the principal components and constrains these components to be orthogonal and uncorrelated. This should alleviate some of the concern regarding the use of the naïve Bayesian decoder because the projections onto the different components are independent. Nevertheless, the decoding results are a bit strange, likely because there is not much linearly decodable azimuth information in the DCIC responses. Raw population responses failed to provide sufficient information concerning azimuth for the decoder to perform better than chance. Additionally, it only performed better than chance when certain principal components or top ranked units contributed to the decoder but not as more components or units were added. So, although there does appear to be some azimuthal information in the recoded DCIC populations - it is somewhat difficult to extract and likely not an 'effective' encoding of sound localization as their title suggests.

      As described in the responses to reviewers 1 and 2, we chose the naïve Bayes classifier as a decoder to determine the influence of noise correlations through the most conservative approach possible, as this classifier would be least likely to find a contribution of correlated noise. Also, we chose this decoder due to its robustness against limited numbers of trials collected, in comparison to “data hungry” non linear classifiers like KNN or artificial neuronal nets. Lastly, we observed that small populations of noisy, unreliable (do not respond in every trial) DCIC neurons can encode stimulus azimuth in passively listening mice matching the discrimination error of trained mice. Therefore, while this encoding is definitely not efficient, it can still be considered effective.

      Although this is quite a worthwhile dataset, the authors present relatively little about the characteristics of the units they've recorded. This may be due to the high variance in responses seen in their population. Nevertheless, the authors note that units do not respond on every trial but do not report what percent of trials that fail to evoke a response. Is it that neurons are noisy because they do not respond on every trial or is it also that when they do respond they have variable response distributions? It would be nice to gain some insight into the heterogeneity of the responses.

      The limited number of azimuth trial repetitions that we could collect precluded us from making any quantification of the unreliability (failures to respond) and variability in the response distributions from the units we recorded, as we feared they could be misleading. In qualitative terms, “due to the high variance in responses seen” in the recordings and the limited trial sampling, it is hard to make any generalization. In consequence we referred to the observed response variance altogether as neuronal noise. Considering these points, our datasets are publicly available for exploration of the response characteristics.

      Additionally, is there any clustering at all in response profiles or is each neuron they recorded in the DCIC unique?

      We attempted to qualitatively visualize response clustering using dimensionality reduction, observing different degrees of clustering or lack thereof across the azimuth classes in the datasets collected from different mice. It is likely that the limited number of azimuth trials we could collect and the high response variance contribute to an inconsistent response clustering across datasets.

      They also only report the noise correlations for their top ranked units, but it is possible that the noise correlations in the rest of the population are different.

      For this study, since our aim was to interrogate the influence of noise correlations on stimulus azimuth encoding by DCIC populations, we focused on the noise correlations from the top ranked unit subpopulation, which likely carry the bulk of the sound location information.  Noise correlations can be defined as correlation in the trial to trial response variation of neurons. In this respect, it is hard to ascertain if the rest of the population, that is not in the top rank unit percentage, are really responding and showing response variation to evaluate this correlation, or are simply not responding at all and show unrelated activity altogether. This makes observations about noise correlations from “the rest of the population” potentially hard to interpret.

      It would also be worth digging into the noise correlations more - are units positively correlated because they respond together (e.g., if unit x responds on trial 1 so does unit y) or are they also modulated around their mean rates on similar trials (e.g., unit x and y respond and both are responding more than their mean response rate). A large portion of trial with no response can occlude noise correlations. More transparency around the response properties of these populations would be welcome.

      Due to the limited number of azimuth trial repetitions collected, to evaluate noise correlations we used the non parametric Kendall tau correlation coefficient which is a measure of pairwise rank correlation or ordinal association in the responses to each azimuth. Positive rank correlation would represent neurons more likely responding together. Evaluating response modulation “around their mean rates on similar trials” would require assumptions about the response distributions, which we avoided due to the potential biases associated with limited sample sizes.

      It is largely unclear what the DCIC is encoding. Although the authors are interested in azimuth, sound location seems to be only a small part of DCIC responses. The authors report responses during inter-sound interval and unreliable sound-evoked responses. Although they have video of the head during recording, we only see a correlation to snout and ear movements (which are peculiar since in the example shown it seems the head movements predict the sound presentation). Additional correlates could be eye movements or pupil size. Eye movement are of particular interest due to their known interaction with IC responses - especially if the DCIC encodes sound location in relation to eye position instead of head position (though much of eye-position-IC work was done in primates and not rodent). Alternatively, much of the population may only encode sound location if an animal is engaged in a localization task. Ideally, the authors could perform more substantive analyses to determine if this population is truly noisy or if the DCIC is integrating un-analyzed signals.

      We unsuccessfully attempted eye tracking and pupillometry in our videos. We suspect that the reason behind this is a generally overly dilated pupil due to the low visible light illumination conditions we used which were necessary to protect the PMT of our custom scope.

      It is likely that DCIC population activity is integrating un-analyzed signals, like the signal associated with spontaneous behaviors including face movements (Stringer et al., 2019), which we observed at the level of spontaneous snout movements. However investigating if and how these signals are integrated to stimulus azimuth coding requires extensive behavioral testing and experimentation which is out of the scope of this study. For the purpose of our study, we referred to trial-to-trial response variation as neuronal noise. We note that this definition of neuronal noise can, and likely does, include an influence from un-analyzed signals like the ones from spontaneous behaviors.

      Although this critique is ubiquitous among decoding papers in the absence of behavioral or causal perturbations, it is unclear what - if any - role the decoded information may play in neuronal computations. The interpretation of the decoder means that there is some extractable information concerning sound azimuth - but not if it is functional. This information may just be epiphenomenal, leaking in from inputs, and not used in computation or relayed to downstream structures. This should be kept in mind when the authors suggest their findings implicate the DCIC functionally in sound localization.

      Our study builds upon previous reports by other independent groups relying on “causal and behavioral perturbations” and implicating DCIC in sound location learning induced experience dependent plasticity (Bajo et al., 2019, 2010; Bajo and King, 2012), which altogether argues in favor of DCIC functionality in sound localization.

      Nevertheless, we clarified in the discussion of the revised manuscript that a relationship between the observed decoding error and the psychophysical performance, or the ability of the DCIC network to perform Bayesian decoding computations, both remain to be determined (please see responses to Reviewer #2).

      It is unclear why positive noise correlations amongst similarly tuned neurons would improve decoding. A toy model exploring how positive noise correlations in conjunction with unreliable units that inconsistently respond may anchor these findings in an interpretable way. It seems plausible that inconsistent responses would benefit from strong noise correlations, simply by units responding together. This would predict that shuffling would impair performance because you would then be sampling from trials in which some units respond, and trials in which some units do not respond - and may predict a bimodal performance distribution in which some trials decode well (when the units respond) and poor performance (when the units do not respond).

      In samples with more that 2 dimensions, the relationship between signal and noise correlations is more complex than in two dimensional samples (Montijn et al., 2016) which makes constructing interpretable and simple toy models of this challenging. Montijn et al. (2016) provide a detailed characterization and model describing how the accuracy of a multidimensional population code can improve when including “positive noise correlations amongst similarly tuned neurons”. Unfortunately we could not successfully test their model based on Mahalanobis distances as we could not verify that the recorded DCIC population responses followed a multivariate gaussian distribution, due to the limited azimuth trial repetitions we could sample.

      Significance: Boffi and colleagues set out to parse the azimuthal information available in the DCIC on a single trial. They largely accomplish this goal and are able to extract this information when allowing the units that contain more information about sound location to contribute to their decoding (e.g., through PCA or decoding on top unit activity specifically). The dataset will be of value to those interested in the DCIC and also to anyone interested in the role of noise correlations in population coding. Although this work is first step into parsing the information available in the DCIC, it remains difficult to interpret if/how this azimuthal information is used in localization behaviors of engaged mice.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Ma & Yang et al. report a new investigation aimed at elucidating one of the key nutrients S. Typhimurium (STM) utilizes with the nutrient-poor intracellular niche within macrophage, focusing on the amino acid beta-alanine. From these data, the authors report that beta-alanine plays important roles in mediating STM infection and virulence. The authors employ a multidisciplinary approach that includes some mouse studies, and ultimately propose a mechanism by which panD, involved in B-Ala synthesis, mediates regulation of zinc homeostatisis in Salmonella.

      Strengths and weaknesses:

      The results and model are adequately supported by the authors' data. Further work will need to be performed to learn whether the Zn2+ functions as proposed in their mechanism. By performing a small set of confirmatory experiments in S. Typhi, the authors provide some evidence of relevance to human infections.

      Impact:

      This work adds to the body of literature on the metabolic flexibility of Salmonella during infection that enable pathogenesis.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      No further suggestions. The authors have adequately addressed my prior concerns through new data and revisions to the text.

      Thank you for considering this work. We appreciate your efforts in aiding us to improve our manuscript.

      Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salmonella is interesting due to its life within a compact compartment, which we call SCV or Salmonella containing vacuole in the field of Salmonella. SCV is a tight-fitting vacuole where the acquisition of nutrients is a key factor by Salmonella. The authors among many nutrients, focussed on beta-alanine. It is also known that Salmonella requires beta-alanine from many other studies. The authors have done in vitro RAW macrophage infection assays and In vivo mouse infection assays to see the life of Salmonella in the presence of beta-alanine. They concluded by comprehending that beta-alanine modulates the expression of many genes including zinc transporters which is required for pathogenesis.

      Strengths:

      Made a couple of knockouts in Salmonella and did transcriptomic to understand the global gene expression pattern

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Transport of Beta-alanine to SCV is not yet elucidated. Is it possible to determine whether the Zn transporter is involved in B-alanine transport?

      Thank you for the comment. Following your suggestion, we investigated the growth of Salmonella WT and the ∆znuA mutant cultured in N-minimal and M9 minimal medium, with β-alanine as the sole carbon source. We observed no significant difference in growth kinetics between the ∆znuA mutant and WT strain under either culture condition (please refer to Author response image 1). The results indicate that ZnuA is not involved in β-alanine transport in Salmonella.

      Author response image 1.

      (2) Beta-alanine can also be shuttled to form carnosine along with histidine. If beta-alanine is channelled to make more carnosine, then the virulence phenotypes may be very different.

      Our study reveals that β-alanine availability, whether obtained from the host or synthesized de novo via the panD-dependent pathway, is important for Salmonella pathogenesis. We have shown that β-alanine influences Salmonella intracellular replication and in vivo virulence partly by enhancing the expression of the zinc transporter genes.

      Although β-alanine can also be shuttled to form carnosine along with histidine in animals, the Salmonella genome lacks canonical carnosine synthase (CARNS) orthologs that catalyze the condensation of β-alanine and histidine into carnosine. Therefore, we believe that the carnosine biosynthetic pathway does not influence the virulence phenotypes of Salmonella.

      (3) Some amino acid transporters can be knocked out to see if beta-alanine uptake is perturbed. Like ArgT transport Arginine, and its mutation perturbs the uptake of beta-alanine. What is the beta-alanine concentration in the SCV? SCVS can be purified at different time points, and the Beta-alanine concentration can be measured

      Thank you for the comment. As suggested, we have investigated the role of other amino acid transporters in the uptake of β-alanine. In E. coli, GabP transports γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA), a structural analogue of β-alanine, and may also transport β-alanine (J Bacteriol. 2021, 203(4):e00642-20). Nevertheless, SalmonellagabP mutant displayed no growth defect in minimal medium with β-alanine as the sole carbon source (Figure 1_figure Supplement 7, Figure 1_figure Supplement 8), indicating that GabP is not involved in β-alanine uptake in Salmonella. Strikingly, the Δ_argT_ mutant—defective in arginine uptake—showed markedly decreased growth in the minimal medium with β-alanine as the sole carbon source (Figure 1F),suggesting that ArgT also transports β-alanine in Salmonella. We have added the results in the revised manuscript (lines 167-179).

      It has been reported that ArgT is essential for Salmonella replication within macrophages and full virulence in vivo (PloS one. 2010, 5(12):e15466). Given that ArgT is involved in both arginine and β-alanine uptake (as verified in this study), whether the attenuated virulence of the ∆argT mutant is due to a deficiency in β-alanine or arginine requires further investigation. We have also included a discussion on this issue (lines 409-415).

      In this work, to avoid delays and alterations in metabolite concentrations during the isolation of bacterial contents from macrophages, we directly assessed the combined metabolite concentrations within infected cells and Salmonella. It has been previously verified that these metabolites are primarily of host origin (Nat Commun. 2021, 12(1):879.). We noted a decrease in β-alanine levels in macrophages infected with Salmonella. The process of separating SCV is intricate and encompasses dissociation and sonication (Nat Commun. 2018, 9(1):2091). These steps may potentially result in alterations of metabolite concentrations during the separation procedure. Therefore, we did not measure the β-alanine concentration in the SCV.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The Authors have done meticulous experiments to address the questions asked by the reviewers. My one question of beta-alanine transport inside the SCV remains undone, though the authors have tried.

      Was Zinc transporter mutant checked? It is possible that the Zn transporter can take up Beta-alanine.

      Thank you for the comment. Following your suggestion, we investigated the growth of Salmonella WT and the ∆znuA mutant cultured in N-minimal and M9 minimal medium, with β-alanine as the sole carbon source. We observed no significant difference in growth kinetics between the ∆znuA mutant and WT strain under either culture condition (please refer to Author response image 1). The results indicate that ZnuA is not involved in β-alanine transport in Salmonella.

      Additionally, we have investigated the role of other amino acid transporters in the uptake of β-alanine and have ultimately identified that ArgT, the arginine transporter, is involved in the uptake of β-alanine in Salmonella (please refer to our previous response).

    1. Author Response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      eLife assessment

      This study presents potentially useful findings describing how activity in the corticotropin-releasing hormone neurons in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus modulates sevoflurane anesthesia, as well as a phenomenon the authors term a "general anesthetic stress response". The technical approaches are solid and the data presented are largely clear. However, the primary conclusion, that the PVHCRH neurons are a mechanism of sevoflurane anesthesia, is inadequately supported.

      We appreciate the editors and reviewers for their thorough assessment and constructive feedback. We have provided clarifications and updated the manuscripts to better interpret our results, please see below. As for the primary conclusion, we revised it as PVH CRH neurons potently modulate states of anaesthesia in sevoflurane general anesthesia, being a part of anaesthesia regulatory network of sevoflurane.

      Combined Public Review:

      This study describes a group of CRH-releasing neurons, located in the paraventricular nucleus of the hypothalamus, which, in mice, affects both the state of sevoflurane anesthesia and a grooming behavior observed after it. PVH-CRH neurons showed elevated calcium activity during the post-anesthesia period. Optogenetic activation of these PVH-CRH neurons during sevoflurane anesthesia shifts the EEG from burst-suppression to a seemingly activated state (an apparent arousal effect), although without a behavioral correlate. Chemogenetic activation of the PVH-CRH neurons delays sevoflurane-induced loss of righting reflex (another apparent arousal effect). On the other hand, chemogenetic inhibition of PVH-CRH neurons delays recovery of the righting reflex and decreases sevoflurane-induced stress (an apparent decrease in the arousal effect). The authors conclude that PVH-CRH neurons are a common substrate for sevoflurane-induced anesthesia and stress. The PVH-CRH neurons are related to behavioral stress responses, and the authors claim that these findings provide direct evidence for a relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress that might exist even when there is no surgical trauma, such as an incision. In its current form, the article does not achieve its intended goal.

      Thank you for the detailed review. We have carefully considered your comments and have revised the manuscript to provide a clearer interpretation of our findings. Our findings indicate that PVH CRH neurons integrate the anesthetic effect and post-anesthesia stress response of sevoflurane (GA), providing new evidence for understanding the neuronal regulation of sevoflurane GA and identifying a potential brain target for further investigation into modulating the post-anesthesia stress response. However, we did not propose that there was a direct relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress in the absence of incision. Our results mainly concluded that PVH CRH neurons integrate the anaesthetic effect and post-anaesthesia stress response of sevoflurane GA, which offers new evidence for the neuronal regulation of sevoflurane GA and provides an important but ignored potential cause of the post-anesthesia stress response.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript uses targeted manipulation of the PVH-CRH neurons, and is technically sound. Also, the number of experiments is substantial.

      Thank you.

      Weaknesses:

      The most significant weaknesses are a) the lack of consideration and measurement of GABAergic mechanisms of sevoflurane anesthesia, b) the failure to use another anesthetic as a control, c) a failure to document a compelling post-anesthesia stress response to sevoflurane in humans, d) limitations in the novelty of the findings. These weaknesses are related to the primary concerns described below:

      Concerns about the primary conclusion, that PVH-CRH neurons mediate "the anesthetic effects and post-anesthesia stress response of sevoflurane GA".

      Thanks for the advice. Our responses are as below:

      1) Just because the activity of a given neural cell type or neural circuit alters an anesthetic's response, this does not mean that those neurons play a role in how the anesthetic creates its anesthetic state. For example, sevoflurane is commonly used in children. Its primary mechanism of action is through enhancement of GABA-mediated inhibition. Children with ADHD on Ritalin (a dopamine reuptake inhibitor) who take it on the day of surgery can often require increased doses of sevoflurane to achieve the appropriate anesthetic state. The mesocortical pathway through which Ritalin acts is not part of the mechanism of action of sevoflurane. Through this pathway, Ritalin is simply increasing cortical excitability making it more challenging for the inhibitory effects of sevoflurane at GABAergic synapses to be effective. Similarly, here, altering the activity of the PVHCRH neurons and seeing a change in anesthetic response to sevoflurane does not mean that these neurons play a role in the fundamental mechanism of this anesthetic's action. With the current data set, the primary conclusions should be tempered.

      Thank you for your comments. Our results adequately uncover PVH CRH neurons that modulate the state of consciousness as well as the stress response in sevoflurane GA, but are insufficient to demonstrate that these neurons play a role in the underlying mechanism of sevoflurane anesthesia. We will revise our conclusions and make them concrete. The primary conclusion has been revised as PVH CRH neurons potently modulate states of anaesthesia in sevoflurane GA, being a part of the anaesthesia regulatory network of sevoflurane.

      2) It is important to compare the effects of sevoflurane with at least one other inhaled ether anesthetic. Isoflurane, desflurane, and enflurane are ether anesthetics that are very similar to each other, as well as being similar to sevoflurane. It is important to distinguish whether the effects of sevoflurane pertain to other anesthetics, or, alternatively, relate to unique idiosyncratic properties of this gas that may not be a part of its anesthetic properties.

      For example, one study cited by the authors (Marana et al.. 2013) concludes that there is weak evidence for differences in stress-related hormones between sevoflurane and desflurane, with lower levels of cortisol and ACTH observed during the desflurane intraoperative period. It is not clear that this difference in some stress-related hormones is modeled by post-sevoflurane excess grooming in the mice, but using desflurane as a control could help determine this.

      Thank you for your suggestions. We completely agree on the importance of determining whether the effects of sevoflurane apply to other anesthetics or arise from unique idiosyncratic attributes separate from its anesthetic properties. However, it is challenging to definitively conclude whether the effects of sevoflurane observed in our study extend to other inhaled anesthetics, even with desflurane as a control. While sevoflurane shares many common anesthetic properties with other inhalation agents, it also exhibits distinct characteristics and potential idiosyncrasies that set it apart from its counterparts. Regarding studies related to desflurane's impact on hormone levels or stress-like behaviors, one study involving 20 women scheduled for elective total abdominal hysterectomy demonstrated that there was no significant correlation between the intra-operative depth of anesthesia achieved with desflurane and the extent of the endocrine-metabolic stress response (as indicated by the concentrations of plasma cortisol, glucose, and lactate)1. Besides, a study conducted with mice suggested the abilities related to sensorimotor functions, anxiety and depression did not undergo significant changes after 7 days of anesthesia administered with 8.0% desflurane for 6 h2. Furthermore, a study involving 50 Caucasian women undergoing laparoscopic surgery for benign ovarian cysts demonstrated that in low stress surgery, desflurane, when compared to sevoflurane, exhibited superior control over the intraoperative cortisol and ACTH response 3. Based on these findings, we propose that the effect we observed in this study is likely attributed to the unique idiosyncratic properties of sevoflurane. We will conduct additional experiments to investigate this proposal with other commonly used anaesthetics in our future studies.

      Concerns about the clinical relevance of the experiments

      In anesthesiology practice, perioperative stress observed in patients is more commonly related to the trauma of the surgical intervention, with inadequate levels of antinociception or unconsciousness intraoperatively and/or poor post-operative pain control. The authors seem to be suggesting that the anesthetic itself is causing stress, but there is no evidence of this from human patients cited. We were not aware that this is a documented clinical phenomenon. It is important to know whether sevoflurane effectively produces behavioral stress in the recovery room in patients that could be related to the putative stress response (excess grooming) observed in mice. For example, in surgeries or procedures that required only a brief period of unconsciousness that could be achieved by administering sevoflurane alone (comparable to the 30 min administered to the mice), is there clinical evidence of post-operative stress?

      Thank you for your question. There is currently no direct evidence available. Studies on sevoflurane in humans primarily focus on its use during surgical interventions, making it difficult to find studies that solely administer sevoflurane, as was done in our study with mice. Generally, a short anesthesia time refers to procedures that last less than one hour, while a long anesthesia time could be considered for procedures lasting several hours or more4. A study published in eLife investigated the patterns of reemerging consciousness and cognitive function in 30 healthy adults who underwent GA for three hours 5. This finding suggests that the cognitive dysfunction observed immediately and persistently after GA in healthy animals may not necessarily apply anesthesia and postoperative neurocognitive disorders could be influenced by factors other than GA, such as surgery or patient comorbidity. Therefore, further studies are needed to verify the post-operative stress in sevoflurane-only short time anesthesia.

      Indeed, stress after surgeries can result from multiple factors aside from anesthesia, including pain, anxiety, inflammation, but what we want to illustrate in this study is that anesthesia could be one of these factors that we ignored in previous studies. In our current study, we did not propose that there was a direct relationship between sevoflurane anesthesia and sevoflurane-mediated stress without incision. We observed stress-related behavioural changes after exposure of sevoflurane GA in mouse model, indicating sevoflurane-mediated stress might exist without surgical trauma. Importantly, whether anesthetic administration alone will cause post-operative stress is worth studying in different species especially human.

      Patients who receive sevoflurane as the primary anesthetic do not wake up more stressed than if they had had one of the other GABAergic anesthetics. If there were signs of stress upon emergence (increased heart rate, blood pressure, thrashing movements) from general anesthesia, the anesthesiologist would treat this right away. The most likely cause of post-operative stress behaviors in humans is probably inadequate anti-nociception during the procedure, which translates into inadequate post-op analgesia and likely delirium. It is the case that children receiving sevoflurane do have a higher likelihood of post-operative delirium. Perhaps the authors' studies address a mechanism for delirium associated with sevoflurane, but this is not considered. Delirium seems likely to be the closest clinical phenomenon to what was studied.

      We agree with your idea. We aim to establish a connection between post-operative delirium in humans and stress-like behaviors observed in mice following sevoflurane anesthesia. Specifically, we have observed that the increased grooming behavior exhibited by mice after sevoflurane anesthesia resembles the fuzzy state of consciousness experienced during post-operative delirium6. In our discussion, we also emphasized the occurrence of sevoflurane-induced emergence agitation, a common phenomenon reported in clinical studies with an incidence of up to 80%. This state is characterized by hyperactivity, confusion, delirium, and emotional agitation 7,8. Meanwhile, in our experimental tests, namely the open field test (OFT) and elevated plus maze (EPM) test, we observed that mice exposed to sevoflurane inhalation displayed reduced movement distances during both the OFT and EPM tests (Figure 7G and I). These findings suggest a decline in behavioral activity similar to what is observed in cases of delirium.

      Concerns about the novelty of the findings

      CRH is associated with arousal in numerous studies. In fact, the authors' own work, published in eLife in 2021, showed that stimulating the hypothalamic CRH cells leads to arousal and their inhibition promotes hypersomnia. In both papers, the authors use fos expression in CRH cells during a specific event to implicate the cells, then manipulate them and measure EEG responses. In the previous work, the cells were active during wakefulness; here- they were active in the awake state that follows anesthesia (Figure 1). Thus, the findings in the current work are incremental.

      Thank you for acknowledging our previous work focusing on the changes in the sleep-wake state of mice when PVH CRH neurons are manipulated. In this study, our primary objective was to identify the neuronal mechanisms mediating the anesthetic effects and post-anesthetic stress response of sevoflurane GA. While our study claims that activation of PVH CRH neurons leads to arousal, it provides evidence that PVH CRH neurons may play a role in the regulation of conscious states in GA. Our current findings uncover that PVH CRH neurons modulate the state of consciousness as well as the stress response in sevoflurane GA, and that the modulation of PVH CRH neurons bidirectionally altered the induction and recovery of sevoflurane GA. This identifies a new brain region involved in sevoflurane GA that goes beyond the arousal-related regions.

      The activation of CRH cells in PVN has already been shown to result in grooming by Jaideep Bains (cited as reference 58). Thus, the involvement of these cells in this behavior is expected. The authors perform elaborate manipulations of CRH cells and numerous analyses of grooming and related behaviors. For example, they compare grooming and paw licking after anesthesia with those after other stressors such as forced swim, spraying mice with water, physical attack, and restraint. However, the relevance of these behaviors to humans and generalization to other types of anesthetics is not clear.

      The hyperactivity of PVH CRH neurons and behavior (e.g., excessive self-grooming) in mice may partially mirror the observed agitation and underlying mechanisms during emergence from sevoflurane GA in patients. As mentioned in the Discussion section (page 16, lines 371-374), sevoflurane-induced emergence agitation represents a prevalent manifestation of the post-anesthesia stress response. It is frequently observed, with an incidence of up to 80% in clinical reports, and is characterized by hyperactivity, confusion, delirium, and emotional agitation7,8. Our aim in this study is to distinguish the excessive stress responses of patients to sevoflurane GA from stress triggered by other factors. Other stimuli, such as forced swimming, can be considered sources of both physical and emotional stress, which are associated with depression and anxiety in humans.

      Regarding generalization to other types of anesthetics, we propose that the stress-related behavioral effects observed in this study might occur in cases of the administration of certain types of anesthetics. For example, one study showed that intravenous ketamine infusion (10 mg/kg, 2 hours) elevated plasma corticosterone and progesterone levels in rats, reducing locomotor activity (sedation) 9. The administration of intravenous anesthesia with propofol combined with sevoflurane caused greater postoperative stress than the single use of propofol10. However, desflurane, a common inhaled ether anesthetic, when compared to sevoflurane, was associated with better control of intraoperative cortisol and ACTH response in low-stress surgeries8. Thus, these behaviors observed after exposure to sevoflurane GA may be related to the post-anesthesia stress response in humans, which might also occur in cases of the administration of certain types of anesthetics.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer 1

      1) The CRH-Cre mouse line should be validated. There are several lines of these mice, and their fidelity varies.

      The CRH-Cre mouse line we used in this study is from The Jackson Laboratory (https://www.jax.org/strain/012704) with the name B6(Cg)-Crhtm1(cre)Zjh/J (Strain #: 012704). These CRH-ires-CRE knock-in mice have Cre recombinase expression directed to CRH positive neurons by the endogenous promoter/enhancer elements of the corticotropin releasing hormone locus (Crh). We have done standard PCR to validate the mouse line following genotyping protocols provided by the Jackson Laboratory. The protocol primers were: 10574 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CTT ACA CAT TTC GTC CTA GCC); 10575 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CAC GAC CAG GCT GCG GCT AAC); 10576 (SEQUENCE 5' → 3': CAA TGT ATC TTA TCA TGT CTG GAT CC). The 468-bp CRH-specific PCR product was amplified in mutant (CRH-Cre+/+) mice; in heterozygote (CRH-Cre+/-) mice, both the 468-bp and the 676-bp PCR products were detected; in wild type (WT) mice, only the 676-bp WT allele-specific PCR product was amplified. An example of PCR results is presented below. The heterozygote and mutant mice were included in our study.

      Author response image 1.

      1. It would be very helpful to validate the CRH antibody. Using any antiserum at 1:800 suggests that it may not be potent or highly specific.

      As requested, we used the same CRH antibody at a concentration of 1:800, following the methods described in the Method section. The results are displayed below.

      Author response image 2.

      1. In Figure 1C, the control sections are out of focus, any cells are blurry, reducing confidence in the analyses (locus ceruleus cells appear confluent in the control?)

      Sorry for the confusing figure and we have revised the control section part of Figure 1C:

      Author response image 3.

      Reviewer 2

      1) In the Abstract, to say that "General anesthetics benefit patients undergoing surgeries without consciousness. ..." is a gross understatement of the essential role that general anesthesia plays today to make surgery not only tolerable but humane. This opening sentence should be rewritten. General anesthesia is a fundamental process required to undertake safely and humanely a high fraction of surgeries and invasive diagnostic procedures.

      As requested, we rewrote this opening sentence, please see the follows:

      GA is a fundamental process required to undertake surgeries and invasive diagnostic procedures safely and humanely. However, the undesired stress response associated with GA can lead to delayed recovery and even increased morbidity in clinical settings.

      2) In the Abstract, when discussing the response of the PVN-CRH neurons to chemogenetic inhibition, say exactly what the "opposite effect" is.

      Thanks for your insights. We have rewritten our abstract as follows:

      Chemogenetic activation of these neurons delayed the induction and accelerated emergence from sevoflurane GA, whereas chemogenetic inhibition of PVH CRH neurons promoted induction and prolonged emergence from sevoflurane GA.

      3) In all spectrograms the dynamic range is compressed between 0.5 and 1. Please make use of the full range, as some details might be missed because of this compression.

      We are sorry for the incorrect unit of the spectrograms. We have provided the correct one with full range, please see below:

      Author response image 4.

      Author response image 5.

      4) The spectrogram in Figure 2D has several frequency chirps that do not seem physiological.

      Thank you for your comments. The frequency chips of the spectrogram during the During and Post 1 phase were caused by recording noises. To avoid confusion, we have deleted the spectrogram in Figure 2D.

      5) The 3D plots in Figures 3G and H are not helpful. Thanks for the comment. We'd like to keep the 3D plots as they aid visual comparison of three different features of grooming, which complements other panels in Figure 3.

      6) The spectrograms in Figures 5A and B are too small, while the spectra in Figures 5C and D are too large. Please invert this relationship, as it is interesting and important to see the details in the spectrograms. The same happens in Figure 6.

      We adjusted the layout of the Figure 5 and Figure 6 as requested, please see below:

      Author response image 6.

      Author response image 7.

      7) In Figure 6H, the authors compute the burst-suppression ratio during a period that seemingly has no bursts or suppressions (Figure 6B).

      The burst-suppression ratio was computed from data with the minimum duration of burst and suppression periods set at 0.5 s. Sorry for the confusion. We added a new supplementary figure (Figure 6-figure supplement 8) displaying a 40-second EEG with a burst suppression period to better visualize the burst suppression.

      Author response image 8.

      8) The data analyses are done in terms of p-values. They should be reported as confidence intervals so that any effect the authors wish to establish is measured along with its uncertainty.

      Thank you for your valuable suggestions regarding our manuscript. We appreciate your thoughtful consideration of our work. We understand your concern but we would like to provide some justification for our choice of reporting p-values and explain why we believe they are appropriate for our study. First, the use of p-values for hypothesis testing and significance assessment is a common practice in our field. Many previous studies in our area of research also report results in terms of p-values. For example, Wei Xu11 published in 2020 suggested sevoflurane inhibits MPB neurons through postsynaptic GABAA-Rs and background potassium channels, Ao Y12 demonstrated that activation of the TH:LC-PVT projections is helpful in facilitating the transition from isoflurane anesthesia to an arousal state, using P-value as data analyses. By adhering to this convention, we ensure that our findings are consistent with the existing body of literature. This makes it easier for readers to compare and integrate our results with previous work. Secondly, while confidence intervals can provide a measure of effect size and uncertainty, p-values offer a concise way to communicate statistical significance. They help readers quickly assess whether an effect is statistically significant or not, which is often the primary concern when interpreting research findings. We hope that by providing these reasons for our choice of reporting p-values, we can address your concern while maintaining the integrity and consistency of our study. If you believe there are specific instances where reporting confidence intervals would be more informative, please feel free to highlight those, and we will consider your suggestion on a case-by-case basis. 

      References

      1. Baldini, G., Bagry, H. & Carli, F. Depth of anesthesia with desflurane does not influence the endocrine-metabolic response to pelvic surgery. Acta Anaesthesiol Scand 52, 99-105, doi:10.1111/j.1399-6576.2007.01470.x (2008).
      2. Niikura, R. et al. Exploratory analyses of postanesthetic effects of desflurane using behavioral test battery of mice. Behav Pharmacol 31, 597-609, doi:10.1097/fbp.0000000000000567 (2020).
      3. Marana, E. et al. Desflurane versus sevoflurane: a comparison on stress response. Minerva Anestesiol 79, 7-14 (2013).
      4. Vutskits, L. & Xie, Z. Lasting impact of general anaesthesia on the brain: mechanisms and relevance. Nat Rev Neurosci 17, 705-717, doi:10.1038/nrn.2016.128 (2016).
      5. Mashour, G. A. et al. Recovery of consciousness and cognition after general anesthesia in humans. Elife 10, doi:10.7554/eLife.59525 (2021).
      6. Mattison, M. L. P. Delirium. Ann Intern Med 173, Itc49-itc64, doi:10.7326/aitc202010060 (2020).
      7. Dahmani, S. et al. Pharmacological prevention of sevoflurane- and desflurane-related emergence agitation in children: a meta-analysis of published studies. Br J Anaesth 104, 216-223, doi:10.1093/bja/aep376 (2010).
      8. Lim, B. G. et al. Comparison of the incidence of emergence agitation and emergence times between desflurane and sevoflurane anesthesia in children: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Medicine (Baltimore) 95, e4927, doi:10.1097/MD.0000000000004927 (2016).
      9. Radford, K. D. et al. Association between intravenous ketamine-induced stress hormone levels and long-term fear memory renewal in Sprague-Dawley rats. Behav Brain Res 378, 112259, doi:10.1016/j.bbr.2019.112259 (2020).
      10. Yang, L., Chen, Z. & Xiang, D. Effects of intravenous anesthesia with sevoflurane combined with propofol on intraoperative hemodynamics, postoperative stress disorder and cognitive function in elderly patients undergoing laparoscopic surgery. Pak J Med Sci 38, 1938-1944, doi:10.12669/pjms.38.7.5763 (2022).
      11. Xu, W. et al. Sevoflurane depresses neurons in the medial parabrachial nucleus by potentiating postsynaptic GABA(A) receptors and background potassium channels. Neuropharmacology 181, 108249, doi:10.1016/j.neuropharm.2020.108249 (2020).
      12. Ao, Y. et al. Locus Coeruleus to Paraventricular Thalamus Projections Facilitate Emergence From Isoflurane Anesthesia in Mice. Front Pharmacol 12, 643172, doi:10.3389/fphar.2021.643172 (2021).
    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the current reviews.

      eLife assessment:

      The manuscript establishes a sophisticated mouse model for acute retinal artery occlusion (RAO) by combining unilateral pterygopalatine ophthalmic artery occlusion (UPOAO) with a silicone wire embolus and carotid artery ligation, generating ischemia-reperfusion injury upon removal of the embolus. This clinically relevant model is useful for studying the cellular and molecular mechanisms of RAO. The data overall are solid, presenting a novel tool for screening pathogenic genes and promoting further therapeutic research in RAO.

      Thank you for your thorough evaluation. We are pleased that you find our mouse model for acute retinal artery occlusion to be sophisticated and clinically relevant. Your recognition of the model’s utility in studying the cellular and molecular mechanisms of RAO, as well as its potential for advancing therapeutic research, is highly encouraging and underscores the significance of our work. We are grateful for your supportive feedback.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1:

      Summary:

      Wang, Y. et al. used a silicone wire embolus to definitively and acutely clot the pterygopalatine ophthalmic artery in addition to carotid artery ligation to completely block blood supply to the mouse inner retina, which mimic clinical acute retinal artery occlusion. A detailed characterization of this mouse model determined the time course of inner retina degeneration and associated functional deficits, which closely mimic human patients. Whole retina transcriptome profiling and comparison revealed distinct features associated with ischemia, reperfusion, and different model mechanisms. Interestingly and importantly, this team found a sequential event including reperfusion-induced leukocyte infiltration from blood vessels, residual microglial activation, and neuroinflammation that may lead to neuronal cell death.

      Strengths:

      Clear demonstration of the surgery procedure with informative illustrations, images, and superb surgical videos.

      Two time points of ischemia and reperfusion were studied with convincing histological and in vivo data to demonstrate the time course of various changes in retinal neuronal cell survivals, ERG functions, and inner/outer retina thickness.

      The transcriptome comparison among different retinal artery occlusion models provides informative evidence to differentiate these models.

      The potential applications of the in vivo retinal ischemia-reperfusion model and relevant readouts demonstrated by this study will certainly inspire further investigation of the dynamic morphological and functional changes of retinal neurons and glial cell responses during disease progression and before and after treatments.

      We sincerely appreciate your detailed and positive feedback. These evaluations are invaluable in highlighting the significance and impact of our work. Thank you for your thoughtful and supportive review.

      Weaknesses:

      The revised manuscript has been significantly improved in clarity and readability. It has addressed all my questions convincingly.

      Thank you for your positive feedback. We are pleased to hear that the revisions have significantly improved the manuscript's clarity and readability, and that we have convincingly addressed all your questions. Your encouraging words are of great importance to us.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors of this manuscript aim to develop a novel animal model to accurately simulate the retinal ischemic process in retinal artery occlusion (RAO). A unilateral pterygopalatine ophthalmic artery occlusion (UPOAO) mouse model was established using silicone wire embolization combined with carotid artery ligation. This manuscript provided data to show the changes of major classes of retinal neural cells and visual dysfunction following various durations of ischemia (30 minutes and 60 minutes) and reperfusion (3 days and 7 days) after UPOAO. Additionally, transcriptomics was utilized to investigate the transcriptional changes and elucidate changes in the pathophysiological process in the UPOAO model post-ischemia and reperfusion. Furthermore, the authors compared transcriptomic differences between the UPOAO model and other retinal ischemic-reperfusion models, including HIOP and UCCAO, and revealed unique pathological processes.

      Strengths:

      The UPOAO model represents a novel approach for studying retinal artery occlusion. The study is very comprehensive.

      Thank you for your positive feedback. We are delighted that you find the UPOAO model to be a novel and comprehensive approach to studying retinal artery occlusion. Your recognition of the depth and significance of our study is highly valuable and encourages us in our ongoing research.

      Weaknesses:

      Originally, some statements were incorrect and confusing. However, the authors have made clarifications in the revised manuscript to avoid confusion.

      We sincerely appreciate your meticulous review of the manuscript. We have thoroughly addressed the inaccuracies identified in the revised version. Additionally, we have polished the article to ensure improved readability. We apologize for any confusion caused by these inaccuracies and genuinely. We appreciate your careful attention to detail, and your patience and meticulous suggestions have significantly improved the clarity and readability of our manuscript.


      The following is the authors’ response to the original reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1:

      The revised manuscript has been significantly improved in clarity and readability. It has addressed all my questions convincingly.

      Thank you for your positive feedback. We are pleased to hear that the revisions have significantly improved the manuscript's clarity and readability, and that we have convincingly addressed all your questions. Your encouraging words are of great importance to us.

      Reviewer #2:

      The authors have revised the manuscript and/or provided answers to the majority of prior comments, which have helped to strengthen the work. However, addressing the following concerns is still necessary to further improve the manuscript.

      Thank you for acknowledging our revisions and the improvements made to the manuscript. We appreciate your continued feedback and will address the remaining concerns to further enhance the quality of our work.

      The quantification method of RGCs is described in detail in the response letter, but this detailed methodology was not included in the revised manuscript to clarify the quantification process.

      Thank you for your helpful recommendations. We have added detailed methodology in the revised manuscript to clarify the quantification process (line 180-188).

      The graphs in Fig. 3D b-wave and Fig. 3E-b wave are duplicated.

      We apologize for the error in our figures. We have corrected the mistake by replacing the duplicated image in Fig. 3E-b wave with the correct one (line 880). Your careful observation has been very helpful in improving our manuscript. Thank you for bringing this to our attention.

      The quantifications of the thickness of retinal layers in HE-stained sections in Figure 4 (IPL) and Response Figure 2 are incorrect. For mice retina, the thickness of the IPL is approximately 50 µm.

      Thank you for your meticulous review of the manuscript. We have rectified the inaccuracies in the quantification of retinal layer thickness in HE-stained sections in Figure 4, addressing the initial issue with the scale bar.

      We consulted with a microscope engineer and used a microscope microscale to calibrate the scale of the fluorescence microscope (BX63; Olympus, Tokyo, Japan) at the suggestion of the engineer.

      We recount the thickness of all layers of the HE-stained retinal section (line 902). The inner retina thickness in Figure 4 has been adjusted under a new scale bar, and the thickness of the outer retinal layers is now displayed in

      Author response image 1. However, the IPL thickness of the sham eye in the UPOAO model is still not aligned with the common thickness of 50 µm. Therefore we review the literature within our laboratory, focusing on C57BL/6 mice from the same source, revealed that the inner retina thickness (GCC+INL) in the HE-stained sections of the sham eye in the UPOAO model (around 80 µm) is consistent with previous findings (see Author response image 2) conducted by Kaibao Ji and published in Experimental Eye Research in 2021 [1].

      We captured and analyzed the average retinal thickness of each layer over a long range of 200-1100 μm from the optic nerve head (see Author response image 3, highlighted by the green line). The field region has been corrected in the revised manuscript (line 232). Considering the significant variation in retinal thickness from the optic nerve to the periphery, we consulted literature on multi-point measurements of HE-stained retinas. The average thickness of the GCC layer in the control group was approximately 57 µm at 600 µm from the optic nerve head and about 48 µm at 1200 µm from the optic nerve head in the literature [2] (see Author response image 4). The GCC layer thickness of the sham eye in the UPOAO model is around 50 µm, in alignment with existing literature. In future studies, we will pay more attention to the issue of thickness averaging.

      We appreciate your thorough review and valuable feedback, which has enabled us to correct errors and enhance the accuracy of our research.

      Author response image 1.

      Thickness of OPL, ONL, IS/OS+RPE in HE staining. n=3; ns: no significance (p>0.05).

      Author response image 2.

      Cited from Ji, K., et al., Resveratrol attenuates retinal ganglion cell loss in a mouse model of retinal ischemia reperfusion injury via multiple pathways. Experimental Eye Research, 2021. 209: p. 108683.

      Author response image 3.

      Schematic diagram illustrating the selection of regions. The figure was captured using a fluorescence microscope (BX63; Olympus, Tokyo, Japan) under a 4X objective. Scale bar=500 µm.

      Author response image 4.

      Cited from Feng, L., et al., Ripa-56 protects retinal ganglion cells in glutamate-induced retinal excitotoxic model of glaucoma. Sci Rep, 2024. 14(1): p. 3834.

      There are some typos in the summary table. For example: 'Amplitudes of a-wave (0.3, 2.0, and 10.0 cd.s/m²)' should be 'Amplitudes of a-wave (0.3, 3.0, and 10.0 cd.s/m²)'; and 'IINL thickness' in HE' should be 'INL thickness'.

      Thank you for pointing out the typos in the summary table (line 1073). We have corrected 'Amplitudes of a-wave (0.3, 2.0, and 10.0 cd.s/m²)' to 'Amplitudes of a-wave (0.3, 3.0, and 10.0 cd.s/m²)' and 'IINL thickness' to 'INL thickness'. Your attention to detail is greatly appreciated and has been very helpful in improving our manuscript.

      References

      (1) Ji, K., et al., Resveratrol attenuates retinal ganglion cell loss in a mouse model of retinal ischemia reperfusion injury via multiple pathways. Experimental Eye Research, 2021. 209: p. 108683.

      (2) Feng, L., et al., Ripa-56 protects retinal ganglion cells in glutamate-induced retinal excitotoxic model of glaucoma. Sci Rep, 2024. 14(1): p. 3834.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      (1) Authors' experimental designs have some caveats to definitely support their claims. Authors claimed that aged LT-HSCs have no myeloid-biased clone expansion using transplantation assays. In these experiments, authors used 10 HSCs and young mice as recipients. Given the huge expansion of old HSC by number and known heterogeneity in immunophenotypically defined HSC populations, it is questionable how 10 out of so many old HSCs (an average of 300,000 up to 500,000 cells per mouse; Mitchell et al., Nature Cell Biology, 2023) can faithfully represent old HSC population. The Hoxb5+ old HSC primary and secondary recipient mice data (Fig. 2C and D) support this concern. In addition, they only used young recipients. Considering the importance of inflammatory aged niche in the myeloid-biased lineage output, transplanting young vs old LT-HSCs into aged mice will complete the whole picture. 

      We sincerely appreciate your insightful comment regarding the existence of approximately 500,000 HSCs per mouse in older mice. To address this, we have conducted a statistical analysis to determine the appropriate sample size needed to estimate the characteristics of a population of 500,000 cells with a 95% confidence level and a ±5% margin of error. This calculation was performed using the finite population correction applied to Cochran’s formula.

      For our calculations, we used a proportion of 50% (p = 0.5), as it has been reported that approximately 50% of HSCs are myeloid-biased1,2. The formula used is as follows:

      N \= 500,000 (total population size)

      Z = 1.96 (Z-score for a 95% confidence level)

      p = 0.5 (expected proportion)

      e \= 0.05 (margin of error)

      Applying this formula, we determined that the required sample size is approximately 384 cells. This sample size ensures that the observed proportion in the sample will reflect the characteristics of the entire population. In our study, we have conducted functional experiments across Figures 2, 3, 5, 6, S3, and S6, with a total sample size of n = 126, which corresponds to over 1260 cells. While it would be ideal to analyze all 500,000 cells, this would necessitate the use of 50,000 recipient mice, which is not feasible. We believe that the number of cells analyzed is reasonable from a statistical standpoint. 

      References

      (1) Dykstra, Brad et al. “Clonal analysis reveals multiple functional defects of aged murine hematopoietic stem cells.” The Journal of experimental medicine vol. 208,13 (2011): 2691-703. doi:10.1084/jem.20111490

      (2) Beerman, Isabel et al. “Functionally distinct hematopoietic stem cells modulate hematopoietic lineage potential during aging by a mechanism of clonal expansion.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America vol. 107,12 (2010): 5465-70. doi:10.1073/pnas.1000834107

      (2) Authors' molecular data analyses need more rigor with unbiased approaches. They claimed that neither aged LT-HSCs nor aged ST-HSCs exhibited myeloid or lymphoid gene set enrichment but aged bulk HSCs, which are just a sum of LTHSCs and ST-HSCs by their gating scheme (Fig. 4A), showed the "tendency" of enrichment of myeloid-related genes based on the selected gene set (Fig. 4D). Although the proportion of ST-HSCs is reduced in bulk HSCs upon aging, since STHSCs do not exhibit lymphoid gene set enrichment based on their data, it is hard to understand how aged bulk HSCs have more myeloid gene set enrichment compared to young bulk HSCs. This bulk HSC data rather suggest that there could be a trend toward certain lineage bias (although not significant) in aged LT-HSCs or ST-HSCs. Authors need to verify the molecular lineage priming of LT-HSCs and ST-HSCs using another comprehensive dataset. 

      Thank you for your thoughtful feedback regarding the lack of myeloid or lymphoid gene set enrichment in aged LT-HSCs and aged ST-HSCs, despite the observed tendency for myeloid-related gene enrichment in aged bulk HSCs.

      First, we acknowledge that the GSEA results vary among the different myeloid gene sets analyzed (Fig. 4, D–F; Fig. S4, C–D). Additionally, a comprehensive analysis of mouse HSC aging using multiple RNA-seq datasets reported that nearly 80% of differentially expressed genes show poor reproducibility across datasets[1]. These factors highlight the challenges of interpreting lineage bias in HSCs based solely on previously published transcriptomic data.

      Given these points, we believe that emphasizing functional experimental results is more critical than incorporating an additional dataset to support our claim. In this regard, we have confirmed that young and aged LT-HSCs have similar differentiation capacity (Figure 3), while myeloid-biased hematopoiesis is observed in aged bulk HSCs (Figure S3). These findings are further corroborated by independent functional experiments. We sincerely appreciate your insightful comments.

      Reference

      (1) Flohr Svendsen, Arthur et al. “A comprehensive transcriptome signature of murine hematopoietic stem cell aging.” Blood vol. 138,6 (2021): 439-451. doi:10.1182/blood.2020009729

      (3) Although authors could not find any molecular evidence for myeloid-biased hematopoiesis from old HSCs (either LT or ST), they argued that the ratio between LT-HSC and ST-HSC causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis upon aging based on young HSC experiments (Fig. 6). However, old ST-HSC functional data showed that they barely contribute to blood production unlike young Hoxb5- HSCs (ST-HSC) in the transplantation setting (Fig. 2). Is there any evidence that in unperturbed native old hematopoiesis, old Hoxb5- HSCs (ST-HSC) still contribute to blood production?

      If so, what are their lineage potential/output? Without this information, it is hard to argue that the different ratio causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis in aging context. 

      Thank you for the insightful and important question. The post-transplant chimerism of ST-HSCs was low in Fig. 2, indicating that transplantation induced a short-term loss of hematopoietic potential due to hematopoietic stress per cell. 

      To reduce this stress, we increased the number of HSCs in transplantation setting. In Fig. S6, old LT-HSCs and old ST-HSCs were transplanted in a 50:50 or 20:80 ratio, respectively. As shown in Fig. S6.D, the 20:80 group, which had a higher proportion of old ST-HSCs, exhibited a statistically significant increase in the lymphoid percentage in the peripheral blood post-transplantation. 

      These findings suggest that old ST-HSCs contribute to blood production following transplantation. 

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      While aspects of their work are fascinating and might have merit, several issues weaken the overall strength of the arguments and interpretation. Multiple experiments were done with a very low number of recipient mice, showed very large standard deviations, and had no statistically detectable difference between experimental groups. While the authors conclude that these experimental groups are not different, the displayed results seem too variable to conclude anything with certainty. The sensitivity of the performed experiments (e.g. Fig 3; Fig 6C, D) is too low to detect even reasonably strong differences between experimental groups and is thus inadequate to support the author's claims. This weakness of the study is not acknowledged in the text and is also not discussed. To support their conclusions the authors need to provide higher n-numbers and provide a detailed power analysis of the transplants in the methods section. 

      Response #2-1:

      Thank you for your important remarks. The power analysis for this experiment shows that power = 0.319, suggesting that more number may be needed. On the other hand, our method for determining the sample size in Figure 3 is as follows:

      (1) First, we checked whether myeloid biased change is detected in the bulk-HSC fraction (Figure S3). The results showed that the difference in myeloid output at 16 weeks after transplantation was statistically significant (young vs. aged = 7.2 ± 8.9 vs. 42.1 ± 35.5%, p = 0.01), even though n = 10.

      (2) Next, myeloid biased HSCs have been reported to be a fraction with high selfrenewal ability (2004, Blood). If myeloid biased HSCs increase with aging, the increase in myeloid biased HSCs in LT-HSC fraction would be detected with higher sensitivity than in the bulk-HSC fraction used in Figure S3.

      (3) However, there was no difference not only in p-values but also in the mean itself, young vs aged = 51.4±31.5% vs 47.4±39.0%, p = 0.82, even though n = 8 in Figure 3. Since there was no difference in the mean itself, it is highly likely that no difference will be detected even if n is further increased.

      Regarding Figure 6, we obtained a statistically significant difference and consider the sample size to be sufficient. In addition, we have performed various functional experiments (Figures 2, 5, 6 and S6), and have obtained consistent results that expansion of myeloid biased HSCs does not occur with aging in Hoxb5+HSCs fraction. Based on the above, we conclude that the LT-HSC fraction does not differ in myeloid differentiation potential with aging.

      As the authors attempt to challenge the current model of the age-associated expansion of myeloid-biased HSCs (which has been observed and reproduced by many different groups), ideally additional strong evidence in the form of single-cell transplants is provided. 

      Response #2-2:

      Thank you for the comments. As the reviewer pointed out, we hope we could reconfirm our results using single-cell level technology in the future.

      On the other hand, we have reported that the ratio of myeloid to lymphoid cells in the peripheral blood changes when the number of HSCs transplanted, or the number of supporting cells transplanted with HSCs, is varied[1-2]. Therefore, single-cell transplant data need to be interpreted very carefully to determine differentiation potential.

      From this viewpoint, future experiments will combine the Hoxb5 reporter system with a lineage tracing system that can track HSCs at the single-cell level over time. This approach will investigate changes in the self-renewal capacity of individual HSCs and their subsequent differentiation into progenitor cells and peripheral blood cells. We have reflected this comment by adding the following sentences in the manuscript.

      [P19, L451] “In contrast, our findings should be considered in light of some limitations. In this report, we primarily performed ten to twenty cell transplantation assays. Therefore, the current theory should be revalidated using single-cell technology with lineage tracing system[3-4]. This approach will investigate changes in the self-renewal capacity of individual HSCs and their subsequent differentiation into progenitor cells and peripheral blood cells.” 

      It is also unclear why the authors believe that the observed reduction of ST-HSCs relative to LT-HSCs explains the myeloid-biased phenotype observed in the peripheral blood. This point seems counterintuitive and requires further explanation. 

      Response #2-3:

      Thank you for your comment. We apologize for the insufficient explanation. Our data, as shown in Figures 3 and 4, demonstrate that the differentiation potential of LT-HSCs remains unchanged with age. Therefore, rather than suggesting that an increase in LT-HSCs with a consistent differentiation capacity leads to myeloidbiased hematopoiesis, it seems more accurate to highlight that the relative decrease in the proportion of ST-HSCs, which remain in peripheral blood as lymphocytes, leads to a relative increase in myeloid cells in peripheral blood and thus causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.

      However, if we focus on the increase in the ratio of LT-HSCs, it is also plausible to explain that “with aging, the proportion of LT-HSCs capable of long-term myeloid hematopoiesis increases. As a result, from 16 weeks after transplantation, the influence of LT-HSCs maintaining the long-term ability to produce myeloid cells becomes relatively more significant, leading to an increase in the ratio of myeloid cells in the peripheral blood and causing myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.”

      Based on my understanding of the presented data, the authors argue that myeloidbiased HSCs do not exist, as 

      a) they detect no difference between young/aged HSCs after transplant (mind low nnumbers and large std!!!); b) myeloid progenitors downstream of HSCs only show minor or no changes in frequency and c) aged LT-HSCs do not outperform young LT-HSC in myeloid output LT-HSCs in competitive transplants (mind low n-numbers and large std!!!). 

      However, given the low n-numbers and high variance of the results, the argument seems weak and the presented data does not support the claims sufficiently. That the number of downstream progenitors does not change could be explained by other mechanisms, for instance, the frequently reported differentiation short-cuts of HSCs and/or changes in the microenvironment. 

      Response #2-4:

      We appreciate the comments. As mentioned above, we will correct the manuscript regarding the sample size. Regarding the interpreting of the lack of increase in the percentage of myeloid progenitor cells in the bone marrow with age, it is instead possible that various confounding factors, such as differentiation shortcuts or changes in the microenvironment, are involved.

      However, even when aged LT-HSCs and young LT-HSCs are transplanted into the same recipient mice, the timing of the appearance of different cell fractions in peripheral blood is similar (Figure 3 of this paper). Therefore, we have not obtained data suggesting that clear shortcuts exist in the differentiation process of aged HSCs into neutrophils or monocytes. Additionally, it is currently consensually accepted that myeloid cells, including neutrophils and monocytes, differentiate from GMPs[1]. Since there is no changes in the proportion of GMPs in the bone marrow with age, we concluded that the differentiation potential into myeloid cells remains consistent with aging.

      "Then, we found that the myeloid lineage proportions from young and aged LT-HSCs were nearly comparable during the observation period after transplantation (Fig. 3, B and C)." 

      [Comment to the authors]: Given the large standard deviation and low n-numbers, the power of the analysis to detect differences between experimental groups is very low. Experimental groups with too large standard deviations (as displayed here) are difficult to interpret and might be inconclusive. The absence of clearly detectable differences between young and aged transplanted HSCs could thus simply be a false-negative result. The shown experimental results hence do not provide strong evidence for the author's interpretation of the data. The authors should add additional transplants and include a detailed power analysis to be able to detect differences between experimental groups with reasonable sensitivity. 

      Response #2-5:

      Thank you for providing these insights. Regarding the sample size, we have addressed this in Response #2-1.

      Line 293: "Based on these findings, we concluded that myeloid-biased hematopoiesis observed following transplantation of aged HSCs was caused by a relative decrease in ST-HSC in the bulk-HSC compartment in aged mice rather than the selective expansion of myeloid-biased HSC clones." 

      Couldn't that also be explained by an increase in myeloid-biased HSCs, as repeatedly reported and seen in the expansion of CD150+ HSCs? It is not intuitively clear why a reduction of ST-HSCs clones would lead to a myeloid bias. The author should try to explain more clearly where they believe the increased number of myeloid cells comes from. What is the source of myeloid cells if the authors believe they are not derived from the expanded population of myeloid-biased HSCs? t 

      Response #2-6:

      Thank you for pointing this out. We apologize for the insufficient explanation. We will explain using Figure 8 from the paper.

      First, our data show that LT-HSCs maintain their differentiation capacity with age, while ST-HSCs lose their self-renewal capacity earlier, so that only long-lived memory lymphocytes remain in the peripheral blood after the loss of selfrenewal capacity in ST-HSCs (Figure 8, upper panel). In mouse bone marrow, the proportion of LT-HSCs increases with age, while the proportion of ST-HSCs relatively decreases (Figure 8, lower panel and Figure S5). 

      Our data show that merely reproducing the ratio of LT-HSCs to ST-HSCs observed in aged mice using young LT-HSCs and ST-HSCs can replicate myeloidbiased hematopoiesis. This suggests that the increase in LT-HSC and the relative decrease in ST-HSC within the HSC compartment with aging are likely to contribute to myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.

      As mentioned earlier, since the differentiation capacity of LT-HSCs remain unchaged with age, it seems more accurate to describe that the relative decrease in the proportion of ST-HSCs, which retain long-lived memory lymphocytes in peripheral blood, leads to a relative increase in myeloid cells in peripheral blood and thus causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.

      However, focusing on the increase in the proportion of LT-HSCs, it is also possible to explain that “with aging, the proportion of LT-HSCs capable of long-term myeloid hematopoiesis increases. As a result, from 16 weeks after transplantation, the influence of LT-HSCs maintaining the long-term ability to produce myeloid cells becomes relatively more significant, leading to an increase in the ratio of myeloid cells in the peripheral blood and causing myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.”

      Recommendations for the authors: 

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Summary: 

      Comment #2-1: While aspects of their work are fascinating and might have merit, several issues weaken the overall strength of the arguments and interpretation. Multiple experiments were done with a very low number of recipient mice, showed very large standard deviations, and had no statistically detectable difference between experimental groups. While the authors conclude that these experimental groups are not different, the displayed results seem too variable to conclude anything with certainty. The sensitivity of the performed experiments (e.g. Figure 3; Figure 6C, D) is too low to detect even reasonably strong differences between experimental groups and is thus inadequate to support the author's claims. This weakness of the study is not acknowledged in the text and is also not discussed. To support their conclusions the authors, need to provide higher n-numbers and provide a detailed power analysis of the transplants in the methods section. 

      Response #2-1

      Thank you for your important remarks. The power analysis for this experiment shows that power = 0.319, suggesting that more number may be needed. On the other hand, our method for determining the sample size in Figure 3 is as follows: 

      (1) First, we checked whether myeloid biased change is detected in the bulk-HSC fraction (Figure S3). The results showed that the difference in myeloid output at 16 weeks after transplantation was statistically significant (young vs. aged = 7.2 {plus minus} 8.9 vs. 42.1 {plus minus} 35.5%, p = 0.01), even though n = 10. 

      (2) Next, myeloid biased HSCs have been reported to be a fraction with high selfrenewal ability (2004, Blood). If myeloid biased HSCs increase with aging, the increase in myeloid biased HSCs in LT-HSC fraction would be detected with higher sensitivity than in the bulk-HSC fraction used in Figure S3. 

      (3) However, there was no difference not only in p-values but also in the mean itself, young vs aged = 51.4{plus minus}31.5% vs 47.4{plus minus}39.0%, p = 0.82, even though n = 8 in Figure 3. Since there was no difference in the mean itself, it is highly likely that no difference will be detected even if n is further increased. 

      Regarding Figure 6, we obtained a statistically significant difference and consider the sample size to be sufficient. In addition, we have performed various functional experiments (Figures 2, 5, 6 and S6), and have obtained consistent results that expansion of myeloid-biased HSCs does not occur with aging in Hoxb5+HSCs fraction. Based on the above, we conclude that the LT-HSC fraction does not differ in myeloid differentiation potential with aging. 

      [Comment for authors]  

      Paradigm-shifting extraordinary claims require extraordinary data. Unfortunately, the authors do not provide additional data to further support their claims. Instead, the authors argue the following: Because they were able to find significant differences between experimental groups in some experiments, the absence of significant differences in the results of other experiments must be correct, too. 

      This logic is in my view flawed. Any assay/experiment with highly variable data has a very low sensitivity to detect significant differences between groups. If, as in this case, the variance is as large as the entire dynamic range of the readout, it becomes impossible to be able to detect any difference. In these cases, it is not surprising and actually expected that the mean of the group is located close to the center of the dynamic range as is the case here (center of dynamic range: 50%). In other words, this means that the experiments are simply not reproducible. It is absolutely critical to remember that any experiment and its associated statistical analysis has 3 (!!!) instead of 2 possible outcomes: 

      (1) There is a statistically significant difference 

      (2) There is no statistically significant difference 

      (3) The results of the experiment are inconclusive because the replicates are too variable and the results are not reproducible.  

      While most of us are inclined to think about outcomes (1) or (2), outcome (3) cannot be neglected. While it might be painful to accept, the only way to address concerns about data reproducibility is to provide additional data, improve reproducibility, and lower the power of the analysis to an acceptable level (e.g. able to detect difference of 5-10% between groups). 

      Without going into the technical details, the example graph from the link below illustrates that with a power 0.319 as stated by the authors, approx. 25 transplants, instead of 8, would be required. 

      Typically, however, a power of 0.8 is a reasonable value for any power analysis (although it's not a very strong power either). Even if we are optimistic and assume that there might be a reasonably large difference between experimental groups (in the example above P2 = 0.6, which is actually not that large) we can estimate that we would need over 10 transplants per group to say with confidence that two experimental groups likely do not differ. With smaller differences, these numbers increase quickly to 20+ transplants per group as can be seen in the example graph using an Alpha of 0.1 above. 

      Further reading can be found here and in many textbooks or other online resources: https://power-analysis.com/effect_size.htm  https://tss.awf.poznan.pl/pdf-188978-110207? filename=Using%20power%20analysis%20to.pdf 

      Response:

      Thank you for your feedback. We fully agree with the reviewer that paradigmshifting claims must be supported by equally robust data. It has been welldocumented that the frequency of myeloid-biased HSCs increases with age, with reports indicating that over 50% of the HSC compartment in aged mice consists of myeloid-biased HSCs[1,2]. Based on this, we believe that if aged LT-HSCs were substantially myeloid-biased, the difference should be readily detectable.

      To further validate our findings, we showed the similar preliminary experiment. The resulting data are shown below (n = 8). 

      Author response image 1.

      (A) Experimental design for competitive co-transplantation assay. Ten CD45.2<sup>+</sup> young LT-HSCs and ten CD45.2<sup>+</sup> aged LT-HSCs were transplanted with 2 × 10<sup>5</sup> CD45.1<sup>+</sup>/CD45.2<sup>+</sup> supporting cells into lethally irradiated CD45.1<sup>+</sup> recipient mice (n \= 8). (B) Lineage output of young or aged LT-HSCs at 4, 8, 12, 16 weeks after transplantation. Each bar represents an individual mouse. *P < 0.05. **P < 0.01.

      While a slight increase in myeloid-biased hematopoiesis was observed in the aged LT-HSC fraction, the difference was not statistically significant. These new results are presented alongside the original Figure 3, which was generated using a larger sample size (n = 16).

      Author response image 2.

      (A) Experimental design for competitive co-transplantation assay. Ten CD45.2<sup>+</sup> young LT-HSCs and ten CD45.2<sup>+</sup> aged LT-HSCs were transplanted with 2 × 10<sup>5</sup> CD45.1<sup>+</sup>/CD45.2<sup>+</sup> supporting cells into lethally irradiated CD45.1<sup>+</sup> recipient mice (n \= 16). (B) Lineage output of young or aged LT-HSCs at 4, 8, 12, 16 weeks after transplantation. Each bar represents an individual mouse. 

      Consistent with the original data, aged LT-HSCs exhibited a lineage output that was nearly identical to that of young LT-HSCs. Nonetheless, as the reviewer rightly pointed out, we cannot completely exclude the possibility that subtle differences may exist but remain undetected. To address this, we have added the following sentence to the manuscript:  

      [P9, L200] “These findings unmistakably demonstrated that mixed/bulk-HSCs showed myeloid skewed hematopoiesis in PB with aging. In contrast, LT-HSCs maintained a consistent lineage output throughout life, although subtle differences between aged and young LT-HSCs may exist and cannot be entirely ruled out.”

      References

      (1) Dykstra, Brad et al. “Clonal analysis reveals multiple functional defects of aged murine hematopoietic stem cells.” The Journal of experimental medicine vol. 208,13 (2011): 2691-703. doi:10.1084/jem.20111490

      (2) Beerman, Isabel et al. “Functionally distinct hematopoietic stem cells modulate hematopoietic lineage potential during aging by a mechanism of clonal expansion.” Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America vol. 107,12 (2010): 5465-70. doi:10.1073/pnas.1000834107

      Comment #2-3: It is also unclear why the authors believe that the observed reduction of STHSCs relative to LT-HSCs explains the myeloid-biased phenotype observed in the peripheral blood. This point seems counterintuitive and requires further explanation. 

      Response #2-3:  

      Thank you for your comment. We apologize for the insufficient explanation. Our data, as shown in Figures 3 and 4, demonstrate that the differentiation potential of LTHSCs remains unchanged with age. Therefore, rather than suggesting that an increase in LT-HSCs with a consistent differentiation capacity leads to myeloid biased hematopoiesis, it seems more accurate to highlight that the relative decrease in the proportion of ST-HSCs, which remain in peripheral blood as lymphocytes, leads to a relative increase in myeloid cells in peripheral blood and thus causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis. However, if we focus on the increase in the ratio of LT-HSCs, it is also plausible to explain that "with aging, the proportion of LT-HSCs capable of long-term myeloid hematopoiesis increases. As a result, from 16 weeks after transplantation, the influence of LT-HSCs maintaining the long-term ability to produce myeloid cells becomes relatively more significant, leading to an increase in the ratio of myeloid cells in the peripheral blood and causing myeloid-biased hematopoiesis." 

      [Comment for authors] 

      While this interpretation of the data might make sense the shown data do not exclude alternative explanations. The authors do not exclude the possibility that LTHSCs expand with age and that this expansion in combination with an aging microenvironment drives myeloid bias. The authors should quantify the frequency [%] and absolute number of LT-HSCs and ST-HSCs in young vs. aged animals. Especially analyzing the abs. numbers of cells will be important to support their claims as % can be affected by changes in the frequency of other populations. 

      Thank you for your very important point. As this reviewer pointed out, we do not exclude the possibility that the combination of aged microenvironment drives myeloid bias. Additionally, we acknowledge that myeloid-biased hematopoiesis with age is a complex process likely influenced by multiple factors. We would like to discuss the mechanism mentioned as a future research direction. Thank you for the insightful feedback. Regarding the point about the absolute cell numbers mentioned in the latter half of the paragraph, we will address this in detail in our subsequent response (Response #2-4).

      Comment #2-4: Based on my understanding of the presented data, the authors argue that myeloid-biased HSCs do not exist, as a) they detect no difference between young/aged HSCs after transplant (mind low n-numbers and large std!); b) myeloid progenitors downstream of HSCs only show minor or no changes in frequency and c) aged LT-HSCs do not outperform young LT-HSCs in myeloid output LTHSCs in competitive transplants (mind low n-numbers and large std!). However, given the low n-numbers and high variance of the results, the argument seems weak and the presented data does not support the claims sufficiently. That the number of downstream progenitors does not change could be explained by other mechanisms, for instance, the frequently reported differentiation short-cuts of HSCs and/or changes in the microenvironment. 

      Response #2-4:  

      We appreciate the comments. As mentioned above, we will correct the manuscript regarding the sample size. Regarding the interpreting of the lack of increase in the percentage of myeloid progenitor cells in the bone marrow with age, it is instead possible that various confounding factors, such as differentiation shortcuts or changes in the microenviroment, are involved. However, even when aged LT-HSCs and young LT-HSCs are transplanted into the same recipient mice, the timing of the appearance of different cell fractions in peripheral blood is similar (Figure 3 of this paper). Therefore, we have not obtained data suggesting that clear shortcuts exist in the differentiation process of aged HSCs into neutrophils or monocytes. Additionally, it is currently consensually accepted that myeloid cells, including neutrophils and monocytes, differentiate from GMPs1. Since there are no changes in the proportion of GMPs in the bone marrow with age, we concluded that the differentiation potential into myeloid cells remains consistent with aging. 

      Reference 

      (1) Akashi K and others, 'A Clonogenic Common Myeloid Progenitor That Gives Rise to All Myeloid Lineages', Nature, 404.6774 (2000), 193-97. 

      [Comment for authors] 

      As the relative frequency of cell population can be misleading, the authors should compare the absolute numbers of progenitors in young vs. aged mice to strengthen their argument. It would also be helpful to quantify the absolute numbers and relative frequencies in WT mice to exclude the possibility the HoxB5-trimcherry mouse model suffers from unexpected aging phenotypes and the hematopoietic system differs from wild-type animals.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. We understand the importance of comparing the absolute numbers of progenitors in young versus aged mice to provide a more accurate representation of the changes in cell populations.

      Therefore, we quantified the absolute cell count of hematopoietic cells in the bone marrow using flow cytometry data. 

      Author response image 3.

      As previously reported, we observed a 10-fold increase in the number of pHSCs in aged mice compared to young mice. Additionally, our analysis revealed a statistically significant decrease in the number of Flk2+ progenitors and CLPs in aged mice. On the other hand, there was no statistically significant change in the number of myeloid progenitors between the two age groups. We appreciate the suggestion and hope that this additional information strengthens our argument and addresses your concerns.

      Comment #2-5:  

      "Then, we found that the myeloid lineage proportions from young and aged LT-HSCs were nearly comparable during the observation period after transplantation (Figure 3, B and C)." Given the large standard deviation and low n-numbers, the power of the analysis to detect differences between experimental groups is very low. Experimental groups with too large standard deviations (as displayed here) are difficult to interpret and might be inconclusive. The absence of clearly detectable differences between young and aged transplanted HSCs could thus simply be a false-negative result. The shown experimental results hence do not provide strong evidence for the author's interpretation of the data. The authors should add additional transplants and include a detailed power analysis to be able to detect differences between experimental groups with reasonable sensitivity. 

      Response #2-5:  

      Thank you for providing these insights. Regarding the sample size, we have addressed this in Response #2-1. 

      [Comment for authors]  

      As explained in detail in the response to #2-1 the provided arguments are not convincing. As the authors pointed out, the power of these experiments is too low to make strong claims. If the author does not intend to provide new data, the language of the manuscript needs to be adjusted to reflect this weakness. A paragraph discussing the limitations of the study mentioning the limited power of the data should be included beyond the above-mentioned rather vague statement that the data should be validated (which is almost always necessary anyway). 

      Thank you for your valuable comment. We agree with the importance of discussing potential limitations in our experimental design. In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we have revised the manuscript to include the following sentences:

      [P19, L434] "In the co-transplantation assay shown in Figure 3, the myeloid lineage output derived from young and aged LT-HSCs was comparable (Young LT-HSC: 51.4 ± 31.5% vs. Aged LT-HSC: 47.4 ± 39.0%, p = 0.82). Although no significant difference was detected, the small sample size (n = 8) may limit the sensitivity of the assay to detect subtle myeloid-biased phenotypes."

      This addition acknowledges the potential limitations of our analysis and highlights the need for further investigation with larger cohorts.

      Comment #2-6:

      Line 293: "Based on these findings, we concluded that myeloid biased hematopoiesis observed following transplantation of aged HSCs was caused by a relative decrease in ST-HSC in the bulk-HSC compartment in aged mice rather than the selective expansion of myeloid-biased HSC clones." Couldn't that also be explained by an increase in myeloid-biased HSCs, as repeatedly reported and seen in the expansion of CD150+ HSCs? It is not intuitively clear why a reduction of STHSCs clones would lead to a myeloid bias. The author should try to explain more clearly where they believe the increased number of myeloid cells comes from. What is the source of myeloid cells if the authors believe they are not derived from the expanded population of myeloid-biased HSCs?

      Response #2-6:

      Thank you for pointing this out. We apologize for the insufficient explanation. We will explain using attached Figure 8 from the paper. First, our data show that LT-HSCs maintain their differentiation capacity with age, while ST-HSCs lose their self-renewal capacity earlier, so that only long-lived memory lymphocytes remain in the peripheral blood after the loss of self-renewal capacity in ST-HSCs (Figure 8, upper panel). In mouse bone marrow, the proportion of LT-HSCs increases with age, while the proportion of STHSCs relatively decreases (Figure 8, lower panel and Figure S5).

      Our data show that merely reproducing the ratio of LT-HSCs to ST-HSCs observed in aged mice using young LT-HSCs and ST-HSCs can replicate myeloid-biased hematopoiesis. This suggests that the increase in LT-HSC and the relative decrease in ST-HSC within the HSC compartment with aging are likely to contribute to myeloid-biased hematopoiesis.

      As mentioned earlier, since the differentiation capacity of LT-HSCs remain unchanged with age, it seems more accurate to describe that the relative decrease in the proportion of STHSCs, which retain long-lived memory lymphocytes in peripheral blood, leading to a relative increase in myeloid cells in peripheral blood and thus causes myeloid-biased hematopoiesis. However, focusing on the increase in the proportion of LT-HSCs, it is also possible to explain that "with aging, the proportion of LT-HSCs capable of long-term myeloid hematopoiesis increases. As a result, from 16 weeks after transplantation, the influence of LT-HSCs maintaining the long-term ability to produce myeloid cells become relatively more significant, leading to an increase in the ratio of myeloid cells in the peripheral blood and causing myeloid biased hematopoiesis."

      [Comment for authors]

      While I can follow the logic of the argument, my concerns about the interpretation remain as I see discrepancies in other findings in the published literature. For instance, what the authors call ST-HSCs, differs from the classical functional definition of ST-HSCs. It is thus difficult to relate the described observations to previous reports. ST-HSCs typically can contribute significantly to multiple lineages for several weeks (see for example PMID: 29625072). It is somewhat surprising that the ST-HSC in this study don't show this potential and loose their potential much quicker.

      The authors should thus provide a more comprehensive depth of immunophenotypic and molecular characterization to compare their LT-HSCs to ST-HSCs. For instance, are LT-HSCs CD41- HSCs? How do ST-HSCs differ in their surface marker expression from previously used definitions of ST-HSCs? A list of differentially expressed genes between young and old LT-HSCs and ST-HSCs should be done and will likely provide important insights into the molecular programs/markers (beyond the provided GO analysis, which seems superficial).

      Thank you for your valuable feedback. As the reviewer noted, there are indeed multiple definitions of ST-HSCs. We appreciate the opportunity to clarify our definitions of ST-HSCs. We define ST-HSCs functionally, rather than by surface antigens, which we believe is the most classical and widely accepted definition [1]. In our study, we define long-term hematopoietic stem cells (LT-HSCs) as those HSCs that continue to contribute to hematopoiesis after a second transplantation and possess long-term self-renewal potential. Conversely, we define short-term hematopoietic stem cells (ST-HSCs) as those HSCs that do not contribute to hematopoiesis after a second transplantation and only exhibit self-renewal potential in the short term. 

      Next, in the paper referenced by the reviewer[2], the chimerism of each fraction of ST-HSCs also peaked at 4 weeks and then decreased to approximately 0.1% after 12 weeks post-transplantation. Author response image 5 illustrates our ST-HSC donor chimerism in Figure 2. We believe that data in the paper referenced by the reviewer2 is consistent with our own observations of the hematopoietic pattern following ST-HSC transplantation, indicating a characteristic loss of hematopoietic potential 4 weeks after the transplantation. Furthermore, as shown in Figures 2D and 2F, the fraction of ST-HSCs does not exhibit hematopoietic activity after the second transplantation. Therefore, we consider this fraction to be ST-HSCs.

      Author response image 4.

      Additionally, the RNAseq data presented in Figures 4 and S4 revealed that the GSEA results vary among the different myeloid gene sets analyzed (Fig. 4, D–F; Fig. S4, C–D). Moreover, a comprehensive analysis of mouse HSC aging using multiple RNA-seq datasets reported that nearly 80% of differentially expressed genes show poor reproducibility across datasets[3]. From the above, while RNAseq data is indeed helpful, we believe that emphasizing functional experimental results is more critical than incorporating an additional dataset to support our claim. Thank you once again for your insightful feedback.

      References

      (1) Kiel, Mark J et al. “SLAM family receptors distinguish hematopoietic stem and progenitor cells and reveal endothelial niches for stem cells.” Cell vol. 121,7 (2005): 1109-21. doi:10.1016/j.cell.2005.05.026

      (2) Yamamoto, Ryo et al. “Large-Scale Clonal Analysis Resolves Aging of the Mouse Hematopoietic Stem Cell Compartment.” Cell stem cell vol. 22,4 (2018): 600-607.e4. doi:10.1016/j.stem.2018.03.013

      (3) Flohr Svendsen, Arthur et al. “A comprehensive transcriptome signature of murine hematopoietic stem cell aging.” Blood vol. 138,6 (2021): 439-451. doi:10.1182/blood.2020009729

      Reviewer #3 (Public review): 

      Although the topic is appropriate and the new model provides a new way to think about lineage-biased output observed in multiple hematopoietic contexts, some of the experimental design choices, as well as some of the conclusions drawn from the results could be substantially improved. Also, they do not propose any potential mechanism to explain this process, which reduces the potential impact and novelty of the study. 

      The authors have satisfactorily replied to some of my comments. However, there are multiple key aspects that still remain unresolved.

      Reviewer #3 (Recommendations for the authors): 

      Comment #3-1,2:  

      Although the additional details are much appreciated the core of my original comments remains unanswered. There are still no details about the irradiation dose for each particular experiment. Is any transplant performed using a 9.1 Gy dose? If yes, please indicate it in text or figure legend. If not, please remove this number from the corresponding method section. 

      Again, 9.5 Gy (split in two doses) is commonly reported as sublethal. The fact that the authors used a methodology that deviates from the "standard" for the field makes difficult to put these results in context with previous studies. It is not possible to know if the direct and indirect effects of this conditioning method in the hematopoietic system have any consequences in the presented results. 

      Thank you for your clarification. We confirm that none of the transplantation experiments described were performed using a 9.1 Gy irradiation dose. We have therefore removed the mention of "9.1 Gy" from the relevant section of the Materials and Methods. We appreciate helpful suggestion to improve the clarity of the manuscript.

      [P22, L493] “12-24 hours prior to transplantation, C57BL/6-Ly5.1 mice, or aged C57BL/6J recipient mice were lethally irradiated with single doses of 8.7 Gy.”

      Regarding the reviewer’s concern about the radiation dose used in our experiments, we will address this point in more detail in our subsequent response (see Response #3-4).

      Comment #3-4(Original): When representing the contribution to PB from transplanted cells, the authors show the % of each lineage within the donor-derived cells (Figures 3B-C, 5B, 6B-D, 7C-E, and S3 B-C). To have a better picture of total donor contribution, total PB and BM chimerism should be included for each transplantation assay. Also, for Figures 2C-D and Figures S2A-B, do the graphs represent 100% of the PB cells? Are there any radioresistant cells?

      Response #3-4 (Original): Thank you for highlighting this point. Indeed, donor contribution to total peripheral blood (PB) is important information. We have included the donor contribution data for each figure above mentioned.

      In Figure 2C-D and Figure S2A-B, the percentage of donor chimerism in PB was defined as the percentage of CD45.1-CD45.2+ cells among total CD45.1-CD45.2+ and CD45.1+CD45.2+ cells as described in method section.

      Comment for our #3-4 response:  

      Thanks for sharing these data. These graphs should be included in their corresponding figures along with donor contribution to BM. 

      Regarding Figure2 C-D, as currently shown, the graphs only account for CD45.1CD45.2+ (donor-derived) and CD45.1+CD45.2+ (supporting-derived). What is the percentage of CD45.1+CD45.2- (recipient-derived)? Since the irradiation regiment is atypical, including this information would help to know more about the effects of this conditioning method. 

      Thank you for your insightful comment regarding Figure 2C-D. To address the concern that the reviewer pointed out, we provide the kinetics of the percentage of CD45.1+CD45.2- (recipient-derived) in Author response image 7.

      Author response image 5.

      As the reviewer pointed out, we observed the persistence of recipient-derived cells, particularly in the secondary transplant. As noted, this suggests that our conditioning regimen may have been suboptimal. In response, we will include the donor chimerism analysis in the total cells and add the following statement in the study limitations section to acknowledge this point:

      [P19, L439] “Additionally, in this study, we purified LT-HSCs using the Hoxb5 reporter system and employed a moderate conditioning regimen (8.7 Gy). To have a better picture of total donor contribution, total PB chimerism are presented in Figure S7 and we cannot exclude the possibility that these factors may have influenced the results. Therefore, it would be ideal to validate our findings using alternative LT-HSC markers and different conditioning regimens.”

      Comment #3-5: For BM progenitor frequencies, the authors present the data as the frequency of cKit+ cells. This normalization might be misleading as changes in the proportion of cKit+ between the different experimental conditions could mask differences in these BM subpopulations. Representing this data as the frequency of BM single cells or as absolute numbers (e.g., per femur) would be valuable.

      Response #3-5:

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment on this point. 

      Firstly, as shown in Supplemental Figures S1B and S1C, we analyze the upstream (HSC, MPP, Flk2+) and downstream (CLP, MEP, CMP, GMP) fractions in different panels. Therefore, normalization is required to assess the differentiation of HSCs from upstream to downstream.

      Additionally, the reason for normalizing by c-Kit+ is that the bone marrow analysis was performed after enrichment using the Anti-c-Kit antibody for both upstream and downstream fractions. Based on this, we calculated the progenitor populations as a frequency within the c-Kit positive cells. Next, the results of normalizing the whole bone marrow cells (live cells) are shown below. 

      Author response image 6.

      Similar to the results of normalizing c-Kit+ cells, myeloid progenitors remained unchanged, including a statistically significant decrease in CMP in aged mice. Additionally, there were no significant differences in CLP. In conclusion, similar results were obtained between the normalization with c-Kit and the normalization with whole bone marrow cells (live cells).

      However, as the reviewer pointed out, it is necessary to explain the reason for normalization with c-Kit. Therefore, we will add the following description.

      [P21, L502] For the combined analysis of the upstream (HSC, MPP, Flk2+) and downstream (CLP, MEP, CMP, GMP) fractions in Figures 1B, we normalized by cKit+ cells because we performed a c-Kit enrichment for the bone marrow analysis.

      Comment for our #3-5 response:

      I understand that normalization is necessary to compare across different BM populations. However, the best way would be to normalize to single cells. As I mentioned in my original comment, normalizing to cKit+ cells could be misleading, as the proportion of cKit+ cells could be different across the experimental conditions. Further, enriching for cKit+ cells when analyzing BM subpopulation frequencies could introduce similar potential errors. The enrichment would depend on the level of expression of cKit for each of these population, what would alter the final quantification. Indeed, CLP are typically defined as cKit-med/low. Thus, cKit enrichment would not be a great method to analyze the frequency of these cells. 

      The graph in the authors' response to my comment, show similar trend to what is represented Figure 1B for some populations. However, there are multiple statistically significant changes that disappear in this new version. This supports my original concern and, in consequence, I would encourage to represent this data as the frequency of BM single cells or as absolute numbers (e.g., per femur). 

      Thank you for your thoughtful follow-up comment. In response to the reviewer’s suggestion, we will represent the data as the frequency among total BM single cells. These revised graphs have been incorporated into the updated Figure 7F and corresponding figure legend have been revised accordingly to accurately reflect these representations. We appreciate your valuable input, which has helped us improve the clarity and rigor of our data presentation.

      Comment #3-6: Regarding Figure 1B, the authors argue that if myeloid-biased HSC clones increase with age, they should see increased frequency of all components of the myeloid differentiation pathway (CMP, GMP, MEP). This would imply that their results (no changes or reduction in these myeloid subpopulations) suggest the absence of myeloid-biased HSC clones expansion with age. This reviewer believes that differentiation dynamics within the hematopoietic hierarchy can be more complex than a cascade of sequential and compartmentalized events (e.g., accelerated differentiation at the CMP level could cause exhaustion of this compartment and explain its reduction with age and why GMP and MEP are unchanged) and these conclusions should be considered more carefully.

      Response #3-6:

      We wish to thank the reviewer for this comment. We agree with that the differentiation pathway may not be a cascade of sequential events but could be influenced by various factors such as extrinsic factors.

      In Figure 1B, we hypothesized that there may be other mechanisms causing myeloid-biased hematopoiesis besides the age-related increase in myeloid-biased HSCs, given that the percentage of myeloid progenitor cells in the bone marrow did not change with age. However, we do not discuss the presence or absence of myeloid-biased HSCs based on the data in Figure 1B. 

      Our newly proposed theories—that the differentiation capacity of LT-HSCs remains unchanged with age and that age-related myeloid-biased hematopoiesis is due to changes in the ratio of LT-HSCs to ST-HSCs—are based on functional experiment results. As the reviewer pointed out, to discuss the presence or absence of myeloid-biased HSCs based on the data in Figure 1B, it is necessary to apply a system that can track HSC differentiation at single-cell level. The technology would clarify changes in the self-renewal capacity of individual HSCs and their differentiation into progenitor cells and peripheral blood cells. The authors believe that those single-cell technologies will be beneficial in understanding the differentiation of HSCs. Based on the above, the following statement has been added to the text.

      [P19, L440] In contrast, our findings should be considered in light of some limitations. In this report, we primarily performed ten to twenty cell transplantation assays. Therefore, the current theory should be revalidated using single-cell technology with lineage tracing system1-2. This approach will investigate changes in the self-renewal capacity of individual HSCs and their subsequent differentiation into progenitor cells and peripheral blood cells. 

      Comment for our #3-6 response:

      Thanks for the response. My original comments referred to the statement "On the other hand, in contrast to what we anticipated, the frequency of GMP was stable, and the percentage of CMP actually decreased significantly with age, defying our prediction that the frequency of components of the myeloid differentiation pathway, such as CMP, GMP, and MEP would increase in aged mice if myeloid-biased HSC clones increase with age (Fig. 1 B)" (lines #129-133). Again, the absence of an increase in CMP, GMP and MEP with age does not mean the absence of and increase in myeloid-biased HSC clones. This statement should be considered more carefully. 

      Thank you for the insightful comment. We agree that the absence of an increase in CMP, GMP and MEP with age does not mean the absence of an increase in myeloid-biased HSC clones. In our revised manuscript, we have refined the statement to acknowledge this nuance more clearly. The updated text now reads as follows:

      P6, L129] On the other hand, in contrast to what we anticipated, the frequency of GMP was stable, and the percentage of CMP actually decreased significantly with age, defying our prediction that the frequency of components of the myeloid differentiation pathway, such as CMP, GMP, and MEP may increase in aged mice, if myeloid-biased HSC clones increase with age. 

      Comment #3-7: Within the few recipients showing good donor engraftment in Figure 2C, there is a big proportion of T cells that are "amplified" upon secondary transplantation (Figure 2D). Is this expected?

      Response #3-7:

      We wish to express our deep appreciation to the reviewer for insightful comment on this point. As the reviewers pointed out, in Figure 2D, a few recipients show a very high percentage of T cells. The authors had the same question and considered this phenomenon as follows:

      (1) One reason for the very high percentage of T cells is that we used 1 x 107 whole bone marrow cells in the secondary transplantation. Consequently, the donor cells in the secondary transplantation contained more T-cell progenitor cells, leading to a greater increase in T cells compared to the primary transplantation.

      (2) We also consider that this phenomenon may be influenced by the reduced selfrenewal capacity of aged LT-HSCs, resulting in decreased sustained production of myeloid cells in the secondary recipient mice. As a result, long-lived memorytype lymphocytes may preferentially remain in the peripheral blood, increasing the percentage of T cells in the secondary recipient mice.

      We have discussed our hypothesis regarding this interesting phenomenon. To further clarify the characteristics of the increased T-cell count in the secondary recipient mice, we will analyze TCR clonality and diversity in the future.

      Comment for our #3-7 response:

      Thanks for the potential explanations to my question. This fact is not commonly reported in previous transplantation studies using aged HSCs. Could Hoxb5 label fraction of HSCs that is lymphoid/T-cell biased upon secondary transplantation? The number of recipients with high frequency of lymphoid cells in the peripheral blood (even from young mice) is remarkable. 

      Response:

      Thank you for your insightful suggestion. Based on this comment, we calculated the percentage of lymphoid cells in the donor fraction at 16 weeks following the secondary transplantation, which was 56.1 ± 25.8% (L/M = 1.27). According to the Müller-Sieburg criteria, lymphoid-biased hematopoiesis is defined as having an L/M ratio greater than 10. 

      Given our findings, we concluded that the Hoxb5-labeled fraction does not specifically indicate lymphoid-biased hematopoiesis. We sincerely appreciate the valuable input, which helped us to further clarify the interpretation of our results.

      Comment #3-8: Do the authors have any explanation for the high level of variabilitywithin the recipients of Hoxb5+ cells in Figure 2C?

      Response #3-8:

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment on this point. As noted in our previous report, transplantation of a sufficient number of HSCs results in stable donor chimerism, whereas a small number of HSCs leads to increased variability in donor chimerism1. Additionally, other studies have observed high variability when fewer than 10 HSCs are transplanted2-3. Based on this evidence, we consider that the transplantation of a small number of cells (10 cells) is the primary cause of the high level of variability observed.

      Comment for our #3-8 response:

      I agree that transplanting low number of HSC increases the mouse-to-mouse variability. For that reason, a larger cohort of recipients for this kind of experiment would be ideal. 

      Response:

      Thank you for the insightful comment. We agree that a larger cohort of recipients would be ideal for this type of experiment. In Figure 2, the difference between Hoxb5<suup>+</sup> and Hoxb5⁻ cells are robust, allowing for a clear statistical distinction despite the cohort size. However, we also recognize that a larger cohort would be necessary to detect more subtle differences, particularly in Figure 3. In response, we have added the following statement to the main text to acknowledge this limitation.

      P9, L200] These findings unmistakably demonstrated that mixed/bulk-HSCs showed myeloid skewed hematopoiesis in PB with aging. In contrast, LT-HSCs maintained a consistent lineage output throughout life, although subtle differences between aged and young LT-HSCs may exist and cannot be entirely ruled out.

      Comment #3-10: Is Figure 2G considering all primary recipients or only the ones that were used for secondary transplants? The second option would be a fairer comparison.

      Response #3-10:

      We appreciate the reviewer's comment on this point. We considered all primary recipients in Figure 2G to ensure a fair comparison, given the influence of various factors such as the radiosensitivity of individual recipient mice[1]. Comparing only the primary recipients used in the secondary transplantation would result in n = 3 (primary recipient) vs. n = 12 (secondary recipient). Including all primary recipients yields n = 11 vs. n = 12, providing a more balanced comparison. Therefore, we analyzed all primary recipient mice to ensure the reliability of our results.

      Comment for our #3-10 response:

      I respectfully disagree. Secondary recipients are derived from only 3 of the primary recipients. Therefore, the BM composition is determined by the composition of their donors. Including primary recipients that are not transplanted into secondary recipients for is not the fairest comparison for this analysis. 

      Thank you for your comment and for highlighting this important issue. We acknowledge the concern that including primary recipients that are not transplanted into secondary recipients is not the fairest comparison for this analysis. In response, we have reanalyzed the data using only the primary recipients whose bone marrow was actually transplanted into secondary recipients. 

      Author response image 7.

      Importantly, the reanalysis confirmed that the kinetics of myeloid cell proportions in peripheral blood were consistent between primary and secondary transplant recipients. We sincerely appreciate your thoughtful feedback, which has helped us improve the clarity.

      Comment #3-11: When discussing the transcriptional profile of young and aged HSCs, the authors claim that genes linked to myeloid differentiation remain unchanged in the LT-HSC fraction while there are significant changes in the STHSCs. However, 2 out of the 4 genes shown in Figure S4B show ratios higher than 1 in LT-HSCs.

      Response #3-11:

      Thank you for highlighting this important point. As the reviewer pointed out, when we analyze the expression of myeloid-related genes, some genes are elevated in aged LT-HSCs compared to young LT-HSCs. However, the GSEA analysis using myeloid-related gene sets, which include several hundred genes, shows no significant difference between young and aged LT-HSCs (see Figure S4C in this paper). Furthermore, functional experiments using the co-transplantation system show no difference in differentiation capacity between young and aged LT-HSCs (see Figure 3 in this paper). Based on these results, we conclude that LT-HSCs do not exhibit any change in differentiation capacity with aging.

      Comment for our #3-11 response:

      The authors used the data in Figure S4 to claim that "myeloid genes were tended to be enriched in aged bulk-HSCs but not in aged LT-HSCs compared to their respective controls" (this is the title of the figure; line # 1326). This is based on an increase in gene expression of CD150, vWF, Selp, Itgb3 in aged cells compared to young cells (Figure S4B). However, an increase in Selp and Itgb3 is also observed for LT-HSCs (lower magnitude, but still and increase). 

      Also, regarding the GSEA, the only term showing statistical significance in bulk HSCs is "Myeloid gene set", which does not reach significance in LT-HSCs, but present a trend for enrichment (q = 0.077). None of the terms in shown in this panel present statistical significance in ST-HSCs. 

      Thank you for your valuable point. As the reviewer noted, the current title may cause confusion. Therefore, we propose changing it to the following:

      [P52, L1331] “Figure S4. Compared to their respective young controls, aged bulk-HSCs exhibit greater enrichment of myeloid gene expression than aged LT-HSCs”

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      Overall, the manuscript is very well written, the approaches used are clever, and the data were thoroughly analyzed. The study conveyed important information for understanding the circuit mechanism that shapes grid cell activity. It is important not only for the field of MEC and grid cells, but also for broader fields of continuous attractor networks and neural circuits.

      We appreciate the positive comments.

      (1) The study largely relies on the fact that ramp-like wide-field optogenetic stimulation and focal optogenetic activation both drove asynchronous action potentials in SCs, and therefore, if a pair of PV+ INs exhibited correlated activity, they should receive common inputs. However, it is unclear what criteria/thresholds were used to determine the level of activity asynchronization, and under these criteria, what percentage of cells actually showed synchronized or less asynchronized activity. A notable percentage of synchronized or less asynchronized SCs could complicate the results, i.e., PV+ INs with correlated activity could receive inputs from different SCs (different inputs), which had synchronized activity. More detailed information/statistics about the asynchronization of SC activity is necessary for interpreting the results.

      The percentage of SCs that show synchronised activity during ramping optogenetic activation is zero. To make this clear we've added new quantification to the analyses of simultaneously activated SCs in Figure 2, Figure Supplement 1. This includes confidence intervals for the correlograms and statistical comparisons of the correlograms to shuffled data from each pair of neurons. We also validate our statistical analysis strategy by showing that it successfully identifies autocorrelation peaks for the same cells.

      Synchronisation during focal optogenetic activation is also expected to be zero. We did not commit resources to experiments to directly test this for focal stimulation because we had already tested the possibility with ramping stimuli discussed above, and because the established biophysics of local SC circuits is such that synchronised activity during selective activation of SCs is unlikely. In particular, because direct excitatory connections between SCs are either rare or absent (Fuchs et al. 2016; Couey et al. 2013; Pastoll et al. 2013; Winterer et al. 2017), and when detected have small amplitude (Winterer et al. 2017), no mechanism exists that could drive synchronisation. The absence of coordination in responses to ramping stimuli quantified above is consistent with this conclusion.

      (2) The hypothesis about the "direct excitatory-inhibitory" synaptic interactions is made based on the GABAzine experiments in Figure 4. In the Figure 8 diagram, the direct interaction is illustrated between PV+ INs and SCs. However, the evidence supporting this "direct interaction" between these two cell types is missing. Is it possible that pyramidal cells are also involved in this interaction? Some pieces of evidence or discussions are necessary to further support the "direction interaction".

      We were insufficiently clear in our previous attempts to ground these interpretations in the context of previous work. The hypothesis about "direct excitatory-inhibitory" interactions wasn't made solely on the basis of Figure 4, but from multiple previous studies that directly demonstrate these interactions (e.g. Fuchs et al. 2016; Couey et al. 2013; Pastoll et al. 2013). Similarly, the diagram in Figure 8 doesn't only reflect the conclusions of the present study but integrates work from these and other previous studies.

      A possible role for pyramidal cells in coordination would require that they can be driven to fire action potentials by input from SCs. However, SCs appear not to connect to pyramidal cells (0/126 tested connections in Winterer et al. 2017). Thus, this possibility is inconsistent with the previously published data.

      To make these points clearer we have added additional discussion and citations to the results (p 5), discussion (p 11) and legend to Figure 8.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      In this study, Huang et al. employed optogenetic stimulation alongside paired whole-cell recordings in genetically defined neuron populations of the medial entorhinal cortex to examine the spatial distribution of synaptic inputs and the functional-anatomical structure of the MEC. They specifically studied the spatial distribution of synaptic inputs from parvalbumin-expressing interneurons to pairs of excitatory stellate cells. Additionally, they explored the spatial distribution of synaptic inputs to pairs of PV INs. Their results indicate that both pairs of SCs and PV INs generally receive common input when their relative somata are within 200-300 ums of each other. The research is intriguing, with controlled and systematic methodologies. There are interesting takeaways based on the implications of this work to grid cell network organization in MEC.

      We appreciate the positive comments.

      (1) Results indicate that in brain slices, nearby cells typically share a higher degree of common input. However, some proximate cells lack this shared input. The authors interpret these findings as: "Many cells in close proximity don't seem to share common input, as illustrated in Figures 3, 5, and 7. This implies that these cells might belong to separate networks or exist in distinct regions of the connectivity space within the same network.".

      Every slice orientation could have potentially shared inputs from an orthogonal direction that are unavoidably eliminated. For instance, in a horizontal section, shared inputs to two SCs might be situated either dorsally or ventrally from the horizontal cut, and thus removed during slicing. Given the synaptic connection distributions observed within each intact orientation, and considering these distributions appear symmetrically in both horizontal and sagittal sections, the authors should be equipped to estimate the potential number of inputs absent due to sectioning in the orthogonal direction. How might this estimate influence the findings, especially those indicating that many close neurons don't have shared inputs?

      We appreciate the suggestion, however systematically generating estimates that account in full for the relative position of the postsynaptic neurons, for variation in the organisation of their dendritic fields and for unknowns such as the location and number of synaptic contacts made, quickly leads to a large potential parameter space, while not advancing our understanding beyond qualitative assessment of the raw data.

      Given this, we make the following comments:

      'We note that the absence of correlated inputs in one slice plane does not rule out the possibility that the same cell pair receives common inputs in a different plane, as these inputs would most likely not be activated if the cell bodies of the presynaptic neuron were removed by slicing.' (p10) and:

      'The incompleteness may in part result from loss of some inputs by tissue slicing. However, the fact that axons were well preserved and typically extended beyond the range of functional correlations, while many cell pairs that did not receive correlated input were relatively close to one another and had overlapping dendritic fields, argues against tissue slicing being a major contributor to incompleteness.' (p10).

      (2) The study examines correlations during various light-intensity phases of the ramp stimuli. One wonders if the spatial distribution of shared (or correlated) versus independent inputs differs when juxtaposing the initial light stimulation phase, which begins to trigger spiking, against subsequent phases. This differentiation might be particularly pertinent to the PV to SC measurements. Here, the initial phase of stimulation, as depicted in Figure 7, reveals a relatively sparse temporal frequency of IPSCs. This might not represent the physiological conditions under which high-firing INs function.

      While the authors seem to have addressed parts of this concern in their focal stim experiments by examining correlations during both high and low light intensities, they could potentially extract this metric from data acquired in their ramp conditions. This would be especially valuable for PV to SC measurements, given the absence of corresponding focal stimulation experiments.

      As the reviewer's comments recognise, the consistent results with focal stimulation already provide direct experimental validation to our ramp stimulation approach. We appreciate the suggestion for further analysis, but as we understand it this analysis would be hard to interpret. First, variation between pairs in the activity at different phases of the light ramp will be confounded by slice to slice differences in the level of ChR2 expression, e.g. in Figure 2, Figure Supplement 1 within slice variability is low, whereas between slice variation is relatively high. This is because in slices with relatively low expression spike onset is relatively late, while in slices with relatively high expression spike onset is early in the ramp and later in the ramp neurons experience depolarising block. Second, the onset of changes in cross-correlation coefficients and lag variation is typically abrupt. This makes it challenging to assign windows to onset phases or to interpret the resulting data.

      (3) Re results from Figure 2: Please fully describe the model in the methods section. Generally, I like using a modeling approach to explore the impact of convergent synaptic input to PVs from SCs that could effectively validate the experimental approach and enhance the interpretability of the experimental stim/recording outcomes. However, as currently detailed in the manuscript, the model description is inadequate for assessing the robustness of the simulation outcomes. If the IN model is simply integrate-and-fire with minimal biophysical attributes, then the findings in Fig 2F results shown in Fig 2F might be trivial. Conversely, if the model offers a more biophysically accurate representation (e.g., with conductance-based synaptic inputs, synapses appropriately dispersed across the model IN dendritic tree, and standard PV IN voltage-gated membrane conductances), then the model's results could serve as a meaningful method to both validate and interpret the experiments.

      We have expanded the description of the modelling given in the methods including clearer motivation and justification (p 15). Two points are helpful to consider:

      First, the goal of the model is to assess the feasibility of the correlation based approach given the synaptic current responses recorded at the soma. We now make this clearer by stating that:

      'The goal of our simulations was to assess if analysis of cross-correlations between currents recorded from pairs of neurons could be used to establish whether they receive shared input from the same pre-synaptic neuron. While this should be obvious if neurons exclusively receive shared input, we wanted to establish whether shared input is detectable when each neuron also receives independent inputs of similar frequency and amplitude to the shared input.' (p 15).

      The suggestion that the results in Figure 2F are trivial doesn't make sense to us. Indeed, it strikes us as non-trivial that with this approach shared input from a single common presynaptic neuron is not detectable, but input from two or more is.

      Second, because we are simulating a somatic voltage-clamp experiment the details of the neuronal time constants, voltage-gated channels or other integrative mechanisms that reviewer suggests may be important here are not actually relevant to the interpretation. To appreciate this consider the membrane equation:

      When the membrane is clamped at a fixed potential, there is no capacitance current , while voltage-dependent ionic currents and the resting ionic current are constant. In this case the only time varying current is the synaptic current . Thus, adding more details would not make the model more 'meaningful' as these details would be redundant and the results will be the same as simply considering convolution of the synaptic conductances. We have made this rationale clearer in the revised methods (p 15).

      Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      These are technically demanding experiments, but the authors show quite convincing differences in the correlated response of cell pairs that are close to each other in contrast to an absence of correlation in other cell pairs at a range of relative distances. This supports their main point of demonstrating anatomical clusters of cells receiving shared inhibitory input.

      We appreciate the positive comments.

      The overall technique is complex and the presentation could be more clear about the techniques and analysis.

      Thanks. We've added additional explanation to the methods section to try to improve clarity (p 15-16).

      In addition, due to this being a slice preparation they cannot directly relate the inhibitory interactions to the functional properties of grid cells which was possible in the 2-photon in vivo imaging experiment by Heys and Dombeck, 2014.

      We agree the two approaches are complementary. The Heys and Dombeck study could only reveal correlations in functional activity, which could have many possible synaptic mechanisms, whereas our results address synaptic organisation but the representational roles of the specific neurons we recorded from are unclear. We have highlighted these current limitations and strategies to address them in the final paragraph of the discussion (p 11).

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #3 comment

      1) One suggestion for improvement is to consider incorporating the results from Figure S9 into in the main Figure 6, which would enhance readers' comprehension.

      We appreciate your valuable feedback. Based on the reviewer’s suggestion, we have incorporated results from the Figure S9 into the main Figure 6, as shown below. Manuscripts and figure legends have also been modified accordingly.

      Author response image 1.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to assess the effect of salt stress on root:shoot ratio, identify the underlying genetic mechanisms, and evaluate their contribution to salt tolerance. To this end, the authors systematically quantified natural variations in salt-induced changes in root:shoot ratio. This innovative approach considers the coordination of root and shoot growth rather than exploring biomass and the development of each organ separately. Using this approach, the authors identified a gene cluster encoding eight paralog genes with a domain-of-unknown-function 247 (DUF247), with the majority of SNPs clustering into SR3G (At3g50160). In the manuscript, the authors utilized an integrative approach that includes genomic, genetic, evolutionary, histological, and physiological assays to functionally assess the contribution of their genes of interest to salt tolerance and root development.

      Comments on revisions:

      As the authors correctly noted, variations across samples, genotypes, or experiments make achieving statistical significance challenging. Should the authors choose to emphasize trends across experiments to draw biological conclusions, careful revisions of the text, including titles and figure legends, will be necessary to address some of the inconsistencies between figures (see examples below). However, I would caution that this approach may dilute the overall impact of the work on SR3G function and regulation. Therefore, I strongly recommend pursuing additional experimental evidence wherever possible to strengthen the conclusions.

      (1) Given the phenotypic differences shown in Figures S17A-B, 10A-C, and 6A, the statement that "SR3G does not play a role in plant development under non-stress conditions" (lines 680-681) requires revision to better reflect the observed data.

      Thank you to the reviewer for the comment. We appreciate the acknowledgment that variations among experiments are inherent to biological studies. Figures 6A and S17 represent the same experiment, which initially indicated a phenotype for the sr3g mutant under salt stress. To ensure that growth changes were specifically normalized for stress conditions, we calculated the Stress Tolerance Index (Fig. 6B). In Figure 10, we repeated the experiment including all five genotypes, which supported our original observation that the sr3g mutant exhibited a trend toward reduced lateral root number under 75 mM NaCl compared to Col-0, although this difference was not significant (Fig. 10B). Additionally, we confirmed that the wrky75 mutant showed a significant reduction in main root growth under salt stress compared to Col-0, consistent with findings reported in The Plant Cell by Lu et al. 2023. For both main root length and lateral root number, we demonstrated that the double mutants of wrky75/sr3g displayed growth comparable to wild-type Col-0. This result suggests that the sr3g mutation compensates for the salt sensitivity of the wrky75 mutant.

      We completely agree with the reviewer that there is a variation in our results regarding the sr3g phenotype under control conditions, as presented in Fig. 6A/Fig. S17 and Fig. 10A-C. In Fig. 6A/Fig. S17, we did not observe any consistent trends in main root or lateral root length for the sr3g mutant compared to Col-0 under control conditions. However, in Fig. 10A-C, we observed a significant reduction in main root length, lateral root number, and lateral root length for the sr3g mutant under control conditions. We believe this may align with SR3G’s role as a negative regulator of salt stress responses. While loss of this gene benefits plants in coping with salt stress, it might negatively impact overall plant growth under non-stress conditions. This interpretation is further supported by our findings on the root suberization pattern in sr3g mutants under control conditions (Fig. 8B), where increased suberization in root sections 1 to 3, compared to Col-0, could inhibit root growth. While SR3G's role in overall plant fitness is intriguing, it is beyond the scope of this study. We cannot rule out the possibility that SR3G contributes positively to plant growth, particularly root growth. That said, we observed no differences in shoot growth between Col-0 and the sr3g mutant under control conditions (Fig. 7). Additionally, we calculated the Stress Tolerance Index for all aspects of root growth shown in Fig. 10 and presented it in Fig. S25.

      To address the reviewer request on rephrasing the lines 680-681 from"SR3G does not play a role in plant development under non-stress conditions" (lines 680-681) statement, this statement is found in lines 652-653 and corresponds to Fig. 7, where we evaluated rosette growth in the WT and sr3g mutant under both control and salt stress conditions. We did not observe any significant differences or even trends between the two genotypes under control conditions, confirming the accuracy of the statement. To clarify further, we have added “SR3G does not play a role in rosette growth and development under non-stress conditions”.

      (2) I agree with the authors that detecting expression differences in lowly expressed genes can be challenging. However, as demonstrated in the reference provided (Lu et al., 2023), a significant reduction in WRKY75 expression is observed in T-DNA insertion mutant alleles of WRKY75. In contrast, Fig. 9B in the current manuscript shows no reduction in WRKY75 expression in the two mutant alleles selected by the authors, which suggests that these alleles cannot be classified as loss-of-function mutants (line 745). Additionally, the authors note that the wrky75 mutant exhibits reduced main root length under salt stress, consistent with the phenotype reported by Lu et al. (2023). However, other phenotypic discrepancies exist between the two studies. For example, 1) Lu et al. (2023) report that w¬rky75 root length is comparable to WT under control conditions, whereas the current manuscript shows that wrky75 root growth is significantly lower than WT; 2) under salt stress, Lu et al. (2023) show that wrky75 accumulates higher levels of Na+, whereas the current study finds Na+ levels in wrky75 indistinguishable from WT. To confirm the loss of WRKY75 function in these T-DNA insertion alleles the authors should provide additional evidence (e.g., Western blot analysis).

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer acknowledging the challenge of detecting expression differences in lowly expressed genes, such as transcription factors. Transcription factors are typically expressed at lower levels compared to structural or enzymatic proteins, as they function as regulators where small quantities can have substantial effects on downstream gene expression.

      That said, we respectfully disagree with the reviewer’s interpretation that there is no reduction in WRKY75 expression in the two mutant lines tested in Fig. 9C. Among the two independent alleles examined, wrky75-3 showed a clear reduction in expression compared to WT Col-0 under both control and salt stress conditions. Using the Tukey test to compare all groups, we observed distinct changes in the assigned significance letters for each case:

      Col/root/control (cd) vs wrky75-3/root/control (cd): Although the same significance letter was assigned, we still observed a clear reduction in WRKY75 transcript abundance. More importantly, the variation in expression is notably lower compared to Col-0.

      Col/shoot/control (bcd) vs wrky75-3/shoot/control (a): This is significant reduction compared to Col

      Col/root/salt (cd) vs wrky75-3/root/salt (bcd): Once again, the reduction in WRKY75 transcript levels corresponds to changes in the assigned significance letters.

      Col/shoot/salt (bc) vs wrky75-3/shoot/salt (ab): Once again, the reduction in WRKY75 transcript levels corresponds to changes in the assigned significance letters.

      To address the reviewer’s comment regarding the significant reduction in WRKY75 expression observed in T-DNA insertion mutant alleles of WRKY75 in the reference by Lu et al., 2023, we would like to draw the reviewer’s attention to the following points:

      a) Different alleles: The authors in The Plant Cell used different alleles than those used in our study, with one of their alleles targeting regions upstream of the WRKY75 gene. While we identified one of their described alleles (WRKY75-1, SALK_101367) on the T-DNA express website, which targets upstream of WRKY75, the other allele (wrky75-25) appears to have been generated through a different mechanism (possibly an RNAi line) that is not defined in the Plant Cell paper and does not appear on the T-DNA express website. The authors mentioned they have received these seeds as gifts from other labs in the acknowledgement ”We thank Prof. Hongwei Guo (Southern University of Science and Technology, China) and Prof. Diqiu Yu (Yunnan University, China) for kindly providing the WRKY75<sub>pro</sub>:GUS, 35S<sub>pro</sub>:WRKY75-GFP, wrky75-1, and wrky75-25 seeds. We thank Man-cang Zhang (Electrophysiology platform, Henan University) for performing the NMT experiment”.

      However, in our study, we selected two different T-DNAs that target the coding regions. While this may explain slight differences in the observed responses, both studies independently link WRKY75 to salt stress, regardless of the alleles used. For your reference, we have included a screenshot of the different alleles used.

      Author response image 1.

      b) Different developmental stages: They measured WRKY75 expression in 5-day-old seedlings. In our experiment, we used seedlings grown on 1/2x MS for 4 days, followed by transfer to treatment plates with or without 75 mM NaCl for one week. As a result, we analyzed older plants (12 days old) for gene expression analysis. Despite the difference in developmental stage, we were still able to observe a reduction in gene expression.

      c) Different tissues: The authors of The Plant Cell used whole seedlings for gene expression analysis, whereas we separated the roots and shoots and measured gene expression in each tissue type individually. This approach is logical, as WRKY75 is a root cell-specific transcription factor with higher expression in the roots compared to the shoots, as demonstrated in our analysis (Fig. 9C).

      Based on the reasoning above, we did work with loss-of-function mutants of WRKY75, particularly wrky75-3. To more accurately reflect the nature of the mutation, we have changed the term "loss-of-function" to "knock-down" in line 717.

      The reviewer mentioned phenotypic discrepancies between the two studies. We agree that there are some differences, particularly in the magnitude of responses or expression levels. However, despite variations in the alleles used, developmental stages, and tissue types, both studies reached the same conclusion: WRKY75 is involved in the salt stress response and acts as a positive regulator. We have discussed the differences between our study and The Plant Cell in the section above, summarizing them into three main points: different alleles, different developmental stages, and different tissue types.

      To address the reviewer’s comment regarding "Lu et al. (2023) report that wrky75 root length is comparable to WT under control conditions, whereas the current manuscript shows that wrky75 root growth is significantly lower than WT": We evaluated root growth differently than The Plant Cell study. In The Plant Cell (Fig. 5, H-J), root elongation was measured in 10-day-old plants with a single time point measurement. They transferred five-day-old wild-type, wrky75-1, wrky75-25, and WRKY75-OE plants to 1/2× MS medium supplemented with 0 mM or 125 mM NaCl for further growth and photographed them 5 days after transfer. In contrast, our study used 4-day-old seedlings, which were transferred to 1/2 MS with or without 0, 75, or 125 mM salt for additional growth (9 days). Rather than measuring root growth only at the end, we scanned the roots every other day, up to five times, to assess root growth rates. Essentially, the precision of our method is higher as we captured growth changes throughout the developmental process, compared to the approach used in The Plant Cell. We do not underestimate the significance of the work conducted by other colleagues in the field, but we also recognize that each laboratory has its own approach and specific practices. This variation in experimental setup is intrinsic to biology, and we believe it is important to study biological phenomena in different ways. Especially as the common or contrasting conclusions reached by different studies, performed by different labs and using different experimental setups are shedding more light on reproducibility and gene contribution across different conditions, which is intrinsic to phenotypic plasticity, and GxE interactions.

      The Plant Cell used a very high salt concentration, starting at 125 mM, while we were more cautious in our approach, as such a high concentration can inhibit and obscure more subtle phenotypic changes.

      To address the reviewer’s comment on "Lu et al. (2023) show that wrky75 accumulates higher levels of Na+, whereas the current study finds Na+ levels in wrky75 indistinguishable from WT," we would like to highlight the differences in the methodologies used in both studies. The Plant Cell measured Na+ accumulation in the wrky75 mutant using xylem sap (Supplemental Figure S10), which appears to be a convenient and practical approach in their laboratory. In their experiment, wild-type and wrky75 mutant plants were grown in soil for 3 weeks, watered with either a mock solution or 100 mM NaCl solution for 1 day, and then xylem sap was collected for Na+ content analysis. In contrast, our study employed a different method to measure Na+ and K+ ion content, using Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectroscopy (ICP-AES) for root and shoot Na+ and K+ measurements. Additionally, we collected samples after two weeks on treatment plates and focused on the Na+/K+ ratio, which we consider more relevant than net Na+ or K+ levels, as the ratio of these ions is a critical determinant of plant salt tolerance. With this in mind, we observed a considerable non-significant increase in the Na+/K+ ratio in the shoots of the wrky75-3 mutant (assigned Tukey’s letter c) compared to the Col-0 WT (assigned Tukey’s letters abc) under 125 mM salt, suggesting that this mutant is salt-sensitive. Importantly, the Na+/K+ ratio in the double wrky75/sr3g mutants was reduced to the WT level under the same salt conditions, further indicating that the salt sensitivity of wrky75 is mitigated by the sr3g mutation.

      Based on the reasons mentioned above, we believe that conducting additional experiments, such as Western blot analysis, is unnecessary and would not contribute new insights or alter the context of our findings.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Salt stress is a significant and growing concern for agriculture in some parts of the world. While the effects of sodium excess have been studied in Arabidopsis and (many) crop species, most studies have focused on Na uptake, toxicity and overall effects on yield, rather than on developmental responses to excess Na, per se. The work by Ishka and colleagues aims to fill this gap.

      Working from an existing dataset that exposed a diverse panel of A. thaliana accessions to control, moderate, and severe salt stress, the authors identify candidate loci associated with altering the root:shoot ratio under salt stress. Following a series of molecular assays, they characterize a DUF247 protein which they dub SR3G, which appears to be a negative regulator of root growth under salt stress.

      Overall, this is a well-executed study which demonstrates the functional role played by a single gene in plant response to salt stress in Arabidopsis.

      Review of revised manuscript:

      The authors have addressed my point-by-point comments to my satisfaction. In the cases where they have changed their manuscript language, clarified figures, or added analyses I have no further comment. In some cases, there is a fruitful back-and-forth discussion of methodology which I think will be of interest to readers.

      I have nothing to add during this round of review. I think that the paper and associated discussion will make a nice contribution to the field.

      We sincerely appreciate the reviewer’s recognition of the significance of our work to the field.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Lines 518-519: The statement that other DUF247s exhibit similar expression patterns to SR3G, suggesting their responsiveness to salt stress, is not fully supported by Fig. S14. Please clarify the specific similarities (and differences) in the expression patterns of the DUF247s shown in Fig. S14, as their expression appears to be spatially and temporally diverse. Additionally, the scale is missing in Fig. S14.

      We thank the reviewer. We fixed the text and added expression scales to Figure S14.

      Line 684, Fig. 6A should be 7A.

      Thanks. It is fixed.

      Line 686, Fig. 7A should be 7B.

      Thanks. It is fixed.

      Lines 721-723: The signal quantification in Fig. 8B does not support the claim that "in section one,..., sr3g-5 showed more suberization compared to Col-0." Given the variability and noise often associated with histological dyes such as Fluorol Yellow staining, conclusions should be cautiously grounded in robust signal quantification. Additionally, please specify the number of biological replicates used in both Fig. 8B and C.

      We thank the reviewer for their comments. We believe the statement in the text accurately reflects our results presented in Figure 8B, where we stated “non-significant, but substantially higher levels of root suberization in sr3g-5 compared to Col-0 in sections one to three of the root under control condition (Fig. 8B).” Therefore, we kept the statement and have included the number of biological replicates in the figure legend.

      Lines 731-732: Please provide a more detailed explanation of how the significant changes in suberin monomer levels align with the Fluorol Yellow staining results, and clarify how these findings support the proposed negative role of SR3G in root suberization.

      Fluorol Yellow is a lipophilic dye widely used to label suberin in plant tissues, specifically in roots in this study. Given the inherent variability in histological assays, we confirmed the increase in suberization using an alternative method, Gas Chromatography–Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS). Both approaches revealed elevated suberin levels in the sr3g mutant compared to Col-0. Since the overall suberin content was higher in the mutant under both control and salt stress conditions, we proposed that SR3G acts as a negative regulator of root suberization.

      Lines 686-688 and Figure S24: The authors calculated water mass as FW-DW. A more standard approach for calculating water content is (FW-DW)/FW x 100. Please update the text or adjust the calculation accordingly. Additionally, if the goal is to test differences between WT and the mutant within each condition, a t-test would be a more appropriate statistical method.

      We thank the reviewer. We added water content % to the figure S24. We kept the statistical test as it is as we wanted to be able to observe changes across conditions and genotypes.

      Lines 633-635 states that "No significant difference was observed between sr3g-4 and Col-0 (Fig. S18), except for the Stress Tolerance Index (STI) calculated using growth rates of lateral root length and number." However, based on the Figure S18 legend and statistical analysis (i.e., ns), it appears that the sr3g-4 mutant shows no alterations in root system architecture compared to Col-0. Please revise the text to accurately reflect the results of the statistical analysis.

      We thank the reviewer. We now fixed the text to reflect the result.

      Lines 698-707: The statistical analysis does not support the reported differences in the Na+/K+ ratio for the single and double mutants of sr3g-5 and wrky75-3 (Fig. 10D, where levels connected by the same letters indicate they are not significantly different). Furthermore, the conclusion that "the SR3G mutation indeed compensated for the increased Na+ accumulation observed in the wrky75 mutant under salt stress" is also based on non-significant differences (Fig. S25B). Please revise the text to accurately reflect the results of the statistical analysis. Additionally, since each mutant is compared to the WT, I recommend using Dunnett's test for statistical analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for their feedback. We have carefully revised the text to better support our findings. As previously mentioned, variations among samples are evident and are well-reflected across all our datasets. We have presented all data and focused on identifying trends within our samples to guide interpretation.

      We observed that the SR3G mutation effectively compensated for the increased Na+ accumulation observed in the wrky75 mutant under salt stress. A closer examination of the shoot Na+/K+ ratio under 125 mM salt shows that the wrky75 single mutant has a higher Na+/K+ ratio (indicated by the letter "c") compared to Col-0 (indicated by "abc") and the two double mutants (also indicated by "abc"). Therefore, we have retained the statistical analysis as originally conducted, and maintain our conclusions as is.

      Figure 6: data in panel C present the Na/K ratio, not Na+ content. Based on the statistical analysis of root Na+ levels presented in Fig. S17C, there is no significant difference between sr3g-5 and WT. Please update the title of Fig. 6. In addition, in panel A, the title of the Y-axis and figure legend should be "Lateral root growth rate" without the word length, and in panel C, the statistical analysis is missing.

      We thank the reviewer. We updated Fig. 6 title and fixed the Y-axis in panel A, and added statistical letters to panel C. Legend was updated to reflect the changes.

      Figure 7: Please clearly label the time points where significant differences between genotypes are observed for both early and late salt treatments. Was there a significant difference recorded between WT and sr3g-5 on day 0 under early salt stress? Such differences may arise from initial variations in plant size within this experiment, as indicated by Fig. 7B, where significant differences in rosette area are evident starting from day 0. Additionally, please indicate the statistical analysis in panel E.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We updated the figure with a statistical test added to the panel E. Although the difference between sr3g mutant and Col-0 is indeed significant in its growth rate at day 0, we would like to draw the attention of the reviewer that this growth rate was calculated over the 24 hours after adding salt stress. Therefore, this difference in growth rate is related to exposure to salt stress. Moreover, the growth rate between Col-0 and sr3g mutant does not differ in two other treatments (Control and Late Salt Stress) further supporting the conclusion that sr3g is affecting rosette size and growth rate only under early salt stress conditions.

      We have also added the Salt Tolerance Index calculation to Figure S24 as additional evidence, controlling for potential differences in size between Col-0 and sr3g mutant.

      Figure S17: statistical analysis is not indicated in panels A, B, and D.

      We thank the reviewer for spotting that. We updated the figure with a statistical test.

      Figures S21-23: The quality of these figures is insufficient, hindering the ability to effectively interpret the authors' results and main message. Furthermore, a Dunnett's test, rather than a t-test, is the appropriate statistical method for this analysis.

      We thank the reviewer for this observation. We have now added a high resolution figures for all supplemental figures, which should increase the resolution of the figures. As we are comparing all of the genotypes to Col-0 one-by-one - the results of individual t-tests are sufficient for this analysis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      In their paper, Kang et al. investigate rigidity sensing in amoeboid cells, showing that, despite their lack of proper focal adhesions, amoeboid migration of single cells is impacted by substrate rigidity. In fact, many different amoeboid cell types can durotax, meaning that they preferentially move towards the stiffer side of a rigidity gradient. 

      The authors observed that NMIIA is required for durotaxis and, buiding on this observation, they generated a model to explain how durotaxis could be achieved in the absence of strong adhesions. According to the model, substrate stiffness alters the diffusion rate of NMAII, with softer substrates allowing for faster diffusion. This allows for NMAII accumulation at the back, which, in turn, results in durotaxis. 

      The authors responded to all my comments and I have nothing to add. The evidence provided for durotaxis of non adherent (or low-adhering) cells is strong. I am particularly impressed by the fact that amoeboid cells can durotax even when not confined. I wish to congratulate the authors for the excellent work, which will fuel discussion in the field of cell adhesion and migration.

      We thank the reviewer for critically evaluating our work and giving kind suggestions. We are glad that the reviewer found our work to be of potential interest to the broad scientific community.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed an imaging-based device that provides both spatialconfinement and stiffness gradient to investigate if and how amoeboid cells, including T cells, neutrophils, and Dictyostelium, can durotax. Furthermore, the authors showed that the mechanism for the directional migration of T cells and neutrophils depends on non-muscle myosin IIA (NMIIA) polarized towards the soft-matrix-side. Finally, they developed a mathematical model of an active gel that captures the behavior of the cells described in vitro.

      Strengths:

      The topic is intriguing as durotaxis is essentially thought to be a direct consequence of mechanosensing at focal adhesions. To the best of my knowledge, this is the first report on amoeboid cells that do not depend on FAs to exert durotaxis. The authors developed an imaging-based durotaxis device that provides both spatial confinement and stiffness gradient and they also utilized several techniques such as quantitative fluorescent speckle microscopy and expansion microscopy. The results of this study have well-designed control experiments and are therefore convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      Overall this study is well performed but there are still some minor issues I recommend the authors address:

      (1) When using NMIIA/NMIIB knockdown cell lines to distinguish the role of NMIIA and NMIIB in amoeboid durotaxis, it would be better if the authors took compensatory effects into account.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. We have investigated the compensation of myosin in NMIIA and NMIIB KD HL-60 cells using Western blot and added this result in our updated manuscript (Fig. S4B, C). The results showed that the level of NMIIB protein in NMIIA KD cells doubled while there was no compensatory upregulation of NMIIA in NMIIB KD cells. This is consistent with our conclusion that NMIIA rather than NMIIB is responsible for amoeboid durotaxis since in NMIIA KD cells, compensatory upregulation of NMIIB did not rescue the durotaxis-deficient phenotype. 

      (2) The expansion microscopy assay is not clearly described and some details are missed such as how the assay is performed on cells under confinement.

      We thank the reviewer for this comment. We have updated details of the expansion microscopy assay in our revised manuscript in line 481-485 including how the assay is performed on cells under confinement:

      Briefly, CD4+ Naïve T cells were seeded on a gradient PA gel with another upper gel providing confinement. 4% PFA was used to fix cells for 15 min at room temperature. After fixation, the upper gradient PA gel is carefully removed and the bottom gradient PA gel with seeded cells were immersed in an anchoring solution containing 1% acrylamide and 0.7% formaldehyde (Sigma, F8775) for 5 h at 37 °C.

      (3) In this study, an active gel model was employed to capture experimental observations. Previously, some active nematic models were also considered to describe cell migration, which is controlled by filament contraction. I suggest the authors provide a short discussion on the comparison between the present theory and those prior models.

      We thank the reviewer for this suggestion. Active nematic models have been employed to recapitulate many phenomena during cell migration (Nat Commun., 2018, doi: 10.1038/s41467-018-05666-8.). The active nematic model describes the motion of cells using the orientation field, Q, and the velocity field, u. The director field n with (n = −n) is employed to represent the nematic state, which has head-tail symmetry. However, in our experiments, actin filaments are obviously polarized, which polymerize and flow towards the direction of cell migration. Therefore, we choose active gel model which describes polarized actin field during cell migration. In the discussion part, we have provided the comparison between active gel model and motor-clutch model. We have also supplemented a short discussion between the present model and active nematic model in the main text of line 345-347:

      The active nematic model employs active extensile or contractile agents to push or pull the fluid along their elongation axis to simulate cells flowing (61). 

      (4) In the present model, actin flow contributes to cell migration while myosin distribution determines cell polarity. How does this model couple actin and myosin together?

      We thank the reviewer for this question. In our model, the polarization field is employed to couple actin and myosin together. It is obvious that actin accumulate at the front while myosin diffuses in the opposite direction. Therefore, we propose that actin and myosin flow towards the opposite direction, which is captured in the convection term of actin ) and myosin () density field.

    1. Author Response

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      (1) Substantial revision of the claims and interpretation of the results is needed, especially in the setting of additional data showing enhanced erythrophagocytosis with decreased RBC lifespan.

      Thank you for your valuable feedback and suggestion for a substantial revision of the claims and interpretation of our results. We acknowledge the importance of considering additional data that shows enhanced erythrophagocytosis with decreased RBC lifespan. In response, we have revised our manuscript and incorporated additional experimental data to support and clarify our findings.

      (1) In our original manuscript, we reported a decrease in the number of splenic red pulp macrophages (RPMs) and phagocytic erythrocytes after hypobaric hypoxia (HH) exposure. This conclusion was primarily based on our observations of reduced phagocytosis in the spleen.

      (2) Additional experimental data on RBC labeling and erythrophagocytosis:

      • Experiment 1 (RBC labeling and HH exposure)

      We conducted an experiment where RBCs from mice were labeled with PKH67 and injected back into the mice. These mice were then exposed to normal normoxia (NN) or HH for 7 or 14 days. The subsequent assessment of RPMs in the spleen using flow cytometry and immunofluorescence detection revealed a significant decrease in both the population of splenic RPMs (F4/80hiCD11blo, new Figure 5A and C) and PKH67-positive macrophages after HH exposure (as depicted in new Figure 5A and C-E). This finding supports our original claim of reduced phagocytosis under HH conditions.

      Author response image 1.

      -Experiment 2 (erythrophagocytosis enhancement)

      To examine the effects of enhanced erythrophagocytosis, we injected Tuftsin after administering PKH67-labelled RBCs. Our observations showed a significant decrease in PKH67 fluorescence in the spleen, particularly after Tuftsin injection compared to the NN group. This result suggests a reduction in RBC lifespan when erythrophagocytosis is enhanced (illustrated in new Figure 7, A-B).

      Author response image 2.

      (3) Revised conclusions:

      • The additional data from these experiments support our original findings by providing a more comprehensive view of the impact of HH exposure on splenic erythrophagocytosis.

      • The decrease in phagocytic RPMs and phagocytic erythrocytes after HH exposure, along with the observed decrease in RBC lifespan following enhanced erythrophagocytosis, collectively suggest a more complex interplay between hypoxia, erythrophagocytosis, and RBC lifespan than initially interpreted.

      We think that these revisions and additional experimental data provide a more robust and detailed understanding of the effects of HH on splenic erythrophagocytosis and RBCs lifespan. We hope that these changes adequately address the concerns raised and strengthen the conclusions drawn in our manuscript.

      (2) F4/80 high; CD11b low are true RPMs which the cells which the authors are presenting, i.e. splenic monocytes / pre-RPMs. To discuss RPM function requires the presentation of these cells specifically rather than general cells in the proper area of the spleen.

      Thank you for your feedback requesting a substantial revision of our claims and interpretation, particularly considering additional data showing enhanced erythrophagocytosis with decreased RBC lifespan. In response, we have thoroughly revised our manuscript and included new experimental data that further elucidate the effects of HH on RPMs and erythrophagocytosis.

      (1) Re-evaluation of RPMs population after HH exposure:

      • Flow cytometry analysis (new Figure 3G, Figure 5A and B): We revisited the analysis of RPMs (F4/80hiCD11blo) in the spleen after 7 and 14 days of HH exposure. Our revised flow cytometry data consistently showed a significant decrease in the RPMs population post-HH exposure, reinforcing our initial findings.

      Author response image 3.

      Author response image 4.

      • In situ expression of RPMs (Figure S1, A-D):

      We further confirmed the decreased population of RPMs through in situ co-staining with F4/80 and CD11b, and F4/80 and CD68, in spleen tissues. These results clearly demonstrated a significant reduction in F4/80hiCD11blo (Figure S1, A and B) and F4/80hiCD68hi (Figure S1, C and D) cells following HH exposure.

      Author response image 5.

      (2) Single-cell sequencing analysis of splenic RPMs:

      • We conducted a single-cell sequencing analysis of spleen samples post 7 days of HH exposure (Figure S2, A-C). This analysis revealed a notable shift in the distribution of RPMs, predominantly associated with Cluster 0 under NN conditions, to a reduced presence in this cluster after HH exposure.

      • Pseudo-time series analysis indicated a transition pattern change in spleen RPMs, with a shift from Cluster 2 and Cluster 1 towards Cluster 0 under NN conditions, and a reverse transition following HH exposure (Figure S2, B and D). This finding implies a decrease in resident RPMs in the spleen under HH conditions.

      (3) Consolidated findings and revised interpretation:

      • The comprehensive analysis of flow cytometry, in situ staining, and single-cell sequencing data consistently indicates a significant reduction in the number of RPMs following HH exposure.

      • These findings, taken together, strongly support the revised conclusion that HH exposure leads to a decrease in RPMs in the spleen, which in turn may affect erythrophagocytosis and RBC lifespan.

      Author response image 6.

      In conclusion, our revised manuscript now includes additional experimental data and analyses, strengthening our claims and providing a more nuanced interpretation of the impact of HH on spleen RPMs and related erythrophagocytosis processes. We believe these revisions and additional data address your concerns and enhance the scientific validity of our study.

      (3) RBC retention in the spleen should be measured anyway quantitatively, eg, with proper flow cytometry, to determine whether it is increased or decreased.

      Thank you for your query regarding the quantitative measurement of RBC retention in the spleen, particularly in relation to HH exposure. We have utilized a combination of techniques, including flow cytometry and histological staining, to investigate this aspect comprehensively. Below is a summary of our findings and methodology.

      (1) Flow cytometry analysis of labeled RBCs:

      • Our study employed both NHS-biotin (new Figure 4, A-D) and PKH67 labeling (new Figure 4, E-H) to track RBCs in mice exposed to HH. Flow cytometry results from these experiments (new Figure 4, A-H) showed a decrease in the proportion of labeled RBCs over time, both in the blood and spleen. Notably, there was a significantly greater reduction in the amplitude of fluorescently labeled RBCs after NN exposure compared to the reduced amplitude of fluorescently labeled RBCs observed in blood and spleen under HH exposure. The observed decrease in labeled RBCs was initially counterintuitive, as we expected an increase in RBC retention due to reduced erythrophagocytosis. However, this decrease can be attributed to the significantly increased production of RBCs following HH exposure, diluting the proportion of labeled cells.

      • Specifically, for blood, the biotin-labeled RBCs decreased by 12.06% under NN exposure and by 7.82% under HH exposure, while the PKH67-labeled RBCs decreased by 9.70% under NN exposure and by 4.09% under HH exposure. For spleen, the biotin-labeled RBCs decreased by 3.13% under NN exposure and by 0.46% under HH exposure, while the PKH67-labeled RBCs decreased by 1.16% under NN exposure and by 0.92% under HH exposure. These findings suggest that HH exposure leads to a decrease in the clearance rate of RBCs.

      Author response image 7.

      (2) Detection of erythrophagocytosis in spleen:

      To assess erythrophagocytosis directly, we labeled RBCs with PKH67 and analyzed their uptake by splenic macrophages (F4/80hi) after HH exposure. Our findings (new Figure 5, D-E) indicated a decrease in PKH67-positive macrophages in the spleen, suggesting reduced erythrophagocytosis.

      Author response image 8.

      (3) Flow cytometry analysis of RBC retention:

      Our flow cytometry analysis revealed a decrease in PKH67-positive RBCs in both blood and spleen (Figure S4). We postulated that this was due to increased RBC production after HH exposure. However, this method might not accurately reflect RBC retention, as it measures the proportion of PKH67-labeled RBCs relative to the total number of RBCs, which increased after HH exposure.

      Author response image 9.

      (4) Histological and immunostaining analysis:

      Histological examination using HE staining and band3 immunostaining in situ (new Figure 6, A-D, and G-H) revealed a significant increase in RBC numbers in the spleen after HH exposure. This was further confirmed by detecting retained RBCs in splenic single cells using Wright-Giemsa composite stain (new Figure 6, E and F) and retained PKH67-labelled RBCs in spleen (new Figure 6, I and J).

      Author response image 10.

      (5) Interpreting the data:

      The comprehensive analysis suggests a complex interplay between increased RBC production and decreased erythrophagocytosis in the spleen following HH exposure. While flow cytometry indicated a decrease in the proportion of labeled RBCs, histological and immunostaining analyses demonstrated an actual increase in RBCs retention in the spleen. These findings collectively suggest that while the overall RBCs production is upregulated following HH exposure, the spleen's capacity for erythrophagocytosis is concurrently diminished, leading to increased RBCs retention.

      (6) Conclusion:

      Taken together, our results indicate a significant increase in RBCs retention in the spleen post-HH exposure, likely due to reduced residual RPMs and erythrophagocytosis. This conclusion is supported by a combination of flow cytometry, histological staining, and immunostaining techniques, providing a comprehensive view of RBC dynamics under HH conditions. We think these findings offer a clear quantitative measure of RBC retention in the spleen, addressing the concerns raised in your question.

      (4) Numerous other methodological problems as listed below.

      We appreciate your question, which highlights the importance of using multiple analytical approaches to understand complex physiological processes. Please find below our point-by-point response to the methodological comments.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      (1) Decreased BM and spleen monocytes d/t increased liver monocyte migration is unclear. there is no evidence that this happens or why it would be a reasonable hypothesis, even in splenectomized mice.

      Thank you for highlighting the need for further clarification and justification of our hypothesized decrease in BM and spleen monocytes due to increased monocyte migration to the liver, particularly in the context of splenectomized mice. Indeed, our study has not explicitly verified an augmentation in mononuclear cell migration to the liver in splenectomized mice.

      Nonetheless, our investigations have revealed a notable increase in monocyte migration to the liver after HH exposure. Noteworthy is our discovery of a significant upregulation in colony stimulating factor-1 (CSF-1) expression in the liver, observed after both 7 and 14 days of HH exposure (data not included). This observation was substantiated through flow cytometry analysis (as depicted in Figure S4), which affirmed an enhanced migration of monocytes to the liver. Specifically, we noted a considerable increase in the population of transient macrophages, monocytes, and Kupffer cells in the liver following HH exposure.

      Author response image 11.

      Considering these findings, we hypothesize that hypoxic conditions may activate a compensatory mechanism that directs monocytes towards the liver, potentially linked to the liver’s integral role in the systemic immune response. In accordance with these insights, we intend to revise our manuscript to reflect the speculative nature of this hypothesis more accurately, and to delineate the strategies we propose for its further empirical investigation. This amendment ensures that our hypothesis is presented with full consideration of its speculative basis, supported by a coherent framework for future validation.

      (2) While F4/80+CD11b+ population is decreased, this is mainly driven by CD11b and F4/80+ alone population is significantly increased. This is counter to the hypothesis.

      Thank you for addressing the apparent discrepancy in our findings concerning the F4/80+CD11b+ population and the increase in the F4/80+ alone population, which seems to contradict our initial hypothesis. Your observation is indeed crucial for the integrity of our study, and we appreciate the opportunity to clarify this matter.

      (1) Clarification of flow cytometry results:

      • In response to the concerns raised, we revisited our flow cytometry experiments with a focus on more clearly distinguishing the cell populations. Our initial graph had some ambiguities in cell grouping, which might have led to misinterpretations.

      • The revised flow cytometry analysis, specifically aimed at identifying red pulp macrophages (RPMs) characterized as F4/80hiCD11blo in the spleen, demonstrated a significant decrease in the F4/80 population. This finding is now in alignment with our immunofluorescence results.

      Author response image 12.

      Author response image 13.

      (2) Revised data and interpretation:

      • The results presented in new Figure 3G and Figure 5 (A and B) consistently indicate a notable reduction in the RPMs population following HH exposure. This supports our revised understanding that HH exposure leads to a decrease in the specific macrophage subset (F4/80hiCD11blo) in the spleen.

      We’ve updated our manuscript to reflect these new findings and interpretations. The revised manuscript details the revised flow cytometry analysis and discusses the potential mechanisms behind the observed changes in macrophage populations.

      (3) HO-1 expression cannot be used as a surrogate to quantify number of macrophages as the expression per cell can decrease and give the same results. In addition, the localization of effect to the red pulp is not equivalent to an assertion that the conclusion applies to macrophages given the heterogeneity of this part of the organ and the spleen in general.

      Thank you for your insightful comments regarding the use of HO-1 expression as a surrogate marker for quantifying macrophage numbers, and for pointing out the complexity of attributing changes in HO-1 expression specifically to macrophages in the splenic red pulp. Your observations are indeed valid and warrant a detailed response.

      (1) Role of HO-1 in macrophage activity:

      • In our study, HO-1 expression was not utilized as a direct marker for quantifying macrophages. Instead, it was considered an indicator of macrophage activity, particularly in relation to erythrophagocytosis. HO-1, being upregulated in response to erythrophagocytosis, serves as an indirect marker of this process within splenic macrophages.

      • The rationale behind this approach was that increased HO-1 expression, induced by erythrophagocytosis in the spleen’s red pulp, could suggest an augmentation in the activity of splenic macrophages involved in this process.

      (2) Limitations of using HO-1 as an indicator:

      • We acknowledge your point that HO-1 expression per cell might decrease, potentially leading to misleading interpretations if used as a direct quantifier of macrophage numbers. The variability in HO-1 expression per cell indeed presents a limitation in using it as a sole indicator of macrophage quantity.

      • Furthermore, your observation about the heterogeneity of the spleen, particularly the red pulp, is crucial. The red pulp is a complex environment with various cell types, and asserting that changes in HO-1 expression are exclusive to macrophages could oversimplify this complexity.

      (3) Addressing the concerns:

      • To address these concerns, we propose to supplement our HO-1 expression data with additional specific markers for macrophages. This would help in correlating HO-1 expression more accurately with macrophage numbers and activity.

      • We also plan to conduct further studies to delineate the specific cell types in the red pulp contributing to HO-1 expression. This could involve techniques such as immunofluorescence or immunohistochemistry, which would allow us to localize HO-1 expression to specific cell populations within the splenic red pulp.

      We’ve revised our manuscript to clarify the role of HO-1 expression as an indirect marker of erythrophagocytosis and to acknowledge its limitations as a surrogate for quantifying macrophage numbers.

      (4) line 63-65 is inaccurate as red cell homeostasis reaches a new steady state in chronic hypoxia.

      Thank you for pointing out the inaccuracy in lines 63-65 of our manuscript regarding red cell homeostasis in chronic hypoxia. Your feedback is invaluable in ensuring the accuracy and scientific integrity of our work. We’ve revised lines 63-65 to accurately reflect the understanding.

      (5) Eryptosis is not defined in the manuscript.

      Thank you for highlighting the omission of a definition for eryptosis in our manuscript. We acknowledge the significance of precisely defining such key terminologies, particularly when they play a crucial role in the context of our research findings. Eryptosis, a term referenced in our study, is a specialized form of programmed cell death unique to erythrocytes. Similar with apoptosis in other cell types, eryptosis is characterized by distinct physiological changes including cell shrinkage, membrane blebbing, and the externalization of phosphatidylserine on the erythrocyte surface. These features are indicative of the RBCs lifecycle and its regulated destruction process.

      However, it is pertinent to note that our current study does not extensively delve into the mechanisms or implications of eryptosis. Our primary focus has been to elucidate the effects of HH exposure on the processes of splenic erythrophagocytosis and the resultant impact on the lifespan of RBCs. Given this focus, and to maintain the coherence and relevance of our manuscript, we have decided to exclude specific discussions of eryptosis from our revised manuscript. This decision aligns with our aim to provide a clear and concentrated exploration of the influence of HH exposure on RBCs dynamics and splenic function.

      We appreciate your input, which has significantly contributed to enhancing the clarity and accuracy of our manuscript. The revision ensures that our research is presented with a focused scope, aligning closely with our experimental investigations and findings.

      (6) Physiologically, there is no evidence that there is any "free iron" in cells, making line 89 point inaccurate.

      Thank you for highlighting the concern regarding the reference to "free iron" in cells in line 89 of our manuscript. The term "free iron" in our manuscript was intended to refer to divalent iron (Fe2+), rather than unbound iron ions freely circulating within cells. We acknowledge that the term "free iron" might lead to misconceptions, as it implies the presence of unchelated iron, which is not physiologically common due to the potential for oxidative damage. To rectify this and provide clarity, we’ve revised line 89 of our manuscript to reflect our meaning more accurately. Instead of "free iron," we use "divalent iron (Fe2+)" to avoid any misunderstanding regarding the state of iron in cells. We also ensure that any implications drawn from the presence of Fe2+ in cells are consistent with current scientific literature and understanding.

      (7) Fig 1f no stats

      We appreciate your critical review and suggestions, which help in improving the accuracy and clarity of our research. We’ve revised statistic diagram of new Figure 1F.

      (8) Splenectomy experiments demonstrate that erythrophagocytosis is almost completely replaced by functional macrophages in other tissues (likely Kupffer cells in the liver). there is only a minor defect and no data on whether it is in fact the liver or other organs that provide this replacement function and makes the assertions in lines 345-349 significantly overstated.

      Thank you for your critical assessment of our interpretation of the splenectomy experiments, especially concerning the role of erythrophagocytosis by macrophages in other tissues, such as Kupffer cells in the liver. We appreciate your observation that our assertions may be overstated and acknowledge the need for more specific data to identify which organs compensate for the loss of splenic erythrophagocytosis.

      (1) Splenectomy experiment findings:

      • Our findings in Figure 2D do indicate that in the splenectomized group under NN conditions, erythrophagocytosis is substantially compensated for by functional macrophages in other tissues. This is an important observation that highlights the body's ability to adapt to the loss of splenic function.

      • However, under HH conditions, our data suggest that the spleen plays an important role in managing erythrocyte turnover, as indicated by the significant impact of splenectomy on erythrophagocytosis and subsequent erythrocyte dynamics.

      (2) Addressing the lack of specific organ identification:

      • We acknowledge that our study does not definitively identify which organs, such as the liver or others, take over the erythrophagocytosis function post-splenectomy. This is an important aspect that needs further investigation.

      • To address this, we also plan to perform additional experiments that could more accurately point out the specific tissues compensating for the loss of splenic erythrophagocytosis. This could involve tracking labeled erythrocytes or using specific markers to identify macrophages actively engaged in erythrophagocytosis in various organs.

      (3) Revising manuscript statements:

      Considering your feedback, we’ve revised the statements in lines 345-349 (lines 378-383 in revised manuscript) to enhance the scientific rigor and clarity of our research presentation.

      (9) M1 vs M2 macrophage experiments are irrelevant to the main thrust of the manuscript, there are no references to support the use of only CD16 and CD86 for these purposes, and no stats are provided. It is also unclear why bone marrow monocyte data is presented and how it is relevant to the rest of the manuscript.

      Thank you for your critical evaluation of the relevance and presentation of the M1 vs. M2 macrophage experiments in our manuscript. We appreciate your insights, especially regarding the use of specific markers and the lack of statistical analysis, as well as the relevance of bone marrow monocyte data to our study's main focus.

      (1) Removal of M1 and M2 macrophage data:

      Based on your feedback and our reassessment, we agree that the results pertaining to M1 and M2 macrophages did not align well with the main objectives of our manuscript. Consequently, we have decided to remove the related content on M1 and M2 macrophages from the revised manuscript. This decision was made to ensure that our manuscript remains focused and coherent, highlighting our primary findings without the distraction of unrelated or insufficiently supported data.

      The use of only CD16 and CD86 markers for M1 and M2 macrophage characterization, without appropriate statistical analysis, was indeed a methodological limitation. We recognize that a more comprehensive set of markers and rigorous statistical analysis would be necessary for a meaningful interpretation of M1/M2 macrophage polarization. Furthermore, the relevance of these experiments to the central theme of our manuscript was not adequately established. Our study primarily focuses on erythrophagocytosis and red pulp macrophage dynamics under hypobaric hypoxia, and the M1/M2 polarization aspect did not contribute significantly to this narrative.

      (2) Clarification on bone marrow monocyte data:

      Regarding the inclusion of bone marrow monocyte data, we acknowledge that its relevance to the main thrust of the manuscript was not clearly articulated. In the revised manuscript, we provide a clearer rationale for its inclusion and how it relates to our primary objectives.

      (3) Commitment to clarity and relevance:

      We are committed to ensuring that every component of our manuscript contributes meaningfully to our overall objectives and research questions. Your feedback has been instrumental in guiding us to streamline our focus and present our findings more effectively.

      We appreciate your valuable feedback, which has led to a more focused and relevant presentation of our research. These changes enhance the clarity and impact of our manuscript, ensuring that it accurately reflects our key research findings.

      (10) Biotinolated RBC clearance is enhanced, demonstrating that RBC erythrophagocytosis is in fact ENHANCED, not diminished, calling into question the founding hypothesis that the manuscript proposes.

      Thank you for your critical evaluation of our data on biotinylated RBC clearance, which suggests enhanced erythrophagocytosis under HH conditions. This observation indeed challenges our founding hypothesis that erythrophagocytosis is diminished in this setting. Below is a summary of our findings and methodology.

      (1) Interpretation of RBC labeling results:

      Both the previous results of NHS-biotin labeled RBCs (new Figure 4, A-D) and the current results of PKH67-labeled RBCs (new Figure 4, E-H) demonstrated a decrease in the number of labeled RBCs with an increase in injection time. The production of RBCs, including bone marrow and spleen production, was significantly increased following HH exposure, resulting in a consistent decrease in the proportion of labeled RBCs via flow cytometry detection both in the blood and spleen of mice compared to the NN group. However, compared to the reduced amplitude of fluorescently labeled RBCs observed in blood and spleen under NN exposure, there was a significantly weaker reduction in the amplitude of fluorescently labeled RBCs after HH exposure. Specifically, for blood, the biotin-labeled RBCs decreased by 12.06% under NN exposure and by 7.82% under HH exposure, while the PKH67-labeled RBCs decreased by 9.70% under NN exposure and by 4.09% under HH exposure. For spleen, the biotin-labeled RBCs decreased by 3.13% under NN exposure and by 0.46% under HH exposure, while the PKH67-labeled RBCs decreased by 1.16% under NN exposure and by 0.92% under HH exposure.

      Author response image 14.

      (2) Increased RBCs production under HH conditions:

      It's important to note that RBCs production, including from bone marrow and spleen, was significantly increased following HH exposure. This increase in RBCs production could contribute to the decreased proportion of labeled RBCs observed in flow cytometry analyses, as there are more unlabeled RBCs diluting the proportion of labeled cells in the blood and spleen.

      (3) Analysis of erythrophagocytosis in RPMs:

      Our analysis of PKH67-labeled RBCs content within RPMs following HH exposure showed a significant reduction in the number of PKH67-positive RPMs in the spleen (new Figure 5). This finding suggests a decrease in erythrophagocytosis by RPMs under HH conditions.

      Author response image 15.

      (4) Reconciling the findings:

      The apparent contradiction between enhanced RBC clearance (suggested by the reduced proportion of labeled RBCs) and reduced erythrophagocytosis in RPMs (indicated by fewer PKH67-positive RPMs) may be explained by the increased overall production of RBCs under HH. This increased production could mask the actual erythrophagocytosis activity in terms of the proportion of labeled cells. Therefore, while the proportion of labeled RBCs decreases more significantly under HH conditions, this does not necessarily indicate an enhanced erythrophagocytosis rate, but rather an increased dilution effect due to higher RBCs turnover.

      (5) Revised interpretation and manuscript changes:

      Given these factors, we update our manuscript to reflect this detailed interpretation and clarify the implications of the increased RBCs production under HH conditions on our observations of labeled RBCs clearance and erythrophagocytosis. We appreciate your insightful feedback, which has prompted a careful re-examination of our data and interpretations. We hope that these revisions provide a more accurate and comprehensive understanding of the effects of HH on erythrophagocytosis and RBCs dynamics.

      (11) Legend in Fig 4c-4d looks incorrect and Fig 4e-4f is very non-specific since Wright stain does not provide evidence of what type of cells these are and making for a significant overstatement in the contribution of this data to "confirming" increased erythrophagocytosis in the spleen under HH exposure (line 395-396).

      Thank you for your insightful observations regarding the data presentation and figure legends in our manuscript, particularly in relation to Figure 4 (renamed as Figure 6 in the revised manuscript) and the use of Wright-Giemsa composite staining. We appreciate your constructive feedback and acknowledge the importance of presenting our data with utmost clarity and precision.

      (1) Amendments to Figure legends:

      We recognize the necessity of rectifying inaccuracies in the legends of the previously labeled Figure 4C and D. Corrections have been meticulously implemented to ensure the legends accurately contain the data presented. Additionally, we acknowledge the error concerning the description of Wright staining. The method employed in our study is Wright-Giemsa composite staining, which, unlike Wright staining that solely stains cytoplasm (RBC), is capable of staining both nuclei and cytoplasm.

      (2) Addressing the specificity of Wright-Giemsa Composite staining:

      Our approach involved quantifying RBC retention using Wright-Giemsa composite staining on single splenic cells post-perfusion at 7 and 14 days post HH exposure. We understand and appreciate your concerns regarding the nonspecific nature of Wright staining. Although Wright stain is a general hematologic stain and not explicitly specific for certain cell types, its application in our study aimed to provide preliminary insights. The spleen cells, devoid of nuclei and thus likely to be RBCs, were stained and observed post-perfusion, indicating RBC retention within the spleen.

      (3) Incorporating additional methods for RBC identification:

      To enhance the specificity of our findings, we integrated supplementary methods for RBC identification in the revised manuscript. We employed band3 immunostaining (in the new Figure 6, C-D and G-H) and PKH67 labeling (Figure 6, I-J) for a more targeted identification of RBCs. Band3, serving as a reliable marker for RBCs, augments the specificity of our immunostaining approach. Likewise, PKH67 labeling affords a direct and definitive means to assess RBC retention in the spleen following HH exposure.

      Author response image 16. same as 10

      (4) Revised interpretation and manuscript modifications:

      Based on these enhanced methodologies, we have refined our interpretation of the data and accordingly updated the manuscript. The revised narrative underscores that our conclusions regarding reduced erythrophagocytosis and RBC retention under HH conditions are corroborated by not only Wright-Giemsa composite staining but also by band3 immunostaining and PKH67 labeling, each contributing distinctively to our comprehensive understanding.

      We are committed to ensuring that our manuscript precisely reflects the contribution of each method to our findings and conclusions. Your thorough review has been invaluable in identifying and rectifying areas for improvement in our research report and interpretation.

      (12) Ferroptosis data in Fig 5 is not specific to macrophages and Fer-1 data confirms the expected effect of Fer-1 but there is no data that supports that Fer-1 reverses the destruction of these cells or restores their function in hypoxia. Finally, these experiments were performed in peritoneal macrophages which are functionally distinct from splenic RPM.

      Thank you for your critique of our presentation and interpretation of the ferroptosis data in Figure 5 (renamed as Figure 9 in the revised manuscript), as well as your observations regarding the specificity of the experiments to macrophages and the effects of Fer-1. We value your input and acknowledge the need to clarify these aspects in our manuscript.

      (1) Clarification on cell type used in experiments:

      • We appreciate your attention to the details of our experimental setup. The experiments presented in Figure 9 were indeed conducted on splenic macrophages, not peritoneal macrophages, as incorrectly mentioned in the original figure legend. This was an error in our manuscript, and we have revised the figure legend accordingly to accurately reflect the cell type used.

      (2) Specificity of ferroptosis data:

      • We recognize that the data presented in Figure 9 need to be more explicitly linked to the specific macrophage population being studied. In the revised manuscript, we ensure that the discussion around ferroptosis data is clearly situated within the framework of splenic macrophages.

      • We also provide additional methodological details in the 'Methods' section to reinforce the specificity of our experiments to splenic macrophages.

      (3) Effects of Fer-1 on macrophage function and survival:

      • Regarding the effect of Fer-1, we agree that while our data confirms the expected effect of Fer-1 in inhibiting ferroptosis, we have not provided direct evidence that Fer-1 reverses the destruction of macrophages or restores their function in hypoxia.

      • To address this, we propose additional experiments to specifically investigate the impact of Fer-1 on the survival and functional restoration of splenic macrophages under hypoxic conditions. This would involve assessing not only the inhibition of ferroptosis but also the recovery of macrophage functionality post-treatment.

      (4) Revised interpretation and manuscript changes:

      • We’ve revised the relevant sections of our manuscript to reflect these clarifications and proposed additional studies. This includes modifying the discussion of the ferroptosis data to more accurately represent the cell types involved and the limitations of our current findings regarding the effects of Fer-1.

      • The revised manuscript presents a more detailed interpretation of the ferroptosis data, clearly describing what our current experiments demonstrate and what remains to be investigated.

      We are grateful for your insightful feedback, which has highlighted important areas for improvement in our research presentation. We think that these revisions will enhance the clarity and scientific accuracy of our manuscript, ensuring that our findings and conclusions are well-supported and precisely communicated.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors):

      The following questions and remarks should be considered by the authors:

      (1) The methods should clearly state whether the HH was discontinued during the 7 or 14 day exposure for cleaning, fresh water etc. Moreover, how was CO2 controlled? The procedure for splenectomy needs to be described in the methods.

      Thank you for your inquiry regarding the specifics of our experimental methods, particularly the management of HH exposure and the procedure for splenectomy. We appreciate your attention to detail and the importance of these aspects for the reproducibility and clarity of our research.

      (1) HH exposure conditions:

      In our experiments, mice were continuously exposed to HH for the entire duration of 7 or 14 days, without interruption for activities such as cleaning or providing fresh water. This uninterrupted exposure was crucial for maintaining consistent hypobaric conditions throughout the experiment. The hypobaric chamber was configured to ensure a ventilation rate of 25 air exchanges per minute. This high ventilation rate was effective in regulating the concentration of CO2 inside the chamber, thereby maintaining a stable environment for the mice.

      (2) The splenectomy was performed as follows:

      After anesthesia, the mice were placed in a supine position, and their limbs were fixed. The abdominal operation area was skinned, disinfected, and covered with a sterile towel. A median incision was made in the upper abdomen, followed by laparotomy to locate the spleen. The spleen was then carefully pulled out through the incision. The arterial and venous directions in the splenic pedicle were examined, and two vascular forceps were used to clamp all the tissue in the main cadre of blood vessels below the splenic portal. The splenic pedicle was cut between the forceps to remove the spleen. The end of the proximal hepatic artery was clamped with a vascular clamp, and double or through ligation was performed to secure the site. The abdominal cavity was then cleaned to ensure there was no bleeding at the ligation site, and the incision was closed. Post-operatively, the animals were housed individually. Generally, they were able to feed themselves after recovering from anesthesia and did not require special care.

      We hope this detailed description addresses your queries and provides a clear understanding of the experimental conditions and procedures used in our study. These methodological details are crucial for ensuring the accuracy and reproducibility of our research findings.

      (2) The lack of changes in MCH needs explanation? During stress erythropoiesis some limit in iron availability should cause MCH decrease particularly if the authors claim that macrophages for rapid iron recycling are decreased. Fig 1A is dispensable. Fig 1G NN control 14 days does not make sense since it is higher than 7 days of HH.

      Thank you for your inquiry regarding the lack of changes in Mean Corpuscular Hemoglobin (MCH) in our study, particularly in the context of stress erythropoiesis and decreased macrophage-mediated iron recycling. We appreciate the opportunity to provide further clarification on this aspect.

      (1) Explanation for stable MCH levels:

      • Our research identified a decrease in erythrophagocytosis and iron recycling in the spleen following HH exposure. Despite this, the MCH levels remained stable. This observation can be explained by considering the compensatory roles of other organs, particularly the liver and duodenum, in maintaining iron homeostasis.

      • Specifically, our investigations revealed an enhanced capacity of the liver to engulf RBCs and process iron under HH conditions. This increased hepatic erythrophagocytosis likely compensates for the reduced splenic activity, thereby stabilizing MCH levels.

      (2) Role of hepcidin and DMT1 expression:

      Additionally, hypoxia is known to influence iron metabolism through the downregulation of Hepcidin and upregulation of Divalent Metal Transporter 1 (DMT1) expression. These alterations lead to enhanced intestinal iron absorption and increased blood iron levels, further contributing to the maintenance of MCH levels despite reduced splenic iron recycling.

      (3) Revised Figure 1 and data presentation

      To address the confusion regarding the data presented in Figure 1G, we have made revisions in our manuscript. The original Figure 1G, which did not align with the expected trends, has been removed. In its place, we have included a statistical chart of Figure 1F in the new version of Figure 1G. This revision will provide a clearer and more accurate representation of our findings.

      (4) Manuscript updates and future research:

      • We update our manuscript to incorporate these explanations, ensuring that the rationale behind the stable MCH levels is clearly articulated. This includes a discussion on the role of the liver and duodenum in iron metabolism under hypoxic conditions.

      • Future research could explore in greater detail the mechanisms by which different organs contribute to iron homeostasis under stress conditions like HH, particularly focusing on the dynamic interplay between hepatic and splenic functions.

      We thank you for your insightful question, which has prompted a thorough re-examination of our findings and interpretations. We believe that these clarifications will enhance the overall understanding of our study and its implications in the context of iron metabolism and erythropoiesis under hypoxic conditions.

      (3) Fig 2 the difference between sham and splenectomy is really marginal and not convincing. Is there also a difference at 7 days? Why does the spleen size decrease between 7 and 14 days?

      Thank you for your observations regarding the marginal differences observed between sham and splenectomy groups in Figure 2, as well as your inquiries about spleen size dynamics over time. We appreciate this opportunity to clarify these aspects of our study.

      (1) Splenectomy vs. Sham group differences:

      • In our experiments, the difference between the sham and splenectomy groups under HH conditions, though subtle, was consistent with our hypothesis regarding the spleen's role in erythrophagocytosis and stress erythropoiesis. Under NN conditions, no significant difference was observed between these groups, which aligns with the expectation that the spleen's contribution is more pronounced under hypoxic stress.

      (2) Spleen size dynamics and peak stress erythropoiesis:

      • The observed splenic enlargement prior to 7 days can be attributed to a combination of factors, including the retention of RBCs and extramedullary hematopoiesis, which is known to be a response to hypoxic stress.

      • Prior research has elucidated that splenic stress-induced erythropoiesis, triggered by hypoxic conditions, typically attains its zenith within a timeframe of 3 to 7 days. This observation aligns with our Toluidine Blue (TO) staining results, which indicated that the apex of this response occurs at the 7-day mark (as depicted in Figure 1, F-G). Here, the culmination of this peak is characteristically succeeded by a diminution in extramedullary hematopoiesis, a phenomenon that could elucidate the observed contraction in spleen size, particularly in the interval between 7 and 14 days.

      • This pattern of splenic response under prolonged hypoxic stress is corroborated by studies such as those conducted by Wang et al. (2021), Harada et al. (2015), and Cenariu et al. (2021). These references collectively underscore that the spleen undergoes significant dynamism in reaction to sustained hypoxia. This dynamism is initially manifested as an enlargement of the spleen, attributable to escalated erythropoiesis and erythrophagocytosis. Subsequently, as these processes approach normalization, a regression in spleen size ensues.

      We’ve revised our manuscript to include a more detailed explanation of these splenic dynamics under HH conditions, referencing the relevant literature to provide a comprehensive context for our findings. We will also consider performing additional analysis or providing further data on spleen size changes at 7 days to support our observations and ensure a thorough understanding of the splenic response to hypoxic stress over time.

      (4) Fig 3 B the clusters should be explained in detail. If the decrease in macrophages in Fig 3K/L is responsible for the effect, why does splenectomy not have a much stronger effect? How do the authors know which cells died in the calcein stained population in Fig 3D?

      Thank you for your insightful questions regarding the details of our data presentation in Figure 3, particularly about the identification of cell clusters and the implications of macrophage reduction. We appreciate the opportunity to address these aspects and clarify our findings.

      (1) Explanation of cell clusters in Figure 3B:

      • In the revised manuscript, we have included detailed notes for each cell population represented in Figure 3B (Figure 3D in revised manuscript). These notes provide a clearer understanding of the cell types present in each cluster, enhancing the interpretability of our single-cell sequencing data.

      • This detailed annotation will help readers to better understand the composition of the splenic cell populations under study and how they are affected by hypoxic conditions.

      (2) Impact of splenectomy vs. macrophage reduction:

      • The interplay between the reduction in macrophage populations, as evidenced by our single-cell sequencing data, and the ramifications of splenectomy presents a multifaceted scenario. Notably, the observed decline in macrophage numbers following HH exposure does not straightforwardly equate to a comparable alteration in overall splenic function, as might be anticipated with splenectomy.

      • In the context of splenectomy under HH conditions, a significant escalation in the RBCs count was observed, surpassing that in non-splenectomized mice exposed to HH. This finding underscores the spleen's critical role in modulating RBCs dynamics under HH. It also indirectly suggests that the diminished phagocytic capacity of the spleen following HH exposure contributes to an augmented RBCs count, albeit to a lesser extent than in the splenectomy group. This difference is attributed to the fact that, while the number of RPMs in the spleen post-HH is reduced, they are still present, unlike in the case of splenectomy, where they are entirely absent.

      • Splenectomy entails the complete removal of the spleen, thus eliminating a broad spectrum of functions beyond erythrophagocytosis and iron recycling mediated by macrophages. The nuanced changes observed in our study may be reflective of the spleen's diverse functionalities and the organism's adaptive compensatory mechanisms in response to the loss of this organ.

      (3) Calcein stained population in Figure 3D:

      • Regarding the identification of cell death in the calcein-stained population in Figure 3D (Figure 3A in revised manuscript), we acknowledge that the specific cell types undergoing death could not be distinctly determined from this analysis alone.

      • The calcein staining method allows for the visualization of live (calcein-positive) and dead (calcein-negative) cells, but it does not provide specific information about the cell types. The decrease in macrophage population was inferred from the single-cell sequencing data, which offered a more precise identification of cell types.

      (4) Revised manuscript and data presentation:

      • Considering your feedback, we have revised our manuscript to provide a more comprehensive explanation of the data presented in Figure 3, including the nature of the cell clusters and the interpretation of the calcein staining results.

      • We have also updated the manuscript to reflect the removal of Figure 3K/L results and to provide a more focused discussion on the relevant findings.

      We are grateful for your detailed review, which has helped us to refine our data presentation and interpretation. These clarifications and revisions will enhance the clarity and scientific rigor of our manuscript, ensuring that our conclusions are well-supported and accurately conveyed.

      (5) Is the reduced phagocytic capacity in Fig 4B significant? Erythrophagocytosis is compromised due to the considerable spontaneous loss of labelled erythrocytes; could other assays help? (potentially by a modified Chromium release assay?). Is it necessary to stimulated phagocytosis to see a significant effect?

      Thank you for your inquiry regarding the significance of the reduced phagocytic capacity observed in Figure 4B, and the potential for employing alternative assays to elucidate erythrophagocytosis dynamics under HH conditions.

      (1) Significance of reduced phagocytic capacity:

      The observed reduction in the amplitude of fluorescently labeled RBCs in both the blood and spleen under HH conditions suggests a decrease in erythrophagocytosis. This is indicative of a diminished phagocytic capacity, particularly when contrasted with NN conditions.

      (2) Investigation of erythrophagocytosis dynamics:

      To delve deeper into erythrophagocytosis under HH, we employed Tuftsin to enhance this process. Following the injection of PKH67-labeled RBCs and subsequent HH exposure, we noted a significant decrease in PKH67 fluorescence in the spleen, particularly marked after the administration of Tuftsin. This finding implies that stimulated erythrophagocytosis can influence RBCs lifespan.

      (3) Erythrophagocytosis under normal and hypoxic conditions:

      Under normal conditions, the reduction in phagocytic activity is less apparent without stimulation. However, under HH conditions, our findings demonstrate a clear weakening of the phagocytic effect. While we established that promoting phagocytosis under NN conditions affects RBC lifespan, the impact of enhanced phagocytosis under HH on RBCs numbers was not explicitly investigated.

      (4) Potential for alternative assays:

      Considering the considerable spontaneous loss of labeled erythrocytes, alternative assays such as a modified Chromium release assay could provide further insights. Such assays might offer a more nuanced understanding of erythrophagocytosis efficiency and the stability of labeled RBCs under different conditions.

      (5) Future research directions:

      The implications of these results suggest that future studies should focus on comparing the effects of stimulated phagocytosis under both NN and HH conditions. This would offer a clearer picture of the impact of hypoxia on the phagocytic capacity of macrophages and the subsequent effects on RBC turnover.

      In summary, our findings indicate a diminished erythrophagocytic capacity, with enhanced phagocytosis affecting RBCs lifespan. Further investigation, potentially using alternative assays, would be beneficial to comprehensively understand the dynamics of erythrophagocytosis in different physiological states.

      (6) Can the observed ferroptosis be influenced by bi- and not trivalent iron chelators?

      Thank you for your question regarding the potential influence of bi- and trivalent iron chelators on ferroptosis under hypoxic conditions. We appreciate the opportunity to discuss the implications of our findings in this context.

      (1) Analysis of iron chelators on ferroptosis:

      In our study, we did not specifically analyze the effects of bi- and trivalent iron chelators on ferroptosis under hypoxia. However, our observations with Deferoxamine (DFO), a well-known iron chelator, provide some insights into how iron chelation may influence ferroptosis in splenic macrophages under hypoxic conditions.

      (2) Effect of DFO on oxidative stress markers:

      Our findings showed that under 1% O2, there was an increase in Malondialdehyde (MDA) content, a marker of lipid peroxidation, and a decrease in Glutathione (GSH) content, indicative of oxidative stress. These changes are consistent with the induction of ferroptosis, which is characterized by increased lipid peroxidation and depletion of antioxidants. Treatment with Ferrostatin-1 (Fer-1) and DFO effectively reversed these alterations. This suggests that DFO, like Fer-1, can mitigate ferroptosis in splenic macrophages under hypoxia, primarily by impacting MDA and GSH levels.

      Author response image 17.

      (3) Potential role of iron chelators in ferroptosis:

      The effectiveness of DFO in reducing markers of ferroptosis indicates that iron availability plays a crucial role in the ferroptotic process under hypoxic conditions. It is plausible that both bi- and trivalent iron chelators could influence ferroptosis, given their ability to modulate iron availability within cells. Since ferroptosis is an iron-dependent form of cell death, chelating iron, irrespective of its valence state, could potentially disrupt the process by limiting the iron necessary for the generation of reactive oxygen species and lipid peroxidation.

      (4) Additional research and manuscript updates:

      Our study highlights the need for further research to explore the differential effects of various iron chelators on ferroptosis, particularly under hypoxic conditions. Such studies could provide a more comprehensive understanding of the role of iron in ferroptosis and the potential therapeutic applications of iron chelators. We update our manuscript to include these findings and discuss the potential implications of iron chelation in the context of ferroptosis under hypoxic conditions. This will provide a broader perspective on our research and its significance in understanding the mechanisms of ferroptosis.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Weaknesses:

      There are however, substantial concerns about the interpretation of the findings and limitations to the current analysis. In particular, Analysis of single unit activity is absent, making interpretation of population clusters and decoding less interpretable. These concerns should be addressed to make sure that the results can be interpreted clearly in an active field that already contains a number of confusing and possibly contradictory findings.

      We addressed this important point (which was also made by reviewer #1) in our previous revision. Specifically, we included additional analyses that operate at the level of single units rather than the population level, as requested by the reviewer. For example, we assessed, separately for each recorded neuron, whether there was a statistically significant difference in the magnitude of neural activity between hit and miss trials. This approach allowed us to fully balance the numbers of hit and miss trials at each sound level that were entered into the analysis. The results revealed that a large proportion (close to 50%) of units were task modulated, i.e. had significantly different response magnitudes between hit and miss trials, and that this proportion was not significantly different between lesioned and non-lesioned mice. It is therefore no longer correct to say that “analysis of single unit activity is absent”, and we would be grateful if this statement could be changed.  

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations For The Authors): 

      The authors have done a good job addressing the main concerns from the previous review. There are a few additional points that hopefully do not require substantial additional edits. 

      Figure 5/supplements. While the authors provide compelling evidence that clusters and overall activity patterns are similar for lesioned and control animals, there do appear to be some differences. For instance, the hit/miss difference for cluster 3 (the "auditory" cluster) appears to be absent for lesioned mice (Fig 5S3 D). Can the hit-miss difference be quantified? 

      We agree that there are some differences between the activity profiles of lesioned and non-lesioned mice: Inspection of panels A and C of Figure 5 – figure supplement 3, for instance, indicates that there is a relatively high proportion of neurons in cluster 3 of the non-lesioned mice that exhibit prolonged elevated activity in hit trials and a relatively lower proportion of those neurons in cluster 3 of lesioned mice. This likely explains the difference in the average response profiles of cluster 3 between the two groups pointed out by the reviewer. Furthermore, there is a slightly larger pre-stimulus dip in hit trial activity for lesioned than non-lesioned mice in cluster 1, a more pronounced short latency peak in hit trial activity for lesioned mice in cluster 2 as well as differences in other clusters. However, these differences are not inconsistent with our interpretation of these data in that we describe the activity profiles as being “similar” and exhibiting a “close correspondence” (rather than as being identical). Having considered this carefully, we do not believe that attempting to quantify these small differences would add much value here or help the reader with the interpretation of these data, especially given that the activity profiles of all neurons that make up each cluster are plotted in panels A and C.  

      Could the mice have been using somatosensory information to perform the task? A wideband click presented from a free-field speaker could have energy in a low frequency range that triggers a whisker response. Given the moderate but not insignificant somatosensory input into the IC shell, this doesn't seem like a trivial concern, and it could substantially impact interpretation of the results. Without wanting to complicate things too much, the authors might consider one or more of these questions: What's the frequency content of the click? Can a deaf mouse perform the task? Can an AC-lesioned mouse learn/perform the task with close-field acoustic stimulation? Or for a highfrequency tone target rather than a click?

      This is an interesting suggestion. We have, in the context of another study, trained mice in our lab to detect somatosensory stimulation (a brush stroke to their whiskers) and consistently found that it takes them much longer (often two weeks or more) to learn to respond to a stimulation of their whiskers than to the presentation of a sound. The brush strokes applied to the whiskers in those experiments were 50-150 ms in duration and were thus orders of magnitude greater in both their duration and amplitude and considerably more salient than any somatosensory stimulus that could potentially arise from the clicks presented here. Therefore, we consider it highly unlikely that mice learned to use somatosensory information potentially picked up by their whiskers to perform the click detection task.  

      L. 63. The authors might want to cite some recent work from the Apostilides lab on the properties of AC-IC projections as well as non-auditory signals in the IC. 

      There are two recent papers from the Apostolides lab that are relevant to our study. We already cite Quass et al., 2023. We have now added Ford et al., 2024 as well.

      Changes to manuscript:

      Line 81: “This raises the possibility that these context-dependent effects may be inherited from the auditory cortex (Ford et al., 2024)”.

      L. 220. "sound-responsive neurons" It is possible to report the representation of sound-responsive neurons in the different clusters? This might help tease apart what processes contribute to their respective activity. Not a big problem if the samples can't be registered easily.

      Sound-driven neurons were identified on the basis of a subset (those trials in which sounds were presented at levels from 53 dB SPL to 65 dB SPL) of the trials used for the clustering analysis so the analyses are not directly comparable.

      p. 603. "quieter stimuli" What sound level was actually used in the 2p experiments? Was it fixed at a single level per animal?

      Sound level was not fixed at a single level. A total of nine different sound levels were used per mouse. We apologize that this was not made clear previously.  

      Changes to manuscript:

      Line 603: “Once the mice had achieved a stable level of performance (typically two days with d’ > 1.5), quieter stimuli (41-71 dB SPL) were introduced. For each mouse a total of 9 different sound levels were used and the range of sound levels was adjusted to each animal’s behavioral performance to avoid floor and ceiling effects and could, therefore, differ from mouse to mouse.”

      L. 747. Something is not right with this formula. It appears that it will always reduce to a value of 1/2.

      Thanks for spotting this. There are two typos in this formula. This has been fixed and now reads (line 749):  

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      Q1: In response to reviewers you noted totally 292 sequenced LECs, however in reviewer figure 3 B the numbers seem to add up to 221. Please include mention of the total number of LEC sequences. Please mention line 119, page 4 the total number of explored LEC transcriptomes

      Thank you for your carefully review. We have updated Fig 2A, 2C and 2E. It was 242 (not 292) LECs included in our initial analysis, which contains the sample of d5 post MI in raw data (E-MTAB-7895). We dropped d5 in our subsequent analysis because the change in d5 did not significant differ from d3. Therefore, we included 221 LECs in our final analysis as we updated in Fig2A, 2C and 2E.

      Q2-1: Figure 3A supposedly shows % of LEC subpopulations relative to their numbers found in day 0 samples. However, there seem to be some errors, because for example the subpop LEC Cap I include 13 cells day 1 and 6 cells day 1, which corresponds to 46% of initial numbers. However, from your graph 3B the blue population seems to occupy 10%. Please revise or explain how these relative % were calculated.

      Thank you for your question. In the Figure 3A, each column was calculated by dn/d0*100%, that is d0=57/57*100%=100%, and d1= 21/57*100%=36.84%, d3=9/57*100%=15.79%, d7, d14, d28...Therefor, Cap I in d0 (13 cells) is 13/57*100%=22.81%, and Cap I in d1(6 cells) is 6/57*100%= 10.53%.

      Q2-2: Further, based on the relative % of LEC subpopulations, using the numbers mentioned in Fig 3B, it would appear that the relative frequency LEC cap II population is actually stable at around 20-30% of all LECs per time point throughout the study (except day 1 drop). This contrasts with line 136 p. 4 statement. I would also urge caution for interpreting too much into the variation of relative levels of LEC co, as these represent exceeding rare cells in your samples, and could reflect technical issues rather than true biological variation (total LEC co numbers analyzed ranging from 1-24 cells/ time point). The same could be said of LEC cap II and cap III.

      We strongly agree with your comment on the proportion of LEC cell subtypes post MI. As you pointed out, we have revised the result description on Page 4, line 137-143 as followed.

      “In the early stages of myocardial infarction (D1 and D3), the quantity of LECs decreased sharply. The number of LECs gradually increasing from day 7 and returning to normal levels by day 14 after MI. Moreover, from day 14 onwards, the number and proportion of Ca I type LECs significantly increased.”

      Q3: Please list in supplement the gene features used to identify in spatial transcriptomics the different LEC subpopulations, as their profiles (notably for capillary LECs) don't appear to be very different based on data in Fig 2F.

      We have supplied gene features in supplementary materials.

      Q4: In section 2.7 you refer to Gal9 secretion. Please replace with expression as no measure of protein levels from LECs has been described in your study.

      Thank you for your suggestion, we have replaced secretion with expression.

      Q5: The updated method to exclude non-lymphatic cells from lymphatic vessel analyses by incorporating pdpn as an additional marker ('present costained areas wherever possible' line 350 p 10)

      Thank you for your correction. We have updated the description as follows and lighted them in the manuscript: rabbit anti-Lyve1 (1:300, ab14917, Abcam, UK), [Syrian hamster anti-Podoplanin (1:100, 53-5381-82, Thermo, USA), rabbit anti-Prox1(1:300, ab199359, Abcam, UK), both anti-podoplain and anti-prox1 are additional markers co-stained with Lyve1 to exclude non-lymphatic cells from lymphatic vessel].

      Q6: Fig 1B, it is highly surprising to see the lymphatic density in the BZ go from 25 um² at day 3 to more than 1000 um² only four days later (day 7). Is it possible that your day 3 measurements were in the infarct area, and not BZ area? The H&E image shown in Fig1a for d3 sample would seem to indicate the analysis was done in a dead area, rather than BZ. Please revise (perhaps select similar zone as shown for d1 in fig 6D, adjusted for subepicardial region and not mid-myocardial as seems to be the case currently), and also provide lymphatic area measures in healthy myocardium for day 0 samples. The unit used (um²) also would depend on the size of the area examined. Is this unit per image? If so please report total imaged area as a reference.

      A6: Thank you for your reminding and advises. We have labeled each zone on H&E and IF images in Fig1-supplementary Fig2B, and updated a clearer histological photo taken at 3 days post MI in Fig1A. Furthermore, we recalculated the lymphatic vessel area ratio as you suggested by calculating the ratio of LEC co-stained area to total imaged area under 100-fold magnification.

      Q7: The mention that CD68 antibody isn't compatible with lyve1 antibody could easily have been bridged by using other macrophage markers, such as F4/80, which is readily available and often used marker for macs in mice and comes notably as a rat anti-mouse F4-80. It would have added much more relevant information to exclude Lyve1-/F4/80+ cells as compared to the current analysis, which may indeed include in area measures Lyve1+ /Pdpn- single cells erroneously spotted as 'lymphatic vessels'

      Thank you for your excellent suggestion. We co-stained the sample with F4/80 and LYVE1 and supplied in the Fig1-supplementary Figure 1E, as shown in Author response image 1.

      Author response image 1.

      Immunofluorescence (IF) co-staining of tissue section with F4/80 and LYVE1 in sham and MI mice model at d3, d7, d14, and d28 post-MI. LYVE1: lymphatic vessel endothelial hyaluronan receptor 1; DAPI: 4’6-diamidino-2-phenylindole; scale bar in 10×-100 μm, 40×-25μm.

      Reviewer 2 (Recommendations for The Authors):

      Q1: Language expression must be improved. Many incomplete sentences exist throughout the manuscript. A few examples: Line 70-71: In order to further elucidate the effects and regulatory mechanisms of the lymphatic vessels in the repair process of myocardial injury following MI. Line 71-73. This study, integrated single-cell sequencing and spatial transcriptome data from mouse heart tissue at different timepoints after MI from publicly available data (E-MTAB-7895, GSE214611) in the ArrayExpress and gene expression omnibus (GEO) databases. Line 88-89: Since the membrane protein LYVE1 can present lymphatic vessel morphology more clearly than PROX1.

      Thank you for your correction. We have carefully inspected and corrected the whole manuscript.

      Q2: The type of animal models (i.e., permanent MI or MI plus reperfusion) included in Array Express and gene expression omnibus (GEO) databases must be clearly defined as these two models may have completely different effects on lymphatic vessel development during post-MI remodeling.

      Thank you for your excellent suggestion. The animal models used in both E-MTAB-7895 and GSE214611 are permanent MI. We have modified the model information in the methodology section (page 12, line 400-401).

      Q3: Line 119-120: Caution must be taken regarding Cav1 as a lymphocyte marker because Cav1 is expressed in all endothelial cells, not limited to LEC.

      Thanks for your reminding. Cav 1 used in our clustering is one of the marker gene for its different expression in sub-types of LECs, referred in article PMID: 31402260

      Q4: Figure 1 legend needs to be improved. RZ, BZ, and IZ need to be labeled in all IF images. Day 0 images suggest that RZ is the tissue section from the right ventricle.

      Thank you for your suggestion. We have labeled and updated the regions of RZ, BZ, and IZ in H&E and IF image in Figure1-Figure supplement 2B.

      Q5: The discussion section needs to be improved and better focused on the findings from the current study.

      Thank you for your good comment. Based on your suggestion, we have revised the first paragraph of the discussion from lines 250-256 (Page 7) as followed:

      Cardiac lymphatics play an important role in myocardial edema and inflammation. This study, for the first time, integrated single-cell sequencing data and spatial transcriptome data from mouse heart tissue at different time points of post-MI, and identified four transcriptionally distinct subtypes of LECs and their dynamic transcriptional heterogeneity distribution in different regions of myocardial tissue post-MI. These subgroups of LECs were shown to form different function involved in the inflammation, apoptosis, ferroptosis, and water absorption related regulation of vasopressin during the process of myocardial repair after MI.

    1. Author response:

      The following is the authors’ response to the previous reviews.

      Public Reviews:

      Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript entitled 'The domesticated transposon protein L1TD1 associates with its ancestor L1 ORF1p to promote LINE-1 retrotransposition', Kavaklıoğlu and colleagues delve into the role of L1TD1, an RNA binding protein (RBP) derived from a LINE1 transposon. L1TD1 proves crucial for maintaining pluripotency in embryonic stem cells and is linked to cancer progression in germ cell tumors, yet its precise molecular function remains elusive. Here, the authors uncover an intriguing interaction between L1TD1 and its ancestral LINE-1 retrotransposon.

      The authors delete the DNA methyltransferase DNMT1 in a haploid human cell line (HAP1), inducing widespread DNA hypo-methylation. This hypomethylation prompts abnormal expression of L1TD1. To scrutinize L1TD1's function in a DNMT1 knock-out setting, the authors create DNMT1/L1TD1 double knock-out cell lines (DKO). Curiously, while the loss of global DNA methylation doesn't impede proliferation, additional depletion of L1TD1 leads to DNA damage and apoptosis.

      To unravel the molecular mechanism underpinning L1TD1's protective role in the absence of DNA methylation, the authors dissect L1TD1 complexes in terms of protein and RNA composition. They unveil an association with the LINE-1 transposon protein L1-ORF1 and LINE-1 transcripts, among others.

      Surprisingly, the authors note fewer LINE-1 retro-transposition events in DKO cells compared to DNMT1 KO alone.

      Strengths:

      The authors present compelling data suggesting the interplay of a transposon-derived human RNA binding protein with its ancestral transposable element. Their findings spur interesting questions for cancer types, where LINE1 and L1TD1 are aberrantly expressed.

      Weaknesses:

      Suggestions for refinement:

      The initial experiment, inducing global hypo-methylation by eliminating DNMT1 in HAP1 cells, is intriguing and warrants more detailed description. How many genes experience misregulation or aberrant expression? What phenotypic changes occur in these cells? Why did the authors focus on L1TD1? Providing some of this data would be helpful to understand the rationale behind the thorough analysis of L1TD1.

      The finding that L1TD1/DNMT1 DKO cells exhibit increased apoptosis and DNA damage but decreased L1 retro-transposition is unexpected. Considering the DNA damage associated with retro-transposition and the DNA damage and apoptosis observed in L1TD1/DNMT1 DKO cells, one would anticipate the opposite outcome. Could it be that the observation of fewer transposition-positive colonies stems from the demise of the most transpositionpositive colonies? Further exploration of this phenomenon would be intriguing.

      Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, Kavaklıoğlu et al. investigated and presented evidence for a role for domesticated transposon protein L1TD1 in enabling its ancestral relative, L1 ORF1p, to retrotranspose in HAP1 human tumor cells. The authors provided insight into the molecular function of L1TD1 and shed some clarifying light on previous studies that showed somewhat contradictory outcomes surrounding L1TD1 expression. Here, L1TD1 expression was correlated with L1 activation in a hypomethylation dependent manner, due to DNMT1 deletion in HAP1 cell line. The authors then identified L1TD1 associated RNAs using RIPSeq, which display a disconnect between transcript and protein abundance (via Tandem Mass Tag multiplex mass spectrometry analysis). The one exception was for L1TD1 itself, is consistent with a model in which the RNA transcripts associated with L1TD1 are not directly regulated at the translation level. Instead, the authors found L1TD1 protein associated with L1-RNPs and this interaction is associated with increased L1 retrotransposition, at least in the contexts of HAP1 cells. Overall, these results support a model in which L1TD1 is restrained by DNA methylation, but in the absence of this repressive mark, L1TD1 is expression, and collaborates with L1 ORF1p (either directly or through interaction with L1 RNA, which remains unclear based on current results), leads to enhances L1 retrotransposition. These results establish feasibility of this relationship existing in vivo in either development or disease, or both.

      Comments on revised version:

      In general, the authors did an acceptable job addressing the major concerns throughout the manuscript. This revision is much clearer and has improved in terms of logical progression.

      Recommendations for the authors:

      Reviewer #1 (Recommendations for the authors):

      The authors have addressed all my questions in the revised version of the manuscript.

      Reviewer #2 (Recommendations for the authors):

      Revised comments:

      A few points we'd like to see addressed are our comments about the model (Figure S7C), as this is important for the readership to understand this complex finding. Please try to apply some quantification, if possible (question 8). Please do your best to tone down the direct relationship of these findings to embryology (question 11). Based on both reviewer comments, we believe addressing reviewer #1s "Suggestions for refinement" (2 points), would help us change our view of solid to convincing.

      Responses to changes:

      Major

      (1) The study only used one knockout (KO) cell line generated by CRISPR/Cas9.

      Considering the possibility of an off-target effect, I suggest the authors attempt one or both of these suggestions.

      A)  Generate or acquire a similar DMNT1 deletion that uses distinct sgRNAs, so that the likelihood of off-targets is negligible. A few simple experiments such as qRT-PCR would be sufficient to suggest the same phenotype.

      B)  Confirm the DNMT1 depletion also by siRNA/ASO KD to phenocopy the KO effect.

      (2) In addition to the strategies to demonstrate reproducibility, a rescue experiment restoring DNMT1 to the KO or KD cells would be more convincing. (Partial rescue would suffice in this case, as exact endogenous expression levels may be hard to replicate).

      We have undertook several approaches to study the effect of DNMT1 loss or inactivation: As described above, we have generated a conditional KO mouse with ablation of DNMT1 in the epidermis. DNMT1-deficient keratinocytes isolated from these mice show a significant increase in L1TD1 expression. In addition, treatment of primary human keratinocytes and two squamous cell carcinoma cell lines with the DNMT inhibitor aza-deoxycytidine led to upregulation of L1TD1 expression. Thus, the derepression of L1TD1 upon loss of DNMT1 expression or activity is not a clonal effect.

      Also, the spectrum of RNAs identified in RIP experiments as L1TD1-associated transcripts in HAP1 DNMT1 KO cells showed a strong overlap with the RNAs isolated by a related yet different method in human embryonic stem cells. When it comes to the effect of L1TD1 on L1-1 retrotranspostion, a recent study has reported a similar effect of L1TD1 upon overexpression in HeLa cells [4].

      All of these points together help to convince us that our findings with HAP1 DNMT KO are in agreement with results obtained in various other cell systems and are therefore not due to off-target effects. With that in mind, we would pursue the suggestion of Reviewer 1 to analyze the effects of DNA hypomethylation upon DNMT1 ablation.

      Thank you for addressing this concern. The reference to Beck 2021 and the additional cells lines (R2: keratinocytes and R3: squamous cell carcinoma) provides sufficient evidence that this result is unlikely to be a result of clonal expansion or off targets.

      Question: Was the human ES Cell RIP Experiment shown here? What is the overlap?

      We refer to the recently published study by Jin et al. (PMID: 38165001). As stated in the Discussion, the majority of L1TD1-associated transcripts in HAP1 cells (69%) identified in our study were also reported as L1TD1 targets in hESCs suggesting a conserved binding affinity of this domesticated transposon protein across different cell types.  

      (3) As stated in the introduction, L1TD1 and ORF1p share "sequence resemblance" (Martin 2006). Is the L1TD1 antibody specific or do we see L1 ORF1p if Fig 1C were uncropped?

      (6) Is it possible the L1TD1 antibody binds L1 ORF1p? This could make Figure 2D somewhat difficult to interpret. Some validation of the specificity of the L1TD1 antibody would remove this concern (see minor concern below).

      This is a relevant question. We are convinced that the L1TD1 antibody does not crossreact with L1 ORF1p for the following reasons: Firstly, the antibody does not recognize L1 ORF1p (40 kDa) in the uncropped Western blot for Figure 1C (Figure R4A). Secondly, the L1TD1 antibody gives only background signals in DKO cells in the indirect immunofluorescence experiment shown in Figure 1E of the manuscript.

      Thirdly, the immunogene sequence of L1TD1 that determines the specificity of the antibody was checked in the antibody data sheet from Sigma Aldrich. The corresponding epitope is not present in the L1 ORF1p sequence.

      Finally, we have shown that the ORF1p antibody does not cross-react with L1TD1 (Figure R4B).

      Response: Thank you for sharing these images. These full images relieve concerns about specificity. The increase of ORF1P in R4B and Main figure 3C is interesting and pointed out in the manuscript. Not for the purposes of this review, but the observation of reduced transposition despite increased ORF1P could be an interesting follow up to this study (combined with the similar UPF1 result could indicate a complex of some kind).

      (4) In abstract (P2), the authors mentioned that L1TD1 works as an RNA chaperone, but in the result section (P13), they showed that L1TD1 associates with L1 ORF1p in an RNA independent manner. Those conclusions appear contradictory. Clarification or revision is required.

      Our findings that both proteins bind L1 RNA, and that L1TD1 interacts with ORF1p are compatible with a scenario where L1TD1/ORF1p heteromultimers bind to L1 RNA. The additional presence of L1TD1 might thereby enhance the RNA chaperone function of ORF1p. This model is visualized now in Suppl. Figure S7C.

      Response: Thank you for the model. To further clarify, do you mean that L1TD1 can bind L1 RNA, but this is not needed for the effect, however this "bonus" binding (that is enabled by heteromultimerization) appears to enhance the retrotransposition frequency? Do you think L1TD1 is binding L1 RNA in this context or simply "stabilizing" ORF1P (Trimer) RNP?

      Based on our data, L1TD1 associates with L1 RNA and interacts with L1 ORF1p. Both features might contribute to the enhanced retrotransposition frequency. Interestingly, the L1TD1 protein shares with its ancestor L1 ORF1p the non-canonical RNA recognition motif and the coiled-coil motif required for the trimerization but has two copies instead of one of the C-terminal domain (CTD), a structure with RNA binding and chaperone function. We speculate that the presence of an additional CTD within the L1TD1 protein might thereby enhance the RNA binding and chaperone function of L1TD1/ORF1p heteromultimers.

      (5) Figure 2C fold enrichment for L1TD1 and ARMC1 is a bit difficult to fully appreciate. A 100 to 200-fold enrichment does not seem physiological. This appears to be a "divide by zero" type of result, as the CT for these genes was likely near 40 or undetectable. Another qRT-PCR based approach (absolute quantification) would be a more revealing experiment. This is the validation of the RIP experiments and the presentation mode is specifically developed for quantification of RIP assays (Sigma Aldrich RIP-qRT-PCR: Data Analysis Calculation Shell). The unspecific binding of the transcript in the absence of L1TD1 in DNMT1/L1TD1 DKO cells is set to 1 and the value in KO cells represents the specific binding relative the unspecific binding. The calculation also corrects for potential differences in the abundance of the respective transcript in the two cell lines. This is not a physiological value but the quantification of specific binding of transcripts to L1TD1. GAPDH as negative control shows no enrichment, whereas specifically associated transcripts show strong enrichement. We have explained the details of RIPqRT-PCR evaluation in Materials and Methods (page 14) and the legend of Figure 2C in the revised manuscript.

      Response: Thank you for the clarification and additional information in the manuscript.

      (6) Is it possible the L1TD1 antibody binds L1 ORF1p? This could make Figure 2D somewhat difficult to interpret. Some validation of the specificity of the L1TD1 antibody would remove this concern (see minor concern below).

      See response to (3).

      Response: Thanks.

      (7) Figure S4A and S4B: There appear to be a few unusual aspects of these figures that should be pointed out and addressed. First, there doesn't seem to be any ORF1p in the Input (if there is, the exposure is too low). Second, there might be some L1TD1 in the DKO (lane 2) and lane 3. This could be non-specific, but the size is concerning. Overexposure would help see this.

      The ORF1p IP gives rise to strong ORF1p signals in the immunoprecipitated complexes even after short exposure. Under these conditions ORF1p is hardly detectable in the input. Regarding the faint band in DKO HAP1 cells, this might be due to a technical problem during Western blot loading. Therefore, the input samples were loaded again on a Western blot and analyzed for the presence of ORF1p, L1TD1 and beta-actin (as loading control) and shown as separate panel in Suppl. Figure S4A.

      The enhanced image is clearer. Thanks.

      S4A and S4B now appear to the S6A and S6B, is that correct? (This is due to the addition of new S1 and S2, but please verify image orders were not disturbed).

      Yes, the input is shown now as a separate panel in Suppl. Figure S6A.

      (8) Figure S4C: This is related to our previous concerns involving antibody cross-reactivity. Figure 3E partially addresses this, where it looks like the L1TD1 "speckles" outnumber the ORF1p puncta, but overlap with all of them. This might be consistent with the antibody crossreacting. The western blot (Figure 3C) suggests an upregulation of ORF1p by at least 23x in the DKO, but the IF image in 3E is hard to tell if this is the case (slightly more signal, but fewer foci). Can you return to the images and confirm the contrast are comparable? Can you massively overexpose the red channel in 3E to see if there is residual overlap? In Figure 3E the L1TD1 antibody gives no signal in DNMT1/L1TD1 DKO cells confirming that it does not recognize ORF1p. In agreement with the Western blot in Figure 3C the L1 ORF1p signal in Figure 3E is stronger in DKO cells. In DNMT1 KO cells the L1 ORF1p antibody does not recognize all L1TD1 speckles. This result is in agreement with the Western blot shown above in Figure R4B and indicates that the L1 ORF1p antibody does not recognize the L1TD1 protein. The contrast is comparable and after overexposure there are still L1TD1 specific speckles. This might be due to differences in abundance of the two proteins.

      Response: Suggestion: Would it be possible to use a program like ImageJ to supplement the western blot observation? Qualitatively, In figure 3E, it appears that there is more signal in the DKO, but this could also be due to there being multiple cells clustered together or a particularly nicely stained region. Could you randomly sample 20-30 cells across a few experiments to see if this holds up. I am interested in whether the puncta in the KO image(s) is a very highly concentrated region and in the DKO this is more disperse. Also, the representative DKO seems to be cropped slightly wrong. (Please use puncta as a guide to make the cropping more precise)

      As suggested by the reviewer we have quantified the signals of 60 KO cells and 56 DKO cells in three different IF experiments by ImageJ. We measured a 1.4-fold higher expression level of L1 ORF1p in DKO cells. However, the difference is not statistically significant. This is most probably due to the change in cell size and protein content during the cell cycle with increasing protein contents from G1 to G2. Western blot analysis provides signals of comparable protein amounts representing an average expression levels over ten thousands of cells. Nevertheless, the quantification results reflect in principle the IF pictures shown in Figure 3E but IF is probably not the best method to quantify protein amounts. We have also corrected Figure 3E.

      Author response image 1.

      (9) The choice of ARMC1 and YY2 is unclear. What are the criteria for the selection?

      ARMC1 was one of the top hits in a pilot RIP-seq experiment (IP versus input and IP versus IgG IP). In the actual RIP-seq experiment with DKO HAP1 cells instead of IgG IP as a negative control, we found ARMC1 as an enriched hit, although it was not among the top 5 hits. The results from the 2nd RIP-seq further confirmed the validity of ARMC1 as an L1TD1interacting transcript. YY2 was of potential biological relevance as an L1TD1 target due to the fact that it is a processed pseudogene originating from YY1 mRNA as a result of retrotransposition. This is mentioned on page 6 of the revised manuscript.

      Response: Appreciated!

      (10) (P16) L1 is the only protein-coding transposon that is active in humans. This is perhaps too generalized of a statement as written. Other examples are readily found in the literature.

      Please clarify.

      We will tone down this statement in the revised manuscript.

      Response: Appreciated! To further clarify, the term "active" when it comes to transposable elements, has not been solidified. It can span "retrotransposition competent" to "transcripts can be recovered". There are quite a few reports of GAG transcripts and protein from various ERV/LTR subfamilies in various cells and tissues (in mouse and human at least), however whether they contribute to new insertions is actively researched.

      (11) In both the abstract and last sentence in the discussion section (P17), embryogenesis is mentioned, but this is not addressed at all in the manuscript. Please refrain from implying normal biological functions based on the results of this study unless appropriate samples are used to support them.

      Much of the published data on L1TD1 function are related to embryonic stem cells [3- 7].

      Therefore, it is important to discuss our findings in the context of previous reports.

      Response: It is well established that embryonic stem cells are not a perfect or direct proxies for the inner cell mass of embryos, as multiple reports have demonstrated transcriptomic, epigenetic, chromatin accessibility differences. The exact origin of ES cells is also considered controversial. We maintain that the distinction between embryos/embryogenesis and the results presented in the manuscript are not yet interchangeable. An important exception would be complex models of embryogenesis such as embryoids, (or synthetic/artificial embryo models that have been carefully been termed as such so as to not suggest direct implications to embryos). https://www.nature.com/articles/ncb2965  

      https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/s00018-018-2965-y  

      https://www.cell.com/developmental-cell/abstract/S1534-5807(24)00363-0?_returnURL=https%3A%2F%2Flinkinghub.elsevier.com%2Fretrieve%2Fpii%2FS1534580724003630%3Fshowall%3Dtrue

      We have deleted the corresponding paragraph in the Discussion.

      (12) Figure 3E: The format of Figures 1A and 3E are internally inconsistent. Please present similar data/images in a cohesive way throughout the manuscript. We show now consistent IF Figures in the revised manuscript.

      Response: Thanks

      Minor:

      In general:

      Still need checking for typos, mostly in Materials and Methods section; Please keep a consistent writing style throughout the whole manuscript. If you use L1 ORF1p, then please use L1 instead of LINE-1, or if you keep LINE-1 in your manuscript, then you should use LINE-1 ORF1p.

      A lab member from the US checked again the Materials and Methods section for typos. We keep the short version L1 ORF1p.

      (1) Intro:

      - Is L1Td1 in mice and Humans? How "conserved" is it and does this suggest function? Murine and human L1TD1 proteins share 44% identity on the amino acid level and it was suggested that the corresponding genes were under positive selection during evolution with functions in transposon control and maintenance of pluripotency [8].

      - Why HAP1? (Haploid?) The importance of this cell line is not clear.

      HAP1 is a nearly haploid human cancer cell line derived from the KBM-7 chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML) cell line [9, 10]. Due to its haploidy is perfectly suited and widely used for loss-of-function screens and gene editing. After gene editing cells can be used in the nearly haploid or in the diploid state. We usually perform all experiments with diploid HAP1 cell lines. Importantly, in contrast to other human tumor cell lines, this cell line tolerates ablation of DNMT1. We have included a corresponding explanation in the revised manuscript on page 5, first paragraph.

      - Global methylation status in DNMT1 KO? (Methylations near L1 insertions, for example?)

      The HAP1 DNMT1 KO cell line with a 20 bp deletion in exon 4 used in our study was validated in the study by Smits et al. [11]. The authors report a significant reduction in overall DNA methylation. However, we are not aware of a DNA methylome study on this cell line. We show now data on the methylation of L1 elements in HAP1 cells and upon DNMT1 deletion in the revised manuscript in Suppl. Figure S1B.

      Response: Looks great!

      (2) Figure 1:

      - Figure 1C. Why is LMNB used instead of Actin (Fig1D)?

      We show now beta-actin as loading control in the revised manuscript.

      - Figure 1G shows increased Caspase 3 in KO, while the matching sentence in the result section skips over this. It might be more accurate to mention this and suggest that the single KO has perhaps an intermediate phenotype (Figure 1F shows a slight but not significant trend).

      We fully agree with the reviewer and have changed the sentence on page 6, 2nd paragraph accordingly.

      - Would 96 hrs trend closer to significance? An interpretation is that L1TD1 loss could speed up this negative consequence.

      We thank the reviewer for the suggestion. We have performed a time course experiment with 6 biological replicas for each time point up to 96 hours and found significant changes in the viability upon loss of DNMT1 and again significant reduction in viability upon additional loss of L1TD1 (shown in Figure 1F). These data suggest that as expected loss of DNMT1 leads to significant reduction viability and that additional ablation of L1TD1 further enhances this effect.

      Response: Looks good!

      - What are the "stringent conditions" used to remove non-specific binders and artifacts (negative control subtraction?)

      Yes, we considered only hits from both analyses, L1TD1 IP in KO versus input and L1TD1 IP in KO versus L1TD1 IP in DKO. This is now explained in more detail in the revised manuscript on page 6, 3rd paragraph.

      (3) Figure 2:

      - Figure 2A is a bit too small to read when printed.

      We have changed this in the revised manuscript.

      - Since WT and DKO lack detectable L1TD1, would you expect any difference in RIP-Seq results between these two?

      Due to the lack of DNMT1 and the resulting DNA hypomethylation, DKO cells are more similar to KO cells than WT cells with respect to the expressed transcripts.

      - Legend says selected dots are in green (it appears blue to me). We have changed this in the revised manuscript.

      - Would you recover L1 ORF1p and its binding partners in the KO? (Is the antibody specific in the absence of L1TD1 or can it recognize L1?) I noticed an increase in ORF1p in the KO in Figure 3C.

      Thank you for the suggestion. Yes, L1 ORF1p shows slightly increased expression in the proteome analysis and we have marked the corresponding dot in the Volcano plot (Figure 3A).

      - Should the figure panel reference near the (Rosspopoff & Trono) reference instead be Sup S1C as well? Otherwise, I don't think S1C is mentioned at all.

      - What are the red vs. green dots in 2D? Can you highlight ERV and ALU with different colors?

      We added the reference to Suppl. Figure S1C (now S3C) in the revised manuscript. In Figure 2D L1 elements are highlighted in green, ERV elements in yellow, and other associated transposon transcripts in red.

      Response: Much better, thanks!

      - Which L1 subfamily from Figure 2D is represented in the qRT-PCR in 2E "LINE-1"? Do the primers match a specific L1 subfamily? If so, which? We used primers specific for the human L1.2 subfamily.

      - Pulling down SINE element transcripts makes some sense, as many insertions "borrow" L1 sequences for non-autonomous retro transposition, but can you speculate as to why ERVs are recovered? There should be essentially no overlap in sequence.

      In the L1TD1 evolution paper [8], a potential link between L1TD1 and ERV elements was discussed:

      "Alternatively, L1TD1 in sigmodonts could play a role in genome defense against another element active in these genomes. Indeed, the sigmodontine rodents have a highly active family of ERVs, the mysTR elements [46]. Expansion of this family preceded the death of L1s, but these elements are very active, with 3500 to 7000 speciesspecific insertions in the L1-extinct species examined [47]. This recent ERV amplification in Sigmodontinae contrasts with the megabats (where L1TD1 has been lost in many species); there are apparently no highly active DNA or RNA elements in megabats [48]. If L1TD1 can suppress retroelements other than L1s, this could explain why the gene is retained in sigmodontine rodents but not in megabats."

      Furthermore, Jin et al. report the binding of L1TD1 to repetitive sequences in transcripts [12]. It is possible that some of these sequences are also present in ERV RNAs.

      Response: Interesting, thanks for sharing

      - Is S2B a screenshot? (the red underline).

      No, it is a Powerpoint figure, and we have removed the red underline.

      (4) Figure 3:

      - Text refers to Figure 3B as a western blot. Figure 3B shows a volcano plot. This is likely 3C but would still be out of order (3A>3C>3B referencing). I think this error is repeated in the last result section.

      - Figure and legends fail to mention what gene was used for ddCT method (actin, gapdh, etc.).

      - In general, the supplemental legends feel underwritten and could benefit from additional explanations. (Main figures are appropriate but please double-check that all statistical tests have been mentioned correctly).

      Thank you for pointing this out. We have corrected these errors in the revised manuscript.

      (5) Discussion:

      - Aluy connection is interesting. Is there an "Alu retrotransposition reporter assay" to test whether L1TD1 enhances this as well?

      Thank you for the suggestion. There is indeed an Alu retrotransposition reporter assay reported be Dewannieux et al. [13]. The assay is based on a Neo selection marker. We have previously tested a Neo selection-based L1 retrotransposition reporter assay, but this system failed to properly work in HAP1 cells, therefore we switched to a blasticidin based L1 retrotransposition reporter assay. A corresponding blasticidin-based Alu retrotransposition reporter assay might be interesting for future studies (mentioned in the Discussion, page 11 paragraph 4 of the revised manuscript.

      (6) Material and Methods :

      - The number of typos in the materials and methods is too numerous to list. Instead, please refer to the next section that broadly describes the issues seen throughout the manuscript.

      Writing style

      (1) Keep a consistent style throughout the manuscript: for example, L1 or LINE-1 (also L1 ORF1p or LINE-1 ORF1p); per or "/"; knockout or knock-out; min or minute; 3 times or three times; media or medium. Additionally, as TE naming conventions are not uniform, it is important to maintain internal consistency so as to not accidentally establish an imprecise version.

      (2) There's a period between "et al" and the comma, and "et al." should be italic.

      (3) The authors should explain what the key jargon is when it is first used in the manuscript, such as "retrotransposon" and "retrotransposition".

      (4) The authors should show the full spelling of some acronyms when they use it for the first time, such as RNA Immunoprecipitation (RIP).

      (5) Use a space between numbers and alphabets, such as 5 μg. (6) 2.0 × 105 cells, that's not an "x".

      (7) Numbers in the reference section are lacking (hard to parse).

      (8) In general, there are a significant number of typos in this draft which at times becomes distracting. For example, (P3) Introduction: Yet, co-option of TEs thorough (not thorough, it should be through) evolution has created so-called domesticated genes beneficial to the gene network in a wide range of organisms. Please carefully revise the entire manuscript for these minor issues that collectively erode the quality of this submission. Thank you for pointing out these mistakes. We have corrected them in the revised manuscript. A native speaker from our research group has carefully checked the paper. In summary, we have added Supplementary Figure S7C and have changed Figures 1C, 1E, 1F, 2A, 2D, 3A, 4B, S3A-D, S4B and S6A based on these comments.

      Response: Thank you for taking these comments on board!